Brasão INTROIT
THESAURUS FIDEI Archivum Traditiōnis
⚜ Scriptorium
Biblioteca › Escatologia & Paz Eterna › Sanctus Aurelius Augustinus
Monumentum Theologicum

The City of God

De Civitate Dei · Libri XIII–XXII
Sanctus Aurelius Augustinus · 426 AD · Patristica

# ### ARGUMENT.

2 >

3 >

4 >

5 AUGUSTINE AGAIN TREATS OF THE SIN OF THE FIRST MAN, AND TEACHES THAT

6 > IT IS THE CAUSE OF THE CARNAL LIFE AND VICIOUS AFFECTIONS OF MAN.

7 > ESPECIALLY HE PROVES THAT THE SHAME WHICH ACCOMPANIES LUST IS THE

8 > JUST PUNISHMENT OF THAT DISOBEDIENCE, AND INQUIRES HOW MAN, IF HE

9 > HAD NOT SINNED, WOULD HAVE BEEN ABLE WITHOUT LUST TO PROPAGATE

10 > HIS KIND.

11 >

12 >

13 >

14 1. *That the disobedience of the first man would have plunged all men into the

15 > endless misery of the second death, had not the grace of God rescued many.*

16 We have already stated in the preceding books that God,

17 desiring not only that the human race might be able

18 by their similarity of nature to associate with one another,

19 but also that they might be bound together in harmony and

20 peace by the ties of relationship, was pleased to derive all

21 men from one individual, and created man with such a

22 nature that the members of the race should not have died,

23 had not the two first (of whom the one was created out of

24 nothing, and the other out of him) merited this by their disobedience;

25 for by them so great a sin was committed, that by

26 it the human nature was altered for the worse, and was transmitted

27 also to their posterity, liable to sin and subject to

28 death. And the kingdom of death so reigned over men, that

29 the deserved penalty of sin would have hurled all headlong

30 even into the second death, of which there is no end, had not

31 the undeserved grace of God saved some therefrom. And

32 thus it has come to pass, that though there are very many

33 and great nations all over the earth, whose rites and customs,

34 speech, arms, and dress, are distinguished by marked differences,

35 yet there are no more than two kinds of human society,

36 which we may justly call two cities, according to the language

37 of our Scriptures. The one consists of those who wish to live

38 after the flesh, the other of those who wish to live after the

39 spirit; and when they severally achieve what they wish, they

40 live in peace, each after their kind.

41 2. *Of carnal life, which is to be understood not only of living in bodily indulgence,

42 but also of living in the vices of the inner man.*

43 First, we must see what it is to live after the flesh, and what

44 to live after the spirit. For any one who either does not

45 recollect, or does not sufficiently weigh, the language of sacred

46 Scripture, may, on first hearing what we have said, suppose

47 that the Epicurean philosophers live after the flesh, because

48 they place man's highest good in bodily pleasure; and that

49 those others do so who have been of opinion that in some

50 form or other bodily good is man's supreme good; and that

51 the mass of men do so who, without dogmatizing or philosophizing

52 on the subject, are so prone to lust that they cannot

53 delight in any pleasure save such as they receive from bodily

54 sensations: and he may suppose that the Stoics, who place

55 the supreme good of men in the soul, live after the spirit; for

56 what is man's soul, if not spirit? But in the sense of the

57 divine Scripture both are proved to live after the flesh. For

58 by flesh it means not only the body of a terrestrial and mortal

59 animal, as when it says, "All flesh is not the same flesh,

60 but there is one kind of flesh of men, another flesh of

61 beasts, another of fishes, another of birds,"[2] but it uses this

62 word in many other significations; and among these various

63 usages, a frequent one is to use flesh for man himself, the

64 nature of man taking the part for the whole, as in the words,

65 "By the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified;"[3]

66 for what does he mean here by "no flesh" but "no man?"

67 And this, indeed, he shortly after says more plainly: "No man

68 shall be justified by the law;"[4] and in the Epistle to the

69 Galatians, "Knowing that a man is not justified by the

70 works of the law." And so we understand the words, "And

71 the Word was made flesh,"[5]—that is, man, which some not

72 accepting in its right sense, have supposed that Christ had not

73 a human soul.[6] For as the whole is used for the part in the

74 words of Mary Magdalene in the Gospel, "They have taken

75 away my Lord, and I know not where they have laid Him,"[7]

76 by which she meant only the flesh of Christ, which she supposed

77 had been taken from the tomb where it had been

78 buried, so the part is used for the whole, flesh being named,

79 while man is referred to, as in the quotations above cited.

80 Since, then, Scripture uses the word flesh in many ways,

81 which there is not time to collect and investigate, if we are to

82 ascertain what it is to live after the flesh (which is certainly

83 evil, though the nature of flesh is not itself evil), we must

84 carefully examine that passage of the epistle which the

85 Apostle Paul wrote to the Galatians, in which he says, "Now

86 the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these: adultery,

87 fornication, uncleanness, lasciviousness, idolatry, witchcraft,

88 hatred, variance, emulations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies,

89 envyings, murders, drunkenness, revellings, and such like: of

90 the which I tell you before, as I have also told you in time

91 past, that they which do such things shall not inherit the

92 kingdom of God."[8] This whole passage of the apostolic

93 epistle being considered, so far as it bears on the matter in

94 hand, will be sufficient to answer the question, what it is to

95 live after the flesh. For among the works of the flesh which

96 he said were manifest, and which he cited for condemnation,

97 we find not only those which concern the pleasure of the

98 flesh, as fornications, uncleanness, lasciviousness, drunkenness,

99 revellings, but also those which, though they be remote from

100 fleshly pleasure, reveal the vices of the soul. For who does

101 not see that idolatries, witchcrafts, hatreds, variance, emulations,

102 wrath, strife, heresies, envyings, are vices rather of the

103 soul than of the flesh? For it is quite possible for a man to

104 abstain from fleshly pleasures for the sake of idolatry or some

105 heretical error; and yet, even when he does so, he is proved by

106 this apostolic authority to be living after the flesh; and in

107 abstaining from fleshly pleasure, he is proved to be practising

108 damnable works of the flesh. Who that has enmity has it

109 not in his soul? or who would say to his enemy, or to the

110 man he thinks his enemy, You have a bad flesh towards me,

111 and not rather, You have a bad spirit towards me? In fine,

112 if any one heard of what I may call "carnalities," he would

113 not fail to attribute them to the carnal part of man; so no

114 one doubts that "animosities" belong to the soul of man.

115 Why then does the doctor of the Gentiles in faith and verity

116 call all these and similar things works of the flesh, unless

117 because, by that mode of speech whereby the part is used for

118 the whole, he means us to understand by the word flesh the

119 man himself?

120 3. *That sin is caused not by the flesh, but by the soul, and that the corruption

121 contracted from sin is not sin, but sin's punishment.*

122 But if any one says that the flesh is the cause of all vices

123 and ill conduct, inasmuch as the soul lives wickedly only

124 because it is moved by the flesh, it is certain he has not

125 carefully considered the whole nature of man. For "the

126 corruptible body, indeed, weigheth down the soul."[9] Whence,

127 too, the apostle, speaking of this corruptible body, of which

128 he had shortly before said, "though our outward man perish,"[10]

129 says, "We know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle

130 were dissolved, we have a building of God, an house not made

131 with hands, eternal in the heavens. For in this we groan,

132 earnestly desiring to be clothed upon with our house which is

133 from heaven: if so be that being clothed we shall not be found

134 naked. For we that are in this tabernacle do groan, being

135 burdened: not for that we would be unclothed, but clothed

136 upon, that mortality might be swallowed up in life."[11] We

137 are then burdened with this corruptible body; but knowing

138 that the cause of this burdensomeness is not the nature and

139 substance of the body, but its corruption, we do not desire to

140 be deprived of the body, but to be clothed with its immortality.

141 For then, also, there will be a body, but it shall no

142 longer be a burden, being no longer corruptible. At present,

143 then, "the corruptible body presseth down the soul, and the

144 earthly tabernacle weigheth down the mind that museth upon

145 many things," nevertheless they are in error who suppose that

146 all the evils of the soul proceed from the body.

147 Virgil, indeed, seems to express the sentiments of Plato in

148 the beautiful lines, where he says,—

149 "A fiery strength inspires their lives,

150 An essence that from heaven derives,

151 Though clogged in part by limbs of clay,

152 And the dull 'vesture of decay;'"[12]

153 but though he goes on to mention the four most common

154 mental emotions,—desire, fear, joy, sorrow,—with the intention

155 of showing that the body is the origin of all sins and

156 vices, saying,—

157 "Hence wild desires and grovelling fears,

158 And human laughter, human tears,

159 Immured in dungeon-seeming night,

160 They look abroad, yet see no light,"[13]

161 yet we believe quite otherwise. For the corruption of the

162 body, which weighs down the soul, is not the cause but the

163 punishment of the first sin; and it was not the corruptible

164 flesh that made the soul sinful, but the sinful soul that made

165 the flesh corruptible. And though from this corruption of

166 the flesh there arise certain incitements to vice, and indeed

167 vicious desires, yet we must not attribute to the flesh all

168 the vices of a wicked life, in case we thereby clear the devil

169 of all these, for he has no flesh. For though we cannot call

170 the devil a fornicator or drunkard, or ascribe to him any

171 sensual indulgence (though he is the secret instigator and

172 prompter of those who sin in these ways), yet he is exceedingly

173 proud and envious. And this viciousness has so possessed

174 him, that on account of it he is reserved in chains of

175 darkness to everlasting punishment.[14] Now these vices, which

176 have dominion over the devil, the apostle attributes to the

177 flesh, which certainly the devil has not. For he says

178 "hatred, variance, emulations, strife, envying" are the works

179 of the flesh; and of all these evils pride is the origin and

180 head, and it rules in the devil though he has no flesh. For

181 who shows more hatred to the saints? who is more at

182 variance with them? who more envious, bitter, and jealous?

183 And since he exhibits all these works, though he has no flesh,

184 how are they works of the flesh, unless because they are the

185 works of man, who is, as I said, spoken of under the name of

186 flesh? For it is not by having flesh, which the devil has not,

187 but by living according to himself,—that is, according to

188 man,—that man became like the devil. For the devil too,

189 wished to live according to himself when he did not abide in

190 the truth; so that when he lied, this was not of God, but of

191 himself, who is not only a liar, but the father of lies, he being

192 the first who lied, and the originator of lying as of sin.

193 4. *What it is to live according to man, and what to live according to God.*

194 When, therefore, man lives according to man, not according

195 to God, he is like the devil. Because not even an angel

196 might live according to an angel, but only according to God,

197 if he was to abide in the truth, and speak God's truth and

198 not his own lie. And of man, too, the same apostle says in

199 another place, "If the truth of God hath more abounded

200 through my lie;"[15]—"my lie," he said, and "God's truth."

201 When, then, a man lives according to the truth, he lives not

202 according to himself, but according to God; for He was

203 God who said, "I am the truth."[16] When, therefore, man

204 lives according to himself,—that is, according to man, not

205 according to God,—assuredly he lives according to a lie; not

206 that man himself is a lie, for God is his author and creator,

207 who is certainly not the author and creator of a lie, but

208 because man was made upright, that he might not live according

209 to himself, but according to Him that made him,—in other

210 words, that he might do His will and not his own; and not to

211 live as he was made to live, that is a lie. For he certainly

212 desires to be blessed even by not living so that he may be

213 blessed. And what is a lie if this desire be not? Wherefore

214 it is not without meaning said that all sin is a lie. For

215 no sin is committed save by that desire or will by which we

216 desire that it be well with us, and shrink from it being ill

217 with us. That, therefore, is a lie which we do in order that

218 it may be well with us, but which makes us more miserable

219 than we were. And why is this, but because the source of

220 man's happiness lies only in God, whom he abandons when

221 he sins, and not in himself, by living according to whom he

222 sins?

223 In enunciating this proposition of ours, then, that because

224 some live according to the flesh and others according to the

225 spirit there have arisen two diverse and conflicting cities,

226 we might equally well have said, "because some live according

227 to man, others according to God." For Paul says very

228 plainly to the Corinthians, "For whereas there is among you

229 envying and strife, are ye not carnal, and walk according to

230 man?"[17] So that to walk according to man and to be carnal

231 are the same; for by *flesh*, that is, by a part of man, man

232 is meant. For before he said that those same persons were

233 animal whom afterwards he calls carnal, saying, "For what

234 man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit of man

235 which is in him? even so the things of God knoweth no

236 man, but the Spirit of God. Now we have received not the

237 spirit of this world, but the Spirit which is of God; that we

238 might know the things which are freely given to us of God.

239 Which things also we speak, not in the words which man's

240 wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth; comparing

241 spiritual things with spiritual. But the animal man

242 perceiveth not the things of the Spirit of God; for they are

243 foolishness unto him."[18] It is to men of this kind, then, that

244 is, to animal men, he shortly after says, "And I, brethren, could

245 not speak unto you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal."[19]

246 And this is to be interpreted by the same usage, a part being

247 taken for the whole. For both the soul and the flesh, the

248 component parts of man, can be used to signify the whole

249 man; and so the animal man and the carnal man are not two

250 different things, but one and the same thing, viz. man living

251 according to man. In the same way it is nothing else than

252 men that are meant either in the words, "By the deeds of

253 the law there shall no *flesh* be justified;"[20] or in the words,

254 "Seventy-five *souls* went down into Egypt with Jacob."[21] In

255 the one passage, "no flesh" signifies "no man;" and in the

256 other, by "seventy-five souls" seventy-five men are meant.

257 And the expression, "not in words which man's wisdom

258 teacheth," might equally be "not in words which fleshly

259 wisdom teacheth;" and the expression, "ye walk according to

260 man," might be "according to the flesh." And this is still

261 more apparent in the words which followed: "For while one

262 saith, I am of Paul, and another, I am of Apollos, are ye not

263 men?" The same thing which he had before expressed by

264 "ye are animal," "ye are carnal," he now expresses by "ye

265 are men;" that is, ye live according to man, not according to

266 God, for if you lived according to Him, you should be gods.

267 >

268 >

269 >

270 5. *That the opinion of the Platonists regarding the nature of body and soul is

271 > not so censurable as that of the Manichæans, but that even it is objectionable,

272 > because it ascribes the origin of vices to the nature of the flesh.*

273 There is no need, therefore, that in our sins and vices we

274 accuse the nature of the flesh to the injury of the Creator, for

275 in its own kind and degree the flesh is good; but to desert the

276 Creator good, and live according to the created good, is not good,

277 whether a man choose to live according to the flesh, or according

278 to the soul, or according to the whole human nature, which

279 is composed of flesh and soul, and which is therefore spoken of

280 either by the name flesh alone, or by the name soul alone. For

281 he who extols the nature of the soul as the chief good, and condemns

282 the nature of the flesh as if it were evil, assuredly is

283 fleshly both in his love of the soul and hatred of the flesh; for

284 these his feelings arise from human fancy, not from divine

285 truth. The Platonists, indeed, are not so foolish as, with the

286 Manichæans, to detest our present bodies as an evil nature;[22]

287 for they attribute all the elements of which this visible and

288 tangible world is compacted, with all their qualities, to God

289 their Creator. Nevertheless, from the death-infected members

290 and earthly construction of the body they believe the soul is so

291 affected, that there are thus originated in it the diseases of

292 desires, and fears, and joy, and sorrow, under which four perturbations,

293 as Cicero[23] calls them, or passions, as most prefer

294 to name them with the Greeks, is included the whole viciousness

295 of human life. But if this be so, how is it that Æneas

296 in Virgil, when he had heard from his father in Hades that

297 the souls should return to bodies, expresses surprise at this

298 declaration, and exclaims:

299 "O father! and can thought conceive

300 That happy souls this realm would leave,

301 And seek the upper sky,

302 With sluggish clay to reunite?

303 This direful longing for the light,

304 Whence comes it, say, and why?"[24]

305 This direful longing, then, does it still exist even in that

306 boasted purity of the disembodied spirits, and does it still

307 proceed from the death-infected members and earthly limbs?

308 Does he not assert that, when they begin to long to return

309 to the body, they have already been delivered from all these

310 so-called pestilences of the body? From which we gather

311 that, were this endlessly alternating purification and defilement

312 of departing and returning souls as true as it is most certainly

313 false, yet it could not be averred that all culpable and vicious

314 motions of the soul originate in the earthly body; for, on their

315 own showing, "this direful longing," to use the words of their

316 noble exponent, is so extraneous to the body, that it moves

317 the soul that is purged of all bodily taint, and is existing

318 apart from any body whatever, and moves it, moreover, to be

319 embodied again. So that even they themselves acknowledge

320 that the soul is not only moved to desire, fear, joy, sorrow, by

321 the flesh, but that it can also be agitated with these emotions

322 at its own instance.

323 6. *Of the character of the human will which makes the affections of the soul

324 right or wrong.*

325 But the character of the human will is of moment; because,

326 if it is wrong, these motions of the soul will be wrong, but if

327 it is right, they will be not merely blameless, but even praiseworthy.

328 For the will is in them all; yea, none of them is

329 anything else than will. For what are desire and joy but a

330 volition of consent to the things we wish? And what are

331 fear and sadness but a volition of aversion from the things

332 which we do not wish? But when consent takes the form of

333 seeking to possess the things we wish, this is called desire;

334 and when consent takes the form of enjoying the things we

335 wish, this is called joy. In like manner, when we turn with

336 aversion from that which we do not wish to happen, this

337 volition is termed fear; and when we turn away from that

338 which has happened against our will, this act of will is called

339 sorrow. And generally in respect of all that we seek or shun, as

340 a man's will is attracted or repelled, so it is changed and turned

341 into these different affections. Wherefore the man who lives

342 according to God, and not according to man, ought to be a lover

343 of good, and therefore a hater of evil. And since no one is

344 evil by nature, but whoever is evil is evil by vice, he who

345 lives according to God ought to cherish towards evil men a

346 perfect hatred, so that he shall neither hate the man because

347 of his vice, nor love the vice because of the man, but hate

348 the vice and love the man. For the vice being cursed, all

349 that ought to be loved, and nothing that ought to be hated,

350 will remain.

351 7. *That the words love and regard* (amor *and* dilectio) *are in Scripture used

352 indifferently of good and evil affection.*

353 He who resolves to love God, and to love his neighbour as

354 himself, not according to man but according to God, is on

355 account of this love said to be of a good will; and this is in

356 Scripture more commonly called charity, but it is also, even

357 in the same books, called love. For the apostle says that the

358 man to be elected as a ruler of the people must be a lover of

359 good.[25] And when the Lord Himself had asked Peter, "Hast

360 thou a regard for me (*diligis*) more than these?" Peter replied,

361 "Lord, Thou knowest that I love (*amo*) Thee." And

362 again a second time the Lord asked not whether Peter loved

363 (*amaret*) Him, but whether he had a regard (*diligeret*) for Him,

364 and he again answered, "Lord, Thou knowest that I love (*amo*)

365 Thee." But on the third interrogation the Lord Himself no

366 longer says, "Hast thou a regard (*diligis*) for me," but "Lovest

367 thou (*amas*) me?" And then the evangelist adds, "Peter was

368 grieved because He said unto him the third time, Lovest thou

369 (*amas*) me?" though the Lord had not said three times but only

370 once, "Lovest thou (*amas*) me?" and twice "*Diligis me?*" from

371 which we gather that, even when the Lord said "*diligis*," He used

372 an equivalent for "*amas*." Peter, too, throughout used one word

373 for the one thing, and the third time also replied, "Lord, Thou

374 knowest all things, Thou knowest that I love (*amo*) Thee."[26]

375 I have judged it right to mention this, because some are

376 of opinion that charity or regard (*dilectio*) is one thing, love

377 (*amor*) another. They say that *dilectio* is used of a good affection,

378 *amor* of an evil love. But it is very certain that even

379 secular literature knows no such distinction. However, it is

380 for the philosophers to determine whether and how they differ,

381 though their own writings sufficiently testify that they make

382 great account of love (*amor*) placed on good objects, and even

383 on God Himself. But we wished to show that the Scriptures

384 of our religion, whose authority we prefer to all writings whatsoever,

385 make no distinction between *amor*, *dilectio*, and *caritas*;

386 and we have already shown that *amor* is used in a good connection.

387 And if any one fancy that *amor* is no doubt used

388 both of good and bad loves, but that *dilectio* is reserved for

389 the good only, let him remember what the psalm says, "He

390 that loveth (*diligit*) iniquity hateth his own soul;"[27] and the

391 words of the Apostle John, "If any man love (*diligere*) the

392 world, the love (*dilectio*) of the Father is not in him."[28] Here

393 you have in one passage *dilectio* used both in a good and a bad

394 sense. And if any one demands an instance of *amor* being

395 used in a bad sense (for we have already shown its use in a

396 good sense), let him read the words, "For men shall be lovers

397 (*amantes*) of their own selves, lovers (*amatores*) of money."[29]

398 The right will is, therefore, well-directed love, and the

399 wrong will is ill-directed love. Love, then, yearning to have

400 what is loved, is desire; and having and enjoying it, is joy;

401 fleeing what is opposed to it, it is fear; and feeling what is

402 opposed to it, when it has befallen it, it is sadness. Now

403 these motions are evil if the love is evil; good if the love is

404 good. What we assert let us prove from Scripture. The

405 apostle "desires to depart, and to be with Christ."[30] And,

406 "My soul desired to long for Thy judgments;"[31] or if it is

407 more appropriate to say, "My soul longed to desire Thy judgments."

408 And, "The desire of wisdom bringeth to a kingdom."[32]

409 Yet there has always obtained the usage of understanding desire

410 and concupiscence in a bad sense if the object be not defined.

411 But joy is used in a good sense: "Be glad in the Lord, and

412 rejoice, ye righteous."[33] And, "Thou hast put gladness in my

413 heart."[34] And, "Thou wilt fill me with joy with Thy countenance."[35]

414 Fear is used in a good sense by the apostle when

415 he says, "Work out your salvation with fear and trembling."[36]

416 And, "Be not high-minded, but fear."[37] And, "I fear, lest by

417 any means, as the serpent beguiled Eve through his subtilty,

418 so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is

419 in Christ."[38] But with respect to sadness, which Cicero prefers

420 to call sickness (*ægritudo*), and Virgil pain (*dolor*) (as he

421 says, "*Dolent gaudentque*"[39]), but which I prefer to call sorrow,

422 because sickness and pain are more commonly used to express

423 bodily suffering,—with respect to this emotion, I say, the question

424 whether it can be used in a good sense is more difficult.

425 >

426 >

427 >

428 8. *Of the three perturbations, which the Stoics admitted in the soul of the wise

429 > man to the exclusion of grief or sadness, which the manly mind ought not

430 > to experience.*

431 Those emotions which the Greeks call εὐπαθείαι, and

432 which Cicero calls *constantiæ*, the Stoics would restrict to

433 three; and, instead of three "perturbations" in the soul of

434 the wise man, they substituted severally, in place of desire,

435 will; in place of joy, contentment; and for fear, caution;

436 and as to sickness or pain, which we, to avoid ambiguity,

437 preferred to call sorrow, they denied that it could exist in the

438 mind of a wise man. Will, they say, seeks the good, for this

439 the wise man does. Contentment has its object in good that

440 is possessed, and this the wise man continually possesses.

441 Caution avoids evil, and this the wise man ought to avoid.

442 But sorrow arises from evil that has already happened; and

443 as they suppose that no evil can happen to the wise man,

444 there can be no representative of sorrow in his mind. According

445 to them, therefore, none but the wise man wills, is

446 contented, uses caution; and that the fool can do no more

447 than desire, rejoice, fear, be sad. The former three affections

448 Cicero calls *constantiæ*, the last four *perturbationes*. Many,

449 however, call these last *passions*; and, as I have said, the

450 Greeks call the former εὐπαθείαι, and the latter παθήματα. And

451 when I made a careful examination of Scripture to find

452 whether this terminology was sanctioned by it, I came upon

453 this saying of the prophet: "There is no contentment to the

454 wicked, saith the Lord;"[40] as if the wicked might more properly

455 rejoice than be contented regarding evils, for contentment

456 is the property of the good and godly. I found also

457 that verse in the Gospel: "Whatsoever ye would that men

458 should do unto you, do ye even so unto them;"[41] which seems

459 to imply that evil or shameful things may be the object of

460 desire, but not of will. Indeed, some interpreters have added

461 "good things" to make the expression more in conformity

462 with customary usage, and have given this meaning, "Whatsoever

463 good deeds that ye would that men should do unto

464 you." For they thought that this would prevent any one

465 from wishing other men to provide him with unseemly, not to

466 say shameful, gratifications,—luxurious banquets, for example,—on

467 the supposition that if he returned the like to them he

468 would be fulfilling this precept. In the Greek Gospel, however,

469 from which the Latin is translated, "good" does not

470 occur, but only, "All things whatsoever ye would that men

471 should do unto you, do ye even so unto them," and, as I

472 believe, because "good" is already included in the word

473 "would;" for He does not say "desire."

474 Yet though we may sometimes avail ourselves of these

475 precise proprieties of language, we are not to be always

476 bridled by them; and when we read those writers against

477 whose authority it is unlawful to reclaim, we must accept

478 the meanings above mentioned in passages where a right

479 sense can be educed by no other interpretation, as in those

480 instances we adduced partly from the prophet, partly from

481 the Gospel. For who does not know that the wicked exult

482 with joy? Yet "there is no *contentment* for the wicked,

483 saith the Lord." And how so, unless because contentment,

484 when the word is used in its proper and distinctive significance,

485 means something different from joy? In like manner,

486 who would deny that it were wrong to enjoin upon men that

487 whatever they desire others to do to them they should themselves

488 do to others, lest they should mutually please one

489 another by shameful and illicit pleasure? And yet the precept,

490 "Whatsoever ye *would* that men should do unto you, do

491 ye even so to them," is very wholesome and just. And how is

492 this, unless because the will is in this place used strictly, and

493 signifies that will which cannot have evil for its object? But

494 ordinary phraseology would not have allowed the saying, "Be

495 unwilling to make any manner of lie,"[42] had there not been

496 also an evil will, whose wickedness separates it from that

497 which the angels celebrated, "Peace on earth, of good will to

498 men."[43] For "good" is superfluous if there is no other

499 kind of will but good will. And why should the apostle have

500 mentioned it among the praises of charity as a great thing,

501 that "it rejoices not in iniquity," unless because wickedness

502 does so rejoice? For even with secular writers these words

503 are used indifferently. For Cicero, that most fertile of

504 orators, says, "I desire, conscript fathers, to be merciful."[44]

505 And who would be so pedantic as to say that he should have

506 said "I will" rather than "I desire," because the word is used

507 in a good connection? Again, in Terence, the profligate

508 youth, burning with wild lust, says, "I will nothing else than

509 Philumena."[45] That this "will" was lust is sufficiently indicated

510 by the answer of his old servant which is there introduced:

511 "How much better were it to try and banish that love

512 from your heart, than to speak so as uselessly to inflame your

513 passion still more!" And that contentment was used by secular

514 writers in a bad sense, that verse of Virgil testifies, in which

515 he most succinctly comprehends these four perturbations,—

516 "Hence they fear and desire, grieve and are content."[46]

517 The same author had also used the expression, "the evil

518 contentments of the mind."[47] So that good and bad men

519 alike will, are cautious, and contented; or, to say the same

520 thing in other words, good and bad men alike desire, fear,

521 rejoice, but the former in a good, the latter in a bad fashion,

522 according as the will is right or wrong. Sorrow itself, too,

523 which the Stoics would not allow to be represented in the

524 mind of the wise man, is used in a good sense, and especially

525 in our writings. For the apostle praises the Corinthians

526 because they had a godly sorrow. But possibly some one

527 may say that the apostle congratulated them because they

528 were penitently sorry, and that such sorrow can exist only in

529 those who have sinned. For these are his words: "For I

530 perceive that the same epistle hath made you sorry, though

531 it were but for a season. Now I rejoice, not that ye were

532 made sorry, but that ye sorrowed to repentance; for ye were

533 made sorry after a godly manner, that ye might receive

534 damage by us in nothing. For godly sorrow worketh repentance

535 to salvation not to be repented of, but the sorrow of the

536 world worketh death. For, behold, this selfsame thing that

537 ye sorrowed after a godly sort, what carefulness it wrought in

538 you!"[48] Consequently the Stoics may defend themselves by

539 replying,[49] that sorrow is indeed useful for repentance of sin,

540 but that this can have no place in the mind of the wise man,

541 inasmuch as no sin attaches to him of which he could

542 sorrowfully repent, nor any other evil the endurance or experience

543 of which could make him sorrowful. For they say

544 that Alcibiades (if my memory does not deceive me), who

545 believed himself happy, shed tears when Socrates argued with

546 him, and demonstrated that he was miserable because he was

547 foolish. In his case, therefore, folly was the cause of this

548 useful and desirable sorrow, wherewith a man mourns that he

549 is what he ought not to be. But the Stoics maintain not

550 that the fool, but that the wise man, cannot be sorrowful.

551 9. *Of the perturbations of the soul which appear as right affections in the

552 life of the righteous.*

553 But so far as regards this question of mental perturbations,

554 we have answered these philosophers in the ninth book[50]

555 of this work, showing that it is rather a verbal than a real

556 dispute, and that they seek contention rather than truth.

557 Among ourselves, according to the sacred Scriptures and

558 sound doctrine, the citizens of the holy city of God, who live

559 according to God in the pilgrimage of this life, both fear and

560 desire, and grieve and rejoice. And because their love is

561 rightly placed, all these affections of theirs are right. They

562 fear eternal punishment, they desire eternal life; they grieve

563 because they themselves groan within themselves, waiting for

564 the adoption, the redemption of their body;[51] they rejoice in

565 hope, because there "shall be brought to pass the saying that

566 is written, Death is swallowed up in victory."[52] In like

567 manner they fear to sin, they desire to persevere; they grieve

568 in sin, they rejoice in good works. They fear to sin, because

569 they hear that "because iniquity shall abound, the love of

570 many shall wax cold."[53] They desire to persevere, because

571 they hear that it is written, "He that endureth to the end

572 shall be saved."[54] They grieve for sin, hearing that "If we say

573 that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is

574 not in us."[55] They rejoice in good works, because they hear

575 that "the Lord loveth a cheerful giver."[56] In like manner,

576 according as they are strong or weak, they fear or desire to

577 be tempted, grieve or rejoice in temptation. They fear to be

578 tempted, because they hear the injunction, "If a man be overtaken

579 in a fault, ye which are spiritual restore such an one

580 in the spirit of meekness; considering thyself, lest thou also

581 be tempted."[57] They desire to be tempted, because they hear

582 one of the heroes of the city of God saying, "Examine me,

583 O Lord, and tempt me: try my reins and my heart."[58] They

584 grieve in temptations, because they see Peter weeping;[59] they

585 rejoice in temptations, because they hear James saying, "My

586 brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers temptations."[60]

587 And not only on their own account do they experience

588 these emotions, but also on account of those whose deliverance

589 they desire and whose perdition they fear, and whose

590 loss or salvation affects them with grief or with joy. For

591 if we who have come into the Church from among the Gentiles

592 may suitably instance that noble and mighty hero who

593 glories in his infirmities, the teacher (*doctor*) of the nations

594 in faith and truth, who also laboured more than all his fellow-apostles,

595 and instructed the tribes of God's people by his

596 epistles, which edified not only those of his own time, but

597 all those who were to be gathered in,—that hero, I say, and

598 athlete of Christ, instructed by Him, anointed of His Spirit,

599 crucified with Him, glorious in Him, lawfully maintaining

600 a great conflict on the theatre of this world, and being

601 made a spectacle to angels and men,[61] and pressing onwards

602 for the prize of his high calling,[62]—very joyfully do we with

603 the eyes of faith behold him rejoicing with them that rejoice,

604 and weeping with them that weep;[63] though hampered

605 by fightings without and fears within;[64] desiring to depart

606 and to be with Christ;[65] longing to see the Romans, that he

607 might have some fruit among them as among other Gentiles;[66]

608 being jealous over the Corinthians, and fearing in that

609 jealousy lest their minds should be corrupted from the chastity

610 that is in Christ;[67] having great heaviness and continual

611 sorrow of heart for the Israelites,[68] because they, being ignorant

612 of God's righteousness, and going about to establish their

613 own righteousness, have not submitted themselves unto the

614 righteousness of God;[69] and expressing not only his sorrow,

615 but bitter lamentation over some who had formally sinned

616 and had not repented of their uncleanness and fornications.[70]

617 If these emotions and affections, arising as they do from

618 the love of what is good and from a holy charity, are to

619 be called vices, then let us allow these emotions which are

620 truly vices to pass under the name of virtues. But since

621 these affections, when they are exercised in a becoming way,

622 follow the guidance of right reason, who will dare to say

623 that they are diseases or vicious passions? Wherefore even

624 the Lord Himself, when He condescended to lead a human

625 life in the form of a slave, had no sin whatever, and yet

626 exercised these emotions where He judged they should be

627 exercised. For as there was in Him a true human body and

628 a true human soul, so was there also a true human emotion.

629 When, therefore, we read in the Gospel that the hard-heartedness

630 of the Jews moved Him to sorrowful indignation,[71] that

631 He said, "I am glad for your sakes, to the intent ye may

632 believe,"[72] that when about to raise Lazarus He even shed

633 tears,[73] that He earnestly desired to eat the passover with

634 His disciples,[74] that as His passion drew near His soul was

635 sorrowful,[75] these emotions are certainly not falsely ascribed

636 to Him. But as He became man when it pleased Him, so,

637 in the grace of His definite purpose, when it pleased Him He

638 experienced those emotions in His human soul.

639 But we must further make the admission, that even when

640 these affections are well regulated, and according to God's

641 will, they are peculiar to this life, not to that future life we

642 look for, and that often we yield to them against our will.

643 And thus sometimes we weep in spite of ourselves, being

644 carried beyond ourselves, not indeed by culpable desire, but

645 by praiseworthy charity. In us, therefore, these affections

646 arise from human infirmity; but it was not so with the Lord

647 Jesus, for even His infirmity was the consequence of His

648 power. But so long as we wear the infirmity of this life, we

649 are rather worse men than better if we have none of these

650 emotions at all. For the apostle vituperated and abominated

651 some who, as he said, were "without natural affection."[76]

652 The sacred Psalmist also found fault with those of whom he

653 said, "I looked for some to lament with me, and there was

654 none."[77] For to be quite free from pain while we are in this

655 place of misery is only purchased, as one of this world's

656 literati perceived and remarked,[78] at the price of blunted sensibilities

657 both of mind and body. And therefore that which

658 the Greeks call ἀπάθεια, and what the Latins would call, if

659 their language would allow them, "impassibilitas," if it be

660 taken to mean an impassibility of spirit and not of body, or,

661 in other words, a freedom from those emotions which are contrary

662 to reason and disturb the mind, then it is obviously a

663 good and most desirable quality, but it is not one which is

664 attainable in this life. For the words of the apostle are the

665 confession, not of the common herd, but of the eminently

666 pious, just, and holy men: "If we say we have no sin, we

667 deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us."[79] When there

668 shall be no sin in a man, then there shall be this ἀπάθεια.

669 At present it is enough if we live without crime; and he

670 who thinks he lives without sin puts aside not sin, but

671 pardon. And if that is to be called apathy, where the mind

672 is the subject of no emotion, then who would not consider

673 this insensibility to be worse than all vices? It may, indeed,

674 reasonably be maintained that the perfect blessedness we

675 hope for shall be free from all sting of fear or sadness; but

676 who that is not quite lost to truth would say that neither

677 love nor joy shall be experienced there? But if by apathy a

678 condition be meant in which no fear terrifies nor any pain

679 annoys, we must in this life renounce such a state if we

680 would live according to God's will, but may hope to enjoy

681 it in that blessedness which is promised as our eternal condition.

682 For that fear of which the Apostle John says, "There is

683 no fear in love; but perfect love casteth out fear, because

684 fear hath torment. He that feareth is not made perfect in

685 love,"[80]—that fear is not of the same kind as the Apostle

686 Paul felt lest the Corinthians should be seduced by the

687 subtlety of the serpent; for love is susceptible of this fear,

688 yea, love alone is capable of it. But the fear which is not in

689 love is of that kind of which Paul himself says, "For ye

690 have not received the spirit of bondage again to fear."[81] But

691 as for that "clean fear which endureth for ever,"[82] if it is to

692 exist in the world to come (and how else can it be said to

693 endure for ever?), it is not a fear deterring us from evil

694 which may happen, but preserving us in the good which

695 cannot be lost. For where the love of acquired good is

696 unchangeable, there certainly the fear that avoids evil is, if

697 I may say so, free from anxiety. For under the name of

698 "clean fear" David signifies that will by which we shall

699 necessarily shrink from sin, and guard against it, not with the

700 anxiety of weakness, which fears that we may strongly sin,

701 but with the tranquillity of perfect love. Or if no kind of

702 fear at all shall exist in that most imperturbable security of

703 perpetual and blissful delights, then the expression, "The fear

704 of the Lord is clean, enduring for ever," must be taken in the

705 same sense as that other, "The patience of the poor shall not

706 perish for ever."[83] For patience, which is necessary only

707 where ills are to be borne, shall not be eternal, but that which

708 patience leads us to will be eternal. So perhaps this "clean

709 fear" is said to endure for ever, because that to which fear

710 leads shall endure.

711 And since this is so,—since we must live a good life in

712 order to attain to a blessed life,—a good life has all these

713 affections right, a bad life has them wrong. But in the

714 blessed life eternal there will be love and joy, not only right,

715 but also assured; but fear and grief there will be none.

716 Whence it already appears in some sort what manner of persons

717 the citizens of the city of God must be in this their

718 pilgrimage, who live after the spirit, not after the flesh,—that

719 is to say, according to God, not according to man,—and what

720 manner of persons they shall be also in that immortality

721 whither they are journeying. And the city or society of the

722 wicked, who live not according to God, but according to man,

723 and who accept the doctrines of men or devils in the worship

724 of a false and contempt of the true divinity, is shaken with

725 those wicked emotions as by diseases and disturbances. And

726 if there be some of its citizens who seem to restrain and, as

727 it were, temper those passions, they are so elated with ungodly

728 pride, that their disease is as much greater as their

729 pain is less. And if some, with a vanity monstrous in proportion

730 to its rarity, have become enamoured of themselves

731 because they can be stimulated and excited by no emotion,

732 moved or bent by no affection, such persons rather lose all

733 humanity than obtain true tranquillity. For a thing is not

734 necessarily right because it is inflexible, nor healthy because

735 it is insensible.

736 10. *Whether it is to be believed that our first parents in Paradise, before they

737 sinned, were free from all perturbation.*

738 But it is a fair question, whether our first parent or first

739 parents (for there was a marriage of two), before they sinned,

740 experienced in their animal body such emotions as we shall

741 not experience in the spiritual body when sin has been

742 purged and finally abolished. For if they did, then how

743 were they blessed in that boasted place of bliss, Paradise?

744 For who that is affected by fear or grief can be called absolutely

745 blessed? And what could those persons fear or suffer

746 in such affluence of blessings, where neither death nor ill-health

747 was feared, and where nothing was wanting which a

748 good will could desire, and nothing present which could

749 interrupt man's mental or bodily enjoyment? Their love to

750 God was unclouded, and their mutual affection was that of

751 faithful and sincere marriage; and from this love flowed a

752 wonderful delight, because they always enjoyed what was

753 loved. Their avoidance of sin was tranquil; and, so long as

754 it was maintained, no other ill at all could invade them and

755 bring sorrow. Or did they perhaps desire to touch and eat

756 the forbidden fruit, yet feared to die; and thus both fear and

757 desire already, even in that blissful place, preyed upon those

758 first of mankind? Away with the thought that such could

759 be the case where there was no sin! And, indeed, this is

760 already sin, to desire those things which the law of God

761 forbids, and to abstain from them through fear of punishment,

762 not through love of righteousness. Away, I say, with

763 the thought, that before there was any sin, there should

764 already have been committed regarding that fruit the very

765 sin which our Lord warns us against regarding a woman:

766 "Whosoever looketh on a woman to lust after her, hath committed

767 adultery with her already in his heart."[84] As happy,

768 then, as were these our first parents, who were agitated by no

769 mental perturbations, and annoyed by no bodily discomforts,

770 so happy should the whole human race have been, had they

771 not introduced that evil which they have transmitted to their

772 posterity, and had none of their descendants committed

773 iniquity worthy of damnation; but this original blessedness

774 continuing until, in virtue of that benediction which said,

775 "Increase and multiply,"[85] the number of the predestined

776 saints should have been completed, there would then have

777 been bestowed that higher felicity which is enjoyed by the

778 most blessed angels,—a blessedness in which there should

779 have been a secure assurance that no one would sin, and no

780 one die; and so should the saints have lived, after no taste of

781 labour, pain, or death, as now they shall live in the resurrection,

782 after they have endured all these things.

783 11. *Of the fall of the first man, in whom nature was created good, and can be

784 restored only by its Author.*

785 But because God foresaw all things, and was therefore not

786 ignorant that man also would fall, we ought to consider this

787 holy city in connection with what God foresaw and ordained,

788 and not according to our own ideas, which do not embrace

789 God's ordination. For man, by his sin, could not disturb the

790 divine counsel, nor compel God to change what He had

791 decreed; for God's foreknowledge had anticipated both,—that

792 is to say, both how evil the man whom He had created good

793 should become, and what good He Himself should even thus

794 derive from him. For though God is said to change His

795 determinations (so that in a tropical sense the Holy Scripture

796 says even that God repented[86]), this is said with reference to

797 man's expectation, or the order of natural causes, and not

798 with reference to that which the Almighty had foreknown

799 that He would do. Accordingly God, as it is written, made

800 man upright,[87] and consequently with a good will. For if

801 he had not had a good will, he could not have been upright.

802 The good will, then, is the work of God; for God created

803 him with it. But the first evil will, which preceded all man's

804 evil acts, was rather a kind of falling away from the work of

805 God to its own works than any positive work. And therefore

806 the acts resulting were evil, not having God, but the will

807 itself for their end; so that the will or the man himself, so

808 far as his will is bad, was as it were the evil tree bringing

809 forth evil fruit. Moreover, the bad will, though it be not in

810 harmony with, but opposed to nature, inasmuch as it is a vice

811 or blemish, yet it is true of it as of all vice, that it cannot

812 exist except in a nature, and only in a nature created out of

813 nothing, and not in that which the Creator has begotten of

814 Himself, as He begot the Word, by whom all things were

815 made. For though God formed man of the dust of the earth,

816 yet the earth itself, and every earthly material, is absolutely

817 created out of nothing; and man's soul, too, God created out

818 of nothing, and joined to the body, when He made man. But

819 evils are so thoroughly overcome by good, that though they

820 are permitted to exist, for the sake of demonstrating how the

821 most righteous foresight of God can make a good use even of

822 them, yet good can exist without evil, as in the true and

823 supreme God Himself, and as in every invisible and visible

824 celestial creature that exists above this murky atmosphere;

825 but evil cannot exist without good, because the natures in

826 which evil exists, in so far as they are natures, are good.

827 And evil is removed, not by removing any nature, or part of

828 a nature, which had been introduced by the evil, but by

829 healing and correcting that which had been vitiated and

830 depraved. The will, therefore, is then truly free, when it is

831 not the slave of vices and sins. Such was it given us by

832 God; and this being lost by its own fault, can only be restored

833 by Him who was able at first to give it. And therefore the

834 truth says, "If the Son shall make you free, ye shall be free

835 indeed;"[88] which is equivalent to saying, If the Son shall save

836 you, ye shall be saved indeed. For He is our Liberator,

837 inasmuch as He is our Saviour.

838 Man then lived with God for his rule in a paradise at once

839 physical and spiritual. For neither was it a paradise only

840 physical for the advantage of the body, and not also spiritual

841 for the advantage of the mind; nor was it only spiritual to

842 afford enjoyment to man by his internal sensations, and not

843 also physical to afford him enjoyment through his external

844 senses. But obviously it was both for both ends. But after

845 that proud and therefore envious angel (of whose fall I have

846 said as much as I was able in the eleventh and twelfth books

847 of this work, as well as that of his fellows, who, from being

848 God's angels, became his angels), preferring to rule with a

849 kind of pomp of empire rather than to be another's subject,

850 fell from the spiritual Paradise, and essaying to insinuate his

851 persuasive guile into the mind of man, whose unfallen condition

852 provoked him to envy now that himself was fallen, he

853 chose the serpent as his mouthpiece in that bodily Paradise

854 in which it and all the other earthly animals were living with

855 those two human beings, the man and his wife, subject to

856 them, and harmless; and he chose the serpent because, being

857 slippery, and moving in tortuous windings, it was suitable for

858 his purpose. And this animal being subdued to his wicked

859 ends by the presence and superior force of his angelic nature,

860 he abused as his instrument, and first tried his deceit upon

861 the woman, making his assault upon the weaker part of that

862 human alliance, that he might gradually gain the whole, and

863 not supposing that the man would readily give ear to him, or

864 be deceived, but that he might yield to the error of the woman.

865 For as Aaron was not induced to agree with the people when

866 they blindly wished him to make an idol, and yet yielded to

867 constraint; and as it is not credible that Solomon was so blind

868 as to suppose that idols should be worshipped, but was drawn

869 over to such sacrilege by the blandishments of women; so we

870 cannot believe that Adam was deceived, and supposed the

871 devil's word to be truth, and therefore transgressed God's law,

872 but that he by the drawings of kindred yielded to the woman,

873 the husband to the wife, the one human being to the only

874 other human being. For not without significance did the

875 apostle say, "And Adam was not deceived, but the woman

876 being deceived was in the transgression;"[89] but he speaks

877 thus, because the woman accepted as true what the serpent

878 told her, but the man could not bear to be severed from his

879 only companion, even though this involved a partnership in

880 sin. He was not on this account less culpable, but sinned

881 with his eyes open. And so the apostle does not say, "He did

882 not sin," but "He was not deceived." For he shows that he

883 sinned when he says, "By one man sin entered into the

884 world,"[90] and immediately after more distinctly, "In the likeness

885 of Adam's transgression." But he meant that those are

886 deceived who do not judge that which they do to be sin; but

887 he knew. Otherwise how were it true "Adam was not deceived?"

888 But having as yet no experience of the divine

889 severity, he was possibly deceived in so far as he thought his

890 sin venial. And consequently he was not deceived as the

891 woman was deceived, but he was deceived as to the judgment

892 which would be passed on his apology: "The woman

893 whom thou gavest to be with me, she gave me, and I did

894 eat."[91] What need of saying more? Although they were

895 not both deceived by credulity, yet both were entangled in

896 the snares of the devil, and taken by sin.

897 12. *Of the nature of man's first sin.*

898 If any one finds a difficulty in understanding why other

899 sins do not alter human nature as it was altered by the transgression

900 of those first human beings, so that on account of it

901 this nature is subject to the great corruption we feel and see,

902 and to death, and is distracted and tossed with so many furious

903 and contending emotions, and is certainly far different from

904 what it was before sin, even though it were then lodged in an

905 animal body,—if, I say, any one is moved by this, he ought

906 not to think that that sin was a small and light one because

907 it was committed about food, and that not bad nor noxious,

908 except because it was forbidden; for in that spot of singular

909 felicity God could not have created and planted any evil thing.

910 But by the precept He gave, God commended obedience, which

911 is, in a sort, the mother and guardian of all the virtues in the

912 reasonable creature, which was so created that submission is

913 advantageous to it, while the fulfilment of its own will in

914 preference to the Creator's is destruction. And as this commandment

915 enjoining abstinence from one kind of food in the

916 midst of great abundance of other kinds was so easy to keep,—so

917 light a burden to the memory,—and, above all, found no resistance

918 to its observance in lust, which only afterwards sprung

919 up as the penal consequence of sin, the iniquity of violating

920 it was all the greater in proportion to the ease with which it

921 might have been kept.

922 13. *That in Adam's sin an evil will preceded the evil act.*

923 Our first parents fell into open disobedience because already

924 they were secretly corrupted; for the evil act had never

925 been done had not an evil will preceded it. And what is the

926 origin of our evil will but pride? For "pride is the beginning

927 of sin."[92] And what is pride but the craving for undue

928 exaltation? And this is undue exaltation, when the soul

929 abandons Him to whom it ought to cleave as its end, and

930 becomes a kind of end to itself. This happens when it becomes

931 its own satisfaction. And it does so when it falls

932 away from that unchangeable good which ought to satisfy it

933 more than itself. This falling away is spontaneous; for if

934 the will had remained stedfast in the love of that higher and

935 changeless good by which it was illumined to intelligence

936 and kindled into love, it would not have turned away to find

937 satisfaction in itself, and so become frigid and benighted;

938 the woman would not have believed the serpent spoke the

939 truth, nor would the man have preferred the request of his

940 wife to the command of God, nor have supposed that it was

941 a venial transgression to cleave to the partner of his life even

942 in a partnership of sin. The wicked deed, then,—that is to

943 say, the transgression of eating the forbidden fruit,—was committed

944 by persons who were already wicked. That "evil

945 fruit"[93] could be brought forth only by "a corrupt tree." But

946 that the tree was evil was not the result of nature; for certainly

947 it could become so only by the vice of the will, and

948 vice is contrary to nature. Now, nature could not have been

949 depraved by vice had it not been made out of nothing. Consequently,

950 that it is a nature, this is because it is made by

951 God; but that it falls away from Him, this is because it is

952 made out of nothing. But man did not so fall away[94] as to

953 become absolutely nothing; but being turned towards himself,

954 his being became more contracted than it was when he clave

955 to Him who supremely is. Accordingly, to exist in himself,

956 that is, to be his own satisfaction after abandoning God, is

957 not quite to become a nonentity, but to approximate to that.

958 And therefore the holy Scriptures designate the proud by another

959 name, "self-pleasers." For it is good to have the heart

960 lifted up, yet not to one's self, for this is proud, but to the

961 Lord, for this is obedient, and can be the act only of the

962 humble. There is, therefore, something in humility which,

963 strangely enough, exalts the heart, and something in pride

964 which debases it. This seems, indeed, to be contradictory,

965 that loftiness should debase and lowliness exalt. But pious

966 humility enables us to submit to what is above us; and

967 nothing is more exalted above us than God; and therefore

968 humility, by making us subject to God, exalts us. But pride,

969 being a defect of nature, by the very act of refusing subjection

970 and revolting from Him who is supreme, falls to a low condition;

971 and then comes to pass what is written: "Thou castedst

972 them down when they lifted up themselves."[95] For he does

973 not say, "when they had been lifted up," as if first they were

974 exalted, and then afterwards cast down; but "when they lifted

975 up themselves" even then they were cast down,—that is to say,

976 the very lifting up was already a fall. And therefore it is

977 that humility is specially recommended to the city of God as

978 it sojourns in this world, and is specially exhibited in the city

979 of God, and in the person of Christ its King; while the contrary

980 vice of pride, according to the testimony of the sacred

981 writings, specially rules his adversary the devil. And certainly

982 this is the great difference which distinguishes the two cities

983 of which we speak, the one being the society of the godly

984 men, the other of the ungodly, each associated with the angels

985 that adhere to their party, and the one guided and fashioned

986 by love of self, the other by love of God.

987 The devil, then, would not have ensnared man in the open

988 and manifest sin of doing what God had forbidden, had man

989 not already begun to live for himself. It was this that made

990 him listen with pleasure to the words, "Ye shall be as gods,"[96]

991 which they would much more readily have accomplished by

992 obediently adhering to their supreme and true end than by

993 proudly living to themselves. For created gods are gods not

994 by virtue of what is in themselves, but by a participation of

995 the true God. By craving to be more, man becomes less; and

996 by aspiring to be self-sufficing, he fell away from Him who

997 truly suffices him. Accordingly, this wicked desire which

998 prompts man to please himself as if he were himself light, and

999 which thus turns him away from that light by which, had he

1000 followed it, he would himself have become light,—this wicked

1001 desire, I say, already secretly existed in him, and the open

1002 sin was but its consequence. For that is true which is

1003 written, "Pride goeth before destruction, and before honour

1004 is humility;"[97] that is to say, secret ruin precedes open ruin,

1005 while the former is not counted ruin. For who counts exaltation

1006 ruin, though no sooner is the Highest forsaken than a

1007 fall is begun? But who does not recognise it as ruin, when

1008 there occurs an evident and indubitable transgression of the

1009 commandment? And consequently, God's prohibition had

1010 reference to such an act as, when committed, could not be

1011 defended on any pretence of doing what was righteous.[98] And

1012 I make bold to say that it is useful for the proud to fall into

1013 an open and indisputable transgression, and so displease themselves,

1014 as already, by pleasing themselves, they had fallen.

1015 For Peter was in a healthier condition when he wept and was

1016 dissatisfied with himself, than when he boldly presumed and

1017 satisfied himself. And this is averred by the sacred Psalmist

1018 when he says, "Fill their faces with shame, that they may

1019 seek Thy name, O Lord;"[99] that is, that they who have pleased

1020 themselves in seeking their own glory may be pleased and

1021 satisfied with Thee in seeking Thy glory.

1022 14. *Of the pride in the sin, which was worse than the sin itself.*

1023 But it is a worse and more damnable pride which casts

1024 about for the shelter of an excuse even in manifest sins, as

1025 these our first parents did, of whom the woman said, "The

1026 serpent beguiled me, and I did eat;" and the man said, "The

1027 woman whom Thou gavest to be with me, she gave me of the

1028 tree, and I did eat."[100] Here there is no word of begging

1029 pardon, no word of entreaty for healing. For though they

1030 do not, like Cain, deny that they have perpetrated the deed,

1031 yet their pride seeks to refer its wickedness to another,—the

1032 woman's pride to the serpent, the man's to the woman. But

1033 where there is a plain transgression of a divine commandment,

1034 this is rather to accuse than to excuse oneself. For

1035 the fact that the woman sinned on the serpent's persuasion,

1036 and the man at the woman's offer, did not make the transgression

1037 less, as if there were any one whom we ought rather

1038 to believe or yield to than God.

1039 15. *Of the justice of the punishment with which our first parents were visited for

1040 their disobedience.*

1041 Therefore, because the sin was a despising of the authority

1042 of God,—who had created man; who had made him in His own

1043 image; who had set him above the other animals; who had

1044 placed him in Paradise; who had enriched him with abundance

1045 of every kind and of safety; who had laid upon him neither

1046 many, nor great, nor difficult commandments, but, in order to

1047 make a wholesome obedience easy to him, had given him a

1048 single very brief and very light precept by which He reminded

1049 that creature whose service was to be free that He was Lord,—it

1050 was just that condemnation followed, and condemnation

1051 such that man, who by keeping the commandments should

1052 have been spiritual even in his flesh, became fleshly even in

1053 his spirit; and as in his pride he had sought to be his own

1054 satisfaction, God in His justice abandoned him to himself,

1055 not to live in the absolute independence he affected, but

1056 instead of the liberty he desired, to live dissatisfied with himself

1057 in a hard and miserable bondage to him to whom by

1058 sinning he had yielded himself, doomed in spite of himself

1059 to die in body as he had willingly become dead in spirit,

1060 condemned even to eternal death (had not the grace of God

1061 delivered him) because he had forsaken eternal life. Whoever

1062 thinks such punishment either excessive or unjust shows

1063 his inability to measure the great iniquity of sinning where

1064 sin might so easily have been avoided. For as Abraham's

1065 obedience is with justice pronounced to be great, because the

1066 thing commanded, to kill his son, was very difficult, so in

1067 Paradise the disobedience was the greater, because the difficulty

1068 of that which was commanded was imperceptible.

1069 And as the obedience of the second Man was the more

1070 laudable because He became obedient even "unto death,"[101] so

1071 the disobedience of the first man was the more detestable

1072 because he became disobedient even unto death. For where

1073 the penalty annexed to disobedience is great, and the thing

1074 commanded by the Creator is easy, who can sufficiently estimate

1075 how great a wickedness it is, in a matter so easy, not to

1076 obey the authority of so great a power, even when that power

1077 deters with so terrible a penalty?

1078 In short, to say all in a word, what but disobedience was

1079 the punishment of disobedience in that sin? For what else

1080 is man's misery but his own disobedience to himself, so that

1081 in consequence of his not being willing to do what he could

1082 do, he now wills to do what he cannot? For though he

1083 could not do all things in Paradise before he sinned, yet he

1084 wished to do only what he could do, and therefore he could

1085 do all things he wished. But now, as we recognise in his

1086 offspring, and as divine Scripture testifies, "Man is like to

1087 vanity."[102] For who can count how many things he wishes

1088 which he cannot do, so long as he is disobedient to himself,

1089 that is, so long as his mind and his flesh do not obey his

1090 will? For in spite of himself his mind is both frequently

1091 disturbed, and his flesh suffers, and grows old, and dies; and

1092 in spite of ourselves we suffer whatever else we suffer, and

1093 which we would not suffer if our nature absolutely and in all

1094 its parts obeyed our will. But is it not the infirmities of the

1095 flesh which hamper it in its service? Yet what does it

1096 matter *how* its service is hampered, so long as the fact remains,

1097 that by the just retribution of the sovereign God whom we

1098 refused to be subject to and serve, our flesh, which was subjected

1099 to us, now torments us by insubordination, although

1100 our disobedience brought trouble on ourselves, not upon God?

1101 For He is not in need of our service as we of our body's;

1102 and therefore what we did was no punishment to Him, but

1103 what we receive is so to us. And the pains which are called

1104 bodily are pains of the soul in and from the body. For what

1105 pain or desire can the flesh feel by itself and without the

1106 soul? But when the flesh is said to desire or to suffer, it is

1107 meant, as we have explained, that the man does so, or some

1108 part of the soul which is affected by the sensation of the

1109 flesh, whether a harsh sensation causing pain, or gentle, causing

1110 pleasure. But pain in the flesh is only a discomfort of the

1111 soul arising from the flesh, and a kind of shrinking from its

1112 suffering, as the pain of the soul which is called sadness is a

1113 shrinking from those things which have happened to us in

1114 spite of ourselves. But sadness is frequently preceded by

1115 fear, which is itself in the soul, not in the flesh; while bodily

1116 pain is not preceded by any kind of fear of the flesh, which

1117 can be felt in the flesh before the pain. But pleasure is preceded

1118 by a certain appetite which is felt in the flesh like a

1119 craving, as hunger and thirst and that generative appetite

1120 which is most commonly identified with the name "lust,"

1121 though this is the generic word for all desires. For anger

1122 itself was defined by the ancients as nothing else than the

1123 lust of revenge;[103] although sometimes a man is angry even at

1124 inanimate objects which cannot feel his vengeance, as when

1125 one breaks a pen, or crushes a quill that writes badly. Yet

1126 even this, though less reasonable, is in its way a lust of

1127 revenge, and is, so to speak, a mysterious kind of shadow of

1128 [the great law of] retribution, that they who do evil should

1129 suffer evil. There is therefore a lust for revenge, which is

1130 called anger; there is a lust of money, which goes by the

1131 name of avarice; there is a lust of conquering, no matter by

1132 what means, which is called opinionativeness; there is a lust

1133 of applause, which is named boasting. There are many and

1134 various lusts, of which some have names of their own, while

1135 others have not. For who could readily give a name to the

1136 lust of ruling, which yet has a powerful influence in the

1137 soul of tyrants, as civil wars bear witness?

1138 16. *Of the evil of lust,—a word which, though applicable to many vices, is

1139 specially appropriated to sexual uncleanness.*

1140 Although, therefore, lust may have many objects, yet when

1141 no object is specified, the word lust usually suggests to the

1142 mind the lustful excitement of the organs of generation.

1143 And this lust not only takes possession of the whole body

1144 and outward members, but also makes itself felt within, and

1145 moves the whole man with a passion in which mental emotion

1146 is mingled with bodily appetite, so that the pleasure which

1147 results is the greatest of all bodily pleasures. So possessing

1148 indeed is this pleasure, that at the moment of time in which

1149 it is consummated, all mental activity is suspended. What

1150 friend of wisdom and holy joys, who, being married, but

1151 knowing, as the apostle says, "how to possess his vessel in

1152 sanctification and honour, not in the disease of desire, as the

1153 Gentiles who know not God,"[104] would not prefer, if this were

1154 possible, to beget children without this lust, so that in this

1155 function of begetting offspring the members created for this

1156 purpose should not be stimulated by the heat of lust, but

1157 should be actuated by his volition, in the same way as his

1158 other members serve him for their respective ends? But

1159 even those who delight in this pleasure are not moved to it

1160 at their own will, whether they confine themselves to lawful

1161 or transgress to unlawful pleasures; but sometimes this lust

1162 importunes them in spite of themselves, and sometimes fails

1163 them when they desire to feel it, so that though lust rages in

1164 the mind, it stirs not in the body. Thus, strangely enough,

1165 this emotion not only fails to obey the legitimate desire to

1166 beget offspring, but also refuses to serve lascivious lust; and

1167 though it often opposes its whole combined energy to the

1168 soul that resists it, sometimes also it is divided against itself,

1169 and while it moves the soul, leaves the body unmoved.

1170 17. *Of the nakedness of our first parents, which they saw after their base and

1171 shameful sin.*

1172 Justly is shame very specially connected with this lust;

1173 justly, too, these members themselves, being moved and

1174 restrained not at our will, but by a certain independent

1175 autocracy, so to speak, are called "shameful." Their condition

1176 was different before sin. For as it is written, "They

1177 were naked and were not ashamed,"[105]—not that their nakedness

1178 was unknown to them, but because nakedness was not

1179 yet shameful, because not yet did lust move those members

1180 without the will's consent; not yet did the flesh by its disobedience

1181 testify against the disobedience of man. For they

1182 were not created blind, as the unenlightened vulgar fancy;[106]

1183 for Adam saw the animals to whom he gave names, and of Eve

1184 we read, "The woman saw that the tree was good for food, and

1185 that it was pleasant to the eyes."[107] Their eyes, therefore, were

1186 open, but were not open to this, that is to say, were not

1187 observant so as to recognise what was conferred upon them

1188 by the garment of grace, for they had no consciousness of

1189 their members warring against their will. But when they

1190 were stripped of this grace,[108] that their disobedience might be

1191 punished by fit retribution, there began in the movement of

1192 their bodily members a shameless novelty which made nakedness

1193 indecent: it at once made them observant and made

1194 them ashamed. And therefore, after they violated God's

1195 command by open transgression, it is written: "And the eyes

1196 of them both were opened, and they knew that they were

1197 naked; and they sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves

1198 aprons."[109] "The eyes of them both were opened," not

1199 to see, for already they saw, but to discern between the good

1200 they had lost and the evil into which they had fallen. And

1201 therefore also the tree itself which they were forbidden to

1202 touch was called the tree of the knowledge of good and evil

1203 from this circumstance, that if they ate of it it would impart

1204 to them this knowledge. For the discomfort of sickness

1205 reveals the pleasure of health. "They knew," therefore,

1206 "that they were naked,"—naked of that grace which prevented

1207 them from being ashamed of bodily nakedness while

1208 the law of sin offered no resistance to their mind. And thus

1209 they obtained a knowledge which they would have lived in

1210 blissful ignorance of, had they, in trustful obedience to God,

1211 declined to commit that offence which involved them in the

1212 experience of the hurtful effects of unfaithfulness and disobedience.

1213 And therefore, being ashamed of the disobedience

1214 of their own flesh, which witnessed to their disobedience

1215 while it punished it, "they sewed fig leaves together, and

1216 made themselves aprons," that is, cinctures for their privy

1217 parts; for some interpreters have rendered the word by

1218 *succinctoria*. *Campestria* is, indeed, a Latin word, but it

1219 is used of the drawers or aprons used for a similar purpose

1220 by the young men who stripped for exercise in the *campus*;

1221 hence those who were so girt were commonly called *campestrati*.

1222 Shame modestly covered that which lust disobediently

1223 moved in opposition to the will which was thus punished

1224 for its own disobedience. Consequently all nations, being

1225 propagated from that one stock, have so strong an instinct to

1226 cover the shameful parts, that some barbarians do not uncover

1227 them even in the bath, but wash with their drawers

1228 on. In the dark solitudes of India also, though some philosophers

1229 go naked, and are therefore called gymnosophists,

1230 yet they make an exception in the case of these members,

1231 and cover them.

1232 18. *Of the shame which attends all sexual intercourse.*

1233 Lust requires for its consummation darkness and secrecy;

1234 and this not only when unlawful intercourse is desired, but

1235 even such fornication as the earthly city has legalized.

1236 Where there is no fear of punishment, these permitted

1237 pleasures still shrink from the public eye. Even where provision

1238 is made for this lust, secrecy also is provided; and while

1239 lust found it easy to remove the prohibitions of law, shamelessness

1240 found it impossible to lay aside the veil of retirement. For

1241 even shameless men call this shameful; and though they love

1242 the pleasure, dare not display it. What! does not even conjugal

1243 intercourse, sanctioned as it is by law for the propagation

1244 of children, legitimate and honourable though it be, does

1245 it not seek retirement from every eye? Before the bridegroom

1246 fondles his bride, does he not exclude the attendants, and even

1247 the paranymphs, and such friends as the closest ties have

1248 admitted to the bridal chamber? The greatest master of

1249 Roman eloquence says, that all right actions wish to be set in

1250 the light, *i.e.* desire to be known. This right action, however,

1251 has such a desire to be known, that yet it blushes to be seen.

1252 Who does not know what passes between husband and wife

1253 that children may be born? Is it not for this purpose that

1254 wives are married with such ceremony? And yet, when this

1255 well-understood act is gone about for the procreation of children,

1256 not even the children themselves, who may already have

1257 been born to them, are suffered to be witnesses. This right

1258 action seeks the light, in so far as it seeks to be known, but

1259 yet dreads being seen. And why so, if not because that

1260 which is by nature fitting and decent is so done as to be

1261 accompanied with a shame-begetting penalty of sin?

1262 19. *That it is now necessary, as it was not before man sinned, to bridle anger

1263 and lust by the restraining influence of wisdom.*

1264 Hence it is that even the philosophers who have approximated

1265 to the truth have avowed that anger and lust are vicious

1266 mental emotions, because, even when exercised towards objects

1267 which wisdom does not prohibit, they are moved in an ungoverned

1268 and inordinate manner, and consequently need the

1269 regulation of mind and reason. And they assert that this third

1270 part of the mind is posted as it were in a kind of citadel, to give

1271 rule to these other parts, so that, while it rules and they serve,

1272 man's righteousness is preserved without a breach.[110] These

1273 parts, then, which they acknowledge to be vicious even in a

1274 wise and temperate man, so that the mind, by its composing

1275 and restraining influence, must bridle and recall them from

1276 those objects towards which they are unlawfully moved, and

1277 give them access to those which the law of wisdom sanctions,—that

1278 anger, *e.g.*, may be allowed for the enforcement of a just

1279 authority, and lust for the duty of propagating offspring,—these

1280 parts, I say, were not vicious in Paradise before sin,

1281 for they were never moved in opposition to a holy will towards

1282 any object from which it was necessary that they should be

1283 withheld by the restraining bridle of reason. For though

1284 now they are moved in this way, and are regulated by a

1285 bridling and restraining power, which those who live temperately,

1286 justly, and godly exercise, sometimes with ease, and

1287 sometimes with greater difficulty, this is not the sound health

1288 of nature, but the weakness which results from sin. And how

1289 is it that shame does not hide the acts and words dictated by

1290 anger or other emotions, as it covers the motions of lust,

1291 unless because the members of the body which we employ for

1292 accomplishing them are moved, not by the emotions themselves,

1293 but by the authority of the consenting will? For he

1294 who in his anger rails at or even strikes some one, could not

1295 do so were not his tongue and hand moved by the authority

1296 of the will, as also they are moved when there is no anger.

1297 But the organs of generation are so subjected to the rule of

1298 lust, that they have no motion but what it communicates.

1299 It is this we are ashamed of; it is this which blushingly

1300 hides from the eyes of onlookers. And rather will a man

1301 endure a crowd of witnesses when he is unjustly venting his

1302 anger on some one, than the eye of one man when he innocently

1303 copulates with his wife.

1304 20. *Of the foolish beastliness of the Cynics.*

1305 It is this which those canine or cynic[111] philosophers have

1306 overlooked, when they have, in violation of the modest instincts

1307 of men, boastfully proclaimed their unclean and shameless

1308 opinion, worthy indeed of dogs, viz., that as the matrimonial

1309 act is legitimate, no one should be ashamed to perform it

1310 openly, in the street or in any public place. Instinctive

1311 shame has overborne this wild fancy. For though it is related[112]

1312 that Diogenes once dared to put his opinion in practice, under

1313 the impression that his sect would be all the more famous if

1314 his egregious shamelessness were deeply graven in the memory

1315 of mankind, yet this example was not afterwards followed.

1316 Shame had more influence with them, to make them blush

1317 before men, than error to make them affect a resemblance to

1318 dogs. And possibly, even in the case of Diogenes, and those

1319 who did imitate him, there was but an appearance and pretence

1320 of copulation, and not the reality. Even at this day

1321 there are still Cynic philosophers to be seen; for these are

1322 Cynics who are not content with being clad in the *pallium*,

1323 but also carry a club; yet no one of them dares to do this

1324 that we speak of. If they did, they would be spat upon, not

1325 to say stoned, by the mob. Human nature, then, is without

1326 doubt ashamed of this lust; and justly so, for the insubordination

1327 of these members, and their defiance of the will, are the

1328 clear testimony of the punishment of man's first sin. And it

1329 was fitting that this should appear specially in those parts

1330 by which is generated that nature which has been altered for

1331 the worse by that first and great sin,—that sin from whose evil

1332 connection no one can escape, unless God's grace expiate in

1333 him individually that which was perpetrated to the destruction

1334 of all in common, when all were in one man, and which

1335 was avenged by God's justice.

1336 21. *That man's transgression did not annul the blessing of fecundity pronounced

1337 upon man before he sinned, but infected it with the disease of lust.*

1338 Far be it, then, from us to suppose that our first parents in

1339 Paradise felt that lust which caused them afterwards to blush

1340 and hide their nakedness, or that by its means they should

1341 have fulfilled the benediction of God, "Increase and multiply

1342 and replenish the earth;"[113] for it was after sin that lust

1343 began. It was after sin that our nature, having lost the power

1344 it had over the whole body, but not having lost all shame,

1345 perceived, noticed, blushed at, and covered it. But that

1346 blessing upon marriage, which encouraged them to increase

1347 and multiply and replenish the earth, though, it continued

1348 even after they had sinned, was yet given before they sinned,

1349 in order that the procreation of children might be recognised

1350 as part of the glory of marriage, and not of the punishment of

1351 sin. But now, men being ignorant of the blessedness of Paradise,

1352 suppose that children could not have been begotten there

1353 in any other way than they know them to be begotten now,

1354 *i.e.* by lust, at which even honourable marriage blushes; some

1355 not simply rejecting, but sceptically deriding the divine Scriptures,

1356 in which we read that our first parents, after they sinned,

1357 were ashamed of their nakedness, and covered it; while others,

1358 though they accept and honour Scripture, yet conceive that

1359 this expression, "Increase and multiply," refers not to carnal

1360 fecundity, because a similar expression is used of the soul in

1361 the words, "Thou wilt multiply me with strength in my

1362 soul;"[114] and so, too, in the words which follow in Genesis,

1363 "And replenish the earth, and subdue it," they understand by

1364 the earth the body which the soul fills with its presence, and

1365 which it rules over when it is multiplied in strength. And

1366 they hold that children could no more then than now be

1367 begotten without lust, which, after sin, was kindled, observed,

1368 blushed for, and covered; and even that children would not

1369 have been born in Paradise, but only outside of it, as in fact

1370 it turned out. For it was after they were expelled from it

1371 that they came together to beget children, and begot them.

1372 22. *Of the conjugal union as it was originally instituted and blessed by God.*

1373 But we, for our part, have no manner of doubt that to increase

1374 and multiply and replenish the earth in virtue of the

1375 blessing of God, is a gift of marriage as God instituted it

1376 from the beginning before man sinned, when He created them

1377 male and female,—in other words, two sexes manifestly distinct.

1378 And it was this work of God on which His blessing

1379 was pronounced. For no sooner had Scripture said, "Male

1380 and female created He them,"[115] than it immediately continues,

1381 "And God blessed them, and God said unto them, Increase,

1382 and multiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue it," etc.

1383 And though all these things may not unsuitably be interpreted

1384 in a spiritual sense, yet "male and female" cannot be

1385 understood of two things in one man, as if there were in him

1386 one thing which rules, another which is ruled; but it is quite

1387 clear that they were created male and female, with bodies of

1388 different sexes, for the very purpose of begetting offspring, and

1389 so increasing, multiplying, and replenishing the earth; and it

1390 is great folly to oppose so plain a fact. It was not of the

1391 spirit which commands and the body which obeys, nor of the

1392 rational soul which rules and the irrational desire which is

1393 ruled, nor of the contemplative virtue which is supreme and

1394 the active which is subject, nor of the understanding of the

1395 mind and the sense of the body, but plainly of the matrimonial

1396 union by which the sexes are mutually bound together,

1397 that our Lord, when asked whether it were lawful for any

1398 cause to put away one's wife (for on account of the hardness

1399 of the hearts of the Israelites Moses permitted a bill of

1400 divorcement to be given), answered and said, "Have ye not

1401 read that He which made them at the beginning made them

1402 male and female, and said, For this cause shall a man leave

1403 father and mother, and shall cleave to his wife, and they

1404 twain shall be one flesh? Wherefore they are no more twain,

1405 but one flesh. What, therefore, God hath joined together, let

1406 not man put asunder."[116] It is certain, then, that from the

1407 first men were created, as we see and know them to be now,

1408 of two sexes, male and female, and that they are called one,

1409 either on account of the matrimonial union, or on account of

1410 the origin of the woman, who was created from the side of the

1411 man. And it is by this original example, which God Himself

1412 instituted, that the apostle admonishes all husbands to love

1413 their own wives in particular.[117]

1414 >

1415 >

1416 >

1417 23. *Whether generation should have taken place even in Paradise had man not

1418 > sinned, or whether there should have been any contention there between

1419 > chastity and lust.*

1420 But he who says that there should have been neither copulation

1421 nor generation but for sin, virtually says that man's

1422 sin was necessary to complete the number of the saints. For

1423 if these two by not sinning should have continued to live

1424 alone, because, as is supposed, they could not have begotten

1425 children had they not sinned, then certainly sin was necessary

1426 in order that there might be not only two but many righteous

1427 men. And if this cannot be maintained without absurdity,

1428 we must rather believe that the number of the saints fit to

1429 complete this most blessed city would have been as great

1430 though no one had sinned, as it is now that the grace of God

1431 gathers its citizens out of the multitude of sinners, so long as

1432 the children of this world generate and are generated.[118]

1433 And therefore that marriage, worthy of the happiness of

1434 Paradise, should have had desirable fruit without the shame

1435 of lust, had there been no sin. But how that could be, there

1436 is now no example to teach us. Nevertheless, it ought not to

1437 seem incredible that one member might serve the will without

1438 lust then, since so many serve it now. Do we now move our

1439 feet and hands when we will to do the things we would by

1440 means of these members? do we meet with no resistance in

1441 them, but perceive that they are ready servants of the will,

1442 both in our own case and in that of others, and especially of

1443 artisans employed in mechanical operations, by which the

1444 weakness and clumsiness of nature become, through industrious

1445 exercise, wonderfully dexterous? and shall we not believe

1446 that, like as all those members obediently serve the will, so

1447 also should the members have discharged the function of

1448 generation, though lust, the award of disobedience, had been

1449 awanting? Did not Cicero, in discussing the difference of

1450 governments in his *De Republica*, adopt a simile from human

1451 nature, and say that we command our bodily members as

1452 children, they are so obedient; but that the vicious parts of

1453 the soul must be treated as slaves, and be coerced with a more

1454 stringent authority? And no doubt, in the order of nature,

1455 the soul is more excellent than the body; and yet the soul

1456 commands the body more easily than itself. Nevertheless

1457 this lust, of which we at present speak, is the more shameful

1458 on this account, because the soul is therein neither master of

1459 itself, so as not to lust at all, nor of the body, so as to keep

1460 the members under the control of the will; for if they were

1461 thus ruled, there should be no shame. But now the soul is

1462 ashamed that the body, which by nature is inferior and subject

1463 to it, should resist its authority. For in the resistance

1464 experienced by the soul in the other emotions there is less

1465 shame, because the resistance is from itself, and thus, when it

1466 is conquered by itself, itself is the conqueror, although the

1467 conquest is inordinate and vicious, because accomplished by

1468 those parts of the soul which ought to be subject to reason,

1469 yet, being accomplished by its own parts and energies, the

1470 conquest is, as I say, its own. For when the soul conquers

1471 itself to a due subordination, so that its unreasonable motions

1472 are controlled by reason, while it again is subject to God, this

1473 is a conquest virtuous and praiseworthy. Yet there is less

1474 shame when the soul is resisted by its own vicious parts than

1475 when its will and order are resisted by the body, which is

1476 distinct from and inferior to it, and dependent on it for life

1477 itself.

1478 But so long as the will retains under its authority the other

1479 members, without which the members excited by lust to resist

1480 the will cannot accomplish what they seek, chastity is preserved,

1481 and the delight of sin foregone. And certainly, had

1482 not culpable disobedience been visited with penal disobedience,

1483 the marriage of Paradise should have been ignorant of this

1484 struggle and rebellion, this quarrel between will and lust, that

1485 the will may be satisfied and lust restrained, but those members,

1486 like all the rest, should have obeyed the will. The field

1487 of generation[119] should have been sown by the organ created

1488 for this purpose, as the earth is sown by the hand. And

1489 whereas now, as we essay to investigate this subject more

1490 exactly, modesty hinders us, and compels us to ask pardon of

1491 chaste ears, there would have been no cause to do so, but we

1492 could have discoursed freely, and without fear of seeming

1493 obscene, upon all those points which occur to one who meditates

1494 on the subject. There would not have been even words

1495 which could be called obscene, but all that might be said of

1496 these members would have been as pure as what is said of

1497 the other parts of the body. Whoever, then, comes to the

1498 perusal of these pages with unchaste mind, let him blame his

1499 disposition, not his nature; let him brand the actings of his

1500 own impurity, not the words which necessity forces us to use,

1501 and for which every pure and pious reader or hearer will very

1502 readily pardon me, while I expose the folly of that scepticism

1503 which argues solely on the ground of its own experience, and

1504 has no faith in anything beyond. He who is not scandalized

1505 at the apostle's censure of the horrible wickedness of the women

1506 who "changed the natural use into that which is against

1507 nature,"[120] will read all this without being shocked, especially

1508 as we are not, like Paul, citing and censuring a damnable uncleanness,

1509 but are explaining, so far as we can, human generation,

1510 while with Paul we avoid all obscenity of language.

1511 >

1512 >

1513 >

1514 24. *That if men had remained innocent and obedient in Paradise, the generative

1515 > organs should have been in subjection to the will as the other members are.*

1516 The man, then, would have sown the seed, and the woman

1517 received it, as need required, the generative organs being

1518 moved by the will, not excited by lust. For we move at

1519 will not only those members which are furnished with joints

1520 of solid bone, as the hands, feet, and fingers, but we move also

1521 at will those which are composed of slack and soft nerves: we

1522 can put them in motion, or stretch them out, or bend and

1523 twist them, or contract and stiffen them, as we do with the

1524 muscles of the mouth and face. The lungs, which are the

1525 very tenderest of the viscera except the brain, and are therefore

1526 carefully sheltered in the cavity of the chest, yet for all

1527 purposes of inhaling and exhaling the breath, and of uttering

1528 and modulating the voice, are obedient to the will when we

1529 breathe, exhale, speak, shout, or sing, just as the bellows obey

1530 the smith or the organist. I will not press the fact that some

1531 animals have a natural power to move a single spot of the

1532 skin with which their whole body is covered, if they have felt

1533 on it anything they wish to drive off,—a power so great, that

1534 by this shivering tremor of the skin they can not only shake

1535 off flies that have settled on them, but even spears that have

1536 fixed in their flesh. Man, it is true, has not this power; but

1537 is this any reason for supposing that God could not give it to

1538 such creatures as He wished to possess it? And therefore

1539 man himself also might very well have enjoyed absolute

1540 power over his members had he not forfeited it by his disobedience;

1541 for it was not difficult for God to form him so

1542 that what is now moved in his body only by lust should have

1543 been moved only at will.

1544 We know, too, that some men are differently constituted

1545 from others, and have some rare and remarkable faculty of

1546 doing with their body what other men can by no effort do,

1547 and, indeed, scarcely believe when they hear of others doing.

1548 There are persons who can move their ears, either one at a

1549 time, or both together. There are some who, without moving

1550 the head, can bring the hair down upon the forehead, and

1551 move the whole scalp backwards and forwards at pleasure.

1552 Some, by lightly pressing their stomach, bring up an incredible

1553 quantity and variety of things they have swallowed, and produce

1554 whatever they please, quite whole, as if out of a bag.

1555 Some so accurately mimic the voices of birds and beasts and

1556 other men, that, unless they are seen, the difference cannot be

1557 told. Some have such command of their bowels, that they

1558 can break wind continuously at pleasure, so as to produce

1559 the effect of singing. I myself have known a man who was

1560 accustomed to sweat whenever he wished. It is well known

1561 that some weep when they please, and shed a flood of tears.

1562 But far more incredible is that which some of our brethren

1563 saw quite recently. There was a presbyter called Restitutus,

1564 in the parish of the Calamensian[121] Church, who, as often as he

1565 pleased (and he was asked to do this by those who desired to

1566 witness so remarkable a phenomenon), on some one imitating

1567 the wailings of mourners, became so insensible, and lay in a

1568 state so like death, that not only had he no feeling when they

1569 pinched and pricked him, but even when fire was applied to

1570 him, and he was burned by it, he had no sense of pain except

1571 afterwards from the wound. And that his body remained

1572 motionless, not by reason of his self-command, but because

1573 he was insensible, was proved by the fact that he breathed

1574 no more than a dead man; and yet he said that, when any one

1575 spoke with more than ordinary distinctness, he heard the voice,

1576 but as if it were a long way off. Seeing, then, that even in

1577 this mortal and miserable life the body serves some men by

1578 many remarkable movements and moods beyond the ordinary

1579 course of nature, what reason is there for doubting that, before

1580 man was involved by his sin in this weak and corruptible

1581 condition, his members might have served his will for the

1582 propagation of offspring without lust? Man has been given

1583 over to himself because he abandoned God, while he sought

1584 to be self-satisfying; and disobeying God, he could not obey

1585 even himself. Hence it is that he is involved in the obvious

1586 misery of being unable to live as he wishes. For if he lived

1587 as he wished, he would think himself blessed; but he could

1588 not be so if he lived wickedly.

1589 25. *Of true blessedness, which this present life cannot enjoy.*

1590 However, if we look at this a little more closely, we see

1591 that no one lives as he wishes but the blessed, and that no

1592 one is blessed but the righteous. But even the righteous

1593 himself does not live as he wishes, until he has arrived where

1594 he cannot die, be deceived, or injured, and until he is assured

1595 that this shall be his eternal condition. For this nature demands;

1596 and nature is not fully and perfectly blessed till it

1597 attains what it seeks. But what man is at present able to

1598 live as he wishes, when it is not in his power so much as to

1599 live? He wishes to live, he is compelled to die. How, then,

1600 does he live as he wishes who does not live as long as he

1601 wishes? or if he wishes to die, how can he live as he wishes,

1602 since he does not wish even to live? Or if he wishes to die,

1603 not because he dislikes life, but that after death he may live

1604 better, still he is not yet living as he wishes, but only has the

1605 prospect of so living when, through death, he reaches that

1606 which he wishes. But admit that he lives as he wishes,

1607 because he has done violence to himself, and forced himself

1608 not to wish what he cannot obtain, and to wish only what he

1609 can (as Terence has it, "Since you cannot do what you will,

1610 will what you can"[122]), is he therefore blessed because he is

1611 patiently wretched? For a blessed life is possessed only by

1612 the man who loves it. If it is loved and possessed, it must

1613 necessarily be more ardently loved than all besides; for whatever

1614 else is loved must be loved for the sake of the blessed

1615 life. And if it is loved as it deserves to be,—and the man

1616 is not blessed who does not love the blessed life as it deserves,—then

1617 he who so loves it cannot but wish it to be eternal.

1618 Therefore it shall then only be blessed when it is eternal.

1619 26. *That we are to believe that in Paradise our first parents begat offspring

1620 without blushing.*

1621 In Paradise, then, man lived as he desired so long as he

1622 desired what God had commanded. He lived in the enjoyment

1623 of God, and was good by God's goodness; he lived without any

1624 want, and had it in his power so to live eternally. He had

1625 food that he might not hunger, drink that he might not thirst,

1626 the tree of life that old age might not waste him. There was

1627 in his body no corruption, nor seed of corruption, which could

1628 produce in him any unpleasant sensation. He feared no inward

1629 disease, no outward accident. Soundest health blessed

1630 his body, absolute tranquillity his soul. As in Paradise there

1631 was no excessive heat or cold, so its inhabitants were exempt

1632 from the vicissitudes of fear and desire. No sadness of any

1633 kind was there, nor any foolish joy; true gladness ceaselessly

1634 flowed from the presence of God, who was loved "out of a

1635 pure heart, and a good conscience, and faith unfeigned."[123]

1636 The honest love of husband and wife made a sure harmony

1637 between them. Body and spirit worked harmoniously together,

1638 and the commandment was kept without labour. No

1639 languor made their leisure wearisome; no sleepiness interrupted

1640 their desire to labour.[124] In tanta facilitate rerum et

1641 felicitate hominum, absit ut suspicemur, non potuisse prolem

1642 seri sine libidinis morbo: sed eo voluntatis nutu moverentur

1643 illa membra quo cætera, et sine ardoris illecebroso stimulo

1644 cum tranquillitate animi et corporis nulla corruptione integritatis

1645 infunderetur gremio maritus uxoris. Neque enim quia

1646 experientia probari non potest, ideo credendum non est; quando

1647 illas corporis partes non ageret turbidus calor, sed spontanea

1648 potestas, sicut opus esset, adhiberet; ita tunc potuisse utero

1649 conjugis salva integritate feminei genitalis virile semen immitti,

1650 sicut nunc potest eadem integritate salva ex utero

1651 virginis fluxus menstrui cruoris emitti. Eadem quippe via

1652 posset illud injici, qua hoc potest ejici. Ut enim ad pariendum

1653 non doloris gemitus, sed maturitatis impulsus feminea

1654 viscera relaxaret: sic ad fœtandum et concipiendum non libidinis

1655 appetitus, sed voluntarius usus naturam utramque conjungeret.

1656 We speak of things which are now shameful, and

1657 although we try, as well as we are able, to conceive them as

1658 they were before they became shameful, yet necessity compels

1659 us rather to limit our discussion to the bounds set by

1660 modesty than to extend it as our moderate faculty of discourse

1661 might suggest. For since that which I have been

1662 speaking of was not experienced even by those who might

1663 have experienced it,—I mean our first parents (for sin and its

1664 merited banishment from Paradise anticipated this passionless

1665 generation on their part),—when sexual intercourse is spoken

1666 of now, it suggests to men's thoughts not such a placid obedience

1667 to the will as is conceivable in our first parents, but

1668 such violent acting of lust as they themselves have experienced.

1669 And therefore modesty shuts my mouth, although my mind

1670 conceives the matter clearly. But Almighty God, the supreme

1671 and supremely good Creator of all natures, who aids and rewards

1672 good wills, while He abandons and condemns the bad,

1673 and rules both, was not destitute of a plan by which He

1674 might people His city with the fixed number of citizens which

1675 His wisdom had foreordained even out of the condemned

1676 human race, discriminating them not now by merits, since

1677 the whole mass was condemned as if in a vitiated root, but

1678 by grace, and showing, not only in the case of the redeemed,

1679 but also in those who were not delivered, how much grace

1680 He has bestowed upon them. For every one acknowledges

1681 that he has been rescued from evil, not by deserved, but by

1682 gratuitous goodness, when he is singled out from the company

1683 of those with whom he might justly have borne a common

1684 punishment, and is allowed to go scathless. Why, then,

1685 should God not have created those whom He foresaw would

1686 sin, since He was able to show in and by them both what their

1687 guilt merited, and what His grace bestowed, and since, under

1688 His creating and disposing hand, even the perverse disorder

1689 of the wicked could not pervert the right order of things?

1690 27. *Of the angels and men who sinned, and that their wickedness did not

1691 disturb the order of God's providence.*

1692 The sins of men and angels do nothing to impede the

1693 "great works of the Lord which accomplish His will."[125] For

1694 He who by His providence and omnipotence distributes to

1695 every one his own portion, is able to make good use not only

1696 of the good, but also of the wicked. And thus making a

1697 good use of the wicked angel, who, in punishment of his first

1698 wicked volition, was doomed to an obduracy that prevents

1699 him now from willing any good, why should not God have

1700 permitted him to tempt the first man, who had been created

1701 upright, that is to say, with a good will? For he had been

1702 so constituted, that if he looked to God for help, man's goodness

1703 should defeat the angel's wickedness; but if by proud

1704 self-pleasing he abandoned God, his Creator and Sustainer,

1705 he should be conquered. If his will remained upright,

1706 through leaning on God's help, he should be rewarded; if it

1707 became wicked, by forsaking God, he should be punished.

1708 But even this trusting in God's help could not itself be

1709 accomplished without God's help, although man had it in his

1710 own power to relinquish the benefits of divine grace by pleasing

1711 himself. For as it is not in our power to live in this

1712 world without sustaining ourselves by food, while it is in our

1713 power to refuse this nourishment and cease to live, as those

1714 do who kill themselves, so it was not in man's power, even in

1715 Paradise, to live as he ought without God's help; but it was

1716 in his power to live wickedly, though thus he should cut

1717 short his happiness, and incur very just punishment. Since,

1718 then, God was not ignorant that man would fall, why should

1719 He not have suffered him to be tempted by an angel who

1720 hated and envied him? It was not, indeed, that He was

1721 unaware that he should be conquered, but because He foresaw

1722 that by the man's seed, aided by divine grace, this same devil

1723 himself should be conquered, to the greater glory of the

1724 saints. All was brought about in such a manner, that neither

1725 did any future event escape God's foreknowledge, nor did His

1726 foreknowledge compel any one to sin, and so as to demonstrate

1727 in the experience of the intelligent creation, human

1728 and angelic, how great a difference there is between the

1729 private presumption of the creature and the Creator's protection.

1730 For who will dare to believe or say that it was not in

1731 God's power to prevent both angels and men from sinning?

1732 But God preferred to leave this in their power, and thus to

1733 show both what evil could be wrought by their pride, and

1734 what good by His grace.

1735 28. *Of the nature of the two cities, the earthly and the heavenly.*

1736 Accordingly, two cities have been formed by two loves:

1737 the earthly by the love of self, even to the contempt of God;

1738 the heavenly by the love of God, even to the contempt of

1739 self. The former, in a word, glories in itself, the latter in

1740 the Lord. For the one seeks glory from men; but the

1741 greatest glory of the other is God, the witness of conscience.

1742 The one lifts up its head in its own glory; the other

1743 says to its God, "Thou art my glory, and the lifter up of

1744 mine head."[126] In the one, the princes and the nations it

1745 subdues are ruled by the love of ruling; in the other, the

1746 princes and the subjects serve one another in love, the latter

1747 obeying, while the former take thought for all. The one

1748 delights in its own strength, represented in the persons of its

1749 rulers; the other says to its God, "I will love Thee, O Lord,

1750 my strength."[127] And therefore the wise men of the one

1751 city, living according to man, have sought for profit to their

1752 own bodies or souls, or both, and those who have known

1753 God "glorified Him not as God, neither were thankful, but

1754 became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was

1755 darkened; professing themselves to be wise,"—that is, glorying

1756 in their own wisdom, and being possessed by pride,—"they

1757 became fools, and changed the glory of the incorruptible God

1758 into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and

1759 four-footed beasts, and creeping things." For they were

1760 either leaders or followers of the people in adoring images,

1761 "and worshipped and served the creature more than the

1762 Creator, who is blessed for ever."[128] But in the other city

1763 there is no human wisdom, but only godliness, which offers

1764 due worship to the true God, and looks for its reward in the

1765 society of the saints, of holy angels as well as holy men,

1766 "that God may be all in all."[129]

BOOK XV

4 #### ARGUMENT.

5 >

6 >

7 >

8 HAVING TREATED IN THE FOUR PRECEDING BOOKS OF THE ORIGIN OF THE TWO

9 > CITIES, THE EARTHLY AND THE HEAVENLY, AUGUSTINE EXPLAINS THEIR

10 > GROWTH AND PROGRESS IN THE FOUR BOOKS WHICH FOLLOW; AND, IN

11 > ORDER TO DO SO, HE EXPLAINS THE CHIEF PASSAGES OF THE SACRED HISTORY

12 > WHICH BEAR UPON THIS SUBJECT. IN THIS FIFTEENTH BOOK HE

13 > OPENS THIS PART OF HIS WORK BY EXPLAINING THE EVENTS RECORDED IN

14 > GENESIS FROM THE TIME OF CAIN AND ABEL TO THE DELUGE.

15 1. *Of the two lines of the human race which from first to last divide it.*

16 OF the bliss of Paradise, of Paradise itself, and of the life

17 of our first parents there, and of their sin and punishment,

18 many have thought much, spoken much, written much.

19 We ourselves, too, have spoken of these things in the foregoing

20 books, and have written either what we read in the

21 Holy Scriptures, or what we could reasonably deduce from

22 them. And were we to enter into a more detailed investigation

23 of these matters, an endless number of endless questions

24 would arise, which would involve us in a larger work than the

25 present occasion admits. We cannot be expected to find

26 room for replying to every question that may be started by

27 unoccupied and captious men, who are ever more ready to ask

28 questions than capable of understanding the answer. Yet I

29 trust we have already done justice to these great and difficult

30 questions regarding the beginning of the world, or of the soul,

31 or of the human race itself. This race we have distributed

32 into two parts, the one consisting of those who live according

33 to man, the other of those who live according to God. And

34 these we also mystically call the two cities, or the two communities

35 of men, of which the one is predestined to reign

36 eternally with God, and the other to suffer eternal punishment

37 with the devil. This, however, is their end, and of it

38 we are to speak afterwards. At present, as we have said

39 enough about their origin, whether among the angels, whose

40 numbers we know not, or in the two first human beings, it

41 seems suitable to attempt an account of their career, from the

42 time when our two first parents began to propagate the race

43 until all human generation shall cease. For this whole time

44 or world-age, in which the dying give place and those who

45 are born succeed, is the career of these two cities concerning

46 which we treat.

47 Of these two first parents of the human race, then, Cain

48 was the first-born, and he belonged to the city of men; after

49 him was born Abel, who belonged to the city of God. For

50 as in the individual the truth of the apostle's statement is

51 discerned, "that is not first which is spiritual, but that which

52 is natural, and afterward that which is spiritual,"[130] whence

53 it comes to pass that each man, being derived from a condemned

54 stock, is first of all born of Adam evil and carnal,

55 and becomes good and spiritual only afterwards, when he is

56 grafted into Christ by regeneration: so was it in the human

57 race as a whole. When these two cities began to run their

58 course by a series of deaths and births, the citizen of this

59 world was the first-born, and after him the stranger in this

60 world, the citizen of the city of God, predestinated by grace,

61 elected by grace, by grace a stranger below, and by grace a

62 citizen above. By grace,—for so far as regards himself he is

63 sprung from the same mass, all of which is condemned in its

64 origin; but God, like a potter (for this comparison is introduced

65 by the apostle judiciously, and not without thought),

66 of the same lump made one vessel to honour, another to dishonour.[131]

67 But first the vessel to dishonour was made, and

68 after it another to honour. For in each individual, as I have

69 already said, there is first of all that which is reprobate, that

70 from which we must begin, but in which we need not necessarily

71 remain; afterwards is that which is well-approved, to

72 which we may by advancing attain, and in which, when we

73 have reached it, we may abide. Not, indeed, that every

74 wicked man shall be good, but that no one will be good who

75 was not first of all wicked; but the sooner any one becomes

76 a good man, the more speedily does he receive this title, and

77 abolish the old name in the new. Accordingly, it is recorded

78 of Cain that he built a city,[132] but Abel, being a sojourner,

79 built none. For the city of the saints is above, although

80 here below it begets citizens, in whom it sojourns till the

81 time of its reign arrives, when it shall gather together all in

82 the day of the resurrection; and then shall the promised

83 kingdom be given to them, in which they shall reign with

84 their Prince, the King of the ages, time without end.

85 2. *Of the children of the flesh and the children of the promise.*

86 There was indeed on earth, so long as it was needed, a

87 symbol and foreshadowing image of this city, which served

88 the purpose of reminding men that such a city was to be,

89 rather than of making it present; and this image was itself

90 called the holy city, as a symbol of the future city, though

91 not itself the reality. Of this city which served as an image,

92 and of that free city it typified, Paul writes to the Galatians

93 in these terms: "Tell me, ye that desire to be under the law,

94 do ye not hear the law? For it is written, that Abraham

95 had two sons, the one by a bond maid, the other by a free

96 woman. But he who was of the bond woman was born after

97 the flesh, but he of the free woman was by promise. Which

98 things are an allegory:[133] for these are the two covenants;

99 the one from the mount Sinai, which gendereth to bondage,

100 which is Agar. For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia, and

101 answereth to Jerusalem which now is, and is in bondage with

102 her children. But Jerusalem which is above is free, which is

103 the mother of us all. For it is written, Rejoice, thou barren

104 that bearest not; break forth and cry, thou that travailest not:

105 for the desolate hath many more children than she which hath

106 an husband. Now we, brethren, as Isaac was, are the children

107 of promise. But as then he that was born after the

108 flesh persecuted him that was born after the Spirit, even so it

109 is now. Nevertheless, what saith the Scripture? Cast out

110 the bond woman and her son: for the son of the bond woman

111 shall not be heir with the son of the free woman. And

112 we, brethren, are not children of the bond woman, but of

113 the free, in the liberty wherewith Christ hath made us free."[134]

114 This interpretation of the passage, handed down to us with

115 apostolic authority, shows how we ought to understand the

116 Scriptures of the two covenants—the old and the new. One

117 portion of the earthly city became an image of the heavenly

118 city, not having a significance of its own, but signifying

119 another city, and therefore serving, or "being in bondage."

120 For it was founded not for its own sake, but to prefigure

121 another city; and this shadow of a city was also itself foreshadowed

122 by another preceding figure. For Sarah's handmaid

123 Agar, and her son, were an image of this image. And as the

124 shadows were to pass away when the full light came, Sarah,

125 the free woman, who prefigured the free city (which again was

126 also prefigured in another way by that shadow of a city Jerusalem),

127 therefore said, "Cast out the bond woman and her son;

128 for the son of the bond woman shall not be heir with my

129 son Isaac," or, as the apostle says, "with the son of the free

130 woman." In the earthly city, then, we find two things—its

131 own obvious presence, and its symbolic presentation of the

132 heavenly city. Now citizens are begotten to the earthly city

133 by nature vitiated by sin, but to the heavenly city by grace freeing

134 nature from sin; whence the former are called "vessels of

135 wrath," the latter "vessels of mercy."[135] And this was typified

136 in the two sons of Abraham,—Ishmael, the son of Agar the

137 handmaid, being born according to the flesh, while Isaac was

138 born of the free woman Sarah, according to the promise. Both,

139 indeed, were of Abraham's seed; but the one was begotten by

140 natural law, the other was given by gracious promise. In the

141 one birth, human action is revealed; in the other, a divine

142 kindness comes to light.

143 3. *That Sarah's barrenness was made productive by God's grace.*

144 Sarah, in fact, was barren; and, despairing of offspring, and

145 being resolved that she would have at least through her handmaid

146 that blessing she saw she could not in her own person

147 procure, she gave her handmaid to her husband, to whom she

148 herself had been unable to bear children. From him she required

149 this conjugal duty, exercising her own right in another's

150 womb. And thus Ishmael was born according to the common

151 law of human generation, by sexual intercourse. Therefore it

152 is said that he was born "according to the flesh,"—not because

153 such births are not the gifts of God, nor His handiwork, whose

154 creative wisdom "reaches," as it is written, "from one end to

155 another mightily, and sweetly doth she order all things,"[136]

156 but because, in a case in which the gift of God, which was

157 not due to men and was the gratuitous largess of grace, was

158 to be conspicuous, it was requisite that a son be given in

159 a way which no effort of nature could compass. Nature

160 denies children to persons of the age which Abraham and

161 Sarah had now reached; besides that, in Sarah's case, she was

162 barren even in her prime. This nature, so constituted that

163 offspring could not be looked for, symbolized the nature of

164 the human race vitiated by sin and by just consequence condemned,

165 which deserves no future felicity. Fitly, therefore,

166 does Isaac, the child of promise, typify the children of grace,

167 the citizens of the free city, who dwell together in everlasting

168 peace, in which self-love and self-will have no place, but a

169 ministering love that rejoices in the common joy of all, of

170 many hearts makes one, that is to say, secures a perfect

171 concord.

172 4. *Of the conflict and peace of the earthly city.*

173 But the earthly city, which shall not be everlasting (for it

174 will no longer be a city when it has been committed to the

175 extreme penalty), has its good in this world, and rejoices in

176 it with such joy as such things can afford. But as this is

177 not a good which can discharge its devotees of all distresses,

178 this city is often divided against itself by litigations, wars,

179 quarrels, and such victories as are either life-destroying or

180 short-lived. For each part of it that arms against another

181 part of it seeks to triumph over the nations through itself in

182 bondage to vice. If, when it has conquered, it is inflated with

183 pride, its victory is life-destroying; but if it turns its thoughts

184 upon the common casualties of our mortal condition, and is

185 rather anxious concerning the disasters that may befall it

186 than elated with the successes already achieved, this victory,

187 though of a higher kind, is still only short-lived; for it cannot

188 abidingly rule over those whom it has victoriously subjugated.

189 But the things which this city desires cannot justly

190 be said to be evil, for it is itself, in its own kind, better than

191 all other human good. For it desires earthly peace for the

192 sake of enjoying earthly goods, and it makes war in order to

193 attain to this peace; since, if it has conquered, and there

194 remains no one to resist it, it enjoys a peace which it had not

195 while there were opposing parties who contested for the enjoyment

196 of those things which were too small to satisfy both.

197 This peace is purchased by toilsome wars; it is obtained by

198 what they style a glorious victory. Now, when victory remains

199 with the party which had the juster cause, who hesitates

200 to congratulate the victor, and style it a desirable peace?

201 These things, then, are good things, and without doubt the

202 gifts of God. But if they neglect the better things of the

203 heavenly city, which are secured by eternal victory and peace

204 never-ending, and so inordinately covet these present good

205 things that they believe them to be the only desirable things,

206 or love them better than those things which are believed to

207 be better,—if this be so, then it is necessary that misery

208 follow and ever increase.

209 5. *Of the fratricidal act of the founder of the earthly city, and the corresponding

210 crime of the founder of Rome.*

211 Thus the founder of the earthly city was a fratricide.

212 Overcome with envy, he slew his own brother, a citizen of

213 the eternal city, and a sojourner on earth. So that we cannot

214 be surprised that this first specimen, or, as the Greeks say,

215 archetype of crime, should, long afterwards, find a corresponding

216 crime at the foundation of that city which was destined

217 to reign over so many nations, and be the head of this earthly

218 city of which we speak. For of that city also, as one of their

219 poets has mentioned, "the first walls were stained with a

220 brother's blood,"[137] or, as Roman history records, Remus was

221 slain by his brother Romulus. And thus there is no difference

222 between the foundation of this city and of the earthly

223 city, unless it be that Romulus and Remus were both citizens

224 of the earthly city. Both desired to have the glory of founding

225 the Roman republic, but both could not have as much

226 glory as if one only claimed it; for he who wished to have

227 the glory of ruling would certainly rule less if his power were

228 shared by a living consort. In order, therefore, that the

229 whole glory might be enjoyed by one, his consort was removed;

230 and by this crime the empire was made larger indeed,

231 but inferior, while otherwise it would have been less, but

232 better. Now these brothers, Cain and Abel, were not both

233 animated by the same earthly desires, nor did the murderer

234 envy the other because he feared that, by both ruling, his own

235 dominion would be curtailed,—for Abel was not solicitous to

236 rule in that city which his brother built,—he was moved by

237 that diabolical, envious hatred with which the evil regard the

238 good, for no other reason than because they are good while

239 themselves are evil. For the possession of goodness is by no

240 means diminished by being shared with a partner either permanent

241 or temporarily assumed; on the contrary, the possession

242 of goodness is increased in proportion to the concord and

243 charity of each of those who share it. In short, he who is

244 unwilling to share this possession cannot have it; and he who

245 is most willing to admit others to a share of it will have the

246 greatest abundance to himself. The quarrel, then, between

247 Romulus and Remus shows how the earthly city is divided

248 against itself; that which fell out between Cain and Abel

249 illustrated the hatred that subsists between the two cities, that

250 of God and that of men. The wicked war with the wicked;

251 the good also war with the wicked. But with the good, good

252 men, or at least perfectly good men, cannot war; though,

253 while only going on towards perfection, they war to this extent,

254 that every good man resists others in those points in

255 which he resists himself. And in each individual "the flesh

256 lusteth against the spirit, and the spirit against the flesh."[138]

257 This spiritual lusting, therefore, can be at war with the carnal

258 lust of another man; or carnal lust may be at war with the

259 spiritual desires of another, in some such way as good and

260 wicked men are at war; or, still more certainly, the carnal

261 lusts of two men, good but not yet perfect, contend together,

262 just as the wicked contend with the wicked, until the health

263 of those who are under the treatment of grace attains final

264 victory.

265 >

266 >

267 >

268 6. *Of the weaknesses which even the citizens of the city of God suffer during this

269 > earthly pilgrimage in punishment of sin, and of which they are healed by

270 > God's care.*

271 This sickliness—that is to say, that disobedience of which

272 we spoke in the fourteenth book—is the punishment of the

273 first disobedience. It is therefore not nature, but vice; and

274 therefore it is said to the good who are growing in grace, and

275 living in this pilgrimage by faith, "Bear ye one another's

276 burdens, and so fulfil the law of Christ."[139] In like manner it

277 is said elsewhere, "Warn them that are unruly, comfort the

278 feeble-minded, support the weak, be patient toward all men.

279 See that none render evil for evil unto any man."[140] And in

280 another place, "If a man be overtaken in a fault, ye which

281 are spiritual restore such an one in the spirit of meekness;

282 considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted."[141] And elsewhere,

283 "Let not the sun go down upon your wrath."[142] And

284 in the Gospel, "If thy brother shall trespass against thee, go

285 and tell him his fault between thee and him alone."[143] So too

286 of sins which may create scandal the apostle says, "Them

287 that sin rebuke before all, that others also may fear."[144] For

288 this purpose, and that we may keep that peace without which

289 no man can see the Lord,[145] many precepts are given which

290 carefully inculcate mutual forgiveness; among which we may

291 number that terrible word in which the servant is ordered to

292 pay his formerly remitted debt of ten thousand talents, because

293 he did not remit to his fellow-servant his debt of two hundred

294 pence. To which parable the Lord Jesus added the words, "So

295 likewise shall my heavenly Father do also unto you, if ye from

296 your hearts forgive not every one his brother."[146] It is thus

297 the citizens of the city of God are healed while still they sojourn

298 in this earth and sigh for the peace of their heavenly

299 country. The Holy Spirit, too, works within, that the medicine

300 externally applied may have some good result. Otherwise,

301 even though God Himself make use of the creatures

302 that are subject to Him, and in some human form address our

303 human senses, whether we receive those impressions in sleep

304 or in some external appearance, still, if He does not by His

305 own inward grace sway and act upon the mind, no preaching

306 of the truth is of any avail. But this God does, distinguishing

307 between the vessels of wrath and the vessels of mercy, by

308 His own very secret but very just providence. When He

309 Himself aids the soul in His own hidden and wonderful ways,

310 and the sin which dwells in our members, and is, as the

311 apostle teaches, rather the punishment of sin, does not reign

312 in our mortal body to obey the lusts of it, and when we no

313 longer yield our members as instruments of unrighteousness,[147]

314 then the soul is converted from its own evil and selfish desires,

315 and, God possessing it, it possesses itself in peace even

316 in this life, and afterwards, with perfected health and endowed

317 with immortality, will reign without sin in peace everlasting.

318 7. *Of the cause of Cain's crime and his obstinacy, which not even the word of

319 God could subdue.*

320 But though God made use of this very mode of address

321 which we have been endeavouring to explain, and spoke to

322 Cain in that form by which He was wont to accommodate

323 Himself to our first parents and converse with them as a

324 companion, what good influence had it on Cain? Did he not

325 fulfil his wicked intention of killing his brother even after

326 he was warned by God's voice? For when God had made a

327 distinction between their sacrifices, neglecting Cain's, regarding

328 Abel's, which was doubtless intimated by some visible

329 sign to that effect; and when God had done so because the

330 works of the one were evil but those of his brother good, Cain

331 was very wroth, and his countenance fell. For thus it is

332 written: "And the Lord said unto Cain, Why art thou wroth,

333 and why is thy countenance fallen? If thou offerest rightly,

334 but dost not rightly distinguish, hast thou not sinned? Fret

335 not thyself, for unto thee shall be his turning, and thou shalt

336 rule over him."[148] In this admonition administered by God to

337 Cain, that clause indeed, "If thou offerest rightly, but dost

338 not rightly distinguish, hast thou not sinned?" is obscure, inasmuch

339 as it is not apparent for what reason or purpose it was

340 spoken, and many meanings have been put upon it, as each

341 one who discusses it attempts to interpret it according to the

342 rule of faith. The truth is, that a sacrifice is "rightly offered"

343 when it is offered to the true God, to whom alone we must

344 sacrifice. And it is "not rightly distinguished" when we do

345 not rightly distinguish the places or seasons or materials of

346 the offering, or the person offering, or the person to whom it

347 is presented, or those to whom it is distributed for food after

348 the oblation. Distinguishing[149] is here used for discriminating,—whether

349 when an offering is made in a place where it ought

350 not or of a material which ought to be offered not there but

351 elsewhere; or when an offering is made at a wrong time, or

352 of a material suitable not then but at some other time; or when

353 that is offered which in no place nor any time ought to be

354 offered; or when a man keeps to himself choicer specimens

355 of the same kind than he offers to God; or when he or any

356 other who may not lawfully partake profanely eats of the oblation.

357 In which of these particulars Cain displeased God, it is

358 difficult to determine. But the Apostle John, speaking of

359 these brothers, says, "Not as Cain, who was of that wicked

360 one, and slew his brother. And wherefore slew he him? Because

361 his own works were evil, and his brother's righteous."[150]

362 He thus gives us to understand that God did not respect his

363 offering because it was not rightly "distinguished" in this, that

364 he gave to God something of his own but kept himself to himself.

365 For this all do who follow not God's will but their

366 own, who live not with an upright but a crooked heart, and

367 yet offer to God such gifts as they suppose will procure from

368 Him that He aid them not by healing but by gratifying their

369 evil passions. And this is the characteristic of the earthly

370 city, that it worships God or gods who may aid it in reigning

371 victoriously and peacefully on earth not through love of doing

372 good, but through lust of rule. The good use the world that

373 they may enjoy God: the wicked, on the contrary, that they

374 may enjoy the world would fain use God,—those of them, at

375 least, who have attained to the belief that He is and takes an

376 interest in human affairs. For they who have not yet attained

377 even to this belief are still at a much lower level. Cain, then,

378 when he saw that God had respect to his brother's sacrifice,

379 but not to his own, should have humbly chosen his good

380 brother as his example, and not proudly counted him his

381 rival. But he was wroth, and his countenance fell. This angry

382 regret for another person's goodness, even his brother's, was

383 charged upon him by God as a great sin. And He accused him

384 of it in the interrogation, "Why art thou wroth, and why is thy

385 countenance fallen?" For God saw that he envied his brother,

386 and of this He accused him. For to men, from whom the

387 heart of their fellow is hid, it might be doubtful and quite

388 uncertain whether that sadness bewailed his own wickedness

389 by which, as he had learned, he had displeased God, or his

390 brother's goodness, which had pleased God, and won His

391 favourable regard to his sacrifice. But God, in giving the

392 reason why He refused to accept Cain's offering and why

393 Cain should rather have been displeased at himself than at

394 his brother, shows him that though he was unjust in "not

395 rightly distinguishing," that is, not rightly living and being

396 unworthy to have his offering received, he was more unjust by

397 far in hating his just brother without a cause.

398 Yet He does not dismiss him without counsel, holy, just,

399 and good. "Fret not thyself," He says, "for unto thee shall

400 be his turning, and thou shalt rule over him." Over his

401 brother, does He mean? Most certainly not. Over what, then,

402 but sin? For He had said, "Thou hast sinned," and then

403 He added, "Fret not thyself, for to thee shall be its turning,

404 and thou shalt rule over it."[151] And the "turning" of sin to

405 the man can be understood of his conviction that the guilt of

406 sin can be laid at no other man's door but his own. For this

407 is the health-giving medicine of penitence, and the fit plea

408 for pardon; so that, when it is said, "To thee its turning," we

409 must not supply "shall be," but we must read, "To thee let its

410 turning be," understanding it as a command, not as a prediction.

411 For then shall a man rule over his sin when he does

412 not prefer it to himself and defend it, but subjects it by repentance;

413 otherwise he that becomes protector of it shall surely

414 become its prisoner. But if we understand this sin to be that

415 carnal concupiscence of which the apostle says, "The flesh

416 lusteth against the spirit,"[152] among the fruits of which lust he

417 names envy, by which assuredly Cain was stung and excited

418 to destroy his brother, then we may properly supply the

419 words "shall be," and read, "To thee shall be its turning, and

420 thou shalt rule over it." For when the carnal part which the

421 apostle calls sin, in that place where he says, "It is not I who

422 do it, but sin that dwelleth in me,"[153] that part which the

423 philosophers also call vicious, and which ought not to lead the

424 mind, but which the mind ought to rule and restrain by reason

425 from illicit motions,—when, then, this part has been moved to

426 perpetrate any wickedness, if it be curbed and if it obey the

427 word of the apostle, "Yield not your members instruments of

428 unrighteousness unto sin,"[154] it is turned towards the mind and

429 subdued and conquered by it, so that reason rules over it as

430 a subject. It was this which God enjoined on him who was

431 kindled with the fire of envy against his brother, so that he

432 sought to put out of the way him whom he should have set

433 as an example. "Fret not thyself," or compose thyself, He

434 says: withhold thy hand from crime; let not sin reign in

435 your mortal body to fulfil it in the lusts thereof, nor yield

436 your members instruments of unrighteousness unto sin. "For

437 to thee shall be its turning," so long as you do not encourage

438 it by giving it the rein, but bridle it by quenching its fire.

439 "And thou shalt rule over it;" for when it is not allowed any

440 external actings, it yields itself to the rule of the governing

441 mind and righteous will, and ceases from even internal motions.

442 There is something similar said in the same divine

443 book of the woman, when God questioned and judged them

444 after their sin, and pronounced sentence on them all,—the devil

445 in the form of the serpent, the woman and her husband in

446 their own persons. For when He had said to her, "I will

447 greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow

448 shalt thou bring forth children," then He added, "and thy

449 turning shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee."[155]

450 What is said to Cain about his sin, or about the vicious concupiscence

451 of his flesh, is here said of the woman who had

452 sinned; and we are to understand that the husband is to rule

453 his wife as the soul rules the flesh. And therefore, says the

454 apostle, "He that loveth his wife, loveth himself; for no man

455 ever yet hated his own flesh."[156] This flesh, then, is to be

456 healed, because it belongs to ourselves: is not to be abandoned

457 to destruction as if it were alien to our nature. But Cain received

458 that counsel of God in the spirit of one who did not

459 wish to amend. In fact, the vice of envy grew stronger in him;

460 and, having entrapped his brother, he slew him. Such was

461 the founder of the earthly city. He was also a figure of the

462 Jews who slew Christ the Shepherd of the flock of men, prefigured

463 by Abel the shepherd of sheep: but as this is an allegorical

464 and prophetical matter, I forbear to explain it now;

465 besides, I remember that I have made some remarks upon it

466 in writing against Faustus the Manichæan.[157]

467 8. *What Cain's reason was for building a city so early in the history

468 of the human race.*

469 At present it is the history which I aim at defending, that

470 Scripture may not be reckoned incredible when it relates that

471 one man built a city at a time in which there seem to have

472 been but four men upon earth, or rather indeed but three,

473 after one brother slew the other,—to wit, the first man the

474 father of all, and Cain himself, and his son Enoch, by whose

475 name the city was itself called. But they who are moved by

476 this consideration forget to take into account that the writer

477 of the sacred history does not necessarily mention all the

478 men who might be alive at that time, but those only whom

479 the scope of his work required him to name. The design of

480 that writer (who in this matter was the instrument of the

481 Holy Ghost) was to descend to Abraham through the successions

482 of ascertained generations propagated from one man,

483 and then to pass from Abraham's seed to the people of God,

484 in whom, separated as they were from other nations, was

485 prefigured and predicted all that relates to the city whose

486 reign is eternal, and to its king and founder Christ, which

487 things were foreseen in the Spirit as destined to come; yet

488 neither is this object so effected as that nothing is said of the

489 other society of men which we call the earthly city, but

490 mention is made of it so far as seemed needful to enhance

491 the glory of the heavenly city by contrast to its opposite.

492 Accordingly, when the divine Scripture, in mentioning the

493 number of years which those men lived, concludes its account

494 of each man of whom it speaks, with the words, "And he

495 begat sons and daughters, and all his days were so and so,

496 and he died," are we to understand that, because it does not

497 name those sons and daughters, therefore, during that long

498 term of years over which one lifetime extended in those early

499 days, there might not have been born very many men, by

500 whose united numbers not one but several cities might have

501 been built? But it suited the purpose of God, by whose

502 inspiration these histories were composed, to arrange and distinguish

503 from the first these two societies in their several

504 generations,—that on the one side the generations of men,

505 that is to say, of those who live according to man, and on the

506 other side the generations of the sons of God, that is to

507 say, of men living according to God, might be traced down

508 together and yet apart from one another as far as the deluge,

509 at which point their dissociation and association are exhibited:

510 their dissociation, inasmuch as the generations of both lines

511 are recorded in separate tables, the one line descending from

512 the fratricide Cain, the other from Seth, who had been born to

513 Adam instead of him whom his brother slew; their association,

514 inasmuch as the good so deteriorated that the whole race

515 became of such a character that it was swept away by the

516 deluge, with the exception of one just man, whose name was

517 Noah, and his wife and three sons and three daughters-in-law,

518 which eight persons were alone deemed worthy to escape

519 from that desolating visitation which destroyed all men.

520 Therefore, although it is written, "And Cain knew his wife,

521 and she conceived and bare Enoch, and he builded a city and

522 called the name of the city after the name of his son Enoch,"[158]

523 it does not follow that we are to believe this to have been

524 his first-born; for we cannot suppose that this is proved by

525 the expression "he knew his wife," as if then for the first

526 time he had had intercourse with her. For in the case of

527 Adam, the father of all, this expression is used not only when

528 Cain, who seems to have been his first-born, was conceived,

529 but also afterwards the same Scripture says, "Adam knew

530 Eve his wife, and she conceived and bare a son, and

531 called his name Seth."[159] Whence it is obvious that Scripture

532 employs this expression neither always when a birth is recorded

533 nor then only when the birth of a first-born is mentioned.

534 Neither is it necessary to suppose that Enoch was

535 Cain's first-born because he named his city after him. For

536 it is quite possible that though he had other sons, yet for

537 some reason the father loved him more than the rest. Judah

538 was not the first-born, though he gives his name to Judæa

539 and the Jews. But even though Enoch was the first-born of

540 the city's founder, that is no reason for supposing that the

541 father named the city after him as soon as he was born; for

542 at that time he, being but a solitary man, could not have

543 founded a civic community, which is nothing else than a

544 multitude of men bound together by some associating tie.

545 But when his family increased to such numbers that he had

546 quite a population, then it became possible to him both to

547 build a city, and give it, when founded, the name of his son.

548 For so long was the life of those antediluvians, that he who

549 lived the shortest time of those whose years are mentioned in

550 Scripture attained to the age of 753 years.[160] And though no

551 one attained the age of a thousand years, several exceeded the

552 age of nine hundred. Who then can doubt that during the

553 lifetime of one man the human race might be so multiplied that

554 there would be a population to build and occupy not one but

555 several cities? And this might very readily be conjectured

556 from the fact that from one man, Abraham, in not much more

557 than four hundred years, the numbers of the Hebrew race so

558 increased, that in the exodus of that people from Egypt there

559 are recorded to have been six hundred thousand men capable

560 of bearing arms,[161] and this over and above the Idumæans, who,

561 though not numbered with Israel's descendants, were yet sprung

562 from his brother, also a grandson of Abraham; and over and

563 above the other nations which were of the same stock of

564 Abraham, though not through Sarah,—that is, his descendants

565 by Hagar and Keturah, the Ishmaelites, Midianites, etc.

566 9. *Of the long life and greater stature of the antediluvians.*

567 Wherefore no one who considerately weighs facts will

568 doubt that Cain might have built a city, and that a large

569 one, when it is observed how prolonged were the lives of

570 men, unless perhaps some sceptic take exception to this very

571 length of years which our authors ascribe to the antediluvians

572 and deny that this is credible. And so, too, they do

573 not believe that the size of men's bodies was larger then than

574 now, though the most esteemed of their own poets, Virgil,

575 asserts the same, when he speaks of that huge stone which

576 had been fixed as a landmark, and which a strong man of

577 those ancient times snatched up as he fought, and ran, and

578 hurled, and cast it,—

579 "Scarce twelve strong men of later mould

580 That weight could on their necks uphold;"[162]

581 thus declaring his opinion that the earth then produced

582 mightier men. And if in the more recent times, how much

583 more in the ages before the world-renowned deluge? But

584 the large size of the primitive human body is often proved to

585 the incredulous by the exposure of sepulchres, either through

586 the wear of time or the violence of torrents or some accident,

587 and in which bones of incredible size have been found or have

588 rolled out. I myself, along with some others, saw on the

589 shore at Utica a man's molar tooth of such a size, that if it

590 were cut down into teeth such as we have, a hundred, I

591 fancy, could have been made out of it. But that, I believe,

592 belonged to some giant. For though the bodies of ordinary

593 men were then larger than ours, the giants surpassed all in

594 stature. And neither in our own age nor any other have

595 there been altogether wanting instances of gigantic stature,

596 though they may be few. The younger Pliny, a most learned

597 man, maintains that the older the world becomes, the smaller

598 will be the bodies of men.[163] And he mentions that Homer

599 in his poems often lamented the same decline; and this he

600 does not laugh at as a poetical figment, but in his character

601 of a recorder of natural wonders accepts it as historically true.

602 But, as I said, the bones which are from time to time discovered

603 prove the size of the bodies of the ancients,[164] and will

604 do so to future ages, for they are slow to decay. But the

605 length of an antediluvian's life cannot now be proved by any

606 such monumental evidence. But we are not on this account

607 to withhold our faith from the sacred history, whose statements

608 of past fact we are the more inexcusable in discrediting,

609 as we see the accuracy of its prediction of what was future.

610 And even that same Pliny[165] tells us that there is still a nation

611 in which men live 200 years. If, then, in places unknown

612 to us, men are believed to have a length of days which is

613 quite beyond our own experience, why should we not believe

614 the same of times distant from our own? Or are we to

615 believe that in other places there is what is not here, while

616 we do not believe that in other times there has been anything

617 but what is now?

618 10. *Of the different computation of the ages of the antediluvians, given by the

619 Hebrew manuscripts and by our own.*[166]

620 Wherefore, although there is a discrepancy for which I

621 cannot account between our manuscripts and the Hebrew, in

622 the very number of years assigned to the antediluvians, yet

623 the discrepancy is not so great that they do not agree about

624 their longevity. For the very first man, Adam, before he

625 begot his son Seth, is in our manuscripts found to have lived

626 230 years, but in the Hebrew mss. 130. But after he begot

627 Seth, our copies read that he lived 700 years, while the

628 Hebrew give 800. And thus, when the two periods are taken

629 together, the sum agrees. And so throughout the succeeding

630 generations, the period before the father begets a son is always

631 made shorter by 100 years in the Hebrew, but the period

632 after his son is begotten is longer by 100 years in the

633 Hebrew than in our copies. And thus, taking the two periods

634 together, the result is the same in both. And in the sixth

635 generation there is no discrepancy at all. In the seventh,

636 however, of which Enoch is the representative, who is recorded

637 to have been translated without death because he

638 pleased God, there is the same discrepancy as in the first

639 five generations, 100 years more being ascribed to him by

640 our mss. before he begat a son. But still the result agrees;

641 for according to both documents he lived before he was

642 translated 365 years. In the eighth generation the discrepancy

643 is less than in the others, and of a different kind. For

644 Methuselah, whom Enoch begat, lived, before he begat his

645 successor, not 100 years less, but 100 years more, according

646 to the Hebrew reading; and in our mss. again these years

647 are added to the period after he begat his son; so that in this

648 case also the sum-total is the same. And it is only in the

649 ninth generation, that is, in the age of Lamech, Methuselah's

650 son and Noah's father, that there is a discrepancy in the sum-total;

651 and even in this case it is slight. For the Hebrew mss.

652 represent him as living twenty-four years more than ours

653 assign to him. For before he begat his son, who was called

654 Noah, six years fewer are given to him by the Hebrew mss.

655 than by ours; but after he begat this son, they give him thirty

656 years more than ours; so that, deducting the former six, there

657 remains, as we said, a surplus of twenty-four.

658 11. *Of Methuselah's age, which seems to extend fourteen years beyond the

659 deluge.*

660 From this discrepancy between the Hebrew books and our

661 own arises the well-known question as to the age of Methuselah;[167]

662 for it is computed that he lived for fourteen years

663 after the deluge, though Scripture relates that of all who

664 were then upon the earth only the eight souls in the ark

665 escaped destruction by the flood, and of these Methuselah was

666 not one. For, according to our books, Methuselah, before he

667 begat the son whom he called Lamech, lived 167 years; then

668 Lamech himself, before his son Noah was born, lived 188

669 years, which together make 355 years. Add to these the

670 age of Noah at the date of the deluge, 600 years, and this

671 gives a total of 955 from the birth of Methuselah to the

672 year of the flood. Now all the years of the life of Methuselah

673 are computed to be 969; for when he had lived 167

674 years, and had begotten his son Lamech, he then lived after

675 this 802 years, which makes a total, as we said, of 969

676 years. From this, if we deduct 955 years from the birth of

677 Methuselah to the flood, there remain fourteen years, which

678 he is supposed to have lived after the flood. And therefore

679 some suppose that, though he was not on earth (in which it

680 is agreed that every living thing which could not naturally

681 live in water perished), he was for a time with his father,

682 who had been translated, and that he lived there till the flood

683 had passed away. This hypothesis they adopt, that they may

684 not cast a slight on the trustworthiness of versions which the

685 Church has received into a position of high authority,[168] and

686 because they believe that the Jewish mss. rather than our

687 own are in error. For they do not admit that this is a mistake

688 of the translators, but maintain that there is a falsified

689 statement in the original, from which, through the Greek, the

690 Scripture has been translated into our own tongue. They say

691 that it is not credible that the seventy translators, who simultaneously

692 and unanimously produced one rendering, could

693 have erred, or, in a case in which no interest of theirs was

694 involved, could have falsified their translation; but that the

695 Jews, envying us our translation of their Law and Prophets,

696 have made alterations in their texts so as to undermine the

697 authority of ours. This opinion or suspicion let each man

698 adopt according to his own judgment. Certain it is that

699 Methuselah did not survive the flood, but died in the very

700 year it occurred, if the numbers given in the Hebrew mss.

701 are true. My own opinion regarding the seventy translators

702 I will, with God's help, state more carefully in its

703 own place, when I have come down (following the order

704 which this work requires) to that period in which their

705 translation was executed.[169] For the present question, it is

706 enough that, according to our versions, the men of that age

707 had lives so long as to make it quite possible that, during

708 the lifetime of the first-born of the two sole parents then

709 on earth, the human race multiplied sufficiently to form a

710 community.

711 12. *Of the opinion of those who do not believe that in these primitive times men

712 lived so long as is stated.*

713 For they are by no means to be listened to who suppose

714 that in those times years were differently reckoned, and were

715 so short that one of our years may be supposed to be equal

716 to ten of theirs. So that they say, when we read or hear that

717 some man lived 900 years, we should understand ninety,—ten

718 of those years making but one of ours, and ten of ours

719 equalling 100 of theirs. Consequently, as they suppose,

720 Adam was twenty-three years of age when he begat Seth, and

721 Seth himself was twenty years and six months old when his

722 son Enos was born, though the Scripture calls these months

723 205 years. For, on the hypothesis of those whose opinion we

724 are explaining, it was customary to divide one such year as

725 we have into ten parts, and to call each part a year. And

726 each of these parts was composed of six days squared; because

727 God finished His works in six days, that He might rest the

728 seventh. Of this I disputed according to my ability in the

729 eleventh book.[170] Now six squared, or six times six, gives

730 thirty-six days; and this multiplied by ten amounts to 360

731 days, or twelve lunar months. As for the five remaining days

732 which are needed to complete the solar year, and for the

733 fourth part of a day, which requires that into every fourth or

734 leap-year a day be added, the ancients added such days as the

735 Romans used to call "intercalary," in order to complete the

736 number of the years. So that Enos, Seth's son, was nineteen

737 years old when his son Cainan was born, though Scripture

738 calls these years 190. And so through all the generations in

739 which the ages of the antediluvians are given, we find in our

740 versions that almost no one begat a son at the age of 100 or

741 under, or even at the age of 120 or thereabouts; but the

742 youngest fathers are recorded to have been 160 years old and

743 upwards. And the reason of this, they say, is that no one

744 can beget children when he is ten years old, the age spoken

745 of by those men as 100, but that sixteen is the age of puberty,

746 and competent now to propagate offspring; and this is the age

747 called by them 160. And that it may not be thought incredible

748 that in these days the year was differently computed

749 from our own, they adduce what is recorded by several writers

750 of history, that the Egyptians had a year of four months, the

751 Acarnanians of six, and the Lavinians of thirteen months.[171]

752 The younger Pliny, after mentioning that some writers reported

753 that one man had lived 152 years, another ten more,

754 others 200, others 300, that some had even reached 500 and

755 600, and a few 800 years of age, gave it as his opinion that

756 all this must be ascribed to mistaken computation. For some,

757 he says, make summer and winter each a year; others make

758 each season a year, like the Arcadians, whose years, he says,

759 were of three months. He added, too, that the Egyptians, of

760 whose little years of four months we have spoken already,

761 sometimes terminated their year at the wane of each moon;

762 so that with them there are produced lifetimes of 1000

763 years.

764 By these plausible arguments certain persons, with no desire

765 to weaken the credit of this sacred history, but rather to

766 facilitate belief in it by removing the difficulty of such incredible

767 longevity, have been themselves persuaded, and think

768 they act wisely in persuading others, that in these days the

769 year was so brief that ten of their years equal but one of ours,

770 while ten of ours equal 100 of theirs. But there is the

771 plainest evidence to show that this is quite false. Before

772 producing this evidence, however, it seems right to mention

773 a conjecture which is yet more plausible. From the Hebrew

774 manuscripts we could at once refute this confident statement;

775 for in them Adam is found to have lived not 230 but 130

776 years before he begat his third son. If, then, this mean

777 thirteen years by our ordinary computation, then he must

778 have begotten his first son when he was only twelve or thereabouts.

779 Who can at this age beget children according to the

780 ordinary and familiar course of nature? But not to mention

781 him, since it is possible he may have been able to beget his

782 like as soon as he was created,—for it is not credible that he was

783 created so little as our infants are,—not to mention him, his

784 son was not 205 years old when he begat Enos, as our versions

785 have it, but 105, and consequently, according to this

786 idea, was not eleven years old. But what shall I say of his

787 son Cainan, who, though by our version 170 years old, was by

788 the Hebrew text seventy when he beget Mahalaleel? If

789 seventy years in those times meant only seven of our years,

790 what man of seven years old begets children?

791 13. *Whether, in computing years, we ought to follow the Hebrew or the

792 Septuagint.*

793 But if I say this, I shall presently be answered, It is one

794 of the Jews' lies. This, however, we have disposed of above,

795 showing that it cannot be that men of so just a reputation as

796 the seventy translators should have falsified their version.

797 However, if I ask them which of the two is more credible,

798 that the Jewish nation, scattered far and wide, could have

799 unanimously conspired to forge this lie, and so, through envying

800 others the authority of their Scriptures, have deprived

801 themselves of their verity; or that seventy men, who were

802 also themselves Jews, shut up in one place (for Ptolemy king

803 of Egypt had got them together for this work), should have

804 envied foreign nations that same truth, and by common consent

805 inserted these errors: who does not see which can be

806 more naturally and readily believed? But far be it from any

807 prudent man to believe either that the Jews, however malicious

808 and wrong-headed, could have tampered with so many

809 and so widely-dispersed manuscripts; or that those renowned

810 seventy individuals had any common purpose to grudge the

811 truth to the nations. One must therefore more plausibly

812 maintain, that when first their labours began to be transcribed

813 from the copy in Ptolemy's library, some such misstatement

814 might find its way into the first copy made, and from it might

815 be disseminated far and wide; and that this might arise from

816 no fraud, but from a mere copyist's error. This is a sufficiently

817 plausible account of the difficulty regarding Methuselah's life,

818 and of that other case in which there is a difference in the

819 total of twenty-four years. But in those cases in which there

820 is a methodical resemblance in the falsification, so that uniformly

821 the one version allots to the period before a son and

822 successor is born 100 years more than the other, and to the

823 period subsequent 100 years less, and *vice versâ*, so that the

824 totals may agree,—and this holds true of the first, second,

825 third, fourth, fifth, and seventh generations,—in these cases

826 error seems to have, if we may say so, a certain kind of constancy,

827 and savours not of accident, but of design.

828 Accordingly, that diversity of numbers which distinguishes

829 the Hebrew from the Greek and Latin copies of Scripture,

830 and which consists of a uniform addition and deduction of

831 100 years in each lifetime for several consecutive generations,

832 is to be attributed neither to the malice of the Jews

833 nor to men so diligent and prudent as the seventy translators,

834 but to the error of the copyist who was first allowed

835 to transcribe the manuscript from the library of the above-mentioned

836 king. For even now, in cases where numbers

837 contribute nothing to the easier comprehension or more satisfactory

838 knowledge of anything, they are both carelessly

839 transcribed, and still more carelessly emended. For who will

840 trouble himself to learn how many thousand men the several

841 tribes of Israel contained? He sees no resulting benefit of

842 such knowledge. Or how many men are there who are aware

843 of the vast advantage that lies hid in this knowledge? But in

844 this case, in which during so many consecutive generations

845 100 years are added in one manuscript where they are not

846 reckoned in the other, and then, after the birth of the son

847 and successor, the years which were wanting are added, it is

848 obvious that the copyist who contrived this arrangement designed

849 to insinuate that the antediluvians lived an excessive

850 number of years only because each year was excessively brief,

851 and that he tried to draw the attention to this fact by his

852 statement of their age of puberty at which they became able

853 to beget children. For, lest the incredulous might stumble

854 at the difficulty of so long a lifetime, he insinuated that

855 100 of their years equalled but ten of ours; and this insinuation

856 he conveyed by adding 100 years whenever

857 he found the age below 160 years or thereabouts, deducting

858 these years again from the period after the son's

859 birth, that the total might harmonize. By this means he

860 intended to ascribe the generation of offspring to a fit age,

861 without diminishing the total sum of years ascribed to the

862 lifetime of the individuals. And the very fact that in the

863 sixth generation he departed from this uniform practice, inclines

864 us all the rather to believe that when the circumstance

865 we have referred to required his alterations, he made them;

866 seeing that when this circumstance did not exist, he made no

867 alteration. For in the same generation he found in the Hebrew

868 MS. that Jared lived before he begat Enoch 162 years, which,

869 according to the short year computation, is sixteen years and

870 somewhat less than two months, an age capable of procreation;

871 and therefore it was not necessary to add 100 short years,

872 and so make the age twenty-six years of the usual length;

873 and of course it was not necessary to deduct, after the son's

874 birth, years which he had not added before it. And thus it

875 comes to pass that in this instance there is no variation

876 between the two manuscripts.

877 This is corroborated still further by the fact that in the

878 eighth generation, while the Hebrew books assign 182[172]

879 years to Methuselah before Lamech's birth, ours assign to

880 him twenty less, though usually 100 years are added to this

881 period; then, after Lamech's birth, the twenty years are restored,

882 so as to equalize the total in the two books. For if

883 his design was that these 170 years be understood as seventeen,

884 so as to suit the age of puberty, as there was no need

885 for him adding anything, so there was none for his subtracting

886 anything; for in this case he found an age fit for the generation

887 of children, for the sake of which he was in the habit of

888 adding those 100 years in cases where he did not find the

889 age already sufficient. This difference of twenty years we

890 might, indeed, have supposed had happened accidentally, had

891 he not taken care to restore them afterwards as he had

892 deducted them from the period before, so that there might

893 be no deficiency in the total. Or are we perhaps to suppose

894 that there was the still more astute design of concealing the

895 deliberate and uniform addition of 100 years to the first

896 period and their deduction from the subsequent period,—did

897 he design to conceal this by doing something similar, that is to

898 say, adding and deducting, not indeed a century, but some

899 years, even in a case in which there was no need for his

900 doing so? But whatever may be thought of this, whether

901 it be believed that he did so or not, whether, in fine, it be

902 so or not, I would have no manner of doubt that when any

903 diversity is found in the books, since both cannot be true to

904 fact, we do well to believe in preference that language out

905 of which the translation was made into another by translators.

906 For there are three Greek mss., one Latin, and one Syriac,

907 which agree with one another, and in all of these Methuselah

908 is said to have died six years before the deluge.

909 14. *That the years in those ancient times were of the same length as our own.*

910 Let us now see how it can be plainly made out that in the

911 enormously protracted lives of those men the years were not

912 so short that ten of their years were equal to only one of ours,

913 but were of as great length as our own, which are measured

914 by the course of the sun. It is proved by this, that Scripture

915 states that the flood occurred in the six hundredth year of

916 Noah's life. But why in the same place is it also written,

917 "The waters of the flood were upon the earth in the six

918 hundredth year of Noah's life, in the second month, the

919 twenty-seventh day of the month,"[173] if that very brief year (of

920 which it took ten to make one of ours) consisted of thirty-six

921 days? For so scant a year, if the ancient usage dignified

922 it with the name of year, either has not months, or its month

923 must be three days, so that it may have twelve of them. How

924 then was it here said, "In the six hundredth year, the second

925 month, the twenty-seventh day of the month," unless the

926 months then were of the same length as the months now?

927 For how else could it be said that the flood began on the

928 twenty-seventh day of the second month? Then afterwards,

929 at the end of the flood, it is thus written: "And the ark rested

930 in the seventh month, on the twenty-seventh day of the month,

931 on the mountains of Ararat. And the waters decreased continually

932 until the eleventh month: on the first day of the

933 month were the tops of the mountains seen."[174] But if the

934 months were such as we have, then so were the years. And

935 certainly months of three days each could not have a twenty-seventh

936 day. Or if every measure of time was diminished in

937 proportion, and a thirtieth part of three days was then called

938 a day, then that great deluge, which is recorded to have lasted

939 forty days and forty nights, was really over in less than four

940 of our days. Who can away with such foolishness and absurdity?

941 Far be this error from us,—an error which seeks to

942 build up our faith in the divine Scriptures on false conjecture,

943 only to demolish our faith at another point. It is plain that

944 the day then was what it now is, a space of four-and-twenty

945 hours, determined by the lapse of day and night; the month

946 then equal to the month now, which is defined by the rise

947 and completion of one moon; the year then equal to the year

948 now, which is completed by twelve lunar months, with the

949 addition of five days and a-fourth to adjust it with the course

950 of the sun. It was a year of this length which was reckoned

951 the six hundredth of Noah's life; and in the second month,

952 the twenty-seventh day of the month, the flood began,—a

953 flood which, as is recorded, was caused by heavy rains continuing

954 for forty days, which days had not only two hours

955 and a little more, but four-and-twenty hours, completing a

956 night and a day. And consequently those antediluvians lived

957 more than 900 years, which were years as long as those

958 which afterwards Abraham lived 175 of, and after him his

959 son Isaac 180, and his son Jacob nearly 150, and some time

960 after, Moses 120, and men now seventy or eighty, or not

961 much longer, of which years it is said, "their strength is

962 labour and sorrow."[175]

963 But that discrepancy of numbers which is found to exist

964 between our own and the Hebrew text does not touch the

965 longevity of the ancients; and if there is any diversity so

966 great that both versions cannot be true, we must take our

967 ideas of the real facts from that text out of which our own

968 version has been translated. However, though any one who

969 pleases has it in his power to correct this version, yet it is

970 not unimportant to observe that no one has presumed to

971 emend the Septuagint from the Hebrew text in the many

972 places where they seem to disagree. For this difference has

973 not been reckoned a falsification; and for my own part I am

974 persuaded it ought not to be reckoned so. But where the

975 difference is not a mere copyist's error, and where the sense is

976 agreeable to truth and illustrative of truth, we must believe

977 that the divine Spirit prompted them to give a varying version,

978 not in their function of translators, but in the liberty of prophesying.

979 And therefore we find that the apostles justly

980 sanction the Septuagint, by quoting it as well as the Hebrew

981 when they adduce proofs from the Scriptures. But as I have

982 promised to treat this subject more carefully, if God help me,

983 in a more fitting place, I will now go on with the matter in

984 hand. For there can be no doubt that, the lives of men being

985 so long, the first-born of the first man could have built a city,—a

986 city, however, which was earthly, and not that which is

987 called the city of God, to describe which we have taken in

988 hand this great work.

989 >

990 >

991 >

992 15. *Whether it is credible that the men of the primitive age abstained from

993 > sexual intercourse until that date at which it is recorded that they begat

994 > children.*

995 Some one, then, will say, Is it to be believed that a man

996 who intended to beget children, and had no intention of continence,

997 abstained from sexual intercourse a hundred years and

998 more, or even, according to the Hebrew version, only a little

999 less, say eighty, seventy, or sixty years; or, if he did not

1000 abstain, was unable to beget offspring? This question admits

1001 of two solutions. For either puberty was so much later as the

1002 whole life was longer, or, which seems to me more likely, it

1003 is not the first-born sons that are here mentioned, but those

1004 whose names were required to fill up the series until Noah

1005 was reached, from whom again we see that the succession is

1006 continued to Abraham, and after him down to that point of

1007 time until which it was needful to mark by pedigree the

1008 course of the most glorious city, which sojourns as a stranger

1009 in this world, and seeks the heavenly country. That which

1010 is undeniable is that Cain was the first who was born of man

1011 and woman. For had he not been the first who was added

1012 by birth to the two unborn persons, Adam could not have said

1013 what he is recorded to have said, "I have gotten a man by

1014 the Lord."[176] He was followed by Abel, whom the elder

1015 brother slew, and who was the first to show, by a kind of

1016 foreshadowing of the sojourning city of God, what iniquitous

1017 persecutions that city would suffer at the hands of wicked

1018 and, as it were, earth-born men, who love their earthly origin,

1019 and delight in the earthly happiness of the earthly city. But

1020 how old Adam was when he begat these sons does not appear.

1021 After this the generations diverge, the one branch deriving

1022 from Cain, the other from him whom Adam begot in the room

1023 of Abel slain by his brother, and whom he called Seth, saying,

1024 as it is written, "For God hath raised me up another seed for

1025 Abel whom Cain slew."[177] These two series of generations

1026 accordingly, the one of Cain, the other of Seth, represent the

1027 two cities in their distinctive ranks, the one the heavenly city,

1028 which sojourns on earth, the other the earthly, which gapes

1029 after earthly joys, and grovels in them as if they were the

1030 only joys. But though eight generations, including Adam, are

1031 registered before the flood, no man of Cain's line has his age

1032 recorded at which the son who succeeded him was begotten.

1033 For the Spirit of God refused to mark the times before the

1034 flood in the generations of the earthly city, but preferred to do

1035 so in the heavenly line, as if it were more worthy of being

1036 remembered. Further, when Seth was born, the age of his

1037 father is mentioned; but already he had begotten other sons,

1038 and who will presume to say that Cain and Abel were the

1039 only ones previously begotten? For it does not follow that

1040 they alone had been begotten of Adam, because they alone

1041 were named in order to continue the series of generations

1042 which it was desirable to mention. For though the names of

1043 all the rest are buried in silence, yet it is said that Adam

1044 begot sons and daughters; and who that cares to be free from

1045 the charge of temerity will dare to say how many his offspring

1046 numbered? It was possible enough that Adam was divinely

1047 prompted to say, after Seth was born, "For God hath raised

1048 up to me another seed for Abel," because that son was to be

1049 capable of representing Abel's holiness, not because he was born

1050 first after him in point of time. Then because it is written,

1051 "And Seth lived 205 years," or, according to the Hebrew reading,

1052 "105 years, and begat Enos,"[178] who but a rash man could

1053 affirm that this was his first-born? Will any man do so to

1054 excite our wonder, and cause us to inquire how for so many

1055 years he remained free from sexual intercourse, though without

1056 any purpose of continuing so, or how, if he did not abstain, he

1057 yet had no children? Will any man do so when it is written

1058 of him, "And he begat sons and daughters, and all the days

1059 of Seth were 912 years, and he died?"[179] And similarly regarding

1060 those whose years are afterwards mentioned, it is not

1061 disguised that they begat sons and daughters.

1062 Consequently it does not at all appear whether he who is

1063 named as the son was himself the first begotten. Nay, since

1064 it is incredible that those fathers were either so long in attaining

1065 puberty, or could not get wives, or could not impregnate

1066 them, it is also incredible that those sons were their first-born.

1067 But as the writer of the sacred history designed to descend by

1068 well-marked intervals through a series of generations to the

1069 birth and life of Noah, in whose time the flood occurred, he

1070 mentioned not those sons who were first begotten, but those

1071 by whom the succession was handed down.

1072 Let me make this clearer by here inserting an example, in

1073 regard to which no one can have any doubt that what I am

1074 asserting is true. The evangelist Matthew, where he designs

1075 to commit to our memories the generation of the Lord's flesh

1076 by a series of parents, beginning from Abraham and intending

1077 to reach David, says, "Abraham begat Isaac;"[180] why did he

1078 not say Ishmael, whom he first begat? Then "Isaac begat

1079 Jacob;" why did he not say Esau, who was the first-born?

1080 Simply because these sons would not have helped him to

1081 reach David. Then follows, "And Jacob begat Judah and

1082 his brethren:" was Judah the first begotten? "Judah," he

1083 says, "begat Pharez and Zara;" yet neither were these twins

1084 the first-born of Judah, but before them he had begotten

1085 three other sons. And so in the order of the generations he

1086 retained those by whom he might reach David, so as to proceed

1087 onwards to the end he had in view. And from this we

1088 may understand that the antediluvians who are mentioned

1089 were not the first-born, but those through whom the order of

1090 the succeeding generations might be carried on to the patriarch

1091 Noah. We need not, therefore, weary ourselves with discussing

1092 the needless and obscure question as to their lateness of reaching

1093 puberty.

1094 16. *Of marriage between blood-relations, in regard to which the present law

1095 could not bind the men of the earliest ages.*

1096 As, therefore, the human race, subsequently to the first

1097 marriage of the man who was made of dust, and his wife who

1098 was made out of his side, required the union of males and

1099 females in order that it might multiply, and as there were no

1100 human beings except those who had been born of these two,

1101 men took their sisters for wives,—an act which was as certainly

1102 dictated by necessity in these ancient days as afterwards it

1103 was condemned by the prohibitions of religion. For it is

1104 very reasonable and just that men, among whom concord is

1105 honourable and useful, should be bound together by various

1106 relationships; and that one man should not himself sustain

1107 many relationships, but that the various relationships should

1108 be distributed among several, and should thus serve to bind

1109 together the greatest number in the same social interests.

1110 "Father" and "father-in-law" are the names of two relationships.

1111 When, therefore, a man has one person for his

1112 father, another for his father-in-law, friendship extends itself

1113 to a larger number. But Adam in his single person was

1114 obliged to hold both relations to his sons and daughters, for

1115 brothers and sisters were united in marriage. So too Eve

1116 his wife was both mother and mother-in-law to her children

1117 of both sexes; while, had there been two women, one the

1118 mother, the other the mother-in-law, the family affection

1119 would have had a wider field. Then the sister herself by

1120 becoming a wife sustained in her single person two relationships,

1121 which, had they been distributed among individuals, one

1122 being sister, and another being wife, the family tie would have

1123 embraced a greater number of persons. But there was then

1124 no material for effecting this, since there were no human

1125 beings but the brothers and sisters born of those two first

1126 parents. Therefore, when an abundant population made it

1127 possible, men ought to choose for wives women who were not

1128 already their sisters; for not only would there then be no

1129 necessity for marrying sisters, but, were it done, it would be

1130 most abominable. For if the grandchildren of the first pair,

1131 being now able to choose their cousins for wives, married

1132 their sisters, then it would no longer be only two but three

1133 relationships that were held by one man, while each of these

1134 relationships ought to have been held by a separate individual,

1135 so as to bind together by family affection a larger number.

1136 For one man would in that case be both father, and father-in-law,

1137 and uncle[181] to his own children (brother and sister now

1138 man and wife); and his wife would be mother, aunt, and

1139 mother-in-law to them; and they themselves would be not

1140 only brother and sister, and man and wife, but cousins also,

1141 being the children of brother and sister. Now, all these

1142 relationships, which combined three men into one, would have

1143 embraced nine persons had each relationship been held by

1144 one individual, so that a man had one person for his sister,

1145 another his wife, another his cousin, another his father, another

1146 his uncle, another his father-in-law, another his mother, another

1147 his aunt, another his mother-in-law; and thus the social bond

1148 would not have been tightened to bind a few, but loosened to

1149 embrace a larger number of relations.

1150 And we see that, since the human race has increased and

1151 multiplied, this is so strictly observed even among the profane

1152 worshippers of many and false gods, that though their

1153 laws perversely allow a brother to marry his sister,[182] yet custom,

1154 with a finer morality, prefers to forego this licence; and

1155 though it was quite allowable in the earliest ages of the

1156 human race to marry one's sister, it is now abhorred as a

1157 thing which no circumstances could justify. For custom has

1158 very great power either to attract or to shock human feeling.

1159 And in this matter, while it restrains concupiscence within

1160 due bounds, the man who neglects and disobeys it is justly

1161 branded as abominable. For if it is iniquitous to plough

1162 beyond our own boundaries through the greed of gain, is it

1163 not much more iniquitous to transgress the recognised boundaries

1164 of morals through sexual lust? And with regard to

1165 marriage in the next degree of consanguinity, marriage between

1166 cousins, we have observed that in our own time the

1167 customary morality has prevented this from being frequent,

1168 though the law allows it. It was not prohibited by divine

1169 law, nor as yet had human law prohibited it; nevertheless,

1170 though legitimate, people shrank from it, because it lay so

1171 close to what was illegitimate, and in marrying a cousin

1172 seemed almost to marry a sister,—for cousins are so closely

1173 related that they are called brothers and sisters,[183] and are

1174 almost really so. But the ancient fathers, fearing that near

1175 relationship might gradually in the course of generations

1176 diverge, and become distant relationship, or cease to be relationship

1177 at all, religiously endeavoured to limit it by the

1178 bond of marriage before it became distant, and thus, as it

1179 were, to call it back when it was escaping them. And on

1180 this account, even when the world was full of people, though

1181 they did not choose wives from among their sisters or half-sisters,

1182 yet they preferred them to be of the same stock as

1183 themselves. But who doubts that the modern prohibition of

1184 the marriage even of cousins is the more seemly regulation,—not

1185 merely on account of the reason we have been urging,

1186 the multiplying of relationships, so that one person might not

1187 absorb two, which might be distributed to two persons, and

1188 so increase the number of people bound together as a family,

1189 but also because there is in human nature I know not what

1190 natural and praiseworthy shamefacedness which restrains us

1191 from desiring that connection which, though for propagation,

1192 is yet lustful, and which even conjugal modesty blushes over,

1193 with any one to whom consanguinity bids us render respect?

1194 The sexual intercourse of man and woman, then, is in the

1195 case of mortals a kind of seed-bed of the city; but while

1196 the earthly city needs for its population only generation, the

1197 heavenly needs also regeneration to rid it of the taint of

1198 generation. Whether before the deluge there was any bodily

1199 or visible sign of regeneration, such as was afterwards enjoined

1200 upon Abraham when he was circumcised, or what kind of

1201 sign it was, the sacred history does not inform us. But it

1202 does inform us that even these earliest of mankind sacrificed

1203 to God, as appeared also in the case of the two first brothers;

1204 Noah, too, is said to have offered sacrifices to God when he

1205 had come forth from the ark after the deluge. And concerning

1206 this subject we have already said in the foregoing books

1207 that the devils arrogate to themselves divinity, and require

1208 sacrifice that they may be esteemed gods, and delight in these

1209 honours on no other account than this, because they know

1210 that true sacrifice is due to the true God.

1211 17. *Of the two fathers and leaders who sprang from one progenitor.*

1212 Since, then, Adam was the father of both lines,—the father,

1213 that is to say, both of the line which belonged to the earthly,

1214 and of that which belonged to the heavenly city,—when Abel

1215 was slain, and by his death exhibited a marvellous mystery,

1216 there were henceforth two lines proceeding from two fathers,

1217 Cain and Seth, and in those sons of theirs, whom it behoved

1218 to register, the tokens of these two cities began to appear

1219 more distinctly. For Cain begat Enoch, in whose name he

1220 built a city, an earthly one, which was not from home in this

1221 world, but rested satisfied with its temporal peace and happiness.

1222 Cain, too, means "possession;" wherefore at his birth

1223 either his father or mother said, "I have gotten a man through

1224 God." Then Enoch means "dedication;" for the earthly city

1225 is dedicated in this world in which it is built, for in this

1226 world it finds the end towards which it aims and aspires.

1227 Further, Seth signifies "resurrection," and Enos his son signifies

1228 "man," not as Adam, which also signifies man but is

1229 used in Hebrew indifferently for man and woman, as it is

1230 written, "Male and female created He them, and blessed them,

1231 and called their name Adam,"[184] leaving no room to doubt that

1232 though the woman was distinctively called Eve, yet the name

1233 Adam, meaning man, was common to both. But Enos means

1234 man in so restricted a sense, that Hebrew linguists tell us it

1235 cannot be applied to woman: it is the equivalent of the

1236 "child of the resurrection," when they neither marry nor are

1237 given in marriage.[185] For there shall be no generation in that

1238 place to which regeneration shall have brought us. Wherefore

1239 I think it not immaterial to observe that in those generations

1240 which are propagated from him who is called Seth,

1241 although daughters as well as sons are said to have been

1242 begotten, no woman is expressly registered by name; but in

1243 those which sprang from Cain at the very termination to

1244 which the line runs, the last person named as begotten is a

1245 woman. For we read, "Methusael begat Lamech. And

1246 Lamech took unto him two wives: the name of the one was

1247 Adah, and the name of the other Zillah. And Adah bare

1248 Jabal: he was the father of the shepherds that dwell in tents.

1249 And his brother's name was Jubal: he was the father of all

1250 such as handle the harp and organ. And Zillah, she also

1251 bare Tubal-Cain, an instructor of every artificer in brass and

1252 iron: and the sister of Tubal-Cain was Naamah."[186] Here terminate

1253 all the generations of Cain, being eight in number,

1254 including Adam,—to wit, seven from Adam to Lamech, who

1255 married two wives, and whose children, among whom a woman

1256 also is named, form the eighth generation. Whereby it is

1257 elegantly signified that the earthly city shall to its termination

1258 have carnal generations proceeding from the intercourse

1259 of males and females. And therefore the wives themselves

1260 of the man who is the last named father of Cain's line are

1261 registered in their own names,—a practice nowhere followed

1262 before the deluge save in Eve's case. Now as Cain, signifying

1263 possession, the founder of the earthly city, and his son

1264 Enoch, meaning dedication, in whose name it was founded,

1265 indicate that this city is earthly both in its beginning and in

1266 its end,—a city in which nothing more is hoped for than can

1267 be seen in this world,—so Seth, meaning resurrection, and

1268 being the father of generations registered apart from the

1269 others, we must consider what this sacred history says of

1270 his son.

1271 18. *The significance of Abel, Seth, and Enos to Christ and His body

1272 the Church.*

1273 "And to Seth," it is said, "there was born a son, and he

1274 called his name Enos: he hoped to call on the name of the

1275 Lord God."[187] Here we have a loud testimony to the truth.

1276 Man, then, the son of the resurrection, lives in hope: he

1277 lives in hope as long as the city of God, which is begotten

1278 by faith in the resurrection, sojourns in this world. For in

1279 these two men, Abel, signifying "grief," and his brother Seth,

1280 signifying "resurrection," the death of Christ and His life from

1281 the dead are prefigured. And by faith in these is begotten

1282 in this world the city of God, that is to say, the man who has

1283 hoped to call on the name of the Lord. "For by hope," says

1284 the apostle, "we are saved: but hope that is seen is not

1285 hope: for what a man seeth, why doth he yet hope for?

1286 But if we hope for that we see not, then do we with

1287 patience wait for it."[188] Who can avoid referring this to a

1288 profound mystery? For did not Abel hope to call upon the

1289 name of the Lord God when his sacrifice is mentioned in

1290 Scripture as having been accepted by God? Did not Seth

1291 himself hope to call on the name of the Lord God, of whom

1292 it was said, "For God hath appointed me another seed instead

1293 of Abel?" Why then is this which is found to be

1294 common to all the godly specially attributed to Enos, unless

1295 because it was fit that in him, who is mentioned as the

1296 first-born of the father of those generations which were separated

1297 to the better part of the heavenly city, there should be

1298 a type of the man, or society of men, who live not according

1299 to man in contentment with earthly felicity, but according to

1300 God in hope of everlasting felicity? And it was not said, "He

1301 hoped in the Lord God," nor "He called on the name of the

1302 Lord God," but "He hoped to call on the name of the Lord

1303 God." And what does this "hoped to call" mean, unless it

1304 is a prophecy that a people should arise who, according to the

1305 election of grace, would call on the name of the Lord God?

1306 It is this which has been said by another prophet, and which

1307 the apostle interprets of the people who belong to the grace

1308 of God: "And it shall be that whosoever shall call upon the

1309 name of the Lord shall be saved."[189] For these two expressions,

1310 "And he called his name Enos, which means man," and

1311 "He hoped to call on the name of the Lord God," are sufficient

1312 proof that man ought not to rest his hopes in himself;

1313 as it is elsewhere written, "Cursed is the man that trusteth

1314 in man."[190] Consequently no one ought to trust in himself

1315 that he shall become a citizen of that other city which is not

1316 dedicated in the name of Cain's son in this present time, that

1317 is to say, in the fleeting course of this mortal world, but in

1318 the immortality of perpetual blessedness.

1319 19. *The significance of Enoch's translation.*

1320 For that line also of which Seth is the father has the

1321 name "Dedication" in the seventh generation from Adam,

1322 counting Adam. For the seventh from him is Enoch, that

1323 is, Dedication. But this is that man who was translated

1324 because he pleased God, and who held in the order of the

1325 generations a remarkable place, being the seventh from Adam,

1326 a number signalized by the consecration of the Sabbath. But,

1327 counting from the diverging point of the two lines, or from

1328 Seth, he was the sixth. Now it was on the sixth day God

1329 made man, and consummated His works. But the translation

1330 of Enoch prefigured our deferred dedication; for though

1331 it is indeed already accomplished in Christ our Head, who

1332 so rose again that He shall die no more, and who was Himself

1333 also translated, yet there remains another dedication of

1334 the whole house, of which Christ Himself is the foundation,

1335 and this dedication is deferred till the end, when all shall

1336 rise again to die no more. And whether it is the house of

1337 God, or the temple of God, or the city of God, that is said to

1338 be dedicated, it is all the same, and equally in accordance with

1339 the usage of the Latin language. For Virgil himself calls the

1340 city of widest empire "the house of Assaracus,"[191] meaning the

1341 Romans, who were descended through the Trojans from Assaracus.

1342 He also calls them the house of Æneas, because

1343 Rome was built by those Trojans who had come to Italy

1344 under Æneas.[192] For that poet imitated the sacred writings,

1345 in which the Hebrew nation, though so numerous, is called

1346 the house of Jacob.

1347 >

1348 >

1349 >

1350 20. *How it is that Cain's line terminates in the eighth generation, while Noah,

1351 > though descended from the same father, Adam, is found to be the tenth

1352 > from him.*

1353 Some one will say, If the writer of this history intended,

1354 in enumerating the generations from Adam through his son

1355 Seth, to descend through them to Noah, in whose time the

1356 deluge occurred, and from him again to trace the connected

1357 generations down to Abraham, with whom Matthew begins

1358 the pedigree of Christ the eternal King of the city of God,

1359 what did he intend by enumerating the generations from Cain,

1360 and to what terminus did he mean to trace them? We

1361 reply, To the deluge, by which the whole stock of the earthly

1362 city was destroyed, but repaired by the sons of Noah. For

1363 the earthly city and community of men who live after the

1364 flesh will never fail until the end of this world, of which our

1365 Lord says, "The children of this world generate, and are generated."[193]

1366 But the city of God, which sojourns in this world,

1367 is conducted by regeneration to the world to come, of which

1368 the children neither generate nor are generated. In this

1369 world generation is common to both cities; though even now

1370 the city of God has many thousand citizens who abstain from

1371 the act of generation; yet the other city also has some citizens

1372 who imitate these, though erroneously. For to that city belong

1373 also those who have erred from the faith, and introduced

1374 divers heresies; for they live according to man, not according

1375 to God. And the Indian gymnosophists, who are said to

1376 philosophize in the solitudes of India in a state of nudity, are

1377 its citizens; and they abstain from marriage. For continence

1378 is not a good thing, except when it is practised in the faith of

1379 the highest good, that is, God. Yet no one is found to have

1380 practised it before the deluge; for indeed even Enoch himself,

1381 the seventh from Adam, who is said to have been translated

1382 without dying, begat sons and daughters before he was translated,

1383 and among these was Methuselah, by whom the succession

1384 of the recorded generations is maintained.

1385 Why, then, is so small a number of Cain's generations

1386 registered, if it was proper to trace them to the deluge, and

1387 if there was no such delay of the date of puberty as to preclude

1388 the hope of offspring for a hundred or more years? For

1389 if the author of this book had not in view some one to whom

1390 he might rigidly trace the series of generations, as he designed

1391 in those which sprang from Seth's seed to descend to Noah,

1392 and thence to start again by a rigid order, what need was

1393 there of omitting the first-born sons for the sake of descending

1394 to Lamech, in whose sons that line terminates,—that is

1395 to say, in the eighth generation from Adam, or the seventh

1396 from Cain,—as if from this point he had wished to pass on to

1397 another series, by which he might reach either the Israelitish

1398 people, among whom the earthly Jerusalem presented a prophetic

1399 figure of the heavenly city, or to Jesus Christ, "according

1400 to the flesh, who is over all, God blessed for ever,"[194] the

1401 Maker and Ruler of the heavenly city? What, I say, was the

1402 need of this, seeing that the whole of Cain's posterity were

1403 destroyed in the deluge? From this it is manifest that they

1404 are the first-born sons who are registered in this genealogy.

1405 Why, then, are there so few of them? Their numbers in the

1406 period before the deluge must have been greater, if the date

1407 of puberty bore no proportion to their longevity, and they had

1408 children before they were a hundred years old. For supposing

1409 they were on an average thirty years old when they began to

1410 beget children, then, as there are eight generations, including

1411 Adam and Lamech's children, 8 times 30 gives 240 years;

1412 did they then produce no more children in all the rest of the

1413 time before the deluge? With what intention, then, did he

1414 who wrote this record make no mention of subsequent generations?

1415 For from Adam to the deluge there are reckoned,

1416 according to our copies of Scripture, 2262 years,[195] and according

1417 to the Hebrew text, 1656 years. Supposing, then, the

1418 smaller number to be the true one, and subtracting from

1419 1656 years 240, is it credible that during the remaining

1420 1400 and odd years until the deluge the posterity of Cain

1421 begat no children?

1422 But let any one who is moved by this call to mind that

1423 when I discussed the question, how it is credible that those

1424 primitive men could abstain for so many years from begetting

1425 children, two modes of solution were found,—either a puberty

1426 late in proportion to their longevity, or that the sons registered

1427 in the genealogies were not the first-born, but those through

1428 whom the author of the book intended to reach the point

1429 aimed at, as he intended to reach Noah by the generations of

1430 Seth. So that, if in the generations of Cain there occurs no

1431 one whom the writer could make it his object to reach by

1432 omitting the first-borns and inserting those who would serve

1433 such a purpose, then we must have recourse to the supposition

1434 of late puberty, and say that only at some age beyond a

1435 hundred years they became capable of begetting children, so

1436 that the order of the generations ran through the first-borns,

1437 and filled up even the whole period before the deluge, long

1438 though it was. It is, however, possible that, for some more

1439 secret reason which escapes me, this city, which we say is

1440 earthly, is exhibited in all its generations down to Lamech

1441 and his sons, and that then the writer withholds from recording

1442 the rest which may have existed before the deluge. And

1443 without supposing so late a puberty in these men, there might

1444 be another reason for tracing the generations by sons who were

1445 not first-borns, viz. that the same city which Cain built, and

1446 named after his son Enoch, may have had a widely extended

1447 dominion and many kings, not reigning simultaneously, but

1448 successively, the reigning king begetting always his successor.

1449 Cain himself would be the first of these kings; his son

1450 Enoch, in whose name the city in which he reigned was built,

1451 would be the second; the third Irad, whom Enoch begat;

1452 the fourth Mehujael, whom Irad begat; the fifth Methusael,

1453 whom Mehujael begat; the sixth Lamech, whom Methusael

1454 begat, and who is the seventh from Adam through Cain.

1455 But it was not necessary that the first-born should succeed

1456 their fathers in the kingdom, but those would succeed who

1457 were recommended by the possession of some virtue useful to

1458 the earthly city, or who were chosen by lot, or the son who

1459 was best liked by his father would succeed by a kind of

1460 hereditary right to the throne. And the deluge may have

1461 happened during the lifetime and reign of Lamech, and may

1462 have destroyed him along with all other men, save those who

1463 were in the ark. For we cannot be surprised that, during so

1464 long a period from Adam to the deluge, and with the ages of

1465 individuals varying as they did, there should not be an equal

1466 number of generations in both lines, but seven in Cain's, and

1467 ten in Seth's; for as I have already said, Lamech is the seventh

1468 from Adam, Noah the tenth; and in Lamech's case not one

1469 son only is registered, as in the former instances, but more,

1470 because it was uncertain which of them would have succeeded

1471 when he died, if there had intervened any time to reign

1472 between his death and the deluge.

1473 But in whatever manner the generations of Cain's line are

1474 traced downwards, whether it be by first-born sons or by the

1475 heirs to the throne, it seems to me that I must by no means

1476 omit to notice that, when Lamech had been set down as the

1477 seventh from Adam, there were named, in addition, as many

1478 of his children as made up this number to eleven, which is

1479 the number signifying sin; for three sons and one daughter

1480 are added. The wives of Lamech have another signification,

1481 different from that which I am now pressing. For at present

1482 I am speaking of the children, and not of those by whom the

1483 children were begotten. Since, then, the law is symbolized

1484 by the number ten,—whence that memorable Decalogue,—there

1485 is no doubt that the number eleven, which goes beyond[196]

1486 ten, symbolizes the transgression of the law, and consequently

1487 sin. For this reason, eleven veils of goat's skin were ordered

1488 to be hung in the tabernacle of the testimony, which served

1489 in the wanderings of God's people as an ambulatory temple.

1490 And in that haircloth there was a reminder of sins, because

1491 the goats were to be set on the left hand of the Judge; and

1492 therefore, when we confess our sins, we prostrate ourselves in

1493 haircloth, as if we were saying what is written in the psalm,

1494 "My sin is ever before me."[197] The progeny of Adam, then,

1495 by Cain the murderer, is completed in the number eleven,

1496 which symbolizes sin; and this number itself is made up by

1497 a woman, as it was by the same sex that beginning was made

1498 of sin by which we all die. And it was committed that the

1499 pleasure of the flesh, which resists the spirit, might follow;

1500 and so Naamah, the daughter of Lamech, means "pleasure."

1501 But from Adam to Noah, in the line of Seth, there are ten

1502 generations. And to Noah three sons are added, of whom,

1503 while one fell into sin, two were blessed by their father; so

1504 that, if you deduct the reprobate and add the gracious sons to

1505 the number, you get twelve,—a number signalized in the case

1506 of the patriarchs and of the apostles, and made up of the parts

1507 of the number seven multiplied into one another,—for three

1508 times four, or four times three, give twelve. These things

1509 being so, I see that I must consider and mention how these

1510 two lines, which by their separate genealogies depict the two

1511 cities, one of earth-born, the other of regenerated persons,

1512 became afterwards so mixed and confused, that the whole

1513 human race, with the exception of eight persons, deserved to

1514 perish in the deluge.

1515 >

1516 >

1517 >

1518 21. *Why it is that, as soon as Cain's son Enoch has been named, the genealogy

1519 > is forthwith continued as far as the deluge, while after the mention of

1520 > Enos, Seth's son, the narrative returns again to the creation of man.*

1521 We must first see why, in the enumeration of Cain's posterity,

1522 after Enoch, in whose name the city was built, has

1523 been first of all mentioned, the rest are at once enumerated

1524 down to that terminus of which I have spoken, and at which

1525 that race and the whole line was destroyed in the deluge;

1526 while, after Enos the son of Seth has been mentioned, the

1527 rest are not at once named down to the deluge, but a clause

1528 is inserted to the following effect: "This is the book of the

1529 generations of Adam. In the day that God created man, in

1530 the likeness of God made He him; male and female created

1531 He them; and blessed them, and called their name Adam, in

1532 the day when they were created."[198] This seems to me to be

1533 inserted for this purpose, that here again the reckoning of the

1534 times may start from Adam himself,—a purpose which the

1535 writer had not in view in speaking of the earthly city, as if

1536 God mentioned it, but did not take account of its duration.

1537 But why does he return to this recapitulation after mentioning

1538 the son of Seth, the man who hoped to call on the name

1539 of the Lord God, unless because it was fit thus to present

1540 these two cities, the one beginning with a murderer and

1541 ending in a murderer (for Lamech, too, acknowledges to his

1542 two wives that he had committed murder), the other built

1543 up by him who hoped to call upon the name of the Lord

1544 God? For the highest and complete terrestrial duty of the

1545 city of God, which is a stranger in this world, is that which

1546 was exemplified in the individual who was begotten by him

1547 who typified the resurrection of the murdered Abel. That

1548 one man is the unity of the whole heavenly city, not yet

1549 indeed complete, but to be completed, as this prophetic figure

1550 foreshows. The son of Cain, therefore, that is, the son of

1551 possession (and of what but an earthly possession?), may have

1552 a name in the earthly city which was built in his name. It

1553 is of such the Psalmist says, "They call their lands after their

1554 own names."[199] Wherefore they incur what is written in another

1555 psalm: "Thou, O Lord, in Thy city wilt despise their image."[200]

1556 But as for the son of Seth, the son of the resurrection, let him

1557 hope to call on the name of the Lord God. For he prefigures

1558 that society of men which says, "But I am like a green olive-tree

1559 in the house of God: I have trusted in the mercy of

1560 God."[201] But let him not seek the empty honours of a famous

1561 name upon earth, for "Blessed is the man that maketh the

1562 name of the Lord his trust, and respecteth not vanities nor

1563 lying follies."[202] After having presented the two cities, the one

1564 founded in the material good of this world, the other in hope

1565 in God, but both starting from a common gate opened in Adam

1566 into this mortal state, and both running on and running out

1567 to their proper and merited ends, Scripture begins to reckon

1568 the times, and in this reckoning includes other generations,

1569 making a recapitulation from Adam, out of whose condemned

1570 seed, as out of one mass handed over to merited damnation,

1571 God made some vessels of wrath to dishonour and others

1572 vessels of mercy to honour; in punishment rendering to the

1573 former what is due, in grace giving to the latter what is not

1574 due: in order that by the very comparison of itself with the

1575 vessels of wrath, the heavenly city, which sojourns on earth,

1576 may learn not to put confidence in the liberty of its own will,

1577 but may hope to call on the name of the Lord God. For will,

1578 being a nature which was made good by the good God, but

1579 mutable by the immutable, because it was made out of nothing,

1580 can both decline from good to do evil, which takes place when

1581 it freely chooses, and can also escape the evil and do good,

1582 which takes place only by divine assistance.

1583 >

1584 >

1585 >

1586 22. *Of the fall of the sons of God who were captivated by the daughters of men,

1587 > whereby all, with the exception of eight persons, deservedly perished in

1588 > the deluge.*

1589 When the human race, in the exercise of this freedom of

1590 will, increased and advanced, there arose a mixture and confusion

1591 of the two cities by their participation in a common

1592 iniquity. And this calamity, as well as the first, was occasioned

1593 by woman, though not in the same way; for these

1594 women were not themselves betrayed, neither did they persuade

1595 the men to sin, but having belonged to the earthly city

1596 and society of the earthly, they had been of corrupt manners

1597 from the first, and were loved for their bodily beauty by the

1598 sons of God, or the citizens of the other city which sojourns

1599 in this world. Beauty is indeed a good gift of God; but

1600 that the good may not think it a great good, God dispenses it

1601 even to the wicked. And thus, when the good that is great

1602 and proper to the good was abandoned by the sons of God,

1603 they fell to a paltry good which is not peculiar to the good,

1604 but common to the good and the evil; and when they were

1605 captivated by the daughters of men, they adopted the manners

1606 of the earthly to win them as their brides, and forsook the

1607 godly ways they had followed in their own holy society. And

1608 thus beauty, which is indeed God's handiwork, but only a

1609 temporal, carnal, and lower kind of good, is not fitly loved in

1610 preference to God, the eternal, spiritual, and unchangeable

1611 good. When the miser prefers his gold to justice, it is through

1612 no fault of the gold, but of the man; and so with every

1613 created thing. For though it be good, it may be loved with

1614 an evil as well as with a good love: it is loved rightly when

1615 it is loved ordinately; evilly, when inordinately. It is this

1616 which some one has briefly said in these verses in praise of

1617 the Creator:[203] "These are Thine, they are good, because Thou

1618 art good who didst create them. There is in them nothing

1619 of ours, unless the sin we commit when we forget the order

1620 of things, and instead of Thee love that which Thou hast

1621 made."

1622 But if the Creator is truly loved, that is, if He Himself is

1623 loved and not another thing in His stead, He cannot be

1624 evilly loved; for love itself is to be ordinately loved, because

1625 we do well to love that which, when we love it, makes us live

1626 well and virtuously. So that it seems to me that it is a brief

1627 but true definition of virtue to say, it is the order of love;

1628 and on this account, in the Canticles, the bride of Christ, the

1629 city of God, sings, "Order love within me."[204] It was the

1630 order of this love, then, this charity or attachment, which the

1631 sons of God disturbed when they forsook God, and were enamoured

1632 of the daughters of men.[205] And by these two names

1633 (sons of God and daughters of men) the two cities are sufficiently

1634 distinguished. For though the former were by nature

1635 children of men, they had come into possession of another

1636 name by grace. For in the same Scripture in which the sons

1637 of God are said to have loved the daughters of men, they are

1638 also called angels of God; whence many suppose that they

1639 were not men but angels.

1640 >

1641 >

1642 >

1643 23. *Whether we are to believe that angels, who are of a spiritual substance, fell in

1644 > love with the beauty of women, and sought them in marriage, and that

1645 > from this connection giants were born.*

1646 In the third book of this work (c. 5) we made a passing

1647 reference to this question, but did not decide whether angels,

1648 inasmuch as they are spirits, could have bodily intercourse with

1649 women. For it is written, "Who maketh His angels spirits,"[206]

1650 that is, He makes those who are by nature spirits His angels

1651 by appointing them to the duty of bearing His messages.

1652 For the Greek word ἄγγελος, which in Latin appears as

1653 "angelus," means a messenger. But whether the Psalmist

1654 speaks of their bodies when he adds, "and His ministers a

1655 flaming fire," or means that God's ministers ought to blaze

1656 with love as with a spiritual fire, is doubtful. However, the

1657 same trustworthy Scripture testifies that angels have appeared

1658 to men in such bodies as could not only be seen, but also

1659 touched. There is, too, a very general rumour, which many

1660 have verified by their own experience, or which trustworthy

1661 persons who have heard the experience of others corroborate,

1662 that sylvans and fauns, who are commonly called "incubi,"

1663 had often made wicked assaults upon women, and satisfied

1664 their lust upon them; and that certain devils, called Duses

1665 by the Gauls, are constantly attempting and effecting this impurity

1666 is so generally affirmed, that it were impudent to deny

1667 it.[207] From these assertions, indeed, I dare not determine

1668 whether there be some spirits embodied in an aerial substance

1669 (for this element, even when agitated by a fan, is sensibly felt

1670 by the body), and who are capable of lust and of mingling

1671 sensibly with women; but certainly I could by no means

1672 believe that God's holy angels could at that time have so

1673 fallen, nor can I think that it is of them the Apostle Peter

1674 said, "For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast

1675 them down to hell, and delivered them into chains of darkness,

1676 to be reserved unto judgment."[208] I think he rather speaks of

1677 those who first apostatized from God, along with their chief

1678 the devil, who enviously deceived the first man under the form

1679 of a serpent. But the same holy Scripture affords the most

1680 ample testimony that even godly men have been called angels;

1681 for of John it is written: "Behold, I send my messenger (angel)

1682 before Thy face, who shall prepare Thy way."[209] And the

1683 prophet Malachi, by a peculiar grace specially communicated

1684 to him, was called an angel.[210]

1685 But some are moved by the fact that we have read that the

1686 fruit of the connection between those who are called angels of

1687 God and the women they loved were not men like our own

1688 breed, but giants; just as if there were not born even in our

1689 own time (as I have mentioned above) men of much greater

1690 size than the ordinary stature. Was there not at Rome a few

1691 years ago, when the destruction of the city now accomplished

1692 by the Goths was drawing near, a woman, with her father and

1693 mother, who by her gigantic size overtopped all others? Surprising

1694 crowds from all quarters came to see her, and that

1695 which struck them most was the circumstance that neither

1696 of her parents were quite up to the tallest ordinary stature.

1697 Giants therefore might well be born, even before the sons of

1698 God, who are also called angels of God, formed a connection

1699 with the daughters of men, or of those living according to men,

1700 that is to say, before the sons of Seth formed a connection

1701 with the daughters of Cain. For thus speaks even the

1702 canonical Scripture itself in the book in which we read of

1703 this; its words are: "And it came to pass, when men began

1704 to multiply on the face of the earth, and daughters were born

1705 unto them, that the sons of God saw the daughters of men

1706 that they were fair [good]; and they took them wives of all

1707 which they chose. And the Lord God said, My Spirit shall

1708 not always strive with man, for that he also is flesh: yet his

1709 days shall be an hundred and twenty years. There were

1710 giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when

1711 the sons of God came in unto the daughters of men, and they

1712 bare children to them, the same became the giants, men of

1713 renown."[211] These words of the divine book sufficiently indicate

1714 that already there were giants in the earth in those days, in

1715 which the sons of God took wives of the children of men,

1716 when they loved them because they were good, that is, fair.

1717 For it is the custom of this Scripture to call those who are

1718 beautiful in appearance "good." But after this connection

1719 had been formed, then too were giants born. For the words

1720 are: "There were giants in the earth in those days, *and also

1721 after that*, when the sons of God came in unto the daughters

1722 of men." Therefore there were giants both before, "in those

1723 days," and "also after that." And the words, "they bare

1724 children to them," show plainly enough that before the sons

1725 of God fell in this fashion they begat children to God, not to

1726 themselves,—that is to say, not moved by the lust of sexual

1727 intercourse, but discharging the duty of propagation, intending

1728 to produce not a family to gratify their own pride, but citizens

1729 to people the city of God; and to these they as God's angels

1730 would bear the message, that they should place their hope in

1731 God, like him who was born of Seth the son of resurrection,

1732 and who hoped to call on the name of the Lord God, in which

1733 hope they and their offspring would be co-heirs of eternal blessings,

1734 and brethren in the family of which God is the Father.

1735 But that those angels were not angels in the sense of not

1736 being men, as some suppose, Scripture itself decides, which

1737 unambiguously declares that they were men. For when it had

1738 first been stated that "the angels of God saw the daughters of

1739 men that they were fair, and they took them wives of all

1740 which they chose," it was immediately added, "And the Lord

1741 God said, My Spirit shall not always strive with these men, for

1742 that they also are flesh." For by the Spirit of God they had

1743 been made angels of God, and sons of God; but declining

1744 towards lower things, they are called men, a name of nature,

1745 not of grace; and they are called flesh, as deserters of the

1746 Spirit, and by their desertion deserted [by Him]. The Septuagint

1747 indeed calls them both angels of God and sons of

1748 God, though all the copies do not show this, some having

1749 only the name "sons of God." And Aquila, whom the Jews

1750 prefer to the other interpreters,[212] has translated neither angels

1751 of God nor sons of God, but sons of gods. But both are

1752 correct. For they were both sons of God, and thus brothers

1753 of their own fathers, who were children of the same God; and

1754 they were sons of gods, because begotten by gods, together

1755 with whom they themselves also were gods, according to that

1756 expression of the psalm: "I have said, Ye are gods, and all of

1757 you are children of the Most High."[213] For the Septuagint

1758 translators are justly believed to have received the Spirit of

1759 prophecy; so that, if they made any alterations under His

1760 authority, and did not adhere to a strict translation, we could

1761 not doubt that this was divinely dictated. However, the

1762 Hebrew word may be said to be ambiguous, and to be susceptible

1763 of either translation, "sons of God," or "sons of

1764 gods."

1765 Let us omit, then, the fables of those scriptures which are

1766 called apocryphal, because their obscure origin was unknown

1767 to the fathers from whom the authority of the true Scriptures

1768 has been transmitted to us by a most certain and well-ascertained

1769 succession. For though there is some truth in these

1770 apocryphal writings, yet they contain so many false statements,

1771 that they have no canonical authority. We cannot

1772 deny that Enoch, the seventh from Adam, left some divine

1773 writings, for this is asserted by the Apostle Jude in his canonical

1774 epistle. But it is not without reason that these writings

1775 have no place in that canon of Scripture which was preserved

1776 in the temple of the Hebrew people by the diligence of successive

1777 priests; for their antiquity brought them under suspicion,

1778 and it was impossible to ascertain whether these were

1779 his genuine writings, and they were not brought forward as

1780 genuine by the persons who were found to have carefully preserved

1781 the canonical books by a successive transmission. So

1782 that the writings which are produced under his name, and

1783 which contain these fables about the giants, saying that their

1784 fathers were not men, are properly judged by prudent men to

1785 be not genuine; just as many writings are produced by

1786 heretics under the names both of other prophets, and, more

1787 recently, under the names of the apostles, all of which, after

1788 careful examination, have been set apart from canonical authority

1789 under the title of Apocrypha. There is therefore no

1790 doubt that, according to the Hebrew and Christian canonical

1791 Scriptures, there were many giants before the deluge, and that

1792 these were citizens of the earthly society of men, and that the

1793 sons of God, who were according to the flesh the sons of Seth,

1794 sunk into this community when they forsook righteousness.

1795 Nor need we wonder that giants should be born even from

1796 these. For all of their children were not giants; but there

1797 were more then than in the remaining periods since the

1798 deluge. And it pleased the Creator to produce them, that it

1799 might thus be demonstrated that neither beauty, nor yet size

1800 and strength, are of much moment to the wise man, whose

1801 blessedness lies in spiritual and immortal blessings, in far better

1802 and more enduring gifts, in the good things that are the peculiar

1803 property of the good, and are not shared by good and bad

1804 alike. It is this which another prophet confirms when he

1805 says, "These were the giants, famous from the beginning,

1806 that were of so great stature, and so expert in war. Those

1807 did not the Lord choose, neither gave He the way of knowledge

1808 unto them; but they were destroyed because they had

1809 no wisdom, and perished through their own foolishness."[214]

1810 24. *How we are to understand this which the Lord said to those who were

1811 to perish in the flood: "Their days shall be* 120 *years."*

1812 But that which God said, "Their days shall be an hundred

1813 and twenty years," is not to be understood as a prediction that

1814 henceforth men should not live longer than 120 years,—for

1815 even after the deluge we find that they lived more than 500

1816 years,—but we are to understand that God said this when Noah

1817 had nearly completed his fifth century, that is, had lived 480

1818 years, which Scripture, as it frequently uses the name of the

1819 whole for the largest part, calls 500 years. Now the deluge

1820 came in the 600th year of Noah's life, the second month; and

1821 thus 120 years were predicted as being the remaining span of

1822 those who were doomed, which years being spent, they should

1823 be destroyed by the deluge. And it is not unreasonably

1824 believed that the deluge came as it did, because already there

1825 were not found upon earth any who were not worthy of

1826 sharing a death so manifestly judicial,—not that a good man,

1827 who must die some time, would be a jot the worse of such a

1828 death after it was past. Nevertheless there died in the deluge

1829 none of those mentioned in the sacred Scripture as descended

1830 from Seth. But here is the divine account of the cause of the

1831 deluge: "The Lord God saw that the wickedness of man was

1832 great in the earth, and that every imagination of the thoughts

1833 of his heart was only evil continually. And it repented[215] the

1834 Lord that He had made man on the earth, and it grieved Him

1835 at His heart. And the Lord said, I will destroy man, whom I

1836 have created, from the face of the earth; both man and beast,

1837 and the creeping thing, and the fowls of the air: for I am

1838 angry that I have made them."[216]

1839 25. *Of the anger of God, which does not inflame His mind, nor disturb His

1840 unchangeable tranquillity.*

1841 The anger of God is not a disturbing emotion of His mind,

1842 but a judgment by which punishment is inflicted upon sin.

1843 His thought and reconsideration also are the unchangeable

1844 reason which changes things; for He does not, like man,

1845 repent of anything He has done, because in all matters His

1846 decision is as inflexible as His prescience is certain. But if

1847 Scripture were not to use such expressions as the above, it

1848 would not familiarly insinuate itself into the minds of all

1849 classes of men, whom it seeks access to for their good, that it

1850 may alarm the proud, arouse the careless, exercise the inquisitive,

1851 and satisfy the intelligent; and this it could not do, did

1852 it not first stoop, and in a manner descend, to them where they

1853 lie. But its denouncing death on all the animals of earth and

1854 air is a declaration of the vastness of the disaster that was

1855 approaching: not that it threatens destruction to the irrational

1856 animals as if they too had incurred it by sin.

1857 26. *That the ark which Noah was ordered to make figures in every respect

1858 Christ and the church.*

1859 Moreover, inasmuch as God commanded Noah, a just man,

1860 and, as the truthful Scripture says, a man perfect in his generation,—not

1861 indeed with the perfection of the citizens of the

1862 city of God in that immortal condition in which they equal

1863 the angels, but in so far as they can be perfect in their sojourn

1864 in this world,—inasmuch as God commanded him, I say, to make

1865 an ark, in which he might be rescued from the destruction of

1866 the flood, along with his family, *i.e.* his wife, sons, and daughters-in-law,

1867 and along with the animals who, in obedience to God's

1868 command, came to him into the ark: is certainly a figure

1869 of the city of God sojourning in this world; that is to say,

1870 of the church, which is rescued by the wood on which hung

1871 the Mediator of God and men, the man Christ Jesus.[217] For

1872 even its very dimensions, in length, breadth, and height, represent

1873 the human body in which He came, as it had been foretold.

1874 For the length of the human body, from the crown of

1875 the head to the sole of the foot, is six times its breadth from

1876 side to side, and ten times its depth or thickness, measuring

1877 from back to front: that is to say, if you measure a man as

1878 he lies on his back or on his face, he is six times as long from

1879 head to foot as he is broad from side to side, and ten times as

1880 long as he is high from the ground. And therefore the ark

1881 was made 300 cubits in length, 50 in breadth, and 30 in

1882 height. And its having a door made in the side of it certainly

1883 signified the wound which was made when the side of

1884 the Crucified was pierced with the spear: for by this those

1885 who come to Him enter; for thence flowed the sacraments by

1886 which those who believe are initiated. And the fact that it

1887 was ordered to be made of squared timbers, signifies the immoveable

1888 steadiness of the life of the saints; for however you

1889 turn a cube, it still stands. And the other peculiarities of

1890 the ark's construction are signs of features of the church.

1891 But we have not now time to pursue this subject; and,

1892 indeed, we have already dwelt upon it in the work we wrote

1893 against Faustus the Manichean, who denies that there is anything

1894 prophesied of Christ in the Hebrew books. It may be

1895 that one man's exposition excels another's, and that ours is

1896 not the best; but all that is said must be referred to this

1897 city of God we speak of, which sojourns in this wicked world

1898 as in a deluge, at least if the expositor would not widely miss

1899 the meaning of the author. For example, the interpretation

1900 I have given in the work against Faustus, of the words, "with

1901 lower, second, and third storeys shalt thou make it," is, that

1902 because the church is gathered out of all nations, it is said to

1903 have two storeys, to represent the two kinds of men,—the circumcision,

1904 to wit, and the uncircumcision, or, as the apostle

1905 otherwise calls them, Jews and Gentiles; and to have three

1906 storeys, because all the nations were replenished from the

1907 three sons of Noah. Now any one may object to this interpretation,

1908 and may give another which harmonizes with the

1909 rule of faith. For as the ark was to have rooms not only on

1910 the lower, but also on the upper storeys, which were called

1911 "third storeys," that there might be a habitable space on the

1912 third floor from the basement, some one may interpret these

1913 to mean the three graces commended by the apostle,—faith,

1914 hope, and charity. Or even more suitably they may be supposed

1915 to represent those three harvests in the gospel, thirty-fold,

1916 sixtyfold, an hundredfold,—chaste marriage dwelling in

1917 the ground floor, chaste widowhood in the upper, and chaste

1918 virginity in the top storey. Or any better interpretation may

1919 be given, so long as the reference to this city is maintained.

1920 And the same statement I would make of all the remaining

1921 particulars in this passage which require exposition, viz. that

1922 although different explanations are given, yet they must all

1923 agree with the one harmonious catholic faith.

1924 >

1925 >

1926 >

1927 27. *Of the ark and the deluge, and that we cannot agree with those who receive

1928 > the bare history, but reject the allegorical interpretation, nor with those

1929 > who maintain the figurative and not the historical meaning.*

1930 Yet no one ought to suppose either that these things were

1931 written for no purpose, or that we should study only the

1932 historical truth, apart from any allegorical meanings; or, on

1933 the contrary, that they are only allegories, and that there were

1934 no such facts at all, or that, whether it be so or no, there

1935 is here no prophecy of the church. For what right-minded

1936 man will contend that books so religiously preserved during

1937 thousands of years, and transmitted by so orderly a succession,

1938 were written without an object, or that only the bare

1939 historical facts are to be considered when we read them?

1940 For, not to mention other instances, if the number of the

1941 animals entailed the construction of an ark of great size,

1942 where was the necessity of sending into it two unclean and

1943 seven clean animals of each species, when both could have

1944 been preserved in equal numbers? Or could not God, who

1945 ordered them to be preserved in order to replenish the race,

1946 restore them in the same way He had created them?

1947 But they who contend that these things never happened,

1948 but are only figures setting forth other things, in the first

1949 place suppose that there could not be a flood so great that the

1950 water should rise fifteen cubits above the highest mountains,

1951 because it is said that clouds cannot rise above the top of

1952 Mount Olympus, because it reaches the sky where there is

1953 none of that thicker atmosphere in which winds, clouds, and

1954 rains have their origin. They do not reflect that the densest

1955 element of all, earth, can exist there; or perhaps they deny

1956 that the top of the mountain is earth. Why, then, do these

1957 measurers and weighers of the elements contend that earth

1958 can be raised to those aerial altitudes, and that water cannot,

1959 while they admit that water is lighter, and liker to ascend

1960 than earth? What reason do they adduce why earth, the

1961 heavier and lower element, has for so many ages scaled to the

1962 tranquil æther, while water, the lighter, and more likely to

1963 ascend, is not suffered to do the same even for a brief space

1964 of time?

1965 They say, too, that the area of that ark could not contain

1966 so many kinds of animals of both sexes, two of the unclean

1967 and seven of the clean. But they seem to me to reckon only

1968 one area of 300 cubits long and 50 broad, and not to remember

1969 that there was another similar in the storey above, and yet

1970 another as large in the storey above that again; and that there

1971 was consequently an area of 900 cubits by 150. And if we

1972 accept what Origen[218] has with some appropriateness suggested,

1973 that Moses the man of God, being, as it is written, "learned

1974 in all the wisdom of the Egyptians,"[219] who delighted in geometry,

1975 may have meant geometrical cubits, of which they say

1976 that one is equal to six of our cubits, then who does not see

1977 what a capacity these dimensions give to the ark? For as to

1978 their objection that an ark of such size could not be built, it

1979 is a very silly calumny; for they are aware that huge cities

1980 have been built, and they should remember that the ark was

1981 an hundred years in building. Or, perhaps, though stone can

1982 adhere to stone when cemented with nothing but lime, so that

1983 a wall of several miles may be constructed, yet plank cannot be

1984 riveted to plank by mortices, bolts, nails, and pitch-glue, so as

1985 to construct an ark which was not made with curved ribs but

1986 straight timbers, which was not to be launched by its builders

1987 but to be lifted by the natural pressure of the water when it

1988 reached it, and which was to be preserved from shipwreck as

1989 it floated about rather by divine oversight than by human

1990 skill.

1991 As to another customary inquiry of the scrupulous about

1992 the very minute creatures, not only such as mice and lizards,

1993 but also locusts, beetles, flies, fleas, and so forth, whether there

1994 were not in the ark a larger number of them than was determined

1995 by God in His command, those persons who are moved

1996 by this difficulty are to be reminded that the words "every

1997 creeping thing of the earth" only indicate that it was not

1998 needful to preserve in the ark the animals that can live in

1999 the water, whether the fishes that live submerged in it, or the

2000 sea-birds that swim on its surface. Then, when it is said

2001 "male and female," no doubt reference is made to the repairing

2002 of the races, and consequently there was no need for

2003 those creatures being in the ark which are born without the

2004 union of the sexes from inanimate things, or from their corruption;

2005 or if they were in the ark, they might be there as they

2006 commonly are in houses, not in any determinate numbers;

2007 or if it was necessary that there should be a definite number

2008 of all those animals that cannot naturally live in the water,

2009 that so the most sacred mystery which was being enacted

2010 might be bodied forth and perfectly figured in actual realities,

2011 still this was not the care of Noah or his sons, but of God.

2012 For Noah did not catch the animals and put them into the

2013 ark, but gave them entrance as they came seeking it. For

2014 this is the force of the words, "They shall come unto thee,"[1]—not,

2015 that is to say, by man's effort, but by God's will. But

2016 certainly we are not required to believe that those which

2017 have no sex also came; for it is expressly and definitely said,

2018 "They shall be male and female."[220] For there are some

2019 animals which are born out of corruption, but yet afterwards

2020 they themselves copulate and produce offspring, as flies; but

2021 others, which have no sex, like bees. Then, as to those animals

2022 which have sex, but without ability to propagate their kind,

2023 like mules and she-mules, it is probable that they were not in

2024 the ark, but that it was counted sufficient to preserve their

2025 parents, to wit, the horse and the ass; and this applies to all

2026 hybrids. Yet, if it was necessary for the completeness of the

2027 mystery, they were there; for even this species has "male

2028 and female."

2029 Another question is commonly raised regarding the food of

2030 the carnivorous animals,—whether, without transgressing the

2031 command which fixed the number to be preserved, there were

2032 necessarily others included in the ark for their sustenance;

2033 or, as is more probable, there might be some food which was

2034 not flesh, and which yet suited all. For we know how many

2035 animals whose food is flesh eat also vegetable products and

2036 fruits, especially figs and chestnuts. What wonder is it,

2037 therefore, if that wise and just man was instructed by God

2038 what would suit each, so that without flesh he prepared and

2039 stored provision fit for every species? And what is there

2040 which hunger would not make animals eat? Or what could

2041 not be made sweet and wholesome by God, who, with a

2042 divine facility, might have enabled them to do without food

2043 at all, had it not been requisite to the completeness of so

2044 great a mystery that they should be fed? But none but a

2045 contentious man can suppose that there was no prefiguring of

2046 the church in so manifold and circumstantial a detail. For

2047 the nations have already so filled the church, and are comprehended

2048 in the framework of its unity, the clean and unclean

2049 together, until the appointed end, that this one very

2050 manifest fulfilment leaves no doubt how we should interpret

2051 even those others which are somewhat more obscure, and

2052 which cannot so readily be discerned. And since this is so,

2053 if not even the most audacious will presume to assert that

2054 these things were written without a purpose, or that though the

2055 events really happened they mean nothing, or that they did not

2056 really happen, but are only allegory, or that at all events they

2057 are far from having any figurative reference to the church;

2058 if it has been made out that, on the other hand, we must

2059 rather believe that there was a wise purpose in their being

2060 committed to memory and to writing, and that they did

2061 happen, and have a significance, and that this significance has

2062 a prophetic reference to the church, then this book, having

2063 served this purpose, may now be closed, that we may go on

2064 to trace in the history subsequent to the deluge the courses

2065 of the two cities,—the earthly, that lives according to men,

2066 and the heavenly, that lives according to God.

BOOK XVI

7 #### ARGUMENT.

8 >

9 >

10 >

11 IN THE FORMER PART OF THIS BOOK, FROM THE FIRST TO THE TWELFTH CHAPTER,

12 > THE PROGRESS OF THE TWO CITIES, THE EARTHLY AND THE HEAVENLY,

13 > FROM NOAH TO ABRAHAM, IS EXHIBITED FROM HOLY SCRIPTURE: IN THE

14 > LATTER PART, THE PROGRESS OF THE HEAVENLY ALONE, FROM ABRAHAM

15 > TO THE KINGS OF ISRAEL, IS THE SUBJECT.

16 1. *Whether, after the deluge, from Noah to Abraham, any families can be

17 found who lived according to God.*

18 It is difficult to discover from Scripture, whether, after the

19 deluge, traces of the holy city are continuous, or are so

20 interrupted by intervening seasons of godlessness, that not a

21 single worshipper of the one true God was found among

22 men; because from Noah, who, with his wife, three sons, and

23 as many daughters-in-law, achieved deliverance in the ark

24 from the destruction of the deluge, down to Abraham, we do

25 not find in the canonical books that the piety of any one is

26 celebrated by express divine testimony, unless it be in the

27 case of Noah, who commends with a prophetic benediction

28 his two sons Shem and Japheth, while he beheld and foresaw

29 what was long afterwards to happen. It was also by this

30 prophetic spirit that, when his middle son—that is, the son

31 who was younger than the first and older than the last born—had

32 sinned against him, he cursed him not in his own person,

33 but in his son's (his own grandson's), in the words, "Cursed

34 be the lad Canaan; a servant shall he be unto his brethren."[221]

35 Now Canaan was born of Ham, who, so far from covering his

36 sleeping father's nakedness, had divulged it. For the same

37 reason also he subjoins the blessing on his two other sons, the

38 oldest and youngest, saying, "Blessed be the Lord God of

39 Shem; and Canaan shall be his servant. God shall gladden

40 Japheth, and he shall dwell in the houses of Shem."[222] And

41 so, too, the planting of the vine by Noah, and his intoxication

42 by its fruit, and his nakedness while he slept, and the other

43 things done at that time, and recorded, are all of them pregnant

44 with prophetic meanings, and veiled in mysteries.[223]

45 2. *What was prophetically prefigured in the sons of Noah.*

46 The things which then were hidden are now sufficiently

47 revealed by the actual events which have followed. For who

48 can carefully and intelligently consider these things without

49 recognising them accomplished in Christ? Shem, of whom

50 Christ was born in the flesh, means "named." And what is

51 of greater name than Christ, the fragrance of whose name is

52 now everywhere perceived, so that even prophecy sings of it

53 beforehand, comparing it in the Song of Songs[224] to ointment

54 poured forth? Is it not also in the houses of Christ, that is,

55 in the churches, that the "enlargement" of the nations dwells?

56 For Japheth means "enlargement." And Ham (*i.e.* hot), who

57 was the middle son of Noah, and, as it were, separated himself

58 from both, and remained between them, neither belonging

59 to the first-fruits of Israel nor to the fulness of the Gentiles,

60 what does he signify but the tribe of heretics, hot with the

61 spirit, not of patience, but of impatience, with which the

62 breasts of heretics are wont to blaze, and with which they

63 disturb the peace of the saints? But even the heretics yield

64 an advantage to those that make proficiency, according to the

65 apostle's saying, "There must also be heresies, that they which

66 are approved may be made manifest among you."[225] Whence,

67 too, it is elsewhere said, "The son that receives instruction

68 will be wise, and he uses the foolish as his servant."[226] For

69 while the hot restlessness of heretics stirs questions about

70 many articles of the catholic faith, the necessity of defending

71 them forces us both to investigate them more accurately, to

72 understand them more clearly, and to proclaim them more

73 earnestly; and the question mooted by an adversary becomes

74 the occasion of instruction. However, not only those who

75 are openly separated from the church, but also all who glory

76 in the Christian name, and at the same time lead abandoned

77 lives, may without absurdity seem to be figured by Noah's

78 middle son: for the passion of Christ, which was signified

79 by that man's nakedness, is at once proclaimed by their profession,

80 and dishonoured by their wicked conduct. Of such,

81 therefore, it has been said, "By their fruits ye shall know

82 them."[227] And therefore was Ham cursed in his son, he being,

83 as it were, his fruit. So, too, this son of his, Canaan, is fitly

84 interpreted "their movement," which is nothing else than their

85 work. But Shem and Japheth, that is to say, the circumcision

86 and uncircumcision, or, as the apostle otherwise calls

87 them, the Jews and Greeks, but called and justified, having

88 somehow discovered the nakedness of their father (which

89 signifies the Saviour's passion), took a garment and laid it

90 upon their backs, and entered backwards and covered their

91 father's nakedness, without their seeing what their reverence

92 hid. For we both honour the passion of Christ as accomplished

93 for us, and we hate the crime of the Jews who crucified

94 Him. The garment signifies the sacrament, their backs

95 the memory of things past: for the church celebrates the

96 passion of Christ as already accomplished, and no longer

97 to be looked forward to, now that Japheth already dwells in

98 the habitations of Shem, and their wicked brother between

99 them.

100 But the wicked brother is, in the person of his son (*i.e.*

101 his work), the boy, or slave, of his good brothers, when good

102 men make a skilful use of bad men, either for the exercise of

103 their patience or for their advancement in wisdom. For the

104 apostle testifies that there are some who preach Christ from

105 no pure motives; "but," says he, "whether in pretence or in

106 truth, Christ is preached; and I therein do rejoice, yea, and

107 will rejoice."[228] For it is Christ Himself who planted the

108 vine of which the prophet says, "The vine of the Lord of

109 hosts is the house of Israel;"[229] and He drinks of its wine,

110 whether we thus understand that cup of which He says, "Can

111 ye drink of the cup that I shall drink of?"[230] and, "Father,

112 if it be possible, let this cup pass from me,"[231] by which He

113 obviously means His passion. Or, as wine is the fruit of

114 the vine, we may prefer to understand that from this vine,

115 that is to say, from the race of Israel, He has assumed flesh

116 and blood that He might suffer; "and he was drunken," that

117 is, He suffered; "and was naked," that is, His weakness

118 appeared in His suffering, as the apostle says, "though He

119 was crucified through weakness."[232] Wherefore the same

120 apostle says, "The weakness of God is stronger than men;

121 and the foolishness of God is wiser than men."[233] And when

122 to the expression "he was naked" Scripture adds "in his

123 house," it elegantly intimates that Jesus was to suffer the

124 cross and death at the hands of His own household, His own

125 kith and kin, the Jews. This passion of Christ is only

126 externally and verbally professed by the reprobate, for what

127 they profess they do not understand. But the elect hold in

128 the inner man this so great mystery, and honour inwardly in

129 the heart this weakness and foolishness of God. And of this

130 there is a figure in Ham going out to proclaim his father's

131 nakedness; while Shem and Japheth, to cover or honour it,

132 went in, that is to say, did it inwardly.

133 These secrets of divine Scripture we investigate as well as

134 we can. All will not accept our interpretation with equal

135 confidence, but all hold it certain that these things were

136 neither done nor recorded without some foreshadowing of

137 future events, and that they are to be referred only to Christ

138 and His church, which is the city of God, proclaimed from

139 the very beginning of human history by figures which we

140 now see everywhere accomplished. From the blessing of the

141 two sons of Noah, and the cursing of the middle son, down

142 to Abraham, or for more than a thousand years, there is, as

143 I have said, no mention of any righteous persons who worshipped

144 God. I do not therefore conclude that there were

145 none; but it had been tedious to mention every one, and

146 would have displayed historical accuracy rather than prophetic

147 foresight. The object of the writer of these sacred books, or

148 rather of the Spirit of God in him, is not only to record the

149 past, but to depict the future, so far as it regards the city of

150 God; for whatever is said of those who are not its citizens,

151 is given either for her instruction, or as a foil to enhance her

152 glory. Yet we are not to suppose that all that is recorded

153 has some signification; but those things which have no signification

154 of their own are interwoven for the sake of the things

155 which are significant. It is only the ploughshare that cleaves

156 the soil; but to effect this, other parts of the plough are

157 requisite. It is only the strings in harps and other musical

158 instruments which produce melodious sounds; but that they

159 may do so, there are other parts of the instrument which are

160 not indeed struck by those who sing, but are connected with

161 the strings which are struck, and produce musical notes. So

162 in this prophetic history some things are narrated which have

163 no significance, but are, as it were, the framework to which the

164 significant things are attached.

165 3. *Of the generations of the three sons of Noah.*

166 We must therefore introduce into this work an explanation

167 of the generations of the three sons of Noah, in so far as that

168 may illustrate the progress in time of the two cities. Scripture

169 first mentions that of the youngest son, who is called Japheth:

170 he had eight sons,[234] and by two of these sons seven grandchildren,

171 three by one son, four by the other; in all, fifteen

172 descendants. Ham, Noah's middle son, had four sons, and

173 by one of them five grandsons, and by one of these two great-grandsons;

174 in all, eleven. After enumerating these, Scripture

175 returns to the first of the sons, and says, "Cush begat Nimrod;

176 he began to be a giant on the earth. He was a giant hunter

177 against the Lord God: wherefore they say, As Nimrod the

178 giant hunter against the Lord. And the beginning of his

179 kingdom was Babylon, Erech, Accad, and Calneh, in the land

180 of Shinar. Out of that land went forth Assur, and built

181 Nineveh, and the city Rehoboth, and Calah, and Resen between

182 Nineveh and Calah: this was a great city." Now this

183 Cush, father of the giant Nimrod, is the first-named among

184 the sons of Ham, to whom five sons and two grandsons are

185 ascribed. But he either begat this giant after his grandsons

186 were born, or, which is more credible, Scripture speaks of him

187 separately on account of his eminence; for mention is also

188 made of his kingdom, which began with that magnificent city

189 Babylon, and the other places, whether cities or districts,

190 mentioned along with it. But what is recorded of the land

191 of Shinar which belonged to Nimrod's kingdom, to wit, that

192 Assur went forth from it and built Nineveh and the other

193 cities mentioned with it, happened long after; but he takes

194 occasion to speak of it here on account of the grandeur of

195 the Assyrian kingdom, which was wonderfully extended by

196 Ninus son of Belus, and founder of the great city Nineveh,

197 which was named after him, Nineveh, from Ninus. But

198 Assur, father of the Assyrian, was not one of the sons of Ham,

199 Noah's middle son, but is found among the sons of Shem, his

200 eldest son. Whence it appears that among Shem's offspring

201 there arose men who afterwards took possession of that giant's

202 kingdom, and advancing from it, founded other cities, the first

203 of which was called Nineveh, from Ninus. From him Scripture

204 returns to Ham's other son, Mizraim; and his sons are

205 enumerated, not as seven individuals, but as seven nations.

206 And from the sixth, as if from the sixth son, the race called

207 the Philistines are said to have sprung; so that there are in

208 all eight. Then it returns again to Canaan, in whose person

209 Ham was cursed; and his eleven sons are named. Then the

210 territories they occupied, and some of the cities, are named.

211 And thus, if we count sons and grandsons, there are thirty-one

212 of Ham's descendants registered.

213 It remains to mention the sons of Shem, Noah's eldest

214 son; for to him this genealogical narrative gradually ascends

215 from the youngest. But in the commencement of the record

216 of Shem's sons there is an obscurity which calls for explanation,

217 since it is closely connected with the object of our investigation.

218 For we read, "Unto Shem also, the father of all

219 the children of Heber, the brother of Japheth the elder, were

220 children born."[235] This is the order of the words: And to

221 Shem was born Heber, even to himself, that is, to Shem himself

222 was born Heber, and Shem is the father of all his children.

223 We are intended to understand that Shem is the patriarch of all

224 his posterity who were to be mentioned, whether sons, grandsons,

225 great-grandsons, or descendants at any remove. For

226 Shem did not beget Heber, who was indeed in the fifth generation

227 from him. For Shem begat, among other sons, Arphaxad;

228 Arphaxad begat Cainan, Cainan begat Salah, Salah begat

229 Heber. And it was with good reason that he was named

230 first among Shem's offspring, taking precedence even of his

231 sons, though only a grandchild of the fifth generation; for

232 from him, as tradition says, the Hebrews derived their name,

233 though the other etymology which derives the name from

234 Abraham (as if *Abrahews*) may possibly be correct. But

235 there can be little doubt that the former is the right etymology,

236 and that they were called after Heber, *Heberews*, and

237 then, dropping a letter, Hebrews; and so was their language

238 called Hebrew, which was spoken by none but the people of

239 Israel among whom was the city of God, mysteriously prefigured

240 in all the people, and truly present in the saints.

241 Six of Shem's sons then are first named, then four grandsons

242 born to one of these sons; then it mentions another son of

243 Shem, who begat a grandson; and his son, again, or Shem's

244 great-grandson, was Heber. And Heber begat two sons, and

245 called the one Peleg, which means "dividing;" and Scripture

246 subjoins the reason of this name, saying, "for in his days was

247 the earth divided." What this means will afterwards appear.

248 Heber's other son begat twelve sons; consequently all Shem's

249 descendants are twenty-seven. The total number of the progeny

250 of the three sons of Noah is seventy-three, fifteen by

251 Japheth, thirty-one by Ham, twenty-seven by Shem. Then

252 Scripture adds, "These are the sons of Shem, after their

253 families, after their tongues, in their lands, after their nations."

254 And so of the whole number: "These are the families of the

255 sons of Noah after their generations, in their nations; and

256 by these were the isles of the nations dispersed through the

257 earth after the flood." From which we gather that the

258 seventy-three (or rather, as I shall presently show, seventy-two)

259 were not individuals, but nations. For in a former passage,

260 when the sons of Japheth were enumerated, it is said in conclusion,

261 "By these were the isles of the nations divided in

262 their lands, every one after his language, in their tribes, and

263 in their nations."

264 But nations are expressly mentioned among the sons of

265 Ham, as I showed above. "Mizraim begat those who are

266 called Ludim;" and so also of the other seven nations. And

267 after enumerating all of them, it concludes, "These are the

268 sons of Ham, in their families, according to their languages, in

269 their territories, and in their nations." The reason, then, why

270 the children of several of them are not mentioned, is that they

271 belonged by birth to other nations, and did not themselves

272 become nations. Why else is it, that though eight sons are

273 reckoned to Japheth, the sons of only two of these are mentioned;

274 and though four are reckoned to Ham, only three are

275 spoken of as having sons; and though six are reckoned to

276 Shem, the descendants of only two of these are traced? Did

277 the rest remain childless? We cannot suppose so; but they

278 did not produce nations so great as to warrant their being

279 mentioned, but were absorbed in the nations to which they

280 belonged by birth.

281 4. *Of the diversity of languages, and of the founding of Babylon.*

282 But though these nations are said to have been dispersed

283 according to their languages, yet the narrator recurs to that

284 time when all had but one language, and explains how it

285 came to pass that a diversity of languages was introduced.

286 "The whole earth," he says, "was of one lip, and all had one

287 speech. And it came to pass, as they journeyed from the

288 east, that they found a plain in the land of Shinar, and dwelt

289 there. And they said one to another, Come, and let us make

290 bricks, and burn them thoroughly. And they had bricks for

291 stone, and slime for mortar. And they said, Come, and let us

292 build for ourselves a city, and a tower whose top shall reach

293 the sky; and let us make us a name, before we be scattered

294 abroad on the face of all the earth. And the Lord came down

295 to see the city and the tower, which the children, of men

296 builded. And the Lord God said, Behold, the people is one,

297 and they have all one language; and this they begin to do:

298 and now nothing will be restrained from them, which they

299 have imagined to do. Come, and let us go down, and confound

300 there their language, that they may not understand one

301 another's speech. And God scattered them thence on the

302 face of all the earth: and they left off to build the city and

303 the tower. Therefore the name of it is called Confusion;

304 because the Lord did there confound the language of all the

305 earth: and the Lord God scattered them thence on the face of

306 all the earth."[236] This city, which was called Confusion, is the

307 same as Babylon, whose wonderful construction Gentile history

308 also notices. For Babylon means Confusion. Whence we

309 conclude that the giant Nimrod was its founder, as had been

310 hinted a little before, where Scripture, in speaking of him,

311 says that the beginning of his kingdom was Babylon, that is,

312 Babylon had a supremacy over the other cities as the metropolis

313 and royal residence; although it did not rise to the

314 grand dimensions designed by its proud and impious founder.

315 The plan was to make it so high that it should reach the sky,

316 whether this was meant of one tower which they intended to

317 build higher than the others, or of all the towers, which might

318 be signified by the singular number, as we speak of "the

319 soldier," meaning the army, and of the frog or the locust, when

320 we refer to the whole multitude of frogs and locusts in the

321 plagues with which Moses smote the Egyptians.[237] But what

322 did these vain and presumptuous men intend? How did

323 they expect to raise this lofty mass against God, when they

324 had built it above all the mountains and the clouds of the

325 earth's atmosphere? What injury could any spiritual or

326 material elevation do to God? The safe and true way to

327 heaven is made by humility, which lifts up the heart to the

328 Lord, not against Him; as this giant is said to have been a

329 "hunter *against* the Lord." This has been misunderstood by

330 some through the ambiguity of the Greek word, and they have

331 translated it, not "against the Lord," but "before the Lord;"

332 for ἔναντιον means both "before" and "against." In the

333 Psalm this word is rendered, "Let us weep *before* the Lord

334 our Maker."[238] The same word occurs in the book of Job,

335 where it is written, "Thou hast broken into fury *against* the

336 Lord."[239] And so this giant is to be recognised as a "hunter

337 *against* the Lord." And what is meant by the term "hunter"

338 but deceiver, oppressor, and destroyer of the animals of the

339 earth? He and his people, therefore, erected this tower

340 against the Lord, and so gave expression to their impious

341 pride; and justly was their wicked intention punished by

342 God, even though it was unsuccessful. But what was the

343 nature of the punishment? As the tongue is the instrument

344 of domination, in it pride was punished; so that man, who

345 would not understand God when He issued His commands,

346 should be misunderstood when he himself gave orders. Thus

347 was that conspiracy disbanded, for each man retired from

348 those he could not understand, and associated with those

349 whose speech was intelligible; and the nations were divided

350 according to their languages, and scattered over the earth as

351 seemed good to God, who accomplished this in ways hidden

352 from and incomprehensible to us.

353 5. *Of God's coming down to confound the languages of the builders of the city.*

354 We read, "The Lord came down to see the city and the

355 tower which the sons of men built:" it was not the sons of

356 God, but that society which lived in a merely human way,

357 and which we call the earthly city. God, who is always

358 wholly everywhere, does not move locally; but He is said to

359 descend when He does anything in the earth out of the usual

360 course, which, as it were, makes His presence felt. And in

361 the same way, He does not by "seeing" learn some new

362 thing, for He cannot ever be ignorant of anything; but He is

363 said to see and recognise, in time, that which He causes

364 others to see and recognise. And therefore that city was

365 not previously being seen as God made it be seen when He

366 showed how offensive it was to Him. We might, indeed,

367 interpret God's descending to the city of the descent of His

368 angels in whom He dwells; so that the following words,

369 "And the Lord God said, Behold, they are all one race and

370 of one language," and also what follows, "Come, and let us

371 go down and confound their speech," are a recapitulation, explaining

372 how the previously intimated "descent of the Lord"

373 was accomplished. For if He had already gone down, why

374 does He say, "Come, and let us go down and confound?"—words

375 which seem to be addressed to the angels, and to intimate

376 that He who was in the angels descended in their descent.

377 And the words most appropriately are, not, "Go ye

378 down and confound," but, "Let us confound their speech;"

379 showing that He so works by His servants, that they are

380 themselves also fellow-labourers with God, as the apostle says,

381 "For we are fellow-labourers with God."[240]

382 6. *What we are to understand by God's speaking to the angels.*

383 We might have supposed that the words uttered at the

384 creation of man, "Let us," and not Let me, "make man," were

385 addressed to the angels, had He not added "in our image;"

386 but as we cannot believe that man was made in the image of

387 angels, or that the image of God is the same as that of angels,

388 it is proper to refer this expression to the plurality of the

389 Trinity. And yet this Trinity, being one God, even after

390 saying "Let *us* make," goes on to say, "And God made man

391 in His image,"[241] and not "Gods made," or "in their image."

392 And were there any difficulty in applying to the angels the

393 words, "Come, and let us go down and confound their speech,"

394 we might refer the plural to the Trinity, as if the Father were

395 addressing the Son and the Holy Spirit; but it rather belongs

396 to the angels to approach God by holy movements, that is,

397 by pious thoughts, and thereby to avail themselves of the unchangeable

398 truth which rules in the court of heaven as their

399 eternal law. For they are not themselves the truth; but partaking

400 in the creative truth, they are moved towards it as the

401 fountain of life, that what they have not in themselves they

402 may obtain in it. And this movement of theirs is steady,

403 for they never go back from what they have reached. And

404 to these angels God does not speak, as we speak to one another,

405 or to God, or to angels, or as the angels speak to us, or

406 as God speaks to us through them: He speaks to them in an

407 ineffable manner of His own, and that which He says is conveyed

408 to us in a manner suited to our capacity. For the

409 speaking of God antecedent and superior to all His works,

410 is the immutable reason of His work: it has no noisy and

411 passing sound, but an energy eternally abiding and producing

412 results in time. Thus He speaks to the holy angels; but to

413 us, who are far off, He speaks otherwise. When, however, we

414 hear with the inner ear some part of the speech of God, we

415 approximate to the angels. But in this work I need not

416 labour to give an account of the ways in which God speaks.

417 For either the unchangeable Truth speaks directly to the mind

418 of the rational creature in some indescribable way, or speaks

419 through the changeable creature, either presenting spiritual

420 images to our spirit, or bodily voices to our bodily sense.

421 The words, "Nothing will be restrained from them which

422 they have imagined to do,"[242] are assuredly not meant as an

423 affirmation, but as an interrogation, such as is used by persons

424 threatening, as, *e.g.*, when Dido exclaims,

425 "They will not take arms and pursue?"[243]

426 We are to understand the words as if it had been said, Shall

427 nothing be restrained from them which they have imagined to

428 do?[244] From these three men, therefore, the three sons of

429 Noah we mean, 73, or rather, as the catalogue will show, 72

430 nations and as many languages were dispersed over the earth,

431 and as they increased filled even the islands. But the nations

432 multiplied much more than the languages. For even in

433 Africa we know several barbarous nations which have but

434 one language; and who can doubt that, as the human race

435 increased, men contrived to pass to the islands in ships?

436 7. *Whether even the remotest islands received their* fauna *from the animals

437 which were preserved, through the deluge, in the ark*.

438 There is a question raised about all those kinds of beasts

439 which are not domesticated, nor are produced like frogs from

440 the earth, but are propagated by male and female parents,

441 such as wolves and animals of that kind; and it is asked how

442 they could be found in the islands after the deluge, in which

443 all the animals not in the ark perished, unless the breed was

444 restored from those which were preserved in pairs in the ark.

445 It might, indeed, be said that they crossed to the islands by

446 swimming, but this could only be true of those very near the

447 mainland; whereas there are some so distant, that we fancy

448 no animal could swim to them. But if men caught them

449 and took them across with themselves, and thus propagated

450 these breeds in their new abodes, this would not imply an

451 incredible fondness for the chase. At the same time, it cannot

452 be denied that by the intervention of angels they might

453 be transferred by God's order or permission. If, however,

454 they were produced out of the earth as at their first creation,

455 when God said, "Let the earth bring forth the living creature,"[245]

456 this makes it more evident that all kinds of animals

457 were preserved in the ark, not so much for the sake of renewing

458 the stock, as of prefiguring the various nations which

459 were to be saved in the church; this, I say, is more evident,

460 if the earth brought forth many animals in islands to which

461 they could not cross over.

462 8. *Whether certain monstrous races of men are derived from the stock of Adam

463 or Noah's sons.*

464 It is also asked whether we are to believe that certain

465 monstrous races of men, spoken of in secular history,[246] have

466 sprung from Noah's sons, or rather, I should say, from that

467 one man from whom they themselves were descended. For

468 it is reported that some have one eye in the middle of the

469 forehead; some, feet turned backwards from the heel; some,

470 a double sex, the right breast like a man, the left like a woman,

471 and that they alternately beget and bring forth: others

472 are said to have no mouth, and to breathe only through the

473 nostrils; others are but a cubit high, and are therefore called

474 by the Greeks "Pigmies:"[247] they say that in some places the

475 women conceive in their fifth year, and do not live beyond

476 their eighth. So, too, they tell of a race who have two feet

477 but only one leg, and are of marvellous swiftness, though they

478 do not bend the knee: they are called Skiopodes, because in

479 the hot weather they lie down on their backs and shade themselves

480 with their feet. Others are said to have no head, and

481 their eyes in their shoulders; and other human or quasi-human

482 races are depicted in mosaic in the harbour esplanade

483 of Carthage, on the faith of histories of rarities. What shall

484 I say of the Cynocephali, whose dog-like head and barking

485 proclaim them beasts rather than men? But we are not

486 bound to believe all we hear of these monstrosities. But

487 whoever is anywhere born a man, that is, a rational mortal

488 animal, no matter what unusual appearance he presents in

489 colour, movement, sound, nor how peculiar he is in some

490 power, part, or quality of his nature, no Christian can doubt

491 that he springs from that one protoplast. We can distinguish

492 the common human nature from that which is peculiar, and

493 therefore wonderful.

494 The same account which is given of monstrous births in

495 individual cases can be given of monstrous races. For God,

496 the Creator of all, knows where and when each thing ought to

497 be, or to have been created, because He sees the similarities

498 and diversities which can contribute to the beauty of the

499 whole. But he who cannot see the whole is offended by

500 the deformity of the part, because he is blind to that which

501 balances it, and to which it belongs. We know that men are

502 born with more than four fingers on their hands or toes on

503 their feet: this is a smaller matter; but far from us be the

504 folly of supposing that the Creator mistook the number of a

505 man's fingers, though we cannot account for the difference.

506 And so in cases where the divergence from the rule is greater.

507 He whose works no man justly finds fault with, knows what

508 He has done. At Hippo-Diarrhytus there is a man whose

509 hands are crescent-shaped, and have only two fingers each,

510 and his feet similarly formed. If there were a race like him,

511 it would be added to the history of the curious and wonderful.

512 Shall we therefore deny that this man is descended

513 from that one man who was first created? As for the Androgyni,

514 or Hermaphrodites, as they are called, though they are

515 rare, yet from time to time there appear persons of sex so

516 doubtful, that it remains uncertain from which sex they take

517 their name; though it is customary to give them a masculine

518 name, as the more worthy. For no one ever called them

519 Hermaphroditesses. Some years ago, quite within my own

520 memory, a man was born in the East, double in his upper,

521 but single in his lower half—having two heads, two chests,

522 four hands, but one body and two feet like an ordinary man;

523 and he lived so long that many had an opportunity of seeing

524 him. But who could enumerate all the human births that have

525 differed widely from their ascertained parents? As, therefore,

526 no one will deny that these are all descended from that one

527 man, so all the races which are reported to have diverged in

528 bodily appearance from the usual course which nature generally

529 or almost universally preserves, if they are embraced in

530 that definition of man as rational and mortal animals, unquestionably

531 trace their pedigree to that one first father of all.

532 We are supposing these stories about various races who differ

533 from one another and from us to be true; but possibly they are

534 not: for if we were not aware that apes, and monkeys, and

535 sphinxes are not men, but beasts, those historians would possibly

536 describe them as races of men, and flaunt with impunity

537 their false and vainglorious discoveries. But supposing they

538 are men of whom these marvels are recorded, what if God has

539 seen fit to create some races in this way, that we might not

540 suppose that the monstrous births which appear among ourselves

541 are the failures of that wisdom whereby He fashions

542 the human nature, as we speak of the failure of a less perfect

543 workman? Accordingly, it ought not to seem absurd to us,

544 that as in individual races there are monstrous births, so in

545 the whole race there are monstrous races. Wherefore, to conclude

546 this question cautiously and guardedly, either these

547 things which have been told of some races have no existence

548 at all; or if they do exist, they are not human races; or if

549 they are human, they are descended from Adam.

550 9. *Whether we are to believe in the Antipodes.*

551 But as to the fable that there are Antipodes, that is to say,

552 men on the opposite side of the earth, where the sun rises

553 when it sets to us, men who walk with their feet opposite ours,

554 that is on no ground credible. And, indeed, it is not affirmed

555 that this has been learned by historical knowledge, but by

556 scientific conjecture, on the ground that the earth is suspended

557 within the concavity of the sky, and that it has as much room

558 on the one side of it as on the other: hence they say that

559 the part which is beneath must also be inhabited. But they

560 do not remark that, although it be supposed or scientifically

561 demonstrated that the world is of a round and spherical form,

562 yet it does not follow that the other side of the earth is bare

563 of water; nor even, though it be bare, does it immediately

564 follow that it is peopled. For Scripture, which proves the

565 truth of its historical statements by the accomplishment of its

566 prophecies, gives no false information; and it is too absurd to

567 say, that some men might have taken ship and traversed the

568 whole wide ocean, and crossed from this side of the world to

569 the other, and that thus even the inhabitants of that distant

570 region are descended from that one first man. Wherefore let

571 us seek if we can find the city of God that sojourns on earth

572 among those human races who are catalogued as having been

573 divided into seventy-two nations and as many languages. For

574 it continued down to the deluge and the ark, and is proved to

575 have existed still among the sons of Noah by their blessings,

576 and chiefly in the eldest son Shem; for Japheth received this

577 blessing, that he should dwell in the tents of Shem.

578 10. *Of the genealogy of Shem, in whose line the city of God is preserved till the

579 time of Abraham.*

580 It is necessary, therefore, to preserve the series of generations

581 descending from Shem, for the sake of exhibiting the

582 city of God after the flood; as before the flood it was exhibited

583 in the series of generations descending from Seth. And therefore

584 does divine Scripture, after exhibiting the earthly city as

585 Babylon or "Confusion," revert to the patriarch Shem, and

586 recapitulate the generations from him to Abraham, specifying

587 besides, the year in which each father begat the son that belonged

588 to this line, and how long he lived. And unquestionably

589 it is this which fulfils the promise I made, that it should

590 appear why it is said of the sons of Heber, "The name of the

591 one was Peleg, for in his days the earth was divided."[248] For

592 what can we understand by the division of the earth, if not

593 the diversity of languages? And, therefore, omitting the

594 other sons of Shem, who are not concerned in this matter,

595 Scripture gives the genealogy of those by whom the line runs

596 on to Abraham, as before the flood those are given who carried

597 on the line to Noah from Seth. Accordingly this series of

598 generations begins thus: "These are the generations of Shem:

599 Shem was an hundred years old, and begat Arphaxad two

600 years after the flood. And Shem lived after he begat

601 Arphaxad five hundred years, and begat sons and daughters."

602 In like manner it registers the rest, naming the year of his

603 life in which each begat the son who belonged to that line

604 which extends to Abraham. It specifies, too, how many years

605 he lived thereafter, begetting sons and daughters, that we may

606 not childishly suppose that the men named were the only

607 men, but may understand how the population increased, and

608 how regions and kingdoms so vast could be populated by the

609 descendants of Shem; especially the kingdom of Assyria, from

610 which Ninus subdued the surrounding nations, reigning with

611 brilliant prosperity, and bequeathing to his descendants a vast

612 but thoroughly consolidated empire, which held together for

613 many centuries.

614 But to avoid needless prolixity, we shall mention not the

615 number of years each member of this series lived, but only

616 the year of his life in which he begat his heir, that we may

617 thus reckon the number of years from the flood to Abraham,

618 and may at the same time leave room to touch briefly and

619 cursorily upon some other matters necessary to our argument.

620 In the second year, then, after the flood, Shem when he was

621 a hundred years old begat Arphaxad; Arphaxad when he was

622 135 years old begat Cainan; Cainan when he was 130 years

623 begat Salah. Salah himself, too, was the same age when he

624 begat Eber. Eber lived 134 years, and begat Peleg, in whose

625 days the earth was divided. Peleg himself lived 130 years,

626 and begat Reu; and Reu lived 132 years, and begat Serug;

627 Serug 130, and begat Nahor; and Nahor 79, and begat Terah;

628 and Terah 70, and begat Abram, whose name God afterwards

629 changed into *Abraham*. There are thus from the flood to

630 Abraham 1072 years, according to the Vulgate or Septuagint

631 versions. In the Hebrew copies far fewer years are given; and

632 for this either no reason or a not very credible one is given.

633 When, therefore, we look for the city of God in these

634 seventy-two nations, we cannot affirm that while they had

635 but one lip, that is, one language, the human race had departed

636 from the worship of the true God, and that genuine

637 godliness had survived only in those generations which descend

638 from Shem through Arphaxad and reach to Abraham;

639 but from the time when they proudly built a tower to heaven,

640 a symbol of godless exaltation, the city or society of the

641 wicked becomes apparent. Whether it was only disguised

642 before, or non-existent; whether both cities remained after the

643 flood,—the godly in the two sons of Noah who were blessed, and

644 in their posterity, and the ungodly in the cursed son and his

645 descendants, from whom sprang that mighty hunter against

646 the Lord,—is not easily determined. For possibly—and certainly

647 this is more credible—there were despisers of God

648 among the descendants of the two sons, even before Babylon

649 was founded, and worshippers of God among the descendants

650 of Ham. Certainly neither race was ever obliterated from

651 earth. For in both the Psalms in which it is said, "They

652 are all gone aside, they are altogether become filthy; there is

653 none that doeth good, no, not one," we read further, "Have

654 all the workers of iniquity no knowledge? who eat up my

655 people as they eat bread, and call not upon the Lord."[249] There

656 was then a people of God even at that time. And therefore

657 the words, "There is none that doeth good, no, not one," were

658 said of the sons of men, not of the sons of God. For it had

659 been previously said, "God looked down from heaven upon

660 the sons of men, to see if any understood and sought after

661 God;" and then follow the words which demonstrate that all

662 the sons of men, that is, all who belong to the city which

663 lives according to man, not according to God, are reprobate.

664 >

665 >

666 >

667 11. *That the original language in use among men was that which was afterwards

668 > called Hebrew, from Heber, in whose family it was preserved when the

669 > confusion of tongues occurred.*

670 Wherefore, as the fact of all using one language did not

671 secure the absence of sin-infected men from the race,—for even

672 before the deluge there was one language, and yet all but the

673 single family of just Noah were found worthy of destruction

674 by the flood,—so when the nations, by a prouder godlessness,

675 earned the punishment of the dispersion and the confusion of

676 tongues, and the city of the godless was called Confusion or

677 Babylon, there was still the house of Heber in which the primitive

678 language of the race survived. And therefore, as I

679 have already mentioned, when an enumeration is made of the

680 sons of Shem, who each founded a nation, Heber is first mentioned,

681 although he was of the fifth generation from Shem.

682 And because, when the other races were divided by their own

683 peculiar languages, his family preserved that language which

684 is not unreasonably believed to have been the common

685 language of the race, it was on this account thenceforth

686 named Hebrew. For it then became necessary to distinguish

687 this language from the rest by a proper name; though, while

688 there was only one, it had no other name than the language

689 of man, or human speech, it alone being spoken by the whole

690 human race. Some one will say: If the earth was divided

691 by languages in the days of Peleg, Heber's son, that language,

692 which was formerly common to all, should rather have been

693 called after Peleg. But we are to understand that Heber

694 himself gave to his son this name Peleg, which means Division;

695 because he was born when the earth was divided, that is, at

696 the very time of the division, and that this is the meaning of

697 the words, "In his days the earth was divided."[250] For unless

698 Heber had been still alive when the languages were multiplied,

699 the language which was preserved in his house would not

700 have been called after him. We are induced to believe that

701 this was the primitive and common language, because the

702 multiplication and change of languages was introduced as a

703 punishment, and it is fit to ascribe to the people of God an

704 immunity from this punishment. Nor is it without significance

705 that this is the language which Abraham retained, and

706 that he could not transmit it to all his descendants, but only

707 to those of Jacob's line, who distinctively and eminently constituted

708 God's people, and received His covenants, and were

709 Christ's progenitors according to the flesh. In the same way,

710 Heber himself did not transmit that language to all his posterity,

711 but only to the line from which Abraham sprang. And

712 thus, although it is not expressly stated, that when the wicked

713 were building Babylon there was a godly seed remaining, this

714 indistinctness is intended to stimulate research rather than to

715 elude it. For when we see that originally there was one

716 common language, and that Heber is mentioned before all

717 Shem's sons, though he belonged to the fifth generation from

718 him, and that the language which the patriarchs and prophets

719 used, not only in their conversation, but in the authoritative

720 language of Scripture, is called Hebrew, when we are asked

721 where that primitive and common language was preserved

722 after the confusion of tongues, certainly, as there can be no

723 doubt that those among whom it was preserved were exempt

724 from the punishment it embodied, what other suggestion can

725 we make, than that it survived in the family of him whose

726 name it took, and that this is no small proof of the righteousness

727 of this family, that the punishment with which the other

728 families were visited did not fall upon it?

729 But yet another question is mooted: How did Heber and

730 his son Peleg each found a nation, if they had but one language?

731 For no doubt the Hebrew nation propagated from Heber through

732 Abraham, and becoming through him a great people, is one

733 nation. How, then, are all the sons of the three branches of

734 Noah's family enumerated as founding a nation each, if Heber

735 and Peleg did not so? It is very probable that the giant

736 Nimrod founded also his nation, and that Scripture has named

737 him separately on account of the extraordinary dimensions of

738 his empire and of his body, so that the number of seventy-two

739 nations remains. But Peleg was mentioned, not because he

740 founded a nation (for his race and language are Hebrew), but

741 on account of the critical time at which he was born, all the

742 earth being then divided. Nor ought we to be surprised that

743 the giant Nimrod lived to the time in which Babylon was

744 founded and the confusion of tongues occurred, and the consequent

745 division of the earth. For though Heber was in the

746 sixth generation from Noah, and Nimrod in the fourth, it does

747 not follow that they could not be alive at the same time. For

748 when the generations are few, they live longer and are born

749 later; but when they are many, they live a shorter time, and

750 come into the world earlier. We are to understand that, when

751 the earth was divided, the descendants of Noah who are registered

752 as founders of nations were not only already born, but

753 were of an age to have immense families, worthy to be called

754 tribes or nations. And therefore we must by no means

755 suppose that they were born in the order in which they were

756 set down; otherwise, how could the twelve sons of Joktan,

757 another son of Heber's, and brother of Peleg, have already

758 founded nations, if Joktan was born, as he is registered, after

759 his brother Peleg, since the earth was divided at Peleg's birth?

760 We are therefore to understand that, though Peleg is named

761 first, he was born long after Joktan, whose twelve sons had

762 already families so large as to admit of their being divided by

763 different languages. There is nothing extraordinary in the

764 last born being first named: of the sons of Noah, the descendants

765 of Japheth are first named; then the sons of Ham, who

766 was the second son; and last the sons of Shem, who was the

767 first and oldest. Of these nations the names have partly survived,

768 so that at this day we can see from whom they have

769 sprung, as the Assyrians from Assur, the Hebrews from Heber,

770 but partly have been altered in the lapse of time, so that the

771 most learned men, by profound research in ancient records,

772 have scarcely been able to discover the origin, I do not say of

773 all, but of some of these nations. There is, for example,

774 nothing in the name Egyptians to show that they are descended

775 from Misraim, Ham's son, nor in the name Ethiopians to show

776 a connection with Cush, though such is said to be the origin

777 of these nations. And if we take a general survey of the

778 names, we shall find that more have been changed than have

779 remained the same.

780 12. *Of the era in Abraham's life from which a new period in the holy

781 succession begins.*

782 Let us now survey the progress of the city of God from the

783 era of the patriarch Abraham, from whose time it begins to

784 be more conspicuous, and the divine promises which are now

785 fulfilled in Christ are more fully revealed. We learn, then,

786 from the intimations of holy Scripture, that Abraham was

787 born in the country of the Chaldeans, a land belonging to

788 the Assyrian empire. Now, even at that time impious superstitions

789 were rife with the Chaldeans, as with other nations.

790 The family of Terah, to which Abraham belonged, was the

791 only one in which the worship of the true God survived, and

792 the only one, we may suppose, in which the Hebrew language

793 was preserved; although Joshua the son of Nun tells us that

794 even this family served other gods in Mesopotamia.[251] The

795 other descendants of Heber gradually became absorbed in other

796 races and other languages. And thus, as the single family of

797 Noah was preserved through the deluge of water to renew the

798 human race, so, in the deluge of superstition that flooded the

799 whole world, there remained but the one family of Terah in

800 which the seed of God's city was preserved. And as, when

801 Scripture has enumerated the generations prior to Noah, with

802 their ages, and explained the cause of the flood before God

803 began to speak to Noah about the building of the ark, it is

804 said, "These are the generations of Noah;" so also now, after

805 enumerating the generations from Shem, Noah's son, down to

806 Abraham, it then signalizes an era by saying, "These are the

807 generations of Terah: Terah begat Abram, Nahor, and Haran;

808 and Haran begat Lot. And Haran died before his father

809 Terah in the land of his nativity, in Ur of the Chaldees. And

810 Abram and Nahor took them wives: the name of Abram's

811 wife was Sarai; and the name of Nahor's wife Milcah, the

812 daughter of Haran, the father of Milcah, and the father of

813 Iscah."[252] This Iscah is supposed to be the same as Sarah,

814 Abraham's wife.

815 >

816 >

817 >

818 13. *Why, in the account of Terah's emigration, on his forsaking the Chaldeans

819 > and passing over into Mesopotamia, no mention is made of his son Nahor.*

820 Next it is related how Terah with his family left the

821 region of the Chaldeans and came into Mesopotamia, and

822 dwelt in Haran. But nothing is said about one of his sons

823 called Nahor, as if he had not taken him along with him.

824 For the narrative runs thus: "And Terah took Abram his

825 son, and Lot the son of Haran, his son's son, and Sarah his

826 daughter-in-law, his son Abram's wife, and led them forth

827 out of the region of the Chaldeans to go into the land of

828 Canaan; and he came into Haran, and dwelt there."[253] Nahor

829 and Milcah his wife are nowhere named here. But afterwards,

830 when Abraham sent his servant to take a wife for his

831 son Isaac, we find it thus written: "And the servant took ten

832 camels of the camels of his lord, and of all the goods of his

833 lord, with him; and arose, and went into Mesopotamia, into the

834 city of Nahor."[254] This and other testimonies of this sacred

835 history show that Nahor, Abraham's brother, had also left the

836 region of the Chaldeans, and fixed his abode in Mesopotamia,

837 where Abraham dwelt with his father. Why, then, did the

838 Scripture not mention him, when Terah with his family went

839 forth out of the Chaldean nation and dwelt in Haran, since it

840 mentions that he took with him not only Abraham his son,

841 but also Sarah his daughter-in-law, and Lot his grandson?

842 The only reason we can think of is, that perhaps he had lapsed

843 from the piety of his father and brother, and adhered to the

844 superstition of the Chaldeans, and had afterwards emigrated

845 thence, either through penitence, or because he was persecuted

846 as a suspected person. For in the book called Judith, when

847 Holofernes, the enemy of the Israelites, inquired what kind of

848 nation that might be, and whether war should be made against

849 them, Achior, the leader of the Ammonites, answered him thus:

850 "Let our lord now hear a word from the mouth of thy servant,

851 and I will declare unto thee the truth concerning the

852 people which dwelleth near thee in this hill country, and

853 there shall no lie come out of the mouth of thy servant. For

854 this people is descended from the Chaldeans, and they dwelt

855 heretofore in Mesopotamia, because they would not follow the

856 gods of their fathers, which were glorious in the land of the

857 Chaldeans, but went out of the way of their ancestors, and

858 adored the God of heaven, whom they knew; and they cast

859 them out from the face of their gods, and they fled into Mesopotamia,

860 and dwelt there many days. And their God said to

861 them, that they should depart from their habitation, and go

862 into the land of Canaan; and they dwelt,"[255] etc., as Achior the

863 Ammonite narrates. Whence it is manifest that the house of

864 Terah had suffered persecution from the Chaldeans for the

865 true piety with which they worshipped the one and true God.

866 14. *Of the years of Terah, who completed his lifetime in Haran.*

867 On Terah's death in Mesopotamia, where he is said to have

868 lived 205 years, the promises of God made to Abraham now

869 begin to be pointed out; for thus it is written: "And the days

870 of Terah in Haran were two hundred and five years, and he

871 died in Haran."[256] This is not to be taken as if he had spent

872 all his days there, but that he there completed the days of his

873 life, which were two hundred and five years: otherwise it

874 would not be known how many years Terah lived, since it is

875 not said in what year of his life he came into Haran; and it is

876 absurd to suppose that, in this series of generations, where it

877 is carefully recorded how many years each one lived, his age

878 was the only one not put on record. For although some

879 whom the same Scripture mentions have not their age recorded,

880 they are not in this series, in which the reckoning of

881 time is continuously indicated by the death of the parents and

882 the succession of the children. For this series, which is given

883 in order from Adam to Noah, and from him down to Abraham,

884 contains no one without the number of the years of his life.

885 15. *Of the time of the migration of Abraham, when, according to the commandment

886 of God, he went out from Haran.*

887 When, after the record of the death of Terah, the father of

888 Abraham, we next read, "And the Lord said to Abram, Get

889 thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and from thy

890 father's house,"[257] etc., it is not to be supposed, because this

891 follows in the order of the narrative, that it also followed in

892 the chronological order of events. For if it were so, there

893 would be an insoluble difficulty. For after these words of

894 God which were spoken to Abraham, the Scripture says: "And

895 Abram departed, as the Lord had spoken unto him; and Lot

896 went with him. Now Abraham was seventy-five years old

897 when he departed out of Haran."[258] How can this be true if he

898 departed from Haran after his father's death? For when Terah

899 was seventy years old, as is intimated above, he begat Abraham;

900 and if to this number we add the seventy-five years which

901 Abraham reckoned when he went out of Haran, we get 145

902 years. Therefore that was the number of the years of Terah,

903 when Abraham departed out of that city of Mesopotamia;

904 for he had reached the seventy-fifth year of his life, and

905 thus his father, who begat him in the seventieth year of his

906 life, had reached, as was said, his 145th. Therefore he did not

907 depart thence after his father's death, that is, after the 205

908 years his father lived; but the year of his departure from

909 that place, seeing it was his seventy-fifth, is inferred beyond

910 a doubt to have been the 145th of his father, who begat him

911 in his seventieth year. And thus it is to be understood that

912 the Scripture, according to its custom, has gone back to the

913 time which had already been passed by the narrative; just as

914 above, when it had mentioned the grandsons of Noah, it said

915 that they were in their nations and tongues; and yet afterwards,

916 as if this also had followed in order of time, it says,

917 "And the whole earth was of one lip, and one speech for all."[259]

918 How, then, could they be said to be in their own nations and

919 according to their own tongues, if there was one for all; except

920 because the narrative goes back to gather up what it had

921 passed over? Here, too, in the same way, after saying, "And

922 the days of Terah in Haran were 205 years, and Terah died

923 in Haran," the Scripture, going back to what had been passed

924 over in order to complete what had been begun about Terah,

925 says, "And the Lord said to Abram, Get thee out of thy

926 country,"[260] etc. After which words of God it is added, "And

927 Abram departed, as the Lord spake unto him; and Lot went

928 with him. But Abram was seventy-five years old when he

929 departed out of Haran." Therefore it was done when his

930 father was in the 145th year of his age; for it was then the

931 seventy-fifth of his own. But this question is also solved in

932 another way, that the seventy-five years of Abraham when he

933 departed out of Haran are reckoned from the year in which

934 he was delivered from the fire of the Chaldeans, not from that

935 of his birth, as if he was rather to be held as having been

936 born then.

937 Now the blessed Stephen, in narrating these things in the

938 Acts of the Apostles, says: "The God of glory appeared unto

939 our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he

940 dwelt in Charran, and said unto him, Get thee out of thy

941 country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father's house,

942 and come into the land which I will show thee."[261] According

943 to these words of Stephen, God spoke to Abraham, not

944 after the death of his father, who certainly died in Haran,

945 where his son also dwelt with him, but before he dwelt in

946 that city, although he was already in Mesopotamia. Therefore

947 he had already departed from the Chaldeans. So that

948 when Stephen adds, "Then Abraham went out of the land of

949 the Chaldeans, and dwelt in Charran,"[262] this does not point

950 out what took place after God spoke to him (for it was not

951 after these words of God that he went out of the land of

952 the Chaldeans, since he says that God spoke to him in Mesopotamia),

953 but the word "*then*" which he uses refers to that

954 whole period from his going out of the land of the Chaldeans

955 and dwelling in Haran. Likewise in what follows, "And

956 thenceforth, when his father was dead, he settled him in this

957 land, wherein ye now dwell, and your fathers," he does not

958 say, after his father was dead he went out from Haran; but

959 thenceforth he settled him here, after his father was dead. It

960 is to be understood, therefore, that God had spoken to Abraham

961 when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Haran;

962 but that he came to Haran with his father, keeping in mind

963 the precept of God, and that he went out thence in his own

964 seventy-fifth year, which was his father's 145th. But he says

965 that his settlement in the land of Canaan, not his going forth

966 from Haran, took place after his father's death; because his

967 father was already dead when he purchased the land, and personally

968 entered on possession of it. But when, on his having

969 already settled in Mesopotamia, that is, already gone out of

970 the land of the Chaldeans, God says, "Get thee out of thy

971 country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father's house,"[263]

972 this means, not that he should cast out his body from thence,

973 for he had already done that, but that he should tear away

974 his soul. For he had not gone out from thence in mind, if

975 he was held by the hope and desire of returning,—a hope and

976 desire which was to be cut off by God's command and help,

977 and by his own obedience. It would indeed be no incredible

978 supposition that afterwards, when Nahor followed his father,

979 Abraham then fulfilled the precept of the Lord, that he should

980 depart out of Haran with Sarah his wife and Lot his brother's

981 son.

982 16. *Of the order and nature of the promises of God which were made to

983 Abraham.*

984 God's promises made to Abraham are now to be considered;

985 for in these the oracles of our God,[264] that is, of the true God,

986 began to appear more openly concerning the godly people,

987 whom prophetic authority foretold. The first of these reads

988 thus: "And the Lord said unto Abram, Get thee out of thy

989 country, and from thy kindred, and from thy father's house,

990 and go into a land that I will show thee: and I will make of

991 thee a great nation, and I will bless thee, and magnify thy

992 name; and thou shalt be blessed: and I will bless them that

993 bless thee, and curse them that curse thee: and in thee shall

994 all tribes of the earth be blessed."[265] Now it is to be observed

995 that two things are promised to Abraham, the one, that his

996 seed should possess the land of Canaan, which is intimated

997 when it is said, "Go into a land that I will show thee, and I

998 will make of thee a great nation;" but the other far more

999 excellent, not about the carnal but the spiritual seed, through

1000 which he is the father, not of the one Israelite nation, but of

1001 all nations who follow the footprints of his faith, which was

1002 first promised in these words, "And in thee shall all tribes of

1003 the earth be blessed." Eusebius thought this promise was

1004 made in Abraham's seventy-fifth year, as if soon after it was

1005 made Abraham had departed out of Haran; because the Scripture

1006 cannot be contradicted, in which we read, "Abram was

1007 seventy and five years old when he departed out of Haran."

1008 But if this promise was made in that year, then of course

1009 Abraham was staying in Haran with his father; for he could

1010 not depart thence unless he had first dwelt there. Does this,

1011 then, contradict what Stephen says, "The God of glory appeared

1012 to our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia,

1013 before he dwelt in Charran?"[266] But it is to be understood that

1014 the whole took place in the same year,—both the promise of

1015 God before Abraham dwelt in Haran, and his dwelling in

1016 Haran, and his departure thence,—not only because Eusebius

1017 in the Chronicles reckons from the year of this promise, and

1018 shows that after 430 years the exodus from Egypt took place,

1019 when the law was given, but because the Apostle Paul also

1020 mentions it.

1021 >

1022 >

1023 >

1024 17. *Of the three most famous kingdoms of the nations, of which one, that is, the

1025 > Assyrian, was already very eminent when Abraham was born.*

1026 During the same period there were three famous kingdoms

1027 of the nations, in which the city of the earth-born, that is, the

1028 society of men living according to man under the domination

1029 of the fallen angels, chiefly flourished, namely, the three kingdoms

1030 of Sicyon, Egypt, and Assyria. Of these, Assyria was

1031 much the most powerful and sublime; for that king Ninus,

1032 son of Belus, had subdued the people of all Asia except India.

1033 By Asia I now mean not that part which is one province of

1034 this greater Asia, but what is called Universal Asia, which

1035 some set down as the half, but most as the third part of the

1036 whole world,—the three being Asia, Europe, and Africa, thereby

1037 making an unequal division. For the part called Asia stretches

1038 from the south through the east even to the north; Europe

1039 from the north even to the west; and Africa from the west

1040 even to the south. Thus we see that two, Europe and Africa,

1041 contain one half of the world, and Asia alone the other half.

1042 And these two parts are made by the circumstance, that there

1043 enters between them from the ocean all the Mediterranean water,

1044 which makes this great sea of ours. So that, if you divide the

1045 world into two parts, the east and the west, Asia will be in the

1046 one, and Europe and Africa in the other. So that of the three

1047 kingdoms then famous, one, namely Sicyon, was not under

1048 the Assyrians, because it was in Europe; but as for Egypt,

1049 how could it fail to be subject to the empire which ruled all

1050 Asia with the single exception of India? In Assyria, therefore,

1051 the dominion of the impious city had the pre-eminence.

1052 Its head was Babylon,—an earth-born city, most fitly named,

1053 for it means confusion. There Ninus reigned after the death of

1054 his father Belus, who first had reigned there sixty-five years.

1055 His son Ninus, who, on his father's death, succeeded to the

1056 kingdom, reigned fifty-two years, and had been king forty-three

1057 years when Abraham was born, which was about the

1058 1200th year before Rome was founded, as it were another

1059 Babylon in the west.

1060 18. *Of the repeated address of God to Abraham, in which He promised the

1061 land of Canaan to him and to his seed.*

1062 Abraham, then, having departed out of Haran in the

1063 seventy-fifth year of his own age, and in the hundred and

1064 forty-fifth of his father's, went with Lot, his brother's son,

1065 and Sarah his wife, into the land of Canaan, and came even to

1066 Sichem, where again he received the divine oracle, of which

1067 it is thus written: "And the Lord appeared unto Abram,

1068 and said unto him, Unto thy seed will I give this land."[267]

1069 Nothing is promised here about that seed in which he is

1070 made the father of all nations, but only about that by which

1071 he is the father of the one Israelite nation; for by this seed

1072 that land was possessed.

1073 19. *Of the divine preservation of Sarah's chastity in Egypt, when Abraham

1074 had called her not his wife but his sister.*

1075 Having built an altar there, and called upon God, Abraham

1076 proceeded thence and dwelt in the desert, and was compelled by

1077 pressure of famine to go on into Egypt. There he called his

1078 wife his sister, and told no lie. For she was this also, because

1079 she was near of blood; just as Lot, on account of the same

1080 nearness, being his brother's son, is called his brother. Now

1081 he did not deny that she was his wife, but held his peace

1082 about it, committing to God the defence of his wife's chastity,

1083 and providing as a man against human wiles; because if he

1084 had not provided against the danger as much as he could, he

1085 would have been tempting God rather than trusting in Him.

1086 We have said enough about this matter against the calumnies

1087 of Faustus the Manichæan. At last what Abraham had expected

1088 the Lord to do took place. For Pharaoh, king of

1089 Egypt, who had taken her to him as his wife, restored her to

1090 her husband on being severely plagued. And far be it from

1091 us to believe that she was defiled by lying with another;

1092 because it is much more credible that, by these great afflictions,

1093 Pharaoh was not permitted to do this.

1094 20. *Of the parting of Lot and Abraham, which they agreed to without breach

1095 of charity.*

1096 On Abraham's return out of Egypt to the place he had left,

1097 Lot, his brother's son, departed from him into the land of Sodom,

1098 without breach of charity. For they had grown rich, and

1099 began to have many herdmen of cattle, and when these strove

1100 together, they avoided in this way the pugnacious discord of

1101 their families. Indeed, as human affairs go, this cause might

1102 even have given rise to some strife between themselves. Consequently

1103 these are the words of Abraham to Lot, when taking

1104 precaution against this evil, "Let there be no strife between

1105 me and thee, and between my herdmen and thy herdmen; for

1106 we be brethren. Behold, is not the whole land before thee?

1107 Separate thyself from me: if thou wilt go to the left hand, I

1108 will go to the right; or if thou wilt go to the right hand, I

1109 will go to the left."[268] From this, perhaps, has arisen a pacific

1110 custom among men, that when there is any partition of earthly

1111 things, the greater should make the division, the less the

1112 choice.

1113 21. *Of the third promise of God, by which He assured the land of Canaan to

1114 Abraham and his seed in perpetuity.*

1115 Now, when Abraham and Lot had separated, and dwelt

1116 apart, owing to the necessity of supporting their families, and

1117 not to vile discord, and Abraham was in the land of Canaan,

1118 but Lot in Sodom, the Lord said to Abraham in a third oracle,

1119 "Lift up thine eyes, and look from the place where thou now

1120 art, to the north, and to Africa, and to the east, and to the

1121 sea; for all the land which thou seest, to thee will I give it,

1122 and to thy seed for ever. And I will make thy seed as the

1123 dust of the earth: if any one can number the dust of the earth,

1124 thy seed shall also be numbered. Arise, and walk through

1125 the land, in the length of it, and in the breadth of it; for unto

1126 thee will I give it."[269] It does not clearly appear whether in

1127 this promise that also is contained by which he is made the

1128 father of all nations. For the clause, "And I will make thy

1129 seed as the dust of the earth," may seem to refer to this, being

1130 spoken by that figure the Greeks call hyperbole, which indeed

1131 is figurative, not literal. But no person of understanding can

1132 doubt in what manner the Scripture uses this and other

1133 figures. For that figure (that is, way of speaking) is used

1134 when what is said is far larger than what is meant by it;

1135 for who does not see how incomparably larger the number of

1136 the dust must be than that of all men can be from Adam

1137 himself down to the end of the world? How much greater,

1138 then, must it be than the seed of Abraham,—not only that

1139 pertaining to the nation of Israel, but also that which is and

1140 shall be according to the imitation of faith in all nations of the

1141 whole wide world! For that seed is indeed very small in

1142 comparison with the multitude of the wicked, although even

1143 those few of themselves make an innumerable multitude,

1144 which by a hyperbole is compared to the dust of the earth.

1145 Truly that multitude which was promised to Abraham is not

1146 innumerable to God, although to man; but to God not even

1147 the dust of the earth is so. Further, the promise here made

1148 may be understood not only of the nation of Israel, but of the

1149 whole seed of Abraham, which may be fitly compared to the dust

1150 for multitude, because regarding it also there is the promise[270] of

1151 many children, not according to the flesh, but according to the

1152 spirit. But we have therefore said that this does not clearly

1153 appear, because the multitude even of that one nation, which

1154 was born according to the flesh of Abraham through his

1155 grandson Jacob, has increased so much as to fill almost all

1156 parts of the world. Consequently, even it might by hyperbole

1157 be compared to the dust for multitude, because even it alone

1158 is innumerable by man. Certainly no one questions that only

1159 that land is meant which is called Canaan. But that saying,

1160 "To thee will I give it, and to thy seed for ever," may move

1161 some, if by "for ever" they understand "to eternity." But if

1162 in this passage they take "for ever" thus, as we firmly hold

1163 it means, that the beginning of the world to come is to be

1164 ordered from the end of the present, there is still no difficulty,

1165 because, although the Israelites are expelled from Jerusalem,

1166 they still remain in other cities in the land of Canaan, and

1167 shall remain even to the end; and when that whole land is inhabited

1168 by Christians, they also are the very seed of Abraham.

1169 22. *Of Abraham's overcoming the enemies of Sodom, when he delivered Lot

1170 from captivity and was blessed by Melchizedek the priest.*

1171 Having received this oracle of promise, Abraham migrated,

1172 and remained in another place of the same land, that is,

1173 beside the oak of Mamre, which was Hebron. Then on

1174 the invasion of Sodom, when five kings carried on war

1175 against four, and Lot was taken captive with the conquered

1176 Sodomites, Abraham delivered him from the enemy, leading

1177 with him to battle three hundred and eighteen of his home-born

1178 servants, and won the victory for the kings of Sodom,

1179 but would take nothing of the spoils when offered by the king

1180 for whom he had won them. He was then openly blessed by

1181 Melchizedek, who was priest of God Most High, about whom

1182 many and great things are written in the epistle which is inscribed

1183 to the Hebrews, which most say is by the Apostle

1184 Paul, though some deny this. For then first appeared the

1185 sacrifice which is now offered to God by Christians in the

1186 whole wide world, and that is fulfilled which long after the

1187 event was said by the prophet to Christ, who was yet to come

1188 in the flesh, "Thou art a priest for ever after the order of

1189 Melchizedek,"[271]—that is to say, not after the order of Aaron,

1190 for that order was to be taken away when the things shone

1191 forth which were intimated beforehand by these shadows.

1192 >

1193 >

1194 >

1195 23. *Of the word of the Lord to Abraham, by which it was promised to him that

1196 > his posterity should be multiplied according to the multitude of the stars;

1197 > on believing which he was declared justified while yet in uncircumcision.*

1198 The word of the Lord came to Abraham in a vision also.

1199 For when God promised him protection and exceeding great

1200 reward, he, being solicitous about posterity, said that a certain

1201 Eliezer of Damascus, born in his house, would be his heir.

1202 Immediately he was promised an heir, not that house-born

1203 servant, but one who was to come forth of Abraham himself;

1204 and again a seed innumerable, not as the dust of the earth,

1205 but as the stars of heaven,—which rather seems to me a promise

1206 of a posterity exalted in celestial felicity. For, so far as

1207 multitude is concerned, what are the stars of heaven to the

1208 dust of the earth, unless one should say the comparison is like

1209 inasmuch as the stars also cannot be numbered? For it is not

1210 to be believed that all of them can be seen. For the more

1211 keenly one observes them, the more does he see. So that it is

1212 to be supposed some remain concealed from the keenest observers,

1213 to say nothing of those stars which are said to rise and

1214 set in another part of the world most remote from us. Finally,

1215 the authority of this book condemns those like Aratus or

1216 Eudoxus, or any others who boast that they have found out and

1217 written down the complete number of the stars. Here, indeed,

1218 is set down that sentence which the apostle quotes in order to

1219 commend the grace of God, "Abraham believed God, and it

1220 was counted to him for righteousness;"[272] lest the circumcision

1221 should glory, and be unwilling to receive the uncircumcised

1222 nations to the faith of Christ. For at the time when he believed,

1223 and his faith was counted to him for righteousness,

1224 Abraham had not yet been circumcised.

1225 24. *Of the meaning of the sacrifice Abraham was commanded to offer when he

1226 supplicated to be taught about those things he had believed.*

1227 In the same vision, God in speaking to him also says, "I

1228 am God that brought thee out of the region of the Chaldees,

1229 to give thee this land to inherit it."[273] And when Abram

1230 asked whereby he might know that he should inherit it, God

1231 said to him, "Take me an heifer of three years old, and a

1232 she-goat of three years old, and a ram of three years old, and

1233 a turtle-dove, and a pigeon. And he took unto him all these,

1234 and divided them in the midst, and laid each piece one against

1235 another; but the birds divided he not. And the fowls came

1236 down," as it is written, "on the carcases, and Abram sat

1237 down by them. But about the going down of the sun, great

1238 fear fell upon Abram; and, lo, an horror of great darkness fell

1239 upon him. And He said unto Abram, Know of a surety that

1240 thy seed shall be a stranger in a land not theirs, and they shall

1241 reduce them to servitude; and shall afflict them four hundred

1242 years: but the nation whom they shall serve will I judge;

1243 and afterward shall they come out hither with great substance.

1244 And thou shalt go to thy fathers in peace; kept in a good old

1245 age. But in the fourth generation they shall come hither

1246 again: for the iniquity of the Amorites is not yet full. And

1247 when the sun was setting, there was a flame, and a smoking

1248 furnace, and lamps of fire, that passed through between those

1249 pieces. In that day the Lord made a covenant with Abram,

1250 saying, Unto thy seed will I give this land, from the river of

1251 Egypt unto the great river Euphrates: the Kenites, and the

1252 Kenizzites, and the Kadmonites, and the Hittites, and the Perizzites,

1253 and the Rephaims, and the Amorites, and the Canaanites,

1254 and the Hivites, and the Girgashites, and the Jebusites."[274]

1255 All these things were said and done in a vision from God;

1256 but it would take long, and would exceed the scope of this

1257 work, to treat of them exactly in detail. It is enough that

1258 we should know that, after it was said Abram believed in

1259 God, and it was counted to him for righteousness, he did not

1260 fail in faith in saying, "Lord God, whereby shall I know

1261 that I shall inherit it?" for the inheritance of that land

1262 was promised to him. Now he does not say, How shall I

1263 know, as if he did not yet believe; but he says, "Whereby

1264 shall I know," meaning that some sign might be given by

1265 which he might know the manner of those things which he

1266 had believed, just as it is not for lack of faith the Virgin

1267 Mary says, "How shall this be, seeing I know not a man?"[275]

1268 for she inquired as to the way in which that should take

1269 place which she was certain would come to pass. And when

1270 she asked this, she was told, "The Holy Ghost shall come

1271 upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall overshadow

1272 thee."[276] Here also, in fine, a symbol was given, consisting of

1273 three animals, a heifer, a she-goat, and a ram, and two birds,

1274 a turtle-dove and pigeon, that he might know that the things

1275 which he had not doubted should come to pass were to

1276 happen in accordance with this symbol. Whether, therefore,

1277 the heifer was a sign that the people should be put under the

1278 law, the she-goat that the same people was to become sinful,

1279 the ram that they should reign (and these animals are said to

1280 be of three years old for this reason, that there are three

1281 remarkable divisions of time, from Adam to Noah, and from

1282 him to Abraham, and from him to David, who, on the rejection

1283 of Saul, was first established by the will of the Lord in

1284 the kingdom of the Israelite nation: in this third division,

1285 which extends from Abraham to David, that people grew up

1286 as if passing through the third age of life), or whether they

1287 had some other more suitable meaning, still I have no doubt

1288 whatever that spiritual things were prefigured by them as

1289 well as by the turtle-dove and pigeon. And it is said, "But

1290 the birds divided he not," because carnal men are divided

1291 among themselves, but the spiritual not at all, whether they

1292 seclude themselves from the busy conversation of men, like

1293 the turtle-dove, or dwell among them, like the pigeon; for

1294 both birds are simple and harmless, signifying that even in

1295 the Israelite people, to which that land was to be given, there

1296 would be individuals who were children of the promise, and

1297 heirs of the kingdom that is[277] to remain in eternal felicity.

1298 But the fowls coming down on the divided carcases represent

1299 nothing good, but the spirits of this air, seeking some food for

1300 themselves in the division of carnal men. But that Abraham

1301 sat down with them, signifies that even amid these divisions

1302 of the carnal, true believers shall persevere to the end. And

1303 that about the going down of the sun great fear fell upon

1304 Abraham and a horror of great darkness, signifies that about

1305 the end of this world believers shall be in great perturbation

1306 and tribulation, of which the Lord said in the gospel, "For

1307 then shall be great tribulation, such as was not from the

1308 beginning."[278]

1309 But what is said to Abraham, "Know of a surety that thy

1310 seed shall be a stranger in a land not theirs, and they shall

1311 reduce them to servitude, and shall afflict them 400 years,"

1312 is most clearly a prophecy about the people of Israel which

1313 was to be in servitude in Egypt. Not that this people was

1314 to be in that servitude under the oppressive Egyptians for

1315 400 years, but it is foretold that this should take place in

1316 the course of those 400 years. For as it is written of

1317 Terah the father of Abraham, "And the days of Terah in

1318 Haran were 205 years,"[279] not because they were all spent

1319 there, but because they were completed there, so it is

1320 said here also, "And they shall reduce them to servitude,

1321 and shall afflict them 400 years," for this reason, because

1322 that number was completed, not because it was all spent in

1323 that affliction. The years are said to be 400 in round

1324 numbers, although they were a little more,—whether you

1325 reckon from this time, when these things were promised to

1326 Abraham, or from the birth of Isaac, as the seed of Abraham,

1327 of which these things are predicted. For, as we have already

1328 said above, from the seventy-fifth year of Abraham, when the

1329 first promise was made to him, down to the exodus of Israel

1330 from Egypt, there are reckoned 430 years, which the apostle

1331 thus mentions: "And this I say, that the covenant confirmed

1332 by God, the law, which was made 430 years after, cannot

1333 disannul, that it should make the promise of none effect."[280]

1334 So then these 430 years might be called 400, because

1335 they are not much more, especially since part even of that

1336 number had already gone by when these things were shown

1337 and said to Abraham in vision, or when Isaac was born in

1338 his father's 100th year, twenty-five years after the first

1339 promise, when of these 430 years there now remained 405,

1340 which God was pleased to call 400. No one will doubt that

1341 the other things which follow in the prophetic words of God

1342 pertain to the people of Israel.

1343 When it is added, "And when the sun was now setting

1344 there was a flame, and lo, a smoking furnace, and lamps of

1345 fire, which passed through between those pieces," this signifies

1346 that at the end of the world the carnal shall be judged by

1347 fire. For just as the affliction of the city of God, such as

1348 never was before, which is expected to take place under Antichrist,

1349 was signified by Abraham's horror of great darkness

1350 about the going down of the sun, that is, when the end of

1351 the world draws nigh,—so at the going down of the sun, that

1352 is, at the very end of the world, there is signified by that fire

1353 the day of judgment, which separates the carnal who are to

1354 be saved by fire from those who are to be condemned in the

1355 fire. And then the covenant made with Abraham particularly

1356 sets forth the land of Canaan, and names eleven tribes in it

1357 from the river of Egypt even to the great river Euphrates.

1358 It is not then from the great river of Egypt, that is, the Nile,

1359 but from a small one which separates Egypt from Palestine,

1360 where the city of Rhinocorura is.

1361 25. *Of Sarah's handmaid, Hagar, whom she herself wished to be Abraham's

1362 concubine.*

1363 And here follow the times of Abraham's sons, the one by

1364 Hagar the bond maid, the other by Sarah the free woman,

1365 about whom we have already spoken in the previous book.

1366 As regards this transaction, Abraham is in no way to be

1367 branded as guilty concerning this concubine, for he used

1368 her for the begetting of progeny, not for the gratification of

1369 lust; and not to insult, but rather to obey his wife, who supposed

1370 it would be a solace of her barrenness if she could

1371 make use of the fruitful womb of her handmaid to supply

1372 the defect of her own nature, and by that law of which

1373 the apostle says, "Likewise also the husband hath not power

1374 of his own body, but the wife,"[281] could, as a wife, make use

1375 of him for childbearing by another, when she could not

1376 do so in her own person. Here there is no wanton lust,

1377 no filthy lewdness. The handmaid is delivered to the husband

1378 by the wife for the sake of progeny, and is received

1379 by the husband for the sake of progeny, each seeking, not

1380 guilty excess, but natural fruit. And when the pregnant

1381 bond woman despised her barren mistress, and Sarah, with

1382 womanly jealousy, rather laid the blame of this on her

1383 husband, even then Abraham showed that he was not a

1384 slavish lover, but a free begetter of children, and that in

1385 using Hagar he had guarded the chastity of Sarah his wife,

1386 and had gratified her will and not his own,—had received her

1387 without seeking, had gone in to her without being attached,

1388 had impregnated without loving her,—for he says, "Behold

1389 thy maid is in thy hands: do to her as it pleaseth thee;"[282]

1390 a man able to use women as a man should,—his wife temperately,

1391 his handmaid compliantly, neither intemperately!

1392 >

1393 >

1394 >

1395 26. *Of God's attestation to Abraham, by which He assures him, when now old,

1396 > of a son by the barren Sarah, and appoints him the father of the nations,

1397 > and seals his faith in the promise by the sacrament of circumcision.*

1398 After these things Ishmael was born of Hagar; and Abraham

1399 might think that in him was fulfilled what God had promised

1400 him, saying, when he wished to adopt his home-born servant,

1401 "This shall not be thine heir; but he that shall come forth

1402 of thee, he shall be thine heir."[283] Therefore, lest he should

1403 think that what was promised was fulfilled in the handmaid's

1404 son, "when Abram was ninety years old and nine, God

1405 appeared to him, and said unto him, I am God; be well-pleasing

1406 in my sight, and be without complaint, and I will

1407 make my covenant between me and thee, and will fill thee

1408 exceedingly."[284]

1409 Here there are more distinct promises about the calling of

1410 the nations in Isaac, that is, in the son of the promise, by

1411 which grace is signified, and not nature; for the son is promised

1412 from an old man and a barren old woman. For

1413 although God effects even the natural course of procreation,

1414 yet where the agency of God is manifest, through the decay

1415 or failure of nature, grace is more plainly discerned. And

1416 because this was to be brought about, not by generation, but

1417 by regeneration, circumcision was enjoined now, when a son

1418 was promised of Sarah. And by ordering all, not only sons,

1419 but also home-born and purchased servants to be circumcised,

1420 he testifies that this grace pertains to all. For what else does

1421 circumcision signify than a nature renewed on the putting off

1422 of the old? And what else does the eighth day mean than

1423 Christ, who rose again when the week was completed, that is,

1424 after the Sabbath? The very names of the parents are

1425 changed: all things proclaim newness, and the new covenant

1426 is shadowed forth in the old. For what does the term old

1427 covenant imply but the concealing of the new? And what

1428 does the term new covenant imply but the revealing of the

1429 old? The laughter of Abraham is the exultation of one who

1430 rejoices, not the scornful laughter of one who mistrusts. And

1431 those words of his in his heart, "Shall a son be born to me

1432 that am an hundred years old? and shall Sarah, that is ninety

1433 years old, bear?" are not the words of doubt, but of wonder.

1434 And when it is said, "And I will give to thee, and to thy

1435 seed after thee, the land in which thou art a stranger, all the

1436 land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession," if it troubles

1437 any one whether this is to be held as fulfilled, or whether its

1438 fulfilment may still be looked for, since no kind of earthly

1439 possession can be everlasting for any nation whatever, let him

1440 know that the word translated everlasting by our writers

1441 is what the Greeks term αἰώνιον, which is derived from αἰών,

1442 the Greek for *sæculum*, an age. But the Latins have not

1443 ventured to translate this by *secular*, lest they should change

1444 the meaning into something widely different. For many

1445 things are called secular which so happen in this world as to

1446 pass away even in a short time; but what is termed αἰώνιον

1447 either has no end, or lasts to the very end of this world.

1448 27. *Of the male, who was to lose his soul if he was not circumcised on the

1449 eighth day, because he had broken God's covenant.*

1450 When it is said, "The male who is not circumcised in the

1451 flesh of his foreskin, that soul shall be cut off from his people,

1452 because he hath broken my covenant,"[285] some may be troubled

1453 how that ought to be understood, since it can be no fault of

1454 the infant whose life it is said must perish, nor has the

1455 covenant of God been broken by him, but by his parents, who

1456 have not taken care to circumcise him. But even the infants,

1457 not personally in their own life, but according to the common

1458 origin of the human race, have all broken God's covenant in

1459 that one in whom all have sinned.[286] Now there are many

1460 things called God's covenants besides those two great ones,

1461 the old and the new, which any one who pleases may read

1462 and know. For the first covenant, which was made with the

1463 first man, is just this: "In the day ye eat thereof, ye shall

1464 surely die."[287] Whence it is written in the book called Ecclesiasticus,

1465 "All flesh waxeth old as doth a garment. For the

1466 covenant from the beginning is, Thou shalt die the death."[288]

1467 Now, as the law was more plainly given afterward, and the

1468 apostle says, "Where no law is, there is no prevarication,"[289]

1469 on what supposition is what is said in the psalm true, "I

1470 accounted all the sinners of the earth prevaricators,"[290] except

1471 that all who are held liable for any sin are accused of dealing

1472 deceitfully (prevaricating) with some law? If on this

1473 account, then, even the infants are, according to the true belief,

1474 born in sin, not actual but original, so that we confess

1475 they have need of grace for the remission of sins, certainly it

1476 must be acknowledged that in the same sense in which they

1477 are sinners they are also prevaricators of that law which was

1478 given in Paradise, according to the truth of both scriptures,

1479 "I accounted all the sinners of the earth prevaricators," and

1480 "Where no law is, there is no prevarication." And thus, because

1481 circumcision was the sign of regeneration, and the infant,

1482 on account of the original sin by which God's covenant

1483 was first broken, was not undeservedly to lose his generation

1484 unless delivered by regeneration, these divine words are to be

1485 understood as if it had been said, Whoever is not born again,

1486 that soul shall perish from his people, because he hath broken

1487 my covenant, since he also has sinned in Adam with all

1488 others. For had He said, Because he hath broken this my

1489 covenant, He would have compelled us to understand by it

1490 only this of circumcision; but since He has not expressly said

1491 what covenant the infant has broken, we are free to understand

1492 Him as speaking of that covenant of which the breach

1493 can be ascribed to an infant. Yet if any one contends that

1494 it is said of nothing else than circumcision, that in it the

1495 infant has broken the covenant of God because he is not circumcised,

1496 he must seek some method of explanation by which

1497 it may be understood without absurdity (such as this) that

1498 he has broken the covenant, because it has been broken in

1499 him although not by him. Yet in this case also it is to be

1500 observed that the soul of the infant, being guilty of no sin of

1501 neglect against itself, would perish unjustly, unless original

1502 sin rendered it obnoxious to punishment.

1503 >

1504 >

1505 >

1506 28. *Of the change of name in Abraham and Sarah, who received the gift of

1507 > fecundity when they were incapable of regeneration owing to the barrenness

1508 > of one, and the old age of both.*

1509 Now when a promise so great and clear was made to

1510 Abraham, in which it was so plainly said to him, "I have made

1511 thee a father of many nations, and I will increase thee exceedingly,

1512 and I will make nations of thee, and kings shall

1513 go forth of thee. And I will give thee a son of Sarah; and I

1514 will bless him, and he shall become nations, and kings of

1515 nations shall be of him,"[291]—a promise which we now see fulfilled

1516 in Christ,—from that time forward this couple are not

1517 called in Scripture, as formerly, Abram and Sarai, but Abraham

1518 and Sarah, as we have called them from the first, for

1519 every one does so now. The reason why the name of

1520 Abraham was changed is given: "For," He says, "I have

1521 made thee a father of many nations." This, then, is to be

1522 understood to be the meaning of *Abraham*; but *Abram*, as he

1523 was formerly called, means "exalted father." The reason of

1524 the change of Sarah's name is not given; but as those say

1525 who have written interpretations of the Hebrew names contained

1526 in these books, Sarah means "my princess," and Sarai

1527 "strength." Whence it is written in the Epistle to the

1528 Hebrews, "Through faith also Sarah herself received strength

1529 to conceive seed."[292] For both were old, as the Scripture

1530 testifies; but she was also barren, and had ceased to menstruate,

1531 so that she could no longer bear children even if she

1532 had not been barren. Further, if a woman is advanced in

1533 years, yet still retains the custom of women, she can bear

1534 children to a young man, but not to an old man, although that

1535 same old man can beget, but only of a young woman; as

1536 after Sarah's death Abraham could of Keturah, because he

1537 met with her in her lively age. This, then, is what the

1538 apostle mentions as wonderful, saying, besides, that Abraham's

1539 body was now dead;[293] because at that age he was no longer

1540 able to beget children of any woman who retained now only

1541 a small part of her natural vigour. Of course we must understand

1542 that his body was dead only to some purposes, not to

1543 all; for if it was so to all, it would no longer be the aged

1544 body of a living man, but the corpse of a dead one. Although

1545 that question, how Abraham begot children of Keturah,

1546 is usually solved in this way, that the gift of begetting which

1547 he received from the Lord, remained even after the death of

1548 his wife, yet I think that solution of the question which I

1549 have followed is preferable, because, although in our days an

1550 old man of a hundred years can beget children of no woman,

1551 it was not so then, when men still lived so long that a hundred

1552 years did not yet bring on them the decrepitude of old age.

1553 29. *Of the three men or angels, in whom the Lord is related to have appeared

1554 to Abraham at the oak of Mamre.*

1555 God appeared again to Abraham at the oak of Mamre in

1556 three men, who it is not to be doubted were angels, although

1557 some think that one of them was Christ, and assert that He

1558 was visible before He put on flesh. Now it belongs to the

1559 divine power, and invisible, incorporeal, and incommutable

1560 nature, without changing itself at all, to appear even to mortal

1561 men, not by what it is, but by what is subject to it. And

1562 what is not subject to it? Yet if they try to establish that

1563 one of these three was Christ by the fact that, although he

1564 saw three, he addressed the Lord in the singular, as it is

1565 written, "And, lo, three men stood by him: and, when he

1566 saw them, he ran to meet them from the tent-door, and worshipped

1567 toward the ground, and said, Lord, if I have found

1568 favour before thee,"[294] etc.; why do they not advert to this

1569 also, that when two of them came to destroy the Sodomites,

1570 while Abraham still spoke to one, calling him Lord, and interceding

1571 that he would not destroy the righteous along with

1572 the wicked in Sodom, Lot received these two in such a way

1573 that he too in his conversation with them addressed the Lord

1574 in the singular? For after saying to them in the plural,

1575 "Behold, my lords, turn aside into your servant's house,"[295] etc.,

1576 yet it is afterwards said, "And the angels laid hold upon his

1577 hand, and the hand of his wife, and the hands of his two

1578 daughters, because the Lord was merciful unto him. And it

1579 came to pass, whenever they had led him forth abroad, that

1580 they said, Save thy life; look not behind thee, neither stay

1581 thou in all this region: save thyself in the mountain, lest

1582 thou be caught. And Lot said unto them, I pray thee, Lord,

1583 since thy servant hath found grace in thy sight,"[296] etc. And

1584 then after these words the Lord also answered him in the

1585 singular, although He was in two angels, saying, "See, I have

1586 accepted thy face,"[297] etc. This makes it much more credible that

1587 both Abraham in the three men and Lot in the two recognised

1588 the Lord, addressing Him in the singular number, even when

1589 they were addressing men; for they received them as they did

1590 for no other reason than that they might minister human refection

1591 to them as men who needed it. Yet there was about them

1592 something so excellent, that those who showed them hospitality

1593 as men could not doubt that God was in them as He

1594 was wont to be in the prophets, and therefore sometimes

1595 addressed them in the plural, and sometimes God in them in

1596 the singular. But that they were angels the Scripture

1597 testifies, not only in this book of Genesis, in which these

1598 transactions are related, but also in the Epistle to the Hebrews,

1599 where in praising hospitality it is said, "For thereby some

1600 have entertained angels unawares."[298] By these three men,

1601 then, when a son Isaac was again promised to Abraham by

1602 Sarah, such a divine oracle was also given that it was said,

1603 "Abraham shall become a great and numerous nation, and all

1604 the nations of the earth shall be blessed in him."[299] And here

1605 these two things are promised with the utmost brevity and

1606 fulness,—the nation of Israel according to the flesh, and all

1607 nations according to faith.

1608 30. *Of Lot's deliverance from Sodom, and its consumption by fire from heaven;

1609 and of Abimelech, whose lust could not harm Sarah's chastity.*

1610 After this promise Lot was delivered out of Sodom, and a

1611 fiery rain from heaven turned into ashes that whole region of

1612 the impious city, where custom had made sodomy as prevalent

1613 as laws have elsewhere made other kinds of wickedness. But

1614 this punishment of theirs was a specimen of the divine judgment

1615 to come. For what is meant by the angels forbidding

1616 those who were delivered to look back, but that we are not

1617 to look back in heart to the old life which, being regenerated

1618 through grace, we have put off, if we think to escape the last

1619 judgment? Lot's wife, indeed, when she looked back, remained,

1620 and, being turned into salt, furnished to believing

1621 men a condiment by which to savour somewhat the warning

1622 to be drawn from that example. Then Abraham did again

1623 at Gerar, with Abimelech the king of that city, what he had

1624 done in Egypt about his wife, and received her back untouched

1625 in the same way. On this occasion, when the king

1626 rebuked Abraham for not saying she was his wife, and calling

1627 her his sister, he explained what he had been afraid of, and

1628 added this further, "And yet indeed she is my sister by the

1629 father's side, but not by the mother's;"[300] for she was Abraham's

1630 sister by his own father, and so near of kin. But her beauty

1631 was so great, that even at that advanced age she could be

1632 fallen in love with.

1633 31. *Of Isaac, who was born according to the promise, whose name was given on

1634 account of the laughter of both parents.*

1635 After these things a son was born to Abraham, according

1636 to God's promise, of Sarah, and was called Isaac, which means

1637 *laughter*. For his father had laughed when he was promised

1638 to him, in wondering delight, and his mother, when he was

1639 again promised by those three men, had laughed, doubting for

1640 joy; yet she was blamed by the angel because that laughter,

1641 although it was for joy, yet was not full of faith. Afterwards

1642 she was confirmed in faith by the same angel. From this,

1643 then, the boy got his name. For when Isaac was born and

1644 called by that name, Sarah showed that her laughter was not

1645 that of scornful reproach, but that of joyful praise; for she

1646 said, "God hath made me to laugh, so that every one who

1647 hears will laugh with me."[301] Then in a little while the

1648 bond maid was cast out of the house with her son; and, according

1649 to the apostle, these two women signify the old and new

1650 covenants,—Sarah representing that of the Jerusalem which is

1651 above, that is, the city of God.[302]

1652 32. *Of Abraham's obedience and faith, which were proved by the offering up of

1653 his son in sacrifice; and of Sarah's death.*

1654 Among other things, of which it would take too long time

1655 to mention the whole, Abraham was tempted about the offering

1656 up of his well-beloved son Isaac, to prove his pious obedience,

1657 and so make it known to the world, not to God. Now

1658 every temptation is not blameworthy; it may even be praiseworthy,

1659 because it furnishes probation. And, for the most

1660 part, the human mind cannot attain to self-knowledge otherwise

1661 than by making trial of its powers through temptation,

1662 by some kind of experimental and not merely verbal self-interrogation;

1663 when, if it has acknowledged the gift of God, it

1664 is pious, and is consolidated by stedfast grace and not puffed

1665 up by vain boasting. Of course Abraham could never believe

1666 that God delighted in human sacrifices; yet when the divine

1667 commandment thundered, it was to be obeyed, not disputed.

1668 Yet Abraham is worthy of praise, because he all along

1669 believed that his son, on being offered up, would rise again;

1670 for God had said to him, when he was unwilling to fulfil his

1671 wife's pleasure by casting out the bond maid and her son, "In

1672 Isaac shall thy seed be called." No doubt He then goes on

1673 to say, "And as for the son of this bond woman, I will make

1674 him a great nation, because he is thy seed."[303] How then is

1675 it said, "In Isaac shall thy seed be called," when God calls

1676 Ishmael also his seed? The apostle, in explaining this, says,

1677 "In Isaac shall thy seed be called, that is, they which are the

1678 children of the flesh, these are not the children of God: but

1679 the children of the promise are counted for the seed."[304] In

1680 order, then, that the children of the promise may be the seed

1681 of Abraham, they are called in Isaac, that is, are gathered

1682 together in Christ by the call of grace. Therefore the father,

1683 holding fast from the first the promise which behoved to be

1684 fulfilled through this son whom God had ordered him to slay,

1685 did not doubt that he whom he once thought it hopeless he

1686 should ever receive would be restored to him when he had

1687 offered him up. It is in this way the passage in the Epistle

1688 to the Hebrews is also to be understood and explained. "By

1689 faith," he says, "Abraham overcame, when tempted about

1690 Isaac: and he who had received the promise offered up his

1691 only son, to whom it was said, In Isaac shall thy seed be

1692 called: thinking that God was able to raise him up, even

1693 from the dead;" therefore he has added, "from whence also

1694 he received him in a similitude."[305] In whose similitude but

1695 His of whom the apostle says, "He that spared not His own

1696 Son, but delivered Him up for us all?"[306] And on this

1697 account Isaac also himself carried to the place of sacrifice the

1698 wood on which he was to be offered up, just as the Lord

1699 Himself carried His own cross. Finally, since Isaac was not

1700 to be slain, after his father was forbidden to smite him, who

1701 was that ram by the offering of which that sacrifice was completed

1702 with typical blood? For when Abraham saw him, he

1703 was caught by the horns in a thicket. What, then, did he

1704 represent but Jesus, who, before He was offered up, was

1705 crowned with thorns by the Jews?

1706 But let us rather hear the divine words spoken through

1707 the angel. For the Scripture says, "And Abraham stretched

1708 forth his hand to take the knife, that he might slay his son.

1709 And the Angel of the Lord called unto him from heaven, and

1710 said, Abraham. And he said, Here am I. And he said, Lay

1711 not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou anything unto

1712 him: for now I know that thou fearest God, and hast not

1713 spared thy beloved son for my sake."[307] It is said, "Now I

1714 know," that is, Now I have made to be known; for God was not

1715 previously ignorant of this. Then, having offered up that ram

1716 instead of Isaac his son, "Abraham," as we read, "called the

1717 name of that place The Lord seeth: as they say this day, In

1718 the mount the Lord hath appeared."[308] As it is said, "Now I

1719 know," for Now I have made to be known, so here, "The

1720 Lord sees," for The Lord hath appeared, that is, made Himself

1721 to be seen. "And the Angel of the Lord called unto Abraham

1722 from heaven the second time, saying, By myself have I sworn,

1723 saith the Lord; because thou hast done this thing, and hast

1724 not spared thy beloved son for my sake; that in blessing I

1725 will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed

1726 as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea-shore;

1727 and thy seed shall possess by inheritance the cities of

1728 the adversaries: and in thy seed shall all the nations of the

1729 earth be blessed; because thou hast obeyed my voice."[309] In

1730 this manner is that promise concerning the calling of the

1731 nations in the seed of Abraham confirmed even by the oath

1732 of God, after that burnt-offering which typified Christ. For

1733 He had often promised, but never sworn. And what is the

1734 oath of God, the true and faithful, but a confirmation of the

1735 promise, and a certain reproof to the unbelieving?

1736 After these things Sarah died, in the 127th year of her life,

1737 and the 137th of her husband; for he was ten years older

1738 than she, as he himself says, when a son is promised to him

1739 by her: "Shall a son be born to me that am an hundred years

1740 old? and shall Sarah, that is ninety years old, bear?"[310] Then

1741 Abraham bought a field, in which he buried his wife. And

1742 then, according to Stephen's account, he was settled in that

1743 land, entering then on actual possession of it,—that is, after

1744 the death of his father, who is inferred to have died two years

1745 before.

1746 33. *Of Rebecca, the grand-daughter of Nahor, whom Isaac took to wife.*

1747 Isaac married Rebecca, the grand-daughter of Nahor, his

1748 father's brother, when he was forty years old, that is, in the

1749 140th year of his father's life, three years after his mother's

1750 death. Now when a servant was sent to Mesopotamia by his

1751 father to fetch her, and when Abraham said to that servant,

1752 "Put thy hand under my thigh, and I will make thee swear

1753 by the Lord, the God of heaven, and the Lord of the earth,

1754 that thou shalt not take a wife unto my son Isaac of the

1755 daughters of the Canaanites,"[311] what else was pointed out by

1756 this, but that the Lord, the God of heaven, and the Lord of

1757 the earth, was to come in the flesh which was to be derived

1758 from that thigh? Are these small tokens of the foretold

1759 truth which we see fulfilled in Christ?

1760 34. *What is meant by Abraham's marrying Keturah after Sarah's death.*

1761 What did Abraham mean by marrying Keturah after

1762 Sarah's death? Far be it from us to suspect him of incontinence,

1763 especially when he had reached such an age and such

1764 sanctity of faith. Or was he still seeking to beget children,

1765 though he held fast, with most approved faith, the promise

1766 of God that his children should be multiplied out of Isaac as

1767 the stars of heaven and the dust of the earth? And yet, if

1768 Hagar and Ishmael, as the apostle teaches us, signified the

1769 carnal people of the old covenant, why may not Keturah and

1770 her sons also signify the carnal people who think they belong

1771 to the new covenant? For both are called both the wives

1772 and the concubines of Abraham; but Sarah is never called a

1773 concubine (but only a wife). For when Hagar is given to

1774 Abraham, it is written, "And Sarai, Abram's wife, took Hagar

1775 the Egyptian, her handmaid, after Abram had dwelt ten years

1776 in the land of Canaan, and gave her to her husband Abram

1777 to be his wife."[312] And of Keturah, whom he took after

1778 Sarah's departure, we read, "Then again Abraham took a

1779 wife, whose name was Keturah."[313] Lo, both are called wives,

1780 yet both are found to have been concubines; for the Scripture

1781 afterward says, "And Abraham gave his whole estate

1782 unto Isaac his son. But unto the sons of his concubines

1783 Abraham gave gifts, and sent them away from his son Isaac,

1784 (while he yet lived,) eastward, unto the east country."[314] Therefore

1785 the sons of the concubines, that is, the heretics and the

1786 carnal Jews, have some gifts, but do not attain the promised

1787 kingdom; "For they which are the children of the flesh, these

1788 are not the children of God: but the children of the promise

1789 are counted for the seed, of whom it was said, In Isaac shall

1790 thy seed be called."[315] For I do not see why Keturah, who

1791 was married after the wife's death, should be called a concubine,

1792 except on account of this mystery. But if any one is

1793 unwilling to put such meanings on these things, he need not

1794 calumniate Abraham. For what if even this was provided

1795 against the heretics who were to be the opponents of second

1796 marriages, so that it might be shown that it was no sin in the

1797 case of the father of many nations himself, when, after his

1798 wife's death, he married again? And Abraham died when

1799 he was 175 years old, so that he left his son Isaac seventy-five

1800 years old, having begotten him when 100 years old.

1801 35. *What was indicated by the divine answer about the twins still shut up in the

1802 womb of Rebecca their mother.*

1803 Let us now see how the times of the city of God run on

1804 from this point among Abraham's descendants. In the time

1805 from the first year of Isaac's life to the seventieth, when his

1806 sons were born, the only memorable thing is, that when he

1807 prayed God that his wife, who was barren, might bear, and

1808 the Lord granted what he sought, and she conceived, the

1809 twins leapt while still enclosed in her womb. And when she

1810 was troubled by this struggle, and inquired of the Lord, she

1811 received this answer: "Two nations are in thy womb, and two

1812 manner of people shall be separated from thy bowels; and the

1813 one people shall overcome the other people, and the elder

1814 shall serve the younger."[316] The Apostle Paul would have us

1815 understand this as a great instance of grace;[317] for the children

1816 being not yet born, neither having done any good or evil, the

1817 younger is chosen without any good desert, and the elder is

1818 rejected, when beyond doubt, as regards original sin, both

1819 were alike, and as regards actual sin, neither had any. But

1820 the plan of the work on hand does not permit me to speak

1821 more fully of this matter now, and I have said much about it

1822 in other works. Only that saying, "The elder shall serve the

1823 younger," is understood by our writers, almost without exception,

1824 to mean that the elder people, the Jews, shall serve the

1825 younger people, the Christians. And truly, although this

1826 might seem to be fulfilled in the Idumean nation, which was

1827 born of the elder (who had two names, being called both Esau

1828 and Edom, whence the name Idumeans), because it was afterwards

1829 to be overcome by the people which sprang from the

1830 younger, that is, by the Israelites, and was to become subject

1831 to them; yet it is more suitable to believe that, when it

1832 was said, "The one people shall overcome the other people,

1833 and the elder shall serve the younger," that prophecy meant

1834 some greater thing; and what is that except what is evidently

1835 fulfilled in the Jews and Christians?

1836 36. *Of the oracle and blessing which Isaac received, just as his father did, being

1837 beloved for his sake.*

1838 Isaac also received such an oracle as his father had often

1839 received. Of this oracle it is thus written: "And there was

1840 a famine over the land, beside the first famine that was in

1841 the days of Abraham. And Isaac went unto Abimelech

1842 king of the Philistines unto Gerar. And the Lord appeared

1843 unto him, and said, Go not down into Egypt; but dwell in

1844 the land which I shall tell thee of. And abide in this land,

1845 and I will be with thee, and will bless thee: unto thee and

1846 unto thy seed I will give all this land; and I will establish

1847 mine oath, which I sware unto Abraham thy father: and I

1848 will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and will give

1849 unto thy seed all this land: and in thy seed shall all the

1850 nations of the earth be blessed; because that Abraham thy

1851 father obeyed my voice, and kept my precepts, my commandments,

1852 my righteousness, and my laws."[318] This patriarch

1853 neither had another wife, nor any concubine, but was content

1854 with the twin-children begotten by one act of generation.

1855 He also was afraid, when he lived among strangers, of being

1856 brought into danger owing to the beauty of his wife, and did

1857 like his father in calling her his sister, and not telling that

1858 she was his wife; for she was his near blood-relation by the

1859 father's and mother's side. She also remained untouched by

1860 the strangers, when it was known she was his wife. Yet we

1861 ought not to prefer him to his father because he knew no

1862 woman besides his one wife. For beyond doubt the merits

1863 of his father's faith and obedience were greater, inasmuch as

1864 God says it is for his sake He does Isaac good: "In thy seed,"

1865 He says, "shall all the nations of the earth be blessed, because

1866 that Abraham thy father obeyed my voice, and kept my precepts,

1867 my commandments, my statutes, and my laws." And

1868 again in another oracle He says, "I am the God of Abraham

1869 thy father: fear not, for I am with thee, and will bless thee,

1870 and multiply thy seed for my servant Abraham's sake."[319] So

1871 that we must understand how chastely Abraham acted, because

1872 imprudent men, who seek some support for their own

1873 wickedness in the Holy Scriptures, think he acted through

1874 lust. We may also learn this, not to compare men by single

1875 good things, but to consider everything in each; for it may

1876 happen that one man has something in his life and character

1877 in which he excels another, and it may be far more excellent

1878 than that in which the other excels him. And thus, according

1879 to sound and true judgment, while continence is preferable

1880 to marriage, yet a believing married man is better than

1881 a continent unbeliever; for the unbeliever is not only less

1882 praiseworthy, but is even highly detestable. We must conclude,

1883 then, that both are good; yet so as to hold that the

1884 married man who is most faithful and most obedient is certainly

1885 better than the continent man whose faith and obedience

1886 are less. But if equal in other things, who would hesitate to

1887 prefer the continent man to the married?

1888 37. *Of the things mystically prefigured in Esau and Jacob.*

1889 Isaac's two sons, Esau and Jacob, grew up together. The

1890 primacy of the elder was transferred to the younger by a

1891 bargain and agreement between them, when the elder immoderately

1892 lusted after the lentiles the younger had prepared

1893 for food, and for that price sold his birthright to him,

1894 confirming it with an oath. We learn from this that a person

1895 is to be blamed, not for the kind of food he eats, but for

1896 immoderate greed. Isaac grew old, and old age deprived him

1897 of his eyesight. He wished to bless the elder son, and

1898 instead of the elder, who was hairy, unwittingly blessed the

1899 younger, who put himself under his father's hands, having

1900 covered himself with kid-skins, as if bearing the sins of others.

1901 Lest we should think this guile of Jacob's was fraudulent

1902 guile, instead of seeking in it the mystery of a great thing,

1903 the Scripture has predicted in the words just before, "Esau

1904 was a cunning hunter, a man of the field; and Jacob was a

1905 simple man, dwelling at home."[320] Some of our writers have

1906 interpreted this, "without guile." But whether the Greek

1907 ἄπλαστος means "without guile," or "simple," or rather

1908 "without feigning," in the receiving of that blessing what is

1909 the guile of the man without guile? What is the guile of

1910 the simple, what the fiction of the man who does not lie, but

1911 a profound mystery of the truth? But what is the blessing

1912 itself? "See," he says, "the smell of my son is as the smell

1913 of a full field which the Lord hath blessed: therefore God

1914 give thee of the dew of heaven, and of the fruitfulness of the

1915 earth, and plenty of corn and wine: let nations serve thee,

1916 and princes adore thee: and be lord of thy brethren, and let thy

1917 father's sons adore thee: cursed be he that curseth thee, and

1918 blessed be he that blesseth thee."[321] The blessing of Jacob is

1919 therefore a proclamation of Christ to all nations. It is this

1920 which has come to pass, and is now being fulfilled. Isaac is

1921 the law and the prophecy: even by the mouth of the Jews

1922 Christ is blessed by prophecy as by one who knows not, because

1923 it is itself not understood. The world like a field is filled

1924 with the odour of Christ's name: His is the blessing of the dew

1925 of heaven, that is, of the showers of divine words; and of

1926 the fruitfulness of the earth, that is, of the gathering together

1927 of the peoples: His is the plenty of corn and wine, that is,

1928 the multitude that gathers bread and wine in the sacrament of

1929 His body and blood. Him the nations serve, Him princes

1930 adore. He is the Lord of His brethren, because His people

1931 rules over the Jews. Him His Father's sons adore, that is,

1932 the sons of Abraham according to faith; for He Himself is

1933 the son of Abraham according to the flesh. He is cursed

1934 that curseth Him, and he that blesseth Him is blessed.

1935 Christ, I say, who is ours is blessed, that is, truly spoken of out

1936 of the mouths of the Jews, when, although erring, they yet

1937 sing the law and the prophets, and think they are blessing

1938 another for whom they erringly hope. So, when the elder

1939 son claims the promised blessing, Isaac is greatly afraid, and

1940 wonders when he knows that he has blessed one instead of the

1941 other, and demands who he is; yet he does not complain that

1942 he has been deceived, yea, when the great mystery is revealed

1943 to him, in his secret heart he at once eschews anger,

1944 and confirms the blessing. "Who then," he says, "hath

1945 hunted me venison, and brought it me, and I have eaten of

1946 all before thou camest, and have blessed him, and he shall be

1947 blessed?"[322] Who would not rather have expected the curse

1948 of an angry man here, if these things had been done in an

1949 earthly manner, and not by inspiration from above? O

1950 things done, yet done prophetically; on the earth, yet celestially;

1951 by men, yet divinely! If everything that is fertile of

1952 so great mysteries should be examined carefully, many volumes

1953 would be filled; but the moderate compass fixed for this work

1954 compels us to hasten to other things.

1955 >

1956 >

1957 >

1958 38. *Of Jacob's mission to Mesopotamia to get a wife, and of the vision which he

1959 > saw in a dream by the way, and of his getting four women when he

1960 > sought one wife.*

1961 Jacob was sent by his parents to Mesopotamia that he

1962 might take a wife there. These were his father's words on

1963 sending him: "Thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters

1964 of the Canaanites. Arise, fly to Mesopotamia, to the house of

1965 Bethuel, thy mother's father, and take thee a wife from thence

1966 of the daughters of Laban thy mother's brother. And my

1967 God bless thee, and increase thee, and multiply thee; and

1968 thou shalt be an assembly of peoples; and give to thee the

1969 blessing of Abraham thy father, and to thy seed after thee;

1970 that thou mayest inherit the land wherein thou dwellest,

1971 which God gave unto Abraham."[323] Now we understand here

1972 that the seed of Jacob is separated from Isaac's other seed

1973 which came through Esau. For when it is said, "In Isaac

1974 shall thy seed be called,"[324] by this seed is meant solely the

1975 city of God; so that from it is separated Abraham's other

1976 seed, which was in the son of the bond woman, and which was

1977 to be in the sons of Keturah. But until now it had been

1978 uncertain regarding Isaac's twin-sons whether that blessing

1979 belonged to both or only to one of them; and if to one,

1980 which of them it was. This is now declared when Jacob is

1981 prophetically blessed by his father, and it is said to him,

1982 "And thou shalt be an assembly of peoples, and God give to

1983 thee the blessing of Abraham thy father."

1984 When Jacob was going to Mesopotamia, he received in a

1985 dream an oracle, of which it is thus written: "And Jacob went

1986 out from the well of the oath,[325] and went to Haran. And he came

1987 to a place, and slept there, for the sun was set; and he took of

1988 the stones of the place, and put them at his head, and slept in

1989 that place, and dreamed. And behold a ladder set up on the

1990 earth, and the top of it reached to heaven; and the angels of

1991 God ascended and descended by it. And the Lord stood

1992 above it, and said, I am the God of Abraham thy father, and

1993 the God of Isaac; fear not: the land whereon thou sleepest,

1994 to thee will I give it, and to thy seed; and thy seed shall be

1995 as the dust of the earth; and it shall be spread abroad to the

1996 sea, and to Africa, and to the north, and to the east: and all

1997 the tribes of the earth shall be blessed in thee and in thy

1998 seed. And, behold, I am with thee, to keep thee in all thy

1999 way wherever thou goest, and I will bring thee back into

2000 this land; for I will not leave thee, until I have done all

2001 which I have spoken to thee of. And Jacob awoke out of

2002 his sleep, and said, Surely the Lord is in this place, and I

2003 knew it not. And he was afraid, and said, How dreadful is

2004 this place! this is none other but the house of God, and this

2005 is the gate of heaven. And Jacob arose, and took the stone

2006 that he had put under his head there, and set it up for a

2007 memorial, and poured oil upon the top of it. And Jacob

2008 called the name of that place the house of God."[326] This is

2009 prophetic. For Jacob did not pour oil on the stone in an

2010 idolatrous way, as if making it a god; neither did he adore

2011 that stone, or sacrifice to it. But since the name of Christ

2012 comes from the chrism or anointing, something pertaining to

2013 the great mystery was certainly represented in this. And

2014 the Saviour Himself is understood to bring this latter to

2015 remembrance in the gospel, when He says of Nathanael,

2016 "Behold an Israelite indeed, in whom is no guile!"[327] because

2017 Israel who saw this vision is no other than Jacob. And in

2018 the same place He says, "Verily, verily, I say unto you, Ye

2019 shall see heaven open, and the angels of God ascending and

2020 descending upon the Son of man."

2021 Jacob went on to Mesopotamia to take a wife from thence.

2022 And the divine Scripture points out how, without unlawfully

2023 desiring any of them, he came to have four women, of

2024 whom he begat twelve sons and one daughter; for he had

2025 come to take only one. But when one was falsely given him

2026 in place of the other, he did not send her away after unwittingly

2027 using her in the night, lest he should seem to have

2028 put her to shame; but as at that time, in order to multiply

2029 posterity, no law forbade a plurality of wives, he took her also

2030 to whom alone he had promised marriage. As she was barren,

2031 she gave her handmaid to her husband that she might have

2032 children by her; and her elder sister did the same thing in

2033 imitation of her, although she had borne, because she desired

2034 to multiply progeny. We do not read that Jacob sought any

2035 but one, or that he used many, except for the purpose of begetting

2036 offspring, saving conjugal rights; and he would not

2037 have done this, had not his wives, who had legitimate power

2038 over their own husband's body, urged him to do it. So he

2039 begat twelve sons and one daughter by four women. Then

2040 he entered into Egypt by his son Joseph, who was sold by his

2041 brethren for envy, and carried there, and who was there exalted.

2042 39. *The reason why Jacob was also called Israel.*

2043 As I said a little ago, Jacob was also called Israel, the

2044 name which was most prevalent among the people descended

2045 from him. Now this name was given him by the angel

2046 who wrestled with him on the way back from Mesopotamia,

2047 and who was most evidently a type of Christ. For when

2048 Jacob overcame him, doubtless with his own consent, that the

2049 mystery might be represented, it signified Christ's passion, in

2050 which the Jews are seen overcoming Him. And yet he

2051 besought a blessing from the very angel he had overcome; and

2052 so the imposition of this name was the blessing. For Israel

2053 means *seeing God*,[328] which will at last be the reward of all the

2054 saints. The angel also touched him on the breadth of the

2055 thigh when he was overcoming him, and in that way made

2056 him lame. So that Jacob was at one and the same time

2057 blessed and lame: blessed in those among that people who

2058 believed in Christ, and lame in the unbelieving. For the

2059 breadth of the thigh is the multitude of the family. For there

2060 are many of that race of whom it was prophetically said beforehand,

2061 "And they have halted in their paths."[329]

2062 40. *How it is said that Jacob went into Egypt with seventy-five souls, when most

2063 of those who are mentioned were born at a later period.*

2064 Seventy-five men are reported to have entered Egypt along

2065 with Jacob, counting him with his children. In this number

2066 only two women are mentioned, one a daughter, the other a

2067 grand-daughter. But when the thing is carefully considered,

2068 it does not appear that Jacob's offspring was so numerous on the

2069 day or year when he entered Egypt. There are also included

2070 among them the great-grandchildren of Joseph, who could not

2071 possibly be born already. For Jacob was then 130 years old,

2072 and his son Joseph thirty-nine; and as it is plain that he

2073 took a wife when he was thirty or more, how could he in nine

2074 years have great-grandchildren by the children whom he had

2075 by that wife? Now, since Ephraim and Manasseh, the sons

2076 of Joseph, could not even have children, for Jacob found them

2077 boys under nine years old when he entered Egypt, in what

2078 way are not only their sons but their grandsons reckoned

2079 among those seventy-five who then entered Egypt with Jacob?

2080 For there is reckoned there Machir the son of Manasseh, grandson

2081 of Joseph, and Machir's son, that is, Gilead, grandson of

2082 Manasseh, great-grandson of Joseph; there, too, is he whom

2083 Ephraim, Joseph's other son, begot, that is, Shuthelah, grandson

2084 of Joseph, and Shuthelah's son Ezer, grandson of Ephraim,

2085 and great-grandson of Joseph, who could not possibly be in

2086 existence when Jacob came into Egypt, and there found his

2087 grandsons, the sons of Joseph, their grandsires, still boys under

2088 nine years of age.[330] But doubtless, when the Scripture mentions

2089 Jacob's entrance into Egypt with seventy-five souls, it does

2090 not mean one day, or one year, but that whole time as long as

2091 Joseph lived, who was the cause of his entrance. For the

2092 same Scripture speaks thus of Joseph: "And Joseph dwelt

2093 in Egypt, he and his brethren, and all his father's house: and

2094 Joseph lived 110 years, and saw Ephraim's children of the

2095 third generation."[331] That is, his great-grandson, the third from

2096 Ephraim; for the third generation means son, grandson, great-grandson.

2097 Then it is added, "The children also of Machir,

2098 the son of Manasseh, were born upon Joseph's knees."[332] And

2099 this is that grandson of Manasseh, and great-grandson of

2100 Joseph. But the plural number is employed according to

2101 scriptural usage; for the one daughter of Jacob is spoken of

2102 as daughters, just as in the usage of the Latin tongue *liberi* is

2103 used in the plural for children even when there is only one.

2104 Now, when Joseph's own happiness is proclaimed, because he

2105 could see his great-grandchildren, it is by no means to be

2106 thought they already existed in the thirty-ninth year of their

2107 great-grandsire Joseph, when his father Jacob came to him in

2108 Egypt. But those who diligently look into these things will

2109 the less easily be mistaken, because it is written, "These are

2110 the names of the sons of Israel who entered into Egypt along

2111 with Jacob their father."[333] For this means that the seventy-five

2112 are reckoned along with him, not that they were all with

2113 him when he entered Egypt; for, as I have said, the whole

2114 period during which Joseph, who occasioned his entrance, lived,

2115 is held to be the time of that entrance.

2116 41. *Of the blessing which Jacob promised in Judah his son.*

2117 If, on account of the Christian people in whom the city of

2118 God sojourns in the earth, we look for the flesh of Christ in

2119 the seed of Abraham, setting aside the sons of the concubines,

2120 we have Isaac; if in the seed of Isaac, setting aside Esau,

2121 who is also Edom, we have Jacob, who also is Israel; if in

2122 the seed of Israel himself, setting aside the rest, we have

2123 Judah, because Christ sprang of the tribe of Judah. Let us

2124 hear, then, how Israel, when dying in Egypt, in blessing his

2125 sons, prophetically blessed Judah. He says: "Judah, thy

2126 brethren shall praise thee: thy hands shall be on the back of

2127 thine enemies; thy father's children shall adore thee. Judah

2128 is a lion's whelp: from the sprouting, my son, thou art gone

2129 up: lying down, thou hast slept as a lion, and as a lion's

2130 whelp; who shall awake him? A prince shall not be

2131 lacking out of Judah, and a leader from his thighs, until the

2132 things come that are laid up for him; and He shall be the

2133 expectation of the nations. Binding his foal unto the vine,

2134 and his ass's foal to the choice vine; he shall wash his robe

2135 in wine, and his clothes in the blood of the grape: his eyes

2136 are red with wine, and his teeth are whiter than milk."[334] I

2137 have expounded these words in disputing against Faustus the

2138 Manichæan; and I think it is enough to make the truth of

2139 this prophecy shine, to remark that the death of Christ is predicted

2140 by the word about his lying down, and not the necessity,

2141 but the voluntary character of His death, in the title of

2142 lion. That power He Himself proclaims in the gospel, saying,

2143 "I have the power of laying down my life, and I have the

2144 power of taking it again. No man taketh it from me; but I

2145 lay it down of myself, and take it again."[335] So the lion roared,

2146 so He fulfilled what He said. For to this power what is added

2147 about the resurrection refers, "Who shall awake him?" This

2148 means that no man but Himself has raised Him, who also

2149 said of His own body, "Destroy this temple, and in three

2150 days I will raise it up."[336] And the very nature of His death,

2151 that is, the height of the cross, is understood by the single

2152 word, "Thou art gone up." The evangelist explains what is

2153 added, "Lying down, thou hast slept," when he says, "He

2154 bowed His head, and gave up the ghost."[337] Or at least His

2155 burial is to be understood, in which He lay down sleeping,

2156 and whence no man raised Him, as the prophets did some,

2157 and as He Himself did others; but He Himself rose up as if

2158 from sleep. As for His robe which He washes in wine, that

2159 is, cleanses from sin in His own blood, of which blood those

2160 who are baptized know the mystery, so that he adds, "And

2161 his clothes in the blood of the grape," what is it but the

2162 Church? "And his eyes are red with wine," [these are] His

2163 spiritual people drunken with His cup, of which the psalm

2164 sings, "And thy cup that makes drunken, how excellent it is!"

2165 "And his teeth are whiter than milk,"[338]—that is, the nutritive

2166 words which, according to the apostle, the babes drink, being

2167 as yet unfit for solid food.[339] And it is He in whom the promises

2168 of Judah were laid up, so that until they come, princes,

2169 that is, the kings of Israel, shall never be lacking out of Judah.

2170 "And He is the expectation of the nations." This is too plain

2171 to need exposition.

2172 42. *Of the sons of Joseph, whom Jacob blessed, prophetically changing his hands.*

2173 Now, as Isaac's two sons, Esau and Jacob, furnished a type

2174 of the two people, the Jews and the Christians (although

2175 as pertains to carnal descent it was not the Jews but the

2176 Idumeans who came of the seed of Esau, nor the Christian

2177 nations but rather the Jews who came of Jacob's; for the type

2178 holds only as regards the saying, "The elder shall serve the

2179 younger"[340]), so the same thing happened in Joseph's two sons;

2180 for the elder was a type of the Jews, and the younger of the

2181 Christians. For when Jacob was blessing them, and laid his

2182 right hand on the younger, who was at his left, and his left

2183 hand on the elder, who was at his right, this seemed wrong to

2184 their father, and he admonished his father by trying to correct

2185 his mistake and show him which was the elder. But he

2186 would not change his hands, but said, "I know, my son, I

2187 know. He also shall become a people, and he also shall be

2188 exalted; but his younger brother shall be greater than he, and

2189 his seed shall become a multitude of nations."[341] And these

2190 two promises show the same thing. For that one is to become

2191 "a people;" this one "a multitude of nations." And what can

2192 be more evident than that these two promises comprehend the

2193 people of Israel, and the whole world of Abraham's seed, the

2194 one according to the flesh, the other according to faith?

2195 >

2196 >

2197 >

2198 43. *Of the times of Moses and Joshua the son of Nun, of the judges, and thereafter

2199 > of the kings, of whom Saul was the first, but David is to be regarded

2200 > as the chief, both by the oath and by merit.*

2201 Jacob being dead, and Joseph also, during the remaining

2202 144 years until they went out of the land of Egypt that

2203 nation increased to an incredible degree, even although wasted

2204 by so great persecutions, that at one time the male children

2205 were murdered at their birth, because the wondering Egyptians

2206 were terrified at the too great increase of that people. Then

2207 Moses, being stealthily kept from the murderers of the infants,

2208 was brought to the royal house, God preparing to do great

2209 things by him, and was nursed and adopted by the daughter

2210 of Pharaoh (that was the name of all the kings of Egypt), and

2211 became so great a man that he—yea, rather God, who had promised

2212 this to Abraham, by him—drew that nation, so wonderfully

2213 multiplied, out of the yoke of hardest and most grievous

2214 servitude it had borne there. At first, indeed, he fled thence

2215 (we are told he fled into the land of Midian), because, in

2216 defending an Israelite, he had slain an Egyptian, and was

2217 afraid. Afterward, being divinely commissioned in the power

2218 of the Spirit of God, he overcame the magi of Pharaoh who

2219 resisted him. Then, when the Egyptians would not let God's

2220 people go, ten memorable plagues were brought by Him upon

2221 them,—the water turned into blood, the frogs and lice, the flies,

2222 the death of the cattle, the boils, the hail, the locusts, the

2223 darkness, the death of the first-born. At last the Egyptians

2224 were destroyed in the Red Sea while pursuing the Israelites,

2225 whom they had let go when at length they were broken by

2226 so many great plagues. The divided sea made a way for the

2227 Israelites who were departing, but, returning on itself, it overwhelmed

2228 their pursuers with its waves. Then for forty years

2229 the people of God went through the desert, under the leadership

2230 of Moses, when the tabernacle of testimony was dedicated,

2231 in which God was worshipped by sacrifices prophetic of things

2232 to come, and that was after the law had been very terribly

2233 given in the mount, for its divinity was most plainly attested

2234 by wonderful signs and voices. This took place soon after the

2235 exodus from Egypt, when the people had entered the desert,

2236 on the fiftieth day after the passover was celebrated by the

2237 offering up of a lamb, which is so completely a type of Christ,

2238 foretelling that through His sacrificial passion He should go

2239 from this world to the Father (for *pascha* in the Hebrew

2240 tongue means *transit*), that when the new covenant was

2241 revealed, after Christ our passover was offered up, the Holy

2242 Spirit came from heaven on the fiftieth day; and He is called

2243 in the gospel the Finger of God, because He recalls to our

2244 remembrance the things done before by way of types, and

2245 because the tables of that law are said to have been written

2246 by the finger of God.

2247 On the death of Moses, Joshua the son of Nun ruled the

2248 people, and led them into the land of promise, and divided it

2249 among them. By these two wonderful leaders wars were also

2250 carried on most prosperously and wonderfully, God calling to

2251 witness that they had got these victories not so much on

2252 account of the merit of the Hebrew people as on account of

2253 the sins of the nations they subdued. After these leaders

2254 there were judges, when the people were settled in the land of

2255 promise, so that, in the meantime, the first promise made to

2256 Abraham began to be fulfilled about the one nation, that is,

2257 the Hebrew, and about the land of Canaan; but not as yet

2258 the promise about all nations, and the whole wide world, for

2259 that was to be fulfilled, not by the observances of the old law,

2260 but by the advent of Christ in the flesh, and by the faith of the

2261 gospel. And it was to prefigure this that it was not Moses,

2262 who received the law for the people on Mount Sinai, that led

2263 the people into the land of promise, but Joshua, whose name

2264 also was changed at God's command, so that he was called

2265 Jesus. But in the times of the judges prosperity alternated

2266 with adversity in war, according as the sins of the people and

2267 the mercy of God were displayed.

2268 We come next to the times of the kings. The first who

2269 reigned was Saul; and when he was rejected and laid low in

2270 battle, and his offspring rejected so that no kings should arise

2271 out of it, David succeeded to the kingdom, whose son Christ

2272 is chiefly called. He was made a kind of starting-point and

2273 beginning of the advanced youth of God's people, who had

2274 passed a kind of age of puberty from Abraham to this David.

2275 And it is not in vain that the evangelist Matthew records the

2276 generations in such a way as to sum up this first period from

2277 Abraham to David in fourteen generations. For from the age

2278 of puberty man begins to be capable of generation; therefore

2279 he starts the list of generations from Abraham, who also was

2280 made the father of many nations when he got his name

2281 changed. So that previously this family of God's people was

2282 in its childhood, from Noah to Abraham; and for that reason

2283 the first language was then learned, that is, the Hebrew. For

2284 man begins to speak in childhood, the age succeeding infancy,

2285 which is so termed because then he cannot speak.[342] And

2286 that first age is quite drowned in oblivion, just as the first age

2287 of the human race was blotted out by the flood; for who is

2288 there that can remember his infancy? Wherefore in this

2289 progress of the city of God, as the previous book contained

2290 that first age, so this one ought to contain the second and

2291 third ages, in which third age, as was shown by the heifer of

2292 three years old, the she-goat of three years old, and the ram

2293 of three years old, the yoke of the law was imposed, and there

2294 appeared abundance of sins, and the beginning of the earthly

2295 kingdom arose, in which there were not lacking spiritual men,

2296 of whom the turtle-dove and pigeon represented the mystery.

BOOK XVII

10 #### ARGUMENT.

11 >

12 >

13 >

14 IN THIS BOOK THE HISTORY OF THE CITY OF GOD IS TRACED DURING THE PERIOD

15 > OF THE KINGS AND PROPHETS FROM SAMUEL TO DAVID, EVEN TO CHRIST;

16 > AND THE PROPHECIES WHICH ARE RECORDED IN THE BOOK OF KINGS,

17 > PSALMS, AND THOSE OF SOLOMON, ARE INTERPRETED OF CHRIST AND THE

18 > CHURCH.

19 1. *Of the prophetic age.*

20 By the favour of God we have treated distinctly of His

21 promises made to Abraham, that both the nation of

22 Israel according to the flesh, and all nations according to faith,

23 should be his seed, and the City of God, proceeding according

24 to the order of time, will point[343] out how they were fulfilled.

25 Having therefore in the previous book come down to the reign

26 of David, we shall now treat of what remains, so far as may

27 seem sufficient for the object of this work, beginning at the

28 same reign. Now, from the time when holy Samuel began to

29 prophesy, and ever onward until the people of Israel was led

30 captive into Babylonia, and until, according to the prophecy

31 of holy Jeremiah, on Israel's return thence after seventy years,

32 the house of God was built anew, this whole period is the

33 prophetic age. For although both the patriarch Noah himself,

34 in whose days the whole earth was destroyed by the

35 flood, and others before and after him down to this time when

36 there began to be kings over the people of God, may not undeservedly

37 be styled prophets, on account of certain things

38 pertaining to the city of God and the kingdom of heaven,

39 which they either predicted or in any way signified should

40 come to pass, and especially since we read that some of them,

41 as Abraham and Moses, were expressly so styled, yet those

42 are most and chiefly called the days of the prophets from the

43 time when Samuel began to prophesy, who at God's command

44 first anointed Saul to be king, and, on his rejection, David

45 himself, whom others of his issue should succeed as long as it

46 was fitting they should do so. If, therefore, I wished to rehearse

47 all that the prophets have predicted concerning Christ,

48 while the city of God, with its members dying and being born

49 in constant succession, ran its course through those times, this

50 work would extend beyond all bounds. First, because the

51 Scripture itself, even when, in treating in order of the kings

52 and of their deeds and the events of their reigns, it seems to

53 be occupied in narrating as with historical diligence the affairs

54 transacted, will be found, if the things handled by it are considered

55 with the aid of the Spirit of God, either more, or

56 certainly not less, intent on foretelling things to come than on

57 relating things past. And who that thinks even a little about

58 it does not know how laborious and prolix a work it would be,

59 and how many volumes it would require to search this out by

60 thorough investigation and demonstrate it by argument? And

61 then, because of that which without dispute pertains to prophecy,

62 there are so many things concerning Christ and the

63 kingdom of heaven, which is the city of God, that to explain

64 these a larger discussion would be necessary than the due proportion

65 of this work admits of. Therefore I shall, if I can, so

66 limit myself, that in carrying through this work, I may, with

67 God's help, neither say what is superfluous nor omit what is

68 necessary.

69 2. *At what time the promise of God was fulfilled concerning the land of Canaan,

70 which even carnal Israel got in possession.*

71 In the preceding book we said, that in the promise of God

72 to Abraham two things were promised from the beginning,

73 the one, namely, that his seed should possess the land of

74 Canaan, which was intimated when it was said, "Go into a

75 land that I will show thee, and I will make of thee a great

76 nation;"[344] but the other far more excellent, concerning not

77 the carnal but the spiritual seed, by which he is the father,

78 not of the one nation of Israel, but of all nations who follow

79 the footsteps of his faith, which began to be promised in these

80 words, "And in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed."[345]

81 And thereafter we showed by yet many other proofs that these

82 two things were promised. Therefore the seed of Abraham,

83 that is, the people of Israel according to the flesh, already was

84 in the land of promise; and there, not only by holding and

85 possessing the cities of the enemies, but also by having kings,

86 had already begun to reign, the promises of God concerning

87 that people being already in great part fulfilled: not only

88 those that were made to those three fathers, Abraham, Isaac,

89 and Jacob, and whatever others were made in their times, but

90 those also that were made through Moses himself, by whom

91 the same people was set free from servitude in Egypt, and by

92 whom all bygone things were revealed in his times, when he

93 led the people through the wilderness. But neither by the

94 illustrious leader Jesus the son of Nun, who led that people

95 into the land of promise, and, after driving out the nations,

96 divided it among the twelve tribes according to God's command,

97 and died; nor after him, in the whole time of the

98 judges, was the promise of God concerning the land of Canaan

99 fulfilled, that it should extend from some river of Egypt even

100 to the great river Euphrates; nor yet was it still prophesied as

101 to come, but its fulfilment was expected. And it was fulfilled

102 through David, and Solomon his son, whose kingdom was extended

103 over the whole promised space; for they subdued all

104 those nations, and made them tributary. And thus, under

105 those kings, the seed of Abraham was established in the land

106 of promise according to the flesh, that is, in the land of Canaan,

107 so that nothing yet remained to the complete fulfilment of

108 that earthly promise of God, except that, so far as pertains to

109 temporal prosperity, the Hebrew nation should remain in the

110 same land by the succession of posterity in an unshaken state

111 even to the end of this mortal age, if it obeyed the laws of the

112 Lord its God. But since God knew it would not do this, He

113 used His temporal punishments also for training His few

114 faithful ones in it, and for giving needful warning to those

115 who should afterwards be in all nations, in whom the other

116 promise, revealed in the New Testament, was about to be

117 fulfilled through the incarnation of Christ.

118 >

119 >

120 >

121 3. *Of the threefold meaning of the prophecies, which are to be referred now to

122 > the earthly, now to the heavenly Jerusalem, and now again to both.*

123 Wherefore just as that divine oracle to Abraham, Isaac, and

124 Jacob, and all the other prophetic signs or sayings which are

125 given in the earlier sacred writings, so also the other prophecies

126 from this time of the kings pertain partly to the nation

127 of Abraham's flesh, and partly to that seed of his in which all

128 nations are blessed as fellow-heirs of Christ by the New Testament,

129 to the possessing of eternal life and the kingdom of the

130 heavens. Therefore they pertain partly to the bond maid who

131 gendereth to bondage, that is, the earthly Jerusalem, which is

132 in bondage with her children; but partly to the free city of

133 God, that is, the true Jerusalem eternal in the heavens, whose

134 children are all those that live according to God in the earth:

135 but there are some things among them which are understood

136 to pertain to both,—to the bond maid properly, to the free

137 woman figuratively.[346]

138 Therefore prophetic utterances of three kinds are to be

139 found; forasmuch as there are some relating to the earthly

140 Jerusalem, some to the heavenly, and some to both. I think

141 it proper to prove what I say by examples. The prophet

142 Nathan was sent to convict king David of heinous sin, and

143 predict to him what future evils should be consequent on it.

144 Who can question that this and the like pertain to the terrestrial

145 city, whether publicly, that is, for the safety or help of

146 the people, or privately, when there are given forth for each

147 one's private good divine utterances whereby something of

148 the future may be known for the use of temporal life? But

149 where we read, "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I

150 will make for the house of Israel, and for the house of Judah,

151 a new testament: not according to the testament that I settled

152 for their fathers in the day when I laid hold of their hand to

153 lead them out of the land of Egypt; because they continued

154 not in my testament, and I regarded them not, saith the

155 Lord. For this is the testament that I will make for the

156 house of Israel: after those days, saith the Lord, I will give

157 my laws in their mind, and will write them upon their hearts,

158 and I will see to them; and I will be to them a God, and

159 they shall be to me a people;"[347]—without doubt this is prophesied

160 to the Jerusalem above, whose reward is God Himself,

161 and whose chief and entire good it is to have Him, and

162 to be His. But this pertains to both, that the city of

163 God is called Jerusalem, and that it is prophesied the house

164 of God shall be in it; and this prophecy seems to be fulfilled

165 when king Solomon builds that most noble temple. For

166 these things both happened in the earthly Jerusalem, as history

167 shows, and were types of the heavenly Jerusalem. And this

168 kind of prophecy, as it were compacted and commingled of

169 both the others in the ancient canonical books, containing

170 historical narratives, is of very great significance, and has exercised

171 and exercises greatly the wits of those who search holy

172 writ. For example, what we read of historically as predicted

173 and fulfilled in the seed of Abraham according to the flesh,

174 we must also inquire the allegorical meaning of, as it is to be

175 fulfilled in the seed of Abraham according to faith. And so

176 much is this the case, that some have thought there is nothing

177 in these books either foretold and effected, or effected although

178 not foretold, that does not insinuate something else which is

179 to be referred by figurative signification to the city of God on

180 high, and to her children who are pilgrims in this life. But

181 if this be so, then the utterances of the prophets, or rather the

182 whole of those Scriptures that are reckoned under the title

183 of the Old Testament, will be not of three, but of two different

184 kinds. For there will be nothing there which pertains to the

185 terrestrial Jerusalem only, if whatever is there said and fulfilled

186 of or concerning her signifies something which also

187 refers by allegorical prefiguration to the celestial Jerusalem;

188 but there will be only two kinds, one that pertains to the free

189 Jerusalem, the other to both. But just as, I think, they err

190 greatly who are of opinion that none of the records of affairs

191 in that kind of writings mean anything more than that they

192 so happened, so I think those very daring who contend that

193 the whole gist of their contents lies in allegorical significations.

194 Therefore I have said they are threefold, not twofold. Yet, in

195 holding this opinion, I do not blame those who may be able

196 to draw out of everything there a spiritual meaning, only

197 saving, first of all, the historical truth. For the rest, what

198 believer can doubt that those things are spoken vainly which

199 are such that, whether said to have been done or to be yet to

200 come, they do not beseem either human or divine affairs? Who

201 would not recall these to spiritual understanding if he could,

202 or confess that they should be recalled by him who is able?

203 >

204 >

205 >

206 4. *About the prefigured change of the Israelitic kingdom and priesthood, and

207 > about the things Hannah the mother of Samuel prophesied, personating

208 > the Church.*

209 Therefore the advance of the city of God, where it reached

210 the times of the kings, yielded a figure, when, on the rejection

211 of Saul, David first obtained the kingdom on such a footing

212 that thenceforth his descendants should reign in the earthly

213 Jerusalem in continual succession; for the course of affairs

214 signified and foretold, what is not to be passed by in silence,

215 concerning the change of things to come, what belongs to both

216 Testaments, the Old and the New,—where the priesthood and

217 kingdom are changed by one who is a priest, and at the same

218 time a king, new and everlasting, even Christ Jesus. For both

219 the substitution in the ministry of God, on Eli's rejection as

220 priest, of Samuel, who executed at once the office of priest

221 and judge, and the establishment of David in the kingdom,

222 when Saul was rejected, typified this of which I speak. And

223 Hannah herself, the mother of Samuel, who formerly was

224 barren, and afterwards was gladdened with fertility, does not

225 seem to prophesy anything else, when she exultingly pours

226 forth her thanksgiving to the Lord, on yielding up to God the

227 same boy she had born and weaned with the same piety with

228 which she had vowed him. For she says, "My heart is made

229 strong in the Lord, and my horn is exalted in my God; my

230 mouth is enlarged over mine enemies; I am made glad in Thy

231 salvation. Because there is none holy as the Lord; and none

232 is righteous as our God: there is none holy save Thee. Do

233 not glory so proudly, and do not speak lofty things, neither

234 let vaunting talk come out of your mouth: for a God of

235 knowledge is the Lord, and a God preparing His curious

236 designs. The bow of the mighty hath He made weak, and

237 the weak are girded with strength. They that were full of

238 bread are diminished; and the hungry have passed beyond the

239 earth: for the barren hath born seven; and she that hath

240 many children is waxed feeble. The Lord killeth and maketh

241 alive: He bringeth down to hell, and bringeth up again. The

242 Lord maketh poor and maketh rich: He bringeth low and

243 lifteth up. He raiseth up the poor out of the dust, and lifteth

244 up the beggar from the dunghill, that He may set him among

245 the mighty of [His] people, and maketh them inherit the

246 throne of glory; giving the vow to him that voweth, and He

247 hath blessed the years of the just: for man is not mighty in

248 strength. The Lord shall make His adversary weak: the Lord

249 is holy. Let not the prudent glory in his prudence; and let

250 not the mighty glory in his might; and let not the rich glory

251 in his riches: but let him that glorieth glory in this, to understand

252 and know the Lord, and to do judgment and justice in

253 the midst of the earth. The Lord hath ascended into the

254 heavens, and hath thundered: He shall judge the ends of the

255 earth, for He is righteous: and He giveth strength to our kings,

256 and shall exalt the horn of His Christ."[348]

257 Do you say that these are the words of a single weak

258 woman giving thanks for the birth of a son? Can the mind

259 of men be so much averse to the light of truth as not to perceive

260 that the sayings this woman pours forth exceed her

261 measure? Moreover, he who is suitably interested in these

262 things which have already begun to be fulfilled even in this

263 earthly pilgrimage also, does he not apply his mind, and perceive,

264 and acknowledge, that through this woman—whose

265 very name, which is Hannah, means "His grace"—the very

266 Christian religion, the very city of God, whose king and

267 founder is Christ, in fine, the very grace of God, hath thus

268 spoken by the prophetic Spirit, whereby the proud are cut off

269 so that they fall, and the humble are filled so that they rise,

270 which that hymn chiefly celebrates? Unless perchance any

271 one will say that this woman prophesied nothing, but only

272 lauded God with exulting praise on account of the son whom

273 she had obtained in answer to prayer. What then does she

274 mean when she says, "The bow of the mighty hath He made

275 weak, and the weak are girded with strength; they that were

276 full of bread are diminished, and the hungry have gone

277 beyond the earth; for the barren hath born seven, and she

278 that hath many children is waxed feeble?" Had she herself

279 born seven, although she had been barren? She had only

280 one when she said that; neither did she bear seven afterwards,

281 nor six, with whom Samuel himself might be the

282 seventh, but three males and two females. And then, when

283 as yet no one was king over that people, whence, if she did

284 not prophesy, did she say what she puts at the end, "He

285 giveth strength to our kings, and shall exalt the horn of His

286 Christ?"

287 Therefore let the Church of Christ, the city of the great

288 King,[349] full of grace, prolific of offspring, let her say what the

289 prophecy uttered about her so long before by the mouth of

290 this pious mother confesses, "My heart is made strong in

291 the Lord, and my horn is exalted in my God." Her heart is

292 truly made strong, and her horn is truly exalted, because not

293 in herself, but in the Lord her God. "My mouth is enlarged

294 over mine enemies;" because even in pressing straits the

295 word of God is not bound, not even in preachers who are

296 bound.[350] "I am made glad," she says, "in Thy salvation."

297 This is Christ Jesus Himself, whom old Simeon, as we read

298 in the Gospel, embracing as a little one, yet recognising as

299 great, said, "Lord, now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in

300 peace, for mine eyes have seen Thy salvation."[351] Therefore

301 may the Church say, "I am made glad in Thy salvation. For

302 there is none holy as the Lord, and none is righteous as our

303 God;" as holy and sanctifying, just and justifying.[352] "There

304 is none holy beside Thee;" because no one becomes so except

305 by reason of Thee. And then it follows, "Do not glory so

306 proudly, and do not speak lofty things, neither let vaunting

307 talk come out of your mouth. For a God of knowledge is

308 the Lord." He knows you even when no one knows; for

309 "he who thinketh himself to be something when he is nothing

310 deceiveth himself."[353] These things are said to the adversaries

311 of the city of God who belong to Babylon, who presume

312 in their own strength, and glory in themselves, not in the

313 Lord; of whom are also the carnal Israelites, the earth-born

314 inhabitants of the earthly Jerusalem, who, as saith the apostle,

315 "being ignorant of the righteousness of God,"[354] that is, which

316 God, who alone is just, and the justifier, gives to man, "and

317 wishing to establish their own," that is, which is as it were

318 procured by their own selves, not bestowed by Him, "are not

319 subject to the righteousness of God," just because they are

320 proud, and think they are able to please God with their own,

321 not with that which is of God, who is the God of knowledge,

322 and therefore also takes the oversight of consciences, there

323 beholding the thoughts of men that they are vain,[355] if they

324 are of men, and are not from Him. "And preparing," she

325 says, "His curious designs." What curious designs do we

326 think these are, save that the proud must fall, and the humble

327 rise? These curious designs she recounts, saying, "The bow

328 of the mighty is made weak, and the weak are girded with

329 strength." The bow is made weak, that is, the intention of

330 those who think themselves so powerful, that without the gift

331 and help of God they are able by human sufficiency to fulfil

332 the divine commandments; and those are girded with strength

333 whose inward cry is, "Have mercy upon me, O Lord, for I

334 am weak."[356]

335 "They that were full of bread," she says, "are diminished,

336 and the hungry have gone beyond the earth." Who are to

337 be understood as full of bread except those same who were

338 as if mighty, that is, the Israelites, to whom were committed

339 the oracles of God?[357] But among that people the children

340 of the bond maid were diminished,—by which word minus,

341 although it is Latin, the idea is well expressed that from

342 being greater they were made less,—because, even in the

343 very bread, that is, the divine oracles, which the Israelites

344 alone of all nations have received, they savour earthly things.

345 But the nations to whom that law was not given, after they

346 have come through the New Testament to these oracles, by

347 thirsting much have gone beyond the earth, because in them

348 they have savoured not earthly, but heavenly things. And

349 the reason why this is done is as it were sought; "for the

350 barren," she says, "hath born seven, and she that hath many

351 children is waxed feeble." Here all that had been prophesied

352 hath shone forth to those who understood the number seven,

353 which signifies the perfection of the universal Church. For

354 which reason also the Apostle John writes to the seven

355 churches,[358] showing in that way that he writes to the totality

356 of the one Church; and in the Proverbs of Solomon it is said

357 aforetime, prefiguring this, "Wisdom hath builded her house,

358 she hath strengthened her seven pillars."[359] For the city of

359 God was barren in all nations before that child arose whom

360 we see.[360] We also see that the temporal Jerusalem, who had

361 many children, is now waxed feeble. Because, whoever in

362 her were sons of the free woman were her strength; but

363 now, forasmuch as the letter is there, and not the spirit,

364 having lost her strength, she is waxed feeble.

365 "The Lord killeth and maketh alive:" He has killed her

366 who had many children, and made this barren one alive, so

367 that she has born seven. Although it may be more suitably

368 understood that He has made those same alive whom He has

369 killed. For she, as it were, repeats that by adding, "He

370 bringeth down to hell, and bringeth up." To whom truly the

371 apostle says, "If ye be dead with Christ, seek those things

372 which are above, where Christ sitteth on the right hand of

373 God."[361] Therefore they are killed by the Lord in a salutary

374 way, so that he adds, "Savour things which are above, not

375 things on the earth;" so that these are they who, hungering,

376 have passed beyond the earth. "For ye are dead," he says:

377 behold how God savingly kills! Then there follows, "And

378 your life is hid with Christ in God:" behold how God makes

379 the same alive! But does He bring them down to hell and bring

380 them up again? It is without controversy among believers

381 that we best see both parts of this work fulfilled in Him, to

382 wit, our Head, with whom the apostle has said our life is hid

383 in God. "For when He spared not His own Son, but delivered

384 Him up for us all,"[362] in that way, certainly, He has killed

385 Him. And forasmuch as He raised Him up again from the

386 dead, He has made Him alive again. And since His voice

387 is acknowledged in the prophecy, "Thou wilt not leave my

388 soul in hell,"[363] He has brought Him down to hell and brought

389 Him up again. By this poverty of His we are made rich;[364]

390 for "the Lord maketh poor and maketh rich." But that we

391 may know what this is, let us hear what follows: "He

392 bringeth low and lifteth up;" and truly He humbles the

393 proud and exalts the humble. Which we also read elsewhere,

394 "God resisteth the proud, but giveth grace to the

395 humble."[365] This is the burden of the entire song of this

396 woman whose name is interpreted "His grace."

397 Farther, what is added, "He raiseth up the poor from the

398 earth," I understand of none better than of Him who, as was

399 said a little ago, "was made poor for us, when He was rich,

400 that by His poverty we might be made rich." For He raised

401 Him from the earth so quickly that His flesh did not see

402 corruption. Nor shall I divert from Him what is added, "And

403 raiseth up the poor from the dunghill." For indeed he who

404 is the poor man is also the beggar.[366] But by the dunghill

405 from which he is lifted up we are with the greatest reason

406 to understand the persecuting Jews, of whom the apostle says,

407 when telling that when he belonged to them he persecuted

408 the Church, "What things were gain to me, those I counted

409 loss for Christ; and I have counted them not only loss, but

410 even dung, that I might win Christ."[367] Therefore that poor

411 one is raised up from the earth above all the rich, and that

412 beggar is lifted up from that dunghill above all the wealthy,

413 "that he may sit among the mighty of the people," to whom

414 He says, "Ye shall sit upon twelve thrones,"[368] "and to make

415 them inherit the throne of glory." For these mighty ones

416 had said, "Lo, we have forsaken all and followed Thee."

417 They had most mightily vowed this vow.

418 But whence do they receive this, except from Him of whom

419 it is here immediately said, "Giving the vow to him that

420 voweth?" Otherwise they would be of those mighty ones

421 whose bow is weakened. "Giving," she saith, "the vow to

422 him that voweth." For no one could vow anything acceptable

423 to God, unless he received from Him that which he

424 might vow. There follows, "And He hath blessed the years

425 of the just," to wit, that he may live for ever with Him to

426 whom it is said, "And Thy years shall have no end." For

427 there the years abide; but here they pass away, yea, they

428 perish: for before they come they are not, and when they

429 shall have come they shall not be, because they bring their

430 own end with them. Now of these two, that is, "giving

431 the vow to him that voweth," and "He hath blessed the years

432 of the just," the one is what we do, the other what we receive.

433 But this other is not received from God, the liberal

434 giver, until He, the helper, Himself has enabled us for the

435 former; "for man is not mighty in strength." "The Lord

436 shall make his adversary weak," to wit, him who envies the

437 man that vows, and resists him, lest he should fulfil what he

438 has vowed. Owing to the ambiguity of the Greek, it may

439 also be understood "his own adversary." For when God

440 has begun to possess us, immediately he who had been our

441 adversary becomes His, and is conquered by us; but not by

442 our own strength, "for man is not mighty in strength."

443 Therefore "the Lord shall make His own adversary weak,

444 the Lord is holy," that he may be conquered by the saints,

445 whom the Lord, the Holy of holies, hath made saints. For

446 this reason, "let not the prudent glory in his prudence, and

447 let not the mighty glory in his might, and let not the rich

448 glory in his riches; but let him that glorieth glory in

449 this,—to understand and know the Lord, and to do judgment

450 and justice in the midst of the earth." He in no

451 small measure understands and knows the Lord who understands

452 and knows that even this, that he can understand and

453 know the Lord, is given to him by the Lord. "For what

454 hast thou," saith the apostle, "that thou hast not received?

455 But if thou hast received it, why dost thou glory as if

456 thou hadst not received it?"[369] That is, as if thou hadst of

457 thine own self whereof thou mightest glory. Now, he does

458 judgment and justice who lives aright. But he lives aright

459 who yields obedience to God when He commands. "The end

460 of the commandment," that is, to which the commandment

461 has reference, "is charity out of a pure heart, and a good

462 conscience, and faith unfeigned." Moreover, this "charity,"

463 as the Apostle John testifies, "is of God."[370] Therefore to do

464 justice and judgment is of God. But what is "in the midst

465 of the earth?" For ought those who dwell in the ends of

466 the earth not to do judgment and justice? Who would say

467 so? Why, then, is it added, "In the midst of the earth?"

468 For if this had not been added, and it had only been said, "To

469 do judgment and justice," this commandment would rather

470 have pertained to both kinds of men,—both those dwelling

471 inland and those on the sea-coast. But lest any one should

472 think that, after the end of the life led in this body, there

473 remains a time for doing judgment and justice which he has

474 not done while he was in the flesh, and that the divine judgment

475 can thus be escaped, "in the midst of the earth" appears

476 to me to be said of the time when every one lives in

477 the body; for in this life every one carries about his own

478 earth, which, on a man's dying, the common earth takes back,

479 to be surely returned to him on his rising again. Therefore

480 "in the midst of the earth," that is, while our soul is shut

481 up in this earthly body, judgment and justice are to be done,

482 which shall be profitable for us hereafter, when "every one

483 shall receive according to that he hath done in the body,

484 whether good or bad."[371] For when the apostle there says "in

485 the body," he means in the time he has lived in the body.

486 Yet if any one blaspheme with malicious mind and impious

487 thought, without any member of his body being employed in

488 it, he shall not therefore be guiltless because he has not done

489 it with bodily motion, for he will have done it in that time

490 which he has spent in the body. In the same way we may

491 suitably understand what we read in the psalm, "But God, our

492 King before the worlds, hath wrought salvation in the midst

493 of the earth;"[372] so that the Lord Jesus may be understood to be

494 our God who is before the worlds, because by Him the worlds

495 were made, working our salvation in the midst of the earth,

496 for the Word was made flesh and dwelt in an earthly body.

497 Then after Hannah has prophesied in these words, that

498 he who glorieth ought to glory not in himself at all, but in

499 the Lord, she says, on account of the retribution which is to

500 come on the day of judgment, "The Lord hath ascended into

501 the heavens, and hath thundered: He shall judge the ends of

502 the earth, for He is righteous." Throughout she holds to the

503 order of the creed of Christians: For the Lord Christ has

504 ascended into heaven, and is to come thence to judge the quick

505 and dead.[373] For, as saith the apostle, "Who hath ascended

506 but He who hath also descended into the lower parts of the

507 earth? He that descended is the same also that ascended

508 up above all heavens, that He might fill all things."[374] Therefore

509 He hath thundered through His clouds, which He hath

510 filled with His Holy Spirit when He ascended up. Concerning

511 which the bond maid Jerusalem that is, the unfruitful

512 vineyard is threatened in Isaiah the prophet that they

513 shall rain no showers upon her. But "He shall judge the

514 ends of the earth" is spoken as if it had been said, "even

515 the extremes of the earth." For it does not mean that He

516 shall not judge the other parts of the earth, who, without

517 doubt, shall judge all men. But it is better to understand

518 by the extremes of the earth the extremes of man, since

519 those things shall not be judged which, in the middle time,

520 are changed for the better or the worse, but the ending in

521 which he shall be found who is judged. For which reason

522 it is said, "He that shall persevere even unto the end, the

523 same shall be saved."[375] He, therefore, who perseveringly does

524 judgment and justice in the midst of the earth shall not be

525 condemned when the extremes of the earth shall be judged.

526 "And giveth," she saith, "strength to our kings," that He may

527 not condemn them in judging. He giveth them strength

528 whereby as kings they rule the flesh, and conquer the world

529 in Him who hath poured out His blood for them. "And

530 shall exalt the horn of His Christ." For He of whom it was said above,

531 "The Lord hath ascended into the heavens," meaning the Lord

532 Christ, Himself, as it is said here, "shall exalt the horn of His

533 Christ." Who, therefore, is the Christ of His Christ? Does

534 it mean that He shall exalt the horn of each one of His believing

535 people, as she says in the beginning of this hymn,

536 "Mine horn is exalted in my God?" For we can rightly

537 call all those christs who are anointed with His chrism, forasmuch

538 as the whole body with its head is one Christ.[376] These

539 things hath Hannah, the mother of Samuel, the holy and

540 much-praised man, prophesied, in which, indeed, the change

541 of the ancient priesthood was then figured and is now fulfilled,

542 since she that had many children is waxed feeble, that

543 the barren who hath born seven might have the new priesthood

544 in Christ.

545 >

546 >

547 >

548 5. *Of those things which a man of God spake by the Spirit to Eli the priest,

549 > signifying that the priesthood which had been appointed according to

550 > Aaron was to be taken away.*

551 But this is said more plainly by a man of God sent to Eli

552 the priest himself, whose name indeed is not mentioned, but

553 whose office and ministry show him to have been indubitably

554 a prophet. For it is thus written: "And there came a man

555 of God unto Eli, and said, Thus saith the Lord, I plainly

556 revealed myself unto thy father's house, when they were in

557 the land of Egypt slaves in Pharaoh's house; and I chose thy

558 father's house out of all the sceptres of Israel to fill the office

559 of priest for me, to go up to my altar, to burn incense and

560 wear the ephod; and I gave thy father's house for food all

561 the offerings made by fire of the children of Israel. Wherefore

562 then hast thou looked at mine incense and at mine offerings

563 with an impudent eye, and hast glorified thy sons above

564 me, to bless the first-fruits of every sacrifice in Israel before

565 me? Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israel, I said thy

566 house and thy father's house should walk before me for ever:

567 but now the Lord saith, Be it far from me; for them that

568 honour me will I honour, and he that despiseth me shall be

569 despised. Behold, the days come, that I will cut off thy seed,

570 and the seed of thy father's house, and thou shalt never have

571 an old man in my house. And I will cut off the man of thine

572 from mine altar, so that his eyes shall be consumed, and his

573 heart shall melt away; and every one of thy house that is

574 left shall fall by the sword of men. And this shall be a sign

575 unto thee that shall come upon these thy two sons, Hophni

576 and Phinehas; in one day they shall die both of them. And

577 I will raise me up a faithful priest, that shall do according to

578 all that is in mine heart and in my soul; and I will build

579 him a sure house, and he shall walk before my Christ for

580 ever. And it shall come to pass that he who is left in thine

581 house shall come to worship him with a piece of money, saying,

582 Put me into one part of thy priesthood, that I may eat bread."[377]

583 We cannot say that this prophecy, in which the change of

584 the ancient priesthood is foretold with so great plainness, was

585 fulfilled in Samuel; for although Samuel was not of another

586 tribe than that which had been appointed by God to serve at

587 the altar, yet he was not of the sons of Aaron, whose offspring

588 was set apart that the priests might be taken out of it. And

589 thus by that transaction also the same change which should

590 come to pass through Christ Jesus is shadowed forth, and the

591 prophecy itself in deed, not in word, belonged to the Old

592 Testament properly, but figuratively to the New, signifying

593 by the fact just what was said by the word to Eli the priest

594 through the prophet. For there were afterwards priests of

595 Aaron's race, such as Zadok and Abiathar during David's

596 reign, and others in succession, before the time came when

597 those things which were predicted so long before about the

598 changing of the priesthood behoved to be fulfilled by Christ.

599 But who that now views these things with a believing eye

600 does not see that they are fulfilled? Since, indeed, no tabernacle,

601 no temple, no altar, no sacrifice, and therefore no priest

602 either, has remained to the Jews, to whom it was commanded

603 in the law of God that he should be ordained of the seed of

604 Aaron; which is also mentioned here by the prophet, when

605 he says, "Thus saith the Lord God of Israel, I said thy house

606 and thy father's house shall walk before me for ever: but

607 now the Lord saith, That be far from me; for them that honour

608 me will I honour, and he that despiseth me shall be despised."

609 For that in naming his father's house he does not mean that

610 of his immediate father, but that of Aaron, who first was

611 appointed priest, to be succeeded by others descended from

612 him, is shown by the preceding words, when he says, "I was

613 revealed unto thy father's house, when they were in the land

614 of Egypt slaves in Pharaoh's house; and I chose thy father's

615 house out of all the sceptres of Israel to fill the office of priest

616 for me." Which of the fathers in that Egyptian slavery, but

617 Aaron, was his father, who, when they were set free, was

618 chosen to the priesthood? It was of his lineage, therefore, he

619 has said in this passage it should come to pass that they should

620 no longer be priests; which already we see fulfilled. If faith

621 be watchful, the things are before us: they are discerned, they

622 are grasped, and are forced on the eyes of the unwilling, so

623 that they are seen: "Behold the days come," he says, "that

624 I will cut off thy seed, and the seed of thy father's house, and

625 thou shalt never have an old man in mine house. And I will

626 cut off the man of thine from mine altar, so that his eyes shall

627 be consumed and his heart shall melt away." Behold the

628 days which were foretold have already come. There is no

629 priest after the order of Aaron; and whoever is a man of his

630 lineage, when he sees the sacrifice of the Christians prevailing

631 over the whole world, but that great honour taken away from

632 himself, his eyes fail and his soul melts away consumed with

633 grief.

634 But what follows belongs properly to the house of Eli, to

635 whom these things were said: "And every one of thine house

636 that is left shall fall by the sword of men. And this shall

637 be a sign unto thee that shall come upon these thy two sons,

638 Hophni and Phinehas; in one day they shall die both of

639 them." This, therefore, is made a sign of the change of the

640 priesthood from this man's house, by which it is signified that

641 the priesthood of Aaron's house is to be changed. For the

642 death of this man's sons signified the death not of the men,

643 but of the priesthood itself of the sons of Aaron. But what

644 follows pertains to that Priest whom Samuel typified by succeeding

645 this one. Therefore the things which follow are said

646 of Christ Jesus the true Priest of the New Testament: "And

647 I will raise me up a faithful Priest that shall do according to

648 all that is in mine heart and in my soul; and I will build

649 Him a sure house." The same is the eternal Jerusalem above.

650 "And He shall walk," saith He, "before my Christ always."

651 "He shall walk" means "he shall be conversant with," just as

652 He had said before of Aaron's house, "I said that thine house

653 and thy father's house shall walk before me for ever." But

654 what He says, "He shall walk before my Christ," is to be

655 understood entirely of the house itself, not of the priest, who

656 is Christ Himself, the Mediator and Saviour. His house,

657 therefore, shall walk before Him. "Shall walk" may also be

658 understood to mean from death to life, all the time this mortality

659 passes through, even to the end of this world. But

660 where God says, "Who will do all that is in mine heart and

661 in my soul," we must not think that God has a soul, for He

662 is the Author of souls; but this is said of God tropically, not

663 properly, just as He is said to have hands and feet, and other

664 corporal members. And, lest it should be supposed from

665 such language that man in the form of this flesh is made in

666 the image of God, wings also are ascribed to Him, which man

667 has not at all; and it is said to God, "Hide me under the

668 shadow of Thy wings,"[378] that men may understand that such

669 things are said of that ineffable nature not in proper but in

670 figurative words.

671 But what is added, "And it shall come to pass that he who

672 is left in thine house shall come to worship Him," is not said

673 properly of the house of this Eli, but of that Aaron, the men

674 of which remained even to the advent of Jesus Christ, of

675 which race there are not wanting men even to this present.

676 For of that house of Eli it had already been said above, "And

677 every one of thine house that is left shall fall by the sword of

678 men." How, therefore, could it be truly said here, "And it

679 shall come to pass that every one that is left shall come to

680 worship him," if that is true, that no one shall escape the

681 avenging sword, unless he would have it understood of those

682 who belong to the race of that whole priesthood after the order

683 of Aaron? Therefore, if it is of these the predestinated

684 remnant, about whom another prophet has said, "The remnant

685 shall be saved;"[379] whence the apostle also says, "Even so then

686 at this time also the remnant according to the election of

687 grace is saved;"[380] since it is easily understood to be of such

688 a remnant that it is said, "He that is left in thine house,"

689 assuredly he believes in Christ; just as in the time of the

690 apostle very many of that nation believed; nor are there now

691 wanting those, although very few, who yet believe, and in

692 them is fulfilled what this man of God has here immediately

693 added, "He shall come to worship him with a piece of money;"

694 to worship whom, if not that Chief Priest, who is also God?

695 For in that priesthood after the order of Aaron men did not

696 come to the temple or altar of God for the purpose of worshipping

697 the priest. But what is that he says, "With a piece

698 of money," if not the short word of faith, about which the

699 apostle quotes the saying, "A consummating and shortening

700 word will the Lord make upon the earth?"[381] But that

701 money is put for the word the psalm is a witness, where it

702 is sung, "The words of the Lord are pure words, money tried

703 with the fire."[382]

704 What then does he say who comes to worship the priest of

705 God, even the Priest who is God? "Put me into one part of

706 Thy priesthood, to eat bread." I do not wish to be set in the

707 honour of my fathers, which is none; put me in a part of Thy

708 priesthood. For "I have chosen to be mean in Thine house;"[383]

709 I desire to be a member, no matter what, or how small, of Thy

710 priesthood. By the priesthood he here means the people itself,

711 of which He is the Priest who is the Mediator between God

712 and men, the man Christ Jesus.[384] This people the Apostle Peter

713 calls "a holy people, a royal priesthood."[385] But some have

714 translated, "Of Thy sacrifice," not "Of Thy priesthood," which

715 no less signifies the same Christian people. Whence the

716 Apostle Paul says, "We being many are one bread, one body."[386]

717 [And again he says, "Present your bodies a living sacrifice."[387]]

718 What, therefore, he has added, to "eat bread," also elegantly

719 expresses the very kind of sacrifice of which the Priest Himself

720 says, "The bread which I will give is my flesh for the life

721 of the world."[388] The same is the sacrifice not after the order

722 of Aaron, but after the order of Melchisedec:[389] let him that

723 readeth understand.[390] Therefore this short and salutarily

724 humble confession, in which it is said, "Put me in a part of

725 Thy priesthood, to eat bread," is itself the piece of money, for

726 it is both brief, and it is the Word of God who dwells in the

727 heart of one who believes. For because He had said above,

728 that He had given for food to Aaron's house the sacrificial

729 victims of the Old Testament, where He says, "I have given

730 thy father's house for food all things which are offered by fire

731 of the children of Israel," which indeed were the sacrifices of

732 the Jews; therefore here He has said, "To eat bread," which

733 is in the New Testament the sacrifice of the Christians.

734 >

735 >

736 >

737 6. *Of the Jewish priesthood and kingdom, which, although promised to be established

738 > for ever, did not continue; so that other things are to be understood

739 > to which eternity is assured.*

740 While, therefore, these things now shine forth as clearly

741 as they were loftily foretold, still some one may not vainly

742 be moved to ask, How can we be confident that all things

743 are to come to pass which are predicted in these books as

744 about to come, if this very thing which is there divinely

745 spoken, "Thine house and thy father's house shall walk

746 before me for ever," could not have effect? For we see that

747 priesthood has been changed; and there can be no hope that

748 what was promised to that house may some time be fulfilled,

749 because that which succeeds on its being rejected and changed

750 is rather predicted as eternal. He who says this does not

751 yet understand, or does not recollect, that this very priesthood

752 after the order of Aaron was appointed as the shadow

753 of a future eternal priesthood; and therefore, when eternity

754 is promised to it, it is not promised to the mere shadow and

755 figure, but to what is shadowed forth and prefigured by it.

756 But lest it should be thought the shadow itself was to remain,

757 therefore its mutation also behoved to be foretold.

758 In this way, too, the kingdom of Saul himself, who certainly

759 was reprobated and rejected, was the shadow of a

760 kingdom yet to come which should remain to eternity. For,

761 indeed, the oil with which he was anointed, and from that

762 chrism he is called Christ, is to be taken in a mystical sense,

763 and is to be understood as a great mystery; which David

764 himself venerated so much in him, that he trembled with

765 smitten heart when, being hid in a dark cave, which Saul

766 also entered when pressed by the necessity of nature, he had

767 come secretly behind him and cut off a small piece of his

768 robe, that he might be able to prove how he had spared him

769 when he could have killed him, and might thus remove from

770 his mind the suspicion through which he had vehemently

771 persecuted the holy David, thinking him his enemy. Therefore

772 he was much afraid lest he should be accused of violating

773 so great a mystery in Saul, because he had thus meddled

774 even his clothes. For thus it is written: "And David's

775 heart smote him because he had taken away the skirt of his

776 cloak."[391] But to the men with him, who advised him to destroy

777 Saul thus delivered up into his hands, he saith, "The Lord forbid

778 that I should do this thing to my lord, the Lord's christ, to lay

779 my hand upon him, because he is the Lord's christ." Therefore

780 he showed so great reverence to this shadow of what was

781 to come, not for its own sake, but for the sake of what it

782 prefigured. Whence also that which Samuel says to Saul,

783 "Since thou hast not kept my commandment which the Lord

784 commanded thee, whereas now the Lord would have prepared

785 thy kingdom over Israel for ever, yet now thy kingdom shall

786 not continue for thee; and the Lord will seek Him a man after

787 His own heart, and the Lord will command him to be prince

788 over His people, because thou hast not kept that which the Lord

789 commanded thee,"[392] is not to be taken as if God had settled

790 that Saul himself should reign for ever, and afterwards, on his

791 sinning, would not keep this promise; nor was He ignorant

792 that he would sin, but He had established his kingdom that

793 it might be a figure of the eternal kingdom. Therefore he

794 added, "Yet now thy kingdom shall not continue *for thee*."

795 Therefore what it signified has stood and shall stand; but it

796 shall not stand for this man, because he himself was not to

797 reign for ever, nor his offspring; so that at least that word

798 "for ever" might seem to be fulfilled through his posterity

799 one to another. "And the Lord," he saith, "will seek Him

800 a man," meaning either David or the Mediator of the New

801 Testament,[393] who was figured in the chrism with which David

802 also and his offspring was anointed. But it is not as if He

803 knew not where he was that God thus seeks Him a man,

804 but, speaking through a man, He speaks as a man, and in this

805 sense seeks us. For not only to God the Father, but also to

806 His Only-begotten, who came to seek what was lost,[394] we had

807 been known already even so far as to be chosen in Him

808 before the foundation of the world.[395] "He will seek him"

809 therefore means, He will have His own (just as if He had

810 said, Whom He already has known to be His own He will

811 show to others to be His friend). Whence in Latin this word

812 (*quærit*) receives a preposition and becomes *acquirit* (acquires),

813 the meaning of which is plain enough; although even without

814 the addition of the preposition *quærere* is understood as

815 *acquirere*, whence gains are called *quæstus*.

816 7. *Of the disruption of the kingdom of Israel, by which the perpetual division of

817 the spiritual from the carnal Israel was prefigured.*

818 Again Saul sinned through disobedience, and again Samuel

819 says to him in the word of the Lord, "Because thou hast despised

820 the word of the Lord, the Lord hath despised thee, that

821 thou mayest not be king over Israel."[396] And again for the same

822 sin, when Saul confessed it, and prayed for pardon, and besought

823 Samuel to return with him to appease the Lord, he said, "I

824 will not return with thee: for thou hast despised the word of

825 the Lord, and the Lord will despise thee that thou mayest not

826 be king over Israel. And Samuel turned his face to go away,

827 and Saul laid hold upon the skirt of his mantle, and rent it.

828 And Samuel said unto him, The Lord hath rent the kingdom

829 from Israel out of thine hand this day, and will give it to thy

830 neighbour, who is good above thee, and will divide Israel in

831 twain. And He will not be changed, neither will He repent:

832 for He is not as a man, that He should repent; who threatens

833 and does not persist."[397] He to whom it is said, "The Lord

834 will despise thee that thou mayest not be king over Israel,"

835 and "The Lord hath rent the kingdom from Israel out of

836 thine hand this day," reigned forty years over Israel,—that is,

837 just as long a time as David himself,—yet heard this in the

838 first period of his reign, that we may understand it was said

839 because none of his race was to reign, and that we may look

840 to the race of David, whence also is sprung, according to the

841 flesh,[398] the Mediator between God and men, the man Christ

842 Jesus.[399]

843 But the Scripture has not what is read in most Latin

844 copies, "The Lord hath rent the kingdom of Israel out of

845 thine hand this day," but just as we have set it down it is

846 found in the Greek copies, "The Lord hath rent the kingdom

847 from Israel out of thine hand;" that the words "out of thine

848 hand" may be understood to mean "from Israel." Therefore

849 this man figuratively represented the people of Israel, which

850 was to lose the kingdom, Christ Jesus our Lord being about

851 to reign, not carnally, but spiritually. And when it is said

852 of Him, "And will give it to thy neighbour," that is to be referred

853 to the fleshly kinship, for Christ, according to the flesh,

854 was of Israel, whence also Saul sprang. But what is added,

855 "Good above thee," may indeed be understood, "Better than

856 thee," and indeed some have thus translated it; but it is

857 better taken thus, "Good above thee," as meaning that because

858 He is good, therefore He must be above thee, according

859 to that other prophetic saying, "Till I put all Thine enemies

860 under Thy feet."[400] And among them is Israel, from whom, as

861 His persecutor, Christ took away the kingdom; although the

862 Israel in whom there was no guile may have been there too,

863 a sort of grain, as it were, of that chaff. For certainly thence

864 came the apostles, thence so many martyrs, of whom Stephen,

865 is the first, thence so many churches, which the Apostle Paul

866 names, magnifying God in their conversion.

867 Of which thing I do not doubt what follows is to be understood,

868 "And will divide Israel in twain," to wit, into Israel

869 pertaining to the bond woman, and Israel pertaining to the

870 free. For these two kinds were at first together, as Abraham

871 still clave to the bond woman, until the barren, made,

872 fruitful by the grace of God, cried, "Cast out the bond

873 woman and her son."[401] We know, indeed, that on account

874 of the sin of Solomon, in the reign of his son Rehoboam

875 Israel was divided in two, and continued so, the separate parts

876 having their own kings, until that whole nation was overthrown

877 with a great destruction, and carried away by the Chaldeans.

878 But what was this to Saul, when, if any such thing was

879 threatened, it would be threatened against David himself,

880 whose son Solomon was? Finally, the Hebrew nation is not

881 now divided internally, but is dispersed through the earth indiscriminately,

882 in the fellowship of the same error. But that

883 division with which God threatened the kingdom and people

884 in the person of Saul, who represented them, is shown to be

885 eternal and unchangeable by this which is added, "And He

886 will not be changed, neither will He repent: for He is not as

887 a man, that He should repent; who threatens and does not persist,"—that

888 is, a man threatens and does not persist, but not

889 God, who does not repent like man. For when we read that

890 He repents, a change of circumstance is meant, flowing from the

891 divine immutable foreknowledge. Therefore, when God is said

892 not to repent, it is to be understood that He does not change.

893 We see that this sentence concerning this division of the

894 people of Israel, divinely uttered in these words, has been

895 altogether irremediable and quite perpetual. For whoever

896 have turned, or are turning, or shall turn thence to Christ, it

897 has been according to the foreknowledge of God, not according

898 to the one and the same nature of the human race. Certainly

899 none of the Israelites, who, cleaving to Christ, have

900 continued in Him, shall ever be among those Israelites who

901 persist in being His enemies even to the end of this life,

902 but shall for ever remain in the separation which is here

903 foretold. For the Old Testament, from the Mount Sinai,

904 which gendereth to bondage,[402] profiteth nothing, unless because

905 it bears witness to the New Testament. Otherwise, however

906 long Moses is read, the veil is put over their heart; but

907 when any one shall turn thence to Christ, the veil shall be

908 taken away.[403] For the very desire of those who turn is

909 changed from the old to the new, so that each no longer

910 desires to obtain carnal but spiritual felicity. Wherefore

911 that great prophet Samuel himself, before he had anointed

912 Saul, when he had cried to the Lord for Israel, and He had

913 heard him, and when he had offered a whole burnt-offering,

914 as the aliens were coming to battle against the people of God,

915 and the Lord thundered above them and they were confused,

916 and fell before Israel and were overcome; [then] he took one

917 stone and set it up between the old and new Massephat

918 (Mizpeh), and called its name Ebenezer, which means "the

919 stone of the helper," and said, "Hitherto hath the Lord helped

920 us."[404] Massephat is interpreted "desire." That stone of the

921 helper is the mediation of the Saviour, by which we go from

922 the old Massephat to the new,—that is, from the desire with

923 which carnal happiness was expected in the carnal kingdom

924 to the desire with which the truest spiritual happiness is expected

925 in the kingdom of heaven; and since nothing is better

926 than that, the Lord helpeth us hitherto.

927 8. *Of the promises made to David in his son, which are in no wise fulfilled in

928 Solomon, but most fully in Christ.*

929 And now I see I must show what, pertaining to the matter

930 I treat of, God promised to David himself, who succeeded Saul

931 in the kingdom, whose change prefigured that final change on

932 account of which all things were divinely spoken, all things

933 were committed to writing. When many things had gone prosperously

934 with king David, he thought to make a house for

935 God, even that temple of most excellent renown which was

936 afterwards built by king Solomon his son. While he was

937 thinking of this, the word of the Lord came to Nathan the

938 prophet, which he brought to the king, in which, after God

939 had said that a house should not be built unto Him by David

940 himself, and that in all that long time He had never commanded

941 any of His people to build Him a house of cedar, he

942 says, "And now thus shalt thou say unto my servant David,

943 Thus saith God Almighty, I took thee from the sheep-cote

944 that thou mightest be for a ruler over my people in Israel:

945 and I was with thee whithersoever thou wentest, and have

946 cut off all thine enemies from before thy face, and have made

947 thee a name, according to the name of the great ones who are

948 over the earth. And I will appoint a place for my people

949 Israel, and will plant him, and he shall dwell apart, and shall

950 be troubled no more; and the son of wickedness shall not

951 humble him any more, as from the beginning, from the days

952 when I appointed judges over my people Israel. And I will

953 give thee rest from all thine enemies, and the Lord will tell

954 [hath told] thee, because thou shalt build an house for Him.

955 And it shall come to pass when thy days be fulfilled, and

956 thou shalt sleep with thy fathers, that I will raise up thy

957 seed after thee, which shall proceed out of thy bowels, and I

958 will prepare his kingdom. He shall build me an house for

959 my name; and I will order his throne even to eternity. I

960 will be his Father, and he shall be my son. And if he commit

961 iniquity, I will chasten him with the rod of men, and with

962 the stripes of the sons of men: but my mercy I will not take

963 away from him, as I took it away from those whom I put

964 away from before my face. And his house shall be faithful,

965 and his kingdom even for evermore before me, and his throne

966 shall be set up even for evermore."[405]

967 He who thinks this grand promise was fulfilled in Solomon

968 greatly errs; for he attends to the saying, "He shall build

969 me an house," but he does not attend to the saying, "His

970 house shall be faithful, and his kingdom for evermore before

971 me." Let him therefore attend and behold the house of

972 Solomon full of strange women worshipping false gods, and

973 the king himself, aforetime wise, seduced by them, and cast

974 down into the same idolatry: and let him not dare to think

975 that God either promised this falsely, or was unable to foreknow

976 that Solomon and his house would become what they

977 did. But we ought not to be in doubt here, or to see the

978 fulfilment of these things save in Christ our Lord, who was

979 made of the seed of David according to the flesh,[406] lest we

980 should vainly and uselessly look for some other here, like the

981 carnal Jews. For even they understand this much, that the

982 son whom they read of in that place as promised to David

983 was not Solomon; so that, with wonderful blindness to Him

984 who was promised and is now declared with so great manifestation,

985 they say they hope for another. Indeed, even in Solomon

986 there appeared some image of the future event, in that

987 he built the temple, and had peace according to his name (for

988 Solomon means "pacific"), and in the beginning of his reign

989 was wonderfully praiseworthy; but while, as a shadow of Him

990 that should come, he foreshowed Christ our Lord, he did not

991 also in his own person resemble Him. Whence some things

992 concerning him are so written as if they were prophesied

993 of himself, while the Holy Scripture, prophesying even by

994 events, somehow delineates in him the figure of things to

995 come. For, besides the books of divine history, in which his

996 reign is narrated, the 72d Psalm also is inscribed in the title

997 with his name, in which so many things are said which cannot

998 at all apply to him, but which apply to the Lord Christ

999 with such evident fitness as makes it quite apparent that in

1000 the one the figure is in some way shadowed forth, but in the

1001 other the truth itself is presented. For it is known within

1002 what bounds the kingdom of Solomon was enclosed; and yet

1003 in that psalm, not to speak of other things, we read, "He

1004 shall have dominion from sea even to sea, and from the river

1005 to the ends of the earth,"[407] which we see fulfilled in Christ.

1006 Truly he took the beginning of His reigning from the river

1007 where John baptized; for, when pointed out by him, He began

1008 to be acknowledged by the disciples, who called Him not only

1009 Master, but also Lord.

1010 Nor was it for any other reason that, while his father David

1011 was still living, Solomon began to reign, which happened to

1012 none other of their kings, except that from this also it might

1013 be clearly apparent that it was not himself this prophecy

1014 spoken to his father signified beforehand, saying, "And it

1015 shall come to pass when thy days be fulfilled, and thou shalt

1016 sleep with thy fathers, that I will raise up thy seed which

1017 shall proceed out of thy bowels, and I will prepare His kingdom."

1018 How, therefore, shall it be thought on account of what

1019 follows, "He shall build me an house," that this Solomon is

1020 prophesied, and not rather be understood on account of what

1021 precedes, "When thy days be fulfilled, and thou shalt sleep

1022 with thy fathers, I will raise up thy seed after thee," that

1023 another pacific One is promised, who is foretold as about to

1024 be raised up, not before David's death, as he was, but after

1025 it? For however long the interval of time might be before

1026 Jesus Christ came, beyond doubt it was after the death of

1027 king David, to whom He was so promised, that He behoved

1028 to come, who should build an house of God, not of wood and

1029 stone, but of men, such as we rejoice He does build. For to

1030 this house, that is, to believers, the apostle saith, "The temple

1031 of God is holy, which temple ye are."[408]

1032 9. *How like the prophecy about Christ in the* 89*th Psalm is to the things

1033 promised in Nathan's prophecy in the Books of Samuel.*

1034 Wherefore also in the 89th Psalm, of which the title is,

1035 "An instruction for himself by Ethan the Israelite," mention

1036 is made of the promises God made to king David, and some

1037 things are there added similar to those found in the Book of

1038 Samuel, such as this, "I have sworn to David my servant

1039 that I will prepare his seed for ever."[409] And again, "Then

1040 thou spakest in vision to thy sons, and saidst, I have laid

1041 help upon the mighty One, and have exalted the chosen One

1042 out of my people. I have found David my servant, and with

1043 my holy oil I have anointed him. For mine hand shall help

1044 him, and mine arm shall strengthen him. The enemy shall

1045 not prevail against him, and the son of iniquity shall harm

1046 him no more. And I will beat down his foes from before

1047 his face, and those that hate him will I put to flight. And

1048 my truth and my mercy shall be with him, and in my name

1049 shall his horn be exalted. I will set his hand also in the

1050 sea, and his right hand in the rivers. He shall cry unto me,

1051 Thou art my Father, my God, and the undertaker of my salvation.

1052 Also I will make him my first-born, high among the

1053 kings of the earth. My mercy will I keep for him for evermore,

1054 and my covenant shall be faithful (sure) with him.

1055 His seed also will I set for ever and ever, and his throne as

1056 the days of heaven."[410] Which words, when rightly understood,

1057 are all understood to be about the Lord Jesus Christ, under

1058 the name of David, on account of the form of a servant, which

1059 the same Mediator assumed[411] from the virgin of the seed of

1060 David.[412] For immediately something is said about the sins of

1061 his children, such as is set down in the Book of Samuel, and

1062 is more readily taken as if of Solomon. For there, that is,

1063 in the Book of Samuel, he says, "And if he commit iniquity,

1064 I will chasten him with the rod of men, and with the stripes

1065 of the sons of men; but my mercy will I not take away from

1066 him,"[413] meaning by stripes the strokes of correction. Hence

1067 that saying, "Touch ye not my christs."[414] For what else is

1068 that than, Do not harm them? But in the psalm, when

1069 speaking as if of David, He says something of the same kind

1070 there too. "If his children," saith He, "forsake my law, and

1071 walk not in my judgments; if they profane my righteousnesses,

1072 and keep not my commandments; I will visit their

1073 iniquities with the rod, and their faults with stripes: but my

1074 mercy I will not make void from him."[415] He did not say

1075 "from them," although He spoke of his children, not of himself;

1076 but he said "from him," which means the same thing

1077 if rightly understood. For of Christ Himself, who is the head

1078 of the Church, there could not be found any sins which required

1079 to be divinely restrained by human correction, mercy

1080 being still continued; but they are found in His body and

1081 members, which is His people. Therefore in the Book of

1082 Samuel it is said, "iniquity of Him," but in the psalm, "of

1083 His children," that we may understand that what is said of

1084 His body is in some way said of Himself. Wherefore also,

1085 when Saul persecuted His body, that is, His believing people,

1086 He Himself saith from heaven, "Saul, Saul, why persecutest

1087 thou me?"[416] Then in the following words of the psalm He

1088 says, "Neither will I hurt in my truth, nor profane my covenant,

1089 and the things that proceed from my lips I will not

1090 disallow. Once have I sworn by my holiness, if I lie unto

1091 David,"[417]—that is, I will in no wise lie unto David; for

1092 Scripture is wont to speak thus. But what that is in which

1093 He will not lie, He adds, saying, "His seed shall endure for

1094 ever, and his throne as the sun before me, and as the moon

1095 perfected for ever, and a faithful witness in heaven."[418]

1096 >

1097 >

1098 >

1099 10. *How different the acts in the kingdom of the earthly Jerusalem are from

1100 > those which God had promised, so that the truth of the promise should be

1101 > understood to pertain to the glory of the other King and kingdom.*

1102 That it might not be supposed that a promise so strongly

1103 expressed and confirmed was fulfilled in Solomon, as if he

1104 hoped for, yet did not find it, he says, "But Thou hast cast off,

1105 and hast brought to nothing, O Lord."[419] This truly was done

1106 concerning the kingdom of Solomon among his posterity, even

1107 to the overthrow of the earthly Jerusalem itself, which was

1108 the seat of the kingdom, and especially the destruction of the

1109 very temple which had been built by Solomon. But lest on

1110 this account God should be thought to have done contrary to

1111 His promise, immediately he adds, "Thou hast delayed Thy

1112 Christ."[420] Therefore he is not Solomon, nor yet David himself,

1113 if the Christ of the Lord is delayed. For while all the

1114 kings are called His christs, who were consecrated with that

1115 mystical chrism, not only from king David downwards, but

1116 even from that Saul who first was anointed king of that same

1117 people, David himself indeed calling him the Lord's christ,

1118 yet there was one true Christ, whose figure they bore by the

1119 prophetic unction, who, according to the opinion of men, who

1120 thought he was to be understood as come in David or in

1121 Solomon, was long delayed, but who, according as God had

1122 disposed, was to come in His own time. The following part

1123 of this psalm goes on to say what in the meantime, while He

1124 was delayed, was to become of the kingdom of the earthly

1125 Jerusalem, where it was hoped He would certainly reign:

1126 "Thou hast overthrown the covenant of Thy servant; Thou

1127 hast profaned in the earth his sanctuary. Thou hast broken

1128 down all his walls; Thou hast put his strongholds in fear.

1129 All that pass by the way spoil him; he is made a reproach

1130 to his neighbours. Thou hast set up the right hand of his

1131 enemies; Thou hast made all his enemies to rejoice. Thou

1132 hast turned aside the help of his sword, and hast not helped

1133 him in war. Thou hast destroyed him from cleansing; Thou

1134 hast dashed down his seat to the ground. Thou hast shortened

1135 the days of his seat; Thou hast poured confusion over

1136 him."[421] All these things came upon Jerusalem the bond

1137 woman, in which some also reigned who were children of the

1138 free woman, holding that kingdom in temporary stewardship,

1139 but holding the kingdom of the heavenly Jerusalem, whose

1140 children they were, in true faith, and hoping in the true

1141 Christ. But how these things came upon that kingdom, the

1142 history of its affairs points out if it is read.

1143 11. *Of the substance of the people of God, which through His assumption of

1144 flesh is in Christ, who alone had power to deliver His own soul from hell.*

1145 But after having prophesied these things, the prophet betakes

1146 him to praying to God; yet even the very prayer is

1147 prophecy: "How long, Lord, dost Thou turn away in the

1148 end?"[422] "Thy face" is understood, as it is elsewhere said,

1149 "How long dost Thou turn away Thy face from me?"[423] For

1150 therefore some copies have here not "dost," but "wilt Thou

1151 turn away;" although it could be understood, "Thou turnest

1152 away Thy mercy, which Thou didst promise to David." But

1153 when he says, "in the end," what does it mean, except even

1154 to the end? By which end is to be understood the last time,

1155 when even that nation is to believe in Christ Jesus, before

1156 which end what He has just sorrowfully bewailed must come

1157 to pass. On account of which it is also added here, "Thy

1158 wrath shall burn like fire. Remember what is my substance."[424]

1159 This cannot be better understood than of Jesus

1160 Himself, the substance of His people, of whose nature His

1161 flesh is. "For not in vain," he says, "hast Thou made all the

1162 sons of men."[425] For unless the one Son of man had been the

1163 substance of Israel, through which Son of man many sons of

1164 men should be set free, all the sons of men would have been

1165 made wholly in vain. But now indeed all mankind through

1166 the fall of the first man has fallen from the truth into vanity;

1167 for which reason another psalm says, "Man is like to vanity:

1168 his days pass away as a shadow;"[426] yet God has not made all

1169 the sons of men in vain, because He frees many from vanity

1170 through the Mediator Jesus, and those whom He did not foreknow

1171 as to be delivered, He made not wholly in vain in the

1172 most beautiful and most just ordination of the whole rational

1173 creation, for the use of those who were to be delivered, and

1174 for the comparison of the two cities by mutual contrast.

1175 Thereafter it follows, "Who is the man that shall live, and

1176 shall not see death? shall he snatch his soul from the hand

1177 of hell?"[427] Who is this but that substance of Israel out of

1178 the seed of David, Christ Jesus, of whom the apostle says,

1179 that "rising from the dead He now dieth not, and death shall

1180 no more have dominion over Him?"[428] For He shall so live and

1181 not see death, that yet He shall have been dead; but shall

1182 have delivered His soul from the hand of hell, whither He had

1183 descended in order to loose some from the chains of hell; but

1184 He hath delivered it by that power of which He says in the

1185 Gospel, "I have the power of laying down my life, and I have

1186 the power of taking it again."[429]

1187 >

1188 >

1189 >

1190 12. *To whose person the entreaty for the promises is to be understood to belong,

1191 > when he says in the psalm, "Where are Thine ancient compassions,

1192 > Lord?" etc.*

1193 But the rest of this psalm runs thus: "Where are Thine

1194 ancient compassions, Lord, which Thou swarest unto David in

1195 Thy truth? Remember, Lord, the reproach of Thy servants,

1196 which I have borne in my bosom of many nations; wherewith

1197 Thine enemies have reproached, O Lord, wherewith they

1198 have reproached the change of Thy Christ."[430] Now it may

1199 with very good reason be asked whether this is spoken in the

1200 person of those Israelites who desired that the promise made

1201 to David might be fulfilled to them; or rather of the Christians,

1202 who are Israelites not after the flesh but after the

1203 Spirit.[431] This certainly was spoken or written in the time of

1204 Ethan, from whose name this psalm gets its title, and that

1205 was the same as the time of David's reign; and therefore it

1206 would not have been said, "Where are Thine ancient compassions,

1207 Lord, which Thou hast sworn unto David in Thy

1208 truth?" unless the prophet had assumed the person of those

1209 who should come long afterwards, to whom that time when

1210 these things were promised to David was ancient. But it

1211 may be understood thus, that many nations, when they persecuted

1212 the Christians, reproached them with the passion of

1213 Christ, which Scripture calls His change, because by dying

1214 He is made immortal. The change of Christ, according to

1215 this passage, may also be understood to be reproached by the

1216 Israelites, because, when they hoped He would be theirs, He

1217 was made the Saviour of the nations; and many nations who

1218 have believed in Him by the New Testament now reproach

1219 them who remain in the old with this: so that it is said, "Remember,

1220 Lord, the reproach of Thy servants;" because through

1221 the Lord's not forgetting, but rather pitying them, even they

1222 after this reproach are to believe. But what I have put first

1223 seems to me the most suitable meaning. For to the enemies

1224 of Christ who are reproached with this, that Christ hath left

1225 them, turning to the Gentiles,[432] this speech is incongruously

1226 assigned, "Remember, Lord, the reproach of Thy servants,"

1227 for such Jews are not to be styled the servants of God; but

1228 these words fit those who, if they suffered great humiliations

1229 through persecution for the name of Christ, could call to mind

1230 that an exalted kingdom had been promised to the seed of

1231 David, and in desire of it, could say not despairingly, but as

1232 asking, seeking, knocking,[433] "Where are Thine ancient compassions,

1233 Lord, which Thou swarest unto David in Thy truth? Remember,

1234 Lord, the reproach of Thy servants, that I have borne

1235 in my bosom of many nations;" that is, have patiently endured

1236 in my inward parts. "That Thine enemies have reproached,

1237 O Lord, wherewith they have reproached the change of Thy

1238 Christ," not thinking it a change, but a consumption.[434] But what

1239 does "Remember, Lord," mean, but that Thou wouldst have

1240 compassion, and wouldst for my patiently borne humiliation

1241 reward me with the excellency which Thou swarest unto David

1242 in Thy truth? But if we assign these words to the Jews,

1243 those servants of God who, on the conquest of the earthly

1244 Jerusalem, before Jesus Christ was born after the manner of

1245 men, were led into captivity, could say such things, understanding

1246 the change of Christ, because indeed through Him

1247 was to be surely expected, not an earthly and carnal felicity,

1248 such as appeared during the few years of king Solomon, but a

1249 heavenly and spiritual felicity; and when the nations, then

1250 ignorant of this through unbelief, exulted over and insulted

1251 the people of God for being captives, what else was this than

1252 ignorantly to reproach with the change of Christ those who

1253 understand the change of Christ? And therefore what follows

1254 when this psalm is concluded, "Let the blessing of the

1255 Lord be for evermore, amen, amen," is suitable enough for

1256 the whole people of God belonging to the heavenly Jerusalem,

1257 whether for those things that lay hid in the Old Testament

1258 before the New was revealed, or for those that, being now

1259 revealed in the New Testament, are manifestly discerned to

1260 belong to Christ. For the blessing of the Lord in the seed of

1261 David does not belong to any particular time, such as appeared

1262 in the days of Solomon, but is for evermore to be

1263 hoped for, in which most certain hope it is said, "Amen,

1264 amen;" for this repetition of the word is the confirmation of

1265 that hope. Therefore David understanding this, says in the

1266 second Book of Kings, in the passage from which we digressed

1267 to this psalm,[435] "Thou hast spoken also for Thy servant's house

1268 for a great while to come."[436] Therefore also a little after he

1269 says, "Now begin, and bless the house of Thy servant for evermore,"

1270 etc., because the son was then about to be born from

1271 whom his posterity should be continued to Christ, through

1272 whom his house should be eternal, and should also be the

1273 house of God. For it is called the house of David on account

1274 of David's race; but the selfsame is called the house of God

1275 on account of the temple of God, made of men, not of stones,

1276 where shall dwell for evermore the people with and in their

1277 God, and God with and in His people, so that God may fill

1278 His people, and the people be filled with their God, while God

1279 shall be all in all, Himself their reward in peace who is their

1280 strength in war. Therefore, when it is said in the words of

1281 Nathan, "And the Lord will tell thee what an house thou

1282 shalt build for Him,"[437] it is afterwards said in the words of

1283 David, "For Thou, Lord Almighty, God of Israel, hast opened

1284 the ear of Thy servant, saying, I will build thee an house."[438]

1285 For this house is built both by us through living well, and by

1286 God through helping us to live well; for "except the Lord

1287 build the house, they labour in vain that build it."[439] And

1288 when the final dedication of this house shall take place, then

1289 what God here says by Nathan shall be fulfilled, "And I

1290 will appoint a place for my people Israel, and will plant him,

1291 and he shall dwell apart, and shall be troubled no more; and

1292 the son of iniquity shall not humble him any more, as from

1293 the beginning, from the days when I appointed judges over my

1294 people Israel."[440]

1295 13. *Whether the truth of this promised peace can be ascribed to those times

1296 passed away under Solomon.*

1297 Whoever hopes for this so great good in this world, and

1298 in this earth, his wisdom is but folly. Can any one think it

1299 was fulfilled in the peace of Solomon's reign? Scripture certainly

1300 commends that peace with excellent praise as a shadow

1301 of that which is to come. But this opinion is to be vigilantly

1302 opposed, since after it is said, "And the son of iniquity shall

1303 not humble him any more," it is immediately added, "as from

1304 the beginning, from the days in which I appointed judges

1305 over my people Israel."[441] For the judges were appointed over

1306 that people from the time when they received the land of

1307 promise, before kings had begun to be there. And certainly

1308 the son of iniquity, that is, the foreign enemy, humbled him

1309 through periods of time in which we read that peace alternated

1310 with wars; and in that period longer times of peace are

1311 found than Solomon had, who reigned forty years. For under

1312 that judge who is called Ehud there were eighty years of

1313 peace.[442] Be it far from us, therefore, that we should believe

1314 the times of Solomon are predicted in this promise, much less

1315 indeed those of any other king whatever. For none other of

1316 them reigned in such great peace as he; nor did that nation

1317 ever at all hold that kingdom so as to have no anxiety lest it

1318 should be subdued by enemies: for in the very great mutability

1319 of human affairs such great security is never given to

1320 any people, that it should not dread invasions hostile to this

1321 life. Therefore the place of this promised peaceful and secure

1322 habitation is eternal, and of right belongs eternally to Jerusalem

1323 the free mother, where the genuine people of Israel

1324 shall be: for this name is interpreted "Seeing God;" in the

1325 desire of which reward a pious life is to be led through faith

1326 in this miserable pilgrimage.[443]

1327 14. *Of David's concern in the writing of the Psalms.*

1328 In the progress of the city of God through the ages, therefore,

1329 David first reigned in the earthly Jerusalem as a shadow

1330 of that which was to come. Now David was a man skilled

1331 in songs, who dearly loved musical harmony, not with a

1332 vulgar delight, but with a believing disposition, and by it

1333 served his God, who is the true God, by the mystical representation

1334 of a great thing. For the rational and well-ordered

1335 concord of diverse sounds in harmonious variety suggests the

1336 compact unity of the well-ordered city. Then almost all his

1337 prophecy is in psalms, of which a hundred and fifty are contained

1338 in what we call the Book of Psalms, of which some

1339 will have it those only were made by David which are inscribed

1340 with his name. But there are also some who think

1341 none of them were made by him except those which are

1342 marked "Of David;" but those which have in the title "For

1343 David" have been made by others who assumed his person.

1344 Which opinion is refuted by the voice of the Saviour

1345 Himself in the Gospel, when He says that David himself

1346 by the Spirit said Christ was his Lord; for the 110th Psalm

1347 begins thus, "The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit Thou at my

1348 right hand, until I make Thine enemies Thy footstool."[444] And

1349 truly that very psalm, like many more, has in the title, not

1350 "of David," but "for David." But those seem to me to hold

1351 the more credible opinion, who ascribe to him the authorship

1352 of all these hundred and fifty psalms, and think that he prefixed

1353 to some of them the names even of other men, who

1354 prefigured something pertinent to the matter, but chose to

1355 have no man's name in the titles of the rest, just as God

1356 inspired him in the management of this variety, which,

1357 although dark, is not meaningless. Neither ought it to move

1358 one not to believe this, that the names of some prophets who

1359 lived long after the times of king David are read in the

1360 inscriptions of certain psalms in that book, and that the

1361 things said there seem to be spoken as it were by them.

1362 Nor was the prophetic Spirit unable to reveal to king David,

1363 when he prophesied, even these names of future prophets, so

1364 that he might prophetically sing something which should suit

1365 their persons; just as it was revealed to a certain prophet

1366 that king Josiah should arise and reign after more than three

1367 hundred years, who predicted his future deeds also along with

1368 his name.[445]

1369 15. *Whether all the things prophesied in the Psalms concerning Christ and His

1370 Church should be taken up in the text of this work.*

1371 And now I see it may be expected of me that I shall open

1372 up in this part of this book what David may have prophesied

1373 in the Psalms concerning the Lord Jesus Christ or His

1374 Church. But although I have already done so in one instance,

1375 I am prevented from doing as that expectation seems

1376 to demand, rather by the abundance than the scarcity of

1377 matter. For the necessity of shunning prolixity forbids my

1378 setting down all things; yet I fear lest if I select some I shall

1379 appear to many, who know these things, to have passed by

1380 the more necessary. Besides, the proof that is adduced ought

1381 to be supported by the context of the whole psalm, so that

1382 at least there may be nothing against it if everything does

1383 not support it; lest we should seem, after the fashion of the

1384 centos, to gather for the thing we wish, as it were verses out

1385 of a grand poem, what shall be found to have been written

1386 not about it, but about some other and widely different thing.

1387 But ere this could be pointed out in each psalm, the whole

1388 of it must be expounded; and how great a work that would

1389 be, the volumes of others, as well as our own, in which we

1390 have done it, show well enough. Let him then who will,

1391 or can, read these volumes, and he will find out how many

1392 and great things David, at once king and prophet, has prophesied

1393 concerning Christ and His Church, to wit, concerning

1394 the King and the city which He has built.

1395 16. *Of the things pertaining to Christ and the Church, said either openly or

1396 tropically in the* 45*th Psalm.*

1397 For whatever direct and manifest prophetic utterances there

1398 may be about anything, it is necessary that those which are

1399 tropical should be mingled with them; which, chiefly on

1400 account of those of slower understanding, thrust upon the

1401 more learned the laborious task of clearing up and expounding

1402 them. Some of them, indeed, on the very first blush, as

1403 soon as they are spoken, exhibit Christ and the Church,

1404 although some things in them that are less intelligible remain

1405 to be expounded at leisure. We have an example of this

1406 in that same Book of Psalms: "My heart bubbled up a good

1407 matter: I utter my words to the king. My tongue is the pen

1408 of a scribe, writing swiftly. Thy form is beautiful beyond the

1409 sons of men; grace is poured out in Thy lips: therefore God

1410 hath blessed Thee for evermore. Gird Thy sword about Thy

1411 thigh, O Most Mighty. With Thy goodliness and Thy beauty

1412 go forward, proceed prosperously, and reign, because of Thy

1413 truth, and meekness, and righteousness; and Thy right hand

1414 shall lead Thee forth wonderfully. Thy sharp arrows are most

1415 powerful. The people shall fall under Thee: in the heart of

1416 the King's enemies. Thy throne, O God, is for ever and ever:

1417 a rod of direction is the rod of Thy kingdom. Thou hast

1418 loved righteousness, and hast hated iniquity: therefore God,

1419 Thy God, hath anointed Thee with the oil of exultation above

1420 Thy fellows. Myrrh and drops, and cassia from Thy vestments,

1421 from the houses of ivory: out of which the daughters

1422 of kings have delighted Thee in Thine honour."[446] Who is there,

1423 no matter how slow, but must here recognise Christ whom

1424 we preach, and in whom we believe, if he hears that He

1425 is God, whose throne is for ever and ever, and that He is

1426 anointed by God, as God indeed anoints, not with a visible,

1427 but with a spiritual and intelligible chrism? For who is so

1428 untaught in this religion, or so deaf to its far and wide spread

1429 fame, as not to know that Christ is named from this chrism,

1430 that is, from this anointing? But when it is acknowledged

1431 that this King is Christ, let each one who is already subject to

1432 Him who reigns because of truth, meekness, and righteousness,

1433 inquire at his leisure into these other things that are here

1434 said tropically: how His form is beautiful beyond the sons

1435 of men, with a certain beauty that is the more to be loved

1436 and admired the less it is corporeal; and what His sword,

1437 arrows, and other things of that kind may be, which are set

1438 down, not properly, but tropically.

1439 Then let him look upon His Church, joined to her so great

1440 Husband in spiritual marriage and divine love, of which it is

1441 said in these words which follow, "The queen stood upon

1442 Thy right hand in gold-embroidered vestments, girded about

1443 with variety. Hearken, O daughter, and look, and incline

1444 thine ear; forget also thy people, and thy father's house.

1445 Because the King hath greatly desired thy beauty; for He is

1446 the Lord thy God. And the daughters of Tyre shall worship

1447 Him with gifts; the rich among the people shall entreat Thy

1448 face. The daughter of the King has all her glory within, in

1449 golden fringes, girded about with variety. The virgins shall

1450 be brought after her to the King: her neighbours shall be

1451 brought to Thee. They shall be brought with gladness and

1452 exultation: they shall be led into the temple of the King.

1453 Instead of thy fathers, sons shall be born to thee: thou shalt

1454 establish them as princes over all the earth. They shall be

1455 mindful of thy name in every generation and descent. Therefore

1456 shall the people acknowledge thee for evermore, even for

1457 ever and ever."[447] I do not think any one is so stupid as to

1458 believe that some poor woman is here praised and described,

1459 as the spouse, to wit, of Him to whom it is said, "Thy throne,

1460 O God, is for ever and ever: a rod of direction is the rod of

1461 Thy kingdom. Thou hast loved righteousness and hated iniquity:

1462 therefore God, Thy God, hath anointed Thee with the

1463 oil of exultation above Thy fellows;"[448] that is, plainly, Christ

1464 above Christians. For these are His fellows, out of the unity

1465 and concord of whom in all nations that queen is formed,

1466 as it is said of her in another psalm, "The city of the great

1467 King."[449] The same is Sion spiritually, which name in Latin

1468 is interpreted *speculatio* (discovery); for she descries the

1469 great good of the world to come, because her attention is

1470 directed thither. In the same way she is also Jerusalem

1471 spiritually, of which we have already said many things. Her

1472 enemy is the city of the devil, Babylon, which is interpreted

1473 "confusion." Yet out of this Babylon this queen is in all

1474 nations set free by regeneration, and passes from the worst

1475 to the best King,—that is, from the devil to Christ. Wherefore

1476 it is said to her, "Forget thy people and thy father's

1477 house." Of this impious city those also are a portion who

1478 are Israelites only in the flesh and not by faith, enemies also

1479 of this great King Himself, and of His queen. For Christ,

1480 having come to them, and been slain by them, has the more

1481 become the King of others, whom He did not see in the flesh.

1482 Whence our King Himself says through the prophecy of a

1483 certain psalm, "Thou wilt deliver me from the contradictions

1484 of the people; Thou wilt make me head of the nations. A

1485 people whom I have not known hath served me: in the hearing

1486 of the ear it hath obeyed me."[450] Therefore this people of

1487 the nations, which Christ did not know in His bodily presence,

1488 yet has believed in that Christ as announced to it; so that it

1489 might be said of it with good reason, "In the hearing of the

1490 ear it hath obeyed me," for "faith is by hearing."[451] This

1491 people, I say, added to those who are the true Israelites both

1492 by the flesh and by faith, is the city of God, which has

1493 brought forth Christ Himself according to the flesh, since He

1494 was in these Israelites only. For thence came the Virgin

1495 Mary, in whom Christ assumed flesh that He might be man.

1496 Of which city another psalm says, "Mother Sion, shall a man

1497 say, and the man is made in her, and the Highest Himself

1498 hath founded her."[452] Who is this Highest, save God? And

1499 thus Christ, who is God, before He became man through Mary

1500 in that city, Himself founded it by the patriarchs and prophets.

1501 As therefore was said by prophecy so long before to this queen,

1502 the city of God, what we already can see fulfilled, "Instead

1503 of thy fathers, sons are born to thee; thou shalt make them

1504 princes over all the earth;"[453] so out of her sons truly are set

1505 up even her fathers [princes] through all the earth, when the

1506 people, coming together to her, confess to her with the confession

1507 of eternal praise for ever and ever. Beyond doubt,

1508 whatever interpretation is put on what is here expressed

1509 somewhat darkly in figurative language, ought to be in agreement

1510 with these most manifest things.

1511 17. *Of those things in the* 110*th Psalm which relate to the priesthood of Christ,

1512 and in the* 22*d to His passion.*

1513 Just as in that psalm also where Christ is most openly

1514 proclaimed as Priest, even as He is here as King, "The Lord

1515 said unto my Lord, Sit Thou at my right hand, until I make

1516 Thine enemies Thy footstool."[454] That Christ sits on the right

1517 hand of God the Father is believed, not seen; that His enemies

1518 also are put under His feet doth not yet appear; it is

1519 being done, [therefore] it will appear at last: yea, this is now

1520 believed, afterward it shall be seen. But what follows, "The

1521 Lord will send forth the rod of Thy strength out of Sion, and

1522 rule Thou in the midst of Thine enemies,"[455] is so clear, that to

1523 deny it would imply not merely unbelief and mistake, but

1524 downright impudence. And even enemies must certainly

1525 confess that out of Sion has been sent the law of Christ which

1526 we call the gospel, and acknowledge as the rod of His strength.

1527 But that He rules in the midst of His enemies, these same

1528 enemies among whom He rules themselves bear witness,

1529 gnashing their teeth and consuming away, and having power

1530 to do nothing against Him. Then what he says a little after,

1531 "The Lord hath sworn and will not repent,"[456] by which words

1532 He intimates that what He adds is immutable, "Thou art a

1533 priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek,"[457] who is permitted

1534 to doubt of whom these things are said, seeing that

1535 now there is nowhere a priesthood and sacrifice after the

1536 order of Aaron, and everywhere men offer under Christ as the

1537 Priest, which Melchizedek showed when he blessed Abraham?

1538 Therefore to these manifest things are to be referred, when

1539 rightly understood, those things in the same psalm that are set

1540 down a little more obscurely, and we have already made known

1541 in our popular sermons how these things are to be rightly understood.

1542 So also in that where Christ utters through prophecy

1543 the humiliation of His passion, saying, "They pierced my

1544 hands and feet; they counted all my bones. Yea, they looked

1545 and stared at me."[458] By which words he certainly meant His

1546 body stretched out on the cross, with the hands and feet pierced

1547 and perforated by the striking through of the nails, and that

1548 He had in that way made Himself a spectacle to those who

1549 looked and stared. And he adds, "They parted my garments

1550 among them, and over my vesture they cast lots."[459] How

1551 this prophecy has been fulfilled the Gospel history narrates.

1552 Then, indeed, the other things also which are said there less

1553 openly are rightly understood when they agree with those

1554 which shine with so great clearness; especially because those

1555 things also which we do not believe as past, but survey as

1556 present, are beheld by the whole world, being now exhibited

1557 just as they are read of in this very psalm as predicted so

1558 long before. For it is there said a little after, "All the ends

1559 of the earth shall remember, and turn unto the Lord, and all

1560 the kindreds of the nations shall worship before Him; for the

1561 kingdom is the Lord's, and He shall rule the nations."

1562 18. *Of the* 3*d*, 41*st*, 15*th*, *and* 68*th Psalms, in which the death and resurrection

1563 of the Lord are prophesied.*

1564 About His resurrection also the oracles of the Psalms are

1565 by no means silent. For what else is it that is sung in His

1566 person in the 3d Psalm, "I laid me down and took a sleep,

1567 [and] I awaked, for the Lord shall sustain me?"[460] Is there

1568 perchance any one so stupid as to believe that the prophet

1569 chose to point it out to us as something great that He had

1570 slept and risen up, unless that sleep had been death, and that

1571 awaking the resurrection, which behoved to be thus prophesied

1572 concerning Christ? For in the 41st Psalm also it is

1573 shown much more clearly, where in the person of the Mediator,

1574 in the usual way, things are narrated as if past which were

1575 prophesied as yet to come, since these things which were yet

1576 to come were in the predestination and foreknowledge of God

1577 as if they were done, because they were certain. He says,

1578 "Mine enemies speak evil of me; When shall he die, and his

1579 name perish? And if he came in to see me, his heart spake

1580 vain things: he gathered iniquity to himself. He went out

1581 of doors, and uttered it all at once. Against me all mine

1582 enemies whisper together: against me do they devise evil.

1583 They have planned an unjust thing against me. Shall not

1584 he that sleeps also rise again?"[461] These words are certainly

1585 so set down here that he may be understood to say nothing

1586 else than if he said, Shall not He that died recover life again?

1587 The previous words clearly show that His enemies have meditated

1588 and planned His death, and that this was executed by

1589 him who came in to see, and went out to betray. But to

1590 whom does not Judas here occur, who, from being His disciple,

1591 became His betrayer? Therefore because they were

1592 about to do what they had plotted,—that is, were about to

1593 kill Him,—he, to show them that with useless malice they

1594 were about to kill Him who should rise again, so adds this

1595 verse, as if he said, What vain thing are you doing? What

1596 will be your crime will be my sleep. "Shall not He that

1597 sleeps also rise again?" And yet he indicates in the following

1598 verses that they should not commit so great an impiety

1599 with impunity, saying, "Yea, the man of my peace in whom

1600 I trusted, who ate my bread, hath enlarged the heel over

1601 me;"[462] that is, hath trampled me under foot. "But Thou," he

1602 saith, "O Lord, be merciful unto me, and raise me up, that I

1603 may requite them."[463] Who can now deny this who sees the

1604 Jews, after the passion and resurrection of Christ, utterly

1605 rooted up from their abodes by warlike slaughter and destruction?

1606 For, being slain by them, He has risen again, and

1607 has requited them meanwhile by temporary discipline, save

1608 that for those who are not corrected He keeps it in store for

1609 the time when He shall judge the quick and the dead.[464] For

1610 the Lord Jesus Himself, in pointing out that very man to the

1611 apostles as His betrayer, quoted this very verse of this psalm,

1612 and said it was fulfilled in Himself: "He that ate my bread

1613 enlarged the heel over me." But what he says, "In whom I

1614 trusted," does not suit the head but the body. For the

1615 Saviour Himself was not ignorant of him concerning whom

1616 He had already said before, "One of you is a devil."[465] But

1617 He is wont to assume the person of His members, and to

1618 ascribe to Himself what should be said of them, because the

1619 head and the body is one Christ;[466] whence that saying in the

1620 Gospel, "I was an hungered, and ye gave me to eat."[467] Expounding

1621 which, He says, "Since ye did it to one of the least

1622 of mine, ye did it to me."[468] Therefore He said that He had

1623 trusted, because His disciples then had trusted concerning

1624 Judas; for he was numbered with the apostles.[469]

1625 But the Jews do not expect that the Christ whom they

1626 expect will die; therefore they do not think ours to be Him

1627 whom the law and the prophets announced, but feign to

1628 themselves I know not whom of their own, exempt from the

1629 suffering of death. Therefore, with wonderful emptiness and

1630 blindness, they contend that the words we have set down

1631 signify, not death and resurrection, but sleep and awaking

1632 again. But the 16th Psalm also cries to them, "Therefore

1633 my heart is jocund, and my tongue hath exulted; moreover,

1634 my flesh also shall rest in hope: for Thou wilt not leave my

1635 soul in hell; neither wilt Thou give Thine Holy One to see

1636 corruption."[470] Who but He that rose again the third day

1637 could say His flesh had rested in this hope; that His soul,

1638 not being left in hell, but speedily returning to it, should

1639 revive it, that it should not be corrupted as corpses are wont

1640 to be, which they can in no wise say of David the prophet and

1641 king? The 68th Psalm also cries out, "Our God is the God

1642 of salvation: even of the Lord the exit was by death."[471] What

1643 could be more openly said? For the God of salvation is the

1644 Lord Jesus, which is interpreted Saviour, or Healing One. For

1645 this reason this name was given, when it was said before He was

1646 born of the virgin: "Thou shalt bring forth a Son, and shalt

1647 call His name Jesus; for He shall save His people from their

1648 sins."[472] Because His blood was shed for the remission of their

1649 sins, it behoved Him to have no other exit from this life than

1650 death. Therefore, when it had been said, "Our God is the God

1651 of salvation," immediately it was added, "Even of the Lord the

1652 exit was by death," in order to show that we were to be saved

1653 by His dying. But that saying is marvellous, "Even of the

1654 Lord," as if it was said, Such is that life of mortals, that not

1655 even the Lord Himself could go out of it otherwise save

1656 through death.

1657 19. *Of the* 69*th Psalm, in which the obstinate unbelief of the Jews is

1658 declared.*

1659 But when the Jews will not in the least yield to the testimonies

1660 of this prophecy, which are so manifest, and are also

1661 brought by events to so clear and certain a completion, certainly

1662 that is fulfilled in them which is written in that psalm

1663 which here follows. For when the things which pertain to

1664 His passion are prophetically spoken there also in the person,

1665 of Christ, that is mentioned which is unfolded in the Gospel:

1666 "They gave me gall for my meat; and in my thirst they gave

1667 me vinegar for drink."[473] And as it were after such a feast

1668 and dainties in this way given to Himself, presently He

1669 brings in [these words]: "Let their table become a trap before

1670 them, and a retribution, and an offence: let their eyes be

1671 dimmed that they see not, and their back be always bowed

1672 down,"[474] etc. Which things are not spoken as wished for,

1673 but are predicted under the prophetic form of wishing. What

1674 wonder, then, if those whose eyes are dimmed that they see

1675 not do not see these manifest things? What wonder if

1676 those do not look up at heavenly things whose back is always

1677 bowed down that they may grovel among earthly things?

1678 For these words transferred from the body signify mental

1679 faults. Let these things which have been said about the

1680 Psalms, that is, about king David's prophecy, suffice, that we

1681 may keep within some bound. But let those readers excuse us

1682 who knew them all before; and let them not complain about

1683 those perhaps stronger proofs which they know or think I

1684 have passed by.

1685 >

1686 >

1687 >

1688 20. *Of David's reign and merit; and of his son Solomon, and that prophecy

1689 > relating to Christ which is found either in those books which are joined to

1690 > those written by him, or in those which are indubitably his.*

1691 David therefore reigned in the earthly Jerusalem, a son

1692 of the heavenly Jerusalem, much praised by the divine testimony;

1693 for even his faults are overcome by great piety, through

1694 the most salutary humility of his repentance, that he is altogether

1695 one of those of whom he himself says, "Blessed are

1696 they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered."[475]

1697 After him Solomon his son reigned over the same whole people,

1698 who, as was said before, began to reign while his father was

1699 still alive. This man, after good beginnings, made a bad end.

1700 For indeed "prosperity, which wears out the minds of the wise,"[476]

1701 hurt him more than that wisdom profited him, which even

1702 yet is and shall hereafter be renowned, and was then praised

1703 far and wide. He also is found to have prophesied in his

1704 books, of which three are received as of canonical authority,

1705 Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs. But it has

1706 been customary to ascribe to Solomon other two, of which one

1707 is called Wisdom, the other Ecclesiasticus, on account of some

1708 resemblance of style,—but the more learned have no doubt

1709 that they are not his; yet of old the Church, especially

1710 the Western, received them into authority,—in the one of

1711 which, called the Wisdom of Solomon, the passion of Christ

1712 is most openly prophesied. For indeed His impious murderers

1713 are quoted as saying, "Let us lie in wait for the

1714 righteous, for he is unpleasant to us, and contrary to our

1715 works; and he upbraideth us with our transgressions of the

1716 law, and objecteth to our disgrace the transgressions of our

1717 education. He professeth to have the knowledge of God, and

1718 he calleth himself the Son of God. He was made to reprove

1719 our thoughts. He is grievous for us even to behold; for his

1720 life is unlike other men's, and his ways are different. We

1721 are esteemed of him as counterfeits; and he abstaineth from

1722 our ways as from filthiness. He extols the latter end of the

1723 righteous; and glorieth that he hath God for his Father. Let

1724 us see, therefore, if his words be true; and let us try what

1725 shall happen to him, and we shall know what shall be the

1726 end of him. For if the righteous be the Son of God, He will

1727 undertake for him, and deliver him out of the hand of those

1728 that are against him. Let us put him to the question with

1729 contumely and torture, that we may know his reverence, and

1730 prove his patience. Let us condemn him to the most shameful

1731 death; for by His own sayings He shall be respected.

1732 These things did they imagine, and were mistaken; for their

1733 own malice hath quite blinded them."[477] But in Ecclesiasticus

1734 the future faith of the nations is predicted in this manner:

1735 "Have mercy upon us, O God, Ruler of all, and send Thy fear

1736 upon all the nations: lift up Thine hand over the strange

1737 nations, and let them see Thy power. As Thou wast sanctified

1738 in us before them, so be Thou sanctified in them before

1739 us, and let them acknowledge Thee, according as we also have

1740 acknowledged Thee; for there is not a God beside Thee, O

1741 Lord."[478] We see this prophecy in the form of a wish and

1742 prayer fulfilled through Jesus Christ. But the things which

1743 are not written in the canon of the Jews cannot be quoted

1744 against their contradictions with so great validity.

1745 But as regards those three books which it is evident are

1746 Solomon's, and held canonical by the Jews, to show what of

1747 this kind may be found in them pertaining to Christ and the

1748 Church demands a laborious discussion, which, if now entered

1749 on, would lengthen this work unduly. Yet what we read in

1750 the Proverbs of impious men saying, "Let us unrighteously

1751 hide in the earth the righteous man; yea, let us swallow him

1752 up alive as hell, and let us take away his memory from the

1753 earth: let us seize his precious possession,"[479] is not so obscure

1754 that it may not be understood, without laborious exposition,

1755 of Christ and His possession the Church. Indeed, the gospel

1756 parable about the wicked husbandmen shows that our Lord

1757 Jesus Himself said something like it: "This is the heir; come,

1758 let us kill him, and the inheritance shall be ours."[480] In like

1759 manner also that passage in this same book, on which we have

1760 already touched[481] when we were speaking of the barren woman

1761 who hath born seven, must soon after it was uttered have

1762 come to be understood of only Christ and the Church by those

1763 who knew that Christ was the Wisdom of God. "Wisdom

1764 hath builded her an house, and hath set up seven pillars; she

1765 hath sacrificed her victims, she hath mingled her wine in the

1766 bowl; she hath also furnished her table. She hath sent her

1767 servants summoning to the bowl with excellent proclamation,

1768 saying, Who is simple, let him turn aside to me. And

1769 to the void of sense she hath said, Come, eat of my bread,

1770 and drink of the wine which I have mingled for you."[482] Here

1771 certainly we perceive that the Wisdom of God, that is, the

1772 Word co-eternal with the Father, hath builded Him an house,

1773 even a human body in the virgin womb, and hath subjoined

1774 the Church to it as members to a head, hath slain the martyrs

1775 as victims, hath furnished a table with wine and bread, where

1776 appears also the priesthood after the order of Melchizedek, and

1777 hath called the simple and the void of sense, because, as saith

1778 the apostle, "He hath chosen the weak things of this world

1779 that He might confound the things which are mighty."[483] Yet

1780 to these weak ones she saith what follows, "Forsake simplicity,

1781 that ye may live; and seek prudence, that ye may have

1782 life."[484] But to be made partakers of this table is itself to

1783 begin to have life. For when he says in another book, which

1784 is called Ecclesiastes, "There is no good for a man, except

1785 that he should eat and drink,"[485] what can he be more credibly

1786 understood to say, than what belongs to the participation of

1787 this table which the Mediator of the New Testament Himself,

1788 the Priest after the order of Melchizedek, furnishes with His

1789 own body and blood? For that sacrifice has succeeded all

1790 the sacrifices of the Old Testament, which were slain as a

1791 shadow of that which was to come; wherefore also we recognise

1792 the voice in the 40th Psalm as that of the same

1793 Mediator speaking through prophesy, "Sacrifice and offering

1794 Thou didst not desire; but a body hast Thou perfected for me."[486]

1795 Because, instead of all these sacrifices and oblations, His body

1796 is offered, and is served up to the partakers of it. For that

1797 this Ecclesiastes, in this sentence about eating and drinking,

1798 which he often repeats, and very much commends, does not

1799 savour the dainties of carnal pleasures, is made plain enough

1800 when he says, "It is better to go into the house of mourning

1801 than to go into the house of feasting."[487] And a little after

1802 He says, "The heart of the wise is in the house of mourning,

1803 and the heart of the simple in the house of feasting."[488] But

1804 I think that more worthy of quotation from this book which

1805 relates to both cities, the one of the devil, the other of Christ,

1806 and to their kings, the devil and Christ: "Woe to thee, O land,"

1807 he says, "when thy king is a youth, and thy princes eat in

1808 the morning! Blessed art thou, O land, when thy king is the

1809 son of nobles, and thy princes eat in season, in fortitude, and

1810 not in confusion!"[489] He has called the devil a youth, because

1811 of the folly and pride, and rashness and unruliness, and other

1812 vices which are wont to abound at that age; but Christ is the

1813 Son of nobles, that is, of the holy patriarchs, of those belonging

1814 to the free city, of whom He was begotten in the flesh.

1815 The princes of that and other cities are eaters in the morning,

1816 that is, before the suitable hour, because they do not expect

1817 the seasonable felicity, which is the true, in the world to come,

1818 desiring to be speedily made happy with the renown of this

1819 world, but the princes of the city of Christ patiently wait

1820 for the time of a blessedness that is not fallacious. This is

1821 expressed by the words, "in fortitude, and not in confusion,"

1822 because hope does not deceive them, of which the apostle

1823 says, "But hope maketh not ashamed."[490] A psalm also saith,

1824 "For they that hope in Thee shall not be put to shame."[491]

1825 But now the Song of Songs is a certain spiritual pleasure of

1826 holy minds, in the marriage of that King and Queen-city, that

1827 is, Christ and the Church. But this pleasure is wrapped up

1828 in allegorical veils, that the Bridegroom may be more ardently

1829 desired, and more joyfully unveiled, and may appear; to whom

1830 it is said in this same song, "Equity hath delighted Thee;"[492]

1831 and the bride who those hears, "Charity is in thy delights."[493]

1832 We pass over many things in silence, in our desire to finish

1833 this work.

1834 21. *Of the kings after Solomon, both in Judah and Israel.*

1835 The other kings of the Hebrews after Solomon are scarcely

1836 found to have prophesied, through certain enigmatic words or

1837 actions of theirs, what may pertain to Christ and the Church,

1838 either in Judah or Israel; for so were the parts of that

1839 people styled, when, on account of Solomon's offence, from the

1840 time of Rehoboam his son, who succeeded him in the kingdom,

1841 it was divided by God as a punishment. The ten tribes,

1842 indeed, which Jeroboam the servant of Solomon received,

1843 being appointed the king in Samaria, were distinctively called

1844 Israel, although this had been the name of that whole people;

1845 but the two tribes, namely, of Judah and Benjamin, which for

1846 David's sake, lest the kingdom should be wholly wrenched

1847 from his race, remained subject to the city of Jerusalem,

1848 were called Judah, because that was the tribe whence David

1849 sprang. But Benjamin, the other tribe which, as was said,

1850 belonged to the same kingdom, was that whence Saul sprang

1851 before David. But these two tribes together, as was said,

1852 were called Judah, and were distinguished by this name from

1853 Israel, which was the distinctive title of the ten tribes under

1854 their own king. For the tribe of Levi, because it was the

1855 priestly one, bound to the servitude of God, not of the kings,

1856 was reckoned the thirteenth. For Joseph, one of the twelve

1857 sons of Israel, did not, like the others, form one tribe, but two,

1858 Ephraim and Manasseh. Yet the tribe of Levi also belonged

1859 more to the kingdom of Jerusalem, where was the temple of

1860 God whom it served. On the division of the people, therefore,

1861 Rehoboam, son of Solomon, reigned in Jerusalem as the

1862 first king of Judah, and Jeroboam, servant of Solomon, in

1863 Samaria as king of Israel. And when Rehoboam wished as

1864 a tyrant to pursue that separated part with war, the people

1865 were prohibited from fighting with their brethren by God, who

1866 told them through a prophet that He had done this; whence

1867 it appeared that in this matter there had been no sin either

1868 of the king or people of Israel, but the accomplished will of

1869 God the avenger. When this was known, both parts settled

1870 down peaceably, for the division made was not religious but

1871 political.

1872 >

1873 >

1874 >

1875 22. *Of Jeroboam, who profaned the people put under him by the impiety of

1876 > idolatry, amid which, however, God did not cease to inspire the prophets,

1877 > and to guard many from the crime of idolatry.*

1878 But Jeroboam king of Israel, with perverse mind, not believing

1879 in God, whom he had proved true in promising and

1880 giving him the kingdom, was afraid lest, by coming to the

1881 temple of God which was in Jerusalem, where, according to

1882 the divine law, that whole nation was to come in order to

1883 sacrifice, the people should be seduced from him, and return

1884 to David's line as the seed royal; and set up idolatry in

1885 his kingdom, and with horrible impiety beguiled the people,

1886 ensnaring them to the worship of idols with himself. Yet

1887 God did not altogether cease to reprove by the prophets, not

1888 only that king, but also his successors and imitators in his

1889 impiety, and the people too. For there the great and illustrious

1890 prophets Elijah and Elisha his disciple arose, who also

1891 did many wonderful works. Even there, when Elijah said,

1892 "O Lord, they have slain Thy prophets, they have digged

1893 down Thine altars; and I am left alone, and they seek my

1894 life," it was answered that seven thousand men were there

1895 who had not bowed the knee to Baal.[494]

1896 >

1897 >

1898 >

1899 23. *Of the varying condition of both the Hebrew kingdoms, until the people of

1900 > both were at different times led into captivity, Judah being afterwards

1901 > recalled into his kingdom, which finally passed into the power of the

1902 > Romans.*

1903 So also in the kingdom of Judah pertaining to Jerusalem

1904 prophets were not lacking even in the times of succeeding

1905 kings, just as it pleased God to send them, either for the

1906 prediction of what was needful, or for correction of sin and

1907 instruction in righteousness;[495] for there, too, although far less

1908 than in Israel, kings arose who grievously offended God by

1909 their impieties, and, along with their people, who were like

1910 them, were smitten with moderate scourges. The no small

1911 merits of the pious kings there are praised indeed. But we

1912 read that in Israel the kings were, some more, others less, yet

1913 all wicked. Each part, therefore, as the divine providence

1914 either ordered or permitted, was both lifted up by prosperity

1915 and weighed down by adversity of various kinds; and it was

1916 afflicted not only by foreign, but also by civil wars with each

1917 other, in order that by certain existing causes the mercy or

1918 anger of God might be manifested; until, by His growing indignation,

1919 that whole nation was by the conquering Chaldeans

1920 not only overthrown in its abode, but also for the most part

1921 transported to the lands of the Assyrians,—first, that part of

1922 the thirteen tribes called Israel, but afterwards Judah also,

1923 when Jerusalem and that most noble temple was cast down,—in

1924 which lands it rested seventy years in captivity. Being

1925 after that time sent forth thence, they rebuilt the overthrown

1926 temple. And although very many stayed in the lands of the

1927 strangers, yet the kingdom no longer had two separate parts,

1928 with different kings over each, but in Jerusalem there was

1929 one prince over them; and at certain times, from every direction

1930 wherever they were, and from whatever place they could,

1931 they all came to the temple of God which was there. Yet

1932 not even then were they without foreign enemies and conquerors;

1933 yea, Christ found them tributaries of the Romans.

1934 24. *Of the prophets, who either were the last among the Jews, or whom the

1935 gospel history reports about the time of Christ's nativity.*

1936 But in that whole time after they returned from Babylon,

1937 after Malachi, Haggai, and Zechariah, who then prophesied,

1938 and Ezra, they had no prophets down to the time of the

1939 Saviour's advent except another Zechariah, the father of John,

1940 and Elisabeth his wife, when the nativity of Christ was already

1941 close at hand; and when He was already born, Simeon the

1942 aged, and Anna a widow, and now very old; and, last of all,

1943 John himself, who, being a young man, did not predict that

1944 Christ, now a young man, was to come, but by prophetic knowledge

1945 pointed Him out although unknown; for which reason

1946 the Lord Himself says, "The law and the prophets were until

1947 John."[496] But the prophesying of these five is made known to

1948 us in the gospel, where the virgin mother of our Lord herself

1949 is also found to have prophesied before John. But this

1950 prophecy of theirs the wicked Jews do not receive; but those

1951 innumerable persons received it who from them believed the

1952 gospel. For then truly Israel was divided in two, by that

1953 division which was foretold by Samuel the prophet to king

1954 Saul as immutable. But even the reprobate Jews hold

1955 Malachi, Haggai, Zechariah, and Ezra as the last received into

1956 canonical authority. For there are also writings of these, as

1957 of others, who being but a very few in the great multitude

1958 of prophets, have written those books which have obtained

1959 canonical authority, of whose predictions it seems good to me

1960 to put in this work some which pertain to Christ and His

1961 Church; and this, by the Lord's help, shall be done more conveniently

1962 in the following book, that we may not further

1963 burden this one, which is already too long.

BOOK XVIII

13 #### ARGUMENT.

14 >

15 >

16 >

17 AUGUSTINE TRACES THE PARALLEL COURSES OF THE EARTHLY AND HEAVENLY

18 > CITIES FROM THE TIME OF ABRAHAM TO THE END OF THE WORLD; AND

19 > ALLUDES TO THE ORACLES REGARDING CHRIST, BOTH THOSE UTTERED BY

20 > THE SIBYLS, AND THOSE OF THE SACRED PROPHETS WHO WROTE AFTER

21 > THE FOUNDATION OF ROME, HOSEA, AMOS, ISAIAH, MICAH, AND THEIR SUCCESSORS.

22 1. *Of those things down to the times of the Saviour which have been discussed

23 in the seventeen books.*

24 I promised to write of the rise, progress, and appointed

25 end of the two cities, one of which is God's, the other

26 this world's, in which, so far as mankind is concerned, the

27 former is now a stranger. But first of all I undertook, so far

28 as His grace should enable me, to refute the enemies of the

29 city of God, who prefer their gods to Christ its founder, and

30 fiercely hate Christians with the most deadly malice. And

31 this I have done in the first ten books. Then, as regards my

32 threefold promise which I have just mentioned, I have treated

33 distinctly, in the four books which follow the tenth, of the

34 rise of both cities. After that, I have proceeded from the

35 first man down to the flood in one book, which is the fifteenth

36 of this work; and from that again down to Abraham our

37 work has followed both in chronological order. From the

38 patriarch Abraham down to the time of the Israelite kings, at

39 which we close our sixteenth book, and thence down to the

40 advent of Christ Himself in the flesh, to which period the

41 seventeenth book reaches, the city of God appears from my

42 way of writing to have run its course alone; whereas it did

43 not run its course alone in this age, for both cities, in their

44 course amid mankind, certainly experienced chequered times

45 together just as from the beginning. But I did this in order

46 that, first of all, from the time when the promises of God

47 began to be more clear, down to the virgin birth of Him

48 in whom those things promised from the first were to be fulfilled,

49 the course of that city which is God's might be made

50 more distinctly apparent, without interpolation of foreign

51 matter from the history of the other city, although down to

52 the revelation of the new covenant it ran its course, not in

53 light, but in shadow. Now, therefore, I think fit to do what I

54 passed by, and show, so far as seems necessary, how that other

55 city ran its course from the times of Abraham, so that attentive

56 readers may compare the two.

57 2. *Of the kings and times of the earthly city which were synchronous with the

58 times of the saints, reckoning from the rise of Abraham.*

59 The society of mortals spread abroad through the earth

60 everywhere, and in the most diverse places, although bound

61 together by a certain fellowship of our common nature, is yet

62 for the most part divided against itself, and the strongest

63 oppress the others, because all follow after their own interests

64 and lusts, while what is longed for either suffices for none,

65 or not for all, because it is not the very thing. For the vanquished

66 succumb to the victorious, preferring any sort of peace

67 and safety to freedom itself; so that they who chose to die

68 rather than be slaves have been greatly wondered at. For in

69 almost all nations the very voice of nature somehow proclaims,

70 that those who happen to be conquered should choose rather

71 to be subject to their conquerors than to be killed by all kinds

72 of warlike destruction. This does not take place without the

73 providence of God, in whose power it lies that any one either

74 subdues or is subdued in war; that some are endowed with

75 kingdoms, others made subject to kings. Now, among the

76 very many kingdoms of the earth into which, by earthly interest

77 or lust, society is divided (which we call by the general

78 name of the city of this world), we see that two, settled and

79 kept distinct from each other both in time and place, have

80 grown far more famous than the rest, first that of the Assyrians,

81 then that of the Romans. First came the one, then the other.

82 The former arose in the east, and, immediately on its close, the

83 latter in the west. I may speak of other kingdoms and other

84 kings as appendages of these.

85 Ninus, then, who succeeded his father Belus, the first king

86 of Assyria, was already the second king of that kingdom when

87 Abraham was born in the land of the Chaldees. There was

88 also at that time a very small kingdom of Sicyon, with which,

89 as from an ancient date, that most universally learned man

90 Marcus Varro begins, in writing of the Roman race. For

91 from these kings of Sicyon he passes to the Athenians, from

92 them to the Latins, and from these to the Romans. Yet very

93 little is related about these kingdoms, before the foundation of

94 Rome, in comparison with that of Assyria. For although

95 even Sallust, the Roman historian, admits that the Athenians

96 were very famous in Greece, yet he thinks they were greater

97 in fame than in fact. For in speaking of them he says,

98 "The deeds of the Athenians, as I think, were very great and

99 magnificent, but yet somewhat less than reported by fame.

100 But because writers of great genius arose among them, the

101 deeds of the Athenians were celebrated throughout the world

102 as very great. Thus the virtue of those who did them was

103 held to be as great as men of transcendent genius could represent

104 it to be by the power of laudatory words."[497] This city

105 also derived no small glory from literature and philosophy, the

106 study of which chiefly flourished there. But as regards empire,

107 none in the earliest times was greater than the Assyrian,

108 or so widely extended. For when Ninus the son of Belus was

109 king, he is reported to have subdued the whole of Asia, even

110 to the boundaries of Libya, which as to number is called the

111 third part, but as to size is found to be the half of the whole

112 world. The Indians in the eastern regions were the only

113 people over whom he did not reign; but after his death Semiramis

114 his wife made war on them. Thus it came to pass

115 that all the people and kings in those countries were subject

116 to the kingdom and authority of the Assyrians, and did whatever

117 they were commanded. Now Abraham was born in that

118 kingdom among the Chaldees, in the time of Ninus. But

119 since Grecian affairs are much better known to us than

120 Assyrian, and those who have diligently investigated the antiquity

121 of the Roman nation's origin have followed the order of

122 time through the Greeks to the Latins, and from them to the

123 Romans, who themselves are Latins, we ought on this account,

124 where it is needful, to mention the Assyrian kings, that it may

125 appear how Babylon, like a first Rome, ran its course along

126 with the city of God, which is a stranger in this world. But

127 the things proper for insertion in this work in comparing the

128 two cities, that is, the earthly and heavenly, ought to be taken

129 mostly from the Greek and Latin kingdoms, where Rome

130 herself is like a second Babylon.

131 At Abraham's birth, then, the second kings of Assyria and

132 Sicyon respectively were Ninus and Europs, the first having

133 been Belus and Ægialeus. But when God promised Abraham,

134 on his departure from Babylonia, that he should become a

135 great nation, and that in his seed all nations of the earth

136 should be blessed, the Assyrians had their seventh king, the

137 Sicyons their fifth; for the son of Ninus reigned among them

138 after his mother Semiramis, who is said to have been put to

139 death by him for attempting to defile him by incestuously

140 lying with him. Some think that she founded Babylon, and

141 indeed she may have founded it anew. But we have told, in

142 the sixteenth book, when or by whom it was founded. Now

143 the son of Ninus and Semiramis, who succeeded his mother

144 in the kingdom, is also called Ninus by some, but by others

145 Ninias, a patronymic word. Telexion then held the kingdom

146 of the Sicyons. In his reign times were quiet and joyful to

147 such a degree, that after his death they worshipped him as a

148 god by offering sacrifices and by celebrating games, which are

149 said to have been first instituted on this occasion.

150 >

151 >

152 >

153 3. *What kings reigned in Assyria and Sicyon when, according to the promise,

154 > Isaac was born to Abraham in his hundredth year, and when the twins

155 > Esau and Jacob were born of Rebecca to Isaac in his sixtieth year.*

156 In his times also, by the promise of God, Isaac, the son of

157 Abraham, was born to his father when he was a hundred

158 years old, of Sarah his wife, who, being barren and old, had

159 already lost hope of issue. Aralius was then the fifth king

160 of the Assyrians. To Isaac himself, in his sixtieth year, were

161 born twin-sons, Esau and Jacob, whom Rebecca his wife bore

162 to him, their grandfather Abraham, who died on completing

163 a hundred and seventy years, being still alive, and reckoning

164 his hundred and sixtieth year.[498] At that time there reigned

165 as the seventh kings,—among the Assyrians, that more ancient

166 Xerxes, who was also called Balæus; and among the Sicyons,

167 Thuriachus, or, as some write his name, Thurimachus. The

168 kingdom of Argos, in which Inachus reigned first, arose in

169 the time of Abraham's grandchildren. And I must not

170 omit what Varro relates, that the Sicyons were also wont to

171 sacrifice at the tomb of their seventh king Thuriachus. In

172 the reign of Armamitres in Assyria and Leucippus in Sicyon

173 as the eighth kings, and of Inachus as the first in Argos, God

174 spoke to Isaac, and promised the same two things to him as

175 to his father,—namely, the land of Canaan to his seed, and

176 the blessing of all nations in his seed. These same things

177 were promised to his son, Abraham's grandson, who was at

178 first called Jacob, afterwards Israel, when Belocus was the

179 ninth king of Assyria, and Phoroneus, the son of Inachus,

180 reigned as the second king of Argos, Leucippus still continuing

181 king of Sicyon. In those times, under the Argive king

182 Phoroneus, Greece was made more famous by the institution

183 of certain laws and judges. On the death of Phoroneus, his

184 younger brother Phegous built a temple at his tomb, in which

185 he was worshipped as God, and oxen were sacrificed to him. I

186 believe they thought him worthy of so great honour, because

187 in his part of the kingdom (for their father had divided his

188 territories between them, in which they reigned during his

189 life) he had founded chapels for the worship of the gods, and

190 had taught them to measure time by months and years, and

191 to that extent to keep count and reckoning of events. Men

192 still uncultivated, admiring him for these novelties, either

193 fancied he was, or resolved that he should be made, a god

194 after his death. Io also is said to have been the daughter

195 of Inachus, who was afterwards called Isis, when she was

196 worshipped in Egypt as a great goddess; although others

197 write that she came as a queen out of Ethiopia, and because

198 she ruled extensively and justly, and instituted for her subjects

199 letters and many useful things, such divine honour was

200 given her there after she died, that if any one said she had

201 been human, he was charged with a capital crime.

202 4. *Of the times of Jacob and his son Joseph.*

203 In the reign of Balæus, the ninth king of Assyria, and

204 Mesappus, the eighth of Sicyon, who is said by some to have

205 been also called Cephisos (if indeed the same man had both

206 names, and those who put the other name in their writings

207 have not rather confounded him with another man), while

208 Apis was third king of Argos, Isaac died, a hundred and

209 eighty years old, and left his twin-sons a hundred and twenty

210 years old. Jacob, the younger of these, belonged to the

211 city of God about which we write (the elder being wholly

212 rejected), and had twelve sons, one of whom, called Joseph,

213 was sold by his brothers to merchants going down to Egypt,

214 while his grandfather Isaac was still alive. But when he

215 was thirty years of age, Joseph stood before Pharaoh, being

216 exalted out of the humiliation he endured, because, in divinely

217 interpreting the king's dreams, he foretold that there would

218 be seven years of plenty, the very rich abundance of which

219 would be consumed by seven other years of famine that

220 should follow. On this account the king made him ruler

221 over Egypt, liberating him from prison, into which he had

222 been thrown for keeping his chastity intact; for he bravely

223 preserved it from his mistress, who wickedly loved him, and

224 told lies to his weakly credulous master, and did not consent

225 to commit adultery with her, but fled from her, leaving his

226 garment in her hands when she laid hold of him. In the

227 second of the seven years of famine Jacob came down into

228 Egypt to his son with all he had, being a hundred and thirty

229 years old, as he himself said in answer to the king's question.

230 Joseph was then thirty-nine, if we add seven years of plenty

231 and two of famine to the thirty he reckoned when honoured

232 by the king.

233 5. *Of Apis king of Argos, whom the Egyptians called Serapis, and worshipped

234 with divine honours.*

235 In these times Apis king of Argos crossed over into

236 Egypt in ships, and, on dying there, was made Serapis, the

237 chief god of all the Egyptians. Now Varro gives this very

238 ready reason why, after his death, he was called, not Apis, but

239 Serapis. The ark in which he was placed when dead, which

240 every one now calls a sarcophagus, was then called in Greek

241 σορὸς, and they began to worship him when buried in it before

242 his temple was built; and from Soros and Apis he was called

243 first [Sorosapis, or] Sorapis, and then Serapis, by changing a

244 letter, as easily happens. It was decreed regarding him also,

245 that whoever should say he had been a man should be capitally

246 punished. And since in every temple where Isis and

247 Serapis were worshipped there was also an image which, with

248 finger pressed on the lips, seemed to warn men to keep silence,

249 Varro thinks this signifies that it should be kept secret that

250 they had been human. But that bull which, with wonderful

251 folly, deluded Egypt nourished with abundant delicacies in

252 honour of him, was not called Serapis, but Apis, because they

253 worshipped him alive without a sarcophagus. On the death

254 of that bull, when they sought and found a calf of the same

255 colour,—that is, similarly marked with certain white spots,—they

256 believed it was something miraculous, and divinely provided

257 for them. Yet it was no great thing for the demons,

258 in order to deceive them, to show to a cow when she was

259 conceiving and pregnant the image of such a bull, which she

260 alone could see, and by it attract the breeding passion of the

261 mother, so that it might appear in a bodily shape in her

262 young, just as Jacob so managed with the spotted rods that

263 the sheep and goats were born spotted. For what men can

264 do with real colours and substances, the demons can very

265 easily do by showing unreal forms to breeding animals.

266 6. *Who were kings of Argos, and of Assyria, when Jacob died in Egypt.*

267 Apis, then, who died in Egypt, was not the king of Egypt,

268 but of Argos. He was succeeded by his son Argus, from

269 whose name the land was called Argos and the people Argives,

270 for under the earlier kings neither the place nor the nation

271 as yet had this name. While he then reigned over Argos,

272 and Eratus over Sicyon, and Balæus still remained king of

273 Assyria, Jacob died in Egypt a hundred and forty-seven years

274 old, after he had, when dying, blessed his sons and his grandsons

275 by Joseph, and prophesied most plainly of Christ, saying

276 in the blessing of Judah, "A prince shall not fail out of

277 Judah, nor a leader from his thighs, until those things come

278 which are laid up for him; and He is the expectation of the

279 nations."[499] In the reign of Argus Greece began to use fruits,

280 and to have crops of corn in cultivated fields, the seed having

281 been brought from other countries. Argus also began to be

282 accounted a god after his death, and was honoured with a

283 temple and sacrifices. This honour was conferred in his reign,

284 before being given to him, on a private individual for being

285 the first to yoke oxen in the plough. This was one Homogyrus,

286 who was struck by lightning.

287 7. *Who were kings when Joseph died in Egypt.*

288 In the reign of Mamitus, the twelfth king of Assyria, and

289 Plemnæus, the eleventh of Sicyon, while Argus still reigned

290 over the Argives, Joseph died in Egypt a hundred and ten

291 years old. After his death, the people of God, increasing

292 wonderfully, remained in Egypt a hundred and forty-five

293 years, in tranquillity at first, until those who knew Joseph were

294 dead. Afterward, through envy of their increase, and the

295 suspicion that they would at length gain their freedom, they

296 were oppressed with persecutions and the labours of intolerable

297 servitude, amid which, however, they still grew, being

298 multiplied with God-given fertility. During this period the

299 same kingdoms continued in Assyria and Greece.

300 8. *Who were kings when Moses was born, and what gods began to be worshipped

301 then.*

302 When Saphrus reigned as the fourteenth king of Assyria,

303 and Orthopolis as the twelfth of Sicyon, and Criasus as the

304 fifth of Argos, Moses was born in Egypt, by whom the

305 people of God were liberated from the Egyptian slavery, in

306 which they behoved to be thus tried that they might desire

307 the help of their Creator. Some have thought that Prometheus

308 lived during the reign of the kings now named. He

309 is reported to have formed men out of clay, because he was

310 esteemed the best teacher of wisdom; yet it does not appear

311 what wise men there were in his days. His brother Atlas is

312 said to have been a great astrologer; and this gave occasion

313 for the fable that he held up the sky, although the vulgar

314 opinion about his holding up the sky appears rather to have

315 been suggested by a high mountain named after him. Indeed,

316 from those times many other fabulous things began to

317 be invented in Greece; yet, down to Cecrops king of Athens,

318 in whose reign that city received its name, and in whose reign

319 God brought His people out of Egypt by Moses, only a few

320 dead heroes are reported to have been deified according to the

321 vain superstition of the Greeks. Among these were Melantomice,

322 the wife of king Criasus, and Phorbas their son, who

323 succeeded his father as sixth king of the Argives, and Iasus,

324 son of Triopas, their seventh king, and their ninth king,

325 Sthenelas, or Stheneleus, or Sthenelus,—for his name is given

326 differently by different authors. In those times also, Mercury,

327 the grandson of Atlas by his daughter Maia, is said to

328 have lived, according to the common report in books. He

329 was famous for his skill in many arts, and taught them to

330 men, for which they resolved to make him, and even believed

331 that he deserved to be, a god after death. Hercules is

332 said to have been later, yet belonging to the same period;

333 although some, whom I think mistaken, assign him an earlier

334 date than Mercury. But at whatever time they were born,

335 it is agreed among grave historians, who have committed these

336 ancient things to writing, that both were men, and that they

337 merited divine honours from mortals because they conferred

338 on them many benefits to make this life more pleasant to

339 them. Minerva was far more ancient than these; for she

340 is reported to have appeared in virgin age in the times of

341 Ogyges at the lake called Triton, from which she is also

342 styled Tritonia, the inventress truly of many works, and the

343 more readily believed to be a goddess because her origin was

344 so little known. For what is sung about her having sprung

345 from the head of Jupiter belongs to the region of poetry and

346 fable, and not to that of history and real fact. And historical

347 writers are not agreed when Ogyges flourished, in whose time

348 also a great flood occurred,—not that greatest one from which

349 no man escaped except those who could get into the ark, for

350 neither Greek nor Latin history knew of it, yet a greater

351 flood than that which happened afterward in Deucalion's

352 time. For Varro begins the book I have already mentioned

353 at this date, and does not propose to himself, as the starting-point

354 from which he may arrive at Roman affairs, anything

355 more ancient than the flood of Ogyges, that is, which happened

356 in the time of Ogyges. Now our writers of chronicles—first

357 Eusebius, and afterwards Jerome, who entirely follow

358 some earlier historians in this opinion—relate that the flood

359 of Ogyges happened more than three hundred years after,

360 during the reign of Phoroneus, the second king of Argos.

361 But whenever he may have lived, Minerva was already worshipped

362 as a goddess when Cecrops reigned in Athens, in

363 whose reign the city itself is reported to have been rebuilt

364 or founded.

365 9. *When the city of Athens was founded, and what reason Varro assigns for its

366 name.*

367 Athens certainly derived its name from Minerva, who in

368 Greek is called Ἀθηνη, and Varro points out the following

369 reason why it was so called. When an olive-tree suddenly

370 appeared there, and water burst forth in another place, these

371 prodigies moved the king to send to the Delphic Apollo to

372 inquire what they meant and what he should do. He answered

373 that the olive signified Minerva, the water Neptune,

374 and that the citizens had it in their power to name their

375 city as they chose, after either of these two gods whose signs

376 these were. On receiving this oracle, Cecrops convoked all

377 the citizens of either sex to give their vote, for it was then

378 the custom in those parts for the women also to take part in

379 public deliberations. When the multitude was consulted, the

380 men gave their votes for Neptune, the women for Minerva;

381 and as the women had a majority of one, Minerva conquered.

382 Then Neptune, being enraged, laid waste the lands of the

383 Athenians, by casting up the waves of the sea; for the

384 demons have no difficulty in scattering any waters more

385 widely. The same authority said, that to appease his wrath

386 the women should be visited by the Athenians with the threefold

387 punishment—that they should no longer have any vote;

388 that none of their children should be named after their

389 mothers; and that no one should call them Athenians. Thus

390 that city, the mother and nurse of liberal doctrines, and of

391 so many and so great philosophers, than whom Greece had

392 nothing more famous and noble, by the mockery of demons

393 about the strife of their gods, a male and female, and from

394 the victory of the female one through the women, received

395 the name of Athens; and, on being damaged by the vanquished

396 god, was compelled to punish the very victory of the

397 victress, fearing the waters of Neptune more than the arms

398 of Minerva. For in the women who were thus punished,

399 Minerva, who had conquered, was conquered too, and could

400 not even help her voters so far that, although the right of

401 voting was henceforth lost, and the mothers could not give

402 their names to the children, they might at least be allowed to

403 be called Athenians, and to merit the name of that goddess

404 whom they had made victorious over a male god by giving

405 her their votes. What and how much could be said about

406 this, if we had not to hasten to other things in our discourse,

407 is obvious.

408 10. *What Varro reports about the term Areopagus, and about Deucalion's

409 flood.*

410 Marcus Varro, however, is not willing to credit lying fables

411 against the gods, lest he should find something dishonouring

412 to their majesty; and therefore he will not admit that the

413 Areopagus, the place where the Apostle Paul disputed with

414 the Athenians, got this name because Mars, who in Greek is

415 called Ἄρης, when he was charged with the crime of homicide,

416 and was judged by twelve gods in that field, was acquitted

417 by the sentence of six; because it was the custom,

418 when the votes were equal, to acquit rather than condemn.

419 Against this opinion, which is much most widely published,

420 he tries, from the notices of obscure books, to support

421 another reason for this name, lest the Athenians should be

422 thought to have called it Areopagus from the words "Mars" and

423 "field,"[500] as if it were the field of Mars, to the dishonour of the

424 gods, forsooth, from whom he thinks lawsuits and judgments

425 far removed. And he asserts that this which is said about

426 Mars is not less false than what is said about the three

427 goddesses, to wit, Juno, Minerva, and Venus, whose contest

428 for the palm of beauty, before Paris as judge, in order to obtain

429 the golden apple, is not only related, but is celebrated in

430 songs and dances amid the applause of the theatres, in plays

431 meant to please the gods who take pleasure in these crimes of

432 their own, whether real or fabled. Varro does not believe

433 these things, because they are incompatible with the nature

434 of the gods and of morality; and yet, in giving not a fabulous

435 but a historic reason for the name of Athens, he inserts in his

436 books the strife between Neptune and Minerva as to whose

437 name should be given to that city, which was so great that,

438 when they contended by the display of prodigies, even Apollo

439 dared not judge between them when consulted; but, in order to

440 end the strife of the gods, just as Jupiter sent the three goddesses

441 we have named to Paris, so he sent them to men, when

442 Minerva won by the vote, and yet was defeated by the punishment

443 of her own voters, for she was unable to confer the title

444 of Athenians on the women who were her friends, although she

445 could impose it on the men who were her opponents. In

446 these times, when Cranaos reigned at Athens as the successor

447 of Cecrops, as Varro writes, but, according to our Eusebius and

448 Jerome, while Cecrops himself still remained, the flood occurred

449 which is called Deucalion's, because it occurred chiefly

450 in those parts of the earth in which he reigned. But this

451 flood did not at all reach Egypt or its vicinity.

452 11. *When Moses led the people out of Egypt; and who were kings when his

453 successor Joshua the son of Nun died.*

454 Moses led the people out of Egypt in the last time of

455 Cecrops king of Athens, when Ascatades reigned in Assyria,

456 Marathus in Sicyon, Triopas in Argos; and having led forth

457 the people, he gave them at Mount Sinai the law he received

458 from God, which is called the Old Testament, because it has

459 earthly promises, and because, through Jesus Christ, there

460 was to be a New Testament, in which the kingdom of heaven

461 should be promised. For the same order behoved to be

462 observed in this as is observed in each man who prospers

463 in God, according to the saying of the apostle, "That is not

464 first which is spiritual, but that which is natural," since, as

465 he says, and that truly, "The first man of the earth, is earthly;

466 the second man, from heaven, is heavenly."[501] Now Moses

467 ruled the people for forty years in the wilderness, and died a

468 hundred and twenty years old, after he had prophesied of

469 Christ by the types of carnal observances in the tabernacle,

470 priesthood, and sacrifices, and many other mystic ordinances.

471 Joshua the son of Nun succeeded Moses, and settled in the

472 land of promise the people he had brought in, having by

473 divine authority conquered the people by whom it was

474 formerly possessed. He also died, after ruling the people

475 twenty-seven years after the death of Moses, when Amyntas

476 reigned in Assyria as the eighteenth king, Coracos as the sixteenth

477 in Sicyon, Danaos as the tenth in Argos, Ericthonius

478 as the fourth in Athens.

479 >

480 >

481 >

482 12. *Of the rituals of false gods instituted by the kings of Greece in the period

483 > from Israel's exodus from Egypt down to the death of Joshua the son

484 > of Nun.*

485 During this period, that is, from Israel's exodus from Egypt

486 down to the death of Joshua the son of Nun, through whom

487 that people received the land of promise, rituals were instituted

488 to the false gods by the kings of Greece, which, by

489 stated celebration, recalled the memory of the flood, and of

490 men's deliverance from it, and of that troublous life they then

491 led in migrating to and fro between the heights and the

492 plains. For even the Luperci,[502] when they ascend and descend

493 the sacred path, are said to represent the men who sought

494 the mountain summits because of the inundation of water,

495 and returned to the lowlands on its subsidence. In those

496 times, Dionysus, who was also called Father Liber, and was

497 esteemed a god after death, is said to have shown the vine

498 to his host in Attica. Then the musical games were instituted

499 for the Delphic Apollo, to appease his anger, through

500 which they thought the regions of Greece were afflicted with

501 barrenness, because they had not defended his temple which

502 Danaos burnt when he invaded those lands; for they were

503 warned by his oracle to institute these games. But king

504 Ericthonius first instituted games to him in Attica, and not to

505 him only, but also to Minerva, in which games the olive was

506 given as the prize to the victors, because they relate that

507 Minerva was the discoverer of that fruit, as Liber was of the

508 grape. In those years Europa is alleged to have been carried

509 off by Xanthus king of Crete (to whom we find some

510 give another name), and to have borne him Rhadamanthus,

511 Sarpedon, and Minos, who are more commonly reported to

512 have been the sons of Jupiter by the same woman. Now

513 those who worship such gods regard what we have said about

514 Xanthus king of Crete as true history; but this about

515 Jupiter, which the poets sing, the theatres applaud, and the

516 people celebrate, as empty fable got up as a reason for games

517 to appease the deities, even with the false ascription of crimes

518 to them. In those times Hercules was held in honour in

519 Tyre, but that was not the same one as he whom we spoke of

520 above. In the more secret history there are said to have been

521 several who were called Father Liber and Hercules. This

522 Hercules, whose great deeds are reckoned as twelve (not including

523 the slaughter of Antæus the African, because that

524 affair pertains to another Hercules), is declared in their books

525 to have burned himself on Mount Œta, because he was not

526 able, by that strength with which he had subdued monsters,

527 to endure the disease under which he languished. At that

528 time the king, or rather tyrant Busiris, who is alleged to have

529 been the son of Neptune by Libya the daughter of Epaphus,

530 is said to have offered up his guests in sacrifice to the gods.

531 Now it must not be believed that Neptune committed this

532 adultery, lest the gods should be criminated; yet such things

533 must be ascribed to them by the poets and in the theatres,

534 that they may be pleased with them. Vulcan and Minerva

535 are said to have been the parents of Ericthonius king of

536 Athens, in whose last years Joshua the son of Nun is found

537 to have died. But since they will have it that Minerva is

538 a virgin, they say that Vulcan, being disturbed in the struggle

539 between them, poured out his seed into the earth, and on that

540 account the man born of it received that name; for in the

541 Greek language ἔρις is "strife," and χθὼν "earth," of which two

542 words Ericthonius is a compound. Yet it must be admitted

543 that the more learned disprove and disown such things concerning

544 their gods, and declare that this fabulous belief originated

545 in the fact that in the temple at Athens, which Vulcan

546 and Minerva had in common, a boy who had been exposed

547 was found wrapped up in the coils of a dragon, which signified

548 that he would become great, and, as his parents were unknown,

549 he was called the son of Vulcan and Minerva, because

550 they had the temple in common. Yet that fable accounts for

551 the origin of his name better than this history. But what

552 does it matter to us? Let the one in books that speak the

553 truth edify religious men, and the other in lying fables delight

554 impure demons. Yet these religious men worship them as

555 gods. Still, while they deny these things concerning them,

556 they cannot clear them of all crime, because at their demand

557 they exhibit plays in which the very things they wisely deny

558 are basely done, and the gods are appeased by these false and

559 base things. Now, even although the play celebrates an unreal

560 crime of the gods, yet to delight in the ascription of an unreal

561 crime is a real one.

562 13. *What fables were invented at the time when judges began to rule the

563 Hebrews.*

564 After the death of Joshua the son of Nun, the people of

565 God had judges, in whose times they were alternately humbled

566 by afflictions on account of their sins, and consoled by prosperity

567 through the compassion of God. In those times were

568 invented the fables about Triptolemus, who, at the command

569 of Ceres, borne by winged snakes, bestowed corn on the needy

570 lands in flying over them; about that beast the Minotaur,

571 which was shut up in the Labyrinth, from which men who

572 entered its inextricable mazes could find no exit; about the

573 Centaurs, whose form was a compound of horse and man;

574 about Cerberus, the three-headed dog of hell; about Phryxus

575 and his sister Hellas, who fled, borne by a winged ram; about

576 the Gorgon, whose hair was composed of serpents, and who

577 turned those who looked on her into stone; about Bellerophon,

578 who was carried by a winged horse called Pegasus;

579 about Amphion, who charmed and attracted the stones by the

580 sweetness of his harp; about the artificer Dædalus and his

581 son Icarus, who flew on wings they had fitted on; about

582 Œdipus, who compelled a certain four-footed monster with a

583 human face, called a sphynx, to destroy herself by casting

584 herself headlong, having solved the riddle she was wont to

585 propose as insoluble; about Antæus, who was the son of the

586 earth, for which reason, on falling on the earth, he was wont

587 to rise up stronger, whom Hercules slew; and perhaps there

588 are others which I have forgotten. These fables, easily found

589 in histories containing a true account of events, bring us down

590 to the Trojan war, at which Marcus Varro has closed his

591 second book about the race of the Roman people; and they

592 are so skilfully invented by men as to involve no scandal to

593 the gods. But whoever have pretended as to Jupiter's rape

594 of Ganymede, a very beautiful boy, that king Tantalus committed

595 the crime, and the fable ascribed it to Jupiter; or as

596 to his impregnating Danäe as a golden shower, that it means

597 that the woman's virtue was corrupted by gold: whether these

598 things were really done or only fabled in those days, or were

599 really done by others and falsely ascribed to Jupiter, it is

600 impossible to tell how much wickedness must have been taken

601 for granted in men's hearts that they should be thought able

602 to listen to such lies with patience. And yet they willingly

603 accepted them, when, indeed, the more devotedly they worshipped

604 Jupiter, they ought the more severely to have

605 punished those who durst say such things of him. But they

606 not only were not angry at those who invented these things,

607 but were afraid that the gods would be angry at them if they

608 did not act such fictions even in the theatres. In those times

609 Latona bore Apollo, not him of whose oracle we have spoken

610 above as so often consulted, but him who is said, along with

611 Hercules, to have fed the flocks of king Admetus; yet he was

612 so believed to be a god, that very many, indeed almost all, have

613 believed him to be the selfsame Apollo. Then also Father

614 Liber made war in India, and led in his army many women

615 called Bacchæ, who were notable not so much for valour as for

616 fury. Some, indeed, write that this Liber was both conquered

617 and bound; and some that he was slain in Persia, even telling

618 where he was buried; and yet in his name, as that of a god,

619 the unclean demons have instituted the sacred, or rather the

620 sacrilegious, Bacchanalia, of the outrageous vileness of which

621 the senate, after many years, became so much ashamed as to

622 prohibit them in the city of Rome. Men believed that in

623 those times Perseus and his wife Andromeda were raised into

624 heaven after their death, so that they were not ashamed or

625 afraid to mark out their images by constellations, and call

626 them by their names.

627 14. *Of the theological poets.*

628 During the same period of time arose the poets, who were

629 also called *theologues*, because they made hymns about the

630 gods; yet about such gods as, although great men, were yet

631 but men, or the elements of this world which the true God

632 made, or creatures who were ordained as principalities and

633 powers according to the will of the Creator and their own

634 merit. And if, among much that was vain and false, they

635 sang anything of the one true God, yet, by worshipping Him

636 along with others who are not gods, and showing them the

637 service that is due to Him alone, they did not serve Him at

638 all rightly; and even such poets as Orpheus, Musæus, and

639 Linus, were unable to abstain from dishonouring their gods by

640 fables. But yet these theologues worshipped the gods, and

641 were not worshipped as gods, although the city of the ungodly

642 is wont, I know not how, to set Orpheus over the sacred, or

643 rather sacrilegious, rites of hell. The wife of king Athamas,

644 who was called Ino, and her son Melicertes, perished by

645 throwing themselves into the sea, and were, according to popular

646 belief, reckoned among the gods, like other men of the same

647 times, [among whom were] Castor and Pollux. The Greeks,

648 indeed, called her who was the mother of Melicertes, Leucothea,

649 the Latins Matuta; but both thought her a goddess.

650 15. *Of the fall of the kingdom of Argos, when Picus the son of Saturn first

651 received his father's kingdom of Laurentum.*

652 During those times the kingdom of Argos came to an end,

653 being transferred to Mycene, from which Agamemnon came,

654 and the kingdom of Laurentum arose, of which Picus son of

655 Saturn was the first king, when the woman Deborah judged

656 the Hebrews; but it was the Spirit of God who used her as

657 His agent, for she was also a prophetess, although her prophecy

658 is so obscure that we could not demonstrate, without a

659 long discussion, that it was uttered concerning Christ. Now

660 the Laurentes already reigned in Italy, from whom the origin

661 of the Roman people is quite evidently derived after the

662 Greeks; yet the kingdom of Assyria still lasted, in which

663 Lampares was the twenty-third king when Picus first began

664 to reign at Laurentum. The worshippers of such gods may

665 see what they are to think of Saturn the father of Picus, who

666 deny that he was a man; of whom some also have written

667 that he himself reigned in Italy before Picus his son; and

668 Virgil in his well-known book says,—

669 "That race indocile, and through mountains high

670 Dispersed, he settled, and endowed with laws,

671 And named their country Latium, because

672 Latent within their coasts he dwelt secure.

673 Tradition says the golden ages pure

674 Began when he was king."[503]

675 But they regard these as poetic fancies, and assert that the

676 father of Picus was Sterces rather, and relate that, being a

677 most skilful husbandman, he discovered that the fields could

678 be fertilized by the dung of animals, which is called *stercus*

679 from his name. Some say he was called Stercutius. But

680 for whatever reason they chose to call him Saturn, it is

681 yet certain they made this Sterces or Stercutius a god for

682 his merit in agriculture; and they likewise received into the

683 number of these gods Picus his son, whom they affirm to

684 have been a famous augur and warrior. Picus begot Faunus,

685 the second king of Laurentum; and he too is, or was, a god

686 with them. These divine honours they gave to dead men

687 before the Trojan war.

688 >

689 >

690 >

691 16. *Of Diomede, who after the destruction of Troy was placed among the gods,

692 > while his companions are said to have been changed into birds.*

693 Troy was overthrown, and its destruction was everywhere

694 sung and made well known even to boys; for it was signally

695 published and spread abroad, both by its own greatness and

696 by writers of excellent style. And this was done in the

697 reign of Latinus the son of Faunus, from whom the kingdom

698 began to be called Latium instead of Laurentum. The victorious

699 Greeks, on leaving Troy destroyed and returning to

700 their own countries, were torn and crushed by divers and

701 horrible calamities. Yet even from among them they increased

702 the number of their gods, for they made Diomede a

703 god. They allege that his return home was prevented by a

704 divinely imposed punishment, and they prove, not by fabulous

705 and poetic falsehood, but by historic attestation, that his companions

706 were turned into birds. Yet they think that, even

707 although he was made a god, he could neither restore them

708 to the human form by his own power, nor yet obtain it from

709 Jupiter his king, as a favour granted to a new inhabitant of

710 heaven. They also say that his temple is in the island of

711 Diomedæa, not far from Mount Garganus in Apulia, and that

712 these birds fly round about this temple, and worship in it

713 with such wonderful obedience, that they fill their beaks with

714 water and sprinkle it; and if Greeks, or those born of the

715 Greek race, come there, they are not only still, but fly to meet

716 them; but if they are foreigners, they fly up at their heads,

717 and wound them with such severe strokes as even to kill

718 them. For they are said to be well enough armed for these

719 combats with their hard and large beaks.

720 17. *What Varro says of the incredible transformations of men.*

721 In support of this story, Varro relates others no less incredible

722 about that most famous sorceress Circe, who changed

723 the companions of Ulysses into beasts, and about the Arcadians,

724 who, by lot, swam across a certain pool, and were turned into

725 wolves there, and lived in the deserts of that region with

726 wild beasts like themselves. But if they never fed on human

727 flesh for nine years, they were restored to the human form

728 on swimming back again through the same pool. Finally, he

729 expressly names one Demænetus, who, on tasting a boy offered

730 up in sacrifice by the Arcadians to their god Lycæus according

731 to their custom, was changed into a wolf, and, being restored

732 to his proper form in the tenth year, trained himself as a

733 pugilist, and was victorious at the Olympic games. And the

734 same historian thinks that the epithet Lycæus was applied

735 in Arcadia to Pan and Jupiter for no other reason than this

736 metamorphosis of men into wolves, because it was thought it

737 could not be wrought except by a divine power. For a wolf

738 is called in Greek λυκὸς, from which the name Lycæus appears

739 to be formed. He says also that the Roman Luperci

740 were as it were sprung of the seed of these mysteries.

741 18. *What we should believe concerning the transformations which seem to

742 happen to men through the art of demons.*

743 Perhaps our readers expect us to say something about this

744 so great delusion wrought by the demons; and what shall we

745 say but that men must fly out of the midst of Babylon?[504] For

746 this prophetic precept is to be understood spiritually in this

747 sense, that by going forward in the living God, by the steps of

748 faith, which worketh by love, we must flee out of the city of

749 this world, which is altogether a society of ungodly angels and

750 men. Yea, the greater we see the power of the demons to be

751 in these depths, so much the more tenaciously must we cleave

752 to the Mediator through whom we ascend from these lowest

753 to the highest places. For if we should say these things are

754 not to be credited, there are not wanting even now some

755 who would affirm that they had either heard on the best

756 authority, or even themselves experienced, something of that

757 kind. Indeed we ourselves, when in Italy, heard such things

758 about a certain region there, where landladies of inns, imbued

759 with these wicked arts, were said to be in the habit of giving

760 to such travellers as they chose, or could manage, something

761 in a piece of cheese by which they were changed on the spot

762 into beasts of burden, and carried whatever was necessary,

763 and were restored to their own form when the work was

764 done. Yet their mind did not become bestial, but remained

765 rational and human, just as Apuleius, in the books he wrote

766 with the title of *The Golden Ass*, has told, or feigned, that it

767 happened to his own self that, on taking poison, he became

768 an ass, while retaining his human mind.

769 These things are either false, or so extraordinary as to be

770 with good reason disbelieved. But it is to be most firmly

771 believed that Almighty God can do whatever He pleases,

772 whether in punishing or favouring, and that the demons can

773 accomplish nothing by their natural power (for their created

774 being is itself angelic, although made malign by their own

775 fault), except what He may permit, whose judgments are often

776 hidden, but never unrighteous. And indeed the demons, if

777 they really do such things as these on which this discussion

778 turns, do not create real substances, but only change the

779 appearance of things created by the true God so as to make

780 them seem to be what they are not. I cannot therefore

781 believe that even the body, much less the mind, can really be

782 changed into bestial forms and lineaments by any reason, art,

783 or power of the demons; but the phantasm of a man, which

784 even in thought or dreams goes through innumerable changes,

785 may, when the man's senses are laid asleep or overpowered,

786 be presented to the senses of others in a corporeal form, in

787 some indescribable way unknown to me, so that men's bodies

788 themselves may lie somewhere, alive, indeed, yet with their

789 senses locked up much more heavily and firmly than by

790 sleep, while that phantasm, as it were embodied in the shape

791 of some animal, may appear to the senses of others, and may

792 even seem to the man himself to be changed, just as he may

793 seem to himself in sleep to be so changed, and to bear burdens;

794 and these burdens, if they are real substances, are borne by

795 the demons, that men may be deceived by beholding at the

796 same time the real substance of the burdens and the simulated

797 bodies of the beasts of burden. For a certain man called

798 Præstantius used to tell that it had happened to his father in

799 his own house, that he took that poison in a piece of cheese,

800 and lay in his bed as if sleeping, yet could by no means be

801 aroused. But he said that after a few days he as it were

802 woke up and related the things he had suffered as if they

803 had been dreams, namely, that he had been made a sumpter

804 horse, and, along with other beasts of burden, had carried

805 provisions for the soldiers of what is called the Rhœtian

806 Legion, because it was sent to Rhœtia. And all this was

807 found to have taken place just as he told, yet it had seemed

808 to him to be his own dream. And another man declared

809 that in his own house at night, before he slept, he saw a

810 certain philosopher, whom he knew very well, come to him

811 and explain to him some things in the Platonic philosophy

812 which he had previously declined to explain when asked.

813 And when he had asked this philosopher why he did in his

814 house what he had refused to do at home, he said, "I did not

815 do it, but I dreamed I had done it." And thus what the

816 one saw when sleeping was shown to the other when awake

817 by a phantasmal image.

818 These things have not come to us from persons we might

819 deem unworthy of credit, but from informants we could not

820 suppose to be deceiving us. Therefore what men say and

821 have committed to writing about the Arcadians being often

822 changed into wolves by the Arcadian gods, or demons rather,

823 and what is told in song about Circe transforming the companions

824 of Ulysses,[505] if they were really done, may, in my

825 opinion, have been done in the way I have said. As for

826 Diomede's birds, since their race is alleged to have been perpetuated

827 by constant propagation, I believe they were not

828 made through the metamorphosis of men, but were slyly

829 substituted for them on their removal, just as the hind was

830 for Iphigenia, the daughter of king Agamemnon. For juggleries

831 of this kind could not be difficult for the demons if

832 permitted by the judgment of God; and since that virgin

833 was afterward found alive, it is easy to see that a hind had

834 been slyly substituted for her. But because the companions

835 of Diomede were of a sudden nowhere to be seen, and afterward

836 could nowhere be found, being destroyed by bad avenging

837 angels, they were believed to have been changed into

838 those birds, which were secretly brought there from other

839 places where such birds were, and suddenly substituted for

840 them by fraud. But that they bring water in their beaks

841 and sprinkle it on the temple of Diomede, and that they

842 fawn on men of Greek race and persecute aliens, is no wonderful

843 thing to be done by the inward influence of the demons,

844 whose interest it is to persuade men that Diomede was made

845 a god, and thus to beguile them into worshipping many false

846 gods, to the great dishonour of the true God; and to serve

847 dead men, who even in their lifetime did not truly live,

848 with temples, altars, sacrifices, and priests, all which, when

849 of the right kind, are due only to the one living and true

850 God.

851 19. *That Æneas came into Italy when Abdon the judge ruled over the Hebrews.*

852 After the capture and destruction of Troy, Æneas, with

853 twenty ships laden with the Trojan relics, came into Italy,

854 when Latinus reigned there, Menestheus in Athens, Polyphidos

855 in Sicyon, and Tautanos in Assyria, and Abdon was

856 judge of the Hebrews. On the death of Latinus, Æneas

857 reigned three years, the same kings continuing in the above-named

858 places, except that Pelasgus was now king in Sicyon,

859 and Sampson was judge of the Hebrews, who is thought to be

860 Hercules, because of his wonderful strength. Now the Latins

861 made Æneas one of their gods, because at his death he was

862 nowhere to be found. The Sabines also placed among the

863 gods their first king, Sancus, [Sangus], or Sanctus, as some

864 call him. At that time Codrus king of Athens exposed

865 himself *incognito* to be slain by the Peloponnesian foes of

866 that city, and so was slain. In this way, they say, he delivered

867 his country. For the Peloponnesians had received a

868 response from the oracle, that they should overcome the

869 Athenians only on condition that they did not slay their

870 king. Therefore he deceived them by appearing in a poor

871 man's dress, and provoking them, by quarrelling, to murder

872 him. Whence Virgil says, "Or the quarrels of Codrus."[506]

873 And the Athenians worshipped this man as a god with

874 sacrificial honours. The fourth king of the Latins was

875 Silvius the son of Æneas, not by Creüsa, of whom Ascanius

876 the third king was born, but by Lavinia the daughter of

877 Latinus, and he is said to have been his posthumous child.

878 Oneus was the twenty-ninth king of Assyria, Melanthus the

879 sixteenth of the Athenians, and Eli the priest was judge of the

880 Hebrews; and the kingdom of Sicyon then came to an end,

881 after lasting, it is said, for nine hundred and fifty-nine years.

882 20. *Of the succession of the line of kings among the Israelites after the times

883 of the judges.*

884 While these kings reigned in the places mentioned, the

885 period of the judges being ended, the kingdom of Israel next

886 began with king Saul, when Samuel the prophet lived. At

887 that date those Latin kings began who were surnamed Silvii,

888 having that surname, in addition to their proper name, from

889 their predecessor, that son of Æneas who was called Silvius;

890 just as, long afterward, the successors of Cæsar Augustus

891 were surnamed Cæsars. Saul being rejected, so that none

892 of his issue should reign, on his death David succeeded him

893 in the kingdom, after he had reigned forty years. Then the

894 Athenians ceased to have kings after the death of Codrus,

895 and began to have a magistracy to rule the republic. After

896 David, who also reigned forty years, his son Solomon was

897 king of Israel, who built that most noble temple of God at

898 Jerusalem. In his time Alba was built among the Latins,

899 from which thereafter the kings began to be styled kings

900 not of the Latins, but of the Albans, although in the same

901 Latium. Solomon was succeeded by his son Rehoboam,

902 under whom that people was divided into two kingdoms, and

903 its separate parts began to have separate kings.

904 21. *Of the kings of Latium, the first and twelfth of whom, Æneas and

905 Aventinus, were made gods.*

906 After Æneas, whom they deified, Latium had eleven kings,

907 none of whom was deified. But Aventinus, who was the

908 twelfth after Æneas, having been laid low in war, and buried

909 in that hill still called by his name, was added to the number

910 of such gods as they made for themselves. Some, indeed,

911 were unwilling to write that he was slain in battle, but said

912 he was nowhere to be found, and that it was not from his

913 name, but from the alighting of birds, that hill was called

914 Aventinus.[507] After this no god was made in Latium except

915 Romulus the founder of Rome. But two kings are found

916 between these two, the first of whom I shall describe in the

917 Virgilian verse:

918 "Next came that Procas, glory of the Trojan race."[508]

919 That greatest of all kingdoms, the Assyrian, had its long

920 duration brought to a close in his time, the time of Rome's

921 birth drawing nigh. For the Assyrian empire was transferred

922 to the Medes after nearly thirteen hundred and five

923 years, if we include the reign of Belus, who begot Ninus,

924 and, content with a small kingdom, was the first king there.

925 Now Procas reigned before Amulius. And Amulius had

926 made his brother Numitor's daughter, Rhea by name, who

927 was also called Ilia, a vestal virgin, who conceived twin

928 sons by Mars, as they will have it, in that way honouring

929 or excusing her adultery, adding as a proof that a she-wolf

930 nursed the infants when exposed. For they think this kind

931 of beast belongs to Mars, so that the she-wolf is believed to

932 have given her teats to the infants, because she knew they

933 were the sons of Mars her lord; although there are not wanting

934 persons who say that when the crying babes lay exposed,

935 they were first of all picked up by I know not what harlot,

936 and sucked her breasts first (now harlots were called *lupæ*, she-wolves,

937 from which their vile abodes are even yet called *lupanaria*),

938 and that afterwards they came into the hands of the

939 shepherd Faustulus, and were nursed by Acca his wife. Yet

940 what wonder is it, if, to rebuke the king who had cruelly

941 ordered them to be thrown into the water, God was pleased, after

942 divinely delivering them from the water, to succour, by means

943 of a wild beast giving milk, these infants by whom so great a

944 city was to be founded? Amulius was succeeded in the Latian

945 kingdom by his brother Numitor, the grandfather of Romulus;

946 and Rome was founded in the first year of this Numitor, who

947 from that time reigned along with his grandson Romulus.

948 22. *That Rome was founded when the Assyrian kingdom perished, at which

949 time Hezekiah reigned in Judah.*

950 To be brief, the city of Rome was founded, like another

951 Babylon, and as it were the daughter of the former Babylon,

952 by which God was pleased to conquer the whole world, and

953 subdue it far and wide by bringing it into one fellowship of

954 government and laws. For there were already powerful and

955 brave peoples and nations trained to arms, who did not easily

956 yield, and whose subjugation necessarily involved great danger

957 and destruction as well as great and horrible labour. For

958 when the Assyrian kingdom subdued almost all Asia, although

959 this was done by fighting, yet the wars could not be very

960 fierce or difficult, because the nations were as yet untrained to

961 resist, and neither so many nor so great as afterward; forasmuch

962 as, after that greatest and indeed universal flood, when

963 only eight men escaped in Noah's ark, not much more than a

964 thousand years had passed when Ninus subdued all Asia with

965 the exception of India. But Rome did not with the same

966 quickness and facility wholly subdue all those nations of the

967 east and west which we see brought under the Roman empire,

968 because, in its gradual increase, in whatever direction it was extended,

969 it found them strong and warlike. At the time when

970 Rome was founded, then, the people of Israel had been in the

971 land of promise seven hundred and eighteen years. Of these

972 years twenty-seven belong to Joshua the son of Nun, and

973 after that three hundred and twenty-nine to the period of the

974 judges. But from the time when the kings began to reign

975 there, three hundred and sixty-two years had passed. And

976 at that time there was a king in Judah called Ahaz, or,

977 as others compute, Hezekiah his successor, the best and

978 most pious king, who it is admitted reigned in the times of

979 Romulus. And in that part of the Hebrew nation called

980 Israel, Hoshea had begun to reign.

981 23. *Of the Erythræan sibyl, who is known to have sung many things about

982 Christ more plainly than the other sibyls.*

983 Some say the Erythræan sibyl prophesied at this time.

984 Now Varro declares there were many sibyls, and not merely

985 one. This sibyl of Erythræ certainly wrote some things

986 concerning Christ which are quite manifest, and we first read

987 them in the Latin tongue in verses of bad Latin, and unrhythmical,

988 through the unskilfulness, as we afterward learned, of

989 some interpreter unknown to me. For Flaccianus, a very

990 famous man, who was also a proconsul, a man of most ready

991 eloquence and much learning, when we were speaking about

992 Christ, produced a Greek manuscript, saying that it was the

993 prophecies of the Erythræan sibyl, in which he pointed out a

994 certain passage which had the initial letters of the lines so

995 arranged that these words could be read in them: Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς Θεοῦ υἱὸς σωτήρ, which mean, "Jesus Christ the Son

996 of God, the Saviour." And these verses, of which the initial

997 letters yield that meaning, contain what follows as translated

998 by some one into Latin in good rhythm:

999 Ι Judgment shall moisten the earth with the sweat of its standard,

1000 Η Ever enduring, behold the King shall come through the ages,

1001 Σ Sent to be here in the flesh, and Judge at the last of the world.

1002 Ο O God, the believing and faithless alike shall behold Thee

1003 Υ Uplifted with saints, when at last the ages are ended.

1004 Σ Sisted before Him are souls in the flesh for His judgment.

1005 Χ Hid in thick vapours, the while desolate lieth the earth.

1006 Ρ Rejected by men are the idols and long hidden treasures;

1007 Ε Earth is consumed by the fire, and it searcheth the ocean and heaven;

1008 Ι Issuing forth, it destroyeth the terrible portals of hell.

1009 Σ Saints in their body and soul freedom and light shall inherit;

1010 Τ Those who are guilty shall burn in fire and brimstone for ever.

1011 Ο Occult actions revealing, each one shall publish his secrets;

1012 Σ Secrets of every man's heart God shall reveal in the light.

1013 Θ Then shall be weeping and wailing, yea; and gnashing of teeth;

1014 Ε Eclipsed is the sun, and silenced the stars in their chorus.

1015 Ο Over and gone is the splendour of moonlight, melted the heaven.

1016 Υ Uplifted by Him are the valleys, and cast down the mountains.

1017 Υ Utterly gone among men are distinctions of lofty and lowly.

1018 Ι Into the plains rush the hills, the skies and oceans are mingled.

1019 Ο Oh, what an end of all things! earth broken in pieces shall perish;

1020 Σ Swelling together at once shall the waters and flames flow in rivers.

1021 Σ Sounding the archangel's trumpet shall peal down from heaven,

1022 Ω Over the wicked who groan in their guilt and their manifold sorrows.

1023 Τ Trembling, the earth shall be opened, revealing chaos and hell.

1024 Η Every king before God shall stand in that day to be judged.

1025 Ρ Rivers of fire and of brimstone shall fall from the heavens.

1026 In these Latin verses the meaning of the Greek is correctly

1027 given, although not in the exact order of the lines as connected

1028 with the initial letters; for in three of them, the fifth,

1029 eighteenth, and nineteenth, where the Greek letter Υ occurs,

1030 Latin words could not be found beginning with the corresponding

1031 letter, and yielding a suitable meaning. So that, if

1032 we note down together the initial letters of all the lines in

1033 our Latin translation except those three in which we retain

1034 the letter Υ in the proper place, they will express in five

1035 Greek words this meaning, "Jesus Christ the Son of God, the

1036 Saviour." And the verses are twenty-seven, which is the cube

1037 of three. For three times three are nine; and nine itself, if

1038 tripled, so as to rise from the superficial square to the cube,

1039 comes to twenty-seven. But if you join the initial letters of

1040 these five Greek words, Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς Θεοῦ υἱὸς σωτήρ,,

1041 which mean, "Jesus Christ the Son of God, the Saviour," they

1042 will make the word ἰχθὺς, that is, "fish," in which word Christ

1043 is mystically understood, because He was able to live, that is,

1044 to exist, without sin in the abyss of this mortality as in the

1045 depth of waters.

1046 But this sibyl, whether she is the Erythræan, or, as some

1047 rather believe, the Cumæan, in her whole poem, of which this

1048 is a very small portion, not only has nothing that can relate

1049 to the worship of the false or feigned gods, but rather speaks

1050 against them and their worshippers in such a way that we

1051 might even think she ought to be reckoned among those who

1052 belong to the city of God. Lactantius also inserted in his

1053 work the prophecies about Christ of a certain sibyl, he does

1054 not say which. But I have thought fit to combine in a single

1055 extract, which may seem long, what he has set down in many

1056 short quotations. She says, "Afterward He shall come into

1057 the injurious hands of the unbelieving, and they will give

1058 God buffets with profane hands, and with impure mouth will

1059 spit out envenomed spittle; but He will with simplicity

1060 yield His holy back to stripes. And He will hold His peace

1061 when struck with the fist, that no one may find out what

1062 word, or whence, He comes to speak to hell; and He shall be

1063 crowned with a crown of thorns. And they gave Him gall

1064 for meat, and vinegar for His thirst: they will spread this

1065 table of inhospitality. For thou thyself, being foolish, hast not

1066 understood thy God, deluding the minds of mortals, but hast

1067 both crowned Him with thorns and mingled for Him bitter

1068 gall. But the veil of the temple shall be rent; and at midday

1069 it shall be darker than night for three hours. And He shall

1070 die the death, taking sleep for three days; and then returning

1071 from hell, He first shall come to the light, the beginning of

1072 the resurrection being shown to the recalled." Lactantius

1073 made use of these sibylline testimonies, introducing them bit

1074 by bit in the course of his discussion as the things he intended

1075 to prove seemed to require, and we have set them down in one

1076 connected series, uninterrupted by comment, only taking care

1077 to mark them by capitals, if only the transcribers do not neglect

1078 to preserve them hereafter. Some writers, indeed, say that the

1079 Erythræan sibyl was not in the time of Romulus, but of the

1080 Trojan war.

1081 >

1082 >

1083 >

1084 24. *That the seven sages flourished in the reign of Romulus, when the ten tribes

1085 > which were called Israel were led into captivity by the Chaldeans, and

1086 > Romulus, when dead, had divine honours conferred on him.*

1087 While Romulus reigned, Thales the Milesian is said to have

1088 lived, being one of the seven sages, who succeeded the theological

1089 poets, of whom Orpheus was the most renowned, and

1090 were called Σοφοί, that is, sages. During that time the ten

1091 tribes, which on the division of the people were called Israel,

1092 were conquered by the Chaldeans and led captive into their

1093 lands, while the two tribes which were called Judah, and had

1094 the seat of their kingdom in Jerusalem, remained in the land

1095 of Judea. As Romulus, when dead, could nowhere be found,

1096 the Romans, as is everywhere notorious, placed him among

1097 the gods,—a thing which by that time had already ceased to

1098 be done, and which was not done afterwards till the time of the

1099 Cæsars, and then not through error, but in flattery; so that

1100 Cicero ascribes great praises to Romulus, because he merited

1101 such honours not in rude and unlearned times, when men

1102 were easily deceived, but in times already polished and learned,

1103 although the subtle and acute loquacity of the philosophers

1104 had not yet culminated. But although the later times did

1105 not deify dead men, still they did not cease to hold and worship

1106 as gods those deified of old; nay, by images, which the

1107 ancients never had, they even increased the allurements of

1108 vain and impious superstition, the unclean demons effecting

1109 this in their heart, and also deceiving them by lying oracles,

1110 so that even the fabulous crimes of the gods, which were not

1111 once imagined by a more polite age, were yet basely acted in

1112 the plays in honour of these same false deities. Numa reigned

1113 after Romulus; and although he had thought that Rome would

1114 be better defended the more gods there were, yet on his death

1115 he himself was not counted worthy of a place among them, as

1116 if it were supposed that he had so crowded heaven that a place

1117 could not be found for him there. They report that the Samian

1118 sibyl lived while he reigned at Rome, and when Manasseh

1119 began to reign over the Hebrews,—an impious king, by whom

1120 the prophet Isaiah is said to have been slain.

1121 >

1122 >

1123 >

1124 25. *What philosophers were famous when Tarquinius Priscus reigned over the

1125 > Romans, and Zedekiah over the Hebrews, when Jerusalem was taken and

1126 > the temple overthrown.*

1127 When Zedekiah reigned over the Hebrews, and Tarquinius

1128 Priscus, the successor of Ancus Martius, over the Romans, the

1129 Jewish people was led captive into Babylon, Jerusalem and

1130 the temple built by Solomon being overthrown. For the prophets,

1131 in chiding them for their iniquity and impiety, predicted

1132 that these things should come to pass, especially Jeremiah,

1133 who even stated the number of years. Pittacus of Mitylene,

1134 another of the sages, is reported to have lived at that time.

1135 And Eusebius writes that, while the people of God were held

1136 captive in Babylon, the five other sages lived, who must be

1137 added to Thales, whom we mentioned above, and Pittacus, in

1138 order to make up the seven. These are Solon of Athens, Chilo

1139 of Lacedæmon, Periander of Corinth, Cleobulus of Lindus, and

1140 Bias of Priene. These flourished after the theological poets, and

1141 were called sages, because they excelled other men in a certain

1142 laudable line of life, and summed up some moral precepts

1143 in epigrammatic sayings. But they left posterity no literary

1144 monuments, except that Solon is alleged to have given certain

1145 laws to the Athenians, and Thales was a natural philosopher,

1146 and left books of his doctrine in short proverbs. In that time

1147 of the Jewish captivity, Anaximander, Anaximenes, and Xenophanes,

1148 the natural philosophers, flourished. Pythagoras also

1149 lived then, and at this time the name philosopher was first used.

1150 >

1151 >

1152 >

1153 26. *That at the time when the captivity of the Jews was brought to an end, on the

1154 > completion of seventy years, the Romans also were freed from kingly rule.*

1155 At this time, Cyrus king of Persia, who also ruled the Chaldeans

1156 and Assyrians, having somewhat relaxed the captivity

1157 of the Jews, made fifty thousand of them return in order to

1158 rebuild the temple. They only began the first foundations

1159 and built the altar; but, owing to hostile invasions, they were

1160 unable to go on, and the work was put off to the time of Darius.

1161 During the same time also those things were done which are

1162 written in the book of Judith, which, indeed, the Jews are

1163 said not to have received into the canon of the Scriptures.

1164 Under Darius king of Persia, then, on the completion of the

1165 seventy years predicted by Jeremiah the prophet, the captivity

1166 of the Jews was brought to an end, and they were restored

1167 to liberty. Tarquin then reigned as the seventh king of the

1168 Romans. On his expulsion, they also began to be free from

1169 the rule of their kings. Down to this time the people of

1170 Israel had prophets; but, although they were numerous, the

1171 canonical writings of only a few of them have been preserved

1172 among the Jews and among us. In closing the previous book,

1173 I promised to set down something in this one about them, and

1174 I shall now do so.

1175 >

1176 >

1177 >

1178 27. *Of the times of the prophets whose oracles are contained in books, and who

1179 > sang many things about the call of the Gentiles at the time when the Roman

1180 > kingdom began and the Assyrian came to an end.*

1181 In order that we may be able to consider these times, let us

1182 go back a little to earlier times. At the beginning of the book

1183 of the prophet Hosea, who is placed first of twelve, it is written,

1184 "The word of the Lord which came to Hosea in the days of

1185 Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah, kings of Judah."[509] Amos

1186 also writes that he prophesied in the days of Uzziah, and adds

1187 the name of Jeroboam king of Israel, who lived at the same

1188 time.[510] Isaiah the son of Amos—either the above-named prophet,

1189 or, as is rather affirmed, another who was not a prophet, but

1190 was called by the same name—also puts at the head of his book

1191 these four kings named by Hosea, saying by way of preface

1192 that he prophesied in their days.[511] Micah also names the same

1193 times as those of his prophecy, after the days of Uzziah;[512] for

1194 he names the same three kings as Hosea named,—Jotham,

1195 Ahaz, and Hezekiah. We find from their own writings that

1196 these men prophesied contemporaneously. To these are added

1197 Jonah in the reign of Uzziah, and Joel in that of Jotham, who

1198 succeeded Uzziah. But we can find the date of these two

1199 prophets in the chronicles,[513] not in their own writings, for they

1200 say nothing about it themselves. Now these days extend from

1201 Procas king of the Latins, or his predecessor Aventinus, down

1202 to Romulus king of the Romans, or even to the beginning of

1203 the reign of his successor, Numa Pompilius. Hezekiah king

1204 of Judah certainly reigned till then. So that thus these fountains

1205 of prophecy, as I may call them, burst forth at once during

1206 those times when the Assyrian kingdom failed and the Roman

1207 began; so that, just as in the first period of the Assyrian kingdom

1208 Abraham arose, to whom the most distinct promises were

1209 made that all nations should be blessed in his seed, so at the

1210 beginning of the western Babylon, in the time of whose government

1211 Christ was to come in whom these promises were to be

1212 fulfilled, the oracles of the prophets were given not only in

1213 spoken but in written words, for a testimony that so great a

1214 thing should come to pass. For although the people of Israel

1215 hardly ever lacked prophets from the time when they began to

1216 have kings, these were only for their own use, not for that of

1217 the nations. But when the more manifestly prophetic Scripture

1218 began to be formed, which was to benefit the nations

1219 too, it was fitting that it should begin when this city was

1220 founded which was to rule the nations.

1221 28. *Of the things pertaining to the gospel of Christ which Hosea and Amos

1222 prophesied.*

1223 The prophet Hosea speaks so very profoundly that it is

1224 laborious work to penetrate his meaning. But, according to

1225 promise, we must insert something from his book. He says,

1226 "And it shall come to pass that in the place where it was

1227 said unto them, Ye are not my people, there they shall be

1228 called the sons of the living God."[514] Even the apostles understood

1229 this as a prophetic testimony of the calling of the nations

1230 who did not formerly belong to God; and because this same

1231 people of the Gentiles is itself spiritually among the children

1232 of Abraham, and for that reason is rightly called Israel, therefore

1233 he goes on to say, "And the children of Judah and the

1234 children of Israel shall be gathered together in one, and shall

1235 appoint themselves one headship, and shall ascend from the

1236 earth."[515] We should but weaken the savour of this prophetic

1237 oracle if we set ourselves to expound it. Let the reader but

1238 call to mind that corner-stone and those two walls of partition,

1239 the one of the Jews, the other of the Gentiles,[516] and he will recognise

1240 them, the one under the term sons of Judah, the other

1241 as sons of Israel, supporting themselves by one and the same

1242 headship, and ascending from the earth. But that those carnal

1243 Israelites who are now unwilling to believe in Christ shall

1244 afterward believe, that is, their children shall (for they themselves,

1245 of course, shall go to their own place by dying), this

1246 same prophet testifies, saying, "For the children of Israel shall

1247 abide many days without a king, without a prince, without a

1248 sacrifice, without an altar, without a priesthood, without manifestations."[517]

1249 Who does not see that the Jews are now thus?

1250 But let us hear what he adds: "And afterward shall the children

1251 of Israel return, and seek the Lord their God, and David

1252 their king, and shall be amazed at the Lord and at His goodness

1253 in the latter days."[518] Nothing is clearer than this prophecy,

1254 in which by David, as distinguished by the title of king,

1255 Christ is to be understood, "who is made," as the apostle says,

1256 "of the seed of David according to the flesh."[519] This prophet

1257 has also foretold the resurrection of Christ on the third day,

1258 as it behoved to be foretold, with prophetic loftiness, when he

1259 says, "He will heal us after two days, and in the third day we

1260 shall rise again."[520] In agreement with this the apostle says

1261 to us, "If ye be risen with Christ, seek those things which are

1262 above."[521] Amos also prophesies thus concerning such things:

1263 "Prepare thee, that thou mayst invoke thy God, O Israel; for

1264 lo, I am binding the thunder, and creating the spirit, and announcing

1265 to men their Christ."[522] And in another place he

1266 says, "In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that

1267 is fallen, and build up the breaches thereof; and I will raise

1268 up his ruins, and will build them up again as in the days of

1269 old: that the residue of men may inquire for me, and all the

1270 nations upon whom my name is invoked, saith the Lord that

1271 doeth this."[523]

1272 29. *What things are predicted by Isaiah concerning Christ and the Church.*

1273 The prophecy of Isaiah is not in the book of the twelve

1274 prophets, who are called the minor from the brevity of their

1275 writings, as compared with those who are called the greater

1276 prophets because they published larger volumes. Isaiah belongs

1277 to the latter, yet I connect him with the two above

1278 named, because he prophesied at the same time. Isaiah, then,

1279 together with his rebukes of wickedness, precepts of righteousness,

1280 and predictions of evil, also prophesied much more than

1281 the rest about Christ and the Church, that is, about the King

1282 and that city which he founded; so that some say he should

1283 be called an evangelist rather than a prophet. But, in order

1284 to finish this work, I quote only one out of many in this

1285 place. Speaking in the person of the Father, he says, "Behold,

1286 my servant shall understand, and shall be exalted and glorified

1287 very much. As many shall be astonished at Thee."[524] This is

1288 about Christ.

1289 But let us now hear what follows about the Church. He

1290 says, "Rejoice, O barren, thou that barest not; break forth

1291 and cry, thou that didst not travail with child: for many more

1292 are the children of the desolate than of her that has an husband."[525]

1293 But these must suffice; and some things in them

1294 ought to be expounded; yet I think those parts sufficient which

1295 are so plain that even enemies must be compelled against their

1296 will to understand them.

1297 30. *What Micah, Jonah, and Joel prophesied in accordance with the New

1298 Testament.*

1299 The prophet Micah, representing Christ under the figure of

1300 a great mountain, speaks thus: "It shall come to pass in the

1301 last days, that the manifested mountain of the Lord shall be

1302 prepared on the tops of the mountains, and it shall be exalted

1303 above the hills; and people shall hasten unto it. Many nations

1304 shall go, and shall say, Come, let us go up into the mountain of

1305 the Lord, and into the house of the God of Jacob; and He

1306 will show us His way, and we will go in His paths: for out

1307 of Zion shall proceed the law, and the word of the Lord out

1308 of Jerusalem. And He shall judge among many people, and

1309 rebuke strong nations afar off."[526] This prophet predicts the

1310 very place in which Christ was born, saying, "And thou,

1311 Bethlehem, of the house of Ephratah, art the least that can

1312 be reckoned among the thousands of Judah; out of thee shall

1313 come forth unto me a leader, to be the prince in Israel; and His

1314 going forth is from the beginning, even from the days of eternity.

1315 Therefore will He give them [up] even until the time

1316 when she that travaileth shall bring forth; and the remnant

1317 of His brethren shall be converted to the sons of Israel. And

1318 He shall stand, and see, and feed His flock in the strength of

1319 the Lord, and in the dignity of the name of the Lord His

1320 God: for now shall He be magnified even to the utmost of

1321 the earth."[527]

1322 The prophet Jonah, not so much by speech as by his own

1323 painful experience, prophesied Christ's death and resurrection

1324 much more clearly than if he had proclaimed them with his

1325 voice. For why was he taken into the whale's belly and restored

1326 on the third day, but that he might be a sign that

1327 Christ should return from the depths of hell on the third

1328 day?

1329 I should be obliged to use many words in explaining all

1330 that Joel prophesies in order to make clear those that pertain

1331 to Christ and the Church. But there is one passage I must

1332 not pass by, which the apostles also quoted when the Holy

1333 Spirit came down from above on the assembled believers according

1334 to Christ's promise. He says, "And it shall come to

1335 pass after these things, that I will pour out my Spirit upon

1336 all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy,

1337 and your old men shall dream, and your young men shall see

1338 visions: and even on my servants and mine handmaids in

1339 those days will I pour out my Spirit."[528]

1340 31. *Of the predictions concerning the salvation of the world in Christ, in

1341 Obadiah, Nahum, and Habakkuk.*

1342 The date of three of the minor prophets, Obadiah, Nahum,

1343 and Habakkuk, is neither mentioned by themselves nor given

1344 in the chronicles of Eusebius and Jerome. For although

1345 they put Obadiah with Micah, yet when Micah prophesied

1346 does not appear from that part of their writings in which the

1347 dates are noted. And this, I think, has happened through

1348 their error in negligently copying the works of others. But we

1349 could not find the two others now mentioned in the copies of

1350 the chronicles which we have; yet because they are contained

1351 in the canon, we ought not to pass them by.

1352 Obadiah, so far as his writings are concerned, the briefest

1353 of all the prophets, speaks against Idumea, that is, the nation

1354 of Esau, that reprobate elder of the twin sons of Isaac and

1355 grandsons of Abraham. Now if, by that form of speech in

1356 which a part is put for the whole, we take Idumea as put

1357 for the nations, we may understand of Christ what he says

1358 among other things, "But upon Mount Sion shall be safety,

1359 and there shall be a Holy One."[529] And a little after, at the

1360 end of the same prophecy, he says, "And those who are saved

1361 again shall come up out of Mount Sion, that they may defend

1362 Mount Esau, and it shall be a kingdom to the Lord."[530] It is

1363 quite evident this was fulfilled when those saved again out of

1364 Mount Sion—that is, the believers in Christ from Judea, of

1365 whom the apostles are chiefly to be acknowledged—went up

1366 to defend Mount Esau. How could they defend it except by

1367 making safe, through the preaching of the gospel, those who

1368 believed that they might be "delivered from the power of

1369 darkness and translated into the kingdom of God?"[531] This

1370 he expressed as an inference, adding, "And it shall be to the

1371 Lord a kingdom." For Mount Sion signifies Judea, where

1372 it is predicted there shall be safety, and a Holy One, that is,

1373 Christ Jesus. But Mount Esau is Idumea, which signifies

1374 the Church of the Gentiles, which, as I have expounded, those

1375 saved again out of Sion have defended that it should be a

1376 kingdom to the Lord. This was obscure before it took place;

1377 but what believer does not find it out now that it is done?

1378 As for the prophet Nahum, through him God says, "I will

1379 exterminate the graven and the molten things: I will make

1380 thy burial. For lo, the feet of Him that bringeth good tidings

1381 and announceth peace are swift upon the mountains! O

1382 Judah, celebrate thy festival days, and perform thy vows; for

1383 now they shall not go on any more so as to become antiquated.

1384 It is completed, it is consumed, it is taken away.

1385 He ascendeth who breathes in thy face, delivering thee out of

1386 tribulation."[532] Let him that remembers the gospel call to

1387 mind who hath ascended from hell and breathed the Holy

1388 Spirit in the face of Judah, that is, of the Jewish disciples;

1389 for they belong to the New Testament, whose festival days are

1390 so spiritually renewed that they cannot become antiquated.

1391 Moreover, we already see the graven and molten things, that

1392 is, the idols of the false gods, exterminated through the

1393 gospel, and given up to oblivion as of the grave, and we

1394 know that this prophecy is fulfilled in this very thing.

1395 Of what else than the advent of Christ, who was to come,

1396 is Habakkuk understood to say, "And the Lord answered me,

1397 and said, Write the vision openly on a tablet of boxwood, that

1398 he that readeth these things may understand. For the vision

1399 is yet for a time appointed, and it will arise in the end, and

1400 will not become void: if it tarry, wait for it; because it will

1401 surely come, and will not be delayed?"[533]

1402 32. *Of the prophecy that is contained in the prayer and song of Habakkuk.*

1403 In his prayer, with a song, to whom but the Lord Christ

1404 does he say, "O Lord, I have heard Thy hearing, and was

1405 afraid: O Lord, I have considered Thy works, and was greatly

1406 afraid?"[534] What is this but the inexpressible admiration of

1407 the foreknown, new, and sudden salvation of men? "In the

1408 midst of two living creatures thou shalt be recognised." What

1409 is this but either between the two testaments, or between the

1410 two thieves, or between Moses and Elias talking with Him on

1411 the mount? "While the years draw nigh, Thou wilt be recognised;

1412 at the coming of the time Thou wilt be shown,"

1413 does not even need exposition. "While my soul shall be

1414 troubled at Him, in wrath Thou wilt be mindful of mercy."

1415 What is this but that He puts Himself for the Jews, of whose

1416 nation He was, who were troubled with great anger and crucified

1417 Christ, when He, mindful of mercy, said, "Father, forgive

1418 them, for they know not what they do?"[535] "God shall come

1419 from Teman, and the Holy One from the shady and close mountain."[536]

1420 What is said here, "He shall come from Teman," some

1421 interpret "from the south," or "from the south-west," by which

1422 is signified the noonday, that is, the fervour of charity and the

1423 splendour of truth. "The shady and close mountain" might be

1424 understood in many ways, yet I prefer to take it as meaning

1425 the depth of the divine Scriptures, in which Christ is prophesied:

1426 for in the Scriptures there are many things shady and close

1427 which exercise the mind of the reader; and Christ comes

1428 thence when he who has understanding finds Him there.

1429 "His power covereth up the heavens, and the earth is full of

1430 His praise." What is this but what is also said in the psalm,

1431 "Be Thou exalted, O God, above the heavens; and Thy glory

1432 above all the earth?"[537] "His splendour shall be as the light."

1433 What is it but that the fame of Him shall illuminate believers?

1434 "Horns are in His hands." What is this but the

1435 trophy of the cross? "And He hath placed the firm charity

1436 of His strength"[538] needs no exposition. "Before His face

1437 shall go the word, and it shall go forth into the field after

1438 His feet." What is this but that He should both be announced

1439 before His coming hither and after His return

1440 hence? "He stood, and the earth was moved." What is

1441 this but that "He stood" for succour, "and the earth was

1442 moved" to believe? "He regarded, and the nations melted;"

1443 that is, He had compassion, and made the people penitent.

1444 "The mountains are broken with violence;" that is, through

1445 the power of those who work miracles the pride of the

1446 haughty is broken. "The everlasting hills flowed down;"

1447 that is, they are humbled in time that they may be lifted

1448 up for eternity. "I saw His goings [made] eternal for His

1449 labours;" that is, I beheld His labour of love not left without

1450 the reward of eternity. "The tents of Ethiopia shall be greatly

1451 afraid, and the tents of the land of Midian;" that is, even

1452 those nations which are not under the Roman authority, being

1453 suddenly terrified by the news of Thy wonderful works, shall

1454 become a Christian people. "Wert Thou angry at the rivers,

1455 O Lord? or was Thy fury against the rivers? or was Thy rage

1456 against the sea?" This is said because He does not now

1457 come to condemn the world, but that the world through Him

1458 might be saved.[539] "For Thou shalt mount upon Thy horses,

1459 and Thy riding shall be salvation;" that is, Thine evangelists

1460 shall carry Thee, for they are guided by Thee, and Thy

1461 gospel is salvation to them that believe in Thee. "Bending,

1462 Thou wilt bend Thy bow against the sceptres, saith the Lord;"

1463 that is, Thou wilt threaten even the kings of the earth with

1464 Thy judgment. "The earth shall be cleft with rivers;" that

1465 is, by the sermons of those who preach Thee flowing in upon

1466 them, men's hearts shall be opened to make confession, to

1467 whom it is said, "Rend your hearts and not your garments."[540]

1468 What does "The people shall see Thee and grieve"

1469 mean, but that in mourning they shall be blessed?[541] What

1470 is "Scattering the waters in marching," but that by walking in

1471 those who everywhere proclaim Thee, Thou wilt scatter hither

1472 and thither the streams of Thy doctrine? What is "The

1473 abyss uttered its voice?" Is it not that the depth of the

1474 human heart expressed what it perceived? The words, "The

1475 depth of its phantasy," are an explanation of the previous verse,

1476 for the depth is the abyss; and "Uttered its voice" is to be

1477 understood before them, that is, as we have said, it expressed

1478 what it perceived. Now the phantasy is the vision, which it

1479 did not hold or conceal, but poured forth in confession. "The

1480 sun was raised up, and the moon stood still in her course;"

1481 that is, Christ ascended into heaven, and the Church was

1482 established under her King. "Thy darts shall go in the

1483 light;" that is, Thy words shall not be sent in secret, but

1484 openly. For He had said to His own disciples, "What I tell

1485 you in darkness, that speak ye in the light."[542] "By threatening

1486 thou shalt diminish the earth;" that is, by that threatening

1487 Thou shalt humble men. "And in fury Thou shalt cast down

1488 the nations;" for in punishing those who exalt themselves Thou

1489 dashest them one against another. "Thou wentest forth for

1490 the salvation of Thy people, that Thou mightest save Thy

1491 Christ; Thou hast sent death on the heads of the wicked."

1492 None of these words require exposition. "Thou hast lifted

1493 up the bonds, even to the neck." This may be understood

1494 even of the good bonds of wisdom, that the feet may be put

1495 into its fetters, and the neck into its collar. "Thou hast

1496 struck off in amazement of mind the bonds" must be understood

1497 for, He lifts up the good and strikes off the bad, about

1498 which it is said to Him, "Thou hast broken asunder my

1499 bonds,"[543] and that "in amazement of mind," that is, wonderfully.

1500 "The heads of the mighty shall be moved in it;" to

1501 wit, in that wonder. "They shall open their teeth like a poor

1502 man eating secretly." For some of the mighty among the

1503 Jews shall come to the Lord, admiring His works and words,

1504 and shall greedily eat the bread of His doctrine in secret for

1505 fear of the Jews, just as the Gospel has shown they did.

1506 "And Thou hast sent into the sea Thy horses, troubling many

1507 waters," which are nothing else than many people; for unless

1508 all were troubled, some would not be converted with fear,

1509 others pursued with fury. "I gave heed, and my belly

1510 trembled at the voice of the prayer of my lips; and trembling

1511 entered into my bones, and my habit of body was

1512 troubled under me." He gave heed to those things which he

1513 said, and was himself terrified at his own prayer, which he

1514 had poured forth prophetically, and in which he discerned

1515 things to come. For when many people are troubled, he saw

1516 the threatening tribulation of the Church, and at once acknowledged

1517 himself a member of it, and said, "I shall rest in the

1518 day of tribulation," as being one of those who are rejoicing in

1519 hope, patient in tribulation.[544] "That I may ascend," he says,

1520 "among the people of my pilgrimage," departing quite from the

1521 wicked people of his carnal kinship, who are not pilgrims in

1522 this earth, and do not seek the country above.[545] "Although

1523 the fig-tree," he says, "shall not blossom, neither shall fruit

1524 be in the vines; the labour of the olive shall lie, and the fields

1525 shall yield no meat; the sheep shall be cut off from the

1526 meat, and there shall be no oxen in the stalls." He sees that

1527 nation which was to slay Christ about to lose the abundance

1528 of spiritual supplies, which, in prophetic fashion, he has set

1529 forth by the figure of earthly plenty. And because that

1530 nation was to suffer such wrath of God, because, being ignorant

1531 of the righteousness of God, it wished to establish its

1532 own,[546] he immediately says, "Yet will I rejoice in the Lord; I

1533 will joy in God my salvation. The Lord God is my strength,

1534 and He will set my feet in completion; He will place me

1535 above the heights, that I may conquer in His song," to wit,

1536 in that song of which something similar is said in the psalm,

1537 "He set my feet upon a rock, and directed my goings, and put

1538 in my mouth a new song, a hymn to our God."[547] He therefore

1539 conquers in the song of the Lord, who takes pleasure in

1540 His praise, not in his own; that "He that glorieth, let him

1541 glory in the Lord."[548] But some copies have, "I will joy in God

1542 my Jesus," which seems to me better than the version of those

1543 who, wishing to put it in Latin, have not set down that very

1544 name which for us it is dearer and sweeter to name.

1545 33. *What Jeremiah and Zephaniah have, by the prophetic Spirit, spoken before

1546 concerning Christ and the calling of the nations.*

1547 Jeremiah, like Isaiah, is one of the greater prophets, not of

1548 the minor, like the others from whose writings I have just

1549 given extracts. He prophesied when Josiah reigned in Jerusalem,

1550 and Ancus Martius at Rome, when the captivity of the

1551 Jews was already at hand; and he continued to prophesy

1552 down to the fifth month of the captivity, as we find from his

1553 writings. Zephaniah, one of the minor prophets, is put along

1554 with him, because he himself says that he prophesied in the

1555 days of Josiah; but he does not say till when. Jeremiah thus

1556 prophesied not only in the times of Ancus Martius, but also

1557 in those of Tarquinius Priscus, whom the Romans had for

1558 their fifth king. For he had already begun to reign when

1559 that captivity took place. Jeremiah, in prophesying of Christ,

1560 says, "The breath of our mouth, the Lord Christ, was taken in

1561 our sins,"[549] thus briefly showing both that Christ is our Lord

1562 and that He suffered for us. Also in another place he says,

1563 "This is my God, and there shall none other be accounted of

1564 in comparison of Him; who hath found out all the way of

1565 prudence, and hath given it to Jacob His servant, and to

1566 Israel His beloved: afterward He was seen on the earth, and

1567 conversed with men."[550] Some attribute this testimony not to

1568 Jeremiah, but to his secretary, who was called Baruch; but it

1569 is more commonly ascribed to Jeremiah. Again the same

1570 prophet says concerning Him, "Behold the days come, saith

1571 the Lord, that I will raise up unto David a righteous shoot,

1572 and a King shall reign and shall be wise, and shall do judgment

1573 and justice in the earth. In those days Judah shall be

1574 saved, and Israel shall dwell confidently: and this is the

1575 name which they shall call Him, Our righteous Lord."[551] And

1576 of the calling of the nations which was to come to pass, and

1577 which we now see fulfilled, he thus spoke: "O Lord my God,

1578 and my refuge in the day of evils, to Thee shall the nations

1579 come from the utmost end of the earth, saying, Truly our

1580 fathers have worshipped lying images, wherein there is no

1581 profit."[552] But that the Jews, by whom He behoved even to be

1582 slain, were not going to acknowledge Him, this prophet thus

1583 intimates: "Heavy is the heart through all; and He is a man,

1584 and who shall know Him?"[553] That passage also is his which

1585 I have quoted in the seventeenth book concerning the new

1586 testament, of which Christ is the Mediator. For Jeremiah

1587 himself says, "Behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I

1588 will complete over the house of Jacob a new testament," and

1589 the rest, which may be read there.[554]

1590 For the present I shall put down those predictions about

1591 Christ by the prophet Zephaniah, who prophesied with Jeremiah.

1592 "Wait ye upon me, saith the Lord, in the day of my

1593 resurrection, in the future; because it is my determination to

1594 assemble the nations, and gather together the kingdoms."[555]

1595 And again he says, "The Lord will be terrible upon them,

1596 and will exterminate all the gods of the earth; and they shall

1597 worship Him every man from his place, even all the isles of

1598 the nations."[556] And a little after he says, "Then will I turn

1599 to the people a tongue, and to His offspring, that they may

1600 call upon the name of the Lord, and serve Him under one

1601 yoke. From the borders of the rivers of Ethiopia shall they

1602 bring sacrifices unto me. In that day thou shalt not be confounded

1603 for all thy curious inventions, which thou hast done

1604 impiously against me: for then I will take away from thee

1605 the naughtiness of thy trespass; and thou shalt no more

1606 magnify thyself above thy holy mountain. And I will leave

1607 in thee a meek and humble people, and they who shall be left

1608 of Israel shall fear the name of the Lord."[557] These are the

1609 remnant of whom the apostle quotes that which is elsewhere

1610 prophesied: "Though the number of the children of Israel be

1611 as the sand of the sea, a remnant shall be saved."[558] These

1612 are the remnant of that nation who have believed in Christ.

1613 34. *Of the prophecy of Daniel and Ezekiel, other two of the greater prophets.*

1614 Daniel and Ezekiel, other two of the greater prophets, also

1615 first prophesied in the very captivity of Babylon. Daniel even

1616 defined the time when Christ was to come and suffer by the

1617 exact date. It would take too long to show this by computation,

1618 and it has been done often by others before us. But of

1619 His power and glory he has thus spoken: "I saw in a night

1620 vision, and, behold, one like the Son of man was coming with

1621 the clouds of heaven, and He came even to the Ancient of

1622 days, and He was brought into His presence. And to Him

1623 there was given dominion, and honour, and a kingdom: and

1624 all people, tribes, and tongues shall serve Him. His power is

1625 an everlasting power, which shall not pass away, and His

1626 kingdom shall not be destroyed."[559]

1627 Ezekiel also, speaking prophetically in the person of God

1628 the Father, thus foretells Christ, speaking of Him in the prophetic

1629 manner as David because He assumed flesh of the

1630 seed of David, and on account of that form of a servant in

1631 which He was made man, He who is the Son of God is also

1632 called the servant of God. He says, "And I will set up over

1633 my sheep one Shepherd, who will feed them, even my servant

1634 David; and He shall feed them, and He shall be their shepherd.

1635 And I the Lord will be their God, and my servant

1636 David a prince in the midst of them. I the Lord have

1637 spoken."[560] And in another place he says, "And one King

1638 shall be over them all: and they shall no more be two

1639 nations, neither shall they be divided any more into two

1640 kingdoms: neither shall they defile themselves any more with

1641 their idols, and their abominations, and all their iniquities.

1642 And I will save them out of all their dwelling-places wherein

1643 they have sinned, and will cleanse them; and they shall be

1644 my people, and I will be their God. And my servant David

1645 shall be king over them, and there shall be one Shepherd for

1646 them all."[561]

1647 35. *Of the prophecy of the three prophets, Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi.*

1648 There remain three minor prophets, Haggai, Zechariah,

1649 and Malachi, who prophesied at the close of the captivity.

1650 Of these Haggai more openly prophesies of Christ and the

1651 Church thus briefly: "Thus saith the Lord of hosts, Yet one

1652 little while, and I will shake the heaven, and the earth, and

1653 the sea, and the dry land; and I will move all nations, and

1654 the desired of all nations shall come."[562] The fulfilment of

1655 this prophecy is in part already seen, and in part hoped for

1656 in the end. For He moved the heaven by the testimony of

1657 the angels and the stars, when Christ became incarnate. He

1658 moved the earth by the great miracle of His birth of the

1659 virgin. He moved the sea and the dry land, when Christ

1660 was proclaimed both in the isles and in the whole world. So

1661 we see all nations moved to the faith; and the fulfilment of

1662 what follows, "And the desired of all nations shall come," is

1663 looked for at His last coming. For ere men can desire and

1664 wait for Him, they must believe and love Him.

1665 Zechariah says of Christ and the Church, "Rejoice greatly,

1666 O daughter of Sion; shout joyfully, O daughter of Jerusalem:

1667 behold, thy King shall come unto thee, just and the Saviour;

1668 Himself poor, and mounting an ass, and a colt the foal of an

1669 ass: and His dominion shall be from sea to sea, and from the

1670 river even to the ends of the earth."[563] How this was done,

1671 when the Lord Christ on His journey used a beast of burden

1672 of this kind, we read in the Gospel, where, also, as much of

1673 this prophecy is quoted as appears sufficient for the context.

1674 In another place, speaking in the Spirit of prophecy to Christ

1675 Himself of the remission of sins through His blood, he says,

1676 "Thou also, by the blood of Thy testament, hast sent forth

1677 Thy prisoners from the lake wherein is no water."[564] Different

1678 opinions may be held, consistently with right belief, as

1679 to what he meant by this lake. Yet it seems to me that no

1680 meaning suits better than that of the depth of human misery,

1681 which is, as it were, dry and barren, where there are no

1682 streams of righteousness, but only the mire of iniquity. For

1683 it is said of it in the Psalms, "And He led me forth out of

1684 the lake of misery, and from the miry clay."[565]

1685 Malachi, foretelling the Church which we now behold propagated

1686 through Christ, says most openly to the Jews, in the

1687 person of God, "I have no pleasure in you, and I will not

1688 accept a gift at your hand. For from the rising even to the

1689 going down of the sun, my name is great among the nations;

1690 and in every place sacrifice shall be made, and a pure oblation

1691 shall be offered unto my name: for my name shall be great

1692 among the nations, saith the Lord."[566] Since we can already

1693 see this sacrifice offered to God in every place, from the rising

1694 of the sun to his going down, through Christ's priesthood after

1695 the order of Melchisedec, while the Jews, to whom it was

1696 said, "I have no pleasure in you, neither will I accept a gift

1697 at your hand," cannot deny that their sacrifice has ceased, why

1698 do they still look for another Christ, when they read this in

1699 the prophecy, and see it fulfilled, which could not be fulfilled

1700 except through Him? And a little after he says of Him, in

1701 the person of God, "My covenant was with Him of life and

1702 peace; and I gave to Him that He might fear me with fear,

1703 and be afraid before my name. The law of truth was in His

1704 mouth: directing in peace He hath walked with me, and hath

1705 turned many away from iniquity. For the Priest's lips shall

1706 keep knowledge, and they shall seek the law at His mouth:

1707 for He is the Angel of the Lord Almighty."[567] Nor is it to be

1708 wondered at that Christ Jesus is called the Angel of the

1709 Almighty God. For just as He is called a servant on account

1710 of the form of a servant in which He came to men, so He is

1711 called an angel on account of the *evangel* which He proclaimed

1712 to men. For if we interpret these Greek words, *evangel* is

1713 "good news," and *angel* is "messenger." Again he says of Him,

1714 "Behold I will send mine angel, and He will look out the

1715 way before my face: and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly

1716 come into His temple, even the Angel of the testament,

1717 whom ye desire. Behold, He cometh, saith the Lord Almighty,

1718 and who shall abide the day of His entry, or who shall stand

1719 at His appearing?"[568] In this place he has foretold both the

1720 first and second advent of Christ: the first, to wit, of which he

1721 says, "And He shall come suddenly into His temple;" that

1722 is, into His flesh, of which He said in the Gospel, "Destroy

1723 this temple, and in three days I will raise it up again."[569] And

1724 of the second advent he says, "Behold, He cometh, saith the

1725 Lord Almighty, and who shall abide the day of His entry, or

1726 who shall stand at His appearing?" But what he says, "The

1727 Lord whom ye seek, and the Angel of the testament whom ye

1728 desire," just means that even the Jews, according to the Scriptures

1729 which they read, shall seek and desire Christ. But

1730 many of them did not acknowledge that He whom they

1731 sought and desired had come, being blinded in their hearts,

1732 which were preoccupied with their own merits. Now what

1733 he here calls the testament, either above, where he says, "My

1734 testament had been with Him," or here, where he has called

1735 Him the Angel of the testament, we ought, beyond a doubt, to

1736 take to be the new testament, in which the things promised

1737 are eternal, and not the old, in which they are only temporal.

1738 Yet many who are weak are troubled when they see the

1739 wicked abound in such temporal things, because they value

1740 them greatly, and serve the true God to be rewarded with

1741 them. On this account, to distinguish the eternal blessedness

1742 of the new testament, which shall be given only to the

1743 good, from the earthly felicity of the old, which for the

1744 most part is given to the bad as well, the same prophet says,

1745 "Ye have made your words burdensome to me: yet ye have

1746 said, In what have we spoken ill of Thee? Ye have said,

1747 Foolish is every one who serves God; and what profit is it

1748 that we have kept His observances, and that we have walked

1749 as suppliants before the face of the Lord Almighty? And

1750 now we call the aliens blessed; yea, all that do wicked things

1751 are built up again; yea, they are opposed to God and are

1752 saved. They that feared the Lord uttered these reproaches

1753 every one to his neighbour: and the Lord hearkened and

1754 heard; and He wrote a book of remembrance before Him, for

1755 them that fear the Lord and that revere His name."[570] By that

1756 book is meant the New Testament. Finally, let us hear what

1757 follows: "And they shall be an acquisition for me, saith the

1758 Lord Almighty, in the day which I make; and I will choose

1759 them as a man chooseth his son that serveth him. And ye

1760 shall return, and shall discern between the just and the unjust,

1761 and between him that serveth God and him that serveth

1762 Him not. For, behold, the day cometh burning as an oven,

1763 and it shall burn them up; and all the aliens and all that do

1764 wickedly shall be stubble: and the day that shall come will

1765 set them on fire, saith the Lord Almighty, and shall leave

1766 neither root nor branch. And unto you that fear my name

1767 shall the Sun of Righteousness arise, and health shall be in

1768 His wings; and ye shall go forth, and exult as calves let loose

1769 from bonds. And ye shall tread down the wicked, and they

1770 shall be ashes under your feet, in the day in which I shall do

1771 [this], saith the Lord Almighty."[571] This day is the day of judgment,

1772 of which, if God will, we shall speak more fully in its

1773 own place.

1774 36. *About Esdras and the books of the Maccabees.*

1775 After these three prophets, Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi,

1776 during the same period of the liberation of the people from

1777 the Babylonian servitude Esdras also wrote, who is historical

1778 rather than prophetical, as is also the book called Esther, which

1779 is found to relate, for the praise of God, events not far from

1780 those times; unless, perhaps, Esdras is to be understood as

1781 prophesying of Christ in that passage where, on a question

1782 having arisen among certain young men as to what is the

1783 strongest thing, when one had said kings, another wine, the

1784 third women, who for the most part rule kings, yet that

1785 same third youth demonstrated that the truth is victorious

1786 over all.[572] For by consulting the Gospel we learn that Christ

1787 is the Truth. From this time, when the temple was rebuilt,

1788 down to the time of Aristobulus, the Jews had not kings but

1789 princes; and the reckoning of their dates is found, not in the

1790 Holy Scriptures which are called canonical, but in others,

1791 among which are also the books of the Maccabees. These

1792 are held as canonical, not by the Jews, but by the Church, on

1793 account of the extreme and wonderful sufferings of certain

1794 martyrs, who, before Christ had come in the flesh, contended

1795 for the law of God even unto death, and endured most grievous

1796 and horrible evils.

1797 37. *That prophetic records are found which are more ancient than any fountain

1798 of the Gentile philosophy.*

1799 In the time of our prophets, then, whose writings had

1800 already come to the knowledge of almost all nations, the

1801 philosophers of the nations had not yet arisen,—at least, not

1802 those who were called by that name, which originated with

1803 Pythagoras the Samian, who was becoming famous at the

1804 time when the Jewish captivity ended. Much more, then,

1805 are the other philosophers found to be later than the prophets.

1806 For even Socrates the Athenian, the master of all who were

1807 then most famous, holding the pre-eminence in that department

1808 that is called the moral or active, is found after Esdras

1809 in the chronicles. Plato also was born not much later, who

1810 far outwent the other disciples of Socrates. If, besides these,

1811 we take their predecessors, who had not yet been styled

1812 philosophers, to wit, the seven sages, and then the physicists,

1813 who succeeded Thales, and imitated his studious search into

1814 the nature of things, namely, Anaximander, Anaximenes, and

1815 Anaxagoras, and some others, before Pythagoras first professed

1816 himself a philosopher, even these did not precede the

1817 whole of our prophets in antiquity of time, since Thales,

1818 whom the others succeeded, is said to have flourished in the

1819 reign of Romulus, when the stream of prophecy burst forth

1820 from the fountains of Israel in those writings which spread

1821 over the whole world. So that only those theological poets,

1822 Orpheus, Linus, and Musæus, and, it may be, some others

1823 among the Greeks, are found earlier in date than the Hebrew

1824 prophets whose writings we hold as authoritative. But not

1825 even these preceded in time our true divine, Moses, who

1826 authentically preached the one true God, and whose writings

1827 are first in the authoritative canon; and therefore the Greeks,

1828 in whose tongue the literature of this age chiefly appears, have

1829 no ground for boasting of their wisdom, in which our religion,

1830 wherein is true wisdom, is not evidently more ancient at

1831 least, if not superior. Yet it must be confessed that before

1832 Moses there had already been, not indeed among the Greeks,

1833 but among barbarous nations, as in Egypt, some doctrine

1834 which might be called their wisdom, else it would not have

1835 been written in the holy books that Moses was learned in all

1836 the wisdom of the Egyptians,[573] as he was, when, being born

1837 there, and adopted and nursed by Pharaoh's daughter, he was

1838 also liberally educated. Yet not even the wisdom of the

1839 Egyptians could be antecedent in time to the wisdom of our

1840 prophets, because even Abraham was a prophet. And what

1841 wisdom could there be in Egypt before Isis had given them

1842 letters, whom they thought fit to worship as a goddess after

1843 her death? Now Isis is declared to have been the daughter

1844 of Inachus, who first began to reign in Argos when the grandsons

1845 of Abraham are known to have been already born.

1846 >

1847 >

1848 >

1849 38. *That the ecclesiastical canon has not admitted certain writings on account

1850 > of their too great antiquity, lest through them false things should be inserted

1851 > instead of true.*

1852 If I may recall far more ancient times, our patriarch Noah

1853 was certainly even before that great deluge, and I might not

1854 undeservedly call him a prophet, forasmuch as the ark he made,

1855 in which he escaped with his family, was itself a prophecy of

1856 our times.[574] What of Enoch, the seventh from Adam? Does

1857 not the canonical epistle of the Apostle Jude declare that he

1858 prophesied?[575] But the writings of these men could not be

1859 held as authoritative either among the Jews or us, on account

1860 of their too great antiquity, which made it seem needful to

1861 regard them with suspicion, lest false things should be set

1862 forth instead of true. For some writings which are said to

1863 be theirs are quoted by those who, according to their own

1864 humour, loosely believe what they please. But the purity of

1865 the canon has not admitted these writings, not because the

1866 authority of these men who pleased God is rejected, but because

1867 they are not believed to be theirs. Nor ought it to

1868 appear strange if writings for which so great antiquity is

1869 claimed are held in suspicion, seeing that in the very history

1870 of the kings of Judah and Israel containing their acts, which

1871 we believe to belong to the canonical Scripture, very many

1872 things are mentioned which are not explained there, but are

1873 said to be found in other books which the prophets wrote, the

1874 very names of these prophets being sometimes given, and yet

1875 they are not found in the canon which the people of God received.

1876 Now I confess the reason of this is hidden from me;

1877 only I think that even those men, to whom certainly the Holy

1878 Spirit revealed those things which ought to be held as of religious

1879 authority, might write some things as men by historical

1880 diligence, and others as prophets by divine inspiration; and

1881 these things were so distinct, that it was judged that the

1882 former should be ascribed to themselves, but the latter to

1883 God speaking through them: and so the one pertained to the

1884 abundance of knowledge, the other to the authority of religion.

1885 In that authority the canon is guarded. So that, if any writings

1886 outside of it are now brought forward under the name of

1887 the ancient prophets, they cannot serve even as an aid to

1888 knowledge, because it is uncertain whether they are genuine;

1889 and on this account they are not trusted, especially those of

1890 them in which some things are found that are even contrary

1891 to the truth of the canonical books, so that it is quite apparent

1892 they do not belong to them.

1893 39. *About the Hebrew written characters which that language always possessed.*

1894 Now we must not believe that Heber, from whose name

1895 the word Hebrew is derived, preserved and transmitted the

1896 Hebrew language to Abraham only as a spoken language, and

1897 that the Hebrew letters began with the giving of the law

1898 through Moses; but rather that this language, along with its

1899 letters, was preserved by that succession of fathers. Moses,

1900 indeed, appointed some among the people of God to teach

1901 letters, before they could know any letters of the divine law.

1902 The Scripture calls these men γραμματεισαγωγεῖς, who may

1903 be called in Latin *inductores* or *introductores* of letters, because

1904 they, as it were, introduce them into the hearts of the

1905 learners, or rather lead those whom they teach into them.

1906 Therefore no nation could vaunt itself over our patriarchs and

1907 prophets by any wicked vanity for the antiquity of its wisdom;

1908 since not even Egypt, which is wont falsely and vainly to

1909 glory in the antiquity of her doctrines, is found to have preceded

1910 in time the wisdom of our patriarchs in her own wisdom,

1911 such as it is. Neither will any one dare to say that they

1912 were most skilful in wonderful sciences before they knew letters,

1913 that is, before Isis came and taught them there. Besides, what,

1914 for the most part, was that memorable doctrine of theirs which

1915 was called wisdom but astronomy, and it may be some other

1916 sciences of that kind, which usually have more power to exercise

1917 men's wit than to enlighten their minds with true wisdom?

1918 As regards philosophy, which professes to teach men something

1919 which shall make them happy, studies of that kind flourished

1920 in those lands about the times of Mercury whom they called

1921 Trismegistus, long before the sages and philosophers of Greece,

1922 but yet after Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Joseph, and even

1923 after Moses himself. At that time, indeed, when Moses was

1924 born, Atlas is found to have lived, that great astronomer, the

1925 brother of Prometheus, and maternal grandson of the elder

1926 Mercury, of whom that Mercury Trismegistus was the grandson.

1927 40. *About the most mendacious vanity of the Egyptians, in which they ascribe to

1928 their science an antiquity of a hundred thousand years.*

1929 In vain, then, do some babble with most empty presumption,

1930 saying that Egypt has understood the reckoning of the

1931 stars for more than a hundred thousand years. For in what

1932 books have they collected that number who learned letters

1933 from Isis their mistress, not much more than two thousand

1934 years ago? Varro, who has declared this, is no small authority

1935 in history, and it does not disagree with the truth of the

1936 divine books. For as it is not yet six thousand years since

1937 the first man, who is called Adam, are not those to be ridiculed

1938 rather than refuted who try to persuade us of anything regarding

1939 a space of time so different from, and contrary to, the

1940 ascertained truth? For what historian of the past should

1941 we credit more than him who has also predicted things to

1942 come which we now see fulfilled? And the very disagreement

1943 of the historians among themselves furnishes a good

1944 reason why we ought rather to believe him who does not

1945 contradict the divine history which we hold. But, on the

1946 other hand, the citizens of the impious city, scattered everywhere

1947 through the earth, when they read the most learned

1948 writers, none of whom seems to be of contemptible authority,

1949 and find them disagreeing among themselves about affairs

1950 most remote from the memory of our age, cannot find out

1951 whom they ought to trust. But we, being sustained by divine

1952 authority in the history of our religion, have no doubt that

1953 whatever is opposed to it is most false, whatever may be the

1954 case regarding other things in secular books, which, whether

1955 true or false, yield nothing of moment to our living rightly

1956 and happily.

1957 41. *About the discord of philosophic opinion, and the concord of the Scriptures

1958 that are held as canonical by the Church.*

1959 But let us omit further examination of history, and return

1960 to the philosophers from whom we digressed to these things.

1961 They seem to have laboured in their studies for no other

1962 end than to find out how to live in a way proper for laying

1963 hold of blessedness. Why, then, have the disciples dissented

1964 from their masters, and the fellow-disciples from one

1965 another, except because as men they have sought after these

1966 things by human sense and human reasonings? Now,

1967 although there might be among them a desire of glory, so

1968 that each wished to be thought wiser and more acute than

1969 another, and in no way addicted to the judgment of others,

1970 but the inventor of his own dogma and opinion, yet I may

1971 grant that there were some, or even very many of them,

1972 whose love of truth severed them from their teachers or fellow-disciples,

1973 that they might strive for what they thought

1974 was the truth, whether it was so or not. But what can

1975 human misery do, or how or where can it reach forth, so as

1976 to attain blessedness, if divine authority does not lead it?

1977 Finally, let our authors, among whom the canon of the sacred

1978 books is fixed and bounded, be far from disagreeing in any

1979 respect. It is not without good reason, then, that not merely

1980 a few people prating in the schools and gymnasia in captious

1981 disputations, but so many and great people, both learned and

1982 unlearned, in countries and cities, have believed that God

1983 spoke to them or by them, *i.e.* the canonical writers, when

1984 they wrote these books. There ought, indeed, to be but few of

1985 them, lest on account of their multitude what ought to be

1986 religiously esteemed should grow cheap; and yet not so few

1987 that their agreement should not be wonderful. For among

1988 the multitude of philosophers, who in their works have left

1989 behind them the monuments of their dogmas, no one will

1990 easily find any who agree in all their opinions. But to show

1991 this is too long a task for this work.

1992 But what author of any sect is so approved in this demon-worshipping

1993 city, that the rest who have differed from or opposed

1994 him in opinion have been disapproved? The Epicureans

1995 asserted that human affairs were not under the providence of

1996 the gods; and the Stoics, holding the opposite opinion, agreed

1997 that they were ruled and defended by favourable and tutelary

1998 gods. Yet were not both sects famous among the Athenians?

1999 I wonder, then, why Anaxagoras was accused of a crime for

2000 saying that the sun was a burning stone, and denying that it

2001 was a god at all; while in the same city Epicurus flourished

2002 gloriously and lived securely, although he not only did not

2003 believe that the sun or any star was a god, but contended

2004 that neither Jupiter nor any of the gods dwelt in the world

2005 at all, so that the prayers and supplications of men might

2006 reach them! Were not both Aristippus and Antisthenes there,

2007 two noble philosophers and both Socratic? yet they placed the

2008 chief end of life within bounds so diverse and contradictory,

2009 that the first made the delight of the body the chief good,

2010 while the other asserted that man was made happy mainly

2011 by the virtue of the mind. The one also said that the wise

2012 man should flee from the republic; the other, that he should

2013 administer its affairs. Yet did not each gather disciples to

2014 follow his own sect? Indeed, in the conspicuous and well-known

2015 porch, in gymnasia, in gardens, in places public and

2016 private, they openly strove in bands each for his own opinion,

2017 some asserting there was one world, others innumerable worlds;

2018 some that this world had a beginning, others that it had

2019 not; some that it would perish, others that it would exist

2020 always; some that it was governed by the divine mind,

2021 others by chance and accident; some that souls are immortal,

2022 others that they are mortal,—and of those who asserted their

2023 immortality, some said they transmigrated through beasts,

2024 others that it was by no means so, while of those who asserted

2025 their mortality, some said they perished immediately after the

2026 body, others that they survived either a little while or a longer

2027 time, but not always; some fixing supreme good in the body,

2028 some in the mind, some in both; others adding to the mind

2029 and body external good things; some thinking that the bodily

2030 senses ought to be trusted always, some not always, others

2031 never. Now what people, senate, power, or public dignity of

2032 the impious city has ever taken care to judge between all

2033 these and other well-nigh innumerable dissensions of the

2034 philosophers, approving and accepting some, and disapproving

2035 and rejecting others? Has it not held in its bosom at random,

2036 without any judgment, and confusedly, so many controversies

2037 of men at variance, not about fields, houses, or anything of

2038 a pecuniary nature, but about those things which make life

2039 either miserable or happy? Even if some true things were

2040 said in it, yet falsehoods were uttered with the same licence;

2041 so that such a city has not amiss received the title of the

2042 mystic Babylon. For Babylon means confusion, as we remember

2043 we have already explained. Nor does it matter to

2044 the devil, its king, how they wrangle among themselves in

2045 contradictory errors, since all alike deservedly belong to him

2046 on account of their great and varied impiety.

2047 But that nation, that people, that city, that republic, these

2048 Israelites, to whom the oracles of God were entrusted, by no

2049 means confounded with similar licence false prophets with the

2050 true prophets; but, agreeing together, and differing in nothing,

2051 acknowledged and upheld the authentic authors of their sacred

2052 books. These were their philosophers, these were their sages,

2053 divines, prophets, and teachers of probity and piety. Whoever

2054 was wise and lived according to them was wise and lived

2055 not according to men, but according to God who hath spoken

2056 by them. If sacrilege is forbidden there, God hath forbidden

2057 it. If it is said, "Honour thy father and thy mother,"[576] God

2058 hath commanded it. If it is said, "Thou shalt not commit

2059 adultery, Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt not steal,"[577] and other

2060 similar commandments, not human lips but the divine oracles

2061 have enounced them. Whatever truth certain philosophers,

2062 amid their false opinions, were able to see, and strove by

2063 laborious discussions to persuade men of,—such as that God

2064 has made this world, and Himself most providently governs

2065 it, or of the nobility of the virtues, of the love of country, of

2066 fidelity in friendship, of good works and everything pertaining

2067 to virtuous manners, although they knew not to what end

2068 and what rule all these things were to be referred,—all these, by

2069 words prophetic, that is, divine, although spoken by men, were

2070 commended to the people in that city, and not inculcated by

2071 contention in arguments, so that he who should know them

2072 might be afraid of contemning, not the wit of men, but the

2073 oracle of God.

2074 >

2075 >

2076 >

2077 42. *By what dispensation of God's providence the sacred Scriptures of the Old

2078 > Testament were translated out of Hebrew into Greek, that they might be

2079 > made known to all the nations.*

2080 One of the Ptolemies, kings of Egypt, desired to know and

2081 have these sacred books. For after Alexander of Macedon,

2082 who is also styled the Great, had by his most wonderful, but

2083 by no means enduring power, subdued the whole of Asia, yea,

2084 almost the whole world, partly by force of arms, partly by

2085 terror, and, among other kingdoms of the East, had entered and

2086 obtained Judea also, on his death his generals did not peaceably

2087 divide that most ample kingdom among them for a possession,

2088 but rather dissipated it, wasting all things by wars.

2089 Then Egypt began to have the Ptolemies as her kings. The

2090 first of them, the son of Lagus, carried many captive out of

2091 Judea into Egypt. But another Ptolemy, called Philadelphus,

2092 who succeeded him, permitted all whom he had brought under

2093 the yoke to return free; and, more than that, sent kingly gifts

2094 to the temple of God, and begged Eleazar, who was the high

2095 priest, to give him the Scriptures, which he had heard by

2096 report were truly divine, and therefore greatly desired to have

2097 in that most noble library he had made. When the high

2098 priest had sent them to him in Hebrew, he afterwards demanded

2099 interpreters of him, and there were given him seventy-two,

2100 out of each of the twelve tribes six men, most learned in

2101 both languages, to wit, the Hebrew and Greek; and their

2102 translation is now by custom called the Septuagint. It is

2103 reported, indeed, that there was an agreement in their words

2104 so wonderful, stupendous, and plainly divine, that when they

2105 had sat at this work, each one apart (for so it pleased Ptolemy

2106 to test their fidelity), they differed from each other in no word

2107 which had the same meaning and force, or in the order of the

2108 words; but, as if the translators had been one, so what all had

2109 translated was one, because in very deed the one Spirit had

2110 been in them all. And they received so wonderful a gift of

2111 God, in order that the authority of these Scriptures might be

2112 commended not as human but divine, as indeed it was, for the

2113 benefit of the nations who should at some time believe, as we

2114 now see them doing.

2115 >

2116 >

2117 >

2118 43. *Of the authority of the Septuagint translation, which, saving the honour

2119 > of the Hebrew original, is to be preferred to all translations.*

2120 For while there were other interpreters who translated these

2121 sacred oracles out of the Hebrew tongue into Greek, as Aquila,

2122 Symmachus, and Theodotion, and also that translation which,

2123 as the name of the author is unknown, is quoted as the fifth

2124 edition, yet the Church has received this Septuagint translation

2125 just as if it were the only one; and it has been used by

2126 the Greek Christian people, most of whom are not aware that

2127 there is any other. From this translation there has also been

2128 made a translation in the Latin tongue, which the Latin

2129 churches use. Our times, however, have enjoyed the advantage

2130 of the presbyter Jerome, a man most learned, and skilled

2131 in all three languages, who translated these same Scriptures

2132 into the Latin speech, not from the Greek, but from the

2133 Hebrew. But although the Jews acknowledge this very

2134 learned labour of his to be faithful, while they contend that

2135 the Septuagint translators have erred in many places, still the

2136 churches of Christ judge that no one should be preferred to

2137 the authority of so many men, chosen for this very great work

2138 by Eleazar, who was then high priest; for even if there had

2139 not appeared in them one spirit, without doubt divine, and

2140 the seventy learned men had, after the manner of men, compared

2141 together the words of their translation, that what pleased

2142 them all might stand, no single translator ought to be preferred

2143 to them; but since so great a sign of divinity has

2144 appeared in them, certainly, if any other translator of their

2145 Scriptures from the Hebrew into any other tongue is faithful,

2146 in that case he agrees with these seventy translators, and if

2147 he is not found to agree with them, then we ought to believe

2148 that the prophetic gift is with them. For the same Spirit

2149 who was in the prophets when they spoke these things was

2150 also in the seventy men when they translated them, so that

2151 assuredly they could also say something else, just as if the

2152 prophet himself had said both, because it would be the same

2153 Spirit who said both; and could say the same thing differently,

2154 so that, although the words were not the same, yet the same

2155 meaning should shine forth to those of good understanding;

2156 and could omit or add something, so that even by this it

2157 might be shown that there was in that work not human

2158 bondage, which the translator owed to the words, but rather

2159 divine power, which filled and ruled the mind of the translator.

2160 Some, however, have thought that the Greek copies of

2161 the Septuagint version should be emended from the Hebrew

2162 copies; yet they did not dare to take away what the Hebrew

2163 lacked and the Septuagint had, but only added what was

2164 found in the Hebrew copies and was lacking in the Septuagint,

2165 and noted them by placing at the beginning of the verses

2166 certain marks in the form of stars which they call asterisks.

2167 And those things which the Hebrew copies have not, but the

2168 Septuagint have, they have in like manner marked at the

2169 beginning of the verses by horizontal spit-shaped marks like

2170 those by which we denote ounces; and many copies having

2171 these marks are circulated even in Latin.[578] But we cannot,

2172 without inspecting both kinds of copies, find out those things

2173 which are neither omitted nor added, but expressed differently,

2174 whether they yield another meaning not in itself unsuitable,

2175 or can be shown to explain the same meaning in another way.

2176 If, then, as it behoves us, we behold nothing else in these

2177 Scriptures than what the Spirit of God has spoken through

2178 men, if anything is in the Hebrew copies and is not in the

2179 version of the Seventy, the Spirit of God did not choose to

2180 say it through them, but only through the prophets. But

2181 whatever is in the Septuagint and not in the Hebrew copies,

2182 the same Spirit chose rather to say through the latter, thus

2183 showing that both were prophets. For in that manner He

2184 spoke as He chose, some things through Isaiah, some through

2185 Jeremiah, some through several prophets, or else the same

2186 thing through this prophet and through that. Further, whatever

2187 is found in both editions, that one and the same Spirit

2188 willed to say through both, but so as that the former preceded

2189 in prophesying, and the latter followed in prophetically

2190 interpreting them; because, as the one Spirit of peace was in

2191 the former when they spoke true and concordant words, so the

2192 selfsame one Spirit hath appeared in the latter, when, without

2193 mutual conference, they yet interpreted all things as if with

2194 one mouth.

2195 >

2196 >

2197 >

2198 44. *How the threat of the destruction of the Ninevites is to be understood, which

2199 > in the Hebrew extends to forty days, while in the Septuagint it is contracted

2200 > to three.*

2201 But some one may say, "How shall I know whether the

2202 prophet Jonah said to the Ninevites, 'Yet *three* days and Nineveh

2203 shall be overthrown,' or *forty* days?"[579] For who does not see

2204 that the prophet could not say both, when he was sent to

2205 terrify the city by the threat of imminent ruin? For if its

2206 destruction was to take place on the third day, it certainly

2207 could not be on the fortieth; but if on the fortieth, then certainly

2208 not on the third. If, then, I am asked which of these

2209 Jonah may have said, I rather think what is read in the

2210 Hebrew, "Yet forty days and Nineveh shall be overthrown."

2211 Yet the Seventy, interpreting long afterward, could say what

2212 was different and yet pertinent to the matter, and agree in

2213 the selfsame meaning, although under a different signification.

2214 And this may admonish the reader not to despise the authority

2215 of either, but to raise himself above the history, and search for

2216 those things which the history itself was written to set forth.

2217 These things, indeed, took place in the city of Nineveh, but

2218 they also signified something else too great to apply to that

2219 city; just as, when it happened that the prophet himself was

2220 three days in the whale's belly, it signified besides, that He

2221 who is Lord of all the prophets should be three days in the

2222 depths of hell. Wherefore, if that city is rightly held as

2223 prophetically representing the Church of the Gentiles, to wit,

2224 as brought down by penitence, so as no longer to be what it

2225 had been, since this was done by Christ in the Church of

2226 the Gentiles, which Nineveh represented, Christ Himself was

2227 signified both by the forty and by the three days: by the

2228 forty, because He spent that number of days with His disciples

2229 after the resurrection, and then ascended into heaven, but by

2230 the three days, because He rose on the third day. So that, if

2231 the reader desires nothing else than to adhere to the history

2232 of events, he may be aroused from his sleep by the Septuagint

2233 interpreters, as well as the prophets, to search into the depth

2234 of the prophecy, as if they had said, In the forty days seek

2235 Him in whom thou mayest also find the three days,—the one

2236 thou wilt find in His ascension, the other in His resurrection.

2237 Because that which could be most suitably signified by both

2238 numbers, of which one is used by Jonah the prophet, the other

2239 by the prophecy of the Septuagint version, the one and selfsame

2240 Spirit hath spoken. I dread prolixity, so that I must

2241 not demonstrate this by many instances in which the seventy

2242 interpreters may be thought to differ from the Hebrew, and

2243 yet, when well understood, are found to agree. For which

2244 reason I also, according to my capacity, following the footsteps

2245 of the apostles, who themselves have quoted prophetic

2246 testimonies from both, that is, from the Hebrew and the

2247 Septuagint, have thought that both should be used as authoritative,

2248 since both are one, and divine. But let us now follow

2249 out as we can what remains.

2250 >

2251 >

2252 >

2253 45. *That the Jews ceased to have prophets after the rebuilding of the temple,

2254 > and from that time until the birth of Christ were afflicted with continual

2255 > adversity, to prove that the building of another temple had been promised

2256 > by prophetic voices.*

2257 The Jewish nation no doubt became worse after it ceased

2258 to have prophets, just at the very time when, on the rebuilding

2259 of the temple after the captivity in Babylon, it hoped to

2260 become better. For so, indeed, did that carnal people understand

2261 what was foretold by Haggai the prophet, saying, "The

2262 glory of this latter house shall be greater than that of the

2263 former."[580] Now, that this is said of the new testament, he

2264 showed a little above, where he says, evidently promising

2265 Christ, "And I will move all nations, and the desired One shall

2266 come to all nations."[581] In this passage the Septuagint translators,

2267 giving another sense more suitable to the body than

2268 the Head, that is, to the Church than to Christ, have said by

2269 prophetic authority, "The things shall come that are chosen

2270 of the Lord from all nations," that is, *men*, of whom Jesus

2271 saith in the Gospel, "Many are called, but few are chosen."[582]

2272 For by such chosen ones of the nations there is built, through

2273 the new testament, with living stones, a house of God far

2274 more glorious than that temple was which was constructed

2275 by king Solomon, and rebuilt after the captivity. For this

2276 reason, then, that nation had no prophets from that time,

2277 but was afflicted with many plagues by kings of alien race,

2278 and by the Romans themselves, lest they should fancy that

2279 this prophecy of Haggai was fulfilled by that rebuilding of

2280 the temple.

2281 For not long after, on the arrival of Alexander, it was subdued,

2282 when, although there was no pillaging, because they dared

2283 not resist him, and thus, being very easily subdued, received

2284 him peaceably, yet the glory of that house was not so great

2285 as it was when under the free power of their own kings.

2286 Alexander, indeed, offered up sacrifices in the temple of God,

2287 not as a convert to His worship in true piety, but thinking,

2288 with impious folly, that He was to be worshipped along with

2289 false gods. Then Ptolemy son of Lagus, whom I have already

2290 mentioned, after Alexander's death carried them captive into

2291 Egypt. His successor, Ptolemy Philadelphus, most benevolently

2292 dismissed them; and by him it was brought about,

2293 as I have narrated a little before, that we should have the

2294 Septuagint version of the Scriptures. Then they were crushed

2295 by the wars which are explained in the books of the Maccabees.

2296 Afterward they were taken captive by Ptolemy king of Alexandria,

2297 who was called Epiphanes. Then Antiochus king of

2298 Syria compelled them by many and most grievous evils to

2299 worship idols, and filled the temple itself with the sacrilegious

2300 superstitions of the Gentiles. Yet their most vigorous leader

2301 Judas, who is also called Maccabæus, after beating the generals

2302 of Antiochus, cleansed it from all that defilement of idolatry.

2303 But not long after, one Alcimus, although an alien from the

2304 sacerdotal tribe, was, through ambition, made pontiff, which

2305 was an impious thing. After almost fifty years, during which

2306 they never had peace, although they prospered in some affairs,

2307 Aristobulus first assumed the diadem among them, and was

2308 made both king and pontiff. Before that, indeed, from the

2309 time of their return from the Babylonish captivity and the

2310 rebuilding of the temple, they had not kings, but generals or

2311 *principes*. Although a king himself may be called a prince,

2312 from his principality in governing, and a leader, because he

2313 leads the army, but it does not follow that all who are princes

2314 and leaders may also be called kings, as that Aristobulus was.

2315 He was succeeded by Alexander, also both king and pontiff,

2316 who is reported to have reigned over them cruelly. After

2317 him his wife Alexandra was queen of the Jews, and from her

2318 time downwards more grievous evils pursued them; for this

2319 Alexandra's sons, Aristobulus and Hyrcanus, when contending

2320 with each other for the kingdom, called in the Roman

2321 forces against the nation of Israel. For Hyrcanus asked

2322 assistance from them against his brother. At that time

2323 Rome had already subdued Africa and Greece, and ruled

2324 extensively in other parts of the world also, and yet, as if

2325 unable to bear her own weight, had, in a manner, broken

2326 herself by her own size. For indeed she had come to grave

2327 domestic seditions, and from that to social wars, and by and

2328 by to civil wars, and had enfeebled and worn herself out so

2329 much, that the changed state of the republic, in which she

2330 should be governed by kings, was now imminent. Pompey

2331 then, a most illustrious prince of the Roman people, having

2332 entered Judea with an army, took the city, threw open the

2333 temple, not with the devotion of a suppliant, but with the

2334 authority of a conqueror, and went, not reverently, but profanely,

2335 into the holy of holies, where it was lawful for none

2336 but the pontiff to enter. Having established Hyrcanus in the

2337 pontificate, and set Antipater over the subjugated nation as

2338 guardian or procurator, as they were then called, he led

2339 Aristobulus with him bound. From that time the Jews also

2340 began to be Roman tributaries. Afterward Cassius plundered

2341 the very temple. Then after a few years it was their desert

2342 to have Herod, a king of foreign birth, in whose reign Christ

2343 was born. For the time had now come signified by the

2344 prophetic Spirit through the mouth of the patriarch Jacob,

2345 when he says, "There shall not be lacking a prince out of

2346 Judah, nor a teacher from his loins, until He shall come for

2347 whom it is reserved; and He is the expectation of the nations."[583]

2348 There lacked not therefore a Jewish prince of the Jews until

2349 that Herod, who was the first king of a foreign race received

2350 by them. Therefore it was now the time when He should

2351 come for whom that was reserved which is promised in the

2352 New Testament, that He should be the expectation of the

2353 nations. But it was not possible that the nations should

2354 expect He would come, as we see they did, to do judgment in

2355 the splendour of power, unless they should first believe in

2356 Him when He came to suffer judgment in the humility of

2357 patience.

2358 >

2359 >

2360 >

2361 46. *Of the birth of our Saviour, whereby the Word was made flesh; and of the

2362 > dispersion of the Jews among all nations, as had been prophesied.*

2363 While Herod, therefore, reigned in Judea, and Cæsar

2364 Augustus was emperor at Rome, the state of the republic

2365 being already changed, and the world being set at peace by

2366 him, Christ was born in Bethlehem of Judah, man manifest out

2367 of a human virgin, God hidden out of God the Father. For so

2368 had the prophet foretold: "Behold, a virgin shall conceive in

2369 the womb, and bring forth a Son, and they shall call His name

2370 Immanuel, which, being interpreted, is, God with us."[584] He

2371 did many miracles that He might commend God in Himself,

2372 some of which, even as many as seemed sufficient to proclaim

2373 Him, are contained in the evangelic Scripture. The first of

2374 these is, that He was so wonderfully born, and the last, that

2375 with His body raised up again from the dead He ascended

2376 into heaven. But the Jews who slew Him, and would not

2377 believe in Him, because it behoved Him to die and rise again,

2378 were yet more miserably wasted by the Romans, and utterly

2379 rooted out from their kingdom, where aliens had already

2380 ruled over them, and were dispersed through the lands (so

2381 that indeed there is no place where they are not), and are

2382 thus by their own Scriptures a testimony to us that we have

2383 not forged the prophecies about Christ. And very many of

2384 them, considering this, even before His passion, but chiefly

2385 after His resurrection, believed on Him, of whom it was predicted,

2386 "Though the number of the children of Israel be as

2387 the sand of the sea, the remnant shall be saved."[585] But the

2388 rest are blinded, of whom it was predicted, "Let their table

2389 be made before them a trap, and a retribution, and a stumbling-block.

2390 Let their eyes be darkened lest they see, and bow

2391 down their back alway."[586] Therefore, when they do not believe

2392 our Scriptures, their own, which they blindly read, are

2393 fulfilled in them, lest perchance any one should say that the

2394 Christians have forged these prophecies about Christ which

2395 are quoted under the name of the sibyl, or of others, if such

2396 there be, who do not belong to the Jewish people. For us,

2397 indeed, those suffice which are quoted from the books of our

2398 enemies, to whom we make our acknowledgment, on account

2399 of this testimony which, in spite of themselves, they contribute

2400 by their possession of these books, while they themselves are

2401 dispersed among all nations, wherever the Church of Christ

2402 is spread abroad. For a prophecy about this thing was sent

2403 before in the Psalms, which they also read, where it is written,

2404 "My God, His mercy shall prevent me. My God hath shown

2405 me concerning mine enemies, that Thou shalt not slay them,

2406 lest they should at last forget Thy law: disperse them in Thy

2407 might."[587] Therefore God has shown the Church in her enemies

2408 the Jews the grace of His compassion, since, as saith the

2409 apostle, "their offence is the salvation of the Gentiles."[588]

2410 And therefore He has not slain them, that is, He has not let

2411 the knowledge that they are Jews be lost in them, although

2412 they have been conquered by the Romans, lest they should

2413 forget the law of God, and their testimony should be of no

2414 avail in this matter of which we treat. But it was not

2415 enough that he should say, "Slay them not, lest they should

2416 at last forget Thy law," unless he had also added, "Disperse

2417 them;" because if they had only been in their own land with

2418 that testimony of the Scriptures, and not everywhere, certainly

2419 the Church which is everywhere could not have had them as

2420 witnesses among all nations to the prophecies which were

2421 sent before concerning Christ.

2422 47. *Whether before Christian times there were any outside of the Israelite

2423 race who belonged to the fellowship of the heavenly city.*

2424 Wherefore if we read of any foreigner—that is, one neither

2425 born of Israel nor received by that people into the canon of

2426 the sacred books—having prophesied something about Christ,

2427 if it has come or shall come to our knowledge, we can refer

2428 to it over and above; not that this is necessary, even if

2429 wanting, but because it is not incongruous to believe that

2430 even in other nations there may have been men to whom this

2431 mystery was revealed, and who were also impelled to proclaim

2432 it, whether they were partakers of the same grace or had no

2433 experience of it, but were taught by bad angels, who, as we

2434 know, even confessed the present Christ, whom the Jews did

2435 not acknowledge. Nor do I think the Jews themselves dare

2436 contend that no one has belonged to God except the Israelites,

2437 since the increase of Israel began on the rejection of his elder

2438 brother. For in very deed there was no other people who

2439 were specially called the people of God; but they cannot

2440 deny that there have been certain men even of other nations

2441 who belonged, not by earthly but heavenly fellowship, to the

2442 true Israelites, the citizens of the country that is above. Because,

2443 if they deny this, they can be most easily confuted by

2444 the case of the holy and wonderful man Job, who was neither

2445 a native nor a proselyte, that is, a stranger joining the people

2446 of Israel, but, being bred of the Idumean race, arose there

2447 and died there too, and who is so praised by the divine oracle,

2448 that no man of his times is put on a level with him as regards

2449 justice and piety. And although we do not find his date in

2450 the chronicles, yet from his book, which for its merit the

2451 Israelites have received as of canonical authority, we gather

2452 that he was in the third generation after Israel. And I

2453 doubt not it was divinely provided, that from this one case

2454 we might know that among other nations also there might be

2455 men pertaining to the spiritual Jerusalem who have lived

2456 according to God and have pleased Him. And it is not to

2457 be supposed that this was granted to any one, unless the one

2458 Mediator between God and men, the Man Christ Jesus,[589] was

2459 divinely revealed to him; who was pre-announced to the saints

2460 of old as yet to come in the flesh, even as He is announced

2461 to us as having come, that the selfsame faith through Him

2462 may lead all to God who are predestinated to be the city of

2463 God, the house of God, and the temple of God. But whatever

2464 prophecies concerning the grace of God through Christ

2465 Jesus are quoted, they may be thought to have been forged

2466 by the Christians. So that there is nothing of more weight

2467 for confuting all sorts of aliens, if they contend about this

2468 matter, and for supporting our friends, if they are truly wise,

2469 than to quote those divine predictions about Christ which

2470 are written in the books of the Jews, who have been torn from

2471 their native abode and dispersed over the whole world in

2472 order to bear this testimony, so that the Church of Christ has

2473 everywhere increased.

2474 >

2475 >

2476 >

2477 48. *That Haggai's prophecy, in which he said that the glory of the house of

2478 > God would be greater than that of the first had been,*[590] *was really fulfilled,

2479 > not in the rebuilding of the temple, but in the Church of Christ.*

2480 This house of God is more glorious than that first one

2481 which was constructed of wood and stone, metals, and other

2482 precious things. Therefore the prophecy of Haggai was not

2483 fulfilled in the rebuilding of that temple. For it can never

2484 be shown to have had so much glory after it was rebuilt as

2485 it had in the time of Solomon; yea, rather, the glory of that

2486 house is shown to have been diminished, first by the ceasing

2487 of prophecy, and then by the nation itself suffering so great

2488 calamities, even to the final destruction made by the Romans,

2489 as the things above-mentioned prove. But this house which

2490 pertains to the new testament is just as much more glorious

2491 as the living stones, even believing, renewed men, of which it

2492 is constructed are better. But it was typified by the rebuilding

2493 of that temple for this reason, because the very renovation

2494 of that edifice typifies in the prophetic oracle another testament

2495 which is called the new. When, therefore, God said by

2496 the prophet just named, "And I will give peace in this

2497 place,"[591] He is to be understood who is typified by that typical

2498 place; for since by that rebuilt place is typified the Church

2499 which was to be built by Christ, nothing else can be accepted

2500 as the meaning of the saying, "I will give peace in this

2501 place," except I will give peace in the place which that place

2502 signifies. For all typical things seem in some way to personate

2503 those whom they typify, as it is said by the apostle,

2504 "That Rock was Christ."[592] Therefore the glory of this new

2505 testament house is greater than the glory of the old testament

2506 house; and it will show itself as greater when it shall

2507 be dedicated. For then "shall come the desired of all nations,"[593]

2508 as we read in the Hebrew. For before His advent

2509 He had not yet been desired by all nations. For they knew

2510 not Him whom they ought to desire, in whom they had not

2511 believed. Then, also, according to the Septuagint interpretation

2512 (for it also is a prophetic meaning), "shall come those

2513 who are elected of the Lord out of all nations." For then

2514 indeed there shall come only those who are elected, whereof

2515 the apostle saith, "According as He hath chosen us in Him

2516 before the foundation of the world."[594] For the Master

2517 Builder who said, "Many are called, but few are chosen,"[595]

2518 did not say this of those who, on being called, came in such

2519 a way as to be cast out from the feast, but would point out

2520 the house built up of the elect, which henceforth shall dread

2521 no ruin. Yet because the churches are also full of those who

2522 shall be separated by the winnowing as in the threshing-floor,

2523 the glory of this house is not so apparent now as it shall be

2524 when every one who is there shall be there always.

2525 49. *Of the indiscriminate increase of the Church, wherein many reprobate are in

2526 this world mixed with the elect.*

2527 In this wicked world, in these evil days, when the Church

2528 measures her future loftiness by her present humility, and is

2529 exercised by goading fears, tormenting sorrows, disquieting

2530 labours, and dangerous temptations, when she soberly rejoices,

2531 rejoicing only in hope, there are many reprobate mingled with

2532 the good, and both are gathered together by the gospel as in

2533 a drag net;[596] and in this world, as in a sea, both swim enclosed

2534 without distinction in the net, until it is brought ashore, when

2535 the wicked must be separated from the good, that in the good,

2536 as in His temple, God may be all in all. We acknowledge,

2537 indeed, that His word is now fulfilled who spake in the psalm,

2538 and said, "I have announced and spoken; they are multiplied

2539 above number."[597] This takes place now, since He has spoken,

2540 first by the mouth of his forerunner John, and afterward by

2541 His own mouth, saying, "Repent: for the kingdom of heaven

2542 is at hand."[598] He chose disciples, whom He also called apostles,[599]

2543 of lowly birth, unhonoured, and illiterate, so that whatever

2544 great thing they might be or do, He might be and do it in

2545 them. He had one among them whose wickedness He could

2546 use well in order to accomplish His appointed passion, and

2547 furnish His Church an example of bearing with the wicked.

2548 Having sown the holy gospel as much as that behoved to be

2549 done by His bodily presence, He suffered, died, and rose again,

2550 showing by His passion what we ought to suffer for the truth,

2551 and by His resurrection what we ought to hope for in adversity;

2552 saving always the mystery of the sacrament, by which

2553 His blood was shed for the remission of sins. He held converse

2554 on the earth forty days with His disciples, and in their

2555 sight ascended into heaven, and after ten days sent the promised

2556 Holy Spirit. It was given as the chief and most necessary

2557 sign of His coming on those who had believed, that every

2558 one of them spoke in the tongues of all nations; thus signifying

2559 that the unity of the catholic Church would embrace all

2560 nations, and would in like manner speak in all tongues.

2561 50. *Of the preaching of the gospel, which is made more famous and powerful

2562 by the sufferings of its preachers.*

2563 Then was fulfilled that prophecy, "Out of Sion shall go

2564 forth the law, and the word of the Lord out of Jerusalem;"[600]

2565 and the prediction of the Lord Christ Himself, when, after the

2566 resurrection, "He opened the understanding" of His amazed

2567 disciples "that they might understand the Scriptures, and

2568 said unto them that thus it is written, and thus it behoved

2569 Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day, and

2570 that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in

2571 His name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem."[601] And

2572 again, when, in reply to their questioning about the day of

2573 His last coming, He said, "It is not for you to know the

2574 times or the seasons which the Father hath put in His own

2575 power; but ye shall receive the power of the Holy Ghost

2576 coming upon you, and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in

2577 Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and Samaria, and even unto the

2578 ends of the earth."[602] First of all, the Church spread herself

2579 abroad from Jerusalem; and when very many in Judea and

2580 Samaria had believed, she also went into other nations by

2581 those who announced the gospel, whom, as lights, He Himself

2582 had both prepared by His word and kindled by His Holy

2583 Spirit. For He had said to them, "Fear ye not them which

2584 kill the body, but are not able to kill the soul."[603] And that

2585 they might not be frozen with fear, they burned with the fire

2586 of charity. Finally, the gospel of Christ was preached in the

2587 whole world, not only by those who had seen and heard Him

2588 both before His passion and after His resurrection, but also after

2589 their death by their successors, amid the horrible persecutions,

2590 diverse torments and deaths of the martyrs, God also bearing

2591 them witness, both with signs and wonders, and divers miracles

2592 and gifts of the Holy Ghost,[604] that the people of the nations,

2593 believing in Him who was crucified for their redemption, might

2594 venerate with Christian love the blood of the martyrs which

2595 they had poured forth with devilish fury, and the very kings

2596 by whose laws the Church had been laid waste might become

2597 profitably subject to that name they had cruelly striven to

2598 take away from the earth, and might begin to persecute the

2599 false gods for whose sake the worshippers of the true God had

2600 formerly been persecuted.

2601 51. *That the catholic faith may be confirmed even by the dissensions of the

2602 heretics.*

2603 But the devil, seeing the temples of the demons deserted,

2604 and the human race running to the name of the liberating

2605 Mediator, has moved the heretics under the Christian name

2606 to resist the Christian doctrine, as if they could be kept in

2607 the city of God indifferently without any correction, just as

2608 the city of confusion indifferently held the philosophers who

2609 were of diverse and adverse opinions. Those, therefore, in

2610 the Church of Christ who savour anything morbid and depraved,

2611 and, on being corrected that they may savour what

2612 is wholesome and right, contumaciously resist, and will not

2613 amend their pestiferous and deadly dogmas, but persist in defending

2614 them, become heretics, and, going without, are to be

2615 reckoned as enemies who serve for her discipline. For even

2616 thus they profit by their wickedness those true catholic members

2617 of Christ, since God makes a good use even of the wicked,

2618 and all things work together for good to them that love Him.[605]

2619 For all the enemies of the Church, whatever error blinds or

2620 malice depraves them, exercise her patience if they receive

2621 the power to afflict her corporally; and if they only oppose

2622 her by wicked thought, they exercise her wisdom: but at

2623 the same time, if these enemies are loved, they exercise her

2624 benevolence, or even her beneficence, whether she deals with

2625 them by persuasive doctrine or by terrible discipline. And

2626 thus the devil, the prince of the impious city, when he stirs

2627 up his own vessels against the city of God that sojourns in

2628 this world, is permitted to do her no harm. For without

2629 doubt the divine providence procures for her both consolation

2630 through prosperity, that she may not be broken by adversity,

2631 and trial through adversity, that she may not be corrupted by

2632 prosperity; and thus each is tempered by the other, as we

2633 recognise in the Psalms that voice which arises from no other

2634 cause, "According to the multitude of my griefs in my heart,

2635 Thy consolations have delighted my soul."[606] Hence also is

2636 that saying of the apostle, "Rejoicing in hope, patient in

2637 tribulation."[607]

2638 For it is not to be thought that what the same teacher

2639 says can at any time fail, "Whoever will live piously in

2640 Christ shall suffer persecution."[608] Because even when those

2641 who are without do not rage, and thus there seems to be, and

2642 really is, tranquillity, which brings very much consolation,

2643 especially to the weak, yet there are not wanting, yea, there

2644 are many within who by their abandoned manners torment

2645 the hearts of those who live piously, since by them the

2646 Christian and catholic name is blasphemed; and the dearer

2647 that name is to those who will live piously in Christ, the

2648 more do they grieve that through the wicked, who have a

2649 place within, it comes to be less loved than pious minds

2650 desire. The heretics themselves also, since they are thought

2651 to have the Christian name and sacraments, Scriptures, and

2652 profession, cause great grief in the hearts of the pious, both

2653 because many who wish to be Christians are compelled by

2654 their dissensions to hesitate, and many evil-speakers also find

2655 in them matter for blaspheming the Christian name, because

2656 they too are at any rate *called* Christians. By these and

2657 similar depraved manners and errors of men, those who will

2658 live piously in Christ suffer persecution, even when no one

2659 molests or vexes their body; for they suffer this persecution,

2660 not in their bodies, but in their hearts. Whence is that word,

2661 "According to the multitude of my griefs in my heart;" for

2662 he does not say, in my body. Yet, on the other hand, none

2663 of them can perish, because the immutable divine promises

2664 are thought of. And because the apostle says, "The Lord

2665 knoweth them that are His;[609] for whom He did foreknow, He

2666 also predestinated [to be] conformed to the image of His

2667 Son,"[610] none of them can perish; therefore it follows in that

2668 psalm, "Thy consolations have delighted my soul."[611] But

2669 that grief which arises in the hearts of the pious, who are

2670 persecuted by the manners of bad or false Christians, is profitable

2671 to the sufferers, because it proceeds from the charity

2672 in which they do not wish them either to perish or to hinder

2673 the salvation of others. Finally, great consolations grow out

2674 of their chastisement, which imbue the souls of the pious

2675 with a fecundity as great as the pains with which they were

2676 troubled concerning their own perdition. Thus in this world,

2677 in these evil days, not only from the time of the bodily presence

2678 of Christ and His apostles, but even from that of Abel,

2679 whom first his wicked brother slew because he was righteous,[612]

2680 and thenceforth even to the end of this world, the Church has

2681 gone forward on pilgrimage amid the persecutions of the

2682 world and the consolations of God.

2683 >

2684 >

2685 >

2686 52. *Whether we should believe what some think, that, as the ten persecutions which

2687 > are past have been fulfilled, there remains no other beyond the eleventh,

2688 > which must happen in the very time of Antichrist.*

2689 I do not think, indeed, that what some have thought or

2690 may think is rashly said or believed, that until the time of

2691 Antichrist the Church of Christ is not to suffer any persecutions

2692 besides those she has already suffered,—that is, *ten*,—and

2693 that the eleventh and last shall be inflicted by Antichrist.

2694 They reckon as the first that made by Nero, the second by

2695 Domitian, the third by Trajan, the fourth by Antoninus, the

2696 fifth by Severus, the sixth by Maximin, the seventh by Decius,

2697 the eighth by Valerian, the ninth by Aurelian, the tenth by

2698 Diocletian and Maximian. For as there were ten plagues

2699 in Egypt before the people of God could begin to go out,

2700 they think this is to be referred to as showing that the last

2701 persecution by Antichrist must be like the eleventh plague,

2702 in which the Egyptians, while following the Hebrews with

2703 hostility, perished in the Red Sea when the people of God

2704 passed through on dry land. Yet I do not think persecutions

2705 were prophetically signified by what was done in Egypt, however

2706 nicely and ingeniously those who think so may seem to

2707 have compared the two in detail, not by the prophetic Spirit,

2708 but by the conjecture of the human mind, which sometimes

2709 hits the truth, and sometimes is deceived. But what can

2710 those who think this say of the persecution in which the

2711 Lord Himself was crucified? In which number will they

2712 put it? And if they think the reckoning is to be made exclusive

2713 of this one, as if those must be counted which pertain

2714 to the body, and not that in which the Head Himself was set

2715 upon and slain, what can they make of that one which, after

2716 Christ ascended into heaven, took place in Jerusalem, when

2717 the blessed Stephen was stoned; when James the brother of

2718 John was slaughtered with the sword; when the Apostle

2719 Peter was imprisoned to be killed, and was set free by the

2720 angel; when the brethren were driven away and scattered

2721 from Jerusalem; when Saul, who afterward became the

2722 Apostle Paul, wasted the Church; and when he himself, publishing

2723 the glad tidings of the faith he had persecuted, suffered

2724 such things as he had inflicted, either from the Jews or from

2725 other nations, where he most fervently preached Christ everywhere?

2726 Why, then, do they think fit to start with Nero,

2727 when the Church in her growth had reached the times of

2728 Nero amid the most cruel persecutions, about which it would

2729 be too long to say anything? But if they think that only

2730 the persecutions made by kings ought to be reckoned, it was

2731 king Herod who also made a most grievous one after the

2732 ascension of the Lord. And what account do they give of

2733 Julian, whom they do not number in the ten? Did not he

2734 persecute the Church, who forbade the Christians to teach or

2735 learn liberal letters? Under him, the elder Valentinian, who

2736 was the third emperor after him, stood forth as a confessor of

2737 the Christian faith, and was dismissed from his command in

2738 the army. I shall say nothing of what he did at Antioch,

2739 except to mention his being struck with wonder at the freedom

2740 and cheerfulness of one most faithful and stedfast young

2741 man, who, when many were seized to be tortured, was tortured

2742 during a whole day, and sang under the instrument of torture,

2743 until the emperor feared lest he should succumb under the

2744 continued cruelties and put him to shame at last, which made

2745 him dread and fear that he would be yet more dishonourably

2746 put to the blush by the rest. Lastly, within our own recollection,

2747 did not Valens the Arian, brother of the foresaid

2748 Valentinian, waste the catholic Church by great persecution

2749 throughout the East? But how unreasonable it is not to

2750 consider that the Church, which bears fruit and grows through

2751 the whole world, may suffer persecution from kings in some

2752 nations even when she does not suffer it in others! Perhaps,

2753 however, it was not to be reckoned a persecution when the

2754 king of the Goths, in Gothia itself, persecuted the Christians

2755 with wonderful cruelty, when there were none but catholics

2756 there, of whom very many were crowned with martyrdom, as we

2757 have heard from certain brethren who had been there at that

2758 time as boys, and unhesitatingly called to mind that they had

2759 seen these things? And what took place in Persia of late?

2760 Was not persecution so hot against the Christians (if even yet

2761 it is allayed) that some of the fugitives from it came even to

2762 Roman towns? When I think of these and the like things,

2763 it does not seem to me that the number of persecutions with

2764 which the Church is to be tried can be definitely stated. But,

2765 on the other hand, it is no less rash to affirm that there will

2766 be some persecutions by kings besides that last one, about

2767 which no Christian is in doubt. Therefore we leave this undecided,

2768 supporting or refuting neither side of this question,

2769 but only restraining men from the audacious presumption of

2770 affirming either of them.

2771 53. *Of the hidden time of the final persecution.*

2772 Truly Jesus Himself shall extinguish by His presence that

2773 last persecution which is to be made by Antichrist. For so

2774 it is written, that "He shall slay him with the breath of His

2775 mouth, and empty him with the brightness of His presence."[613]

2776 It is customary to ask, When shall that be? But this is

2777 quite unreasonable. For had it been profitable for us to

2778 know this, by whom could it better have been told than by

2779 God Himself, the Master, when the disciples questioned Him?

2780 For they were not silent when with Him, but inquired of

2781 Him, saying, "Lord, wilt Thou at this time present the kingdom

2782 to Israel, or when?"[614] But He said, "It is not for you

2783 to know the times, which the Father hath put in His own

2784 power." When they got that answer, they had not at all

2785 questioned Him about the hour, or day, or year, but about the

2786 time. In vain, then, do we attempt to compute definitely the

2787 years that may remain to this world, when we may hear from

2788 the mouth of the Truth that it is not for us to know this.

2789 Yet some have said that four hundred, some five hundred,

2790 others a thousand years, may be completed from the ascension

2791 of the Lord up to His final coming. But to point out how

2792 each of them supports his own opinion would take too long,

2793 and is not necessary; for indeed they use human conjectures,

2794 and bring forward nothing certain from the authority of the

2795 canonical Scriptures. But on this subject He puts aside the

2796 figures of the calculators, and orders silence, who says, "It is

2797 not for you to know the times, which the Father hath put in

2798 His own power."

2799 But because this sentence is in the Gospel, it is no wonder

2800 that the worshippers of the many and false gods have been

2801 none the less restrained from feigning that by the responses

2802 of the demons, whom they worship as gods, it has been fixed

2803 how long the Christian religion is to last. For when they

2804 saw that it could not be consumed by so many and great persecutions,

2805 but rather drew from them wonderful enlargements,

2806 they invented I know not what Greek verses, as if poured

2807 forth by a divine oracle to some one consulting it, in which,

2808 indeed, they make Christ innocent of this, as it were, sacrilegious

2809 crime, but add that Peter by enchantments brought it

2810 about that the name of Christ should be worshipped for three

2811 hundred and sixty-five years, and, after the completion of

2812 that number of years, should at once take end. Oh the hearts

2813 of learned men! Oh, learned wits, meet to believe such things

2814 *about* Christ as you are not willing to believe *in* Christ, that

2815 His disciple Peter did not learn magic arts from Him, yet

2816 that, although He was innocent, His disciple was an enchanter,

2817 and chose that His name rather than his own should be worshipped

2818 through his magic arts, his great labours and perils,

2819 and at last even the shedding of his blood! If Peter the

2820 enchanter made the world so love Christ, what did Christ the

2821 innocent do to make Peter so love Him? Let them answer

2822 themselves then, and, if they can, let them understand that

2823 the world, for the sake of eternal life, was made to love Christ

2824 by that same supernal grace which made Peter also love

2825 Christ for the sake of the eternal life to be received from

2826 Him, and that even to the extent of suffering temporal death

2827 for Him. And then, what kind of gods are these who are

2828 able to predict such things, yet are not able to avert them,

2829 succumbing in such a way to a single enchanter and wicked

2830 magician (who, as they say, having slain a yearling boy and

2831 torn him to pieces, buried him with nefarious rites), that

2832 they permitted the sect hostile to themselves to gain strength

2833 for so great a time, and to surmount the horrid cruelties of so

2834 many great persecutions, not by resisting but by suffering, and

2835 to procure the overthrow of their own images, temples, rituals,

2836 and oracles? Finally, what god was it—not ours, certainly,

2837 but one of their own—who was either enticed or compelled

2838 by so great wickedness to perform these things? For those

2839 verses say that Peter bound, not any demon, but a god to do

2840 these things. Such a god have they who have not Christ.

2841 54. *Of the very foolish lie of the pagans, in feigning that the Christian religion

2842 was not to last beyond three hundred and sixty-five years.*

2843 I might collect these and many similar arguments, if that

2844 year had not already passed by which lying divination has

2845 promised, and deceived vanity has believed. But as a few

2846 years ago three hundred and sixty-five years were completed

2847 since the time when the worship of the name of Christ was

2848 established by His presence in the flesh, and by the apostles,

2849 what other proof need we seek to refute that falsehood? For,

2850 not to place the beginning of this period at the nativity of

2851 Christ, because as an infant and boy He had no disciples, yet,

2852 when He began to have them, beyond doubt the Christian

2853 doctrine and religion then became known through His bodily

2854 presence, that is, after He was baptized in the river Jordan

2855 by the ministry of John. For on this account that prophecy

2856 went before concerning Him: "He shall reign from sea even

2857 to sea, and from the river even to the ends of the earth."[615]

2858 But since, before He suffered and rose from the dead, the faith

2859 had not yet been defined to all, but was defined in the resurrection

2860 of Christ (for so the Apostle Paul speaks to the

2861 Athenians, saying, "But now He announces to men that all

2862 everywhere should repent, because He hath appointed a day

2863 in which to judge the world in equity, by the Man in whom

2864 He hath defined the faith to all men, raising Him from the

2865 dead"[616]), it is better that, in settling this question, we should

2866 start from that point, especially because the Holy Spirit was

2867 then given, just as He behoved to be given after the resurrection

2868 of Christ in that city from which the second law, that

2869 is, the new testament, ought to begin. For the first, which

2870 is called the old testament, was given from Mount Sinai

2871 through Moses. But concerning this which was to be given

2872 by Christ it was predicted, "Out of Sion shall go forth the

2873 law, and the word of the Lord out of Jerusalem;"[617] whence

2874 He Himself said, that repentance in His name behoved to be

2875 preached among all nations, but yet beginning at Jerusalem.[618]

2876 There, therefore, the worship of this name took its rise, that

2877 Jesus should be believed in, who died and rose again. There

2878 this faith blazed up with such noble beginnings, that several

2879 thousand men, being converted to the name of Christ with

2880 wonderful alacrity, sold their goods for distribution among the

2881 needy, thus, by a holy resolution and most ardent charity,

2882 coming to voluntary poverty, and prepared themselves, amid

2883 the Jews who raged and thirsted for their blood, to contend

2884 for the truth even to death, not with armed power, but with

2885 more powerful patience. If this was accomplished by no

2886 magic arts, why do they hesitate to believe that the other

2887 could be done throughout the whole world by the same divine

2888 power by which this was done? But supposing Peter wrought

2889 that enchantment so that so great a multitude of men at

2890 Jerusalem was thus kindled to worship the name of Christ,

2891 who had either seized and fastened Him to the cross, or reviled

2892 Him when fastened there, we must still inquire when

2893 the three hundred and sixty-five years must be completed,

2894 counting from that year. Now Christ died when the Gemini

2895 were consuls, on the eighth day before the kalends of April.

2896 He rose the third day, as the apostles have proved by the

2897 evidence of their own senses. Then forty days after, He

2898 ascended into heaven. Ten days after, that is, on the fiftieth

2899 after His resurrection, He sent the Holy Spirit; then three

2900 thousand men believed when the apostles preached Him.

2901 Then, therefore, arose the worship of that name, as we believe,

2902 and according to the real truth, by the efficacy of the

2903 Holy Spirit, but, as impious vanity has feigned or thought,

2904 by the magic arts of Peter. A little afterward, too, on a

2905 wonderful sign being wrought, when at Peter's own word a

2906 certain beggar, so lame from his mother's womb that he was

2907 carried by others and laid down at the gate of the temple,

2908 where he begged alms, was made whole in the name of Jesus

2909 Christ, and leaped up, five thousand men believed, and thenceforth

2910 the Church grew by sundry accessions of believers. Thus

2911 we gather the very day with which that year began, namely,

2912 that on which the Holy Spirit was sent, that is, during the

2913 ides of May. And, on counting the consuls, the three hundred

2914 and sixty-five years are found completed on the same

2915 ides in the consulate of Honorius and Eutychianus. Now, in

2916 the following year, in the consulate of Mallius Theodorus,

2917 when, according to that oracle of the demons or figment of

2918 men, there ought already to have been no Christian religion,

2919 it was not necessary to inquire what perchance was done in

2920 other parts of the earth. But, as we know, in the most noted

2921 and eminent city Carthage, in Africa, Gaudentius and Jovius,

2922 officers of the Emperor Honorius, on the fourteenth day before

2923 the kalends of April, overthrew the temples and broke the

2924 images of the false gods. And from that time to the present,

2925 during almost thirty years, who does not see how much the

2926 worship of the name of Christ has increased, especially after

2927 many of those became Christians who had been kept back from

2928 the faith by thinking that divination true, but saw when that

2929 same number of years was completed that it was empty and

2930 ridiculous? We, therefore, who are called and *are* Christians,

2931 do not believe in Peter, but in Him whom Peter believed,—being

2932 edified by Peter's sermons about Christ, not poisoned by

2933 his incantations; and not deceived by his enchantments, but

2934 aided by his good deeds. Christ Himself, who was Peter's

2935 Master in the doctrine which leads to eternal life, is our

2936 Master too.

2937 But let us now at last finish this book, after thus far treating

2938 of, and showing as far as seemed sufficient, what is the

2939 mortal course of the two cities, the heavenly and the earthly,

2940 which are mingled together from the beginning down to the

2941 end. Of these, the earthly one has made to herself of whom

2942 she would, either from any other quarter, or even from among

2943 men, false gods whom she might serve by sacrifice; but she

2944 which is heavenly, and is a pilgrim on the earth, does not

2945 make false gods, but is herself made by the true God, of

2946 whom she herself must be the true sacrifice. Yet both alike

2947 either enjoy temporal good things, or are afflicted with temporal

2948 evils, but with diverse faith, diverse hope, and diverse

2949 love, until they must be separated by the last judgment, and

2950 each must receive her own end, of which there is no end.

2951 About these ends of both we must next treat.

BOOK XIX

16 #### ARGUMENT.

17 >

18 >

19 >

20 IN THIS BOOK THE END OF THE TWO CITIES, THE EARTHLY AND THE HEAVENLY,

21 > IS DISCUSSED. AUGUSTINE REVIEWS THE OPINIONS OF THE PHILOSOPHERS

22 > REGARDING THE SUPREME GOOD, AND THEIR VAIN EFFORTS TO MAKE FOR

23 > THEMSELVES A HAPPINESS IN THIS LIFE; AND, WHILE HE REFUTES THESE,

24 > HE TAKES OCCASION TO SHOW WHAT THE PEACE AND HAPPINESS BELONGING

25 > TO THE HEAVENLY CITY, OR THE PEOPLE OF CHRIST, ARE BOTH NOW

26 > AND HEREAFTER.

27 >

28 >

29 >

30 1. *That Varro has made out that two hundred and eighty-eight different sects

31 > of philosophy might be formed by the various opinions regarding the

32 > supreme good.*

33 As I see that I have still to discuss the fit destinies of the

34 two cities, the earthly and the heavenly, I must first

35 explain, so far as the limits of this work allow me, the reasonings

36 by which men have attempted to make for themselves a

37 happiness in this unhappy life, in order that it may be evident,

38 not only from divine authority, but also from such reasons

39 as can be adduced to unbelievers, how the empty dreams of

40 the philosophers differ from the hope which God gives to us,

41 and from the substantial fulfilment of it which He will give

42 us as our blessedness. Philosophers have expressed a great

43 variety of diverse opinions regarding the ends of goods and of

44 evils, and this question they have eagerly canvassed, that they

45 might, if possible, discover what makes a man happy. For

46 the end of our good is that for the sake of which other things

47 are to be desired, while it is to be desired for its own sake;

48 and the end of evil is that on account of which other things

49 are to be shunned, while it is avoided on its own account.

50 Thus, by the *end of good*, we at present mean, not that by

51 which good is destroyed, so that it no longer exists, but that

52 by which it is finished, so that it becomes complete; and by

53 the *end of evil* we mean, not that which abolishes it, but that

54 which completes its development. These two ends, therefore,

55 are the supreme good and the supreme evil; and, as I have

56 said, those who have in this vain life professed the study of

57 wisdom have been at great pains to discover these ends, and

58 to obtain the supreme good and avoid the supreme evil in

59 this life. And although they erred in a variety of ways, yet

60 natural insight has prevented them from wandering from the

61 truth so far that they have not placed the supreme good and

62 evil, some in the soul, some in the body, and some in both.

63 From this tripartite distribution of the sects of philosophy,

64 Marcus Varro, in his book *De Philosophia*,[619] has drawn so large

65 a variety of opinions, that, by a subtle and minute analysis of

66 distinctions, he numbers without difficulty as many as 288

67 sects,—not that these have actually existed, but sects which

68 are possible.

69 To illustrate briefly what he means, I must begin with his

70 own introductory statement in the above-mentioned book,

71 that there are four things which men desire, as it were by

72 nature without a master, without the help of any instruction,

73 without industry or the art of living which is called virtue,

74 and which is certainly learned:[620] either pleasure, which is

75 an agreeable stirring of the bodily sense; or repose, which

76 excludes every bodily inconvenience; or both these, which

77 Epicurus calls by the one name, pleasure; or the primary

78 objects of nature,[621] which comprehend the things already named

79 and other things, either bodily, such as health, and safety, and

80 integrity of the members, or spiritual, such as the greater and

81 less mental gifts that are found in men. Now these four

82 things—pleasure, repose, the two combined, and the primary

83 objects of nature—exist in us in such sort that we must either

84 desire virtue on their account, or them for the sake of virtue,

85 or both for their own sake; and consequently there arise from

86 this distinction twelve sects, for each is by this consideration

87 tripled. I will illustrate this in one instance, and, having

88 done so, it will not be difficult to understand the others.

89 According, then, as bodily pleasure is subjected, preferred, or

90 united to virtue, there are three sects. It is subjected to

91 virtue when it is chosen as subservient to virtue. Thus it is

92 a duty of virtue to live for one's country, and for its sake to

93 beget children, neither of which can be done without bodily

94 pleasure. For there is pleasure in eating and drinking, pleasure

95 also in sexual intercourse. But when it is preferred to

96 virtue, it is desired for its own sake, and virtue is chosen only

97 for its sake, and to effect nothing else than the attainment or

98 preservation of bodily pleasure. And this, indeed, is to make

99 life hideous; for where virtue is the slave of pleasure it no

100 longer deserves the name of virtue. Yet even this disgraceful

101 distortion has found some philosophers to patronize and

102 defend it. Then virtue is united to pleasure when neither is

103 desired for the other's sake, but both for their own. And

104 therefore, as pleasure, according as it is subjected, preferred, or

105 united to virtue, makes three sects, so also do repose, pleasure

106 and repose combined, and the prime natural blessings,

107 make their three sects each. For as men's opinions vary, and

108 these four things are sometimes subjected, sometimes preferred,

109 and sometimes united to virtue, there are produced twelve

110 sects. But this number again is doubled by the addition of

111 one difference, viz. the social life; for whoever attaches himself

112 to any of these sects does so either for his own sake alone,

113 or for the sake of a companion, for whom he ought to wish

114 what he desires for himself. And thus there will be twelve

115 of those who think some one of these opinions should be held

116 for their own sakes, and other twelve who decide that they

117 ought to follow this or that philosophy not for their own sakes

118 only, but also for the sake of others whose good they desire as

119 their own. These twenty-four sects again are doubled, and

120 become forty-eight by adding a difference taken from the New

121 Academy. For each of these four and twenty sects can hold

122 and defend their opinion as certain, as the Stoics defended the

123 position that the supreme good of man consisted solely in

124 virtue; or they can be held as probable, but not certain, as

125 the New Academics did. There are, therefore, twenty-four

126 who hold their philosophy as certainly true, other twenty-four

127 who hold their opinions as probable, but not certain.

128 Again, as each person who attaches himself to any of these

129 sects may adopt the mode of life either of the Cynics or of

130 the other philosophers, this distinction will double the number,

131 and so make ninety-six sects. Then, lastly, as each of these

132 sects may be adhered to either by men who love a life of ease,

133 as those who have through choice or necessity addicted themselves

134 to study, or by men who love a busy life, as those who,

135 while philosophizing, have been much occupied with state

136 affairs and public business, or by men who choose a mixed life,

137 in imitation of those who have apportioned their time partly

138 to erudite leisure, partly to necessary business: by these differences

139 the number of the sects is tripled, and becomes 288.

140 I have thus, as briefly and lucidly as I could, given in my

141 own words the opinions which Varro expresses in his book.

142 But how he refutes all the rest of these sects, and chooses one,

143 the Old Academy, instituted by Plato, and continuing to

144 Polemo, the fourth teacher of that school of philosophy which

145 held that their system was certain; and how on this ground

146 he distinguishes it from the New Academy,[622] which began with

147 Polemo's successor Arcesilaus, and held that all things are uncertain;

148 and how he seeks to establish that the Old Academy

149 was as free from error as from doubt,—all this, I say, were too

150 long to enter upon in detail, and yet I must not altogether

151 pass it by in silence. Varro then rejects, as a first step, all

152 those differences which have multiplied the number of sects;

153 and the ground on which he does so is that they are not differences

154 about the supreme good. He maintains that in

155 philosophy a sect is created only by its having an opinion of

156 its own different from other schools on the point of the ends-in-chief.

157 For man has no other reason for philosophizing

158 than that he may be happy; but that which makes him happy

159 is itself the supreme good. In other words, the supreme good

160 is the reason of philosophizing; and therefore that cannot be

161 called a sect of philosophy which pursues no way of its own

162 towards the supreme good. Thus, when it is asked whether a

163 wise man will adopt the social life, and desire and be interested

164 in the supreme good of his friend as in his own, or

165 will, on the contrary, do all that he does merely for his own

166 sake, there is no question here about the supreme good, but

167 only about the propriety of associating or not associating a

168 friend in its participation: whether the wise man will do this

169 not for his own sake, but for the sake of his friend in whose

170 good he delights as in his own. So, too, when it is asked

171 whether all things about which philosophy is concerned are

172 to be considered uncertain, as by the New Academy, or certain,

173 as the other philosophers maintain, the question here is

174 not what end should be pursued, but whether or not we are to

175 believe in the substantial existence of that end; or, to put it

176 more plainly, whether he who pursues the supreme good must

177 maintain that it is a true good, or only that it appears to him

178 to be true, though possibly it may be delusive,—both pursuing

179 one and the same good. The distinction, too, which is founded

180 on the dress and manners of the Cynics, does not touch the

181 question of the chief good, but only the question whether he

182 who pursues that good which seems to himself true should

183 live as do the Cynics. There were, in fact, men who, though

184 they pursued different things as the supreme good, some

185 choosing pleasure, others virtue, yet adopted that mode of life

186 which gave the Cynics their name. Thus, whatever it is

187 which distinguishes the Cynics from other philosophers, this

188 has no bearing on the choice and pursuit of that good which

189 constitutes happiness. For if it had any such bearing, then

190 the same habits of life would necessitate the pursuit of the

191 same chief good, and diverse habits would necessitate the pursuit

192 of different ends.

193 >

194 >

195 >

196 2. *How Varro, by removing all the differences which do not form sects, but are

197 > merely secondary questions, reaches three definitions of the chief good, of

198 > which we must choose one.*

199 The same may be said of those three kinds of life, the life

200 of studious leisure and search after truth, the life of easy

201 engagement in affairs, and the life in which both these are

202 mingled. When it is asked, which of these should be adopted,

203 this involves no controversy about the end of good, but inquires

204 which of these three puts a man in the best position for finding

205 and retaining the supreme good. For this good, as soon as

206 a man finds it, makes him happy; but lettered leisure, or public

207 business, or the alternation of these, do not necessarily constitute

208 happiness. Many, in fact, find it possible to adopt one

209 or other of these modes of life, and yet to miss what makes a

210 man happy. The question, therefore, regarding the supreme

211 good and the supreme evil, and which distinguishes sects of

212 philosophy, is one; and these questions concerning the social

213 life, the doubt of the Academy, the dress and food of the

214 Cynics, the three modes of life—the active, the contemplative,

215 and the mixed—these are different questions, into none of

216 which the question of the chief good enters. And therefore,

217 as Marcus Varro multiplied the sects to the number of 288

218 (or whatever larger number he chose) by introducing these

219 four differences derived from the social life, the New Academy,

220 the Cynics, and the threefold form of life, so, by removing

221 these differences as having no bearing on the supreme good,

222 and as therefore not constituting what can properly be called

223 sects, he returns to those twelve schools which concern themselves

224 with inquiring what that good is which makes man

225 happy, and he shows that one of these is true, the rest false.

226 In other words, he dismisses the distinction founded on the

227 threefold mode of life, and so decreases the whole number by

228 two-thirds, reducing the sects to ninety-six. Then, putting

229 aside the Cynic peculiarities, the number decreases by a half,

230 to forty-eight. Taking away next the distinction occasioned

231 by the hesitancy of the New Academy, the number is again

232 halved, and reduced to twenty-four. Treating in a similar

233 way the diversity introduced by the consideration of the

234 social life, there are left but twelve, which this difference had

235 doubled to twenty-four. Regarding these twelve, no reason

236 can be assigned why they should not be called sects. For in

237 them the sole inquiry is regarding the supreme good and the

238 ultimate evil,—that is to say, regarding the supreme good, for

239 this being found, the opposite evil is thereby found. Now, to

240 make these twelve sects, he multiplies by three these four

241 things—pleasure, repose, pleasure and repose combined, and the

242 primary objects of nature which Varro calls *primigenia*. For

243 as these four things are sometimes subordinated to virtue, so

244 that they seem to be desired not for their own sake, but for

245 virtue's sake; sometimes preferred to it, so that virtue seems

246 to be necessary not on its own account, but in order to attain

247 these things; sometimes joined with it, so that both they and

248 virtue are desired for their own sakes,—we must multiply the

249 four by three, and thus we get twelve sects. But from those

250 four things Varro eliminates three—pleasure, repose, pleasure

251 and repose combined—not because he thinks these are not

252 worthy of the place assigned them, but because they are

253 included in the primary objects of nature. And what need

254 is there, at any rate, to make a threefold division out of these

255 two ends, pleasure and repose, taking them first severally and

256 then conjunctly, since both they, and many other things besides,

257 are comprehended in the primary objects of nature? Which

258 of the three remaining sects must be chosen? This is the

259 question that Varro dwells upon. For whether one of these

260 three or some other be chosen, reason forbids that more than

261 one be true. This we shall afterwards see; but meanwhile

262 let us explain as briefly and distinctly as we can how Varro

263 makes his selection from these three, that is, from the sects

264 which severally hold that the primary objects of nature are to

265 be desired for virtue's sake, that virtue is to be desired for

266 their sake, and that virtue and these objects are to be desired

267 each for their own sake.

268 >

269 >

270 >

271 3. *Which of the three leading opinions regarding the chief good should be preferred,

272 > according to Varro, who follows Antiochus and the Old Academy.*

273 Which of these three is true and to be adopted he attempts

274 to show in the following manner. As it is the supreme

275 good, not of a tree, or of a beast, or of a god, but of man,

276 that philosophy is in quest of, he thinks that, first of all,

277 we must define man. He is of opinion that there are two

278 parts in human nature, body and soul, and makes no doubt

279 that of these two the soul is the better and by far the more

280 worthy part. But whether the soul alone is the man, so that

281 the body holds the same relation to it as a horse to the

282 horseman, this he thinks has to be ascertained. The horseman

283 is not a horse and a man, but only a man, yet he is

284 called a horseman, because he is in some relation to the horse.

285 Again, is the body alone the man, having a relation to the

286 soul such as the cup has to the drink? For it is not the cup

287 and the drink it contains which are called the cup, but the

288 cup alone; yet it is so called because it is made to hold the

289 drink. Or, lastly, is it neither the soul alone nor the body

290 alone, but both together, which are man, the body and the soul

291 being each a part, but the whole man being both together, as

292 we call two horses yoked together a pair, of which pair the

293 near and the off horse is each a part, but we do not call either

294 of them, no matter how connected with the other, a pair, but

295 only both together? Of these three alternatives, then, Varro

296 chooses the third, that man is neither the body alone, nor the

297 soul alone, but both together. And therefore the highest good,

298 in which lies the happiness of man, is composed of goods

299 of both kinds, both bodily and spiritual. And consequently

300 he thinks that the primary objects of nature are to be sought

301 for their own sake, and that virtue, which is the art of living,

302 and can be communicated by instruction, is the most excellent

303 of spiritual goods. This virtue, then, or art of regulating life,

304 when it has received these primary objects of nature which

305 existed independently of it, and prior to any instruction,

306 seeks them all, and itself also, for its own sake; and it uses

307 them, as it also uses itself, that from them all it may derive

308 profit and enjoyment, greater or less, according as they are

309 themselves greater or less; and while it takes pleasure in all

310 of them, it despises the less that it may obtain or retain the

311 greater when occasion demands. Now, of all goods, spiritual

312 or bodily, there is none at all to compare with virtue. For

313 virtue makes a good use both of itself and of all other goods

314 in which lies man's happiness; and where it is absent, no

315 matter how many good things a man has, they are not for his

316 good, and consequently should not be called good things while

317 they belong to one who makes them useless by using them

318 badly. The life of man, then, is called happy when it enjoys

319 virtue and these other spiritual and bodily good things without

320 which virtue is impossible. It is called happier if it enjoys

321 some or many other good things which are not essential to

322 virtue; and happiest of all, if it lacks not one of the good

323 things which pertain to the body and the soul. For life is

324 not the same thing as virtue, since not every life, but a wisely

325 regulated life, is virtue; and yet, while there can be life of

326 some kind without virtue, there cannot be virtue without life.

327 This I might apply to memory and reason, and such mental

328 faculties; for these exist prior to instruction, and without them

329 there cannot be any instruction, and consequently no virtue,

330 since virtue is learned. But bodily advantages, such as swiftness

331 of foot, beauty, or strength, are not essential to virtue,

332 neither is virtue essential to them, and yet they are good

333 things; and, according to our philosophers, even these advantages

334 are desired by virtue for its own sake, and are used and

335 enjoyed by it in a becoming manner.

336 They say that this happy life is also social, and loves the

337 advantages of its friends as its own, and for their sake wishes

338 for them what it desires for itself, whether these friends live

339 in the same family, as a wife, children, domestics; or in the

340 locality where one's home is, as the citizens of the same town;

341 or in the world at large, as the nations bound in common human

342 brotherhood; or in the universe itself, comprehended in the

343 heavens and the earth, as those whom they call gods, and

344 provide as friends for the wise man, and whom we more

345 familiarly call angels. Moreover, they say that, regarding the

346 supreme good and evil, there is no room for doubt, and that

347 they therefore differ from the New Academy in this respect,

348 and they are not concerned whether a philosopher pursues

349 those ends which they think true in the Cynic dress and

350 manner of life or in some other. And, lastly, in regard to

351 the three modes of life, the contemplative, the active, and the

352 composite, they declare in favour of the third. That these

353 were the opinions and doctrines of the Old Academy, Varro

354 asserts on the authority of Antiochus, Cicero's master and his

355 own, though Cicero makes him out to have been more frequently

356 in accordance with the Stoics than with the Old Academy.

357 But of what importance is this to us, who ought to judge the

358 matter on its own merits, rather than to understand accurately

359 what different men have thought about it?

360 >

361 >

362 >

363 4. *What the Christians believe regarding the supreme good and evil, in opposition

364 > to the philosophers, who have maintained that the supreme good is in

365 > themselves.*

366 If, then, we be asked what the city of God has to say

367 upon these points, and, in the first place, what its opinion

368 regarding the supreme good and evil is, it will reply that life

369 eternal is the supreme good, death eternal the supreme evil,

370 and that to obtain the one and escape the other we must live

371 rightly. And thus it is written, "The just lives by faith,"[623] for

372 we do not as yet see our good, and must therefore live by

373 faith; neither have we in ourselves power to live rightly, but

374 can do so only if He who has given us faith to believe in His

375 help do help us when we believe and pray. As for those who

376 have supposed that the sovereign good and evil are to be

377 found in this life, and have placed it either in the soul or the

378 body, or in both, or, to speak more explicitly, either in pleasure

379 or in virtue, or in both; in repose or in virtue, or in

380 both; in pleasure and repose, or in virtue, or in all combined;

381 in the primary objects of nature, or in virtue, or in both,—all

382 these have, with a marvellous shallowness, sought to find their

383 blessedness in this life and in themselves. Contempt has

384 been poured upon such ideas by the Truth, saying by the prophet,

385 "The Lord knoweth the thoughts of men" (or, as the

386 Apostle Paul cites the passage, "The Lord knoweth the

387 thoughts of the *wise*") "that they are vain."[624]

388 For what flood of eloquence can suffice to detail the miseries

389 of this life? Cicero, in the *Consolation* on the death of his

390 daughter, has spent all his ability in lamentation; but how

391 inadequate was even his ability here? For when, where,

392 how, in this life can these primary objects of nature be possessed

393 so that they may not be assailed by unforeseen accidents?

394 Is the body of the wise man exempt from any pain

395 which may dispel pleasure, from any disquietude which may

396 banish repose? The amputation or decay of the members of

397 the body puts an end to its integrity, deformity blights its

398 beauty, weakness its health, lassitude its vigour, sleepiness or

399 sluggishness its activity,—and which of these is it that may

400 not assail the flesh of the wise man? Comely and fitting attitudes

401 and movements of the body are numbered among the

402 prime natural blessings; but what if some sickness makes the

403 members tremble? what if a man suffers from curvature of

404 the spine to such an extent that his hands reach the ground,

405 and he goes upon all-fours like a quadruped? Does not this

406 destroy all beauty and grace in the body, whether at rest or in

407 motion? What shall I say of the fundamental blessings of

408 the soul, sense and intellect, of which the one is given for the

409 perception, and the other for the comprehension of truth?

410 But what kind of sense is it that remains when a man becomes

411 deaf and blind? where are reason and intellect when

412 disease makes a man delirious? We can scarcely, or not at

413 all, refrain from tears, when we think of or see the actions and

414 words of such frantic persons, and consider how different from

415 and even opposed to their own sober judgment and ordinary

416 conduct their present demeanour is. And what shall I say of

417 those who suffer from demoniacal possession? Where is their

418 own intelligence hidden and buried while the malignant spirit

419 is using their body and soul according to his own will? And

420 who is quite sure that no such thing can happen to the wise

421 man in this life? Then, as to the perception of truth, what

422 can we hope for even in this way while in the body, as we read

423 in the true book of Wisdom, "The corruptible body weigheth

424 down the soul, and the earthly tabernacle presseth down the

425 mind that museth upon many things?"[625] And eagerness,

426 or desire of action, if this is the right meaning to put upon

427 the Greek ὁρμή, is also reckoned among the primary advantages

428 of nature; and yet is it not this which produces those

429 pitiable movements of the insane, and those actions which we

430 shudder to see, when sense is deceived and reason deranged?

431 In fine, virtue itself, which is not among the primary objects

432 of nature, but succeeds to them as the result of learning, though

433 it holds the highest place among human good things, what is

434 its occupation save to wage perpetual war with vices,—not

435 those that are outside of us, but within; not other men's, but

436 our own,—a war which is waged especially by that virtue

437 which the Greeks call σωφροσύνη, and we temperance,[626] and

438 which bridles carnal lusts, and prevents them from winning

439 the consent of the spirit to wicked deeds? For we must not

440 fancy that there is no vice in us, when, as the apostle says,

441 "The flesh lusteth against the spirit;"[627] for to this vice there is

442 a contrary virtue, when, as the same writer says, "The spirit

443 lusteth against the flesh." "For these two," he says, "are contrary

444 one to the other, so that you cannot do the things which

445 you would." But what is it we wish to do when we seek to

446 attain the supreme good, unless that the flesh should cease

447 to lust against the spirit, and that there be no vice in us

448 against which the spirit may lust? And as we cannot attain

449 to this in the present life, however ardently we desire it,

450 let us by God's help accomplish at least this, to preserve the

451 soul from succumbing and yielding to the flesh that lusts

452 against it, and to refuse our consent to the perpetration of

453 sin. Far be it from us, then, to fancy that while we are still

454 engaged in this intestine war, we have already found the

455 happiness which we seek to reach by victory. And who is

456 there so wise that he has no conflict at all to maintain against

457 his vices?

458 What shall I say of that virtue which is called prudence?

459 Is not all its vigilance spent in the discernment of good from

460 evil things, so that no mistake may be admitted about what

461 we should desire and what avoid? And thus it is itself a

462 proof that we are in the midst of evils, or that evils are in us;

463 for it teaches us that it is an evil to consent to sin, and a

464 good to refuse this consent. And yet this evil, to which prudence

465 teaches and temperance enables us not to consent, is

466 removed from this life neither by prudence nor by temperance.

467 And justice, whose office it is to render to every man

468 his due, whereby there is in man himself a certain just order

469 of nature, so that the soul is subjected to God, and the flesh

470 to the soul, and consequently both soul and flesh to God,—does

471 not this virtue demonstrate that it is as yet rather labouring

472 towards its end than resting in its finished work? For

473 the soul is so much the less subjected to God as it is less

474 occupied with the thought of God; and the flesh is so much the

475 less subjected to the spirit as it lusts more vehemently against

476 the spirit. So long, therefore, as we are beset by this weakness,

477 this plague, this disease, how shall we dare to say that we are

478 safe? and if not safe, then how can we be already enjoying

479 our final beatitude? Then that virtue which goes by the

480 name of fortitude is the plainest proof of the ills of life, for

481 it is these ills which it is compelled to bear patiently. And

482 this holds good, no matter though the ripest wisdom co-exists

483 with it. And I am at a loss to understand how the Stoic

484 philosophers can presume to say that these are no ills, though

485 at the same time they allow the wise man to commit suicide

486 and pass out of this life if they become so grievous that he

487 cannot or ought not to endure them. But such is the stupid

488 pride of these men who fancy that the supreme good can be

489 found in this life, and that they can become happy by their

490 own resources, that their wise man, or at least the man whom

491 they fancifully depict as such, is always happy, even though

492 he become blind, deaf, dumb, mutilated, racked with pains,

493 or suffer any conceivable calamity such as may compel him to

494 make away with himself; and they are not ashamed to call

495 the life that is beset with these evils happy. O happy life,

496 which seeks the aid of death to end it! If it is happy, let the

497 wise man remain in it; but if these ills drive him out of

498 it, in what sense is it happy? Or how can they say that

499 these are not evils which conquer the virtue of fortitude, and

500 force it not only to yield, but so to rave that it in one

501 breath calls life happy and recommends it to be given up?

502 For who is so blind as not to see that if it were happy it

503 would not be fled from? And if they say we should flee

504 from it on account of the infirmities that beset it, why then

505 do they not lower their pride and acknowledge that it is

506 miserable? Was it, I would ask, fortitude or weakness which

507 prompted Cato to kill himself? for he would not have done

508 so had he not been too weak to endure Cæsar's victory.

509 Where, then, is his fortitude? It has yielded, it has succumbed,

510 it has been so thoroughly overcome as to abandon,

511 forsake, flee this happy life. Or was it no longer happy?

512 Then it was miserable. How, then, were these not evils

513 which made life miserable, and a thing to be escaped from?

514 And therefore those who admit that these are evils, as the

515 Peripatetics do, and the Old Academy, the sect which Varro

516 advocates, express a more intelligible doctrine; but theirs

517 also is a surprising mistake, for they contend that this is a

518 happy life which is beset by these evils, even though they be

519 so great that he who endures them should commit suicide to

520 escape them. "Pains and anguish of body," says Varro, "are

521 evils, and so much the worse in proportion to their severity;

522 and to escape them you must quit this life." What life, I

523 pray? This life, he says, which is oppressed by such evils.

524 Then it is happy in the midst of these very evils on account

525 of which you say we must quit it? Or do you call it happy

526 because you are at liberty to escape these evils by death?

527 What, then, if by some secret judgment of God you were

528 held fast and not permitted to die, nor suffered to live without

529 these evils? In that case, at least, you would say that

530 such a life was miserable. It is soon relinquished, no doubt,

531 but this does not make it not miserable; for were it eternal,

532 you yourself would pronounce it miserable. Its brevity,

533 therefore, does not clear it of misery; neither ought it to be

534 called happiness because it is a brief misery. Certainly there

535 is a mighty force in these evils which compel a man—according

536 to them, even a wise man—to cease to be a man that he

537 may escape them, though they say, and say truly, that it is

538 as it were the first and strongest demand of nature that a

539 man cherish himself, and naturally therefore avoid death, and

540 should so stand his own friend as to wish and vehemently

541 aim at continuing to exist as a living creature, and subsisting

542 in this union of soul and body. There is a mighty force in

543 these evils to overcome this natural instinct by which death

544 is by every means and with all a man's efforts avoided, and

545 to overcome it so completely that what was avoided is desired,

546 sought after, and if it cannot in any other way be obtained,

547 is inflicted by the man on himself. There is a mighty force

548 in these evils which make fortitude a homicide,—if, indeed,

549 that is to be called fortitude which is so thoroughly overcome

550 by these evils, that it not only cannot preserve by patience

551 the man whom it undertook to govern and defend, but is

552 itself obliged to kill him. The wise man, I admit, ought to

553 bear death with patience, but when it is inflicted by another.

554 If, then, as these men maintain, he is obliged to inflict it on

555 himself, certainly it must be owned that the ills which compel

556 him to this are not only evils, but intolerable evils. The

557 life, then, which is either subject to accidents, or environed

558 with evils so considerable and grievous, could never have been

559 called happy, if the men who give it this name had condescended

560 to yield to the truth, and to be conquered by valid

561 arguments, when they inquired after the happy life, as they

562 yield to unhappiness, and are overcome by overwhelming

563 evils, when they put themselves to death, and if they had not

564 fancied that the supreme good was to be found in this mortal

565 life; for the very virtues of this life, which are certainly its

566 best and most useful possessions, are all the more telling

567 proofs of its miseries in proportion as they are helpful against

568 the violence of its dangers, toils, and woes. For if these are

569 true virtues,—and such cannot exist save in those who have

570 true piety,—they do not profess to be able to deliver the men

571 who possess them from all miseries; for true virtues tell no

572 such lies, but they profess that by the hope of the future

573 world this life, which is miserably involved in the many and

574 great evils of this world, is happy as it is also safe. For if

575 not yet safe, how could it be happy? And therefore the

576 Apostle Paul, speaking not of men without prudence, temperance,

577 fortitude, and justice, but of those whose lives were

578 regulated by true piety, and whose virtues were therefore true,

579 says, "For we are saved by hope: now hope which is seen

580 is not hope; for what a man seeth, why doth he yet hope for?

581 But if we hope for that we see not, then do we with patience

582 wait for it."[628] As, therefore, we are saved, so we are made

583 happy by hope. And as we do not as yet possess a present,

584 but look for a future salvation, so is it with our happiness,

585 and this "with patience;" for we are encompassed with evils,

586 which we ought patiently to endure, until we come to the

587 ineffable enjoyment of unmixed good; for there shall be no

588 longer anything to endure. Salvation, such as it shall be in

589 the world to come, shall itself be our final happiness. And

590 this happiness these philosophers refuse to believe in, because

591 they do not see it, and attempt to fabricate for themselves a

592 happiness in this life, based upon a virtue which is as deceitful

593 as it is proud.

594 5. *Of the social life, which, though most desirable, is frequently disturbed by

595 many distresses.*

596 We give a much more unlimited approval to their idea that

597 the life of the wise man must be social. For how could the

598 city of God (concerning which we are already writing no less

599 than the nineteenth book of this work) either take a beginning

600 or be developed, or attain its proper destiny, if the life

601 of the saints were not a social life? But who can enumerate

602 all the great grievances with which human society abounds in

603 the misery of this mortal state? Who can weigh them?

604 Hear how one of their comic writers makes one of his characters

605 express the common feelings of all men in this matter:

606 "I am married; this is one misery. Children are born to me;

607 they are additional cares."[629] What shall I say of the miseries

608 of love which Terence also recounts—"slights, suspicions,

609 quarrels, war to-day, peace to-morrow?"[630] Is not human life

610 full of such things? Do they not often occur even in

611 honourable friendships? On all hands we experience these

612 slights, suspicions, quarrels, war, all of which are undoubted

613 evils; while, on the other hand, peace is a doubtful good, because

614 we do not know the heart of our friend, and though

615 we did know it to-day, we should be as ignorant of what it

616 might be to-morrow. Who ought to be, or who are more

617 friendly than those who live in the same family? And yet

618 who can rely even upon this friendship, seeing that secret

619 treachery has often broken it up, and produced enmity as bitter

620 as the amity was sweet, or seemed sweet by the most perfect

621 dissimulation? It is on this account that the words of Cicero

622 so move the heart of every one, and provoke a sigh: "There

623 are no snares more dangerous than those which lurk under

624 the guise of duty or the name of relationship. For the man

625 who is your declared foe you can easily baffle by precaution;

626 but this hidden, intestine, and domestic danger not merely

627 exists, but overwhelms you before you can foresee and examine

628 it."[631] It is also to this that allusion is made by the divine

629 saying, "A man's foes are those of his own household,"[632]—words

630 which one cannot hear without pain; for though a man have

631 sufficient fortitude to endure it with equanimity, and sufficient

632 sagacity to baffle the malice of a pretended friend, yet if he

633 himself is a good man, he cannot but be greatly pained at the

634 discovery of the perfidy of wicked men, whether they have

635 always been wicked and merely feigned goodness, or have

636 fallen from a better to a malicious disposition. If, then, home,

637 the natural refuge from the ills of life, is itself not safe, what

638 shall we say of the city, which, as it is larger, is so much the

639 more filled with lawsuits civil and criminal, and is never

640 free from the fear, if sometimes from the actual outbreak, of

641 disturbing and bloody insurrections and civil wars?

642 6. *Of the error of human judgments when the truth is hidden.*

643 What shall I say of these judgments which men pronounce

644 on men, and which are necessary in communities, whatever

645 outward peace they enjoy? Melancholy and lamentable

646 judgments they are, since the judges are men who cannot

647 discern the consciences of those at their bar, and are therefore

648 frequently compelled to put innocent witnesses to the torture

649 to ascertain the truth regarding the crimes of other men.

650 What shall I say of torture applied to the accused himself?

651 He is tortured to discover whether he is guilty, so that, though

652 innocent, he suffers most undoubted punishment for crime that

653 is still doubtful, not because it is proved that he committed it,

654 but because it is not ascertained that he did not commit it.

655 Thus the ignorance of the judge frequently involves an innocent

656 person in suffering. And what is still more unendurable—a

657 thing, indeed, to be bewailed, and, if that were possible, watered

658 with fountains of tears—is this, that when the judge puts the

659 accused to the question, that he may not unwittingly put an

660 innocent man to death, the result of this lamentable ignorance

661 is that this very person, whom he tortured that he might not

662 condemn him if innocent, is condemned to death both tortured

663 and innocent. For if he has chosen, in obedience to the

664 philosophical instructions to the wise man, to quit this life

665 rather than endure any longer such tortures, he declares that

666 he has committed the crime which in fact he has not committed.

667 And when he has been condemned and put to

668 death, the judge is still in ignorance whether he has put to

669 death an innocent or a guilty person, though he put the

670 accused to the torture for the very purpose of saving himself

671 from condemning the innocent; and consequently he has

672 both tortured an innocent man to discover his innocence, and

673 has put him to death without discovering it. If such darkness

674 shrouds social life, will a wise judge take his seat on

675 the bench or no? Beyond question he will. For human

676 society, which he thinks it a wickedness to abandon, constrains

677 him and compels him to this duty. And he thinks it no

678 wickedness that innocent witnesses are tortured regarding the

679 crimes of which other men are accused; or that the accused

680 are put to the torture, so that they are often overcome with

681 anguish, and, though innocent, make false confessions regarding

682 themselves, and are punished; or that, though they be not

683 condemned to die, they often die during, or in consequence of,

684 the torture; or that sometimes the accusers, who perhaps

685 have been prompted by a desire to benefit society by bringing

686 criminals to justice, are themselves condemned through the

687 ignorance of the judge, because they are unable to prove the

688 truth of their accusations though they are true, and because

689 the witnesses lie, and the accused endures the torture without

690 being moved to confession. These numerous and important

691 evils he does not consider sins; for the wise judge does these

692 things, not with any intention of doing harm, but because his

693 ignorance compels him, and because human society claims

694 him as a judge. But though we therefore acquit the judge

695 of malice, we must none the less condemn human life as

696 miserable. And if he is compelled to torture and punish the

697 innocent because his office and his ignorance constrain him, is

698 he a happy as well as a guiltless man? Surely it were proof

699 of more profound considerateness and finer feeling were he to

700 recognise the misery of these necessities, and shrink from his

701 own implication in that misery; and had he any piety about

702 him, he would cry to God, "From my necessities deliver Thou

703 me."[633]

704 7. *Of the diversity of languages, by which the intercourse of men is prevented;

705 and of the misery of wars, even of those called just.*

706 After the state or city comes the world, the third circle of

707 human society,—the first being the house, and the second the

708 city. And the world, as it is larger, so it is fuller of dangers,

709 as the greater sea is the more dangerous. And here, in the

710 first place, man is separated from man by the difference of

711 languages. For if two men, each ignorant of the other's

712 language, meet, and are not compelled to pass, but, on the

713 contrary, to remain in company, dumb animals, though of

714 different species, would more easily hold intercourse than

715 they, human beings though they be. For their common

716 nature is no help to friendliness when they are prevented by

717 diversity of language from conveying their sentiments to one

718 another; so that a man would more readily hold intercourse

719 with his dog than with a foreigner. But the imperial city

720 has endeavoured to impose on subject nations not only her

721 yoke, but her language, as a bond of peace, so that interpreters,

722 far from being scarce, are numberless. This is true;

723 but how many great wars, how much slaughter and bloodshed,

724 have provided this unity! And though these are past, the

725 end of these miseries has not yet come. For though there

726 have never been wanting, nor are yet wanting, hostile nations

727 beyond the empire, against whom wars have been and are

728 waged, yet, supposing there were no such nations, the very

729 extent of the empire itself has produced wars of a more obnoxious

730 description—social and civil wars—and with these

731 the whole race has been agitated, either by the actual conflict

732 or the fear of a renewed outbreak. If I attempted to give an

733 adequate description of these manifold disasters, these stern

734 and lasting necessities, though I am quite unequal to the

735 task, what limit could I set? But, say they, the wise man

736 will wage just wars. As if he would not all the rather

737 lament the necessity of just wars, if he remembers that he is

738 a man; for if they were not just he would not wage them,

739 and would therefore be delivered from all wars. For it is the

740 wrong-doing of the opposing party which compels the wise

741 man to wage just wars; and this wrong-doing, even though it

742 gave rise to no war, would still be matter of grief to man because

743 it is man's wrong-doing. Let every one, then, who

744 thinks with pain on all these great evils, so horrible, so ruthless,

745 acknowledge that this is misery. And if any one either

746 endures or thinks of them without mental pain, this is a more

747 miserable plight still, for he thinks himself happy because he

748 has lost human feeling.

749 8. *That the friendship of good men cannot be securely rested in, so long as the

750 dangers of this life force us to be anxious.*

751 In our present wretched condition we frequently mistake a

752 friend for an enemy, and an enemy for a friend. And if we

753 escape this pitiable blindness, is not the unfeigned confidence

754 and mutual love of true and good friends our one solace in

755 human society, filled as it is with misunderstandings and

756 calamities? And yet the more friends we have, and the more

757 widely they are scattered, the more numerous are our fears

758 that some portion of the vast masses of the disasters of life

759 may light upon them. For we are not only anxious lest they

760 suffer from famine, war, disease, captivity, or the inconceivable

761 horrors of slavery, but we are also affected with the

762 much more painful dread that their friendship may be

763 changed into perfidy, malice, and injustice. And when these

764 contingencies actually occur,—as they do the more frequently

765 the more friends we have, and the more widely they are

766 scattered,—and when they come to our knowledge, who but

767 the man who has experienced it can tell with what pangs the

768 heart is torn? We would, in fact, prefer to hear that they

769 were dead, although we could not without anguish hear of

770 even this. For if their life has solaced us with the charms of

771 friendship, can it be that their death should affect us with no

772 sadness? He who will have none of this sadness must, if

773 possible, have no friendly intercourse. Let him interdict or

774 extinguish friendly affection; let him burst with ruthless insensibility

775 the bonds of every human relationship; or let him

776 contrive so to use them that no sweetness shall distil into his

777 spirit. But if this is utterly impossible, how shall we contrive

778 to feel no bitterness in the death of those whose life has

779 been sweet to us? Hence arises that grief which affects the

780 tender heart like a wound or a bruise, and which is healed by

781 the application of kindly consolation. For though the cure

782 is affected all the more easily and rapidly the better condition

783 the soul is in, we must not on this account suppose that there

784 is nothing at all to heal. Although, then, our present life is

785 afflicted, sometimes in a milder, sometimes in a more painful

786 degree, by the death of those very dear to us, and especially

787 of useful public men, yet we would prefer to hear that such

788 men were dead rather than to hear or perceive that they had

789 fallen from the faith, or from virtue,—in other words, that

790 they were spiritually dead. Of this vast material for misery

791 the earth is full, and therefore it is written, "Is not human

792 life upon earth a trial?"[634] And with the same reference the

793 Lord says, "Woe to the world because of offences!"[635] and

794 again, "Because iniquity abounded, the love of many shall

795 wax cold."[636] And hence we enjoy some gratification when

796 our good friends die; for though their death leaves us in

797 sorrow, we have the consolatory assurance that they are

798 beyond the ills by which in this life even the best of men are

799 broken down or corrupted, or are in danger of both results.

800 >

801 >

802 >

803 9. *Of the friendship of the holy angels, which men cannot be sure of in this life,

804 > owing to the deceit of the demons who hold in bondage the worshippers of

805 > a plurality of gods.*

806 The philosophers who wished us to have the gods for our

807 friends rank the friendship of the holy angels in the fourth

808 circle of society, advancing now from the three circles of

809 society on earth to the universe, and embracing heaven itself.

810 And in this friendship we have indeed no fear that the angels

811 will grieve us by their death or deterioration. But as we

812 cannot mingle with them as familiarly as with men (which

813 itself is one of the grievances of this life), and as Satan, as

814 we read,[637] sometimes transforms himself into an angel of light,

815 to tempt those whom it is necessary to discipline, or just to

816 deceive, there is great need of God's mercy to preserve us

817 from making friends of demons in disguise, while we fancy

818 we have good angels for our friends; for the astuteness and

819 deceitfulness of these wicked spirits is equalled by their hurtfulness.

820 And is this not a great misery of human life, that

821 we are involved in such ignorance as, but for God's mercy,

822 makes us a prey to these demons? And it is very certain

823 that the philosophers of the godless city, who have maintained

824 that the gods were their friends, had fallen a prey to

825 the malignant demons who rule that city, and whose eternal

826 punishment is to be shared by it. For the nature of these

827 beings is sufficiently evinced by the sacred or rather sacrilegious

828 observances which form their worship, and by the

829 filthy games in which their crimes are celebrated, and which

830 they themselves originated and exacted from their worshippers

831 as a fit propitiation.

832 10. *The reward prepared for the saints after they have endured the

833 trial of this life.*

834 But not even the saints and faithful worshippers of the

835 one true and most high God are safe from the manifold temptations

836 and deceits of the demons. For in this abode of

837 weakness, and in these wicked days, this state of anxiety has

838 also its use, stimulating us to seek with keener longing for

839 that security where peace is complete and unassailable. There

840 we shall enjoy the gifts of nature, that is to say, all that God

841 the Creator of all natures has bestowed upon ours,—gifts not

842 only good, but eternal,—not only of the spirit, healed now by

843 wisdom, but also of the body renewed by the resurrection.

844 There the virtues shall no longer be struggling against any

845 vice or evil, but shall enjoy the reward of victory, the eternal

846 peace which no adversary shall disturb. This is the final

847 blessedness, this the ultimate consummation, the unending end.

848 Here, indeed, we are said to be blessed when we have such

849 peace as can be enjoyed in a good life; but such blessedness

850 is mere misery compared to that final felicity. When we

851 mortals possess such peace as this mortal life can afford,

852 virtue, if we are living rightly, makes a right use of the advantages

853 of this peaceful condition; and when we have it not,

854 virtue makes a good use even of the evils a man suffers.

855 But this is true virtue, when it refers all the advantages it

856 makes a good use of, and all that it does in making good use

857 of good and evil things, and itself also, to that end in which

858 we shall enjoy the best and greatest peace possible.

859 11. *Of the happiness of the eternal peace, which constitutes the end or true

860 perfection of the saints.*

861 And thus we may say of peace, as we have said of eternal

862 life, that it is the end of our good; and the rather because

863 the Psalmist says of the city of God, the subject of this laborious

864 work, "Praise the Lord, O Jerusalem; praise thy God,

865 O Zion: for He hath strengthened the bars of thy gates; He

866 hath blessed thy children within thee; who hath made thy

867 borders peace."[638] For when the bars of her gates shall be

868 strengthened, none shall go in or come out from her; consequently

869 we ought to understand the peace of her borders as

870 that final peace we are wishing to declare. For even the

871 mystical name of the city itself, that is, *Jerusalem*, means, as I

872 have already said, "Vision of Peace." But as the word peace is

873 employed in connection with things in this world in which

874 certainly life eternal has no place, we have preferred to call

875 the end or supreme good of this city life eternal rather than

876 peace. Of this end the apostle says, "But now, being freed

877 from sin, and become servants to God, ye have your fruit unto

878 holiness, and the end life eternal."[639] But, on the other hand,

879 as those who are not familiar with Scripture may suppose that

880 the life of the wicked is eternal life, either because of the

881 immortality of the soul, which some of the philosophers even

882 have recognised, or because of the endless punishment of the

883 wicked, which forms a part of our faith, and which seems

884 impossible unless the wicked live for ever, it may therefore

885 be advisable, in order that every one may readily understand

886 what we mean, to say that the end or supreme good of this

887 city is either peace in eternal life, or eternal life in peace. For

888 peace is a good so great, that even in this earthly and mortal

889 life there is no word we hear with such pleasure, nothing we

890 desire with such zest, or find to be more thoroughly gratifying.

891 So that if we dwell for a little longer on this subject,

892 we shall not, in my opinion, be wearisome to our readers, who

893 will attend both for the sake of understanding what is the

894 end of this city of which we speak, and for the sake of the

895 sweetness of peace which is dear to all.

896 12. *That even the fierceness of war and all the disquietude of men make

897 towards this one end of peace, which every nature desires.*

898 Whoever gives even moderate attention to human affairs

899 and to our common nature, will recognise that if there is

900 no man who does not wish to be joyful, neither is there

901 any one who does not wish to have peace. For even they

902 who make war desire nothing but victory,—desire, that is

903 to say, to attain to peace with glory. For what else is victory

904 than the conquest of those who resist us? and when this is

905 done there is peace. It is therefore with the desire for peace

906 that wars are waged, even by those who take pleasure in

907 exercising their warlike nature in command and battle. And

908 hence it is obvious that peace is the end sought for by war.

909 For every man seeks peace by waging war, but no man seeks

910 war by making peace. For even they who intentionally

911 interrupt the peace in which they are living have no hatred

912 of peace, but only wish it changed into a peace that suits

913 them better. They do not, therefore, wish to have no peace,

914 but only one more to their mind. And in the case of sedition,

915 when men have separated themselves from the community,

916 they yet do not effect what they wish, unless they maintain

917 some kind of peace with their fellow-conspirators. And

918 therefore even robbers take care to maintain peace with their

919 comrades, that they may with greater effect and greater safety

920 invade the peace of other men. And if an individual happen

921 to be of such unrivalled strength, and to be so jealous of partnership,

922 that he trusts himself with no comrades, but makes

923 his own plots, and commits depredations and murders on his

924 own account, yet he maintains some shadow of peace with

925 such persons as he is unable to kill, and from whom he

926 wishes to conceal his deeds. In his own home, too, he makes

927 it his aim to be at peace with his wife and children, and any

928 other members of his household; for unquestionably their

929 prompt obedience to his every look is a source of pleasure to

930 him. And if this be not rendered, he is angry, he chides and

931 punishes; and even by this storm he secures the calm peace

932 of his own home, as occasion demands. For he sees that

933 peace cannot be maintained unless all the members of the

934 same domestic circle be subject to one head, such as he himself

935 is in his own house. And therefore if a city or nation

936 offered to submit itself to him, to serve him in the same style

937 as he had made his household serve him, he would no longer

938 lurk in a brigand's hiding-places, but lift his head in open

939 day as a king, though the same covetousness and wickedness

940 should remain in him. And thus all men desire to have

941 peace with their own circle whom they wish to govern as

942 suits themselves. For even those whom they make war

943 against they wish to make their own, and impose on them

944 the laws of their own peace.

945 But let us suppose a man such as poetry and mythology

946 speak of,—a man so insociable and savage as to be called rather

947 a semi-man than a man.[640] Although, then, his kingdom was

948 the solitude of a dreary cave, and he himself was so singularly

949 bad-hearted that he was named Κακός, which is the Greek

950 word for *bad*; though he had no wife to soothe him with endearing

951 talk, no children to play with, no sons to do his bidding, no

952 friend to enliven him with intercourse, not even his father

953 Vulcan (though in one respect he was happier than his father,

954 not having begotten a monster like himself); although he gave

955 to no man, but took as he wished whatever he could, from

956 whomsoever he could, when he could; yet in that solitary den,

957 the floor of which, as Virgil[641] says, was always reeking with

958 recent slaughter, there was nothing else than peace sought, a

959 peace in which no one should molest him, or disquiet him with

960 any assault or alarm. With his own body he desired to be at

961 peace; and he was satisfied only in proportion as he had this

962 peace. For he ruled his members, and they obeyed him; and

963 for the sake of pacifying his mortal nature, which rebelled when

964 it needed anything, and of allaying the sedition of hunger which

965 threatened to banish the soul from the body, he made forays,

966 slew, and devoured, but used the ferocity and savageness he

967 displayed in these actions only for the preservation of his own

968 life's peace. So that, had he been willing to make with other

969 men the same peace which he made with himself in his own

970 cave, he would neither have been called bad, nor a monster,

971 nor a semi-man. Or if the appearance of his body and his

972 vomiting smoky fires frightened men from having any dealings

973 with him, perhaps his fierce ways arose not from a desire to

974 do mischief, but from the necessity of finding a living. But he

975 may have had no existence, or, at least, he was not such as the

976 poets fancifully describe him, for they had to exalt Hercules,

977 and did so at the expense of Cacus. It is better, then, to

978 believe that such a man or semi-man never existed, and that

979 this, in common with many other fancies of the poets, is mere

980 fiction. For the most savage animals (and he is said to have

981 been almost a wild beast) encompass their own species with a

982 ring of protecting peace. They cohabit, beget, produce, suckle,

983 and bring up their young, though very many of them are not

984 gregarious, but solitary,—not like sheep, deer, pigeons, starlings,

985 bees, but such as lions, foxes, eagles, bats. For what tigress

986 does not gently purr over her cubs, and lay aside her ferocity

987 to fondle them? What kite, solitary as he is when circling

988 over his prey, does not seek a mate, build a nest, hatch the

989 eggs, bring up the young birds, and maintain with the mother

990 of his family as peaceful a domestic alliance as he can? How

991 much more powerfully do the laws of man's nature move him

992 to hold fellowship and maintain peace with all men so far as

993 in him lies, since even wicked men wage war to maintain the

994 peace of their own circle, and wish that, if possible, all men

995 belonged to them, that all men and things might serve but one

996 head, and might, either through love or fear, yield themselves

997 to peace with him! It is thus that pride in its perversity apes

998 God. It abhors equality with other men under Him; but,

999 instead of His rule, it seeks to impose a rule of its own upon

1000 its equals. It abhors, that is to say, the just peace of God,

1001 and loves its own unjust peace; but it cannot help loving peace

1002 of one kind or other. For there is no vice so clean contrary

1003 to nature that it obliterates even the faintest traces of nature.

1004 He, then, who prefers what is right to what is wrong, and

1005 what is well-ordered to what is perverted, sees that the peace

1006 of unjust men is not worthy to be called peace in comparison

1007 with the peace of the just. And yet even what is perverted

1008 must of necessity be in harmony with, and in dependence on,

1009 and in some part of the order of things, for otherwise it would

1010 have no existence at all. Suppose a man hangs with his head

1011 downwards, this is certainly a perverted attitude of body and

1012 arrangement of its members; for that which nature requires

1013 to be above is beneath, and *vice versâ*. This perversity disturbs

1014 the peace of the body, and is therefore painful. Nevertheless

1015 the spirit is at peace with its body, and labours for its preservation,

1016 and hence the suffering; but if it is banished from the

1017 body by its pains, then, so long as the bodily framework holds

1018 together, there is in the remains a kind of peace among the

1019 members, and hence the body remains suspended. And inasmuch

1020 as the earthy body tends towards the earth, and rests on

1021 the bond by which it is suspended, it tends thus to its natural

1022 peace, and the voice of its own weight demands a place for it

1023 to rest; and though now lifeless and without feeling, it does

1024 not fall from the peace that is natural to its place in creation,

1025 whether it already has it, or is tending towards it. For if you

1026 apply embalming preparations to prevent the bodily frame from

1027 mouldering and dissolving, a kind of peace still unites part to

1028 part, and keeps the whole body in a suitable place on the earth,—in

1029 other words, in a place that is at peace with the body. If,

1030 on the other hand, the body receive no such care, but be left

1031 to the natural course, it is disturbed by exhalations that do not

1032 harmonize with one another, and that offend our senses; for

1033 it is this which is perceived in putrefaction until it is assimilated

1034 to the elements of the world, and particle by particle

1035 enters into peace with them. Yet throughout this process the

1036 laws of the most high Creator and Governor are strictly observed,

1037 for it is by Him the peace of the universe is administered. For

1038 although minute animals are produced from the carcase of a

1039 larger animal, all these little atoms, by the law of the same

1040 Creator, serve the animals they belong to in peace. And although

1041 the flesh of dead animals be eaten by others, no matter where

1042 it be carried, nor what it be brought into contact with, nor what

1043 it be converted and changed into, it still is ruled by the same

1044 laws which pervade all things for the conservation of every

1045 mortal race, and which bring things that fit one another into

1046 harmony.

1047 >

1048 >

1049 >

1050 13. *Of the universal peace which the law of nature preserves through all disturbances,

1051 > and by which every one reaches his desert in a way regulated by

1052 > the just Judge.*

1053 The peace of the body then consists in the duly proportioned

1054 arrangement of its parts. The peace of the irrational soul is

1055 the harmonious repose of the appetites, and that of the rational

1056 soul the harmony of knowledge and action. The peace of body

1057 and soul is the well-ordered and harmonious life and health of

1058 the living creature. Peace between man and God is the well-ordered

1059 obedience of faith to eternal law. Peace between man

1060 and man is well-ordered concord. Domestic peace is the well-ordered

1061 concord between those of the family who rule and

1062 those who obey. Civil peace is a similar concord among the

1063 citizens. The peace of the celestial city is the perfectly ordered

1064 and harmonious enjoyment of God, and of one another in God.

1065 The peace of all things is the tranquillity of order. Order is

1066 the distribution which allots things equal and unequal, each to

1067 its own place. And hence, though the miserable, in so far as

1068 they are such, do certainly not enjoy peace, but are severed

1069 from that tranquillity of order in which there is no disturbance,

1070 nevertheless, inasmuch as they are deservedly and justly miserable,

1071 they are by their very misery connected with order.

1072 They are not, indeed, conjoined with the blessed, but they are

1073 disjoined from them by the law of order. And though they

1074 are disquieted, their circumstances are notwithstanding adjusted

1075 to them, and consequently they have some tranquillity of order,

1076 and therefore some peace. But they are wretched because,

1077 although not wholly miserable, they are not in that place where

1078 any mixture of misery is impossible. They would, however,

1079 be more wretched if they had not that peace which arises from

1080 being in harmony with the natural order of things. When

1081 they suffer, their peace is in so far disturbed; but their peace

1082 continues in so far as they do not suffer, and in so far as their

1083 nature continues to exist. As, then, there may be life without

1084 pain, while there cannot be pain without some kind of life,

1085 so there may be peace without war, but there cannot be war

1086 without some kind of peace, because war supposes the existence

1087 of some natures to wage it, and these natures cannot

1088 exist without peace of one kind or other.

1089 And therefore there is a nature in which evil does not or

1090 even cannot exist; but there cannot be a nature in which

1091 there is no good. Hence not even the nature of the devil

1092 himself is evil, in so far as it is nature, but it was made evil

1093 by being perverted. Thus he did not abide in the truth,[642] but

1094 could not escape the judgment of the Truth; he did not abide

1095 in the tranquillity of order, but did not therefore escape the

1096 power of the Ordainer. The good imparted by God to his

1097 nature did not screen him from the justice of God by which

1098 order was preserved in his punishment; neither did God

1099 punish the good which He had created, but the evil which

1100 the devil had committed. God did not take back all He had

1101 imparted to his nature, but something He took and something

1102 He left, that there might remain enough to be sensible of the

1103 loss of what was taken. And this very sensibility to pain is

1104 evidence of the good which has been taken away and the

1105 good which has been left. For, were nothing good left, there

1106 could be no pain on account of the good which had been lost.

1107 For he who sins is still worse if he rejoices in his loss of

1108 righteousness. But he who is in pain, if he derives no benefit

1109 from it, mourns at least the loss of health. And as righteousness

1110 and health are both good things, and as the loss of any

1111 good thing is matter of grief, not of joy,—if, at least, there is

1112 no compensation, as spiritual righteousness may compensate

1113 for the loss of bodily health,—certainly it is more suitable

1114 for a wicked man to grieve in punishment than to rejoice in

1115 his fault. As, then, the joy of a sinner who has abandoned

1116 what is good is evidence of a bad will, so his grief for the

1117 good he has lost when he is punished is evidence of a good

1118 nature. For he who laments the peace his nature has lost is

1119 stirred to do so by some relics of peace which make his nature

1120 friendly to itself. And it is very just that in the final

1121 punishment the wicked and godless should in anguish bewail

1122 the loss of the natural advantages they enjoyed, and should

1123 perceive that they were most justly taken from them by that

1124 God whose benign liberality they had despised. God, then,

1125 the most wise Creator and most just Ordainer of all natures,

1126 who placed the human race upon earth as its greatest ornament,

1127 imparted to men some good things adapted to this life,

1128 to wit, temporal peace, such as we can enjoy in this life from

1129 health and safety and human fellowship, and all things needful

1130 for the preservation and recovery of this peace, such as

1131 the objects which are accommodated to our outward senses,

1132 light, night, the air, and waters suitable for us, and everything

1133 the body requires to sustain, shelter, heal, or beautify

1134 it: and all under this most equitable condition, that every

1135 man who made a good use of these advantages suited to the

1136 peace of this mortal condition, should receive ampler and

1137 better blessings, namely, the peace of immortality, accompanied

1138 by glory and honour in an endless life made fit for the enjoyment

1139 of God and of one another in God; but that he who

1140 used the present blessings badly should both lose them and

1141 should not receive the others.

1142 14. *Of the order and law which obtain in heaven and earth, whereby it comes to

1143 pass that human society is served by those who rule it.*

1144 The whole use, then, of things temporal has a reference to

1145 this result of earthly peace in the earthly community, while

1146 in the city of God it is connected with eternal peace. And

1147 therefore, if we were irrational animals, we should desire

1148 nothing beyond the proper arrangement of the parts of the

1149 body and the satisfaction of the appetites,—nothing, therefore,

1150 but bodily comfort and abundance of pleasures, that the

1151 peace of the body might contribute to the peace of the soul.

1152 For if bodily peace be awanting, a bar is put to the peace

1153 even of the irrational soul, since it cannot obtain the gratification

1154 of its appetites. And these two together help out the

1155 mutual peace of soul and body, the peace of harmonious life

1156 and health. For as animals, by shunning pain, show that they

1157 love bodily peace, and, by pursuing pleasure to gratify their

1158 appetites, show that they love peace of soul, so their shrinking

1159 from death is a sufficient indication of their intense love of

1160 that peace which binds soul and body in close alliance. But,

1161 as man has a rational soul, he subordinates all this which he

1162 has in common with the beasts to the peace of his rational

1163 soul, that his intellect may have free play and may regulate

1164 his actions, and that he may thus enjoy the well-ordered harmony

1165 of knowledge and action which constitutes, as we have

1166 said, the peace of the rational soul. And for this purpose he

1167 must desire to be neither molested by pain, nor disturbed by

1168 desire, nor extinguished by death, that he may arrive at some

1169 useful knowledge by which he may regulate his life and

1170 manners. But, owing to the liability of the human mind to

1171 fall into mistakes, this very pursuit of knowledge may be a

1172 snare to him unless he has a divine Master, whom he may

1173 obey without misgiving, and who may at the same time give

1174 him such help as to preserve his own freedom. And because,

1175 so long as he is in this mortal body, he is a stranger to God,

1176 he walks by faith, not by sight; and he therefore refers all

1177 peace, bodily or spiritual or both, to that peace which mortal

1178 man has with the immortal God, so that he exhibits the well-ordered

1179 obedience of faith to eternal law. But as this divine

1180 Master inculcates two precepts,—the love of God and the

1181 love of our neighbour,—and as in these precepts a man finds

1182 three things he has to love,—God, himself, and his neighbour,—and

1183 that he who loves God loves himself thereby, it follows

1184 that he must endeavour to get his neighbour to love God,

1185 since he is ordered to love his neighbour as himself. He

1186 ought to make this endeavour in behalf of his wife, his children,

1187 his household, all within his reach, even as he would

1188 wish his neighbour to do the same for him if he needed it;

1189 and consequently he will be at peace, or in well-ordered concord,

1190 with all men, as far as in him lies. And this is the

1191 order of this concord, that a man, in the first place, injure no

1192 one, and, in the second, do good to every one he can reach.

1193 Primarily, therefore, his own household are his care, for the

1194 law of nature and of society gives him readier access to them

1195 and greater opportunity of serving them. And hence the

1196 apostle says, "Now, if any provide not for his own, and

1197 specially for those of his own house, he hath denied the

1198 faith, and is worse than an infidel."[643] This is the origin of

1199 domestic peace, or the well-ordered concord of those in the

1200 family who rule and those who obey. For they who care

1201 for the rest rule,—the husband the wife, the parents the

1202 children, the masters the servants; and they who are cared

1203 for obey,—the women their husbands, the children their

1204 parents, the servants their masters. But in the family of

1205 the just man who lives by faith and is as yet a pilgrim

1206 journeying on to the celestial city, even those who rule

1207 serve those whom they seem to command; for they rule

1208 not from a love of power, but from a sense of the duty they

1209 owe to others—not because they are proud of authority, but

1210 because they love mercy.

1211 >

1212 >

1213 >

1214 15. *Of the liberty proper to man's nature, and the servitude introduced by sin,—a

1215 > servitude in which the man whose will is wicked is the slave of his own

1216 > lust, though he is free so far as regards other men.*

1217 This is prescribed by the order of nature: it is thus that

1218 God has created man. For "let them," He says, "have

1219 dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the

1220 air, and over every creeping thing which creepeth on the

1221 earth."[644] He did not intend that His rational creature, who

1222 was made in His image, should have dominion over anything

1223 but the irrational creation,—not man over man, but man over

1224 the beasts. And hence the righteous men in primitive times

1225 were made shepherds of cattle rather than kings of men, God

1226 intending thus to teach us what the relative position of the

1227 creatures is, and what the desert of sin; for it is with justice,

1228 we believe, that the condition of slavery is the result of sin.

1229 And this is why we do not find the word "slave" in any part

1230 of Scripture until righteous Noah branded the sin of his son

1231 with this name. It is a name, therefore, introduced by sin

1232 and not by nature. The origin of the Latin word for slave

1233 is supposed to be found in the circumstance that those who

1234 by the law of war were liable to be killed were sometimes

1235 preserved by their victors, and were hence called servants.[645]

1236 And these circumstances could never have arisen save through

1237 sin. For even when we wage a just war, our adversaries

1238 must be sinning; and every victory, even though gained by

1239 wicked men, is a result of the first judgment of God, who

1240 humbles the vanquished either for the sake of removing or

1241 of punishing their sins. Witness that man of God, Daniel,

1242 who, when he was in captivity, confessed to God his own sins

1243 and the sins of his people, and declares with pious grief that

1244 these were the cause of the captivity.[646] The prime cause, then,

1245 of slavery is sin, which brings man under the dominion of his

1246 fellow,—that which does not happen save by the judgment of

1247 God, with whom is no unrighteousness, and who knows how

1248 to award fit punishments to every variety of offence. But our

1249 Master in heaven says, "Every one who doeth sin is the servant

1250 of sin."[647] And thus there are many wicked masters who

1251 have religious men as their slaves, and who are yet themselves

1252 in bondage; "for of whom a man is overcome, of the same

1253 is he brought in bondage."[648] And beyond question it is a

1254 happier thing to be the slave of a man than of a lust; for even

1255 this very lust of ruling, to mention no others, lays waste men's

1256 hearts with the most ruthless dominion. Moreover, when men

1257 are subjected to one another in a peaceful order, the lowly

1258 position does as much good to the servant as the proud position

1259 does harm to the master. But by nature, as God first

1260 created us, no one is the slave either of man or of sin. This

1261 servitude is, however, penal, and is appointed by that law

1262 which enjoins the preservation of the natural order and forbids

1263 its disturbance; for if nothing had been done in violation

1264 of that law, there would have been nothing to restrain by

1265 penal servitude. And therefore the apostle admonishes slaves

1266 to be subject to their masters, and to serve them heartily

1267 and with good-will, so that, if they cannot be freed by their

1268 masters, they may themselves make their slavery in some sort

1269 free, by serving not in crafty fear, but in faithful love, until

1270 all unrighteousness pass away, and all principality and every

1271 human power be brought to nothing, and God be all in all.

1272 16. *Of equitable rule.*

1273 And therefore, although our righteous fathers[649] had slaves,

1274 and administered their domestic affairs so as to distinguish

1275 between the condition of slaves and the heirship of sons in

1276 regard to the blessings of this life, yet in regard to the worship

1277 of God, in whom we hope for eternal blessings, they took

1278 an equally loving oversight of all the members of their household.

1279 And this is so much in accordance with the natural

1280 order, that the head of the household was called *paterfamilias*;

1281 and this name has been so generally accepted, that even those

1282 whose rule is unrighteous are glad to apply it to themselves.

1283 But those who are true fathers of their households desire and

1284 endeavour that all the members of their household, equally

1285 with their own children, should worship and win God, and

1286 should come to that heavenly home in which the duty of

1287 ruling men is no longer necessary, because the duty of caring

1288 for their everlasting happiness has also ceased; but, until they

1289 reach that home, masters ought to feel their position of authority

1290 a greater burden than servants their service. And if any

1291 member of the family interrupts the domestic peace by disobedience,

1292 he is corrected either by word or blow, or some

1293 kind of just and legitimate punishment, such as society permits,

1294 that he may himself be the better for it, and be readjusted

1295 to the family harmony from which he had dislocated

1296 himself. For as it is not benevolent to give a man help at

1297 the expense of some greater benefit he might receive, so it is

1298 not innocent to spare a man at the risk of his falling into

1299 graver sin. To be innocent, we must not only do harm to

1300 no man, but also restrain him from sin or punish his sin, so

1301 that either the man himself who is punished may profit by

1302 his experience, or others be warned by his example. Since,

1303 then, the house ought to be the beginning or element of the

1304 city, and every beginning bears reference to some end of its

1305 own kind, and every element to the integrity of the whole of

1306 which it is an element, it follows plainly enough that domestic

1307 peace has a relation to civic peace,—in other words, that the

1308 well-ordered concord of domestic obedience and domestic rule

1309 has a relation to the well-ordered concord of civic obedience

1310 and civic rule. And therefore it follows, further, that the

1311 father of the family ought to frame his domestic rule in accordance

1312 with the law of the city, so that the household may

1313 be in harmony with the civic order.

1314 17. *What produces peace, and what discord, between the heavenly and

1315 earthly cities.*

1316 But the families which do not live by faith seek their

1317 peace in the earthly advantages of this life; while the families

1318 which live by faith look for those eternal blessings which

1319 are promised, and use as pilgrims such advantages of time

1320 and of earth as do not fascinate and divert them from God,

1321 but rather aid them to endure with greater ease, and to keep

1322 down the number of those burdens of the corruptible body

1323 which weigh upon the soul. Thus the things necessary for

1324 this mortal life are used by both kinds of men and families

1325 alike, but each has its own peculiar and widely different aim

1326 in using them. The earthly city, which does not live by faith,

1327 seeks an earthly peace, and the end it proposes, in the well-ordered

1328 concord of civic obedience and rule, is the combination

1329 of men's wills to attain the things which are helpful to

1330 this life. The heavenly city, or rather the part of it which

1331 sojourns on earth and lives by faith, makes use of this peace

1332 only because it must, until this mortal condition which necessitates

1333 it shall pass away. Consequently, so long as it lives

1334 like a captive and a stranger in the earthly city, though it

1335 has already received the promise of redemption, and the gift

1336 of the Spirit as the earnest of it, it makes no scruple to obey

1337 the laws of the earthly city, whereby the things necessary for

1338 the maintenance of this mortal life are administered; and

1339 thus, as this life is common to both cities, so there is a harmony

1340 between them in regard to what belongs to it. But, as

1341 the earthly city has had some philosophers whose doctrine is

1342 condemned by the divine teaching, and who, being deceived

1343 either by their own conjectures or by demons, supposed that

1344 many gods must be invited to take an interest in human

1345 affairs, and assigned to each a separate function and a separate

1346 department,—to one the body, to another the soul; and

1347 in the body itself, to one the head, to another the neck, and

1348 each of the other members to one of the gods; and in like

1349 manner, in the soul, to one god the natural capacity was assigned,

1350 to another education, to another anger, to another lust;

1351 and so the various affairs of life were assigned,—cattle to one,

1352 corn to another, wine to another, oil to another, the woods to

1353 another, money to another, navigation to another, wars and

1354 victories to another, marriages to another, births and fecundity

1355 to another, and other things to other gods: and as the celestial

1356 city, on the other hand, knew that one God only was to

1357 be worshipped, and that to Him alone was due that service

1358 which the Greeks call λατρεία, and which can be given only

1359 to a god, it has come to pass that the two cities could not

1360 have common laws of religion, and that the heavenly city has

1361 been compelled in this matter to dissent, and to become

1362 obnoxious to those who think differently, and to stand the

1363 brunt of their anger and hatred and persecutions, except in so

1364 far as the minds of their enemies have been alarmed by the

1365 multitude of the Christians and quelled by the manifest protection

1366 of God accorded to them. This heavenly city, then,

1367 while it sojourns on earth, calls citizens out of all nations, and

1368 gathers together a society of pilgrims of all languages, not

1369 scrupling about diversities in the manners, laws, and institutions

1370 whereby earthly peace is secured and maintained, but

1371 recognising that, however various these are, they all tend to

1372 one and the same end of earthly peace. It therefore is so far

1373 from rescinding and abolishing these diversities, that it even

1374 preserves and adopts them, so long only as no hindrance to

1375 the worship of the one supreme and true God is thus introduced.

1376 Even the heavenly city, therefore, while in its state

1377 of pilgrimage, avails itself of the peace of earth, and, so far as

1378 it can without injuring faith and godliness, desires and maintains

1379 a common agreement among men regarding the acquisition

1380 of the necessaries of life, and makes this earthly peace

1381 bear upon the peace of heaven; for this alone can be truly

1382 called and esteemed the peace of the reasonable creatures, consisting

1383 as it does in the perfectly ordered and harmonious enjoyment

1384 of God and of one another in God. When we shall

1385 have reached that peace, this mortal life shall give place

1386 to one that is eternal, and our body shall be no more this

1387 animal body which by its corruption weighs down the soul,

1388 but a spiritual body feeling no want, and in all its members

1389 subjected to the will. In its pilgrim state the heavenly

1390 city possesses this peace by faith; and by this faith it lives

1391 righteously when it refers to the attainment of that peace

1392 every good action towards God and man; for the life of the

1393 city is a social life.

1394 18. *How different the uncertainty of the New Academy is from the certainty of

1395 the Christian faith.*

1396 As regards the uncertainty about everything which Varro

1397 alleges to be the differentiating characteristic of the New

1398 Academy, the city of God thoroughly detests such doubt as

1399 madness. Regarding matters which it apprehends by the

1400 mind and reason it has most absolute certainty, although its

1401 knowledge is limited because of the corruptible body pressing

1402 down the mind, for, as the apostle says, "We know in part."[650]

1403 It believes also the evidence of the senses which the mind

1404 uses by aid of the body; for [if one who trusts his senses is

1405 sometimes deceived], he is more wretchedly deceived who

1406 fancies he should never trust them. It believes also the

1407 Holy Scriptures, old and new, which we call canonical, and

1408 which are the source of the faith by which the just lives,[651] and

1409 by which we walk without doubting whilst we are absent

1410 from the Lord.[652] So long as this faith remains inviolate and

1411 firm, we may without blame entertain doubts regarding some

1412 things which we have neither perceived by sense nor by

1413 reason, and which have not been revealed to us by the

1414 canonical Scriptures, nor come to our knowledge through

1415 witnesses whom it is absurd to disbelieve.

1416 19. *Of the dress and habits of the Christian people.*

1417 It is a matter of no moment in the city of God whether

1418 he who adopts the faith that brings men to God adopts it in

1419 one dress and manner of life or another, so long only as he

1420 lives in conformity with the commandments of God. And

1421 hence, when philosophers themselves become Christians, they

1422 are compelled, indeed, to abandon their erroneous doctrines, but

1423 not their dress and mode of living, which are no obstacle to

1424 religion. So that we make no account of that distinction of

1425 sects which Varro adduced in connection with the Cynic

1426 school, provided always nothing indecent or self-indulgent is

1427 retained. As to these three modes of life, the contemplative,

1428 the active, and the composite, although, so long as a man's

1429 faith is preserved, he may choose any of them without detriment

1430 to his eternal interests, yet he must never overlook the

1431 claims of truth and duty. No man has a right to lead such

1432 a life of contemplation as to forget in his own ease the service

1433 due to his neighbour; nor has any man a right to be so immersed

1434 in active life as to neglect the contemplation of God.

1435 The charm of leisure must not be indolent vacancy of mind,

1436 but the investigation or discovery of truth, that thus every

1437 man may make solid attainments without grudging that others

1438 do the same. And, in active life, it is not the honours or

1439 power of this life we should covet, since all things under the

1440 sun are vanity, but we should aim at using our position and

1441 influence, if these have been honourably attained, for the welfare

1442 of those who are under us, in the way we have already

1443 explained.[653] It is to this the apostle refers when he says,

1444 "He that desireth the episcopate desireth a good work."[654] He

1445 wished to show that the episcopate is the title of a work, not

1446 of an honour. It is a Greek word, and signifies that he who

1447 governs, superintends or takes care of those whom he governs:

1448 for ἐπί means *over*, and σκοπεῖν, *to see*; therefore ἐπισκοπεῖν

1449 means "to oversee."[655] So that he who loves to govern rather

1450 than to do good is no bishop. Accordingly no one is prohibited

1451 from the search after truth, for in this leisure may

1452 most laudably be spent; but it is unseemly to covet the high

1453 position requisite for governing the people, even though that

1454 position be held and that government be administered in a

1455 seemly manner. And therefore holy leisure is longed for by

1456 the love of truth; but it is the necessity of love to undertake

1457 requisite business. If no one imposes this burden upon us,

1458 we are free to sift and contemplate truth; but if it be laid

1459 upon us, we are necessitated for love's sake to undertake it.

1460 And yet not even in this case are we obliged wholly to relinquish

1461 the sweets of contemplation; for were these to be

1462 withdrawn, the burden might prove more than we could bear.

1463 20. *That the saints are in this life blessed in hope.*

1464 Since, then, the supreme good of the city of God is perfect

1465 and eternal peace, not such as mortals pass into and out of

1466 by birth and death, but the peace of freedom from all evil, in

1467 which the immortals ever abide, who can deny that that

1468 future life is most blessed, or that, in comparison with it, this

1469 life which now we live is most wretched, be it filled with all

1470 blessings of body and soul and external things? And yet, if

1471 any man uses this life with a reference to that other which

1472 he ardently loves and confidently hopes for, he may well be

1473 called even now blessed, though not in reality so much as in

1474 hope. But the actual possession of the happiness of this

1475 life, without the hope of what is beyond, is but a false happiness

1476 and profound misery. For the true blessings of the soul

1477 are not now enjoyed; for that is no true wisdom which does

1478 not direct all its prudent observations, manly actions, virtuous

1479 self-restraint, and just arrangements, to that end in which

1480 God shall be all and all in a secure eternity and perfect

1481 peace.

1482 21. *Whether there ever was a Roman republic answering to the definitions

1483 of Scipio in Cicero's dialogue.*

1484 This, then, is the place where I should fulfil the promise I

1485 gave in the second book of this work,[656] and explain, as briefly

1486 and clearly as possible, that if we are to accept the definitions

1487 laid down by Scipio in Cicero's *De Republica*, there never was

1488 a Roman republic; for he briefly defines a republic as the

1489 weal of the people. And if this definition be true, there

1490 never was a Roman republic, for the people's weal was never

1491 attained among the Romans. For the people, according to

1492 his definition, is an assemblage associated by a common

1493 acknowledgment of right and by a community of interests.

1494 And what he means by a common acknowledgment of right

1495 he explains at large, showing that a republic cannot be administered

1496 without justice. Where, therefore, there is no

1497 true justice there can be no right. For that which is done

1498 by right is justly done, and what is unjustly done cannot be

1499 done by right. For the unjust inventions of men are neither

1500 to be considered nor spoken of as rights; for even they themselves

1501 say that right is that which flows from the fountain of

1502 justice, and deny the definition which is commonly given by

1503 those who misconceive the matter, that right is that which is

1504 useful to the stronger party. Thus, where there is not true

1505 justice there can be no assemblage of men associated by a

1506 common acknowledgment of right, and therefore there can

1507 be no people, as defined by Scipio or Cicero; and if no

1508 people, then no weal of the people, but only of some promiscuous

1509 multitude unworthy of the name of people. Consequently,

1510 if the republic is the weal of the people, and there is

1511 no people if it be not associated by a common acknowledgment

1512 of right, and if there is no right where there is no justice,

1513 then most certainly it follows that there is no republic where

1514 there is no justice. Further, justice is that virtue which

1515 gives every one his due. Where, then, is the justice of man,

1516 when he deserts the true God and yields himself to impure

1517 demons? Is this to give every one his due? Or is he who

1518 keeps back a piece of ground from the purchaser, and gives it

1519 to a man who has no right to it, unjust, while he who keeps

1520 back himself from the God who made him, and serves wicked

1521 spirits, is just?

1522 This same book, *De Republica*, advocates the cause of justice

1523 against injustice with great force and keenness. The pleading

1524 for injustice against justice was first heard, and it was

1525 asserted that without injustice a republic could neither increase

1526 nor even subsist, for it was laid down as an absolutely

1527 unassailable position that it is unjust for some men to rule

1528 and some to serve; and yet the imperial city to which the

1529 republic belongs cannot rule her provinces without having

1530 recourse to this injustice. It was replied in behalf of justice,

1531 that this ruling of the provinces is just, because servitude may

1532 be advantageous to the provincials, and is so when rightly

1533 administered,—that is to say, when lawless men are prevented

1534 from doing harm. And further, as they became worse and

1535 worse so long as they were free, they will improve by subjection.

1536 To confirm this reasoning, there is added an eminent

1537 example drawn from nature: for "why," it is asked, "does

1538 God rule man, the soul the body, the reason the passions and

1539 other vicious parts of the soul?" This example leaves no

1540 doubt that, to some, servitude is useful; and, indeed, to serve

1541 God is useful to all. And it is when the soul serves God

1542 that it exercises a right control over the body; and in the

1543 soul itself the reason must be subject to God if it is to govern

1544 as it ought the passions and other vices. Hence, when a

1545 man does not serve God, what justice can we ascribe to him,

1546 since in this case his soul cannot exercise a just control over

1547 the body, nor his reason over his vices? And if there is no

1548 justice in such an individual, certainly there can be none in a

1549 community composed of such persons. Here, therefore, there

1550 is not that common acknowledgment of right which makes

1551 an assemblage of men a people whose affairs we call a republic.

1552 And why need I speak of the advantageousness, the

1553 common participation in which, according to the definition,

1554 makes a people? For although, if you choose to regard the

1555 matter attentively, you will see that there is nothing advantageous

1556 to those who live godlessly, as every one lives who

1557 does not serve God but demons, whose wickedness you may

1558 measure by their desire to receive the worship of men though

1559 they are most impure spirits, yet what I have said of the

1560 common acknowledgment of right is enough to demonstrate

1561 that, according to the above definition, there can be no people,

1562 and therefore no republic, where there is no justice. For if

1563 they assert that in their republic the Romans did not serve

1564 unclean spirits, but good and holy gods, must we therefore

1565 again reply to this evasion, though already we have said

1566 enough, and more than enough, to expose it? He must be

1567 an uncommonly stupid, or a shamelessly contentious person,

1568 who has read through the foregoing books to this point, and

1569 can yet question whether the Romans served wicked and

1570 impure demons. But, not to speak of their character, it is

1571 written in the law of the true God, "He that sacrificeth unto

1572 any god save unto the Lord only, he shall be utterly destroyed."[657]

1573 He, therefore, who uttered so menacing a commandment

1574 decreed that no worship should be given either to

1575 good or bad gods.

1576 22. *Whether the God whom the Christians serve is the true God to whom alone

1577 sacrifice ought to be paid.*

1578 But it may be replied, Who is this God, or what proof is

1579 there that He alone is worthy to receive sacrifice from the

1580 Romans? One must be very blind to be still asking who

1581 this God is. He is the God whose prophets predicted the

1582 things we see accomplished. He is the God from whom

1583 Abraham received the assurance, "In thy seed shall all nations

1584 be blessed."[658] That this was fulfilled in Christ, who according

1585 to the flesh sprang from that seed, is recognised, whether

1586 they will or no, even by those who have continued to be the

1587 enemies of this name. He is the God whose divine Spirit

1588 spake by the men whose predictions I cited in the preceding

1589 books, and which are fulfilled in the Church which has extended

1590 over all the world. This is the God whom Varro, the

1591 most learned of the Romans, supposed to be Jupiter, though

1592 he knows not what he says; yet I think it right to note the

1593 circumstance that a man of such learning was unable to suppose

1594 that this God had no existence or was contemptible, but

1595 believed Him to be the same as the supreme God. In fine,

1596 He is the God whom Porphyry, the most learned of the philosophers,

1597 though the bitterest enemy of the Christians, confesses

1598 to be a great God, even according to the oracles of those

1599 whom he esteems gods.

1600 23. *Porphyry's account of the responses given by the oracles of the gods concerning

1601 Christ.*

1602 For in his book called ἐκ λογίων φιλοσοφίας, in which he

1603 collects and comments upon the responses which he pretends

1604 were uttered by the gods concerning divine things, he says—I

1605 give his own words as they have been translated from the

1606 Greek: "To one who inquired what god he should propitiate

1607 in order to recall his wife from Christianity, Apollo replied in

1608 the following verses." Then the following words are given as

1609 those of Apollo: "You will probably find it easier to write

1610 lasting characters on the water, or lightly fly like a bird

1611 through the air, than to restore right feeling in your impious

1612 wife once she has polluted herself. Let her remain as she

1613 pleases in her foolish deception, and sing false laments to her

1614 dead God, who was condemned by right-minded judges, and

1615 perished ignominiously by a violent death." Then after these

1616 verses of Apollo (which we have given in a Latin version that

1617 does not preserve the metrical form), he goes on to say: "In

1618 these verses Apollo exposed the incurable corruption of the

1619 Christians, saying that the Jews, rather than the Christians,

1620 recognised God." See how he misrepresents Christ, giving

1621 the Jews the preference to the Christians in the recognition of

1622 God. This was his explanation of Apollo's verses, in which

1623 he says that Christ was put to death by right-minded or just

1624 judges,—in other words, that He deserved to die. I leave the

1625 responsibility of this oracle regarding Christ on the lying interpreter

1626 of Apollo, or on this philosopher who believed it or

1627 possibly himself invented it; as to its agreement with Porphyry's

1628 opinions or with other oracles, we shall in a little

1629 have something to say. In this passage, however, he says

1630 that the Jews, as the interpreters of God, judged justly in

1631 pronouncing Christ to be worthy of the most shameful death.

1632 He should have listened, then, to this God of the Jews to whom

1633 he bears this testimony, when that God says, "He that sacrificeth

1634 to any other god save to the Lord alone shall be utterly destroyed."

1635 But let us come to still plainer expressions, and

1636 hear how great a God Porphyry thinks the God of the Jews

1637 is. Apollo, he says, when asked whether word, *i.e.* reason, or

1638 law is the better thing, replied in the following verses. Then

1639 he gives the verses of Apollo, from which I select the following

1640 as sufficient: "God, the Generator, and the King prior to

1641 all things, before whom heaven and earth, and the sea, and

1642 the hidden places of hell tremble, and the deities themselves

1643 are afraid, for their law is the Father whom the holy Hebrews

1644 honour." In this oracle of his god Apollo, Porphyry avowed

1645 that the God of the Hebrews is so great that the deities themselves

1646 are afraid before Him. I am surprised, therefore, that

1647 when God said, He that sacrificeth to other gods shall be

1648 utterly destroyed, Porphyry himself was not afraid lest he

1649 should be destroyed for sacrificing to other gods.

1650 This philosopher, however, has also some good to say of

1651 Christ, oblivious, as it were, of that contumely of his of which

1652 we have just been speaking; or as if his gods spoke evil of

1653 Christ only while asleep, and recognised Him to be good, and

1654 gave Him His deserved praise, when they awoke. For, as if

1655 he were about to proclaim some marvellous thing passing

1656 belief, he says, "What we are going to say will certainly take

1657 some by surprise. For the gods have declared that Christ

1658 was very pious, and has become immortal, and that they

1659 cherish his memory: that the Christians, however, are polluted,

1660 contaminated, and involved in error. And many other

1661 such things," he says, "do the gods say against the Christians."

1662 Then he gives specimens of the accusations made, as he says,

1663 by the gods against them, and then goes on: "But to some

1664 who asked Hecate whether Christ were a God, she replied,

1665 You know the condition of the disembodied immortal soul,

1666 and that if it has been severed from wisdom it always errs.

1667 The soul you refer to is that of a man foremost in piety: they

1668 worship it because they mistake the truth." To this so-called

1669 oracular response he adds the following words of his own:

1670 "Of this very pious man, then, Hecate said that the soul, like

1671 the souls of other good men, was after death dowered with immortality,

1672 and that the Christians through ignorance worship

1673 it. And to those who ask why he was condemned to die,

1674 the oracle of the goddess replied, The body, indeed, is always

1675 exposed to torments, but the souls of the pious abide in heaven.

1676 And the soul you inquire about has been the fatal cause of

1677 error to other souls which were not fated to receive the gifts

1678 of the gods, and to have the knowledge of immortal Jove.

1679 Such souls are therefore hated by the gods; for they who

1680 were fated not to receive the gifts of the gods, and not to

1681 know God, were fated to be involved in error by means of

1682 him you speak of. He himself, however, was good, and

1683 heaven has been opened to him as to other good men. You

1684 are not, then, to speak evil of him, but to pity the folly of

1685 men: and through him men's danger is imminent."

1686 Who is so foolish as not to see that these oracles were

1687 either composed by a clever man with a strong animus against

1688 the Christians, or were uttered as responses by impure demons

1689 with a similar design,—that is to say, in order that their

1690 praise of Christ may win credence for their vituperation of

1691 Christians; and that thus they may, if possible, close the way

1692 of eternal salvation, which is identical with Christianity?

1693 For they believe that they are by no means counterworking

1694 their own hurtful craft by promoting belief in Christ, so long

1695 as their calumniation of Christians is also accepted; for they

1696 thus secure that even the man who thinks well of Christ declines

1697 to become a Christian, and is therefore not delivered

1698 from their own rule by the Christ he praises. Besides, their

1699 praise of Christ is so contrived that whosoever believes in

1700 Him as thus represented will not be a true Christian but

1701 a Photinian heretic, recognising only the humanity, and not

1702 also the divinity of Christ, and will thus be precluded from

1703 salvation and from deliverance out of the meshes of these

1704 devilish lies. For our part, we are no better pleased with

1705 Hecate's praises of Christ than with Apollo's calumniation of

1706 Him. Apollo says that Christ was put to death by right-minded

1707 judges, implying that He was unrighteous. Hecate

1708 says that He was a most pious man, but no more. The intention

1709 of both is the same, to prevent men from becoming Christians,

1710 because if this be secured, men shall never be rescued

1711 from their power. But it is incumbent on our philosopher, or

1712 rather on those who believe in these pretended oracles against

1713 the Christians, first of all, if they can, to bring Apollo and

1714 Hecate to the same mind regarding Christ, so that either both

1715 may condemn or both praise Him. And even if they succeeded

1716 in this, we for our part would notwithstanding repudiate

1717 the testimony of demons, whether favourable or adverse to

1718 Christ. But when our adversaries find a god and goddess of

1719 their own at variance about Christ, the one praising, the other

1720 vituperating Him, they can certainly give no credence, if they

1721 have any judgment, to mere men who blaspheme the Christians.

1722 When Porphyry or Hecate praises Christ, and adds that He

1723 gave Himself to the Christians as a fatal gift, that they might

1724 be involved in error, he exposes, as he thinks, the causes of

1725 this error. But before I cite his words to that purpose, I

1726 would ask, If Christ did thus give Himself to the Christians

1727 to involve them in error, did He do so willingly, or against

1728 His will? If willingly, how is He righteous? If against

1729 His will, how is He blessed? However, let us hear the

1730 causes of this error. "There are," he says, "in a certain

1731 place very small earthly spirits, subject to the power of evil

1732 demons. The wise men of the Hebrews, among whom was

1733 this Jesus, as you have heard from the oracles of Apollo cited

1734 above, turned religious persons from these very wicked demons

1735 and minor spirits, and taught them rather to worship the

1736 celestial gods, and especially to adore God the Father. This,"

1737 he said, "the gods enjoin; and we have already shown how

1738 they admonish the soul to turn to God, and command it to

1739 worship Him. But the ignorant and the ungodly, who are

1740 not destined to receive favours from the gods, nor to know the

1741 immortal Jupiter, not listening to the gods and their messages,

1742 have turned away from all gods, and have not only refused to

1743 hate, but have venerated the prohibited demons. Professing

1744 to worship God, they refuse to do those things by which alone

1745 God is worshipped. For God, indeed, being the Father of all,

1746 is in need of nothing; but for us it is good to adore Him by

1747 means of justice, chastity, and other virtues, and thus to make

1748 life itself a prayer to Him, by inquiring into and imitating His

1749 nature. For inquiry," says he, "purifies and imitation deifies

1750 us, by moving us nearer to Him." He is right in so far as

1751 he proclaims God the Father, and the conduct by which we

1752 should worship Him. Of such precepts the prophetic books

1753 of the Hebrews are full, when they praise or blame the life of

1754 the saints. But in speaking of the Christians he is in error,

1755 and calumniates them as much as is desired by the demons

1756 whom he takes for gods, as if it were difficult for any man to

1757 recollect the disgraceful and shameful actions which used to

1758 be done in the theatres and temples to please the gods, and

1759 to compare with these things what is heard in our churches,

1760 and what is offered to the true God, and from this comparison

1761 to conclude where character is edified, and where it is ruined.

1762 But who but a diabolical spirit has told or suggested to this

1763 man so manifest and vain a lie, as that the Christians reverenced

1764 rather than hated the demons, whose worship the Hebrews

1765 prohibited? But that God, whom the Hebrew sages worshipped,

1766 forbids sacrifice to be offered even to the holy angels

1767 of heaven and divine powers, whom we, in this our pilgrimage,

1768 venerate and love as our most blessed fellow-citizens. For in

1769 the law which God gave to His Hebrew people He utters

1770 this menace, as in a voice of thunder: "He that sacrificeth

1771 unto any god, save unto the Lord only, he shall be utterly

1772 destroyed."[659] And that no one might suppose that this prohibition

1773 extends only to the very wicked demons and earthly

1774 spirits, whom this philosopher calls very small and inferior,—for

1775 even these are in the Scripture called gods, not of the

1776 Hebrews, but of the nations, as the Septuagint translators have

1777 shown in the psalm where it is said, "For all the gods of the

1778 nations are demons,"[660]—that no one might suppose, I say, that

1779 sacrifice to these demons was prohibited, but that sacrifice

1780 might be offered to all or some of the celestials, it was immediately

1781 added, "save unto the Lord alone."[661] The God of

1782 the Hebrews, then, to whom this renowned philosopher bears

1783 this signal testimony, gave to His Hebrew people a law,

1784 composed in the Hebrew language, and not obscure and

1785 unknown, but published now in every nation, and in this

1786 law it is written, "He that sacrificeth unto any god, save

1787 unto the Lord alone, he shall be utterly destroyed." What

1788 need is there to seek further proofs in the law or the prophets

1789 of this same thing? *Seek*, we need not say, for the passages

1790 are neither few nor difficult to find; but what need to collect

1791 and apply to my argument the proofs which are thickly sown

1792 and obvious, and by which it appears clear as day that sacrifice

1793 may be paid to none but the supreme and true God? Here

1794 is one brief but decided, even menacing, and certainly true

1795 utterance of that God whom the wisest of our adversaries so

1796 highly extol. Let this be listened to, feared, fulfilled, that

1797 there may be no disobedient soul cut off. "He that sacrifices,"

1798 He says, not because He needs anything, but because it behoves

1799 us to be His possession. Hence the Psalmist in the Hebrew

1800 Scriptures sings, "I have said to the Lord, Thou art my God,

1801 for Thou needest not my good."[662] For we ourselves, who are

1802 His own city, are His most noble and worthy sacrifice, and it

1803 is this mystery we celebrate in our sacrifices, which are well

1804 known to the faithful, as we have explained in the preceding

1805 books. For through the prophets the oracles of God declared

1806 that the sacrifices which the Jews offered as a shadow of that

1807 which was to be would cease, and that the nations, from the

1808 rising to the setting of the sun, would offer one sacrifice.

1809 From these oracles, which we now see accomplished, we have

1810 made such selections as seemed suitable to our purpose in this

1811 work. And therefore, where there is not this righteousness

1812 whereby the one supreme God rules the obedient city according

1813 to His grace, so that it sacrifices to none but Him, and

1814 whereby, in all the citizens of this obedient city, the soul consequently

1815 rules the body and reason the vices in the rightful

1816 order, so that, as the individual just man, so also the community

1817 and people of the just, live by faith, which works by

1818 love, that love whereby man loves God as He ought to be

1819 loved, and his neighbour as himself,—there, I say, there is

1820 not an assemblage associated by a common acknowledgment

1821 of right, and by a community of interests. But if there is

1822 not this, there is not a people, if our definition be true, and

1823 therefore there is no republic; for where there is no people

1824 there can be no republic.

1825 >

1826 >

1827 >

1828 24. *The definition which must be given of a people and a republic, in order to

1829 > vindicate the assumption of these titles by the Romans and by other kingdoms.*

1830 But if we discard this definition of a people, and, assuming

1831 another, say that a people is an assemblage of reasonable

1832 beings bound together by a common agreement as to the objects

1833 of their love, then, in order to discover the character of any

1834 people, we have only to observe what they love. Yet whatever

1835 it loves, if only it is an assemblage of reasonable beings

1836 and not of beasts, and is bound together by an agreement as

1837 to the objects of love, it is reasonably called a people; and

1838 it will be a superior people in proportion as it is bound together

1839 by higher interests, inferior in proportion as it is bound

1840 together by lower. According to this definition of ours, the

1841 Roman people is a people, and its weal is without doubt a

1842 commonwealth or republic. But what its tastes were in its

1843 early and subsequent days, and how it declined into sanguinary

1844 seditions and then to social and civil wars, and so burst

1845 asunder or rotted off the bond of concord in which the health

1846 of a people consists, history shows, and in the preceding books

1847 I have related at large. And yet I would not on this account

1848 say either that it was not a people, or that its administration

1849 was not a republic, so long as there remains an assemblage of

1850 reasonable beings bound together by a common agreement as

1851 to the objects of love. But what I say of this people and of

1852 this republic I must be understood to think and say of the

1853 Athenians or any Greek state, of the Egyptians, of the early

1854 Assyrian Babylon, and of every other nation, great or small,

1855 which had a public government. For, in general, the city of

1856 the ungodly, which did not obey the command of God that

1857 it should offer no sacrifice save to Him alone, and which,

1858 therefore, could not give to the soul its proper command over

1859 the body, nor to the reason its just authority over the vices,

1860 is void of true justice.

1861 25. *That where there is no true religion there are no true virtues.*

1862 For though the soul may seem to rule the body admirably,

1863 and the reason the vices, if the soul and reason do not themselves

1864 obey God, as God has commanded them to serve Him,

1865 they have no proper authority over the body and the vices. For

1866 what kind of mistress of the body and the vices can that mind

1867 be which is ignorant of the true God, and which, instead of

1868 being subject to His authority, is prostituted to the corrupting

1869 influences of the most vicious demons? It is for this reason

1870 that the virtues which it seems to itself to possess, and by

1871 which it restrains the body and the vices that it may obtain

1872 and keep what it desires, are rather vices than virtues so long

1873 as there is no reference to God in the matter. For although

1874 some suppose that virtues which have a reference only to

1875 themselves, and are desired only on their own account, are

1876 yet true and genuine virtues, the fact is that even then they

1877 are inflated with pride, and are therefore to be reckoned vices

1878 rather than virtues. For as that which gives life to the flesh

1879 is not derived from flesh, but is above it, so that which gives

1880 blessed life to man is not derived from man, but is something

1881 above him; and what I say of man is true of every celestial

1882 power and virtue whatsoever.

1883 >

1884 >

1885 >

1886 26. *Of the peace which is enjoyed by the people that are alienated from God, and

1887 > the use made of it by the people of God in the time of its pilgrimage.*

1888 Wherefore, as the life of the flesh is the soul, so the blessed

1889 life of man is God, of whom the sacred writings of the Hebrews

1890 say, "Blessed is the people whose God is the Lord."[663] Miserable,

1891 therefore, is the people which is alienated from God. Yet

1892 even this people has a peace of its own which is not to be

1893 lightly esteemed, though, indeed, it shall not in the end enjoy

1894 it, because it makes no good use of it before the end. But it

1895 is our interest that it enjoy this peace meanwhile in this life;

1896 for as long as the two cities are commingled, we also enjoy the

1897 peace of Babylon. For from Babylon the people of God is so

1898 freed that it meanwhile sojourns in its company. And therefore

1899 the apostle also admonished the Church to pray for kings

1900 and those in authority, assigning as the reason, "that we may

1901 live a quiet and tranquil life in all godliness and love."[664]

1902 And the prophet Jeremiah, when predicting the captivity that

1903 was to befall the ancient people of God, and giving them the

1904 divine command to go obediently to Babylonia, and thus serve

1905 their God, counselled them also to pray for Babylonia, saying,

1906 "In the peace thereof shall ye have peace,"[665]—the temporal

1907 peace which the good and the wicked together enjoy.

1908 27. *That the peace of those who serve God cannot in this mortal life be

1909 apprehended in its perfection.*

1910 But the peace which is peculiar to ourselves we enjoy now

1911 with God by faith, and shall hereafter enjoy eternally with

1912 Him by sight. But the peace which we enjoy in this life,

1913 whether common to all or peculiar to ourselves, is rather the

1914 solace of our misery than the positive enjoyment of felicity.

1915 Our very righteousness, too, though true in so far as it has

1916 respect to the true good, is yet in this life of such a kind that

1917 it consists rather in the remission of sins than in the perfecting

1918 of virtues. Witness the prayer of the whole city of God

1919 in its pilgrim state, for it cries to God by the mouth of all its

1920 members, "Forgive us our debts as we forgive our debtors."[666]

1921 And this prayer is efficacious not for those whose faith is

1922 "without works and dead,"[667] but for those whose faith "worketh

1923 by love."[668] For as reason, though subjected to God, is yet

1924 "pressed down by the corruptible body,"[669] so long as it is in

1925 this mortal condition, it has not perfect authority over vice,

1926 and therefore this prayer is needed by the righteous. For

1927 though it exercises authority, the vices do not submit without

1928 a struggle. For however well one maintains the conflict, and

1929 however thoroughly he has subdued these enemies, there steals

1930 in some evil thing, which, if it do not find ready expression in

1931 act, slips out by the lips, or insinuates itself into the thought;

1932 and therefore his peace is not full so long as he is at war

1933 with his vices. For it is a doubtful conflict he wages with

1934 those that resist, and his victory over those that are defeated

1935 is not secure, but full of anxiety and effort. Amidst these

1936 temptations, therefore, of all which it has been summarily

1937 said in the divine oracles, "Is not human life upon earth a

1938 temptation?"[670] who but a proud man can presume that he so

1939 lives that he has no need to say to God, "Forgive us our

1940 debts?" And such a man is not great, but swollen and puffed

1941 up with vanity, and is justly resisted by Him who abundantly

1942 gives grace to the humble. Whence it is said, "God resisteth

1943 the proud, but giveth grace to the humble."[671] In this, then,

1944 consists the righteousness of a man, that he submit himself to

1945 God, his body to his soul, and his vices, even when they rebel,

1946 to his reason, which either defeats or at least resists them;

1947 and also that he beg from God grace to do his duty,[672] and the

1948 pardon of his sins, and that he render to God thanks for all

1949 the blessings he receives. But, in that final peace to which

1950 all our righteousness has reference, and for the sake of which

1951 it is maintained, as our nature shall enjoy a sound immortality

1952 and incorruption, and shall have no more vices, and as we

1953 shall experience no resistance either from ourselves or from

1954 others, it will not be necessary that reason should rule vices

1955 which no longer exist, but God shall rule the man, and the

1956 soul shall rule the body, with a sweetness and facility suitable

1957 to the felicity of a life which is done with bondage. And

1958 this condition shall there be eternal, and we shall be assured

1959 of its eternity; and thus the peace of this blessedness and

1960 the blessedness of this peace shall be the supreme good.

1961 28. *The end of the wicked.*

1962 But, on the other hand, they who do not belong to this city

1963 of God shall inherit eternal misery, which is also called the

1964 second death, because the soul shall then be separated from

1965 God its life, and therefore cannot be said to live, and the

1966 body shall be subjected to eternal pains. And consequently

1967 this second death shall be the more severe, because no death

1968 shall terminate it. But war being contrary to peace, as misery

1969 to happiness, and life to death, it is not without reason asked

1970 what kind of war can be found in the end of the wicked

1971 answering to the peace which is declared to be the end of the

1972 righteous? The person who puts this question has only to

1973 observe what it is in war that is hurtful and destructive, and he

1974 shall see that it is nothing else than the mutual opposition and

1975 conflict of things. And can he conceive a more grievous and

1976 bitter war than that in which the will is so opposed to passion,

1977 and passion to the will, that their hostility can never be terminated

1978 by the victory of either, and in which the violence

1979 of pain so conflicts with the nature of the body, that neither

1980 yields to the other? For in this life, when this conflict has

1981 arisen, either pain conquers and death expels the feeling of it,

1982 or nature conquers and health expels the pain. But in the

1983 world to come the pain continues that it may torment, and

1984 the nature endures that it may be sensible of it; and neither

1985 ceases to exist, lest punishment also should cease. Now, as it

1986 is through the last judgment that men pass to these ends,

1987 the good to the supreme good, the evil to the supreme evil,

1988 I will treat of this judgment in the following book.

BOOK XX

19 #### ARGUMENT.

20 CONCERNING THE LAST JUDGMENT, AND THE DECLARATIONS REGARDING IT IN

21 THE OLD AND NEW TESTAMENTS.

22 1. *That although God is always judging, it is nevertheless reasonable to confine

23 our attention in this book to His last judgment.*

24 Intending to speak, in dependence on God's grace, of

25 the day of His final judgment, and to affirm it against

26 the ungodly and incredulous, we must first of all lay, as it

27 were, in the foundation of the edifice the divine declarations.

28 Those persons who do not believe such declarations do their

29 best to oppose to them false and illusive sophisms of their

30 own, either contending that what is adduced from Scripture

31 has another meaning, or altogether denying that it is an utterance

32 of God's. For I suppose no man who understands what

33 is written, and believes it to be communicated by the supreme

34 and true God through holy men, refuses to yield and consent

35 to these declarations, whether he orally confesses his consent,

36 or is from some evil influence ashamed or afraid to do so; or

37 even, with an opinionativeness closely resembling madness,

38 makes strenuous efforts to defend what he knows and believes

39 to be false against what he knows and believes to be true.

40 That, therefore, which the whole Church of the true God

41 holds and professes as its creed, that Christ shall come from

42 heaven to judge quick and dead, this we call the last day, or

43 last time, of the divine judgment. For we do not know how

44 many days this judgment may occupy; but no one who reads

45 the Scriptures, however negligently, need be told that in them

46 "day" is customarily used for "time." And when we speak

47 of the day of God's judgment, we add the word last or final

48 for this reason, because even now God judges, and has judged

49 from the beginning of human history, banishing from paradise,

50 and excluding from the tree of life, those first men who perpetrated

51 so great a sin. Yea, He was certainly exercising

52 judgment also when He did not spare the angels who sinned,

53 whose prince, overcome by envy, seduced men after being

54 himself seduced. Neither is it without God's profound and

55 just judgment that the life of demons and men, the one in

56 the air, the other on earth, is filled with misery, calamities,

57 and mistakes. And even though no one had sinned, it could

58 only have been by the good and right judgment of God that

59 the whole rational creation could have been maintained in

60 eternal blessedness by a persevering adherence to its Lord.

61 He judges, too, not only in the mass, condemning the race of

62 devils and the race of men to be miserable on account of the

63 original sin of these races, but He also judges the voluntary

64 and personal acts of individuals. For even the devils pray

65 that they may not be tormented,[673] which proves that without

66 injustice they might either be spared or tormented according

67 to their deserts. And men are punished by God for their

68 sins often visibly, always secretly, either in this life or after

69 death, although no man acts rightly save by the assistance of

70 divine aid; and no man or devil acts unrighteously save by

71 the permission of the divine and most just judgment. For, as

72 the apostle says, "There is no unrighteousness with God;"[674]

73 and as he elsewhere says, "His judgments are inscrutable,

74 and His ways past finding out."[675] In this book, then, I shall

75 speak, as God permits, not of those first judgments, nor of

76 these intervening judgments of God, but of the last judgment,

77 when Christ is to come from heaven to judge the quick and

78 the dead. For that day is properly called the day of judgment,

79 because in it there shall be no room left for the ignorant

80 questioning why this wicked person is happy and that

81 righteous man unhappy. In that day true and full happiness

82 shall be the lot of none but the good, while deserved and

83 supreme misery shall be the portion of the wicked, and of

84 them only.

85 2. *That in the mingled web of human affairs God's judgment is present, though

86 it cannot be discerned.*

87 In this present time we learn to bear with equanimity the

88 ills to which even good men are subject, and to hold cheap

89 the blessings which even the wicked enjoy. And consequently,

90 even in those conditions of life in which the justice

91 of God is not apparent, His teaching is salutary. For we do

92 not know by what judgment of God this good man is poor

93 and that bad man rich; why he who, in our opinion, ought

94 to suffer acutely for his abandoned life enjoys himself, while

95 sorrow pursues him whose praiseworthy life leads us to suppose

96 he should be happy; why the innocent man is dismissed from

97 the bar not only unavenged, but even condemned, being either

98 wronged by the iniquity of the judge, or overwhelmed by

99 false evidence, while his guilty adversary, on the other hand,

100 is not only discharged with impunity, but even has his claims

101 admitted; why the ungodly enjoys good health, while the godly

102 pines in sickness; why ruffians are of the soundest constitution,

103 while they who could not hurt any one even with a

104 word are from infancy afflicted with complicated disorders;

105 why he who is useful to society is cut off by premature death,

106 while those who, as it might seem, ought never to have been

107 so much as born have lives of unusual length; why he who

108 is full of crimes is crowned with honours, while the blameless

109 man is buried in the darkness of neglect. But who can collect

110 or enumerate all the contrasts of this kind? But if this

111 anomalous state of things were uniform in this life, in which,

112 as the sacred Psalmist says, "Man is like to vanity, his days

113 as a shadow that passeth away,"[676]—so uniform that none but

114 wicked men won the transitory prosperity of earth, while only

115 the good suffered its ills,—this could be referred to the just and

116 even benign judgment of God. We might suppose that they

117 who were not destined to obtain those everlasting benefits

118 which constitute human blessedness were either deluded by

119 transitory blessings as the just reward of their wickedness, or

120 were, in God's mercy, consoled by them, and that they who

121 were not destined to suffer eternal torments were afflicted

122 with temporal chastisement for their sins, or were stimulated to

123 greater attainment in virtue. But now, as it is, since we not

124 only see good men involved in the ills of life, and bad men

125 enjoying the good of it, which seems unjust, but also that evil

126 often overtakes evil men, and good surprises the good, the

127 rather on this account are God's judgments unsearchable, and

128 His ways past finding out. Although, therefore, we do not

129 know by what judgment these things are done or permitted

130 to be done by God, with whom is the highest virtue, the

131 highest wisdom, the highest justice, no infirmity, no rashness,

132 no unrighteousness, yet it is salutary for us to learn to hold

133 cheap such things, be they good or evil, as attach indifferently

134 to good men and bad, and to covet those good things

135 which belong only to good men, and flee those evils which

136 belong only to evil men. But when we shall have come to

137 that judgment, the date of which is called peculiarly the day

138 of judgment, and sometimes the day of the Lord, we shall

139 then recognise the justice of all God's judgments, not only of

140 such as shall then be pronounced, but of all which take effect

141 from the beginning, or may take effect before that time. And

142 in that day we shall also recognise with what justice so many,

143 or almost all, the just judgments of God in the present life

144 defy the scrutiny of human sense or insight, though in this

145 matter it is not concealed from pious minds that what is concealed

146 is just.

147 3. *What Solomon, in the book of Ecclesiastes, says regarding the things which

148 happen alike to good and wicked men.*

149 Solomon, the wisest king of Israel, who reigned in Jerusalem,

150 thus commences the book called Ecclesiastes, which

151 the Jews number among their canonical Scriptures: "Vanity

152 of vanities, said Ecclesiastes, vanity of vanities; all is vanity.

153 What profit hath a man of all his labour which he hath

154 taken under the sun?"[677] And after going on to enumerate,

155 with this as his text, the calamities and delusions of this

156 life, and the shifting nature of the present time, in which

157 there is nothing substantial, nothing lasting, he bewails,

158 among the other vanities that are under the sun, this also,

159 that though wisdom excelleth folly as light excelleth darkness,

160 and though the eyes of the wise man are in his head, while

161 the fool walketh in darkness,[678] yet one event happeneth to

162 them all, that is to say, in this life under the sun, unquestionably

163 alluding to those evils which we see befall good and

164 bad men alike. He says, further, that the good suffer the ills

165 of life as if they were evil-doers, and the bad enjoy the good

166 of life as if they were good. "There is a vanity which is

167 done upon the earth; that there be just men unto whom it

168 happeneth according to the work of the wicked: again, there

169 be wicked men, to whom it happeneth according to the work

170 of the righteous. I said, that this also is vanity."[679] This

171 wisest man devoted this whole book to a full exposure of this

172 vanity, evidently with no other object than that we might

173 long for that life in which there is no vanity under the sun,

174 but verity under Him who made the sun. In this vanity,

175 then, was it not by the just and righteous judgment of God

176 that man, made like to vanity, was destined to pass away?

177 But in these days of vanity it makes an important difference

178 whether he resists or yields to the truth, and whether he is destitute

179 of true piety or a partaker of it,—important not so far as

180 regards the acquirement of the blessings or the evasion of the

181 calamities of this transitory and vain life, but in connection

182 with the future judgment which shall make over to good men

183 good things, and to bad men bad things, in permanent, inalienable

184 possession. In fine, this wise man concludes this

185 book of his by saying, "Fear God, and keep His commandments:

186 for this is every man. For God shall bring every

187 work into judgment, with every despised person, whether it

188 be good, or whether it be evil."[680] What truer, terser, more

189 salutary enouncement could be made? "Fear God," he says,

190 "and keep His commandments: for this is every man." For

191 whosoever has real existence, is this, is a keeper of God's

192 commandments; and he who is not this, is nothing. For so

193 long as he remains in the likeness of vanity, he is not renewed

194 in the image of the truth. "For God shall bring into judgment

195 every work,"—that is, whatever man does in this life,—"whether

196 it be good or whether it be evil, with every

197 despised person,"—that is, with every man who here seems

198 despicable, and is therefore not considered; for God sees

199 even him, and does not despise him nor pass him over in His

200 judgment.

201 4. *That proofs of the last judgment will be adduced, first from the New

202 Testament, and then from the Old.*

203 The proofs, then, of this last judgment of God which I propose

204 to adduce shall be drawn first from the New Testament,

205 and then from the Old. For although the Old Testament is

206 prior in point of time, the New has the precedence in intrinsic

207 value; for the Old acts the part of herald to the New. We

208 shall therefore first cite passages from the New Testament,

209 and confirm them by quotations from the Old Testament.

210 The Old contains the law and the prophets, the New the gospel

211 and the apostolic epistles. Now the apostle says, "By the

212 law is the knowledge of sin. But now the righteousness of

213 God without the law is manifested, being witnessed by the

214 law and the prophets; now the righteousness of God is by

215 faith of Jesus Christ upon all them that believe."[681] This

216 righteousness of God belongs to the New Testament, and

217 evidence for it exists in the old books, that is to say, in

218 the law and the prophets. I shall first, then, state the case,

219 and then call the witnesses. This order Jesus Christ Himself

220 directs us to observe, saying, "The scribe instructed in the

221 kingdom of God is like a good householder, bringing out of

222 his treasure things new and old."[682] He did not say "old and

223 new," which He certainly would have said had He not wished

224 to follow the order of merit rather than that of time.

225 5. *The passages in which the Saviour declares that there shall be a divine judgment

226 in the end of the world.*

227 The Saviour Himself, while reproving the cities in which

228 He had done great works, but which had not believed, and

229 while setting them in unfavourable comparison with foreign

230 cities, says, "But I say unto you, It shall be more tolerable

231 for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you."[683]

232 And a little after He says, "Verily, I say unto you, It shall

233 be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment

234 than for thee."[684] Here He most plainly predicts that a

235 day of judgment is to come. And in another place He says,

236 "The men of Nineveh shall rise in judgment with this generation,

237 and shall condemn it: because they repented at the

238 preaching of Jonas; and, behold, a greater than Jonas is here.

239 The queen of the south shall rise up in the judgment with

240 this generation, and shall condemn it: for she came from the

241 uttermost parts of the earth to hear the words of Solomon;

242 and, behold, a greater than Solomon is here."[685] Two things

243 we learn from this passage, that a judgment is to take place,

244 and that it is to take place at the resurrection of the dead.

245 For when He spoke of the Ninevites and the queen of the

246 south, He certainly spoke of dead persons, and yet He said

247 that they should rise up in the day of judgment. He did not

248 say, "They shall condemn," as if they themselves were to be

249 the judges, but because, in comparison with them, the others

250 shall be justly condemned.

251 Again, in another passage, in which He was speaking of the

252 present intermingling and future separation of the good and

253 bad,—the separation which shall be made in the day of judgment,—He

254 adduced a comparison drawn from the sown wheat

255 and the tares sown among them, and gave this explanation of

256 it to His disciples: "He that soweth the good seed is the Son

257 of man,"[686] etc. Here, indeed, He did not name the judgment

258 or the day of judgment, but indicated it much more clearly by

259 describing the circumstances, and foretold that it should take

260 place in the end of the world.

261 In like manner He says to His disciples, "Verily I say

262 unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration,

263 when the Son of man shall sit on the throne of His glory, ye

264 also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes

265 of Israel."[687] Here we learn that Jesus shall judge with His

266 disciples. And therefore He said elsewhere to the Jews,

267 "If I by Beelzebub cast out devils, by whom do your sons

268 cast them out? Therefore they shall be your judges."[688]

269 Neither ought we to suppose that only twelve men shall judge

270 along with Him, though He says that they shall sit upon

271 twelve thrones, for by the number twelve is signified the

272 completeness of the multitude of those who shall judge. For

273 the two parts of the number seven (which commonly symbolizes

274 totality), that is to say, four and three, multiplied into one

275 another, give twelve. For four times three, or three times

276 four, are twelve. There are other meanings, too, in this

277 number twelve. Were not this the right interpretation of

278 the twelve thrones, then since we read that Matthias was

279 ordained an apostle in the room of Judas the traitor, the

280 Apostle Paul, though he laboured more than them all,[689] should

281 have no throne of judgment; but he unmistakeably considers

282 himself to be included in the number of the judges when he

283 says, "Know ye not that we shall judge angels?"[690] The same

284 rule is to be observed in applying the number twelve to those

285 who are to be judged. For though it was said, "judging the

286 twelve tribes of Israel," the tribe of Levi, which is the

287 thirteenth, shall not on this account be exempt from judgment,

288 neither shall judgment be passed only on Israel and

289 not on the other nations. And by the words "in the regeneration"

290 He certainly meant the resurrection of the dead

291 to be understood; for our flesh shall be regenerated by incorruption,

292 as our soul is regenerated by faith.

293 Many passages I omit, because, though they seem to refer

294 to the last judgment, yet on a closer examination they are

295 found to be ambiguous, or to allude rather to some other

296 event,—whether to that coming of the Saviour which continually

297 occurs in His Church, that is, in His members, in

298 which He comes little by little, and piece by piece, since the

299 whole Church is His body, or to the destruction of the

300 earthly Jerusalem. For when He speaks even of this, He often

301 uses language which is applicable to the end of the world and

302 that last and great day of judgment, so that these two events

303 cannot be distinguished unless all the corresponding passages

304 bearing on the subject in the three evangelists, Matthew,

305 Mark, and Luke, are compared with one another,—for some

306 things are put more obscurely by one evangelist and more

307 plainly by another,—so that it becomes apparent what things

308 are meant to be referred to one event. It is this which I

309 have been at pains to do in a letter which I wrote to Hesychius

310 of blessed memory, bishop of Salon, and entitled, "Of

311 the End of the World."[691]

312 I shall now cite from the Gospel according to Matthew the

313 passage which speaks of the separation of the good from the

314 wicked by the most efficacious and final judgment of Christ:

315 "When the Son of man," he says, "shall come in His glory, ...

316 then shall He say also unto them on His left hand, Depart

317 from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil

318 and his angels."[692] Then He in like manner recounts to the

319 wicked the things they had not done, but which He had said

320 those on the right hand had done. And when they ask when

321 they had seen Him in need of these things, He replies that,

322 inasmuch as they had not done it to the least of His brethren,

323 they had not done it unto Him, and concludes His address in

324 the words, "And these shall go away into everlasting punishment,

325 but the righteous into life eternal." Moreover, the evangelist

326 John most distinctly states that He had predicted that the

327 judgment should be at the resurrection of the dead. For after

328 saying, "The Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all

329 judgment unto the Son; that all men should honour the Son,

330 even as they honour the Father: he that honoureth not the

331 Son, honoureth not the Father which hath sent Him;" He immediately

332 adds, "Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth

333 my word and believeth on Him that sent me, hath everlasting

334 life, and shall not come into judgment; but is passed from death

335 to life."[693] Here He said that believers on Him should not

336 come into judgment. How, then, shall they be separated from

337 the wicked by judgment, and be set at His right hand, unless

338 judgment be in this passage used for condemnation? For into

339 judgment, in this sense, they shall not come who hear His

340 word, and believe on Him that sent Him.

341 6. *What is the first resurrection, and what the second.*

342 After that He adds the words, "Verily, verily, I say unto

343 you, The hour is coming, and now is, when the dead shall

344 hear the voice of the Son of God; and they that hear shall

345 live. For as the Father hath life in Himself; so hath He

346 given to the Son to have life in Himself."[694] As yet He does

347 not speak of the second resurrection, that is, the resurrection

348 of the body, which shall be in the end, but of the first, which

349 now is. It is for the sake of making this distinction that He

350 says, "The hour is coming, and now is." Now this resurrection

351 regards not the body, but the soul. For souls, too, have a

352 death of their own in wickedness and sins, whereby they are

353 the dead of whom the same lips say, "Suffer the dead to bury

354 their dead,"[695]—that is, let those who are dead in soul bury them

355 that are dead in body. It is of these dead, then—the dead

356 in ungodliness and wickedness—that He says, "The hour is

357 coming, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the

358 Son of God; and they that hear shall live." "They that hear,"

359 that is, they who obey, believe, and persevere to the end.

360 Here no difference is made between the good and the bad.

361 For it is good for all men to hear His voice and live, by

362 passing to the life of godliness from the death of ungodliness.

363 Of this death the Apostle Paul says, "Therefore all are dead,

364 and He died for all, that they which live should not henceforth

365 live unto themselves, but unto Him which died for them and

366 rose again."[696] Thus all, without one exception, were dead in

367 sins, whether original or voluntary sins, sins of ignorance, or

368 sins committed against knowledge; and for all the dead there

369 died the one only person who lived, that is, who had no sin

370 whatever, in order that they who live by the remission of

371 their sins should live, not to themselves, but to Him who

372 died for all, for our sins, and rose again for our justification,

373 that we, believing in Him who justifies the ungodly, and

374 being justified from ungodliness or quickened from death,

375 may be able to attain to the first resurrection which now is.

376 For in this first resurrection none have a part save those who

377 shall be eternally blessed; but in the second, of which He

378 goes on to speak, all, as we shall learn, have a part, both the

379 blessed and the wretched. The one is the resurrection of

380 mercy, the other of judgment. And therefore it is written in

381 the psalm, "I will sing of mercy and of judgment: unto Thee,

382 O Lord, will I sing."[697]

383 And of this judgment He went on to say, "And hath given

384 Him authority to execute judgment also, because He is the

385 Son of man." Here He shows that He will come to judge in

386 that flesh in which He had come to be judged. For it is to

387 show this He says, "because He is the Son of man." And

388 then follow the words for our purpose: "Marvel not at this:

389 for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves

390 shall hear His voice, and shall come forth; they that have

391 done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that have

392 done evil, unto the resurrection of judgment."[698] This judgment

393 He uses here in the same sense as a little before, when

394 He says, "He that heareth my word, and believeth on Him

395 that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into

396 *judgment*, but is passed from death to life;" *i.e.*, by having a

397 part in the first resurrection, by which a transition from death

398 to life is made in this present time, he shall not come into

399 damnation, which He mentions by the name of judgment, as

400 also in the place where He says, "but they that have done evil

401 unto the resurrection of judgment," *i.e.* of damnation. He,

402 therefore, who would not be damned in the second resurrection,

403 let him rise in the first. For "the hour is coming, and now

404 is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God; and

405 they that hear shall live," *i.e.* shall not come into damnation,

406 which is called the second death; into which death, after the

407 second or bodily resurrection, they shall be hurled who do not

408 rise in the first or spiritual resurrection. For "the hour is

409 coming" (but here He does not say, "and now is," because it

410 shall come in the end of the world in the last and greatest

411 judgment of God) "when all that are in the graves shall hear

412 His voice and shall come forth." He does not say, as in the

413 first resurrection, "And they that hear shall live." For all

414 shall not live, at least with such life as ought alone to be

415 called life because it alone is blessed. For some kind of life

416 they must have in order to hear, and come forth from the

417 graves in their rising bodies. And why all shall not live He

418 teaches in the words that follow: "They that have done good,

419 to the resurrection of life,"—these are they who shall live;

420 "but they that have done evil, to the resurrection of judgment,"—these

421 are they who shall not live, for they shall die

422 in the second death. They have done evil because their life

423 has been evil; and their life has been evil because it has not

424 been renewed in the first or spiritual resurrection which now

425 is, or because they have not persevered to the end in their

426 renewed life. As, then, there are two regenerations, of which

427 I have already made mention,—the one according to faith, and

428 which takes place in the present life by means of baptism;

429 the other according to the flesh, and which shall be accomplished

430 in its incorruption and immortality by means of the

431 great and final judgment,—so are there also two resurrections,—the

432 one the first and spiritual resurrection, which has place in

433 this life, and preserves us from coming into the second death;

434 the other the second, which does not occur now, but in the

435 end of the world, and which is of the body, not of the soul,

436 and which by the last judgment shall dismiss some into the

437 second death, others into that life which has no death.

438 >

439 >

440 >

441 7. *What is written in the Revelation of John regarding the two resurrections,

442 > and the thousand years, and what may reasonably be held on these points.*

443 The evangelist John has spoken of these two resurrections

444 in the book which is called the Apocalypse, but in such a

445 way that some Christians do not understand the first of the

446 two, and so construe the passage into ridiculous fancies. For

447 the Apostle John says in the foresaid book, "And I saw an

448 angel come down from heaven.... Blessed and holy is he

449 that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second

450 death hath no power; but they shall be priests of God and of

451 Christ, and shall reign with Him a thousand years."[699] Those

452 who, on the strength of this passage, have suspected that the

453 first resurrection is future and bodily, have been moved, among

454 other things, specially by the number of a thousand years, as

455 if it were a fit thing that the saints should thus enjoy a kind

456 of Sabbath-rest during that period, a holy leisure after the

457 labours of the six thousand years since man was created, and

458 was on account of his great sin dismissed from the blessedness

459 of paradise into the woes of this mortal life, so that thus, as it

460 is written, "One day is with the Lord as a thousand years,

461 and a thousand years as one day,"[700] there should follow on

462 the completion of six thousand years, as of six days, a kind of

463 seventh-day Sabbath in the succeeding thousand years; and

464 that it is for this purpose the saints rise, viz. to celebrate

465 this Sabbath. And this opinion would not be objectionable,

466 if it were believed that the joys of the saints in that Sabbath

467 shall be spiritual, and consequent on the presence of God;

468 for I myself, too, once held this opinion.[701] But, as they assert

469 that those who then rise again shall enjoy the leisure of immoderate

470 carnal banquets, furnished with an amount of meat

471 and drink such as not only to shock the feeling of the temperate,

472 but even to surpass the measure of credulity itself,

473 such assertions can be believed only by the carnal. They who

474 do believe them are called by the spiritual Chiliasts, which

475 we may literally reproduce by the name Millenarians.[702] It

476 were a tedious process to refute these opinions point by point:

477 we prefer proceeding to show how that passage of Scripture

478 should be understood.

479 The Lord Jesus Christ Himself says, "No man can enter

480 into a strong man's house, and spoil his goods, except he first

481 bind the strong man,"[703]—meaning by the strong man the devil,

482 because he had power to take captive the human race; and

483 meaning by his goods which he was to take, those who had

484 been held by the devil in divers sins and iniquities, but were

485 to become believers in Himself. It was then for the binding

486 of this strong one that the apostle saw in the Apocalypse "an

487 angel coming down from heaven, having the key of the abyss,

488 and a chain in his hand. And he laid hold," he says, "on the

489 dragon, that old serpent, which is called the devil and Satan,

490 and bound him a thousand years,"—that is, bridled and restrained

491 his power so that he could not seduce and gain possession

492 of those who were to be freed. Now the thousand

493 years may be understood in two ways, so far as occurs to me:

494 either because these things happen in the sixth thousand of

495 years or sixth millennium (the latter part of which is now passing),

496 as if during the sixth day, which is to be followed by a

497 Sabbath which has no evening, the endless rest of the saints,

498 so that, speaking of a part under the name of the whole, he

499 calls the last part of the millennium—the part, that is, which

500 had yet to expire before the end of the world—a thousand

501 years; or he used the thousand years as an equivalent for the

502 whole duration of this world, employing the number of perfection

503 to mark the fulness of time. For a thousand is the

504 cube of ten. For ten times ten makes a hundred, that is, the

505 square on a plane superficies. But to give this superficies

506 height, and make it a cube, the hundred is again multiplied

507 by ten, which gives a thousand. Besides, if a hundred is

508 sometimes used for totality, as when the Lord said by way of

509 promise to him that left all and followed Him, "He shall receive

510 in this world an hundredfold;"[704] of which the apostle gives,

511 as it were, an explanation when he says, "As having nothing,

512 yet possessing all things,"[705]—for even of old it had been said,

513 The whole world is the wealth of a believer,—with how much

514 greater reason is a thousand put for totality since it is the

515 cube, while the other is only the square? And for the same

516 reason we cannot better interpret the words of the psalm,

517 "He hath been mindful of His covenant for ever, the word

518 which He commanded to a thousand generations,"[706] than by

519 understanding it to mean "to all generations."

520 "And he cast him into the abyss,"—*i.e.* cast the devil

521 into the abyss. By the *abyss* is meant the countless multitude

522 of the wicked whose hearts are unfathomably deep in

523 malignity against the Church of God; not that the devil was

524 not there before, but he is said to be cast in thither, because,

525 when prevented from harming believers, he takes more complete

526 possession of the ungodly. For that man is more abundantly

527 possessed by the devil who is not only alienated from

528 God, but also gratuitously hates those who serve God. "And

529 shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive

530 the nations no more till the thousand years should be fulfilled."

531 "Shut him up,"—*i.e.* prohibited him from going out, from doing

532 what was forbidden. And the addition of "set a seal upon

533 him" seems to me to mean that it was designed to keep it a

534 secret who belonged to the devil's party and who did not.

535 For in this world this is a secret, for we cannot tell whether

536 even the man who seems to stand shall fall, or whether he

537 who seems to lie shall rise again. But by the chain and

538 prisonhouse of this interdict the devil is prohibited and restrained

539 from seducing those nations which belong to Christ,

540 but which he formerly seduced or held in subjection. For

541 before the foundation of the world God chose to rescue these

542 from the power of darkness, and to translate them into the

543 kingdom of the Son of His love, as the apostle says.[707] For

544 what Christian is not aware that he seduces nations even now,

545 and draws them with himself to eternal punishment, but not

546 those predestined to eternal life? And let no one be dismayed

547 by the circumstance that the devil often seduces even those

548 who have been regenerated in Christ, and begun to walk in

549 God's way. For "the Lord knoweth them that are His,"[708] and

550 of these the devil seduces none to eternal damnation. For

551 it is as God, from whom nothing is hid even of things future,

552 that the Lord knows them; not as a man, who sees a man at

553 the present time (if he can be said to see one whose heart he

554 does not see), but does not see even himself so far as to be

555 able to know what kind of person he is to be. The devil,

556 then, is bound and shut up in the abyss that he may not

557 seduce the nations from which the Church is gathered, and

558 which he formerly seduced before the Church existed. For

559 it is not said "that he should not seduce any man," but "that

560 he should not seduce the nations"—meaning, no doubt, those

561 among which the Church exists—"till the thousand years

562 should be fulfilled,"—*i.e.* either what remains of the sixth day

563 which consists of a thousand years, or all the years which are

564 to elapse till the end of the world.

565 The words, "that he should not seduce the nations till the

566 thousand years should be fulfilled," are not to be understood

567 as indicating that afterwards he is to seduce only those nations

568 from which the predestined Church is composed, and from

569 seducing whom he is restrained by that chain and imprisonment;

570 but they are used in conformity with that usage frequently

571 employed in Scripture and exemplified in the psalm,

572 "So our eyes wait upon the Lord our God, until He have

573 mercy upon us,"[709]—not as if the eyes of His servants would no

574 longer wait upon the Lord their God when He had mercy upon

575 them. Or the order of the words is unquestionably this, "And

576 he shut him up and set a seal upon him, till the thousand

577 years should be fulfilled;" and the interposed clause, "that he

578 should seduce the nations no more," is not to be understood

579 in the connection in which it stands, but separately, and as if

580 added afterwards, so that the whole sentence might be read,

581 "And He shut him up and set a seal upon him till the

582 thousand years should be fulfilled, that he should seduce the

583 nations no more,"—*i.e.* he is shut up till the thousand years

584 be fulfilled, on this account, that he may no more deceive the

585 nations.

586 8. *Of the binding and loosing of the devil.*

587 "After that," says John, "he must be loosed a little season."

588 If the binding and shutting up of the devil means his being

589 made unable to seduce the Church, must his loosing be the

590 recovery of this ability? By no means. For the Church predestined

591 and elected before the foundation of the world, the

592 Church of which it is said, "The Lord knoweth them that are

593 His," shall never be seduced by him. And yet there shall be

594 a Church in this world even when the devil shall be loosed,

595 as there has been since the beginning, and shall be always,

596 the places of the dying being filled by new believers. For a

597 little after John says that the devil, being loosed, shall draw

598 the nations whom he has seduced in the whole world to make

599 war against the Church, and that the number of these enemies

600 shall be as the sand of the sea. "And they went up on the

601 breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints

602 about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God

603 out of heaven and devoured them. And the devil who seduced

604 them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the

605 beast and the false prophet are, and shall be tormented day and

606 night for ever and ever."[710] This relates to the last judgment,

607 but I have thought fit to mention it now, lest any one might

608 suppose that in that short time during which the devil shall

609 be loose there shall be no Church upon earth, whether because

610 the devil finds no Church, or destroys it by manifold persecutions.

611 The devil, then, is not bound during the whole time

612 which this book embraces,—that is, from the first coming of

613 Christ to the end of the world, when He shall come the second

614 time,—not bound in this sense, that during this interval, which

615 goes by the name of a thousand years, he shall not seduce the

616 Church, for not even when loosed shall he seduce it. For certainly

617 if his being bound means that he is not able or not permitted

618 to seduce the Church, what can the loosing of him

619 mean but his being able or permitted to do so? But God

620 forbid that such should be the case! But the binding of the

621 devil is his being prevented from the exercise of his whole

622 power to seduce men, either by violently forcing or fraudulently

623 deceiving them into taking part with him. If he were

624 during so long a period permitted to assail the weakness of

625 men, very many persons, such as God would not wish to expose

626 to such temptation, would have their faith overthrown, or

627 would be prevented from believing; and that this might not

628 happen, he is bound.

629 But when the short time comes he shall be loosed. For he

630 shall rage with the whole force of himself and his angels for

631 three years and six months; and those with whom he makes war

632 shall have power to withstand all his violence and stratagems.

633 And if he were never loosed, his malicious power would be less

634 patent, and less proof would be given of the stedfast fortitude of

635 the holy city: it would, in short, be less manifest what good

636 use the Almighty makes of his great evil. For the Almighty

637 does not absolutely seclude the saints from his temptation, but

638 shelters only their inner man, where faith resides, that by outward

639 temptation they may grow in grace. And He binds him

640 that he may not, in the free and eager exercise of his malice,

641 hinder or destroy the faith of those countless weak persons,

642 already believing or yet to believe, from whom the Church

643 must be increased and completed; and he will in the end

644 loose him, that the city of God may see how mighty an adversary

645 it has conquered, to the great glory of its Redeemer,

646 Helper, Deliverer. And what are we in comparison with those

647 believers and saints who shall then exist, seeing that they

648 shall be tested by the loosing of an enemy with whom we

649 make war at the greatest peril even when he is bound?

650 Although it is also certain that even in this intervening period

651 there have been and are some soldiers of Christ so wise and

652 strong, that if they were to be alive in this mortal condition

653 at the time of his loosing, they would both most wisely

654 guard against, and most patiently endure, all his snares and

655 assaults.

656 Now the devil was thus bound not only when the Church

657 began to be more and more widely extended among the nations

658 beyond Judea, but is now and shall be bound till the end of

659 the world, when he is to be loosed. Because even now men

660 are, and doubtless to the end of the world shall be, converted

661 to the faith from the unbelief in which he held them.

662 And this strong one is bound in each instance in which he is

663 spoiled of one of his goods; and the abyss in which he is shut

664 up is not at an end when those die who were alive when first

665 he was shut up in it, but these have been succeeded, and shall

666 to the end of the world be succeeded, by others born after

667 them with a like hate of the Christians, and in the depth of

668 whose blind hearts he is continually shut up as in an abyss.

669 But it is a question whether, during these three years and six

670 months when he shall be loose, and raging with all his force,

671 any one who has not previously believed shall attach himself

672 to the faith. For how in that case would the words hold

673 good, "Who entereth into the house of a strong one to spoil

674 his goods, unless first he shall have bound the strong one?"

675 Consequently this verse seems to compel us to believe that

676 during that time, short as it is, no one will be added to the

677 Christian community, but that the devil will make war with

678 those who have previously become Christians, and that, though

679 some of these may be conquered and desert to the devil, these

680 do not belong to the predestinated number of the sons of

681 God: For it is not without reason that John, the same

682 apostle as wrote this Apocalypse, says in his epistle regarding

683 certain persons, "They went out from us, but they were not

684 of us; for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have

685 remained with us."[711] But what shall become of the little

686 ones? For it is beyond all belief that in these days there shall

687 not be found some Christian children born, but not yet baptized,

688 and that there shall not also be some born during that very

689 period; and if there be such, we cannot believe that their

690 parents shall not find some way of bringing them to the laver

691 of regeneration. But if this shall be the case, how shall these

692 goods be snatched from the devil when he is loose, since into

693 his house no man enters to spoil his goods unless he has first

694 bound him? On the contrary, we are rather to believe that

695 in these days there shall be no lack either of those who fall

696 away from, or of those who attach themselves to the Church;

697 but there shall be such resoluteness, both in parents to seek

698 baptism for their little ones, and in those who shall then first

699 believe, that they shall conquer that strong one, even though

700 unbound,—that is, shall both vigilantly comprehend, and

701 patiently bear up against him, though employing such wiles

702 and putting forth such force as he never before used; and

703 thus they shall be snatched from him even though unbound.

704 And yet the verse of the Gospel will not be untrue, "Who

705 entereth into the house of the strong one to spoil his goods,

706 unless he shall first have bound the strong one?" For in

707 accordance with this true saying that order is observed—the

708 strong one first bound, and then his goods spoiled; for the

709 Church is so increased by the weak and strong from all

710 nations far and near, that by its most robust faith in things

711 divinely predicted and accomplished, it shall be able to spoil

712 the goods of even the unbound devil. For as we must own

713 that, "when iniquity abounds, the love of many waxes cold,"[712]

714 and that those who have not been written in the book of life

715 shall in large numbers yield to the severe and unprecedented

716 persecutions and stratagems of the devil now loosed, so we

717 cannot but think that not only those whom that time shall

718 find sound in the faith, but also some who till then shall be

719 without, shall become firm in the faith they have hitherto

720 rejected, and mighty to conquer the devil even though unbound,

721 God's grace aiding them to understand the Scriptures,

722 in which, among other things, there is foretold that very end

723 which they themselves see to be arriving. And if this shall

724 be so, his binding is to be spoken of as preceding, that there

725 might follow a spoiling of him both bound and loosed; for it

726 is of this it is said, "Who shall enter into the house of the

727 strong one to spoil his goods, unless he shall first have bound

728 the strong one?"

729 9. *What the reign of the saints with Christ for a thousand years is, and how it

730 differs from the eternal kingdom.*

731 But while the devil is bound, the saints reign with Christ

732 during the same thousand years, understood in the same way,

733 that is, of the time of His first coming.[713] For, leaving out of

734 account that kingdom concerning which He shall say in the

735 end, "Come, ye blessed of my Father, take possession of the

736 kingdom prepared for you,"[714] the Church could not now be

737 called His kingdom or the kingdom of heaven unless His

738 saints were even now reigning with Him, though in another

739 and far different way; for to His saints He says, "Lo, I am

740 with you always, even to the end of the world."[715] Certainly

741 it is in this present time that the scribe well instructed in the

742 kingdom of God, and of whom we have already spoken, brings

743 forth from his treasure things new and old. And from the

744 Church those reapers shall gather out the tares which He

745 suffered to grow with the wheat till the harvest, as He explains

746 in the words, "The harvest is the end of the world; and

747 the reapers are the angels. As therefore the tares are gathered

748 together and burned with fire, so shall it be in the end of the

749 world. The Son of man shall send His angels, and they shall

750 gather out of His kingdom all offences."[716] Can He mean out

751 of that kingdom in which are no offences? Then it must be

752 out of His present kingdom, the Church, that they are gathered.

753 So He says, "He that breaketh one of the least of these commandments,

754 and teacheth men so, shall be called least in the

755 kingdom of heaven: but he that doeth and teacheth thus

756 shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven."[717] He speaks

757 of both as being in the kingdom of heaven, both the man who

758 does not perform the commandments which He teaches,—for

759 "to break" means not to keep, not to perform,—and the man

760 who does and teaches as He did; but the one He calls least,

761 the other great. And He immediately adds, "For I say unto

762 you, that except your righteousness exceed that of the scribes

763 and Pharisees,"—that is, the righteousness of those who break

764 what they teach; for of the scribes and Pharisees He elsewhere

765 says, "For they say and do not;"[718]—unless, therefore,

766 your righteousness exceed theirs, that is, so that you do not

767 break but rather do what you teach, "ye shall not enter the

768 kingdom of heaven."[719] We must understand in one sense the

769 kingdom of heaven in which exist together both he who breaks

770 what he teaches and he who does it, the one being least, the

771 other great, and in another sense the kingdom of heaven into

772 which only he who does what he teaches shall enter. Consequently,

773 where both classes exist, it is the Church as it now

774 is, but where only the one shall exist, it is the Church as it

775 is destined to be when no wicked person shall be in her.

776 Therefore the Church even now is the kingdom of Christ, and

777 the kingdom of heaven. Accordingly, even now His saints

778 reign with Him, though otherwise than as they shall reign

779 hereafter; and yet, though the tares grow in the Church

780 along with the wheat, they do not reign with Him. For they

781 reign with Him who do what the apostle says, "If ye be risen

782 with Christ, mind the things which are above, where Christ

783 sitteth at the right hand of God. Seek those things which

784 are above, not the things which are on the earth."[720] Of such

785 persons he also says that their conversation is in heaven.[721]

786 In fine, they reign with Him who are so in His kingdom that

787 they themselves are His kingdom. But in what sense are

788 those the kingdom of Christ who, to say no more, though

789 they are in it until all offences are gathered out of it at the

790 end of the world, yet seek their own things in it, and not the

791 things that are Christ's?[722]

792 It is then of this kingdom militant, in which conflict with

793 the enemy is still maintained, and war carried on with warring

794 lusts, or government laid upon them as they yield, until

795 we come to that most peaceful kingdom in which we shall

796 reign without an enemy, and it is of this first resurrection in

797 the present life, that the Apocalypse speaks in the words just

798 quoted. For, after saying that the devil is bound a thousand

799 years and is afterwards loosed for a short season, it goes on

800 to give a sketch of what the Church does or of what is done

801 in the Church in those days, in the words, "And I saw seats

802 and them that sat upon them, and judgment was given." It

803 is not to be supposed that this refers to the last judgment, but

804 to the seats of the rulers and to the rulers themselves by whom

805 the Church is now governed. And no better interpretation of

806 judgment being given can be produced than that which we

807 have in the words, "What ye bind on earth shall be bound

808 in heaven; and what ye loose on earth shall be loosed in

809 heaven."[723] Whence the apostle says, "What have I to do

810 with judging them that are without? do not ye judge them

811 that are within?"[724] "And the souls," says John, "of those

812 who were slain for the testimony of Jesus and for the word of

813 God,"—understanding what he afterwards says, "reigned with

814 Christ a thousand years,"[725]—that is, the souls of the martyrs

815 not yet restored to their bodies. For the souls of the pious

816 dead are not separated from the Church, which even now is

817 the kingdom of Christ; otherwise there would be no remembrance

818 made of them at the altar of God in the partaking

819 of the body of Christ, nor would it do any good in danger

820 to run to His baptism, that we might not pass from this life

821 without it; nor to reconciliation, if by penitence or a bad

822 conscience any one may be severed from His body. For why

823 are these things practised, if not because the faithful, even

824 though dead, are His members? Therefore, while these thousand

825 years run on, their souls reign with Him, though not as yet in

826 conjunction with their bodies. And therefore in another part

827 of this same book we read, "Blessed are the dead who die in

828 the Lord from henceforth: and now, saith the Spirit, that they

829 may rest from their labours; for their works do follow them."[726]

830 The Church, then, begins its reign with Christ now in the

831 living and in the dead. For, as the apostle says, "Christ died

832 that He might be Lord both of the living and of the dead."[727]

833 But he mentioned the souls of the martyrs only, because they

834 who have contended even to death for the truth, themselves

835 principally reign after death; but, taking the part for the

836 whole, we understand the words of all others who belong to

837 the Church, which is the kingdom of Christ.

838 As to the words following, "And if any have not worshipped

839 the beast nor his image, nor have received his inscription

840 on their forehead, or on their hand," we must take

841 them of both the living and the dead. And what this beast is,

842 though it requires a more careful investigation, yet it is not

843 inconsistent with the true faith to understand it of the ungodly

844 city itself, and the community of unbelievers set in

845 opposition to the faithful people and the city of God. "His

846 image" seems to me to mean his simulation, to wit, in those

847 men who profess to believe, but live as unbelievers. For they

848 pretend to be what they are not, and are called Christians,

849 not from a true likeness, but from a deceitful image. For to

850 this beast belong not only the avowed enemies of the name

851 of Christ and His most glorious city, but also the tares which

852 are to be gathered out of His kingdom, the Church, in the end

853 of the world. And who are they who do not worship the

854 beast and his image, if not those who do what the apostle

855 says, "Be not yoked with unbelievers?"[728] For such do not

856 worship, *i.e.* do not consent, are not subjected; neither do

857 they receive the inscription, the brand of crime, on their forehead

858 by their profession, on their hand by their practice.

859 They, then, who are free from these pollutions, whether they

860 still live in this mortal flesh, or are dead, reign with Christ

861 even now, through this whole interval which is indicated by

862 the thousand years, in a fashion suited to this time.

863 "The rest of them," he says, "did not live." For now is

864 the hour when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of

865 God, and they that hear shall live; and the rest of them

866 shall not live. The words added, "until the thousand years

867 are finished," mean that they did not live in the time in which

868 they ought to have lived by passing from death to life. And

869 therefore, when the day of the bodily resurrection arrives, they

870 shall come out of their graves, not to life, but to judgment,

871 namely, to damnation, which is called the second death. For

872 whosoever has not lived until the thousand years be finished,

873 *i.e.* during this whole time in which the first resurrection is

874 going on,—whosoever has not heard the voice of the Son of

875 God, and passed from death to life,—that man shall certainly in

876 the second resurrection, the resurrection of the flesh, pass with

877 his flesh into the second death. For he goes on to say, "This

878 is the first resurrection. Blessed and holy is he that hath

879 part in the first resurrection," or who experiences it. Now

880 he experiences it who not only revives from the death of sin,

881 but continues in this renewed life. "In these the second

882 death hath no power." Therefore it has power in the rest, of

883 whom he said above, "The rest of them did not live until the

884 thousand years were finished;" for in this whole intervening

885 time, called a thousand years, however lustily they lived in

886 the body, they were not quickened to life out of that death in

887 which their wickedness held them, so that by this revived

888 life they should become partakers of the first resurrection, and

889 so the second death should have no power over them.

890 10. *What is to be replied to those who think that resurrection pertains only to

891 bodies and not to souls.*

892 There are some who suppose that resurrection can be predicated

893 only of the body, and therefore they contend that this

894 first resurrection (of the Apocalypse) is a bodily resurrection.

895 For, say they, "to rise again" can only be said of things that

896 fall. Now, bodies fall in death.[729] There cannot, therefore, be

897 a resurrection of souls, but of bodies. But what do they say

898 to the apostle who speaks of a resurrection of souls? For

899 certainly it was in the inner and not the outer man that those

900 had risen again to whom he says, "If ye have risen with

901 Christ, mind the things that are above."[730] The same sense he

902 elsewhere conveyed in other words, saying, "That as Christ

903 has risen from the dead by the glory of the Father, so we also

904 may walk in newness of life."[731] So, too, "Awake thou that

905 sleepest, and arise from the dead, and Christ shall give thee

906 light."[732] As to what they say about nothing being able to

907 rise again but what falls, whence they conclude that resurrection

908 pertains to bodies only, and not to souls, because

909 bodies fall, why do they make nothing of the words, "Ye that

910 fear the Lord, wait for His mercy; and go not aside lest

911 ye fall;"[733] and "To his own Master he stands or falls;"[734]

912 and "He that thinketh he standeth, let him take heed lest

913 he fall?"[735] For I fancy this fall that we are to take heed

914 against is a fall of the soul, not of the body. If, then, rising

915 again belongs to things that fall, and souls fall, it must be

916 owned that souls also rise again. To the words, "In them

917 the second death hath no power," are added the words, "but

918 they shall be priests of God and Christ, and shall reign with

919 Him a thousand years;" and this refers not to the bishops

920 alone, and presbyters, who are now specially called priests in

921 the Church; but as we call all believers Christians on account

922 of the mystical chrism, so we call all priests because they are

923 members of the one Priest. Of them the Apostle Peter says,

924 "A holy people, a royal priesthood."[736] Certainly he implied,

925 though in a passing and incidental way, that Christ is God,

926 saying priests of God and Christ, that is, of the Father and

927 the Son, though it was in His servant-form and as Son of man

928 that Christ was made a Priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec.

929 But this we have already explained more than

930 once.

931 11. *Of Gog and Magog, who are to be roused by the devil to persecute the

932 Church, when he is loosed in the end of the world.*

933 "And when the thousand years are finished, Satan shall

934 be loosed from his prison, and shall go out to seduce the

935 nations which are in the four corners of the earth, Gog and

936 Magog, and shall draw them to battle, whose number is as

937 the sand of the sea." This, then, is his purpose in seducing

938 them, to draw them to this battle. For even before this he

939 was wont to use as many and various seductions as he could

940 continue. And the words "he shall go out" mean, he shall

941 burst forth from lurking hatred into open persecution. For

942 this persecution, occurring while the final judgment is imminent,

943 shall be the last which shall be endured by the holy

944 Church throughout the world, the whole city of Christ being

945 assailed by the whole city of the devil, as each exists on

946 earth. For these nations which he names Gog and Magog

947 are not to be understood of some barbarous nations in some

948 part of the world, whether the Getæ and Massagetæ, as some

949 conclude from the initial letters, or some other foreign nations

950 not under the Roman government. For John marks that

951 they are spread over the whole earth, when he says, "The

952 nations which are in the four corners of the earth," and he

953 added that these are Gog and Magog. The meaning of these

954 names we find to be, Gog, "a roof," Magog, "from a roof,"—a

955 house, as it were, and he who comes out of the house. They

956 are therefore the nations in which we found that the devil

957 was shut up as in an abyss, and the devil himself coming out

958 from them and going forth, so that they are the roof, he from

959 the roof. Or if we refer both words to the nations, not one

960 to them and one to the devil, then they are both the roof,

961 because in them the old enemy is at present shut up, and as

962 it were roofed in; and they shall be from the roof when they

963 break forth from concealed to open hatred. The words, "And

964 they went up on the breadth of the earth, and encompassed

965 the camp of the saints and the beloved city," do not mean

966 that they have come, or shall come, to one place, as if the

967 camp of the saints and the beloved city should be in some

968 one place; for this camp is nothing else than the Church of

969 Christ extending over the whole world. And consequently

970 wherever the Church shall be,—and it shall be in all nations,

971 as is signified by "the breadth of the earth,"—there also shall

972 be the camp of the saints and the beloved city, and there it

973 shall be encompassed by the savage persecution of all its

974 enemies; for they too shall exist along with it in all nations,—that

975 is, it shall be straitened, and hard pressed, and shut

976 up in the straits of tribulation, but shall not desert its military

977 duty, which is signified by the word "camp."

978 12. *Whether the fire that came down out of heaven and devoured them refers to

979 the last punishment of the wicked.*

980 The words, "And fire came down out of heaven and devoured

981 them," are not to be understood of the final punishment

982 which shall be inflicted when it is said, "Depart from

983 me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire;"[737] for then they shall be

984 cast into the fire, not fire come down out of heaven upon

985 them. In this place "fire out of heaven" is well understood

986 of the firmness of the saints, wherewith they refuse to yield

987 obedience to those who rage against them. For the firmament

988 is "heaven," by whose firmness these assailants shall be

989 pained with blazing zeal, for they shall be impotent to draw

990 away the saints to the party of Antichrist. This is the fire

991 which shall devour them, and this is "from God;" for it

992 is by God's grace the saints become unconquerable, and so

993 torment their enemies. For as in a good sense it is said,

994 "The zeal of Thine house hath consumed me,"[738] so in a bad

995 sense it is said, "Zeal hath possessed the uninstructed people,

996 and now fire shall consume the enemies."[739] "And now," that

997 is to say, not the fire of the last judgment. Or if by this fire

998 coming down out of heaven and consuming them, John meant

999 that blow wherewith Christ in His coming is to strike those

1000 persecutors of the Church whom He shall then find alive upon

1001 earth, when He shall kill Antichrist with the breath of His

1002 mouth,[740] then even this is not the last judgment of the wicked;

1003 but the last judgment is that which they shall suffer when

1004 the bodily resurrection has taken place.

1005 13. *Whether the time of the persecution of Antichrist should be reckoned in the

1006 thousand years.*

1007 This last persecution by Antichrist shall last for three years

1008 and six months, as we have already said, and as is affirmed

1009 both in the book of Revelation and by Daniel the prophet.

1010 Though this time is brief, yet not without reason is it questioned

1011 whether it is comprehended in the thousand years in

1012 which the devil is bound and the saints reign with Christ,

1013 or whether this little season should be added over and above

1014 to these years. For if we say that they are included in the

1015 thousand years, then the saints reign with Christ during a

1016 more protracted period than the devil is bound. For they

1017 shall reign with their King and Conqueror mightily even in

1018 that crowning persecution when the devil shall now be unbound

1019 and shall rage against them with all his might. How

1020 then does Scripture define both the binding of the devil and

1021 the reign of the saints by the same thousand years, if the

1022 binding of the devil ceases three years and six months before

1023 this reign of the saints with Christ? On the other hand, if

1024 we say that the brief space of this persecution is not to be

1025 reckoned as a part of the thousand years, but rather as an

1026 additional period, we shall indeed be able to interpret the

1027 words, "The priests of God and of Christ shall reign with

1028 Him a thousand years; and when the thousand years shall be

1029 finished, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison;" for thus they

1030 signify that the reign of the saints and the bondage of the

1031 devil shall cease simultaneously, so that the time of the persecution

1032 we speak of should be contemporaneous neither with

1033 the reign of the saints nor with the imprisonment of Satan,

1034 but should be reckoned over and above as a superadded portion

1035 of time. But then in this case we are forced to admit that

1036 the saints shall not reign with Christ during that persecution.

1037 But who can dare to say that His members shall not reign

1038 with Him at that very juncture when they shall most of all,

1039 and with the greatest fortitude, cleave to Him, and when the

1040 glory of resistance and the crown of martyrdom shall be more

1041 conspicuous in proportion to the hotness of the battle? Or

1042 if it is suggested that they may be said not to reign, because

1043 of the tribulations which they shall suffer, it will follow that

1044 all the saints who have formerly, during the thousand years,

1045 suffered tribulation, shall not be said to have reigned with

1046 Christ during the period of their tribulation, and consequently

1047 even those whose souls the author of this book says that

1048 he saw, and who were slain for the testimony of Jesus and

1049 the word of God, did not reign with Christ when they were

1050 suffering persecution, and they were not themselves the kingdom

1051 of Christ, though Christ was then pre-eminently possessing

1052 them. This is indeed perfectly absurd, and to be scouted.

1053 But assuredly the victorious souls of the glorious martyrs,

1054 having overcome and finished all griefs and toils, and having

1055 laid down their mortal members, have reigned, and do reign,

1056 with Christ till the thousand years are finished, that they

1057 may afterwards reign with Him when they have received

1058 their immortal bodies. And therefore during these three

1059 years and a half the souls of those who were slain for His

1060 testimony, both those which formerly passed from the body

1061 and those which shall pass in that last persecution, shall

1062 reign with Him till the mortal world come to an end, and

1063 pass into that kingdom in which there shall be no death.

1064 And thus the reign of the saints with Christ shall last longer

1065 than the bonds and imprisonment of the devil, because they

1066 shall reign with their King the Son of God for these three

1067 years and a half during which the devil is no longer bound.

1068 It remains, therefore, that when we read that "the priests of

1069 God and of Christ shall reign with Him a thousand years;

1070 and when the thousand years are finished, the devil shall be

1071 loosed from his imprisonment," that we understand either

1072 that the thousand years of the reign of the saints does not

1073 terminate, though the imprisonment of the devil does,—so that

1074 both parties have their thousand years, that is, their complete

1075 time, yet each with a different actual duration appropriate to

1076 itself, the kingdom of the saints being longer, the imprisonment

1077 of the devil shorter,—or at least that, as three years and

1078 six months is a very short time, it is not reckoned as either

1079 deducted from the whole time of Satan's imprisonment, or as

1080 added to the whole duration of the reign of the saints, as we

1081 have shown above in the sixteenth book[741] regarding the round

1082 number of four hundred years, which were specified as four

1083 hundred, though actually somewhat more; and similar expressions

1084 are often found in the sacred writings, if one will

1085 mark them.

1086 >

1087 >

1088 >

1089 14. *Of the damnation of the devil and his adherents; and a sketch of the bodily

1090 > resurrection of all the dead, and of the final retributive judgment.*

1091 After this mention of the closing persecution, he summarily

1092 indicates all that the devil, and the city of which he is the

1093 prince, shall suffer in the last judgment. For he says, "And

1094 the devil who seduced them is cast into the lake of fire and

1095 brimstone, in which are the beast and the false prophet, and

1096 they shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever."

1097 We have already said that by the beast is well understood

1098 the wicked city. His false prophet is either Antichrist or

1099 that image or figment of which we have spoken in the same

1100 place. After this he gives a brief narrative of the last judgment

1101 itself, which shall take place at the second or bodily

1102 resurrection of the dead, as it had been revealed to him: "I

1103 saw a throne great and white, and One sitting on it from

1104 whose face the heaven and the earth fled away, and their

1105 place was not found." He does not say, "I saw a throne

1106 great and white, and One sitting on it, and from His face the

1107 heaven and the earth fled away," for it had not happened

1108 then, *i.e.* before the living and the dead were judged; but he

1109 says that he saw Him sitting on the throne from whose face

1110 heaven and earth fled away, but afterwards. For when the

1111 judgment is finished, this heaven and earth shall cease to be,

1112 and there will be a new heaven and a new earth. For this

1113 world shall pass away by transmutation, not by absolute destruction.

1114 And therefore the apostle says, "For the figure

1115 of this world passeth away. I would have you be without

1116 anxiety."[742] The figure, therefore, passes away, not the nature.

1117 After John had said that he had seen One sitting on the

1118 throne from whose face heaven and earth fled, though not till

1119 afterwards, he said, "And I saw the dead, great and small:

1120 and the books were opened; and another book was opened,

1121 which is the book of the life of each man: and the dead were

1122 judged out of those things which were written in the books,

1123 according to their deeds." He said that the books were

1124 opened, and a book; but he left us at a loss as to the nature

1125 of this book, "which is," he says, "the book of the life of each

1126 man." By those books, then, which he first mentioned, we

1127 are to understand the sacred books old and new, that out of

1128 them it might be shown what commandments God had enjoined;

1129 and that book of the life of each man is to show what

1130 commandments each man has done or omitted to do. If this

1131 book be materially considered, who can reckon its size or

1132 length, or the time it would take to read a book in which

1133 the whole life of every man is recorded? Shall there be present

1134 as many angels as men, and shall each man hear his life

1135 recited by the angel assigned to him? In that case there

1136 will be not one book containing all the lives, but a separate

1137 book for every life. But our passage requires us to think of

1138 one only. "And another book was opened," it says. We must

1139 therefore understand it of a certain divine power, by which it

1140 shall be brought about that every one shall recall to memory

1141 all his own works, whether good or evil, and shall mentally

1142 survey them with a marvellous rapidity, so that this knowledge

1143 will either accuse or excuse conscience, and thus all and

1144 each shall be simultaneously judged. And this divine power

1145 is called a book, because in it we shall as it were read all that

1146 it causes us to remember. That he may show who the dead,

1147 small and great, are who are to be judged, he recurs to this

1148 which he had omitted or rather deferred, and says, "And the

1149 sea presented the dead which were in it; and death and hell

1150 gave up the dead which were in them." This of course took

1151 place before the dead were judged, yet it is mentioned after.

1152 And so, I say, he returns again to what he had omitted. But

1153 now he preserves the order of events, and for the sake of

1154 exhibiting it repeats in its own proper place what he had

1155 already said regarding the dead who were judged. For after

1156 he had said, "And the sea presented the dead which were in

1157 it, and death and hell gave up the dead which were in them,"

1158 he immediately subjoined what he had already said, "and

1159 they were judged every man according to their works." For

1160 this is just what he had said before, "And the dead were

1161 judged according to their works."

1162 15. *Who the dead are who are given up to judgment by the sea, and by death

1163 and hell.*

1164 But who are the dead which were in the sea, and which the

1165 sea presented? For we cannot suppose that those who die in

1166 the sea are not in hell, nor that their bodies are preserved in

1167 the sea; nor yet, which is still more absurd, that the sea retained

1168 the good, while hell received the bad. Who could

1169 believe this? But some very sensibly suppose that in this

1170 place the sea is put for this world. When John then wished

1171 to signify that those whom Christ should find still alive in the

1172 body were to be judged along with those who should rise

1173 again, he called them dead, both the good to whom it is said,

1174 "For ye are dead, and your life is hid with Christ in God,"[743]

1175 and the wicked of whom it is said, "Let the dead bury their

1176 dead."[744] They may also be called dead, because they wear

1177 mortal bodies, as the apostle says, "The body indeed is dead

1178 because of sin; but the spirit is life because of righteousness;"[745]

1179 proving that in a living man in the body there is both a body

1180 which is dead, and a spirit which is life. Yet he did not say

1181 that the body was mortal, but dead, although immediately

1182 after he speaks in the more usual way of mortal bodies.

1183 These, then, are the dead which were in the sea, and which

1184 the sea presented, to wit, the men who were in this world,

1185 because they had not yet died, and whom the world presented

1186 for judgment. "And death and hell," he says, "gave up the

1187 dead which were in them." The sea *presented* them because

1188 they had merely to be found in the place where they were;

1189 but death and hell *gave them up* or *restored* them, because they

1190 called them back to life, which they had already quitted.

1191 And perhaps it was not without reason that neither *death* nor

1192 *hell* were judged sufficient alone, and both were mentioned,—death

1193 to indicate the good, who have suffered only death and

1194 not hell; hell to indicate the wicked, who suffer also the

1195 punishment of hell. For if it does not seem absurd to believe

1196 that the ancient saints who believed in Christ and His then

1197 future coming, were kept in places far removed indeed from

1198 the torments of the wicked, but yet in hell,[746] until Christ's

1199 blood and His descent into these places delivered them, certainly

1200 good Christians, redeemed by that precious price already

1201 paid, are quite unacquainted with hell while they wait for

1202 their restoration to the body, and the reception of their reward.

1203 After saying, "They were judged every man according

1204 to their works," he briefly added what the judgment was:

1205 "Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire;" by these

1206 names designating the devil and the whole company of his

1207 angels, for he is the author of death and the pains of hell.

1208 For this is what he had already, by anticipation, said in clearer

1209 language: "The devil who seduced them was cast into a lake

1210 of fire and brimstone." The obscure addition he had made

1211 in the words, "in which were also the beast and the false

1212 prophet," he here explains, "They who were not found written

1213 in the book of life were cast into the lake of fire." This book

1214 is not for reminding God, as if things might escape Him by

1215 forgetfulness, but it symbolizes His predestination of those to

1216 whom eternal life shall be given. For it is not that God is

1217 ignorant, and reads in the book to inform Himself, but rather

1218 His infallible prescience is the book of life in which they are

1219 written, that is to say, known beforehand.

1220 16. *Of the new heaven and the new earth.*

1221 Having finished the prophecy of judgment, so far as the

1222 wicked are concerned, it remains that he speak also of the

1223 good. Having briefly explained the Lord's words, "These will

1224 go away into everlasting punishment," it remains that he explain

1225 the connected words, "but the righteous into life eternal."[747]

1226 "And I saw," he says, "a new heaven and a new earth: for

1227 the first heaven and the first earth have passed away; and

1228 there is no more sea."[748] This will take place in the order

1229 which he has by anticipation declared in the words, "I saw

1230 One sitting on the throne, from whose face heaven and earth

1231 fled." For as soon as those who are not written in the book

1232 of life have been judged and cast into eternal fire,—the nature

1233 of which fire, or its position in the world or universe, I suppose

1234 is known to no man, unless perhaps the divine Spirit

1235 reveal it to some one,—then shall the figure of this world pass

1236 away in a conflagration of universal fire, as once before the

1237 world was flooded with a deluge of universal water. And by

1238 this universal conflagration the qualities of the corruptible

1239 elements which suited our corruptible bodies shall utterly

1240 perish, and our substance shall receive such qualities as shall,

1241 by a wonderful transmutation, harmonize with our immortal

1242 bodies, so that, as the world itself is renewed to some better

1243 thing, it is fitly accommodated to men, themselves renewed in

1244 their flesh to some better thing. As for the statement, "And

1245 there shall be no more sea," I would not lightly say whether

1246 it is dried up with that excessive heat, or is itself also turned

1247 into some better thing. For we read that there shall be a

1248 new heaven and a new earth, but I do not remember to have

1249 anywhere read anything of a new sea, unless what I find in

1250 this same book, "As it were a sea of glass like crystal."[749] But

1251 he was not then speaking of this end of the world, neither

1252 does he seem to speak of a literal sea, but "as it were a sea."

1253 It is possible that, as prophetic diction delights in mingling

1254 figurative and real language, and thus in some sort veiling the

1255 sense, so the words "And there is no more sea" may be taken

1256 in the same sense as the previous phrase, "And the sea presented

1257 the dead which were in it." For then there shall be

1258 no more of this world, no more of the surgings and restlessness

1259 of human life, and it is this which is symbolized by the

1260 *sea*.

1261 17. *Of the endless glory of the Church.*

1262 "And I saw," he says, "a great city, new Jerusalem, coming

1263 down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned

1264 for her husband. And I heard a great voice from the throne,

1265 saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He

1266 will dwell with them, and they shall be His people, and God

1267 Himself shall be with them. And God shall wipe away all

1268 tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death,

1269 neither sorrow, nor crying, but neither shall there be any

1270 more pain: because the former things have passed away. And

1271 He that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things

1272 new."[750] This city is said to come down out of heaven, because

1273 the grace with which God formed it is of heaven.

1274 Wherefore He says to it by Isaiah, "I am the Lord that

1275 formed thee."[751] It is indeed descended from heaven from its

1276 commencement, since its citizens during the course of this

1277 world grow by the grace of God, which cometh down from

1278 above through the laver of regeneration in the Holy Ghost

1279 sent down from heaven. But by God's final judgment, which

1280 shall be administered by His Son Jesus Christ, there shall by

1281 God's grace be manifested a glory so pervading and so new,

1282 that no vestige of what is old shall remain; for even our

1283 bodies shall pass from their old corruption and mortality to

1284 new incorruption and immortality. For to refer this promise

1285 to the present time, in which the saints are reigning with their

1286 King a thousand years, seems to me excessively barefaced,

1287 when it is most distinctly said, "God shall wipe away all

1288 tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death,

1289 neither sorrow, nor crying, but there shall be no more pain."

1290 And who is so absurd, and blinded by contentious opinionativeness,

1291 as to be audacious enough to affirm that in the

1292 midst of the calamities of this mortal state, God's people, or

1293 even one single saint, does live, or has ever lived, or shall ever

1294 live, without tears or pain,—the fact being that the holier a

1295 man is, and the fuller of holy desire, so much the more abundant

1296 is the tearfulness of his supplication? Are not these

1297 the utterances of a citizen of the heavenly Jerusalem: "My

1298 tears have been my meat day and night;"[752] and "Every night

1299 shall I make my bed to swim; with my tears shall I water

1300 my couch;"[753] and "My groaning is not hid from Thee;"[754] and

1301 "My sorrow was renewed?"[755] Or are not those God's children

1302 who groan, being burdened, not that they wish to be unclothed,

1303 but clothed upon, that mortality may be swallowed

1304 up of life?[756] Do not they even who have the first-fruits of

1305 the Spirit groan within themselves, waiting for the adoption,

1306 the redemption of their body?[757] Was not the Apostle Paul

1307 himself a citizen of the heavenly Jerusalem, and was he not

1308 so all the more when he had heaviness and continual sorrow

1309 of heart for his Israelitish brethren?[758] But when shall there be

1310 no more death in that city, except when it shall be said, "O

1311 death, where is thy contention?[759] O death, where is thy sting?

1312 The sting of death is sin."[760] Obviously there shall be no sin

1313 when it can be said, "Where is"—But as for the present

1314 it is not some poor weak citizen of this city, but this same

1315 Apostle John himself who says, "If we say that we have no

1316 sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us."[761] No

1317 doubt, though this book is called the Apocalypse, there are in

1318 it many obscure passages to exercise the mind of the reader,

1319 and there are few passages so plain as to assist us in the

1320 interpretation of the others, even though we take pains; and

1321 this difficulty is increased by the repetition of the same things,

1322 in forms so different, that the things referred to seem to be

1323 different, although in fact they are only differently stated.

1324 But in the words, "God shall wipe away all tears from their

1325 eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor

1326 crying, but there shall be no more pain," there is so manifest

1327 a reference to the future world and the immortality and

1328 eternity of the saints,—for only then and only there shall

1329 such a condition be realized,—that if we think this obscure,

1330 we need not expect to find anything plain in any part of

1331 Scripture.

1332 18. *What the Apostle Peter predicted regarding the last judgment.*

1333 Let us now see what the Apostle Peter predicted concerning

1334 this judgment. "There shall come," he says, "in the last

1335 days scoffers.... Nevertheless we, according to His promise,

1336 look for new heavens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth

1337 righteousness."[762] There is nothing said here about the resurrection

1338 of the dead, but enough certainly regarding the destruction

1339 of this world. And by his reference to the deluge

1340 he seems as it were to suggest to us how far we should believe

1341 the ruin of the world will extend in the end of the

1342 world. For he says that the world which then was perished,

1343 and not only the earth itself, but also the heavens, by which

1344 we understand the air, the place and room of which was

1345 occupied by the water. Therefore the whole, or almost the

1346 whole, of the gusty atmosphere (which he calls heaven, or

1347 rather the heavens, meaning the earth's atmosphere, and not

1348 the upper air in which sun, moon, and stars are set) was

1349 turned into moisture, and in this way perished together with

1350 the earth, whose former appearance had been destroyed by the

1351 deluge. "But the heavens and the earth which are now, by

1352 the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the

1353 day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men." Therefore

1354 the heavens and the earth, or the world which was preserved

1355 from the water to stand in place of that world which perished

1356 in the flood, is itself reserved to fire at last in the day of the

1357 judgment and perdition of ungodly men. He does not hesitate

1358 to affirm that in this great change men also shall perish: their

1359 nature, however, shall notwithstanding continue, though in

1360 eternal punishments. Some one will perhaps put the question,

1361 If after judgment is pronounced the world itself is to burn,

1362 where shall the saints be during the conflagration, and before

1363 it is replaced by a new heavens and a new earth, since somewhere

1364 they must be, because they have material bodies? We

1365 may reply that they shall be in the upper regions into which

1366 the flame of that conflagration shall not ascend, as neither did

1367 the water of the flood; for they shall have such bodies that

1368 they shall be wherever they wish. Moreover, when they have

1369 become immortal and incorruptible, they shall not greatly dread

1370 the blaze of that conflagration, as the corruptible and mortal

1371 bodies of the three men were able to live unhurt in the blazing

1372 furnace.

1373 19. *What the Apostle Paul wrote to the Thessalonians about the manifestation

1374 of Antichrist which shall precede the day of the Lord.*

1375 I see that I must omit many of the statements of the

1376 gospels and epistles about this last judgment, that this volume

1377 may not become unduly long; but I can on no account omit

1378 what the Apostle Paul says, in writing to the Thessalonians,

1379 "We beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our Lord Jesus

1380 Christ,"[763] etc.

1381 No one can doubt that he wrote this of Antichrist and of

1382 the day of judgment, which he here calls the day of the Lord,

1383 nor that he declared that this day should not come unless he

1384 first came who is called the apostate—apostate, to wit, from

1385 the Lord God. And if this may justly be said of all the ungodly,

1386 how much more of him? But it is uncertain in what

1387 temple he shall sit, whether in that ruin of the temple which

1388 was built by Solomon, or in the Church; for the apostle

1389 would not call the temple of any idol or demon the temple of

1390 God. And on this account some think that in this passage

1391 Antichrist means not the prince himself alone, but his whole

1392 body, that is, the mass of men who adhere to him, along with

1393 him their prince; and they also think that we should render

1394 the Greek more exactly were we to read, not "in the temple

1395 of God," but "for" or "as the temple of God," as if he himself

1396 were the temple of God, the Church.[764] Then as for the

1397 words, "And now ye know what withholdeth," *i.e.* ye know

1398 what hindrance or cause of delay there is, "that he might be

1399 revealed in his own time;" they show that he was unwilling

1400 to make an explicit statement, because he said that they knew.

1401 And thus we who have not their knowledge wish and are

1402 not able even with pains to understand what the apostle referred

1403 to, especially as his meaning is made still more obscure

1404 by what he adds. For what does he mean by "For the

1405 mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now

1406 holdeth, let him hold until he be taken out of the way: and

1407 then shall the wicked be revealed?" I frankly confess I do

1408 not know what he means. I will nevertheless mention such

1409 conjectures as I have heard or read.

1410 Some think that the Apostle Paul referred to the Roman

1411 empire, and that he was unwilling to use language more explicit,

1412 lest he should incur the calumnious charge of wishing

1413 ill to the empire which it was hoped would be eternal; so

1414 that in saying, "For the mystery of iniquity doth already

1415 work," he alluded to Nero, whose deeds already seemed to be

1416 as the deeds of Antichrist. And hence some suppose that he

1417 shall rise again and be Antichrist. Others, again, suppose that

1418 he is not even dead, but that he was concealed that he might

1419 be supposed to have been killed, and that he now lives in

1420 concealment in the vigour of that same age which he had

1421 reached when he was believed to have perished, and will live

1422 until he is revealed in his own time and restored to his kingdom.[765]

1423 But I wonder that men can be so audacious in their

1424 conjectures. However, it is not absurd to believe that these

1425 words of the apostle, "Only he who now holdeth, let him hold

1426 until he be taken out of the way," refer to the Roman empire,

1427 as if it were said, "Only he who now reigneth, let him reign

1428 until he be taken out of the way." "And then shall the

1429 wicked be revealed:" no one doubts that this means Antichrist.

1430 But others think that the words, "Ye know what

1431 withholdeth," and "The mystery of iniquity worketh," refer

1432 only to the wicked and the hypocrites who are in the Church,

1433 until they reach a number so great as to furnish Antichrist

1434 with a great people, and that this is the *mystery* of iniquity,

1435 because it seems hidden; also that the apostle is exhorting

1436 the faithful tenaciously to hold the faith they hold when he

1437 says, "Only he who now holdeth, let him hold until he be

1438 taken out of the way," that is, until the mystery of iniquity

1439 which now is hidden departs from the Church. For they

1440 suppose that it is to this same mystery John alludes when in

1441 his epistle he says, "Little children, it is the last time: and

1442 as ye have heard that Antichrist shall come, even now are

1443 there many antichrists; whereby we know that it is the last

1444 time. They went out from us, but they were not of us; for

1445 if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued

1446 with us."[766] As therefore there went out from the Church

1447 many heretics, whom John calls "many antichrists," at that

1448 time prior to the end, and which John calls "the last time,"

1449 so in the end they shall go out who do not belong to Christ,

1450 but to that last Antichrist, and then he shall be revealed.

1451 Thus various, then, are the conjectural explanations of the

1452 obscure words of the apostle. That which there is no doubt

1453 he said is this, that Christ will not come to judge quick and

1454 dead unless Antichrist, His adversary, first come to seduce

1455 those who are dead in soul; although their seduction is a result

1456 of God's secret judgment already passed. For, as it is

1457 said, "his presence shall be after the working of Satan, with

1458 all power, and signs, and lying wonders, and with all seduction

1459 of unrighteousness in them that perish." For then shall

1460 Satan be loosed, and by means of that Antichrist shall work

1461 with all power in a lying though a wonderful manner. It is

1462 commonly questioned whether these works are called "signs

1463 and lying wonders" because he is to deceive men's senses by

1464 false appearances, or because the things he does, though they

1465 be true prodigies, shall be a lie to those who shall believe

1466 that such things could be done only by God, being ignorant

1467 of the devil's power, and especially of such unexampled power

1468 as he shall then for the first time put forth. For when he

1469 fell from heaven as fire, and at a stroke swept away from the

1470 holy Job his numerous household and his vast flocks, and

1471 then as a whirlwind rushed upon and smote the house and

1472 killed his children, these were not deceitful appearances, and

1473 yet they were the works of Satan to whom God had given

1474 this power. Why they are called signs and lying wonders

1475 we shall then be more likely to know when the time itself

1476 arrives. But whatever be the reason of the name, they shall

1477 be such signs and wonders as shall seduce those who shall

1478 deserve to be seduced, "because they received not the love of

1479 the truth that they might be saved." Neither did the apostle

1480 scruple to go on to say, "For this cause God shall send upon

1481 them the working of error that they should believe a lie."

1482 For God shall *send*, because God shall permit the devil to do

1483 these things, the permission being by His own just judgment,

1484 though the doing of them is in pursuance of the devil's unrighteous

1485 and malignant purpose, "that they all might be

1486 judged who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness."

1487 Therefore, being judged, they shall be seduced,

1488 and, being seduced, they shall be judged. But, being judged,

1489 they shall be seduced by those secretly just and justly secret

1490 judgments of God, with which He has never ceased to judge

1491 since the first sin of the rational creatures; and, being seduced,

1492 they shall be judged in that last and manifest judgment administered

1493 by Jesus Christ, who was Himself most unjustly

1494 judged and shall most justly judge.

1495 20. *What the same apostle taught in the first Epistle to the Thessalonians

1496 regarding the resurrection of the dead.*

1497 But the apostle has said nothing here regarding the resurrection

1498 of the dead; but in his first Epistle to the Thessalonians

1499 he says, "We would not have you to be ignorant,

1500 brethren, concerning them which are asleep,"[767] etc. These

1501 words of the apostle most distinctly proclaim the future resurrection

1502 of the dead, when the Lord Christ shall come to

1503 judge the quick and the dead.

1504 But it is commonly asked whether those whom our Lord

1505 shall find alive upon earth, personated in this passage by the

1506 apostle and those who were alive with him, shall never die

1507 at all, or shall pass with incomprehensible swiftness through

1508 death to immortality in the very moment during which they

1509 shall be caught up along with those who rise again to meet

1510 the Lord in the air? For we cannot say that it is impossible

1511 that they should both die and revive again while they are

1512 carried aloft through the air. For the words, "And so shall

1513 we ever be with the Lord," are not to be understood as if he

1514 meant that we shall always remain in the air with the Lord;

1515 for He Himself shall not remain there, but shall only pass

1516 through it as He comes. For we shall go to meet Him as

1517 He comes, not where He remains; but "so shall we be with

1518 the Lord," that is, we shall be with Him possessed of immortal

1519 bodies wherever we shall be with Him. We seem

1520 compelled to take the words in this sense, and to suppose that

1521 those whom the Lord shall find alive upon earth shall in that

1522 brief space both suffer death and receive immortality; for this

1523 same apostle says, "In Christ shall all be made alive;"[768] while,

1524 speaking of the same resurrection of the body, he elsewhere

1525 says, "That which thou sowest is not quickened, except it

1526 die."[769] How, then, shall those whom Christ shall find alive

1527 upon earth be made alive to immortality in Him if they die

1528 not, since on this very account it is said, "That which thou

1529 sowest is not quickened, except it die?" Or if we cannot

1530 properly speak of human bodies as sown, unless in so far as

1531 by dying they do in some sort return to the earth, as also the

1532 sentence pronounced by God against the sinning father of the

1533 human race runs, "Earth thou art, and unto earth shalt thou

1534 return,"[770] we must acknowledge that those whom Christ at

1535 His coming shall find still in the body are not included in

1536 these words of the apostle nor in those of Genesis; for, being

1537 caught up into the clouds, they are certainly not sown, neither

1538 going nor returning to the earth, whether they experience no

1539 death at all or die for a moment in the air.

1540 But, on the other hand, there meets us the saying of the

1541 same apostle when he was speaking to the Corinthians about

1542 the resurrection of the body, "We shall all rise," or, as other

1543 mss. read, "We shall all sleep."[771] Since, then, there can be

1544 no resurrection unless death has preceded, and since we can

1545 in this passage understand by sleep nothing else than death,

1546 how shall *all* either sleep or rise again if so many persons

1547 whom Christ shall find in the body shall neither sleep nor

1548 rise again? If, then, we believe that the saints who shall

1549 be found alive at Christ's coming, and shall be caught up to

1550 meet Him, shall in that same ascent pass from mortal to immortal

1551 bodies, we shall find no difficulty in the words of the

1552 apostle, either when he says, "That which thou sowest is

1553 not quickened, except it die," or when he says, "We shall all

1554 rise," or "all sleep," for not even the saints shall be quickened

1555 to immortality unless they first die, however briefly;

1556 and consequently they shall not be exempt from resurrection

1557 which is preceded by sleep, however brief. And why should

1558 it seem to us incredible that that multitude of bodies should

1559 be, as it were, sown in the air, and should in the air forthwith

1560 revive immortal and incorruptible, when we believe, on the

1561 testimony of the same apostle, that the resurrection shall take

1562 place in the twinkling of an eye, and that the dust of bodies

1563 long dead shall return with incomprehensible facility and

1564 swiftness to those members that are now to live endlessly?

1565 Neither do we suppose that in the case of these saints the

1566 sentence, "Earth thou art, and unto earth shalt thou return,"

1567 is null, though their bodies do not, on dying, fall to earth, but

1568 both die and rise again at once while caught up into the air.

1569 For "Thou shalt return to earth" means, Thou shalt at death

1570 return to that which thou wert before life began. Thou

1571 shalt, when exanimate, be that which thou wert before thou

1572 wast animate. For it was into a face of earth that God

1573 breathed the breath of life when man was made a living

1574 soul; as if it were said, Thou art earth with a soul, which

1575 thou wast not; thou shalt be earth without a soul, as thou

1576 wast. And this is what all bodies of the dead are before

1577 they rot; and what the bodies of those saints shall be if they

1578 die, no matter where they die, as soon as they shall give up

1579 that life which they are immediately to receive back again.

1580 In this way, then, they return or go to earth, inasmuch as

1581 from being living men they shall be earth, as that which becomes

1582 cinder is said to go to cinder; that which decays, to

1583 go to decay; and so of six hundred other things. But the

1584 manner in which this shall take place we can now only feebly

1585 conjecture, and shall understand it only when it comes to

1586 pass. For that there shall be a bodily resurrection of the

1587 dead when Christ comes to judge quick and dead, we must

1588 believe if we would be Christians. But if we are unable

1589 perfectly to comprehend the manner in which it shall take

1590 place, our faith is not on this account vain. Now, however,

1591 we ought, as we formerly promised, to show, as far as seems

1592 necessary, what the ancient prophetic books predicted concerning

1593 this final judgment of God; and I fancy no great

1594 time need be spent in discussing and explaining these predictions,

1595 if the reader has been careful to avail himself of the

1596 help we have already furnished.

1597 21. *Utterances of the prophet Isaiah regarding the resurrection of the dead and

1598 the retributive judgment.*

1599 The prophet Isaiah says, "The dead shall rise again, and

1600 all who were in the graves shall rise again; and all who are

1601 in the earth shall rejoice: for the dew which is from Thee is

1602 their health, and the earth of the wicked shall fall."[772] All

1603 the former part of this passage relates to the resurrection of

1604 the blessed; but the words, "the earth of the wicked shall

1605 fall," is rightly understood as meaning that the bodies of the

1606 wicked shall fall into the ruin of damnation. And if we

1607 would more exactly and carefully scrutinize the words which

1608 refer to the resurrection of the good, we may refer to the first

1609 resurrection the words, "the dead shall rise again," and to

1610 the second the following words, "and all who were in the

1611 graves shall rise again." And if we ask what relates to those

1612 saints whom the Lord at His coming shall find alive upon

1613 earth, the following clause may suitably be referred to them:

1614 "All who are in the earth shall rejoice: for the dew which is

1615 from Thee is their health." By "health" in this place it is

1616 best to understand immortality. For that is the most perfect

1617 health which is not repaired by nourishment as by a daily

1618 remedy. In like manner the same prophet, affording hope to

1619 the good and terrifying the wicked regarding the day of judgment,

1620 says, "Thus saith the Lord, Behold, I will flow down

1621 upon them as a river of peace, and upon the glory of the

1622 Gentiles as a rushing torrent: their sons shall be carried on

1623 the shoulders, and shall be comforted on the knees. As one

1624 whom his mother comforteth, so shall I comfort you; and ye

1625 shall be comforted in Jerusalem. And ye shall see, and your

1626 heart shall rejoice, and your bones shall rise up like a herb;

1627 and the hand of the Lord shall be known by His worshippers,

1628 and He shall threaten the contumacious. For, behold, the

1629 Lord shall come as a fire, and as a whirlwind His chariots, to

1630 execute vengeance with indignation, and wasting with a flame

1631 of fire. For with fire of the Lord shall all the earth be

1632 judged, and all flesh with His sword: many shall be wounded

1633 by the Lord."[773] In His promise to the good he says that He

1634 will flow down as a river of peace, that is to say, in the

1635 greatest possible abundance of peace. With this peace we

1636 shall in the end be refreshed; but of this we have spoken

1637 abundantly in the preceding book. It is this river in which

1638 he says He shall flow down upon those to whom He promises

1639 so great happiness, that we may understand that in the

1640 region of that felicity, which is in heaven, all things are

1641 satisfied from this river. But because there shall thence flow,

1642 even upon earthly bodies, the peace of incorruption and immortality,

1643 therefore he says that He shall flow down as this

1644 river, that He may as it were pour Himself from things above

1645 to things beneath, and make men the equals of the angels.

1646 By "Jerusalem," too, we should understand not that which

1647 serves with her children, but that which, according to the

1648 apostle, is our free mother, eternal in the heavens.[774] In her

1649 we shall be comforted as we pass toilworn from earth's cares

1650 and calamities, and be taken up as her children on her knees

1651 and shoulders. Inexperienced and new to such blandishments,

1652 we shall be received into unwonted bliss. There we

1653 shall see, and our heart shall rejoice. He does not say what

1654 we shall see; but what but God, that the promise in the

1655 Gospel may be fulfilled in us, "Blessed are the pure in heart,

1656 for they shall see God?"[775] What shall we see but all those

1657 things which now we see not, but believe in, and of which

1658 the idea we form, according to our feeble capacity, is incomparably

1659 less than the reality? "And ye shall see," he says,

1660 "and your heart shall rejoice." Here ye believe, there ye

1661 shall see.

1662 But because he said, "Your heart shall rejoice," lest we

1663 should suppose that the blessings of that Jerusalem are only

1664 spiritual, he adds, "And your bones shall rise up like a herb,"

1665 alluding to the resurrection of the body, and as it were supplying

1666 an omission he had made. For it will not take place

1667 when we have seen; but we shall see when it has taken

1668 place. For he had already spoken of the new heavens and

1669 the new earth, speaking repeatedly, and under many figures,

1670 of the things promised to the saints, and saying, "There shall

1671 be new heavens, and a new earth: and the former shall not be

1672 remembered nor come into mind; but they shall find in it

1673 gladness and exultation. Behold, I will make Jerusalem an

1674 exultation, and my people a joy. And I will exult in Jerusalem,

1675 and joy in my people; and the voice of weeping shall

1676 be no more heard in her;"[776] and other promises, which some

1677 endeavour to refer to carnal enjoyment during the thousand

1678 years. For, in the manner of prophecy, figurative and literal

1679 expressions are mingled, so that a serious mind may, by useful

1680 and salutary effort, reach the spiritual sense; but carnal

1681 sluggishness, or the slowness of an uneducated and undisciplined

1682 mind, rests in the superficial letter, and thinks there is

1683 nothing beneath to be looked for. But let this be enough

1684 regarding the style of those prophetic expressions just quoted.

1685 And now, to return to their interpretation. When he had said,

1686 "And your bones shall rise up like a herb," in order to show

1687 that it was the resurrection of the good, though a bodily

1688 resurrection, to which he alluded, he added, "And the hand

1689 of the Lord shall be known by His worshippers." What is

1690 this but the hand of Him who distinguishes those who worship

1691 from those who despise Him? Regarding these the

1692 context immediately adds, "And He shall threaten the contumacious,"

1693 or, as another translator has it, "the unbelieving."

1694 He shall not actually threaten then, but the threats which

1695 are now uttered shall then be fulfilled in effect. "For behold,"

1696 he says, "the Lord shall come as a fire, and as a whirlwind

1697 His chariots, to execute vengeance with indignation, and

1698 wasting with a flame of fire. For with fire of the Lord shall

1699 all the earth be judged, and all flesh with His sword: many

1700 shall be wounded by the Lord." By *fire*, *whirlwind*, *sword*,

1701 he means the judicial punishment of God. For he says that

1702 the Lord Himself shall come as a fire, to those, that is to say,

1703 to whom His coming shall be penal. By His *chariots* (for the

1704 word is plural) we suitably understand the ministration of

1705 angels. And when he says that all flesh and all the earth

1706 shall be judged with His fire and sword, we do not understand

1707 the spiritual and holy to be included, but the earthly

1708 and carnal, of whom it is said that they "mind earthly

1709 things,"[777] and "to be carnally minded is death,"[778] and whom

1710 the Lord calls simply flesh when He says, "My Spirit shall

1711 not always remain in these men, for they are flesh."[779] As

1712 to the words, "Many shall be wounded by the Lord," this

1713 wounding shall produce the second death. It is possible,

1714 indeed, to understand *fire*, *sword*, and *wound* in a good sense.

1715 For the Lord said that He wished to send fire on the earth.[780]

1716 And the cloven tongues appeared to them as fire when the

1717 Holy Spirit came.[781] And our Lord says, "I am not come to

1718 send peace on earth, but a sword."[782] And Scripture says that

1719 the word of God is a doubly sharp sword,[783] on account of the

1720 two edges, the two Testaments. And in the Song of Songs

1721 the holy Church says that she is wounded with love,[784]—pierced,

1722 as it were, with the arrow of love. But here, where we read

1723 or hear that the Lord shall come to execute vengeance, it is

1724 obvious in what sense we are to understand these expressions.

1725 After briefly mentioning those who shall be consumed in

1726 this judgment, speaking of the wicked and sinners under the

1727 figure of the meats forbidden by the old law, from which they

1728 had not abstained, he summarily recounts the grace of the

1729 new testament, from the first coming of the Saviour to the

1730 last judgment, of which we now speak; and herewith he concludes

1731 his prophecy. For he relates that the Lord declares

1732 that He is coming to gather all nations, that they may come

1733 and witness His glory.[785] For, as the apostle says, "All have

1734 sinned and are in want of the glory of God."[786] And he says

1735 that He will do wonders among them, at which they shall

1736 marvel and believe in Him; and that from them He will send

1737 forth those that are saved into various nations, and distant

1738 islands which have not heard His name nor seen His glory,

1739 and that they shall declare His glory among the nations, and

1740 shall *bring* the brethren of those to whom the prophet was

1741 speaking, *i.e.* shall bring to the faith under God the Father

1742 the brethren of the elect Israelites; and that they shall bring

1743 from all nations an offering to the Lord on beasts of burden

1744 and waggons (which are understood to mean the aids furnished

1745 by God in the shape of angelic or human ministry), to the

1746 holy city Jerusalem, which at present is scattered over the

1747 earth, in the faithful saints. For where divine aid is given,

1748 men believe, and where they believe, they come. And the

1749 Lord compared them, in a figure, to the children of Israel

1750 offering sacrifice to Him in His house with psalms, which is

1751 already everywhere done by the Church; and He promised

1752 that from among them He would choose for Himself priests

1753 and Levites, which also we see already accomplished. For

1754 we see that priests and Levites are now chosen, not from a

1755 certain family and blood, as was originally the rule in the

1756 priesthood according to the order of Aaron, but as befits the

1757 new testament, under which Christ is the High Priest after

1758 the order of Melchisedec, in consideration of the merit which

1759 is bestowed upon each man by divine grace. And these priests

1760 are not to be judged by their mere title, which is often borne

1761 by unworthy men, but by that holiness which is not common

1762 to good men and bad.

1763 After having thus spoken of this mercy of God which is

1764 now experienced by the Church, and is very evident and

1765 familiar to us, he foretells also the ends to which men shall

1766 come when the last judgment has separated the good and the

1767 bad, saying by the prophet, or the prophet himself speaking

1768 for God, "For as the new heavens and the new earth shall

1769 remain before me, said the Lord, so shall your seed and your

1770 name remain, and there shall be to them month after month,

1771 and Sabbath after Sabbath. All flesh shall come to worship

1772 before me in Jerusalem, said the Lord. And they shall go

1773 out, and shall see the members of the men who have sinned

1774 against me: their worm shall not die, neither shall their

1775 fire be quenched; and they shall be for a spectacle to all

1776 flesh."[787] At this point the prophet closed his book, as at

1777 this point the world shall come to an end. Some, indeed,

1778 have translated "carcases"[788] instead of "members of the men,"

1779 meaning by *carcases* the manifest punishment of the body,

1780 although *carcase* is commonly used only of dead flesh, while

1781 the bodies here spoken of shall be animated, else they could

1782 not be sensible of any pain; but perhaps they may, without

1783 absurdity, be called carcases, as being the bodies of those who

1784 are to fall into the second death. And for the same reason

1785 it is said, as I have already quoted, by this same prophet,

1786 "The earth of the wicked shall fall."[789] It is obvious that

1787 those translators who use a different word for *men* do not

1788 mean to include only males, for no one will say that the

1789 women who sinned shall not appear in that judgment; but

1790 the male sex, being the more worthy, and that from which

1791 the woman was derived, is intended to include both sexes.

1792 But that which is especially pertinent to our subject is this,

1793 that since the words "All flesh shall come" apply to the good,

1794 for the people of God shall be composed of every race of men,—for

1795 all men shall not be present, since the greater part

1796 shall be in punishment,—but, as I was saying, since *flesh* is

1797 used of the good, and *members* or *carcases* of the bad, certainly

1798 it is thus put beyond a doubt that that judgment in which

1799 the good and the bad shall be allotted to their destinies shall

1800 take place after the resurrection of the body, our faith in

1801 which is thoroughly established by the use of these words.

1802 22. *What is meant by the good going out to see the punishment of the wicked.*

1803 But in what way shall the good go out to see the punishment

1804 of the wicked? Are they to leave their happy abodes

1805 by a bodily movement, and proceed to the places of punishment,

1806 so as to witness the torments of the wicked in their

1807 bodily presence? Certainly not; but they shall go out by

1808 knowledge. For this expression, *go out*, signifies that those

1809 who shall be punished shall be without. And thus the Lord

1810 also calls these places "the outer darkness,"[790] to which is

1811 opposed that entrance concerning which it is said to the

1812 good servant, "Enter into the joy of thy Lord," that it may

1813 not be supposed that the wicked can enter thither and be

1814 known, but rather that the good by their knowledge go out

1815 to them, because the good are to know that which is without.

1816 For those who shall be in torment shall not know what is

1817 going on within in the joy of the Lord; but they who shall

1818 enter into that joy shall know what is going on outside in

1819 the outer darkness. Therefore it is said, "They shall go

1820 out," because they shall know what is done by those who are

1821 without. For if the prophets were able to know things that

1822 had not yet happened, by means of that indwelling of God in

1823 their minds, limited though it was, shall not the immortal

1824 saints know things that have already happened, when God

1825 shall be all in all?[791] The seed, then, and the name of the

1826 saints shall remain in that blessedness,—the seed, to wit, of

1827 which John says, "And his seed remaineth in him;"[792] and the

1828 name, of which it was said through Isaiah himself, "I will

1829 give them an everlasting name."[793] "And there shall be to

1830 them month after month, and Sabbath after Sabbath," as if it

1831 were said, Moon after moon, and rest upon rest, both of which

1832 they shall themselves be when they shall pass from the old

1833 shadows of time into the new lights of eternity. The worm

1834 that dieth not, and the fire that is not quenched, which constitute

1835 the punishment of the wicked, are differently interpreted

1836 by different people. For some refer both to the body,

1837 others refer both to the soul; while others again refer the fire

1838 literally to the body, and the worm figuratively to the soul,

1839 which seems the more credible idea. But the present is not

1840 the time to discuss this difference, for we have undertaken to

1841 occupy this book with the last judgment, in which the good

1842 and the bad are separated: their rewards and punishments we

1843 shall more carefully discuss elsewhere.

1844 23. *What Daniel predicted regarding the persecution of Antichrist, the

1845 judgment of God, and the kingdom of the saints.*

1846 Daniel prophesies of the last judgment in such a way as to

1847 indicate that Antichrist shall first come, and to carry on his

1848 description to the eternal reign of the saints. For when in

1849 prophetic vision he had seen four beasts, signifying four kingdoms,

1850 and the fourth conquered by a certain king, who is

1851 recognised as Antichrist, and after this the eternal kingdom

1852 of the Son of man, that is to say, of Christ, he says, "My

1853 spirit was terrified, I Daniel in the midst of my body, and

1854 the visions of my head troubled me,"[794] etc. Some have interpreted

1855 these four kingdoms as signifying those of the Assyrians,

1856 Persians, Macedonians, and Romans. They who desire to

1857 understand the fitness of this interpretation may read Jerome's

1858 book on Daniel, which is written with a sufficiency of care

1859 and erudition. But he who reads this passage, even half-asleep,

1860 cannot fail to see that the kingdom of Antichrist shall

1861 fiercely, though for a short time, assail the Church before the

1862 last judgment of God shall introduce the eternal reign of the

1863 saints. For it is patent from the context that the *time*, *times*,

1864 *and half a time*, means a year, and two years, and half a year,

1865 that is to say, three years and a half. Sometimes in Scripture

1866 the same thing is indicated by months. For though the word

1867 *times* seems to be used here in the Latin indefinitely, that is

1868 only because the Latins have no dual, as the Greeks have,

1869 and as the Hebrews also are said to have. Times, therefore, is

1870 used for two times. As for the ten kings, whom, as it seems,

1871 Antichrist is to find in the person of ten individuals when he

1872 comes, I own I am afraid we may be deceived in this, and

1873 that he may come unexpectedly while there are not ten kings

1874 living in the Roman world. For what if this number ten

1875 signifies the whole number of kings who are to precede his

1876 coming, as totality is frequently symbolized by a thousand,

1877 or a hundred, or seven, or other numbers, which it is not

1878 necessary to recount?

1879 In another place the same Daniel says, "And there shall

1880 be a time of trouble, such as was not since there was born a

1881 nation upon earth until that time: and in that time all Thy

1882 people which shall be found written in the book shall be delivered.

1883 And many of them that sleep in the mound of

1884 earth shall arise, some to everlasting life, and some to shame

1885 and everlasting confusion. And they that be wise shall shine

1886 as the brightness of the firmament; and many of the just as

1887 the stars for ever."[795] This passage is very similar to the one

1888 we have quoted from the Gospel,[796] at least so far as regards the

1889 resurrection of dead bodies. For those who are there said to

1890 be "in the graves" are here spoken of as "sleeping in the

1891 mound of earth," or, as others translate, "in the dust of

1892 earth." There it is said, "They shall come forth;" so here,

1893 "They shall arise." There, "They that have done good, to the

1894 resurrection of life; and they that have done evil, to the resurrection

1895 of judgment;" here, "Some to everlasting life, and

1896 some to shame and everlasting confusion." Neither is it to

1897 be supposed a difference, though in place of the expression

1898 in the Gospel, "All who are in their graves," the prophet does

1899 not say "all," but "many of them that sleep in the mound of

1900 earth." For *many* is sometimes used in Scripture for *all*.

1901 Thus it was said to Abraham, "I have set thee as the father

1902 of many nations," though in another place it was said to him,

1903 "In thy seed shall all nations be blessed."[797] Of such a resurrection

1904 it is said a little afterwards to the prophet himself,

1905 "And come thou and rest: for there is yet a day till the

1906 completion of the consummation; and thou shalt rest, and

1907 rise in thy lot in the end of the days."[798]

1908 24. *Passages from the Psalms of David which predict the end of the world and

1909 the last judgment.*

1910 There are many allusions to the last judgment in the

1911 Psalms, but for the most part only casual and slight. I cannot,

1912 however, omit to mention what is said there in express

1913 terms of the end of this world: "In the beginning hast Thou

1914 laid the foundations of the earth, O Lord; and the heavens

1915 are the work of Thy hands. They shall perish, but Thou

1916 shalt endure; yea, all of them shall wax old like a garment;

1917 and as a vesture Thou shalt change them, and they shall be

1918 changed: but Thou art the same, and Thy years shall not

1919 fail."[799] Why is it that Porphyry, while he lauds the piety of

1920 the Hebrews in worshipping a God great and true, and terrible

1921 to the gods themselves, follows the oracles of these gods in

1922 accusing the Christians of extreme folly because they say that

1923 this world shall perish? For here we find it said in the

1924 sacred books of the Hebrews, to that God whom this great

1925 philosopher acknowledges to be terrible even to the gods

1926 themselves, "The heavens are the work of Thy hands: they

1927 shall perish." When the heavens, the higher and more secure

1928 part of the world, perish, shall the world itself be preserved?

1929 If this idea is not relished by Jupiter, whose oracle is quoted

1930 by this philosopher as an unquestionable authority in rebuke

1931 of the credulity of the Christians, why does he not similarly

1932 rebuke the wisdom of the Hebrews as folly, seeing that the

1933 prediction is found in their most holy books? But if this

1934 Hebrew wisdom, with which Porphyry is so captivated that

1935 he extols it through the utterances of his own gods, proclaims

1936 that the heavens are to perish, how is he so infatuated as to

1937 detest the faith of the Christians partly, if not chiefly, on this

1938 account, that they believe the world is to perish?—though how

1939 the heavens are to perish if the world does not is not easy to

1940 see. And, indeed, in the sacred writings which are peculiar

1941 to ourselves, and not common to the Hebrews and us,—I

1942 mean the evangelic and apostolic books,—the following expressions

1943 are used: "The figure of this world passeth away;"[800]

1944 "The world passeth away;"[801] "Heaven and earth shall pass

1945 away,"[802]—expressions which are, I fancy, somewhat milder than

1946 "They shall *perish*." In the Epistle of the Apostle Peter, too,

1947 where the world which then was is said to have perished,

1948 being overflowed with water, it is sufficiently obvious what

1949 part of the world is signified by the whole, and in what sense

1950 the word *perished* is to be taken, and what heavens were kept

1951 in store, reserved unto fire against the day of judgment and

1952 perdition of ungodly men.[803] And when he says a little afterwards,

1953 "The day of the Lord will come as a thief; in the

1954 which the heavens shall pass away with a great rush, and the

1955 elements shall melt with burning heat, and the earth and the

1956 works which are in it shall be burned up;" and then adds,

1957 "Seeing, then, that all these things shall be dissolved, what

1958 manner of persons ought ye to be?"[804]—these heavens which

1959 are to perish may be understood to be the same which he said

1960 were kept in store reserved for fire; and the elements which

1961 are to be burned are those which are full of storm and disturbance

1962 in this lowest part of the world in which he said

1963 that these heavens were kept in store; for the higher heavens

1964 in whose firmament are set the stars are safe, and remain in

1965 their integrity. For even the expression of Scripture, that

1966 "the stars shall fall from heaven,"[805] not to mention that a

1967 different interpretation is much preferable, rather shows

1968 that the heavens themselves shall remain, if the stars are to

1969 fall from them. This expression, then, is either figurative, as

1970 is more credible, or this phenomenon will take place in this

1971 lowest heaven, like that mentioned by Virgil,—

1972 "A meteor with a train of light

1973 Athwart the sky gleamed dazzling bright,

1974 Then in Idæan woods was lost."[806]

1975 But the passage I have quoted from the psalm seems to

1976 except none of the heavens from the destiny of destruction;

1977 for he says, "The heavens are the works of Thy hands: they

1978 shall perish;" so that, as none of them are excepted from the

1979 category of God's works, none of them are excepted from

1980 destruction. For our opponents will not condescend to defend

1981 the Hebrew piety, which has won the approbation of their

1982 gods, by the words of the Apostle Peter, whom they vehemently

1983 detest; nor will they argue that, as the apostle in his

1984 epistle understands a part when he speaks of the whole world

1985 perishing in the flood, though only the lowest part of it, and

1986 the corresponding heavens were destroyed, so in the psalm the

1987 whole is used for a part, and it is said "They shall perish,"

1988 though only the lowest heavens are to perish. But since, as

1989 I said, they will not condescend to reason thus, lest they

1990 should seem to approve of Peter's meaning, or ascribe as

1991 much importance to the final conflagration as we ascribe to

1992 the deluge, whereas they contend that no waters or flames

1993 could destroy the whole human race, it only remains to them

1994 to maintain that their gods lauded the wisdom of the Hebrews

1995 because they had not read this psalm.

1996 It is the last judgment of God which is referred to also in

1997 the 50th Psalm in the words, "God shall come manifestly,

1998 our God, and shall not keep silence: fire shall devour before

1999 Him, and it shall be very tempestuous round about Him. He

2000 shall call the heaven above, and the earth, to judge His

2001 people. Gather His saints together to Him; they who make

2002 a covenant with Him over sacrifices."[807] This we understand

2003 of our Lord Jesus Christ, whom we look for from heaven to

2004 judge the quick and the dead. For He shall come manifestly

2005 to judge justly the just and the unjust, who before came

2006 hiddenly to be unjustly judged by the unjust. He, I say,

2007 shall come manifestly, and shall not keep silence, that is, shall

2008 make Himself known by His voice of judgment, who before,

2009 when He came hiddenly, was silent before His judge when

2010 He was led as a sheep to the slaughter, and, as a lamb before

2011 the shearer, opened not His mouth, as we read that it was

2012 prophesied of Him by Isaiah,[808] and as we see it fulfilled in the

2013 Gospel.[809] As for the *fire* and *tempest*, we have already said

2014 how these are to be interpreted when we were explaining a

2015 similar passage in Isaiah.[810] As to the expression, "He shall

2016 call the heaven above," as the saints and the righteous are

2017 rightly called *heaven*, no doubt this means what the apostle

2018 says, "We shall be caught up together with them in the

2019 clouds, to meet the Lord in the air."[811] For if we take the

2020 bare literal sense, how is it possible to call the heaven above,

2021 as if the heaven could be anywhere else than above? And

2022 the following expression, "And the earth to judge His people,"

2023 if we supply only the words, "He shall call," that is to say,

2024 "He shall call the earth also," and do not supply "above,"

2025 seems to give us a meaning in accordance with sound doctrine,

2026 the heaven symbolizing those who will judge along with

2027 Christ, and the earth those who shall be judged; and thus

2028 the words, "He shall call the heaven above," would not

2029 mean, "He shall catch up into the air," but "He shall lift up

2030 to seats of judgment." Possibly, too, "He shall call the

2031 heaven," may mean, He shall call the angels in the high and

2032 lofty places, that He may descend with them to do judgment;

2033 and "He shall call the earth also" would then mean, He shall

2034 call the men on the earth to judgment. But if with the words

2035 "and the earth" we understand not only "He shall call," but

2036 also "above," so as to make the full sense be, He shall call

2037 the heaven above, and He shall call the earth above, then I

2038 think it is best understood of the men who shall be caught

2039 up to meet Christ in the air, and that they are called *the

2040 heaven* with reference to their souls, and *the earth* with reference

2041 to their bodies. Then what is "to judge His people,"

2042 but to separate by judgment the good from the bad, as the

2043 sheep from the goats? Then he turns to address the angels:

2044 "Gather His saints together unto Him." For certainly a

2045 matter so important must be accomplished by the ministry of

2046 angels. And if we ask who the saints are who are gathered

2047 unto Him by the angels, we are told, "They who make a

2048 covenant with Him over sacrifices." This is the whole life of

2049 the saints, to make a covenant with God over sacrifices. For

2050 "over sacrifices" either refers to works of mercy, which are

2051 preferable to sacrifices in the judgment of God, who says,

2052 "I desire mercy more than sacrifices;"[812] or if "over sacrifices"

2053 means in sacrifices, then these very works of mercy are

2054 the sacrifices with which God is pleased, as I remember to

2055 have stated in the tenth book of this work;[813] and in these

2056 works the saints make a covenant with God, because they do

2057 them for the sake of the promises which are contained in His

2058 new testament or covenant. And hence, when His saints

2059 have been gathered to Him and set at His right hand in the

2060 last judgment, Christ shall say, "Come, ye blessed of my

2061 Father, take possession of the kingdom prepared for you from

2062 the foundation of the world. For I was hungry, and ye gave

2063 me to eat,"[814] and so on, mentioning the good works of the

2064 good, and their eternal rewards assigned by the last sentence

2065 of the Judge.

2066 >

2067 >

2068 >

2069 25. *Of Malachi's prophecy, in which he speaks of the last judgment, and of a

2070 > cleansing which some are to undergo by purifying punishments.*

2071 The prophet Malachi or Malachias, who is also called Angel,

2072 and is by some (for Jerome[815] tells us that this is the opinion

2073 of the Hebrews) identified with Ezra the priest,[816] others of

2074 whose writings have been received into the canon, predicts

2075 the last judgment, saying, "Behold, He cometh, saith the Lord

2076 Almighty; and who shall abide the day of His entrance? ...

2077 for I am the Lord your God, and I change not."[817] From

2078 these words it more evidently appears that some shall in the

2079 last judgment suffer some kind of purgatorial punishments;

2080 for what else can be understood by the word, "Who shall

2081 abide the day of His entrance, or who shall be able to look

2082 upon Him? for He enters as a moulder's fire, and as the

2083 herb of fullers: and He shall sit fusing and purifying as if

2084 over gold and silver: and He shall purify the sons of Levi,

2085 and pour them out like gold and silver?" Similarly Isaiah

2086 says, "The Lord shall wash the filthiness of the sons and

2087 daughters of Zion, and shall cleanse away the blood from their

2088 midst, by the spirit of judgment and by the spirit of burning."[818]

2089 Unless perhaps we should say that they are cleansed from

2090 filthiness and in a manner clarified, when the wicked are

2091 separated from them by penal judgment, so that the elimination

2092 and damnation of the one party is the purgation of the

2093 others, because they shall henceforth live free from the contamination

2094 of such men. But when he says, "And he shall

2095 purify the sons of Levi, and pour them out like gold and silver,

2096 and they shall offer to the Lord sacrifices in righteousness;

2097 and the sacrifices of Judah and Jerusalem shall be pleasing to

2098 the Lord," he declares that those who shall be purified shall

2099 then please the Lord with sacrifices of righteousness, and consequently

2100 they themselves shall be purified from their own

2101 unrighteousness which made them displeasing to God. Now

2102 they themselves, when they have been purified, shall be sacrifices

2103 of complete and perfect righteousness; for what more

2104 acceptable offering can such persons make to God than themselves?

2105 But this question of purgatorial punishments we

2106 must defer to another time, to give it a more adequate treatment.

2107 By the sons of Levi and Judah and Jerusalem we

2108 ought to understand the Church herself, gathered not from

2109 the Hebrews only, but from other nations as well; nor such

2110 a Church as she now is, when "if we say that we have no sin,

2111 we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us,"[819] but as she

2112 shall then be, purged by the last judgment as a threshing-floor

2113 by a winnowing wind, and those of her members who need it

2114 being cleansed by fire, so that there remains absolutely not

2115 one who offers sacrifice for his sins. For all who make such

2116 offerings are assuredly in their sins, for the remission of which

2117 they make offerings, that having made to God an acceptable

2118 offering, they may then be absolved.

2119 26. *Of the sacrifices offered to God by the saints, which are to be pleasing to Him,

2120 as in the primitive days and former years.*

2121 And it was with the design of showing that His city shall

2122 not then follow this custom, that God said that the sons of

2123 Levi should offer sacrifices in righteousness,—not therefore in

2124 sin, and consequently not for sin. And hence we see how

2125 vainly the Jews promise themselves a return of the old times of

2126 sacrificing according to the law of the old testament, grounding

2127 on the words which follow, "And the sacrifice of Judah and

2128 Jerusalem shall be pleasing to the Lord, as in the primitive

2129 days, and as in former years." For in the times of the law

2130 they offered sacrifices not in righteousness but in sins, offering

2131 especially and primarily for sins, so much so that even the

2132 priest himself, whom we must suppose to have been their most

2133 righteous man, was accustomed to offer, according to God's

2134 commandments, first for his own sins, and then for the sins

2135 of the people. And therefore we must explain how we are

2136 to understand the words, "as in the primitive days, and as in

2137 former years;" for perhaps he alludes to the time in which

2138 our first parents were in paradise. Then, indeed, intact and

2139 pure from all stain and blemish of sin, they offered themselves

2140 to God as the purest sacrifices. But since they were banished

2141 thence on account of their transgression, and human nature

2142 was condemned in them, with the exception of the one Mediator

2143 and those who have been baptized, and are as yet infants,

2144 "there is none clean from stain, not even the babe whose life

2145 has been but for a day upon the earth."[820] But if it be replied

2146 that those who offer in faith may be said to offer in righteousness,

2147 because the righteous lives by faith,[821]—he deceives himself,

2148 however, if he says that he has no sin, and therefore he

2149 does not say so, because he lives by faith,—will any man say

2150 this time of faith can be placed on an equal footing with that

2151 consummation when they who offer sacrifices in righteousness

2152 shall be purified by the fire of the last judgment? And consequently,

2153 since it must be believed that after such a cleansing

2154 the righteous shall retain no sin, assuredly that time, so far as

2155 regards its freedom from sin, can be compared to no other

2156 period, unless to that during which our first parents lived in

2157 paradise in the most innocent happiness before their transgression.

2158 It is this period, then, which is properly understood

2159 when it is said, "as in the primitive days, and as in former

2160 years." For in Isaiah, too, after the new heavens and the new

2161 earth have been promised, among other elements in the blessedness

2162 of the saints which are there depicted by allegories and

2163 figures, from giving an adequate explanation of which I am

2164 prevented by a desire to avoid prolixity, it is said, "According

2165 to the days of the tree of life shall be the days of my people."[822]

2166 And who that has looked at Scripture does not know where

2167 God planted the tree of life, from whose fruit He excluded

2168 our first parents when their own iniquity ejected them from

2169 paradise, and round which a terrible and fiery fence was set?

2170 But if any one contends that those days of the tree of life

2171 mentioned by the prophet Isaiah are the present times of the

2172 Church of Christ, and that Christ Himself is prophetically

2173 called the Tree of Life, because He is Wisdom, and of wisdom

2174 Solomon says, "It is a tree of life to all who embrace it;"[823]

2175 and if they maintain that our first parents did not pass *years*

2176 in paradise, but were driven from it so soon that none of their

2177 children were begotten there, and that therefore that time

2178 cannot be alluded to in words which run, "as in the primitive

2179 days, and as in former years," I forbear entering on this question,

2180 lest by discussing everything I become prolix, and leave

2181 the whole subject in uncertainty. For I see another meaning,

2182 which should keep us from believing that a restoration of the

2183 primitive days and former years of the legal sacrifices could

2184 have been promised to us by the prophet as a great boon.

2185 For the animals selected as victims under the old law were

2186 required to be immaculate, and free from all blemish whatever,

2187 and symbolized holy men free from all sin, the only instance

2188 of which character was found in Christ. As, therefore,

2189 after the judgment those who are worthy of such purification

2190 shall be purified even by fire, and shall be rendered thoroughly

2191 sinless, and shall offer themselves to God in righteousness, and

2192 be indeed victims immaculate and free from all blemish whatever,

2193 they shall then certainly be "as in the primitive days,

2194 and as in former years," when the purest victims were offered,

2195 the shadow of this future reality. For there shall then be in

2196 the body and soul of the saints the purity which was symbolized

2197 in the bodies of these victims.

2198 Then, with reference to those who are worthy not of cleansing

2199 but of damnation, He says, "And I will draw near to you

2200 to judgment, and I will be a swift witness against evil-doers

2201 and against adulterers;" and after enumerating other damnable

2202 crimes, He adds, "For I am the Lord your God, and I am not

2203 changed." It is as if He said, Though your fault has changed

2204 you for the worse, and my grace has changed you for the

2205 better, I am not changed. And he says that He Himself will

2206 be a witness, because in His judgment He needs no witnesses;

2207 and that He will be "swift," either because He is to come

2208 suddenly, and the judgment which seemed to lag shall be very

2209 swift by His unexpected arrival, or because He will convince

2210 the consciences of men directly and without any prolix

2211 harangue. "For," as it is written, "in the thoughts of the

2212 wicked His examination shall be conducted."[824] And the

2213 apostle says, "The thoughts accusing or else excusing, in the

2214 day in which God shall judge the hidden things of men, according

2215 to my gospel in Jesus Christ."[825] Thus, then, shall the

2216 Lord be a swift witness, when He shall suddenly bring back

2217 into the memory that which shall convince and punish the

2218 conscience.

2219 27. *Of the separation of the good and the bad, which proclaim the discriminating

2220 influence of the last judgment.*

2221 The passage also which I formerly quoted for another purpose

2222 from this prophet refers to the last judgment, in which

2223 he says, "They shall be mine, saith the Lord Almighty, in

2224 the day in which I make up my gains,"[826] etc. When this

2225 diversity between the rewards and punishments which distinguish

2226 the righteous from the wicked shall appear under that

2227 Sun of righteousness in the brightness of life eternal,—a diversity

2228 which is not discerned under this sun which shines on

2229 the vanity of this life,—there shall then be such a judgment as

2230 has never before been.

2231 28. *That the law of Moses must be spiritually understood to preclude the

2232 damnable murmurs of a carnal interpretation.*

2233 In the succeeding words, "Remember the law of Moses

2234 my servant, which I commanded to him in Horeb for all

2235 Israel,"[827] the prophet opportunely mentions precepts and statutes,

2236 after declaring the important distinction hereafter to be

2237 made between those who observe and those who despise the

2238 law. He intends also that they learn to interpret the law

2239 spiritually, and find Christ in it, by whose judgment that

2240 separation between the good and the bad is to be made. For

2241 it is not without reason that the Lord Himself says to the

2242 Jews, "Had ye believed Moses, ye would have believed me;

2243 for he wrote of me."[828] For by receiving the law carnally,

2244 without perceiving that its earthly promises were figures of

2245 things spiritual, they fell into such murmurings as audaciously

2246 to say, "It is vain to serve God; and what profit is it that

2247 we have kept His ordinance, and that we have walked suppliantly

2248 before the face of the Lord Almighty? And now

2249 we call aliens happy; yea, they that work wickedness are set

2250 up."[829] It was these words of theirs which in a manner compelled

2251 the prophet to announce the last judgment, in which

2252 the wicked shall not even in appearance be happy, but shall

2253 manifestly be most miserable; and in which the good shall

2254 be oppressed with not even a transitory wretchedness, but

2255 shall enjoy unsullied and eternal felicity. For he had previously

2256 cited some similar expressions of those who said,

2257 "Every one that doeth evil is good in the sight of the Lord,

2258 and such are pleasing to Him."[830] It was, I say, by understanding

2259 the law of Moses carnally that they had come to

2260 murmur thus against God. And hence, too, the writer of the

2261 73d Psalm says that his feet were almost gone, his steps had

2262 well-nigh slipped, because he was envious of sinners while he

2263 considered their prosperity, so that he said among other things,

2264 How doth God know, and is there knowledge in the Most

2265 High? and again, Have I sanctified my heart in vain, and

2266 washed my hands in innocency?[831] He goes on to say that his

2267 efforts to solve this most difficult problem, which arises when

2268 the good seem to be wretched and the wicked happy, were in

2269 vain until he went into the sanctuary of God, and understood

2270 the last things.[832] For in the last judgment things shall not be

2271 so; but in the manifest felicity of the righteous and manifest

2272 misery of the wicked quite another state of things shall

2273 appear.

2274 29. *Of the coming of Elias before the judgment, that the Jews may be converted

2275 to Christ by his preaching and explanation of Scripture.*

2276 After admonishing them to give heed to the law of Moses,

2277 as he foresaw that for a long time to come they would not

2278 understand it spiritually and rightly, he went on to say, "And,

2279 behold, I will send to you Elias the Tishbite before the great

2280 and signal day of the Lord come: and he shall turn the heart

2281 of the father to the son, and the heart of a man to his next

2282 of kin, lest I come and utterly smite the earth."[833] It is a

2283 familiar theme in the conversation and heart of the faithful,

2284 that in the last days before the judgment the Jews shall believe

2285 in the true Christ, that is, our Christ, by means of this

2286 great and admirable prophet Elias who shall expound the law

2287 to them. For not without reason do we hope that before the

2288 coming of our Judge and Saviour Elias shall come, because

2289 we have good reason to believe that he is now alive; for, as

2290 Scripture most distinctly informs us,[834] he was taken up from

2291 this life in a chariot of fire. When, therefore, he is come, he

2292 shall give a spiritual explanation of the law which the Jews

2293 at present understand carnally, and shall thus "turn the heart

2294 of the father to the son," that is, the heart of fathers to their

2295 children; for the Septuagint translators have frequently put

2296 the singular for the plural number. And the meaning is, that

2297 the sons, that is, the Jews, shall understand the law as the

2298 fathers, that is, the prophets, and among them Moses himself,

2299 understood it. For the heart of the fathers shall be turned to

2300 their children when the children understand the law as their

2301 fathers did; and the heart of the children shall be turned to

2302 their fathers when they have the same sentiments as the

2303 fathers. The Septuagint used the expression, "and the heart

2304 of a man to his next of kin," because fathers and children are

2305 eminently neighbours to one another. Another and a preferable

2306 sense can be found in the words of the Septuagint translators,

2307 who have translated Scripture with an eye to prophecy,

2308 the sense, viz., that Elias shall turn the heart of God the Father

2309 to the Son, not certainly as if he should bring about this love

2310 of the Father for the Son, but meaning that he should make

2311 it known, and that the Jews also, who had previously hated,

2312 should then love the Son who is our Christ. For so far as

2313 regards the Jews, God has His heart turned away from our

2314 Christ, this being their conception about God and Christ.

2315 But in their case the heart of God shall be turned to the

2316 Son when they themselves shall turn in heart, and learn the

2317 love of the Father towards the Son. The words following,

2318 "and the heart of a man to his next of kin,"—that is, Elias shall

2319 also turn the heart of a man to his next of kin,—how can we

2320 understand this better than as the heart of a man to the man

2321 Christ? For though in the form of God He is our God,

2322 yet, taking the form of a servant, He condescended to become

2323 also our next of kin. It is this, then, which Elias will do,

2324 "lest," he says, "I come and smite the earth utterly." For

2325 they who mind earthly things are the earth. Such are the

2326 carnal Jews until this day; and hence these murmurs of theirs

2327 against God, "The wicked are pleasing to Him," and "It is a

2328 vain thing to serve God."[835]

2329 >

2330 >

2331 >

2332 30. *That in the books of the Old Testament, where it is said that God shall judge

2333 > the world, the person of Christ is not explicitly indicated, but it plainly

2334 > appears from some passages in which the Lord God speaks that Christ is

2335 > meant.*

2336 There are many other passages of Scripture bearing on the

2337 last judgment of God,—so many, indeed, that to cite them all

2338 would swell this book to an unpardonable size. Suffice it to

2339 have proved that both Old and New Testament enounce the

2340 judgment. But in the Old it is not so definitely declared as

2341 in the New that the judgment shall be administered by Christ,

2342 that is, that Christ shall descend from heaven as the Judge;

2343 for when it is therein stated by the Lord God or His prophet

2344 that the Lord God shall come, we do not necessarily understand

2345 this of Christ. For both the Father, and the Son, and

2346 the Holy Ghost are the Lord God. We must not, however,

2347 leave this without proof. And therefore we must first show

2348 how Jesus Christ speaks in the prophetical books under the title

2349 of the Lord God, while yet there can be no doubt that it is

2350 Jesus Christ who speaks; so that in other passages where this

2351 is not at once apparent, and where nevertheless it is said that

2352 the Lord God will come to that last judgment, we may understand

2353 that Jesus Christ is meant. There is a passage in the

2354 prophet Isaiah which illustrates what I mean. For God says

2355 by the prophet, "Hear me, Jacob and Israel, whom I call. I

2356 am the first, and I am for ever: and my hand has founded

2357 the earth, and my right hand has established the heaven. I

2358 will call them, and they shall stand together, and be gathered,

2359 and hear. Who has declared to them these things? In love

2360 of thee I have done thy pleasure upon Babylon, that I might

2361 take away the seed of the Chaldeans. I have spoken, and I

2362 have called: I have brought him, and have made his way

2363 prosperous. Come ye near unto me, and hear this. I have

2364 not spoken in secret from the beginning; when they were

2365 made, there was I. And now the Lord God and His Spirit

2366 hath sent me."[836] It was Himself who was speaking as the

2367 Lord God; and yet we should not have understood that it

2368 was Jesus Christ had He not added, "And now the Lord

2369 God and His Spirit hath sent me." For He said this with

2370 reference to the form of a servant, speaking of a future event

2371 as if it were past, as in the same prophet we read, "He was

2372 led as a sheep to the slaughter,"[837] not "He shall be led;" but

2373 the past tense is used to express the future. And prophecy

2374 constantly speaks in this way.

2375 There is also another passage in Zechariah which plainly

2376 declares that the Almighty sent the Almighty; and of what

2377 persons can this be understood but of God the Father and

2378 God the Son? For it is written, "Thus saith the Lord

2379 Almighty, After the glory hath He sent me unto the nations

2380 which spoiled you; for he that toucheth you toucheth the

2381 apple of His eye. Behold, I will bring mine hand upon them,

2382 and they shall be a spoil to their servants: and ye shall know

2383 that the Lord Almighty hath sent me."[838] Observe, the Lord

2384 Almighty saith that the Lord Almighty sent Him. Who can

2385 presume to understand these words of any other than Christ,

2386 who is speaking to the lost sheep of the house of Israel? For

2387 He says in the Gospel, "I am not sent save to the lost sheep

2388 of the house of Israel,"[839] which He here compared to the

2389 pupil of God's eye, to signify the profoundest love. And to

2390 this class of sheep the apostles themselves belonged. But

2391 after the glory, to wit, of His resurrection,—for before it

2392 happened the evangelist said that "Jesus was not yet glorified,"[840]—He

2393 was sent unto the nations in the persons of His

2394 apostles; and thus the saying of the psalm was fulfilled,

2395 "Thou wilt deliver me from the contradictions of the people;

2396 Thou wilt set me as the head of the nations."[841] So that those

2397 who had spoiled the Israelites, and whom the Israelites had

2398 served when they were subdued by them, were not themselves

2399 to be spoiled in the same fashion, but were in their own persons

2400 to become the spoil of the Israelites. For this had been

2401 promised to the apostles when the Lord said, "I will make

2402 you fishers of men."[842] And to one of them He says, "From

2403 henceforth thou shalt catch men."[843] They were then to become

2404 a spoil, but in a good sense, as those who are snatched

2405 from that strong one when he is bound by a stronger.[844]

2406 In like manner the Lord, speaking by the same prophet,

2407 says, "And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will seek

2408 to destroy all the nations that come against Jerusalem. And I

2409 will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants

2410 of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace and mercy; and they shall

2411 look upon me because they have insulted me, and they shall

2412 mourn for Him as for one very dear, and shall be in bitterness

2413 as for an only-begotten."[845] To whom but to God does

2414 it belong to destroy all the nations that are hostile to the

2415 holy city Jerusalem, which "come against it," that is, are

2416 opposed to it, or, as some translate, "come upon it," as if

2417 putting it down under them; or to pour out upon the house

2418 of David and the inhabitants of Jerusalem the spirit of grace

2419 and mercy? This belongs doubtless to God, and it is to God

2420 the prophet ascribes the words; and yet Christ shows that

2421 He is the God who does these so great and divine things,

2422 when He goes on to say, "And they shall look upon me because

2423 they have insulted me, and they shall mourn for Him

2424 as if for one very dear (or beloved), and shall be in bitterness

2425 for Him as for an only-begotten." For in that day the Jews—those

2426 of them, at least, who shall receive the spirit of grace and

2427 mercy—when they see Him coming in His majesty, and recognise

2428 that it is He whom they, in the person of their parents,

2429 insulted when He came before in His humiliation, shall repent

2430 of insulting Him in His passion: and their parents themselves,

2431 who were the perpetrators of this huge impiety, shall

2432 see Him when they rise; but this will be only for their

2433 punishment, and not for their correction. It is not of them

2434 we are to understand the words, "And I will pour upon the

2435 house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the

2436 spirit of grace and mercy, and they shall look upon me because

2437 they have insulted me;" but we are to understand the

2438 words of their descendants, who shall at that time believe

2439 through Elias. But as we say to the Jews, You killed Christ,

2440 although it was their parents who did so, so these persons

2441 shall grieve that they in some sort did what their progenitors

2442 did. Although, therefore, those that receive the spirit of

2443 mercy and grace, and believe, shall not be condemned with

2444 their impious parents, yet they shall mourn as if they themselves

2445 had done what their parents did. Their grief shall

2446 arise not so much from guilt as from pious affection. Certainly

2447 the words which the Septuagint have translated, "They

2448 shall look upon me because they insulted me," stand in the

2449 Hebrew, "They shall look upon me whom they pierced."[846]

2450 And by this word the crucifixion of Christ is certainly more

2451 plainly indicated. But the Septuagint translators preferred

2452 to allude to the insult which was involved in His whole

2453 passion. For in point of fact they insulted Him both when

2454 He was arrested and when He was bound, when He was

2455 judged, when He was mocked by the robe they put on Him

2456 and the homage they did on bended knee, when He was

2457 crowned with thorns and struck with a rod on the head, when

2458 He bore His cross, and when at last He hung upon the tree.

2459 And therefore we recognise more fully the Lord's passion

2460 when we do not confine ourselves to one interpretation, but

2461 combine both, and read both "insulted" and "pierced."

2462 When, therefore, we read in the prophetical books that God

2463 is to come to do judgment at the last, from the mere mention

2464 of the judgment, and although there is nothing else to determine

2465 the meaning, we must gather that Christ is meant; for

2466 though the Father will judge, He will judge by the coming

2467 of the Son. For He Himself, by His own manifested presence,

2468 "judges no man, but has committed all judgment to

2469 the Son;"[847] for as the Son was judged as a man, He shall

2470 also judge in human form. For it is none but He of whom

2471 God speaks by Isaiah under the name of Jacob and Israel, of

2472 whose seed Christ took a body, as it is written, "Jacob is my

2473 servant, I will uphold Him; Israel is mine elect, my Spirit

2474 has assumed Him: I have put my Spirit upon Him; He

2475 shall bring forth judgment to the Gentiles. He shall not cry,

2476 nor cease, neither shall His voice be heard without. A

2477 bruised reed shall He not break, and the smoking flax shall

2478 He not quench: but in truth shall He bring forth judgment.

2479 He shall shine and shall not be broken, until He sets judgment

2480 in the earth: and the nations shall hope in His name."[848]

2481 The Hebrew has not "Jacob" and "Israel;" but the Septuagint

2482 translators, wishing to show the significance of the

2483 expression "my servant," and that it refers to the form of a

2484 servant in which the Most High humbled Himself, inserted

2485 the name of that man from whose stock He took the form

2486 of a servant. The Holy Spirit was given to Him, and was

2487 manifested, as the evangelist testifies, in the form of a dove.[849]

2488 He brought forth judgment to the Gentiles, because He predicted

2489 what was hidden from them. In His meekness He

2490 did not cry, nor did He cease to proclaim the truth. But

2491 His voice was not heard, nor is it heard, without, because He

2492 is not obeyed by those who are outside of His body. And the

2493 Jews themselves, who persecuted Him, He did not break,

2494 though as a bruised reed they had lost their integrity, and as

2495 smoking flax their light was quenched; for He spared them,

2496 having come to be judged and not yet to judge. He brought

2497 forth judgment in truth, declaring that they should be

2498 punished did they persist in their wickedness. His face

2499 shone on the Mount,[850] His fame in the world. He is not

2500 broken nor overcome, because neither in Himself nor in His

2501 Church has persecution prevailed to annihilate Him. And

2502 therefore that has not, and shall not, be brought about which

2503 His enemies said or say, "When shall He die, and His name

2504 perish?"[851] "until He set judgment in the earth." Behold,

2505 the hidden thing which we were seeking is discovered. For

2506 this is the last judgment, which He will set in the earth

2507 when He comes from heaven. And it is in Him, too, we

2508 already see the concluding expression of the prophecy fulfilled:

2509 "In His name shall the nations hope." And by this fulfilment,

2510 which no one can deny, men are encouraged to believe

2511 in that which is most impudently denied. For who could

2512 have hoped for that which even those who do not yet believe

2513 in Christ now see fulfilled among us, and which is so undeniable

2514 that they can but gnash their teeth and pine away?

2515 Who, I say, could have hoped that the nations would hope in

2516 the name of Christ, when He was arrested, bound, scourged,

2517 mocked, crucified, when even the disciples themselves had

2518 lost the hope which they had begun to have in Him? The

2519 hope which was then entertained scarcely by the one thief on

2520 the cross, is now cherished by nations everywhere on the

2521 earth, who are marked with the sign of the cross on which

2522 He died that they may not die eternally.

2523 That the last judgment, then, shall be administered by

2524 Jesus Christ in the manner predicted in the sacred writings

2525 is denied or doubted by no one, unless by those who, through

2526 some incredible animosity or blindness, decline to believe these

2527 writings, though already their truth is demonstrated to all the

2528 world. And at or in connection with that judgment the following

2529 events shall come to pass, as we have learned: Elias

2530 the Tishbite shall come; the Jews shall believe; Antichrist

2531 shall persecute; Christ shall judge; the dead shall rise; the good

2532 and the wicked shall be separated; the world shall be burned

2533 and renewed. All these things, we believe, shall come to

2534 pass; but how, or in what order, human understanding cannot

2535 perfectly teach us, but only the experience of the events themselves.

2536 My opinion, however, is, that they will happen in the

2537 order in which I have related them.

2538 Two books yet remain to be written by me, in order to

2539 complete, by God's help, what I promised. One of these will

2540 explain the punishment of the wicked, the other the happiness

2541 of the righteous; and in them I shall be at special pains to

2542 refute, by God's grace, the arguments by which some unhappy

2543 creatures seem to themselves to undermine the divine promises

2544 and threatenings, and to ridicule as empty words statements

2545 which are the most salutary nutriment of faith. But they

2546 who are instructed in divine things hold the truth and omnipotence

2547 of God to be the strongest arguments in favour of

2548 those things which, however incredible they seem to men, are

2549 yet contained in the Scriptures, whose truth has already in

2550 many ways been proved; for they are sure that God can in

2551 no wise lie, and that He can do what is impossible to the

2552 unbelieving.

BOOK XXI

22 #### ARGUMENT.

23 >

24 >

25 >

26 OF THE END RESERVED FOR THE CITY OF THE DEVIL, NAMELY, THE ETERNAL

27 > PUNISHMENT OF THE DAMNED; AND OF THE ARGUMENTS WHICH UNBELIEF

28 > BRINGS AGAINST IT.

29 >

30 >

31 >

32 1. *Of the order of the discussion, which requires that we first speak of the eternal

33 > punishment of the lost in company with the devil, and then of the eternal

34 > happiness of the saints.*

35 I propose, with such ability as God may grant me, to

36 discuss in this book more thoroughly the nature of the

37 punishment which shall be assigned to the devil and all his

38 retainers, when the two cities, the one of God, the other of

39 the devil, shall have reached their proper ends through Jesus

40 Christ our Lord, the Judge of quick and dead. And I have

41 adopted this order, and preferred to speak, first of the punishment

42 of the devils, and afterwards of the blessedness of the

43 saints, because the *body* partakes of either destiny; and it

44 seems to be more incredible that bodies endure in everlasting

45 torments than that they continue to exist without any pain

46 in everlasting felicity. Consequently, when I shall have

47 demonstrated that that punishment ought not to be incredible,

48 this will materially aid me in proving that which is much

49 more credible, viz. the immortality of the bodies of the saints

50 which are delivered from all pain. Neither is this order out

51 of harmony with the divine writings, in which sometimes,

52 indeed, the blessedness of the good is placed first, as in the

53 words, "They that have done good, unto the resurrection of

54 life; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of

55 damnation;"[852] but sometimes also last, as, "The Son of man

56 shall send forth His angels, and they shall gather out of His

57 kingdom all things which offend, and shall cast them into a

58 furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth.

59 Then shall the righteous shine forth as the sun in the kingdom

60 of His Father;"[853] and that, "These shall go away into

61 everlasting punishment, but the righteous into life eternal."[854]

62 And though we have not room to cite instances, any one who

63 examines the prophets will find that they adopt now the one

64 arrangement and now the other. My own reason for following

65 the latter order I have given.

66 2. *Whether it is possible for bodies to last for ever in burning fire.*

67 What, then, can I adduce to convince those who refuse to

68 believe that human bodies, animated and living, can not only

69 survive death, but also last in the torments of everlasting

70 fires? They will not allow us to refer this simply to the

71 power of the Almighty, but demand that we persuade them

72 by some example. If, then, we reply to them, that there

73 are animals which certainly are corruptible, because they are

74 mortal, and which yet live in the midst of flames; and likewise,

75 that in springs of water so hot that no one can put his

76 hand in it with impunity a species of worm is found, which

77 not only lives there, but cannot live elsewhere; they either

78 refuse to believe these facts unless we can show them, or, if

79 we are in circumstances to prove them by ocular demonstration

80 or by adequate testimony, they contend, with the same

81 scepticism, that these facts are not examples of what we seek

82 to prove, inasmuch as these animals do not live for ever, and

83 besides, they live in that blaze of heat without pain, the element

84 of fire being congenial to their nature, and causing it

85 to thrive and not to suffer,—just as if it were not more

86 incredible that it should thrive than that it should suffer in

87 such circumstances. It is strange that anything should suffer

88 in fire and yet live, but stranger that it should live in fire

89 and not suffer. If, then, the latter be believed, why not also

90 the former?

91 3. *Whether bodily suffering necessarily terminates in the destruction of the flesh.*

92 But, say they, there is no body which can suffer and cannot

93 also die. How do we know this? For who can say with

94 certainty that the devils do not suffer in their bodies, when

95 they own that they are grievously tormented? And if it is

96 replied that there is no earthly body—that is to say, no solid

97 and perceptible body, or, in one word, no flesh—which can

98 suffer and cannot die, is not this to tell us only what men

99 have gathered from experience and their bodily senses? For

100 they indeed have no acquaintance with any flesh but that

101 which is mortal; and this is their whole argument, that what

102 they have had no experience of they judge quite impossible.

103 For we cannot call it reasoning to make pain a presumption

104 of death, while, in fact, it is rather a sign of life. For though

105 it be a question whether that which suffers can continue to

106 live for ever, yet it is certain that everything which suffers

107 pain does live, and that pain can exist only in a living subject.

108 It is necessary, therefore, that he who is pained be living, not

109 necessary that pain kill him; for every pain does not kill even

110 those mortal bodies of ours which are destined to die. And

111 that any pain kills them is caused by the circumstance that the

112 soul is so connected with the body that it succumbs to great

113 pain and withdraws; for the structure of our members and

114 vital parts is so infirm that it cannot bear up against that violence

115 which causes great or extreme agony. But in the life to

116 come this connection of soul and body is of such a kind, that

117 as it is dissolved by no lapse of time, so neither is it burst

118 asunder by any pain. And so, although it be true that in

119 this world there is no flesh which can suffer pain and yet

120 cannot die, yet in the world to come there shall be flesh such

121 as now there is not, as there will also be death such as

122 now there is not. For death will not be abolished, but

123 will be eternal, since the soul will neither be able to enjoy

124 God and live, nor to die and escape the pains of the body.

125 The first death drives the soul from the body against her will:

126 the second death holds the soul in the body against her will.

127 The two have this in common, that the soul suffers against

128 her will what her own body inflicts.

129 Our opponents, too, make much of this, that in this world

130 there is no flesh which can suffer pain and cannot die;

131 while they make nothing of the fact that there is something

132 which is greater than the body. For the spirit, whose presence

133 animates and rules the body, can both suffer pain and

134 cannot die. Here then is something which, though it can

135 feel pain, is immortal. And this capacity, which we now see

136 in the spirit of all, shall be hereafter in the bodies of the

137 damned. Moreover, if we attend to the matter a little more

138 closely, we see that what is called bodily pain is rather to be

139 referred to the soul. For it is the soul, not the body, which

140 is pained, even when the pain originates with the body,—the

141 soul feeling pain at the point where the body is hurt. As then

142 we speak of bodies feeling and living, though the feeling and

143 life of the body are from the soul, so also we speak of bodies

144 being pained, though no pain can be suffered by the body

145 apart from the soul. The soul, then, is pained with the body

146 in that part where something occurs to hurt it; and it is

147 pained alone, though it be in the body, when some invisible

148 cause distresses it, while the body is safe and sound. Even

149 when not associated with the body it is pained; for certainly

150 that rich man was suffering in hell when he cried, "I am

151 tormented in this flame."[855] But as for the body, it suffers no

152 pain when it is soulless; and even when animate it can

153 suffer only by the soul's suffering. If, therefore, we might

154 draw a just presumption from the existence of pain to that of

155 death, and conclude that where pain can be felt death can

156 occur, death would rather be the property of the soul, for to

157 it pain more peculiarly belongs. But, seeing that that which

158 suffers most cannot die, what ground is there for supposing

159 that those bodies, because destined to suffer, are therefore

160 destined to die? The Platonists indeed maintained that these

161 earthly bodies and dying members gave rise to the fears, desires,

162 griefs, and joys of the soul. "Hence," says Virgil (*i.e.* from

163 these earthly bodies and dying members),

164 "Hence wild desires and grovelling fears,

165 And human laughter, human tears."[856]

166 But in the fourteenth book of this work[857] we have proved

167 that, according to the Platonists' own theory, souls, even when

168 purged from all pollution of the body, are yet possessed by a

169 monstrous desire to return again into their bodies. But where

170 desire can exist, certainly pain also can exist; for desire

171 frustrated, either by missing what it aims at or losing what

172 it had attained, is turned into pain. And therefore, if the

173 soul, which is either the only or the chief sufferer, has yet a

174 kind of immortality of its own, it is inconsequent to say that

175 because the bodies of the damned shall suffer pain, therefore

176 they shall die. In fine, if the body causes the soul to suffer,

177 why can the body not cause death as well as suffering, unless

178 because it does not follow that what causes pain causes death

179 as well? And why then is it incredible that these fires can

180 cause pain but not death to those bodies we speak of, just as

181 the bodies themselves cause pain, but not therefore death, to

182 the souls? Pain is therefore no necessary presumption of

183 death.

184 4. *Examples from nature proving that bodies may remain unconsumed

185 and alive in fire.*

186 If, therefore, the salamander lives in fire, as naturalists[858]

187 have recorded, and if certain famous mountains of Sicily have

188 been continually on fire from the remotest antiquity until

189 now, and yet remain entire, these are sufficiently convincing

190 examples that everything which burns is not consumed. As

191 the soul, too, is a proof that not everything which can suffer

192 pain can also die, why then do they yet demand that we

193 produce real examples to prove that it is not incredible that

194 the bodies of men condemned to everlasting punishment may

195 retain their soul in the fire, may burn without being consumed,

196 and may suffer without perishing? For suitable properties

197 will be communicated to the substance of the flesh by

198 Him who has endowed the things we see with so marvellous

199 and diverse properties, that their very multitude prevents our

200 wonder. For who but God the Creator of all things has given

201 to the flesh of the peacock its antiseptic property? This

202 property, when I first heard of it, seemed to me incredible;

203 but it happened at Carthage that a bird of this kind was

204 cooked and served up to me, and, taking a suitable slice of

205 flesh from its breast, I ordered it to be kept, and when it had

206 been kept as many days as make any other flesh stinking, it

207 was produced and set before me, and emitted no offensive

208 smell. And after it had been laid by for thirty days and

209 more, it was still in the same state; and a year after, the

210 same still, except that it was a little more shrivelled, and

211 drier. Who gave to chaff such power to freeze that it preserves

212 snow buried under it, and such power to warm that it

213 ripens green fruit?

214 But who can explain the strange properties of fire itself,

215 which blackens everything it burns, though itself bright; and

216 which, though of the most beautiful colours, discolours almost

217 all it touches and feeds upon, and turns blazing fuel into

218 grimy cinders? Still this is not laid down as an absolutely

219 uniform law; for, on the contrary, stones baked in glowing

220 fire themselves also glow, and though the fire be rather of a

221 red hue, and they white, yet white is congruous with light,

222 and black with darkness. Thus, though the fire burns the

223 wood in calcining the stones, these contrary effects do not

224 result from the contrariety of the materials. For though

225 wood and stone differ, they are not contraries, like black and

226 white, the one of which colours is produced in the stones,

227 while the other is produced in the wood by the same action

228 of fire, which imparts its own brightness to the former, while

229 it begrimes the latter, and which could have no effect on the

230 one were it not fed by the other. Then what wonderful properties

231 do we find in charcoal, which is so brittle that a light

232 tap breaks it and a slight pressure pulverizes it, and yet is

233 so strong that no moisture rots it, nor any time causes it to

234 decay. So enduring is it, that it is customary in laying down

235 landmarks to put charcoal underneath them, so that if, after

236 the longest interval, any one raises an action, and pleads that

237 there is no boundary stone, he may be convicted by the charcoal

238 below. What then has enabled it to last so long without

239 rotting, though buried in the damp earth in which [its original]

240 wood rots, except this same fire which consumes all things?

241 Again, let us consider the wonders of lime; for besides

242 growing white in fire, which makes other things black, and

243 of which I have already said enough, it has also a mysterious

244 property of conceiving fire within it. Itself cold to the touch,

245 it yet has a hidden store of fire, which is not at once apparent

246 to our senses, but which experience teaches us, lies as it were

247 slumbering within it even while unseen. And it is for this

248 reason called "quick lime," as if the fire were the invisible

249 soul quickening the visible substance or body. But the marvellous

250 thing is, that this fire is kindled when it is extinguished.

251 For to disengage the hidden fire the lime is moistened or

252 drenched with water, and then, though it be cold before, it

253 becomes hot by that very application which cools what is hot.

254 As if the fire were departing from the lime and breathing its

255 last, it no longer lies hid, but appears; and then the lime

256 lying in the coldness of death cannot be requickened, and

257 what we before called "quick," we now call "slaked." What

258 can be stranger than this? Yet there is a greater marvel

259 still. For if you treat the lime, not with water, but with oil,

260 which is as fuel to fire, no amount of oil will heat it. Now

261 if this marvel had been told us of some Indian mineral which

262 we had no opportunity of experimenting upon, we should

263 either have forthwith pronounced it a falsehood, or certainly

264 should have been greatly astonished. But things that daily

265 present themselves to our own observation we despise, not

266 because they are really less marvellous, but because they are

267 common; so that even some products of India itself, remote

268 as it is from ourselves, cease to excite our admiration as soon

269 as we can admire them at our leisure.[859]

270 The diamond is a stone possessed by many among ourselves,

271 especially by jewellers and lapidaries, and the stone is so hard

272 that it can be wrought neither by iron nor fire, nor, they say,

273 by anything at all except goat's blood. But do you suppose

274 it is as much admired by those who own it and are familiar

275 with its properties as by those to whom it is shown for the

276 first time? Persons who have not seen it perhaps do not

277 believe what is said of it, or if they do, they wonder as at a

278 thing beyond their experience; and if they happen to see it,

279 still they marvel because they are unused to it, but gradually

280 familiar experience [of it] dulls their admiration. We know

281 that the loadstone has a wonderful power of attracting iron.

282 When I first saw it I was thunderstruck, for I saw an iron

283 ring attracted and suspended by the stone; and then, as if it

284 had communicated its own property to the iron it attracted,

285 and had made it a substance like itself, this ring was put

286 near another, and lifted it up; and as the first ring clung to

287 the magnet, so did the second ring to the first. A third and a

288 fourth were similarly added, so that there hung from the stone

289 a kind of chain of rings, with their hoops connected, not interlinking,

290 but attached together by their outer surface. Who

291 would not be amazed at this virtue of the stone, subsisting as

292 it does not only in itself, but transmitted through so many

293 suspended rings, and binding them together by invisible links?

294 Yet far more astonishing is what I heard about this stone

295 from my brother in the episcopate, Severus bishop of Milevis.

296 He told me that Bathanarius, once count of Africa, when the

297 bishop was dining with him, produced a magnet, and held it

298 under a silver plate on which he placed a bit of iron; then as

299 he moved his hand with the magnet underneath the plate, the

300 iron upon the plate moved about accordingly. The intervening

301 silver was not affected at all, but precisely as the magnet

302 was moved backwards and forwards below it, no matter how

303 quickly, so was the iron attracted above. I have related what

304 I myself have witnessed; I have related what I was told by

305 one whom I trust as I trust my own eyes. Let me further

306 say what I have read about this magnet. When a diamond

307 is laid near it, it does not lift iron; or if it has already lifted

308 it, as soon as the diamond approaches, it drops it. These

309 stones come from India. But if we cease to admire them

310 because they are now familiar, how much less must they

311 admire them who procure them very easily and send them

312 to us? Perhaps they are held as cheap as we hold lime,

313 which, because it is common, we think nothing of, though it

314 has the strange property of burning when water, which is

315 wont to quench fire, is poured on it, and of remaining cool

316 when mixed with oil, which ordinarily feeds fire.

317 5. *That there are many things which reason cannot account for, and which

318 are nevertheless true.*

319 Nevertheless, when we declare the miracles which God has

320 wrought, or will yet work, and which we cannot bring under

321 the very eyes of men, sceptics keep demanding that we shall

322 explain these marvels to reason. And because we cannot do

323 so, inasmuch as they are above human comprehension, they

324 suppose we are speaking falsely. These persons themselves,

325 therefore, ought to account for all these marvels which we

326 either can or do see. And if they perceive that this is impossible

327 for man to do, they should acknowledge that it cannot

328 be concluded that a thing has not been or shall not be because

329 it cannot be reconciled to reason, since there are things now

330 in existence of which the same is true. I will not, then,

331 detail the multitude of marvels which are related in books,

332 and which refer not to things that happened once and passed

333 away, but that are permanent in certain places, where, if any

334 one has the desire and opportunity, he may ascertain their

335 truth; but a few only I recount. The following are some of

336 the marvels men tell us:—The salt of Agrigentum in Sicily,

337 when thrown into the fire, becomes fluid as if it were in

338 water, but in the water it crackles as if it were in the

339 fire. The Garamantæ have a fountain so cold by day that

340 no one can drink it, so hot by night no one can touch it.[860]

341 In Epirus, too, there is a fountain which, like all others,

342 quenches lighted torches, but, unlike all others, lights quenched

343 torches. There is a stone found in Arcadia, and called asbestos,

344 because once lit it cannot be put out. The wood of a certain

345 kind of Egyptian fig-tree sinks in water, and does not float

346 like other wood; and, stranger still, when it has been sunk

347 to the bottom for some time, it rises again to the surface,

348 though nature requires that when soaked in water it should

349 be heavier than ever. Then there are the apples of Sodom,

350 which grow indeed to an appearance of ripeness, but, when

351 you touch them with hand or tooth, the peel cracks, and they

352 crumble into dust and ashes. The Persian stone pyrites burns

353 the hand when it is tightly held in it, and so gets its name

354 from fire. In Persia, too, there is found another stone called

355 selenite, because its interior brilliancy waxes and wanes with

356 the moon. Then in Cappadocia the mares are impregnated

357 by the wind, and their foals live only three years. Tilon,

358 an Indian island, has this advantage over all other lands,

359 that no tree which grows in it ever loses its foliage.

360 These and numberless other marvels recorded in the history,

361 not of past events, but of permanent localities, I have no time

362 to enlarge upon and diverge from my main object; but let

363 those sceptics who refuse to credit the divine writings give

364 me, if they can, a rational account of them. For their only

365 ground of unbelief in the Scriptures is, that they contain

366 incredible things, just such as I have been recounting. For,

367 say they, reason cannot admit that flesh burn and remain

368 unconsumed, suffer without dying. Mighty reasoners, indeed,

369 who are competent to give the reason of all the marvels that

370 exist! Let them then give us the reason of the few things

371 we have cited, and which, if they did not know they existed,

372 and were only assured by us they would at some future time

373 occur, they would believe still less than that which they now

374 refuse to credit on our word. For which of them would

375 believe us if, instead of saying that the living bodies of men

376 hereafter will be such as to endure everlasting pain and fire

377 without ever dying, we were to say that in the world to come

378 there will be salt which becomes liquid in fire as if it were

379 in water, and crackles in water as if it were in fire; or that

380 there will be a fountain whose water in the chill air of night

381 is so hot that it cannot be touched, while in the heat of day

382 it is so cold that it cannot be drunk; or that there will be a

383 stone which by its own heat burns the hand when tightly

384 held, or a stone which cannot be extinguished if it has been

385 lit in any part; or any of those wonders I have cited, while

386 omitting numberless others? If we were to say that these

387 things would be found in the world to come, and our sceptics

388 were to reply, "If you wish us to believe these things, satisfy

389 our reason about each of them," we should confess that we

390 could not, because the frail comprehension of man cannot

391 master these and such-like wonders of God's working; and

392 that yet our reason was thoroughly convinced that the

393 Almighty does nothing without reason, though the frail

394 mind of man cannot explain the reason; and that while we

395 are in many instances uncertain what He intends, yet that it

396 is always most certain that nothing which He intends is impossible

397 to Him; and that when He declares His mind, we

398 believe Him whom we cannot believe to be either powerless

399 or false. Nevertheless these cavillers at faith and exactors

400 of reason, how do they dispose of those things of which a reason

401 cannot be given, and which yet exist, though in apparent contrariety

402 to the nature of things? If we had announced that

403 these things were to be, these sceptics would have demanded

404 from us the reason of them, as they do in the case of those

405 things which we are announcing as destined to be. And consequently,

406 as these present marvels are not non-existent, though

407 human reason and discourse are lost in such works of God, so

408 those things we speak of are not impossible because inexplicable;

409 for in this particular they are in the same predicament

410 as the marvels of earth.

411 6. *That all marvels are not of nature's production, but that some are due to

412 human ingenuity and others to diabolic contrivance.*

413 At this point they will perhaps reply, "These things have

414 no existence; we don't believe one of them; they are travellers'

415 tales and fictitious romances;" and they may add what has

416 the appearance of argument, and say, "If you believe such

417 things as these, believe what is recorded in the same books,

418 that there was or is a temple of Venus in which a candelabrum

419 set in the open air holds a lamp, which burns so strongly

420 that no storm or rain extinguishes it, and which is therefore

421 called, like the stone mentioned above, the asbestos or inextinguishable

422 lamp." They may say this with the intention of

423 putting us into a dilemma: for if we say this is incredible,

424 then we shall impugn the truth of the other recorded marvels;

425 if, on the other hand, we admit that this is credible, we shall

426 avouch the pagan deities. But, as I have already said in the

427 eighteenth book of this work, we do not hold it necessary to

428 believe all that profane history contains, since, as Varro says,

429 even historians themselves disagree on so many points, that

430 one would think they intended and were at pains to do so;

431 but we believe, if we are disposed, those things which are not

432 contradicted by these books, which we do not hesitate to say

433 we *are* bound to believe. But as to those permanent miracles

434 of nature, whereby we wish to persuade the sceptical of the

435 miracles of the world to come, those are quite sufficient for

436 our purpose which we ourselves can observe, or of which it is

437 not difficult to find trustworthy witnesses. Moreover, that

438 temple of Venus, with its inextinguishable lamp, so far from

439 hemming us into a corner, opens an advantageous field to

440 our argument. For to this inextinguishable lamp we add a

441 host of marvels wrought by men, or by magic,—that is, by

442 men under the influence of devils, or by the devils directly,—for

443 such marvels we cannot deny without impugning the truth

444 of the sacred Scriptures we believe. That lamp, therefore,

445 was either by some mechanical and human device fitted with

446 asbestos, or it was arranged by magical art in order that the

447 worshippers might be astonished, or some devil under the

448 name of Venus so signally manifested himself that this prodigy

449 both began and became permanent. Now devils are attracted to

450 dwell in certain temples by means of the creatures (God's creatures,

451 not theirs), who present to them what suits their various

452 tastes. They are attracted not by food like animals, but, like

453 spirits, by such symbols as suit their taste, various kinds of

454 stones, woods, plants, animals, songs, rites. And that men

455 may provide these attractions, the devils first of all cunningly

456 seduce them, either by imbuing their hearts with a secret

457 poison, or by revealing themselves under a friendly guise, and

458 thus make a few of them their disciples, who become the instructors

459 of the multitude. For unless they first instructed men,

460 it were impossible to know what each of them desires, what

461 they shrink from, by what name they should be invoked or

462 constrained to be present. Hence the origin of magic and

463 magicians. But, above all, they possess the hearts of men, and

464 are chiefly proud of this possession when they transform themselves

465 into angels of light. Very many things that occur,

466 therefore, are their doing; and these deeds of theirs we ought

467 all the more carefully to shun as we acknowledge them to be

468 very surprising. And yet these very deeds forward my present

469 arguments. For if such marvels are wrought by unclean

470 devils, how much mightier are the holy angels! and what cannot

471 that God do who made the angels themselves capable of

472 working miracles!

473 If, then, very many effects can be contrived by human art,

474 of so surprising a kind that the uninitiated think them divine,

475 as when, *e.g.*, in a certain temple two magnets have been adjusted,

476 one in the roof, another in the floor, so that an iron

477 image is suspended in mid-air between them, one would suppose

478 by the power of the divinity, were he ignorant of the

479 magnets above and beneath; or, as in the case of that lamp of

480 Venus which we already mentioned as being a skilful adaptation

481 of asbestos; if, again, by the help of magicians, whom Scripture

482 calls sorcerers and enchanters, the devils could gain such

483 power that the noble poet Virgil should consider himself justified

484 in describing a very powerful magician in these lines:

485 "Her charms can cure what souls she please,

486 Rob other hearts of healthful ease,

487 Turn rivers backward to their source,

488 And make the stars forget their course,

489 And call up ghosts from night:

490 The ground shall bellow 'neath your feet:

491 The mountain-ash shall quit its seat,

492 And travel down the height;"[861]—

493 if this be so, how much more able is God to do those things

494 which to sceptics are incredible, but to His power easy, since

495 it is He who has given to stones and all other things their

496 virtue, and to men their skill to use them in wonderful ways;

497 He who has given to the angels a nature more mighty than

498 that of all that lives on earth; He whose power surpasses all

499 marvels, and whose wisdom in working, ordaining, and permitting

500 is no less marvellous in its governance of all things

501 than in its creation of all!

502 7. *That the ultimate reason for believing miracles is the omnipotence of the

503 Creator.*

504 Why, then, cannot God effect both that the bodies of the

505 dead shall rise, and that the bodies of the damned shall be

506 tormented in everlasting fire,—God, who made the world full

507 of countless miracles in sky, earth, air, and waters, while itself

508 is a miracle unquestionably greater and more admirable than

509 all the marvels it is filled with? But those with whom or

510 against whom we are arguing, who believe both that there is

511 a God who made the world, and that there are gods created

512 by Him who administer the world's laws as His vicegerents,—our

513 adversaries, I say, who, so far from denying emphatically,

514 assert that there are powers in the world which effect marvellous

515 results (whether of their own accord, or because they

516 are invoked by some rite or prayer, or in some magical way),

517 when we lay before them the wonderful properties of other

518 things which are neither rational animals nor rational spirits,

519 but such material objects as those we have just cited, are

520 in the habit of replying, This is their natural property, their

521 nature; these are the powers naturally belonging to them.

522 Thus the whole reason why Agrigentine salt dissolves in fire

523 and crackles in water is that this is its nature. Yet this seems

524 rather contrary to nature, which has given not to fire but to

525 water the power of melting salt, and the power of scorching it

526 not to water but to fire. But this, they say, is the natural

527 property of *this* salt, to show effects contrary to these. The

528 same reason, therefore, is assigned to account for that Garamantian

529 fountain, of which one and the same runlet is chill

530 by day and boiling by night, so that in either extreme it cannot

531 be touched. So also of that other fountain which, though

532 it is cold to the touch, and though it, like other fountains,

533 extinguishes a lighted torch, yet, unlike other fountains, and

534 in a surprising manner, kindles an extinguished torch. So of

535 the asbestos stone, which, though it has no heat of its own, yet

536 when kindled by fire applied to it, cannot be extinguished.

537 And so of the rest, which I am weary of reciting, and in which,

538 though there seems to be an extraordinary property contrary

539 to nature, yet no other reason is given for them than this, that

540 this is their nature,—a brief reason truly, and, I own, a satisfactory

541 reply. But since God is the author of all natures,

542 how is it that our adversaries, when they refuse to believe

543 what we affirm, on the ground that it is impossible, are unwilling

544 to accept from us a better explanation than their own,

545 viz. that this is the will of Almighty God,—for certainly He

546 is called Almighty only because He is mighty to do all He

547 will,—He who was able to create so many marvels, not only

548 unknown, but very well ascertained, as I have been showing,

549 and which, were they not under our own observation, or reported

550 by recent and credible witnesses, would certainly be

551 pronounced impossible? For as for those marvels which have

552 no other testimony than the writers in whose books we read

553 them, and who wrote without being divinely instructed, and are

554 therefore liable to human error, we cannot justly blame any

555 one who declines to believe them.

556 For my own part, I do not wish all the marvels I have

557 cited to be rashly accepted, for I do not myself believe them

558 implicitly, save those which have either come under my own

559 observation, or which any one can readily verify,—such as the

560 lime which is heated by water and cooled by oil; the magnet

561 which by its mysterious and insensible suction attracts the

562 iron, but has no effect on a straw; the peacock's flesh which

563 triumphs over the corruption from which not the flesh of

564 Plato is exempt; the chaff so chilling that it prevents snow

565 from melting, so heating that it forces apples to ripen; the

566 glowing fire, which, in accordance with its glowing appearance,

567 whitens the stones it bakes, while, contrary to its glowing

568 appearance, it begrimes most things it burns (just as dirty

569 stains are made by oil, however pure it be, and as the lines

570 drawn by white silver are black); the charcoal, too, which by

571 the action of fire is so completely changed from its original,

572 that a finely marked piece of wood becomes hideous, the tough

573 becomes brittle, the decaying incorruptible. Some of these

574 things I know in common with many other persons, some of

575 them in common with all men; and there are many others

576 which I have not room to insert in this book. But of those

577 which I have cited, though I have not myself seen, but only

578 read about them, I have been unable to find trustworthy witnesses

579 from whom I could ascertain whether they are facts,

580 except in the case of that fountain in which burning torches

581 are extinguished and extinguished torches lit, and of the

582 apples of Sodom, which are ripe to appearance, but are filled

583 with dust. And indeed I have not met with any who said

584 they had seen that fountain in Epirus, but with some who

585 knew there was a similar fountain in Gaul not far from

586 Grenoble. The fruit of the trees of Sodom, however, is not

587 only spoken of in books worthy of credit, but so many persons

588 say that they have seen it that I cannot doubt the fact.

589 But the rest of the prodigies I receive without definitely

590 affirming or denying them; and I have cited them because I

591 read them in the authors of our adversaries, and that I might

592 prove how many things many among themselves believe, because

593 they are written in the works of their own literary men,

594 though no rational explanation of them is given, and yet they

595 scorn to believe us when we assert that Almighty God will do

596 what is beyond their experience and observation; and this they

597 do even though we assign a reason for His work. For what

598 better and stronger reason for such things can be given than

599 to say that the Almighty is able to bring them to pass, and

600 will bring them to pass, having predicted them in those books

601 in which many other marvels which have already come to

602 pass were predicted? Those things which are regarded as

603 impossible will be accomplished according to the word, and by

604 the power of that God who predicted and effected that the

605 incredulous nations should believe incredible wonders.

606 >

607 >

608 >

609 8. *That it is not contrary to nature that, in an object whose nature is known,

610 > there should be discovered an alteration of the properties which have been

611 > known as its natural properties.*

612 But if they reply that their reason for not believing us

613 when we say that human bodies will always burn and yet never

614 die, is that the nature of human bodies is known to be quite

615 otherwise constituted; if they say that for this miracle we

616 cannot give the reason which was valid in the case of those

617 natural miracles, viz. that this is the natural property, the

618 nature of the thing,—for we know that this is not the nature

619 of human flesh,—we find our answer in the sacred writings,

620 that even this human flesh was constituted in one fashion

621 before there was sin,—was constituted, in fact, so that it

622 could not die,—and in another fashion after sin, being made

623 such as we see it in this miserable state of mortality, unable

624 to retain enduring life. And so in the resurrection of the

625 dead shall it be constituted differently from its present well-known

626 condition. But as they do not believe these writings

627 of ours, in which we read what nature man had in paradise,

628 and how remote he was from the necessity of death,—and

629 indeed, if they did believe them, we should of course have

630 little trouble in debating with them the future punishment

631 of the damned,—we must produce from the writings of their

632 own most learned authorities some instances to show that it

633 is possible for a thing to become different from what it was

634 formerly known characteristically to be.

635 From the book of Marcus Varro, entitled, *Of the Race Of

636 the Roman People*, I cite word for word the following instance:

637 "There occurred a remarkable celestial portent; for

638 Castor records that, in the brilliant star Venus, called Vesperugo

639 by Plautus, and the lovely Hesperus by Homer, there

640 occurred so strange a prodigy, that it changed its colour, size,

641 form, course, which never happened before nor since. Adrastus

642 of Cyzicus, and Dion of Naples, famous mathematicians, said

643 that this occurred in the reign of Ogyges." So great an

644 author as Varro would certainly not have called this a portent

645 had it not seemed to be contrary to nature. For we say

646 that all portents are contrary to nature; but they are not so.

647 For how is that contrary to nature which happens by the

648 will of God, since the will of so mighty a Creator is certainly

649 the nature of each created thing? A portent, therefore, happens

650 not contrary to nature, but contrary to what we know as

651 nature. But who can number the multitude of portents

652 recorded in profane histories? Let us then at present fix

653 our attention on this one only which concerns the matter in

654 hand. What is there so arranged by the Author of the nature

655 of heaven and earth as the exactly ordered course of the

656 stars? What is there established by laws so sure and inflexible?

657 And yet, when it pleased Him who with sovereignty

658 and supreme power regulates all He has created, a

659 star conspicuous among the rest by its size and splendour

660 changed its colour, size, form, and, most wonderful of all, the

661 order and law of its course! Certainly that phenomenon

662 disturbed the canons of the astronomers, if there were any

663 then, by which they tabulate, as by unerring computation, the

664 past and future movements of the stars, so as to take upon

665 them to affirm that this which happened to the morning star

666 (Venus) never happened before nor since. But we read in

667 the divine books that even the sun itself stood still when a

668 holy man, Joshua the son of Nun, had begged this from God

669 until victory should finish the battle he had begun; and that

670 it even went back, that the promise of fifteen years added to

671 the life of king Hezekiah might be sealed by this additional

672 prodigy. But these miracles, which were vouchsafed to the

673 merits of holy men, even when our adversaries believe them,

674 they attribute to magical arts; so Virgil, in the lines I quoted

675 above, ascribes to magic the power to

676 "Turn rivers backward to their source,

677 And make the stars forget their course."

678 For in our sacred books we read that this also happened,

679 that a river "turned backward," was stayed above while the

680 lower part flowed on, when the people passed over under the

681 above-mentioned leader, Joshua the son of Nun; and also when

682 Elias the prophet crossed; and afterwards, when his disciple

683 Elisha passed through it: and we have just mentioned how,

684 in the case of king Hezekiah, the greatest of the "stars forgot

685 its course." But what happened to Venus, according to Varro,

686 was not said by him to have happened in answer to any man's

687 prayer.

688 Let not the sceptics then benight themselves in this knowledge

689 of the nature of things, as if divine power cannot

690 bring to pass in an object anything else than what their own

691 experience has shown them to be in its nature. Even the

692 very things which are most commonly known as natural

693 would not be less wonderful nor less effectual to excite surprise

694 in all who beheld them, if men were not accustomed to

695 admire nothing but what is rare. For who that thoughtfully

696 observes the countless multitude of men, and their similarity

697 of nature, can fail to remark with surprise and admiration the

698 individuality of each man's appearance, suggesting to us, as it

699 does, that unless men were like one another, they would not

700 be distinguished from the rest of the animals; while unless,

701 on the other hand, they were unlike, they could not be distinguished

702 from one another, so that those whom we declare

703 to be like, we also find to be unlike? And the unlikeness is

704 the more wonderful consideration of the two; for a common

705 nature seems rather to require similarity. And yet, because

706 the very rarity of things is that which makes them wonderful,

707 we are filled with much greater wonder when we are introduced

708 to two men so like, that we either always or frequently

709 mistake in endeavouring to distinguish between them.

710 But possibly, though Varro is a heathen historian, and a

711 very learned one, they may disbelieve that what I have cited

712 from him truly occurred; or they may say the example is invalid,

713 because the star did not for any length of time continue

714 to follow its new course, but returned to its ordinary orbit.

715 There is, then, another phenomenon at present open to their

716 observation, and which, in my opinion, ought to be sufficient

717 to convince them that, though they have observed and ascertained

718 some natural law, they ought not on that account

719 to prescribe to God, as if He could not change and turn it

720 into something very different from what they have observed.

721 The land of Sodom was not always as it now is; but once

722 it had the appearance of other lands, and enjoyed equal if

723 not richer fertility; for, in the divine narrative, it was compared

724 to the paradise of God. But after it was touched [by

725 fire] from heaven, as even pagan history testifies, and as is

726 now witnessed by those who visit the spot, it became unnaturally

727 and horribly sooty in appearance; and its apples,

728 under a deceitful appearance of ripeness, contain ashes within.

729 Here is a thing which was of one kind, and is of another.

730 You see how its nature was converted by the wonderful

731 transmutation wrought by the Creator of all natures into so

732 very disgusting a diversity,—an alteration which after so long

733 a time took place, and after so long a time still continues.

734 As therefore it was not impossible to God to create such

735 natures as He pleased, so it is not impossible to Him to

736 change these natures of His own creation into whatever He

737 pleases, and thus spread abroad a multitude of those marvels

738 which are called monsters, portents, prodigies, phenomena,[862]

739 and which if I were minded to cite and record, what end

740 would there be to this work? They say that they are called

741 "monsters," because they *demonstrate* or signify something;

742 "portents," because they *portend* something; and so forth.[863]

743 But let their diviners see how they are either deceived, or

744 even when they do predict true things, it is because they

745 are inspired by spirits, who are intent upon entangling the

746 minds of men (worthy, indeed, of such a fate) in the meshes

747 of a hurtful curiosity, or how they light now and then upon

748 some truth, because they make so many predictions. Yet,

749 for our part, these things which happen contrary to nature,

750 and are said to be contrary to nature (as the apostle, speaking

751 after the manner of men, says, that to graff the wild olive

752 into the good olive, and to partake of its fatness, is contrary

753 to nature), and are called monsters, phenomena, portents, prodigies,

754 ought to demonstrate, portend, predict that God will

755 bring to pass what He has foretold regarding the bodies of

756 men, no difficulty preventing Him, no law of nature prescribing

757 to Him His limit. How He has foretold what He

758 is to do, I think I have sufficiently shown in the preceding

759 book, culling from the sacred Scriptures, both of the New and

760 Old Testaments, not, indeed, all the passages that relate to

761 this, but as many as I judged to suffice for this work.

762 9. *Of hell, and the nature of eternal punishments.*

763 So then what God by His prophet has said of the everlasting

764 punishment of the damned shall come to pass—shall

765 without fail come to pass,—"their worm shall not die, neither

766 shall their fire be quenched."[864] In order to impress this upon

767 us most forcibly, the Lord Jesus Himself, when ordering us to

768 cut off our members, meaning thereby those persons whom a

769 man loves as the most useful members of his body, says, "It

770 is better for thee to enter into life maimed, than having two

771 hands to go into hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched;

772 where their worm dieth not, and their fire is not quenched."

773 Similarly of the foot: "It is better for thee to enter halt into

774 life, than having two feet to be cast into hell, into the fire

775 that never shall be quenched; where their worm dieth not,

776 and the fire is not quenched." So, too, of the eye: "It is

777 better for thee to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye,

778 than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire; where their

779 worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched."[865] He did not

780 shrink from using the same words three times over in one

781 passage. And who is not terrified by this repetition, and by

782 the threat of that punishment uttered so vehemently by the

783 lips of the Lord Himself?

784 Now they who would refer both the fire and the worm to

785 the spirit, and not to the body, affirm that the wicked, who are

786 separated from the kingdom of God, shall be burned, as it were,

787 by the anguish of a spirit repenting too late and fruitlessly;

788 and they contend that fire is therefore not inappropriately used

789 to express this burning torment, as when the apostle exclaims,

790 "Who is offended, and I burn not?"[866] The worm, too, they

791 think, is to be similarly understood. For it is written, they

792 say, "As the moth consumes the garment, and the worm the

793 wood, so does grief consume the heart of a man."[867] But they

794 who make no doubt that in that future punishment both body

795 and soul shall suffer, affirm that the body shall be burned with

796 fire, while the soul shall be, as it were, gnawed by a worm of

797 anguish. Though this view is more reasonable,—for it is absurd

798 to suppose that either body or soul will escape pain in the

799 future punishment,—yet, for my own part, I find it easier to

800 understand both as referring to the body than to suppose that

801 neither does; and I think that Scripture is silent regarding

802 the spiritual pain of the damned, because, though not expressed,

803 it is necessarily understood that in a body thus tormented the

804 soul also is tortured with a fruitless repentance. For we read

805 in the ancient Scriptures, "The vengeance of the flesh of the

806 ungodly is fire and worms."[868] It might have been more briefly

807 said, "The vengeance of the ungodly." Why, then, was it said,

808 "The flesh of the ungodly," unless because both the fire and

809 the worm are to be the punishment of the flesh? Or if the

810 object of the writer in saying, "The vengeance of the flesh,"

811 was to indicate that this shall be the punishment of those who

812 live after the flesh (for this leads to the second death, as the

813 apostle intimated when he said, "For if ye live after the flesh,

814 ye shall die"[869]), let each one make his own choice, either

815 assigning the fire to the body and the worm to the soul,—the

816 one figuratively, the other really,—or assigning both really to

817 the body. For I have already sufficiently made out that

818 animals can live in the fire, in burning without being consumed,

819 in pain without dying, by a miracle of the most omnipotent

820 Creator, to whom no one can deny that this is possible, if

821 he be not ignorant by whom has been made all that is wonderful

822 in all nature. For it is God Himself who has wrought all

823 these miracles, great and small, in this world which I have

824 mentioned, and incomparably more which I have omitted, and

825 who has enclosed these marvels in this world, itself the greatest

826 miracle of all. Let each man, then, choose which he will,

827 whether he thinks that the worm is real and pertains to the

828 body, or that spiritual things are meant by bodily representations,

829 and that it belongs to the soul. But which of these is

830 true will be more readily discovered by the facts themselves,

831 when there shall be in the saints such knowledge as shall not

832 require that their own experience teach them the nature of

833 these punishments, but as shall, by its own fulness and perfection,

834 suffice to instruct them in this matter. For "now we

835 know in part, until that which is perfect is come;"[870] only, this

836 we believe about those future bodies, that they shall be such

837 as shall certainly be pained by the fire.

838 10. *Whether the fire of hell, if it be material fire, can burn the wicked spirits,

839 that is to say, devils, who are immaterial.*

840 Here arises the question: If the fire is not to be immaterial,

841 analogous to the pain of the soul, but material, burning by

842 contact, so that bodies may be tormented in it, how can evil

843 spirits be punished in it? For it is undoubtedly the same

844 fire which is to serve for the punishment of men and of devils,

845 according to the words of Christ: "Depart from me, ye cursed,

846 into everlasting fire, prepared for the devil and his angels;"[871]

847 unless, perhaps, as learned men have thought, the devils have

848 a kind of body made of that dense and humid air which we

849 feel strikes us when the wind is blowing. And if this kind

850 of substance could not be affected by fire, it could not burn

851 when heated in the baths. For in order to burn, it is first

852 burned, and affects other things as itself is affected. But if

853 any one maintains that the devils have no bodies, this is not

854 a matter either to be laboriously investigated, or to be debated

855 with keenness. For why may we not assert that even immaterial

856 spirits may, in some extraordinary way, yet really be

857 pained by the punishment of material fire, if the spirits of

858 men, which also are certainly immaterial, are both now contained

859 in material members of the body, and in the world to

860 come shall be indissolubly united to their own bodies? Therefore,

861 though the devils have no bodies, yet their spirits, that

862 is, the devils themselves, shall be brought into thorough contact

863 with the material fires, to be tormented by them; not

864 that the fires themselves with which they are brought into

865 contact shall be animated by their connection with these spirits,

866 and become animals composed of body and spirit, but, as I

867 said, this junction will be effected in a wonderful and ineffable

868 way, so that they shall receive pain from the fires, but give no

869 life to them. And, in truth, this other mode of union, by

870 which bodies and spirits are bound together and become

871 animals, is thoroughly marvellous, and beyond the comprehension

872 of man, though this it is which is man.

873 I would indeed say that these spirits will burn without any

874 body of their own, as that rich man was burning in hell when

875 he exclaimed, "I am tormented in this flame,"[872] were I not

876 aware that it is aptly said in reply, that that flame was of the

877 same nature as the eyes he raised and fixed on Lazarus, as the

878 tongue on which he entreated that a little cooling water might

879 be dropped, or as the finger of Lazarus, with which he asked

880 that this might be done,—all of which took place where souls

881 exist without bodies. Thus, therefore, both that flame in

882 which he burned and that drop he begged were immaterial,

883 and resembled the visions of sleepers or persons in an ecstasy,

884 to whom immaterial objects appear in a bodily form. For the

885 man himself who is in such a state, though it be in spirit

886 only, not in body, yet sees himself so like to his own body

887 that he cannot discern any difference whatever. But that

888 hell, which also is called a lake of fire and brimstone,[873] will be

889 material fire, and will torment the bodies of the damned,

890 whether men or devils,—the solid bodies of the one, aerial

891 bodies of the others; or if only men have bodies as well as

892 souls, yet the evil spirits, though without bodies, shall be so

893 connected with the bodily fires as to receive pain without

894 imparting life. One fire certainly shall be the lot of both,

895 for thus the truth has declared.

896 11. *Whether it is just that the punishments of sins last longer than the sins

897 themselves lasted.*

898 Some, however, of those against whom we are defending the

899 city of God, think it unjust that any man be doomed to an

900 eternal punishment for sins which, no matter how great they

901 were, were perpetrated in a brief space of time; as if any law

902 ever regulated the duration of the punishment by the duration

903 of the offence punished! Cicero tells us that the laws recognise

904 eight kinds of penalty,—damages, imprisonment, scourging,

905 reparation,[874] disgrace, exile, death, slavery. Is there any one

906 of these which may be compressed into a brevity proportioned

907 to the rapid commission of the offence, so that no longer time

908 may be spent in its punishment than in its perpetration, unless,

909 perhaps, reparation? For this requires that the offender

910 suffer what he did, as that clause of the law says, "Eye for

911 eye, tooth for tooth."[875] For certainly it is possible for an

912 offender to lose his eye by the severity of legal retaliation in

913 as brief a time as he deprived another of his eye by the

914 cruelty of his own lawlessness. But if scourging be a reasonable

915 penalty for kissing another man's wife, is not the fault

916 of an instant visited with long hours of atonement, and the

917 momentary delight punished with lasting pain? What shall

918 we say of imprisonment? Must the criminal be confined only

919 for so long a time as he spent on the offence for which he is

920 committed? or is not a penalty of many years' confinement

921 imposed on the slave who has provoked his master with a

922 word, or has struck him a blow that is quickly over? And

923 as to damages, disgrace, exile, slavery, which are commonly

924 inflicted so as to admit of no relaxation or pardon, do not these

925 resemble eternal punishments in so far as this short life allows

926 a resemblance? For they are not eternal only because the

927 life in which they are endured is not eternal; and yet the

928 crimes which are punished with these most protracted sufferings

929 are perpetrated in a very brief space of time. Nor is

930 there any one who would suppose that the pains of punishment

931 should occupy as short a time as the offence; or that

932 murder, adultery, sacrilege, or any other crime, should be

933 measured, not by the enormity of the injury or wickedness,

934 but by the length of time spent in its perpetration. Then as

935 to the award of death for any great crime, do the laws reckon

936 the punishment to consist in the brief moment in which death

937 is inflicted, or in this, that the offender is eternally banished

938 from the society of the living? And just as the punishment

939 of the first death cuts men off from this present mortal city,

940 so does the punishment of the second death cut men off from

941 that future immortal city. For as the laws of this present

942 city do not provide for the executed criminal's return to it, so

943 neither is he who is condemned to the second death recalled

944 again to life everlasting. But if temporal sin is visited with

945 eternal punishment, how, then, they say, is that true which

946 your Christ says, "With the same measure that ye mete

947 withal it shall be measured to you again?"[876] and they do not

948 observe that "the same measure" refers, not to an equal space

949 of time, but to the retribution of evil, or, in other words, to

950 the law by which he who has done evil suffers evil. Besides,

951 these words could be appropriately understood as referring to

952 the matter of which our Lord was speaking when He used

953 them, viz. judgments and condemnation. Thus, if he who

954 unjustly judges and condemns is himself justly judged and

955 condemned, he receives "with the same measure" though not

956 the same thing as he gave. For judgment he gave, and judgment

957 he receives, though the judgment he gave was unjust,

958 the judgment he receives just.

959 >

960 >

961 >

962 12. *Of the greatness of the first transgression, on account of which eternal

963 > punishment is due to all who are not within the pale of the Saviour's

964 > grace.*

965 But eternal punishment seems hard and unjust to human

966 perceptions, because in the weakness of our mortal condition

967 there is wanting that highest and purest wisdom by which it

968 can be perceived how great a wickedness was committed in

969 that first transgression. The more enjoyment man found in

970 God, the greater was his wickedness in abandoning Him;

971 and he who destroyed in himself a good which might have

972 been eternal, became worthy of eternal evil. Hence the

973 whole mass of the human race is condemned; for he who at

974 first gave entrance to sin has been punished with all his posterity

975 who were in him as in a root, so that no one is exempt

976 from this just and due punishment, unless delivered by mercy

977 and undeserved grace; and the human race is so apportioned

978 that in some is displayed the efficacy of merciful grace, in the

979 rest the efficacy of just retribution. For both could not be

980 displayed in all; for if all had remained[877] under the punishment

981 of just condemnation, there would have been seen in no

982 one the mercy of redeeming grace. And, on the other hand, if

983 all had been transferred from darkness to light, the severity of

984 retribution would have been manifested in none. But many

985 more are left under punishment than are delivered from it, in

986 order that it may thus be shown what was due to all. And

987 had it been inflicted on all, no one could justly have found

988 fault with the justice of Him who taketh vengeance; whereas,

989 in the deliverance of so many from that just award, there is

990 cause to render the most cordial thanks to the gratuitous

991 bounty of Him who delivers.

992 13. *Against the opinion of those who think that the punishments of the wicked

993 after death are purgatorial.*

994 The Platonists, indeed, while they maintain that no sins

995 are unpunished, suppose that all punishment is administered

996 for remedial purposes,[878] be it inflicted by human or divine law,

997 in this life or after death; for a man may be scathless here,

998 or, though punished, may yet not amend. Hence that passage

999 of Virgil, where, when he had said of our earthly bodies and

1000 mortal members, that our souls derive—

1001 "Hence wild desires and grovelling fears,

1002 And human laughter, human tears;

1003 Immured in dungeon-seeming night,

1004 They look abroad, yet see no light,"

1005 goes on to say:

1006 "Nay, when at last the life has fled,

1007 And left the body cold and dead,

1008 E'en then there passes not away

1009 The painful heritage of clay;

1010 Full many a long-contracted stain

1011 Perforce must linger deep in grain.

1012 So penal sufferings they endure

1013 For ancient crime, to make them pure;

1014 Some hang aloft in open view,

1015 For winds to pierce them through and through,

1016 While others purge their guilt deep-dyed

1017 In burning fire or whelming tide."[879]

1018 They who are of this opinion would have all punishments

1019 after death to be purgatorial; and as the elements of air, fire,

1020 and water are superior to earth, one or other of these may be

1021 the instrument of expiating and purging away the stain contracted

1022 by the contagion of earth. So Virgil hints at the air

1023 in the words, "Some hang aloft for winds to pierce;" at the

1024 water in "whelming tide;" and at fire in the expression "in

1025 burning fire." For our part, we recognise that even in this

1026 life some punishments are purgatorial,—not, indeed, to those

1027 whose life is none the better, but rather the worse for them,

1028 but to those who are constrained by them to amend their life.

1029 All other punishments, whether temporal or eternal, inflicted

1030 as they are on every one by divine providence, are sent either

1031 on account of past sins, or of sins presently allowed in the

1032 life, or to exercise and reveal a man's graces. They may be

1033 inflicted by the instrumentality of bad men and angels as well

1034 as of the good. For even if any one suffers some hurt through

1035 another's wickedness or mistake, the man indeed sins whose

1036 ignorance or injustice does the harm; but God, who by His

1037 just though hidden judgment permits it to be done, sins not.

1038 But temporary punishments are suffered by some in this life

1039 only, by others after death, by others both now and then; but

1040 all of them before that last and strictest judgment. But of

1041 those who suffer temporary punishments after death, all are

1042 not doomed to those everlasting pains which are to follow

1043 that judgment; for to some, as we have already said, what

1044 is not remitted in this world is remitted in the next, that is,

1045 they are not punished with the eternal punishment of the

1046 world to come.

1047 14. *Of the temporary punishments of this life to which the human condition

1048 is subject.*

1049 Quite exceptional are those who are not punished in this

1050 life, but only afterwards. Yet that there have been some

1051 who have reached the decrepitude of age without experiencing

1052 even the slightest sickness, and who have had uninterrupted

1053 enjoyment of life, I know both from report and from my own

1054 observation. However, the very life we mortals lead is itself

1055 all punishment, for it is all temptation, as the Scriptures

1056 declare, where it is written, "Is not the life of man upon

1057 earth a temptation?"[880] For ignorance is itself no slight

1058 punishment, or want of culture, which it is with justice

1059 thought so necessary to escape, that boys are compelled, under

1060 pain of severe punishment, to learn trades or letters; and the

1061 learning to which they are driven by punishment is itself so

1062 much of a punishment to them, that they sometimes prefer the

1063 pain that drives them to the pain to which they are driven by

1064 it. And who would not shrink from the alternative, and

1065 elect to die, if it were proposed to him either to suffer death

1066 or to be again an infant? Our infancy, indeed, introducing

1067 us to this life not with laughter but with tears, seems unconsciously

1068 to predict the ills we are to encounter.[881] Zoroaster

1069 alone is said to have laughed when he was born, and that

1070 unnatural omen portended no good to him. For he is said to

1071 have been the inventor of magical arts, though indeed they

1072 were unable to secure to him even the poor felicity of this

1073 present life against the assaults of his enemies. For, himself

1074 king of the Bactrians, he was conquered by Ninus king of the

1075 Assyrians. In short, the words of Scripture, "An heavy yoke

1076 is upon the sons of Adam, from the day that they go out of

1077 their mother's womb till the day that they return to the

1078 mother of all things,"[882]—these words so infallibly find fulfilment,

1079 that even the little ones, who by the laver of regeneration

1080 have been freed from the bond of original sin in which

1081 alone they were held, yet suffer many ills, and in some instances

1082 are even exposed to the assaults of evil spirits. But

1083 let us not for a moment suppose that this suffering is prejudicial

1084 to their future happiness, even though it has so increased

1085 as to sever soul from body, and to terminate their life

1086 in that early age.

1087 >

1088 >

1089 >

1090 15. *That everything which the grace of God does in the way of rescuing us from

1091 > the inveterate evils in which we are sunk, pertains to the future world, in

1092 > which all things are made new.*

1093 Nevertheless, in the "heavy yoke that is laid upon the

1094 sons of Adam, from the day that they go out of their mother's

1095 womb to the day that they return to the mother of all things,"

1096 there is found an admirable though painful monitor teaching

1097 us to be sober-minded, and convincing us that this life has

1098 become penal in consequence of that outrageous wickedness

1099 which was perpetrated in Paradise, and that all to which the

1100 New Testament invites belongs to that future inheritance

1101 which awaits us in the world to come, and is offered for our

1102 acceptance, as the earnest that we may, in its own due time,

1103 obtain that of which it is the pledge. Now, therefore, let us

1104 walk in hope, and let us by the spirit mortify the deeds of

1105 the flesh, and so make progress from day to day. For "the

1106 Lord knoweth them that are His;"[883] and "as many as are

1107 led by the Spirit of God, they are sons of God,"[884] but by grace,

1108 not by nature. For there is but one Son of God by nature,

1109 who in His compassion became Son of man for our sakes, that

1110 we, by nature sons of men, might by grace become through

1111 Him sons of God. For He, abiding unchangeable, took upon

1112 Him our nature, that thereby He might take us to Himself;

1113 and, holding fast His own divinity, He became partaker of

1114 our infirmity, that we, being changed into some better thing,

1115 might, by participating in His righteousness and immortality,

1116 lose our own properties of sin and mortality, and

1117 preserve whatever good quality He had implanted in our

1118 nature, perfected now by sharing in the goodness of His

1119 nature. For as by the sin of one man we have fallen

1120 into a misery so deplorable, so by the righteousness of one

1121 Man, who also is God, shall we come to a blessedness inconceivably

1122 exalted. Nor ought any one to trust that he has

1123 passed from the one man to the other until he shall have reached

1124 that place where there is no temptation, and have entered

1125 into the peace which he seeks in the many and various conflicts

1126 of this war, in which "the flesh lusteth against the

1127 spirit, and the spirit against the flesh."[885] Now, such a war as

1128 this would have had no existence, if human nature had, in

1129 the exercise of free will, continued stedfast in the uprightness

1130 in which it was created. But now in its misery it

1131 makes war upon itself, because in its blessedness it would not

1132 continue at peace with God; and this, though it be a miserable

1133 calamity, is better than the earlier stages of this life,

1134 which do not recognise that a war is to be maintained. For

1135 better is it to contend with vices than without conflict to be

1136 subdued by them. Better, I say, is war with the hope of

1137 peace everlasting than captivity without any thought of deliverance.

1138 We long, indeed, for the cessation of this war, and,

1139 kindled by the flame of divine love, we burn for entrance on

1140 that well-ordered peace in which whatever is inferior is for

1141 ever subordinated to what is above it. But if (which God

1142 forbid) there had been no hope of so blessed a consummation,

1143 we should still have preferred to endure the hardness of this

1144 conflict, rather than, by our non-resistance, to yield ourselves

1145 to the dominion of vice.

1146 16. *The laws of grace, which extend to all the epochs of the life of the regenerate.*

1147 But such is God's mercy towards the vessels of mercy

1148 which He has prepared for glory, that even the first age of

1149 man, that is, infancy, which submits without any resistance to

1150 the flesh, and the second age, which is called boyhood, and

1151 which has not yet understanding enough to undertake this

1152 warfare, and therefore yields to almost every vicious pleasure

1153 (because though this age has the power of speech,[886] and may

1154 therefore seem to have passed infancy, the mind is still too

1155 weak to comprehend the commandment), yet if either of these

1156 ages has received the sacraments of the Mediator, then, although

1157 the present life be immediately brought to an end, the child,

1158 having been translated from the power of darkness to the kingdom

1159 of Christ, shall not only be saved from eternal punishments,

1160 but shall not even suffer purgatorial torments after

1161 death. For spiritual regeneration of itself suffices to prevent

1162 any evil consequences resulting after death from the connection

1163 with death which carnal generation forms.[887] But when

1164 we reach that age which can now comprehend the commandment,

1165 and submit to the dominion of law, we must declare

1166 war upon vices, and wage this war keenly, lest we be landed

1167 in damnable sins. And if vices have not gathered strength,

1168 by habitual victory they are more easily overcome and subdued;

1169 but if they have been used to conquer and rule, it is

1170 only with difficulty and labour they are mastered. And

1171 indeed this victory cannot be sincerely and truly gained but

1172 by delighting in true righteousness, and it is faith in Christ

1173 that gives this. For if the law be present with its command,

1174 and the Spirit be absent with His help, the presence of the

1175 prohibition serves only to increase the desire to sin, and adds

1176 the guilt of transgression. Sometimes, indeed, patent vices

1177 are overcome by other and hidden vices, which are reckoned

1178 virtues, though pride and a kind of ruinous self-sufficiency

1179 are their informing principles. Accordingly vices are then

1180 only to be considered overcome when they are conquered by

1181 the love of God, which God Himself alone gives, and which

1182 He gives only through the Mediator between God and men,

1183 the man Christ Jesus, who became a partaker of our mortality

1184 that He might make us partakers of His divinity. But few

1185 indeed are they who are so happy as to have passed their

1186 youth without committing any damnable sins, either by dissolute

1187 or violent conduct, or by following some godless and

1188 unlawful opinions, but have subdued by their greatness of

1189 soul everything in them which could make them the slaves of

1190 carnal pleasures. The greater number having first become

1191 transgressors of the law that they have received, and having

1192 allowed vice to have the ascendency in them, then flee to

1193 grace for help, and so, by a penitence more bitter, and a struggle

1194 more violent than it would otherwise have been, they subdue

1195 the soul to God, and thus give it its lawful authority over

1196 the flesh, and become victors. Whoever, therefore, desires to

1197 escape eternal punishment, let him not only be baptized, but

1198 also justified in Christ, and so let him in truth pass from the

1199 devil to Christ. And let him not fancy that there are any

1200 purgatorial pains except before that final and dreadful judgment.

1201 We must not, however, deny that even the eternal

1202 fire will be proportioned to the deserts of the wicked, so that

1203 to some it will be more, and to others less painful, whether

1204 this result be accomplished by a variation in the temperature

1205 of the fire itself, graduated according to every one's merit, or

1206 whether it be that the heat remains the same, but that all do

1207 not feel it with equal intensity of torment.

1208 17. *Of those who fancy that no men shall be punished eternally.*

1209 I must now, I see, enter the lists of amicable controversy

1210 with those tender-hearted Christians who decline to believe

1211 that any, or that all of those whom the infallibly just Judge

1212 may pronounce worthy of the punishment of hell, shall suffer

1213 eternally, and who suppose that they shall be delivered after

1214 a fixed term of punishment, longer or shorter according to

1215 the amount of each man's sin. In respect of this matter,

1216 Origen was even more indulgent; for he believed that even

1217 the devil himself and his angels, after suffering those more

1218 severe and prolonged pains which their sins deserved, should

1219 be delivered from their torments, and associated with the holy

1220 angels. But the Church, not without reason, condemned him

1221 for this and other errors, especially for his theory of the ceaseless

1222 alternation of happiness and misery, and the interminable

1223 transitions from the one state to the other at fixed periods of

1224 ages; for in this theory he lost even the credit of being merciful,

1225 by allotting to the saints real miseries for the expiation

1226 of their sins, and false happiness, which brought them no true

1227 and secure joy, that is, no fearless assurance of eternal blessedness.

1228 Very different, however, is the error we speak of, which

1229 is dictated by the tenderness of these Christians who suppose

1230 that the sufferings of those who are condemned in the judgment

1231 will be temporary, while the blessedness of all who are

1232 sooner or later set free will be eternal. Which opinion, if it

1233 is good and true because it is merciful, will be so much the

1234 better and truer in proportion as it becomes more merciful.

1235 Let, then, this fountain of mercy be extended, and flow forth

1236 even to the lost angels, and let them also be set free, at least

1237 after as many and long ages as seem fit! Why does this stream

1238 of mercy flow to all the human race, and dry up as soon as

1239 it reaches the angelic? And yet they dare not extend their

1240 pity further, and propose the deliverance of the devil himself.

1241 Or if any one is bold enough to do so, he does indeed put to

1242 shame their charity, but is himself convicted of error that is more

1243 unsightly, and a wresting of God's truth that is more perverse,

1244 in proportion as his clemency of sentiment seems to be greater.[888]

1245 18. *Of those who fancy that, on account of the saints' intercession, no man shall

1246 be damned in the last judgment.*

1247 There are others, again, with whose opinions I have become

1248 acquainted in conversation, who, though they seem to reverence

1249 the holy Scriptures, are yet of reprehensible life, and

1250 who accordingly, in their own interest, attribute to God a still

1251 greater compassion towards men. For they acknowledge that

1252 it is truly predicted in the divine word that the wicked and

1253 unbelieving are worthy of punishment, but they assert that,

1254 when the judgment comes, mercy will prevail. For, say they,

1255 God, having compassion on them, will give them up to the

1256 prayers and intercessions of His saints. For if the saints

1257 used to pray for them when they suffered from their cruel

1258 hatred, how much more will they do so when they see them

1259 prostrate and humble suppliants? For we cannot, they say,

1260 believe that the saints shall lose their bowels of compassion

1261 when they have attained the most perfect and complete holiness;

1262 so that they who, when still sinners, prayed for their

1263 enemies, should now, when they are freed from sin, withhold

1264 from interceding for their suppliants. Or shall God refuse to

1265 listen to so many of His beloved children, when their holiness

1266 has purged their prayers of all hindrance to His answering

1267 them? And the passage of the psalm which is cited by those

1268 who admit that wicked men and infidels shall be punished for

1269 a long time, though in the end delivered from all sufferings,

1270 is claimed also by the persons we are now speaking of as

1271 making much more for them. The verse runs: "Shall God

1272 forget to be gracious? Shall He in anger shut up His tender

1273 mercies?"[889] His anger, they say, would condemn all that are

1274 unworthy of everlasting happiness to endless punishment.

1275 But if He suffer them to be punished for a long time, or even

1276 at all, must He not shut up His tender mercies, which the

1277 Psalmist implies He will not do? For he does not say, Shall

1278 He in anger shut up His tender mercies for a long period?

1279 but he implies that He will not shut them up at all.

1280 And they deny that thus God's threat of judgment is proved

1281 to be false even though He condemn no man, any more than

1282 we can say that His threat to overthrow Nineveh was false,

1283 though the destruction which was absolutely predicted was

1284 not accomplished. For He did not say, "Nineveh shall be

1285 overthrown if they do not repent and amend their ways," but

1286 without any such condition He foretold that the city should

1287 be overthrown. And this prediction, they maintain, was true

1288 because God predicted the punishment which they deserved,

1289 although He was not to inflict it. For though He spared

1290 them on their repentance, yet He was certainly aware that

1291 they would repent, and, notwithstanding, absolutely and definitely

1292 predicted that the city should be overthrown. This

1293 was true, they say, in the truth of severity, because they were

1294 worthy of it; but in respect of the compassion which checked

1295 His anger, so that He spared the suppliants from the punishment

1296 with which He had threatened the rebellious, it was not

1297 true. If, then, He spared those whom His own holy prophet

1298 was provoked at His sparing, how much more shall He spare

1299 those more wretched suppliants for whom all His saints shall

1300 intercede? And they suppose that this conjecture of theirs

1301 is not hinted at in Scripture, for the sake of stimulating many

1302 to reformation of life through fear of very protracted or eternal

1303 sufferings, and of stimulating others to pray for those who

1304 have not reformed. However, they think that the divine

1305 oracles are not altogether silent on this point; for they ask

1306 to what purpose is it said, "How great is Thy goodness which

1307 Thou hast hidden for them that fear Thee,"[890] if it be not to

1308 teach us that the great and hidden sweetness of God's mercy

1309 is concealed in order that men may fear? To the same purpose

1310 they think the apostle said, "For God hath concluded

1311 all men in unbelief, that He may have mercy upon all,"[891]

1312 signifying that no one should be condemned by God. And

1313 yet they who hold this opinion do not extend it to the acquittal

1314 or liberation of the devil and his angels. Their human

1315 tenderness is moved only towards men, and they plead chiefly

1316 their own cause, holding out false hopes of impunity to their

1317 own depraved lives by means of this quasi compassion of God

1318 to the whole race. Consequently they who promise this impunity

1319 even to the prince of the devils and his satellites make

1320 a still fuller exhibition of the mercy of God.

1321 19. *Of those who promise impunity from all sins even to heretics, through

1322 virtue of their participation of the body of Christ.*

1323 So, too, there are others who promise this deliverance from

1324 eternal punishment, not, indeed, to all men, but only to those

1325 who have been washed in Christian baptism, and who become

1326 partakers of the body of Christ, no matter how they have

1327 lived, or what heresy or impiety they have fallen into. They

1328 ground this opinion on the saying of Jesus, "This is the bread

1329 which cometh down from heaven, that if any man eat thereof,

1330 he shall not die. I am the living bread which came down

1331 from heaven. If a man eat of this bread, he shall live for

1332 ever."[892] Therefore, say they, it follows that these persons

1333 must be delivered from death eternal, and at one time or other

1334 be introduced to everlasting life.

1335 >

1336 >

1337 >

1338 20. *Of those who promise this indulgence not to all, but only to those who have

1339 > been baptized as catholics, though afterwards they have broken out into

1340 > many crimes and heresies.*

1341 There are others still who make this promise not even to

1342 all who have received the sacraments of the baptism of Christ

1343 and of His body, but only to the catholics, however badly

1344 they have lived. For these have eaten the body of Christ,

1345 not only sacramentally but really, being incorporated in His

1346 body, as the apostle says, "We, being many, are one bread,

1347 one body;"[893] so that, though they have afterwards lapsed into

1348 some heresy, or even into heathenism and idolatry, yet by

1349 virtue of this one thing, that they have received the baptism

1350 of Christ, and eaten the body of Christ, in the body of Christ,

1351 that is to say, in the catholic Church, they shall not die

1352 eternally, but at one time or other obtain eternal life; and all

1353 that wickedness of theirs shall not avail to make their punishment

1354 eternal, but only proportionately long and severe.

1355 >

1356 >

1357 >

1358 21. *Of those who assert that all catholics who continue in the faith, even though

1359 > by the depravity of their lives they have merited hell fire, shall be saved on

1360 > account of the "foundation" of their faith.*

1361 There are some, too, who found upon the expression of

1362 Scripture, "He that endureth to the end shall be saved,"[894] and

1363 who promise salvation only to those who continue in the

1364 Church catholic; and though such persons have lived badly,

1365 yet, say they, they shall be saved as by fire through virtue of

1366 the foundation of which the apostle says, "For other foundation

1367 hath no man laid than that which is laid, which is Christ

1368 Jesus. Now if any man build upon this foundation gold,

1369 silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man's work

1370 shall be made manifest: for the day of the Lord shall declare

1371 it, for it shall be revealed by fire; and each man's work

1372 shall be proved of what sort it is. If any man's work shall

1373 endure which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a

1374 reward. But if any man's work shall be burned, he shall

1375 suffer loss: but he himself shall be saved; yet so as through

1376 fire."[895] They say, accordingly, that the catholic Christian, no

1377 matter what his life be, has Christ as his foundation, while

1378 this foundation is not possessed by any heresy which is separated

1379 from the unity of His body. And therefore, through

1380 virtue of this foundation, even though the catholic Christian

1381 by the inconsistency of his life has been as one building up

1382 wood, hay, stubble, upon it, they believe that he shall be

1383 saved by fire, in other words, that he shall be delivered after

1384 tasting the pain of that fire to which the wicked shall be condemned

1385 at the last judgment.

1386 22. *Of those who fancy that the sins which are intermingled with alms-deeds

1387 shall not be charged at the day of judgment.*

1388 I have also met with some who are of opinion that such

1389 only as neglect to cover their sins with alms-deeds shall be

1390 punished in everlasting fire; and they cite the words of the

1391 Apostle James, "He shall have judgment without mercy who

1392 hath shown no mercy."[896] Therefore, say they, he who has

1393 not amended his ways, but yet has intermingled his profligate

1394 and wicked actions with works of mercy, shall receive mercy

1395 in the judgment, so that he shall either quite escape condemnation,

1396 or shall be liberated from his doom after some time

1397 shorter or longer. They suppose that this was the reason

1398 why the Judge Himself of quick and dead declined to mention

1399 anything else than works of mercy done or omitted, when

1400 awarding to those on His right hand life eternal, and to those

1401 on His left everlasting punishment.[897] To the same purpose,

1402 they say, is the daily petition we make in the Lord's prayer,

1403 "Forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors."[898] For, no

1404 doubt, whoever pardons the person who has wronged him does

1405 a charitable action. And this has been so highly commended

1406 by the Lord Himself, that He says, "For if ye forgive men

1407 their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you:

1408 but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your

1409 Father forgive your trespasses."[899] And so it is to this kind

1410 of alms-deeds that the saying of the Apostle James refers,

1411 "He shall have judgment without mercy that hath shown no

1412 mercy." And our Lord, they say, made no distinction of

1413 great and small sins, but "Your Father will forgive your sins,

1414 if ye forgive men theirs." Consequently they conclude that,

1415 though a man has led an abandoned life up to the last day of

1416 it, yet whatsoever his sins have been, they are all remitted by

1417 virtue of this daily prayer, if only he has been mindful to

1418 attend to this one thing, that when they who have done him

1419 any injury ask his pardon, he forgive them from his heart.

1420 When, by God's help, I have replied to all these errors, I

1421 shall conclude this (twenty-first) book.

1422 23. *Against those who are of opinion that the punishment neither of the devil nor

1423 of wicked men shall be eternal.*

1424 First of all, it behoves us to inquire and to recognise why

1425 the Church has not been able to tolerate the idea that promises

1426 cleansing or indulgence to the devil even after the most severe

1427 and protracted punishment. For so many holy men, imbued

1428 with the spirit of the Old and New Testament, did not grudge

1429 to angels of any rank or character that they should enjoy the

1430 blessedness of the heavenly kingdom after being cleansed by

1431 suffering, but rather they perceived that they could not invalidate

1432 nor evacuate the divine sentence which the Lord

1433 predicted that He would pronounce in the judgment, saying,

1434 "Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared

1435 for the devil and his angels."[900] For here it is evident that

1436 the devil and his angels shall burn in everlasting fire. And

1437 there is also that declaration in the Apocalypse, "The devil

1438 their deceiver was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone,

1439 where also are the beast and the false prophet. And they

1440 shall be tormented day and night for ever."[901] In the former

1441 passage "everlasting" is used, in the latter "for ever;" and

1442 by these words Scripture is wont to mean nothing else than

1443 endless duration. And therefore no other reason, no reason

1444 more obvious and just, can be found for holding it as the fixed

1445 and immovable belief of the truest piety, that the devil and

1446 his angels shall never return to the justice and life of the

1447 saints, than that Scripture, which deceives no man, says that

1448 God spared them not, and that they were condemned beforehand

1449 by Him, and cast into prisons of darkness in hell,[902] being

1450 reserved to the judgment of the last day, when eternal fire

1451 shall receive them, in which they shall be tormented world

1452 without end. And if this be so, how can it be believed that

1453 all men, or even some, shall be withdrawn from the endurance

1454 of punishment after some time has been spent in it? how can

1455 this be believed without enervating our faith in the eternal

1456 punishment of the devils? For if all or some of those to

1457 whom it shall be said, "Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting

1458 fire, prepared for the devil and his angels,"[903] are not to

1459 be always in that fire, then what reason is there for believing

1460 that the devil and his angels shall always be there? Or is

1461 perhaps the sentence of God, which is to be pronounced on

1462 wicked men and angels alike, to be true in the case of the

1463 angels, false in that of men? Plainly it will be so if the

1464 conjectures of men are to weigh more than the word of God.

1465 But because this is absurd, they who desire to be rid of eternal

1466 punishment ought to abstain from arguing against God, and

1467 rather, while yet there is opportunity, obey the divine commands.

1468 Then what a fond fancy is it to suppose that eternal

1469 punishment means long-continued punishment, while eternal

1470 life means life without end, since Christ in the very same

1471 passage spoke of both in similar terms in one and the same

1472 sentence, "These shall go away into eternal punishment, but

1473 the righteous into life eternal!"[904] If both destinies are

1474 "eternal," then we must either understand both as long-continued

1475 but at last terminating, or both as endless. For they

1476 are correlative,—on the one hand, punishment eternal, on the

1477 other hand, life eternal. And to say in one and the same

1478 sense, life eternal shall be endless, punishment eternal shall

1479 come to an end, is the height of absurdity. Wherefore, as

1480 the eternal life of the saints shall be endless, so too the eternal

1481 punishment of those who are doomed to it shall have no end.

1482 24. *Against those who fancy that in the judgment of God all the accused will be

1483 spared in virtue of the prayers of the saints.*

1484 And this reasoning is equally conclusive against those who,

1485 in their own interest, but under the guise of a greater tenderness

1486 of spirit, attempt to invalidate the words of God, and

1487 who assert that these words are true, not because men shall

1488 suffer those things which are threatened by God, but because

1489 they deserve to suffer them. For God, they say, will yield

1490 them to the prayers of His saints, who will then the more

1491 earnestly pray for their enemies, as they shall be more perfect

1492 in holiness, and whose prayers will be the more efficacious

1493 and the more worthy of God's ear, because now purged from

1494 all sin whatsoever. Why, then, if in that perfected holiness

1495 their prayers be so pure and all-availing, will they not use

1496 them in behalf of the angels for whom eternal fire is prepared,

1497 that God may mitigate His sentence and alter it, and extricate

1498 them from that fire? Or will there, perhaps, be some one hardy

1499 enough to affirm that even the holy angels will make common

1500 cause with holy men (then become the equals of God's angels),

1501 and will intercede for the guilty, both men and angels, that

1502 mercy may spare them the punishment which truth has pronounced

1503 them to deserve? But this has been asserted by no

1504 one sound in the faith, nor will be. Otherwise there is no

1505 reason why the Church should not even now pray for the

1506 devil and his angels, since God her Master has ordered her

1507 to pray for her enemies. The reason, then, which prevents

1508 the Church from now praying for the wicked angels, whom

1509 she knows to be her enemies, is the identical reason which

1510 shall prevent her, however perfected in holiness, from praying

1511 at the last judgment for those men who are to be punished in

1512 eternal fire. At present she prays for her enemies among

1513 men, because they have yet opportunity for fruitful repentance.

1514 For what does she especially beg for them but that

1515 "God would grant them repentance," as the apostle says,

1516 "that they may return to soberness out of the snare of the

1517 devil, by whom they are held captive according to his will?"[905]

1518 But if the Church were certified who those are, who, though

1519 they are still abiding in this life, are yet predestinated to go

1520 with the devil into eternal fire, then for them she could no

1521 more pray than for him. But since she has this certainty

1522 regarding no man, she prays for all her enemies who yet live

1523 in this world; and yet she is not heard in behalf of all. But

1524 she is heard in the case of those only who, though they oppose

1525 the Church, are yet predestinated to become her sons through

1526 her intercession. But if any retain an impenitent heart until

1527 death, and are not converted from enemies into sons, does the

1528 Church continue to pray for them, for the spirits, *i.e.*, of such

1529 persons deceased? And why does she cease to pray for them,

1530 unless because the man who was not translated into Christ's

1531 kingdom while he was in the body, is now judged to be of

1532 Satan's following?

1533 It is then, I say, the same reason which prevents the

1534 Church at any time from praying for the wicked angels, which

1535 prevents her from praying hereafter for those men who are to

1536 be punished in eternal fire; and this also is the reason why,

1537 though she prays even for the wicked so long as they live,

1538 she yet does not even in this world pray for the unbelieving

1539 and godless who are dead. For some of the dead, indeed, the

1540 prayer of the Church or of pious individuals is heard; but it

1541 is for those who, having been regenerated in Christ, did not

1542 spend their life so wickedly that they can be judged unworthy

1543 of such compassion, nor so well that they can be considered

1544 to have no need of it. As also, after the resurrection, there

1545 will be some of the dead to whom, after they have endured

1546 the pains proper to the spirits of the dead, mercy shall be

1547 accorded, and acquittal from the punishment of eternal fire.

1548 For were there not some whose sins, though not remitted in

1549 this life, shall be remitted in that which is to come, it could

1550 not be truly said, "They shall not be forgiven, neither in this

1551 world, neither in that which is to come."[906] But when the Judge

1552 of quick and dead has said, "Come, ye blessed of my Father,

1553 inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of

1554 the world," and to those on the other side, "Depart from me,

1555 ye cursed, into the eternal fire, which is prepared for the

1556 devil and his angels," and "These shall go away into eternal

1557 punishment, but the righteous into eternal life,"[907] it were

1558 excessively presumptuous to say that the punishment of any

1559 of those whom God has said shall go away into eternal

1560 punishment shall not be eternal, and so bring either despair

1561 or doubt upon the corresponding promise of life eternal.

1562 Let no man then so understand the words of the Psalmist,

1563 "Shall God forget to be gracious? shall He shut up in His

1564 anger His tender mercies?"[908] as if the sentence of God were

1565 true of good men, false of bad men, or true of good men and

1566 wicked angels, but false of bad men. For the Psalmist's words

1567 refer to the vessels of mercy and the children of the promise,

1568 of whom the prophet himself was one; for when he had said,

1569 "Shall God forget to be gracious? shall He shut up in His

1570 anger His tender mercies?" and then immediately subjoins,

1571 "And I said, Now I begin: this is the change wrought by

1572 the right hand of the Most High,"[909] he manifestly explained

1573 what he meant by the words, "Shall He shut up in His

1574 anger His tender mercies?" For God's anger is this mortal

1575 life, in which man is made like to vanity, and his days pass

1576 as a shadow.[910] Yet in this anger God does not forget to be

1577 gracious, causing His sun to shine and His rain to descend on

1578 the just and the unjust;[911] and thus He does not in His anger

1579 cut short His tender mercies, and especially in what the

1580 Psalmist speaks of in the words, "Now I begin: this change

1581 is from the right hand of the Most High;" for He changes for

1582 the better the vessels of mercy, even while they are still in

1583 this most wretched life, which is God's anger, and even while

1584 His anger is manifesting itself in this miserable corruption;

1585 for "in His anger He does not shut up His tender mercies."

1586 And since the truth of this divine canticle is quite satisfied by

1587 this application of it, there is no need to give it a reference to

1588 that place in which those who do not belong to the city of God

1589 are punished in eternal fire. But if any persist in extending

1590 its application to the torments of the wicked, let them at least

1591 understand it so that the anger of God, which has threatened

1592 the wicked with eternal punishment, shall abide, but shall be

1593 mixed with mercy to the extent of alleviating the torments

1594 which might justly be inflicted; so that the wicked shall

1595 neither wholly escape, nor only for a time endure these threatened

1596 pains, but that they shall be less severe and more endurable

1597 than they deserve. Thus the anger of God shall continue,

1598 and at the same time He will not in this anger shut up His

1599 tender mercies. But even this hypothesis I am not to be

1600 supposed to affirm because I do not positively oppose it.[912]

1601 As for those who find an empty threat rather than a truth

1602 in such passages as these: "Depart from me, ye cursed, into

1603 everlasting fire;" and "These shall go away into eternal

1604 punishment;"[913] and "They shall be tormented for ever and

1605 ever;"[914] and "Their worm shall not die, and their fire shall

1606 not be quenched,"[915]—such persons, I say, are most emphatically

1607 and abundantly refuted, not by me so much as by the divine

1608 Scripture itself. For the men of Nineveh repented in this

1609 life, and therefore their repentance was fruitful, inasmuch as

1610 they sowed in that field which the Lord meant to be sown in

1611 tears that it might afterwards be reaped in joy. And yet who

1612 will deny that God's prediction was fulfilled in their case, if

1613 at least he observes that God destroys sinners not only in

1614 anger but also in compassion? For sinners are destroyed in

1615 two ways,—either, like the Sodomites, the men themselves are

1616 punished for their sins, or, like the Ninevites, the men's sins

1617 are destroyed by repentance. God's prediction, therefore, was

1618 fulfilled,—the wicked Nineveh was overthrown, and a good

1619 Nineveh built up. For its walls and houses remained standing;

1620 the city was overthrown in its depraved manners. And

1621 thus, though the prophet was provoked that the destruction

1622 which the inhabitants dreaded, because of his prediction, did

1623 not take place, yet that which God's foreknowledge had predicted

1624 did take place, for He who foretold the destruction

1625 knew how it should be fulfilled in a less calamitous sense.

1626 But that these perversely compassionate persons may see

1627 what is the purport of these words, "How great is the abundance

1628 of Thy sweetness, Lord, which Thou hast hidden for them

1629 that fear Thee,"[916] let them read what follows: "And Thou hast

1630 perfected it for them that hope in Thee." For what means,

1631 "Thou hast hidden it for them that fear Thee," "Thou hast

1632 perfected it for them that hope in Thee," unless this, that to

1633 those who through fear of punishment seek to establish their

1634 own righteousness by the law, the righteousness of God is not

1635 sweet, because they are ignorant of it? They have not tasted

1636 it. For they hope in themselves, not in Him; and therefore

1637 God's abundant sweetness is hidden from them. They fear

1638 God, indeed, but it is with that servile fear "which is not in

1639 love; for perfect love casteth out fear."[917] Therefore to them

1640 that hope in Him He perfecteth His sweetness, inspiring them

1641 with His own love, so that with a holy fear, which love does

1642 not cast out, but which endureth for ever, they may, when

1643 they glory, glory in the Lord. For the righteousness of God

1644 is Christ, "who is of God made unto us," as the apostle says,

1645 "wisdom, and righteousness, and sanctification, and redemption:

1646 as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the

1647 Lord."[918] This righteousness of God, which is the gift of grace

1648 without merits, is not known by those who go about to establish

1649 their own righteousness, and are therefore not subject to

1650 the righteousness of God, which is Christ.[919] But it is in this

1651 righteousness that we find the great abundance of God's sweetness,

1652 of which the psalm says, "Taste and see how sweet the

1653 Lord is."[920] And this we rather taste than partake of to satiety

1654 in this our pilgrimage. We hunger and thirst for it now, that

1655 hereafter we may be satisfied with it when we see Him as He

1656 is, and that is fulfilled which is written, "I shall be satisfied

1657 when Thy glory shall be manifested."[921] It is thus that Christ

1658 perfects the great abundance of His sweetness to them that

1659 hope in Him. But if God conceals His sweetness from them

1660 that fear Him in the sense that these our objectors fancy, so that

1661 men's ignorance of His purpose of mercy towards the wicked

1662 may lead them to fear Him and live better, and so that there

1663 may be prayer made for those who are not living as they

1664 ought, how then does He perfect His sweetness to them that

1665 hope in Him, since, if their dreams be true, it is this very

1666 sweetness which will prevent Him from punishing those who

1667 do not hope in Him? Let us then seek that sweetness of His,

1668 which He perfects to them that hope in Him, not that which

1669 He is supposed to perfect to those who despise and blaspheme

1670 Him; for in vain, after this life, does a man seek for what he

1671 has neglected to provide while in this life.

1672 Then, as to that saying of the apostle, "For God hath concluded

1673 all in unbelief, that He may have mercy upon all,"[922]

1674 it does not mean that He will condemn no one; but the foregoing

1675 context shows what is meant. The apostle composed

1676 the epistle for the Gentiles who were already believers; and

1677 when he was speaking to them of the Jews who were yet to

1678 believe, he says, "For as ye in times past believed not God,

1679 yet have now obtained mercy through their unbelief; even

1680 so have these also now not believed, that through your mercy

1681 they also may obtain mercy." Then he added the words in

1682 question with which these persons beguile themselves: "For

1683 God concluded all in unbelief, that He might have mercy

1684 upon all." All whom, if not all those of whom he was speaking,

1685 just as if he had said, "Both you and them?" God then

1686 concluded all those in unbelief, both Jews and Gentiles, whom

1687 He foreknew and predestinated to be conformed to the image

1688 of His Son, in order that they might be confounded by the

1689 bitterness of unbelief, and might repent and believingly turn

1690 to the sweetness of God's mercy, and might take up that

1691 exclamation of the psalm, "How great is the abundance of

1692 Thy sweetness, O Lord, which Thou hast hidden for them that

1693 fear Thee, but hast perfected to them that hope," not in themselves,

1694 but "in Thee." He has mercy, then, on all the vessels

1695 of mercy. And what means "all?" Both those of the

1696 Gentiles and those of the Jews whom He predestinated, called,

1697 justified, glorified: none of these will be condemned by Him;

1698 but we cannot say none of all men whatever.

1699 >

1700 >

1701 >

1702 25. *Whether those who received heretical baptism, and have afterwards fallen

1703 > away to wickedness of life; or those who have received catholic baptism,

1704 > but have afterwards passed over to heresy and schism; or those who have

1705 > remained in the catholic Church in which they were baptized, but have

1706 > continued to live immorally,—may hope through the virtue of the sacraments

1707 > for the remission of eternal punishment.*

1708 But let us now reply to those who promise deliverance

1709 from eternal fire, not to the devil and his angels (as neither

1710 do they of whom we have been speaking), nor even to all

1711 men whatever, but only to those who have been washed by

1712 the baptism of Christ, and have become partakers of His body

1713 and blood, no matter how they have lived, no matter what

1714 heresy or impiety they have fallen into. But they are contradicted

1715 by the apostle, where he says, "Now the works of

1716 the flesh are manifest, which are these; fornication, uncleanness,

1717 lasciviousness, idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variances,

1718 emulations, wrath, strife, heresies, envyings, drunkenness,

1719 revellings, and the like: of the which I tell you before, as I

1720 have also told you in time past, for they which do such

1721 things shall not inherit the kingdom of God."[923] Certainly

1722 this sentence of the apostle is false, if such persons shall be

1723 delivered after any lapse of time, and shall then inherit the

1724 kingdom of God. But as it is not false, they shall certainly

1725 never inherit the kingdom of God. And if they shall never

1726 enter that kingdom, then they shall always be retained in

1727 eternal punishment; for there is no middle place where he

1728 may live unpunished who has not been admitted into that

1729 kingdom.

1730 And therefore we may reasonably inquire how we are to

1731 understand these words of the Lord Jesus: "This is the bread

1732 which cometh down from heaven, that a man may eat thereof,

1733 and not die. I am the living bread which came down from

1734 heaven. If any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever."[924]

1735 And those, indeed, whom we are now answering, are refuted

1736 in their interpretation of this passage by those whom we are

1737 shortly to answer, and who do not promise this deliverance to

1738 all who have received the sacraments of baptism and the

1739 Lord's body, but only to the catholics, however wickedly they

1740 live; for these, say they, have eaten the Lord's body not only

1741 sacramentally, but really, being constituted members of His

1742 body, of which the apostle says, "We being many are one

1743 bread, one body."[925] He then who is in the unity of Christ's

1744 body (that is to say, in the Christian membership), of which

1745 body the faithful have been wont to receive the sacrament at

1746 the altar, that man is truly said to eat the body and drink

1747 the blood of Christ. And consequently heretics and schismatics

1748 being separate from the unity of this body, are able

1749 to receive the same sacrament, but with no profit to themselves,—nay,

1750 rather to their own hurt, so that they are rather

1751 more severely judged than liberated after some time. For

1752 they are not in that bond of peace which is symbolized by

1753 that sacrament.

1754 But again, even those who sufficiently understand that he

1755 who is not in the body of Christ cannot be said to eat the

1756 body of Christ, are in error when they promise liberation

1757 from the fire of eternal punishment to persons who fall away

1758 from the unity of that body into heresy, or even into heathenish

1759 superstition. For, in the first place, they ought to consider

1760 how intolerable it is, and how discordant with sound

1761 doctrine, to suppose that many, indeed, or almost all, who

1762 have forsaken the Church catholic, and have originated impious

1763 heresies and become heresiarchs, should enjoy a destiny

1764 superior to those who never were catholics, but have fallen

1765 into the snares of these others; that is to say, if the fact of

1766 their catholic baptism and original reception of the sacrament

1767 of the body of Christ in the true body of Christ is sufficient

1768 to deliver these heresiarchs from eternal punishment. For

1769 certainly he who deserts the faith, and from a deserter becomes

1770 an assailant, is worse than he who has not deserted the

1771 faith he never held. And, in the second place, they are contradicted

1772 by the apostle, who, after enumerating the works

1773 of the flesh, says with reference to heresies, "They who do

1774 such things shall not inherit the kingdom of God."

1775 And therefore neither ought such persons as lead an

1776 abandoned and damnable life to be confident of salvation,

1777 though they persevere to the end in the communion of the

1778 Church catholic, and comfort themselves with the words, "He

1779 that endureth to the end shall be saved." By the iniquity of

1780 their life they abandon that very righteousness of life which

1781 Christ is to them, whether it be by fornication, or by perpetrating

1782 in their body the other uncleannesses which the apostle would

1783 not so much as mention, or by a dissolute luxury, or by doing

1784 any one of those things of which he says, "They who do such

1785 things shall not inherit the kingdom of God." Consequently,

1786 they who do such things shall not exist anywhere but in

1787 eternal punishment, since they cannot be in the kingdom of

1788 God. For, while they continue in such things to the very

1789 end of life, they cannot be said to abide in Christ to the end;

1790 for to abide in Him is to abide in the faith of Christ. And

1791 this faith, according to the apostle's definition of it, "worketh

1792 by love."[926] And "love," as he elsewhere says, "worketh no

1793 evil."[927] Neither can these persons be said to eat the body of

1794 Christ, for they cannot even be reckoned among His members.

1795 For, not to mention other reasons, they cannot be at once the

1796 members of Christ and the members of a harlot. In fine, He

1797 Himself, when He says, "He that eateth my flesh and drinketh

1798 my blood, dwelleth in me, and I in him,"[928] shows what it is

1799 in reality, and not sacramentally, to eat His body and drink

1800 His blood; for this is to dwell in Christ, that He also may

1801 dwell in us. So that it is as if He said, He that dwelleth

1802 not in me, and in whom I do not dwell, let him not say or

1803 think that he eateth my body or drinketh my blood. Accordingly,

1804 they who are not Christ's members do not dwell in

1805 Him. And they who make themselves members of a harlot,

1806 are not members of Christ unless they have penitently abandoned

1807 that evil, and have returned to this good to be reconciled

1808 to it.

1809 26. *What it is to have Christ for a foundation, and who they are to whom

1810 salvation as by fire is promised.*

1811 But, say they, the catholic Christians have Christ for a

1812 foundation, and they have not fallen away from union with

1813 Him, no matter how depraved a life they have built on this

1814 foundation, as wood, hay, stubble; and accordingly the well-directed

1815 faith by which Christ is their foundation will suffice

1816 to deliver them some time from the continuance of that fire,

1817 though it be with loss, since those things they have built on

1818 it shall be burned. Let the Apostle James summarily reply

1819 to them: "If any man say he has faith, and have not works,

1820 can faith save him?"[929] And who then is it, they ask, of

1821 whom the Apostle Paul says, "But he himself shall be saved,

1822 yet so as by fire?"[930] Let us join them in their inquiry; and

1823 one thing is very certain, that it is not he of whom James

1824 speaks, else we should make the two apostles contradict one

1825 another, if the one says, "Though a man's works be evil, his

1826 faith will save him as by fire," while the other says, "If he

1827 have not good works, can his faith save him?"

1828 We shall then ascertain who it is who can be saved by

1829 fire, if we first discover what it is to have Christ for a foundation.

1830 And this we may very readily learn from the image

1831 itself. In a building the foundation is first. Whoever, then,

1832 has Christ in his heart, so that no earthly or temporal things—not

1833 even those that are legitimate and allowed—are preferred

1834 to Him, has Christ as a foundation. But if these

1835 things be preferred, then even though a man seem to have faith

1836 in Christ, yet Christ is not the foundation to that man; and

1837 much more if he, in contempt of wholesome precepts, seek

1838 forbidden gratifications, is he clearly convicted of putting

1839 Christ not first but last, since he has despised Him as his

1840 ruler, and has preferred to fulfil his own wicked lusts, in contempt

1841 of Christ's commands and allowances. Accordingly, if

1842 any Christian man loves a harlot, and, attaching himself to

1843 her, becomes one body, he has not now Christ for a foundation.

1844 But if any one loves his own wife, and loves her as Christ would

1845 have him love her, who can doubt that he has Christ for a

1846 foundation? But if he loves her in the world's fashion, carnally,

1847 as the disease of lust prompts him, and as the Gentiles

1848 love who know not God, even this the apostle, or rather

1849 Christ by the apostle, allows as a venial fault. And therefore

1850 even such a man may have Christ for a foundation. For

1851 so long as he does not prefer such an affection or pleasure to

1852 Christ, Christ is his foundation, though on it he builds wood,

1853 hay, stubble; and therefore he shall be saved as by fire. For

1854 the fire of affliction shall burn such luxurious pleasures and

1855 earthly loves, though they be not damnable, because enjoyed

1856 in lawful wedlock. And of this fire the fuel is bereavement,

1857 and all those calamities which consume these joys. Consequently

1858 the superstructure will be loss to him who has built

1859 it, for he shall not retain it, but shall be agonized by the loss

1860 of those things in the enjoyment of which he found pleasure.

1861 But by this fire he shall be saved through virtue of the foundation,

1862 because even if a persecutor demanded whether he

1863 would retain Christ or these things, he would prefer Christ.

1864 Would you hear, in the apostle's own words, who he is who

1865 builds on the foundation gold, silver, precious stones? "He

1866 that is unmarried," he says, "careth for the things that

1867 belong to the Lord, how he may please the Lord."[931] Would

1868 you hear who he is that buildeth wood, hay, stubble? "But

1869 he that is married careth for the things that are of the world,

1870 how he may please his wife."[932] "Every man's work shall be

1871 made manifest: for the day shall declare it,"—the day, no

1872 doubt, of tribulation—"because," says he, "it shall be revealed

1873 by fire."[933] He calls tribulation fire, just as it is elsewhere

1874 said, "The furnace proves the vessels of the potter, and

1875 the trial of affliction righteous men."[934] And "The fire shall

1876 try every man's work of what sort it is. If any man's work

1877 abide"—for a man's care for the things of the Lord, how he

1878 may please the Lord, abides—"which he hath built thereupon,

1879 he shall receive a reward,"—that is, he shall reap the

1880 fruit of his care. "But if any man's work shall be burned,

1881 he shall suffer loss,"—for what he loved he shall not retain:—"but

1882 he himself shall be saved,"—for no tribulation shall

1883 have moved him from that stable foundation,—"yet so as by

1884 fire;"[935] for that which he possessed with the sweetness of

1885 love he does not lose without the sharp sting of pain. Here,

1886 then, as seems to me, we have a fire which destroys neither,

1887 but enriches the one, brings loss to the other, proves both.

1888 But if this passage [of Corinthians] is to interpret that

1889 fire of which the Lord shall say to those on His left hand,

1890 "Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlasting fire,"[936] so that

1891 among these we are to believe there are those who build on

1892 the foundation wood, hay, stubble, and that they, through

1893 virtue of the good foundation, shall after a time be liberated

1894 from the fire that is the award of their evil deserts, what

1895 then shall we think of those on the right hand, to whom it

1896 shall be said, "Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit the

1897 kingdom prepared for you,"[937] unless that they are those who

1898 have built on the foundation gold, silver, precious stones?

1899 But if the fire of which our Lord speaks is the same as that

1900 of which the apostle says, "Yet so as by fire," then both—that

1901 is to say, both those on the right as well as those on the

1902 left—are to be cast into it. For that fire is to try both,

1903 since it is said, "For the day of the Lord shall declare it, because

1904 it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every

1905 man's work of what sort it is."[938] If, therefore, the fire shall

1906 try both, in order that if any man's work abide—*i.e.* if the

1907 superstructure be not consumed by the fire—he may receive

1908 a reward, and that if his work is burned he may suffer loss,

1909 certainly that fire is not the eternal fire itself. For into

1910 this latter fire only those on the left hand shall be cast, and

1911 that with final and everlasting doom; but that former fire

1912 proves those on the right hand. But some of them it so

1913 proves that it does not burn and consume the structure which

1914 is found to have been built by them on Christ as the foundation;

1915 while others of them it proves in another fashion, so as

1916 to burn what they have built up, and thus cause them to

1917 suffer loss, while they themselves are saved because they have

1918 retained Christ, who was laid as their sure foundation, and

1919 have loved Him above all. But if they are saved, then certainly

1920 they shall stand at the right hand, and shall with the

1921 rest hear the sentence, "Come, ye blessed of my Father, inherit

1922 the kingdom prepared for you;" and not at the left

1923 hand, where those shall be who shall not be saved, and shall

1924 therefore hear the doom, "Depart from me, ye cursed, into

1925 everlasting fire." For from that fire no man shall be saved,

1926 because they all shall go away into eternal punishment, where

1927 their worms shall not die, nor their fire be quenched, in which

1928 they shall be tormented day and night for ever.

1929 But if it be said that in the interval of time between the

1930 death of this body and that last day of judgment and retribution

1931 which shall follow the resurrection, the bodies of the

1932 dead shall be exposed to a fire of such a nature that it shall

1933 not affect those who have not in this life indulged in such

1934 pleasures and pursuits as shall be consumed like wood, hay,

1935 stubble, but shall affect those others who have carried with

1936 them structures of that kind; if it be said that such worldliness,

1937 being venial, shall be consumed in the fire of tribulation

1938 either here only, or here and hereafter both, or here that it may

1939 not be hereafter,—this I do not contradict, because possibly

1940 it is true. For perhaps even the death of the body is itself

1941 a part of this tribulation, for it results from the first transgression,

1942 so that the time which follows death takes its colour

1943 in each case from the nature of the man's building. The

1944 persecutions, too, which have crowned the martyrs, and which

1945 Christians of all kinds suffer, try both buildings like a fire,

1946 consuming some, along with the builders themselves, if Christ

1947 is not found in them as their foundation, while others they

1948 consume without the builders, because Christ is found in

1949 them, and they are saved, though with loss; and other buildings

1950 still they do not consume, because such materials as

1951 abide for ever are found in them. In the end of the world

1952 there shall be in the time of Antichrist tribulation such as

1953 has never before been. How many edifices there shall then be,

1954 of gold or of hay, built on the best foundation, Christ Jesus,

1955 which that fire shall prove, bringing joy to some, loss to

1956 others, but without destroying either sort, because of this

1957 stable foundation! But whosoever prefers, I do not say his

1958 wife, with whom he lives for carnal pleasure, but any of those

1959 relatives who afford no delight of such a kind, and whom it

1960 is right to love,—whosoever prefers these to Christ, and loves

1961 them after a human and carnal fashion, has not Christ as a

1962 foundation, and will therefore not be saved by fire, nor indeed

1963 at all; for he shall not possibly dwell with the Saviour, who

1964 says very explicitly concerning this very matter, "He that loveth

1965 father or mother more than me is not worthy of me; and he

1966 that loveth son or daughter more than me is not worthy of

1967 me."[939] But he who loves his relations carnally, and yet so that

1968 he does not prefer them to Christ, but would rather want them

1969 than Christ if he were put to the proof, shall be saved by fire,

1970 because it is necessary that by the loss of these relations he

1971 suffer pain in proportion to his love. And he who loves

1972 father, mother, sons, daughters, according to Christ, so that

1973 he aids them in obtaining His kingdom and cleaving to Him,

1974 or loves them because they are members of Christ, God forbid

1975 that this love should be consumed as wood, hay, stubble, and

1976 not rather be reckoned a structure of gold, silver, precious

1977 stones. For how can a man love those more than Christ

1978 whom he loves only for Christ's sake?

1979 27. *Against the belief of those who think that the sins which have been accompanied

1980 with almsgiving will do them no harm.*

1981 It remains to reply to those who maintain that those only

1982 shall burn in eternal fire who neglect alms-deeds proportioned

1983 to their sins, resting this opinion on the words of the

1984 Apostle James, "He shall have judgment without mercy that

1985 hath showed no mercy."[940] Therefore, they say, he that hath

1986 showed mercy, though he has not reformed his dissolute conduct,

1987 but has lived wickedly and iniquitously even while

1988 abounding in alms, shall have a merciful judgment, so that he

1989 shall either be not condemned at all, or shall be delivered

1990 from final judgment after a time. And for the same reason

1991 they suppose that Christ will discriminate between those on

1992 the right hand and those on the left, and will send the one

1993 party into His kingdom, the other into eternal punishment, on

1994 the sole ground of their attention to or neglect of works of

1995 charity. Moreover, they endeavour to use the prayer which

1996 the Lord Himself taught as a proof and bulwark of their

1997 opinion, that daily sins which are never abandoned can be

1998 expiated through alms-deeds, no matter how offensive or of

1999 what sort they be. For, say they, as there is no day on

2000 which Christians ought not to use this prayer, so there is no

2001 sin of any kind which, though committed every day, is not

2002 remitted when we say, "Forgive us our debts," if we take

2003 care to fulfil what follows, "as we forgive our debtors."[941] For,

2004 they go on to say, the Lord does not say, "If ye forgive men

2005 their trespasses, your heavenly Father will forgive you your

2006 little daily sins," but "will forgive you your sins." Therefore,

2007 be they of any kind or magnitude whatever, be they perpetrated

2008 daily and never abandoned or subdued in this life,

2009 they can be pardoned, they presume, through alms-deeds.

2010 But they are right to inculcate the giving of alms proportioned

2011 to past sins; for if they said that any kind of alms

2012 could obtain the divine pardon of great sins committed daily

2013 and with habitual enormity, if they said that such sins could

2014 thus be daily remitted, they would see that their doctrine

2015 was absurd and ridiculous. For they would thus be driven

2016 to acknowledge that it were possible for a very wealthy man

2017 to buy absolution from murders, adulteries, and all manner of

2018 wickedness, by paying a daily alms of ten paltry coins. And

2019 if it be most absurd and insane to make such an acknowledgment,

2020 and if we still ask what are those fitting alms of

2021 which even the forerunner of Christ said, "Bring forth therefore

2022 fruits meet for repentance,"[942] undoubtedly it will be found

2023 that they are not such as are done by men who undermine

2024 their life by daily enormities even to the very end. For

2025 they suppose that by giving to the poor a small fraction

2026 of the wealth they acquire by extortion and spoliation they

2027 can propitiate Christ, so that they may with impunity

2028 commit the most damnable sins, in the persuasion that they

2029 have bought from Him a licence to transgress, or rather

2030 do buy a daily indulgence. And if they for one crime have

2031 distributed all their goods to Christ's needy members, that

2032 could profit them nothing unless they desisted from all similar

2033 actions, and attained charity which worketh no evil. He

2034 therefore who does alms-deeds proportioned to his sins must

2035 first begin with himself. For it is not reasonable that a man

2036 who exercises charity towards his neighbour should not do so

2037 towards himself, since he hears the Lord saying, "Thou shalt

2038 love thy neighbour as thyself,"[943] and again, "Have compassion

2039 on thy soul, and please God."[944] He then who has not compassion

2040 on his own soul that he may please God, how can he

2041 be said to do alms-deeds proportioned to his sins? To the

2042 same purpose is that written, "He who is bad to himself, to

2043 whom can he be good?"[945] We ought therefore to do alms

2044 that we may be heard when we pray that our past sins may

2045 be forgiven, not that while we continue in them we may

2046 think to provide ourselves with a licence for wickedness by

2047 alms-deeds.

2048 The reason, therefore, of our predicting that He will impute

2049 to those on His right hand the alms-deeds they have

2050 done, and charge those on His left with omitting the same, is

2051 that He may thus show the efficacy of charity for the deletion

2052 of past sins, not for impunity in their perpetual commission.

2053 And such persons, indeed, as decline to abandon their evil

2054 habits of life for a better course cannot be said to do charitable

2055 deeds. For this is the purport of the saying, "Inasmuch

2056 as ye did it not to one of the least of these, ye did it

2057 not to me."[946] He shows them that they do not perform

2058 charitable actions even when they think they are doing so.

2059 For if they gave bread to a hungering Christian because he is

2060 a Christian, assuredly they would not deny to themselves the

2061 bread of righteousness, that is, Christ Himself; for God considers

2062 not the person to whom the gift is made, but the spirit

2063 in which it is made. He therefore who loves Christ in a

2064 Christian extends alms to him in the same spirit in which he

2065 draws near to Christ, not in that spirit which would abandon

2066 Christ if it could do so with impunity. For in proportion as

2067 a man loves what Christ disapproves does he himself abandon

2068 Christ. For what does it profit a man that he is baptized, if

2069 he is not justified? Did not He who said, "Except a man

2070 be born of water and of the Spirit, he shall not enter into the

2071 kingdom of God,"[947] say also, "Except your righteousness shall

2072 exceed the righteousness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall

2073 not enter into the kingdom of heaven?"[948] Why do many

2074 through fear of the first saying run to baptism, while few

2075 through fear of the second seek to be justified? As therefore

2076 it is not to his brother a man says, "Thou fool," if when he

2077 says it he is indignant not at the brotherhood, but at the sin

2078 of the offender,—for otherwise he were guilty of hell fire,—so

2079 he who extends charity to a Christian does not extend it

2080 to a Christian if he does not love Christ in him. Now he

2081 does not love Christ who refuses to be justified in Him. Or,

2082 again, if a man has been guilty of this sin of calling his

2083 brother Fool, unjustly reviling him without any desire to

2084 remove his sin, his alms-deeds go a small way towards expiating

2085 this fault, unless he adds to this the remedy of reconciliation

2086 which the same passage enjoins. For it is there said,

2087 "Therefore, if thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest

2088 that thy brother hath aught against thee; leave

2089 there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be reconciled

2090 to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift."[949] Just

2091 so it is a small matter to do alms-deeds, no matter how great

2092 they be, for any sin, so long as the offender continues in the

2093 practice of sin.

2094 Then as to the daily prayer which the Lord Himself taught,

2095 and which is therefore called the Lord's prayer, it obliterates

2096 indeed the sins of the day, when day by day we say, "Forgive

2097 us our debts," and when we not only say but act out that

2098 which follows, "as we forgive our debtors;"[950] but we utter

2099 this petition because sins have been committed, and not that

2100 they may be. For by it our Saviour designed to teach us

2101 that, however righteously we live in this life of infirmity and

2102 darkness, we still commit sins for the remission of which we

2103 ought to pray, while we must pardon those who sin against

2104 us that we ourselves also may be pardoned. The Lord then

2105 did not utter the words, "If ye forgive men their trespasses,

2106 your Father will also forgive you your trespasses,"[951] in order

2107 that we might contract from this petition such confidence as

2108 should enable us to sin securely from day to day, either putting

2109 ourselves above the fear of human laws, or craftily deceiving

2110 men concerning our conduct, but in order that we

2111 might thus learn not to suppose that we are without sins,

2112 even though we should be free from crimes; as also God

2113 admonished the priests of the old law to this same effect

2114 regarding their sacrifices, which He commanded them to offer

2115 first for their own sins, and then for the sins of the people.

2116 For even the very words of so great a Master and Lord are to

2117 be intently considered. For He does not say, If ye forgive

2118 men their sins, your Father will also forgive you your sins, no

2119 matter of what sort they be, but He says, your sins; for it

2120 was a daily prayer He was teaching, and it was certainly to

2121 disciples already justified He was speaking. What, then,

2122 does He mean by "your sins," but those sins from which not

2123 even you who are justified and sanctified can be free? While,

2124 then, those who seek occasion from this petition to indulge in

2125 habitual sin maintain that the Lord meant to include great

2126 sins, because He did not say, He will forgive you your small

2127 sins, but "your sins," we, on the other hand, taking into

2128 account the character of the persons He was addressing, cannot

2129 see our way to interpret the expression "your sins" of

2130 anything but small sins, because such persons are no longer

2131 guilty of great sins. Nevertheless not even great sins themselves—sins

2132 from which we must flee with a total reformation

2133 of life—are forgiven to those who pray, unless they observe

2134 the appended precept, "as ye also forgive your debtors." For

2135 if the very small sins which attach even to the life of the

2136 righteous be not remitted without that condition, how much

2137 further from obtaining indulgence shall those be who are involved

2138 in many great crimes, if, while they cease from perpetrating

2139 such enormities, they still inexorably refuse to remit

2140 any debt incurred to themselves, since the Lord says, "But if

2141 ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father

2142 forgive your trespasses?"[952] For this is the purport of the saying

2143 of the Apostle James also, "He shall have judgment without

2144 mercy that hath showed no mercy."[953] For we should

2145 remember that servant whose debt of ten thousand talents his

2146 lord cancelled, but afterwards ordered him to pay up, because

2147 the servant himself had no pity for his fellow-servant who

2148 owed him an hundred pence.[954] The words which the Apostle

2149 James subjoins, "And mercy rejoiceth against judgment,"[955]

2150 find their application among those who are the children of the

2151 promise and vessels of mercy. For even those righteous men,

2152 who have lived with such holiness that they receive into

2153 the eternal habitations others also who have won their friendship

2154 with the mammon of unrighteousness,[956] became such only

2155 through the merciful deliverance of Him who justifies the

2156 ungodly, imputing to him a reward according to grace, not

2157 according to debt. For among this number is the apostle,

2158 who says, "I obtained mercy to be faithful."[957]

2159 But it must be admitted, that those who are thus received

2160 into the eternal habitations are not of such a character that

2161 their own life would suffice to rescue them without the aid of

2162 the saints, and consequently in their case especially does mercy

2163 rejoice against judgment. And yet we are not on this account

2164 to suppose that every abandoned profligate, who has made

2165 no amendment of his life, is to be received into the eternal

2166 habitations if only he has assisted the saints with the mammon

2167 of unrighteousness,—that is to say, with money or wealth

2168 which has been unjustly acquired, or, if rightfully acquired, is

2169 yet not the true riches, but only what iniquity counts riches,

2170 because it knows not the true riches in which those persons

2171 abound, who even receive others also into eternal habitations.

2172 There is then a certain kind of life, which is neither, on the

2173 one hand, so bad that those who adopt it are not helped

2174 towards the kingdom of heaven by any bountiful almsgiving

2175 by which they may relieve the wants of the saints, and make

2176 friends who could receive them into eternal habitations, nor,

2177 on the other hand, so good that it of itself suffices to win for

2178 them that great blessedness, if they do not obtain mercy

2179 through the merits of those whom they have made their friends.

2180 And I frequently wonder that even Virgil should give expression

2181 to this sentence of the Lord, in which He says, "Make

2182 to yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness, that

2183 they may receive you into everlasting habitations;"[958] and this

2184 very similar saying, "He that receiveth a prophet, in the

2185 name of a prophet, shall receive a prophet's reward; and he

2186 that receiveth a righteous man, in the name of a righteous

2187 man, shall receive a righteous man's reward."[959] For when that

2188 poet described the Elysian fields, in which they suppose that

2189 the souls of the blessed dwell, he placed there not only those

2190 who had been able by their own merit to reach that abode,

2191 but added,—

2192 "And they who grateful memory won

2193 By services to others done;"[960]

2194 that is, they who had served others, and thereby merited to

2195 be remembered by them. Just as if they used the expression

2196 so common in Christian lips, where some humble person commends

2197 himself to one of the saints, and says, Remember me,

2198 and secures that he do so by deserving well at his hand. But

2199 what that kind of life we have been speaking of is, and what

2200 those sins are which prevent a man from winning the kingdom

2201 of God by himself, but yet permit him to avail himself

2202 of the merits of the saints, it is very difficult to ascertain,

2203 very perilous to define. For my own part, in spite of all

2204 investigation, I have been up to the present hour unable to

2205 discover this. And possibly it is hidden from us, lest we

2206 should become careless in avoiding such sins, and so cease to

2207 make progress. For if it were known what these sins are,

2208 which, though they continue, and be not abandoned for a

2209 higher life, do yet not prevent us from seeking and hoping

2210 for the intercession of the saints, human sloth would presumptuously

2211 wrap itself in these sins, and would take no steps to

2212 be disentangled from such wrappings by the deft energy of

2213 any virtue, but would only desire to be rescued by the merits

2214 of other people, whose friendship had been won by a bountiful

2215 use of the mammon of unrighteousness. But now that we

2216 are left in ignorance of the precise nature of that iniquity

2217 which is venial, even though it be persevered in, certainly we

2218 are both more vigilant in our prayers and efforts for progress,

2219 and more careful to secure with the mammon of unrighteousness

2220 friends for ourselves among the saints.

2221 But this deliverance, which is effected by one's own prayers,

2222 or the intercession of holy men, secures that a man be not cast

2223 into eternal fire, but not that, when once he has been cast into

2224 it, he should after a time be rescued from it. For even those

2225 who fancy that what is said of the good ground bringing forth

2226 abundant fruit, some thirty, some sixty, some an hundred fold,

2227 is to be referred to the saints, so that in proportion to their

2228 merits some of them shall deliver thirty men, some sixty,

2229 some an hundred,—even those who maintain this are yet

2230 commonly inclined to suppose that this deliverance will take

2231 place at, and not after the day of judgment. Under this impression,

2232 some one who observed the unseemly folly with which

2233 men promise themselves impunity on the ground that all will

2234 be included in this method of deliverance, is reported to have

2235 very happily remarked, that we should rather endeavour to live

2236 so well that we shall be all found among the number of those

2237 who are to intercede for the liberation of others, lest these

2238 should be so few in number, that, after they have delivered,

2239 one thirty, another sixty, another a hundred, there should still

2240 remain many who could not be delivered from punishment by

2241 their intercessions, and among them every one who has vainly

2242 and rashly promised himself the fruit of another's labour. But

2243 enough has been said in reply to those who acknowledge the

2244 authority of the same sacred Scriptures as ourselves, but who,

2245 by a mistaken interpretation of them, conceive of the future

2246 rather as they themselves wish, than as the Scriptures teach.

2247 And having given this reply, I now, according to promise,

2248 close this book.

BOOK XXII

25 #### ARGUMENT.

26 >

27 >

28 >

29 THIS BOOK TREATS OF THE END OF THE CITY OF GOD, THAT IS TO SAY, OF THE

30 > ETERNAL HAPPINESS OF THE SAINTS; THE FAITH OF THE RESURRECTION

31 > OF THE BODY IS ESTABLISHED AND EXPLAINED; AND THE WORK CONCLUDES

32 > BY SHOWING HOW THE SAINTS, CLOTHED IN IMMORTAL AND SPIRITUAL

33 > BODIES, SHALL BE EMPLOYED.

34 1. *Of the creation of angels and men.*

35 As we promised in the immediately preceding book, this,

36 the last of the whole work, shall contain a discussion

37 of the eternal blessedness of the city of God. This blessedness

38 is named eternal, not because it shall endure for many

39 ages, though at last it shall come to an end, but because,

40 according to the words of the gospel, "of His kingdom there

41 shall be no end."[961] Neither shall it enjoy the mere appearance

42 of perpetuity which is maintained by the rise of fresh

43 generations to occupy the place of those that have died out, as

44 in an evergreen the same freshness seems to continue permanently,

45 and the same appearance of dense foliage is preserved

46 by the growth of fresh leaves in the room of those that have

47 withered and fallen; but in that city all the citizens shall be

48 immortal, men now for the first time enjoying what the holy

49 angels have never lost. And this shall be accomplished by

50 God, the most almighty Founder of the city. For He has

51 promised it, and cannot lie, and has already performed many

52 of His promises, and has done many unpromised kindnesses

53 to those whom He now asks to believe that He will do this

54 also.

55 For it is He who in the beginning created the world full

56 of all visible and intelligible beings, among which He created

57 nothing better than those spirits whom He endowed with intelligence,

58 and made capable of contemplating and enjoying Him,

59 and united in our society, which we call the holy and heavenly

60 city, and in which the material of their sustenance and blessedness

61 is God Himself, as it were their common food and nourishment.

62 It is He who gave to this intellectual nature free-will

63 of such a kind, that if he wished to forsake God his blessedness,

64 misery should forthwith result. It is He who, when

65 He foreknew that certain angels would in their pride desire

66 to suffice for their own blessedness, and would forsake their

67 great good, did not deprive them of this power, deeming it to

68 be more befitting His power and goodness to bring good out

69 of evil than to prevent the evil from coming into existence.

70 And indeed evil had never been, had not the mutable nature—mutable,

71 though good, and created by the most high God

72 and immutable Good, who created all things good—brought

73 evil upon itself by sin. And this its sin is itself proof that

74 its nature was originally good. For had it not been very good,

75 though not equal to its Creator, the desertion of God as its

76 light could not have been an evil to it. For as blindness is

77 a vice of the eye, and this very fact indicates that the eye

78 was created to see the light, and as, consequently, vice itself

79 proves that the eye is more excellent than the other members,

80 because it is capable of light (for on no other supposition

81 would it be a vice of the eye to want light), so the nature

82 which once enjoyed God teaches, even by its very vice, that

83 it was created the best of all, since it is now miserable because

84 it does not enjoy God. It is He who with very just punishment

85 doomed the angels who voluntarily fell to everlasting

86 misery, and rewarded those who continued in their attachment

87 to the supreme good with the assurance of endless stability

88 as the meed of their fidelity. It is He who made also man

89 himself upright, with the same freedom of will,—an earthly

90 animal, indeed, but fit for heaven if he remained faithful to

91 his Creator, but destined to the misery appropriate to such a

92 nature if he forsook Him. It is He who, when He foreknew

93 that man would in his turn sin by abandoning God and

94 breaking His law, did not deprive him of the power of free-will,

95 because He at the same time foresaw what good He

96 Himself would bring out of the evil, and how from this

97 mortal race, deservedly and justly condemned, He would by

98 His grace collect, as now He does, a people so numerous, that

99 He thus fills up and repairs the blank made by the fallen

100 angels, and that thus that beloved and heavenly city is not

101 defrauded of the full number of its citizens, but perhaps may

102 even rejoice in a still more overflowing population.

103 2. *Of the eternal and unchangeable will of God.*

104 It is true that wicked men do many things contrary to God's

105 will; but so great is His wisdom and power, that all things

106 which seem adverse to His purpose do still tend towards those

107 just and good ends and issues which He Himself has foreknown.

108 And consequently, when God is said to change His

109 will, as when, *e.g.*, He becomes angry with those to whom He

110 was gentle, it is rather they than He who are changed, and

111 they find Him changed in so far as their experience of suffering

112 at His hand is new, as the sun is changed to injured eyes, and

113 becomes as it were fierce from being mild, and hurtful from

114 being delightful, though in itself it remains the same as it

115 was. That also is called the will of God which He does in

116 the hearts of those who obey His commandments; and of this

117 the apostle says, "For it is God that worketh in you both

118 to will."[962] As God's "righteousness" is used not only of the

119 righteousness wherewith He Himself is righteous, but also of

120 that which He produces in the man whom He justifies, so also

121 that is called His law, which, though given by God, is rather

122 the law of men. For certainly they were men to whom Jesus

123 said, "It is written in your law,"[963] though in another place

124 we read, "The law of his God is in his heart."[964] According

125 to this will which God works in men, He is said also to will

126 what He Himself does not will, but causes His people to will;

127 as He is said to know what He has caused those to know who

128 were ignorant of it. For when the apostle says, "But now,

129 after that ye have known God, or rather are known of God,"[965]

130 we cannot suppose that God there for the first time knew

131 those who were foreknown by Him before the foundation of

132 the world; but He is said to have known them then, because

133 then He caused them to know. But I remember that I discussed

134 these modes of expression in the preceding books.

135 According to this will, then, by which we say that God wills

136 what He causes to be willed by others, from whom the future

137 is hidden, He wills many things which He does not perform.

138 Thus His saints, inspired by His holy will, desire many

139 things which never happen. They pray, *e.g.*, for certain individuals—they

140 pray in a pious and holy manner—but what

141 they request He does not perform, though He Himself by His

142 own Holy Spirit has wrought in them this will to pray. And

143 consequently, when the saints, in conformity with God's mind,

144 will and pray that all men be saved, we can use this mode of

145 expression: God wills and does not perform,—meaning that

146 He who causes them to will these things Himself wills them.

147 But if we speak of that will of His which is eternal as His

148 foreknowledge, certainly He has already done all things in

149 heaven and on earth that He has willed,—not only past and

150 present things, but even things still future. But before the

151 arrival of that time in which He has willed the occurrence of

152 what He foreknew and arranged before all time, we say, It

153 will happen when God wills. But if we are ignorant not

154 only of the time in which it is to be, but even whether it shall

155 be at all, we say, It will happen if God wills,—not because

156 God will then have a new will which He had not before, but

157 because that event, which from eternity has been prepared in

158 His unchangeable will, shall then come to pass.

159 3. *Of the promise of eternal blessedness to the saints, and everlasting

160 punishment to the wicked.*

161 Wherefore, not to mention many other instances besides, as

162 we now see in Christ the fulfilment of that which God promised

163 to Abraham when He said, "In thy seed shall all

164 nations be blessed,"[966] so this also shall be fulfilled which He

165 promised to the same race, when He said by the prophet,

166 "They that are in their sepulchres shall rise again;"[967] and

167 also, "There shall be a new heaven and a new earth: and the

168 former shall not be mentioned, nor come into mind; but they

169 shall find joy and rejoicing in it: for I will make Jerusalem

170 a rejoicing, and my people a joy. And I will rejoice in Jerusalem,

171 and joy in my people, and the voice of weeping shall

172 be no more heard in her."[968] And by another prophet He

173 uttered the same prediction: "At that time thy people shall

174 be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book.

175 And many of them that sleep in the dust" (or, as some interpret

176 it, "in the mound") "of the earth shall awake, some to

177 everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt."[969]

178 And in another place by the same prophet: "The saints of

179 the Most High shall take the kingdom, and shall possess the

180 kingdom for ever, even for ever and ever."[970] And a little

181 after he says, "His kingdom is an everlasting kingdom."[971]

182 Other prophecies referring to the same subject I have advanced

183 in the twentieth book, and others still which I have

184 not advanced are found written in the same Scriptures; and

185 these predictions shall be fulfilled, as those also have been

186 which unbelieving men supposed would be frustrate. For it

187 is the same God who promised both, and predicted that both

188 would come to pass,—the God whom the pagan deities tremble

189 before, as even Porphyry, the noblest of pagan philosophers,

190 testifies.

191 4. *Against the wise men of the world, who fancy that the earthly bodies of men

192 cannot be transferred to a heavenly habitation.*

193 But men who use their learning and intellectual ability to

194 resist the force of that great authority which, in fulfilment of

195 what was so long before predicted, has converted all races of

196 men to faith and hope in its promises, seem to themselves to

197 argue acutely against the resurrection of the body while they

198 cite what Cicero mentions in the third book *De Republica*.

199 For when he was asserting the apotheosis of Hercules and

200 Romulus, he says: "Whose bodies were not taken up into

201 heaven; for nature would not permit a body of earth to exist

202 anywhere except upon earth." This, forsooth, is the profound

203 reasoning of the wise men, whose thoughts God knows that

204 they are vain. For if we were only souls, that is, spirits

205 without any body, and if we dwelt in heaven and had no

206 knowledge of earthly animals, and were told that we should

207 be bound to earthly bodies by some wonderful bond of union,

208 and should animate them, should we not much more vigorously

209 refuse to believe this, and maintain that nature would

210 not permit an incorporeal substance to be held by a corporeal

211 bond? And yet the earth is full of living spirits, to which

212 terrestrial bodies are bound, and with which they are in a

213 wonderful way implicated. If, then, the same God who has

214 created such beings wills this also, what is to hinder the

215 earthly body from being raised to a heavenly body, since a

216 spirit, which is more excellent than all bodies, and consequently

217 than even a heavenly body, has been tied to an earthly

218 body? If so small an earthly particle has been able to hold

219 in union with itself something better than a heavenly body,

220 so as to receive sensation and life, will heaven disdain to

221 receive, or at least to retain, this sentient and living particle,

222 which derives its life and sensation from a substance more

223 excellent than any heavenly body? If this does not happen

224 now, it is because the time is not yet come which has been

225 determined by Him who has already done a much more marvellous

226 thing than that which these men refuse to believe.

227 For why do we not more intensely wonder that incorporeal

228 souls, which are of higher rank than heavenly bodies, are

229 bound to earthly bodies, rather than that bodies, although

230 earthly, are exalted to an abode which, though heavenly, is yet

231 corporeal, except because we have been accustomed to see

232 this, and indeed are this, while we are not as yet that other

233 marvel, nor have as yet ever seen it? Certainly, if we consult

234 sober reason, the more wonderful of the two divine works

235 is found to be to attach somehow corporeal things to incorporeal,

236 and not to connect earthly things with heavenly,

237 which, though diverse, are yet both of them corporeal.

238 5. *Of the resurrection of the flesh, which some refuse to believe, though the

239 world at large believes it.*

240 But granting that this was once incredible, behold, now, the

241 world has come to the belief that the earthly body of Christ

242 was received up into heaven. Already both the learned and

243 unlearned have believed in the resurrection of the flesh and

244 its ascension to the heavenly places, while only a very few

245 either of the educated or uneducated are still staggered by it.

246 If this is a credible thing which is believed, then let those

247 who do not believe see how stolid they are; and if it is incredible,

248 then this also is an incredible thing, that what is

249 incredible should have received such credit. Here then we

250 have two incredibles,—to wit, the resurrection of our body to

251 eternity, and that the world should believe so incredible a

252 thing; and both these incredibles the same God predicted

253 should come to pass before either had as yet occurred. We

254 see that already one of the two has come to pass, for the world

255 has believed what was incredible; why should we despair

256 that the remaining one shall also come to pass, and that this

257 which the world believed, though it was incredible, shall itself

258 occur? For already that which was equally incredible has

259 come to pass, in the world's believing an incredible thing.

260 Both were incredible: the one we see accomplished, the other

261 we believe shall be; for both were predicted in those same

262 Scriptures by means of which the world believed. And the

263 very manner in which the world's faith was won is found to

264 be even more incredible, if we consider it. Men uninstructed

265 in any branch of a liberal education, without any of the refinement

266 of heathen learning, unskilled in grammar, not armed

267 with dialectic, not adorned with rhetoric, but plain fishermen,

268 and very few in number,—these were the men whom Christ

269 sent with the nets of faith to the sea of this world, and thus

270 took out of every race so many fishes, and even the philosophers

271 themselves, wonderful as they are rare. Let us add, if

272 you please, or because you ought to be pleased, this third

273 incredible thing to the two former. And now we have three

274 incredibles, all of which have yet come to pass. It is incredible

275 that Jesus Christ should have risen in the flesh and

276 ascended with flesh into heaven; it is incredible that the

277 world should have believed so incredible a thing; it is incredible

278 that a very few men, of mean birth and the lowest

279 rank, and no education, should have been able so effectually

280 to persuade the world, and even its learned men, of so incredible

281 a thing. Of these three incredibles, the parties with

282 whom we are debating refuse to believe the first; they cannot

283 refuse to see the second, which they are unable to account for

284 if they do not believe the third. It is indubitable that the

285 resurrection of Christ, and His ascension into heaven with the

286 flesh in which He rose, is already preached and believed in

287 the whole world. If it is not credible, how is it that it has

288 already received credence in the whole world? If a number

289 of noble, exalted, and learned men had said that they had

290 witnessed it, and had been at pains to publish what they had

291 witnessed, it were not wonderful that the world should have

292 believed it, but it were very stubborn to refuse credence; but

293 if, as is true, the world has believed a few obscure, inconsiderable,

294 uneducated persons, who state and write that they

295 witnessed it, is it not unreasonable that a handful of wrong-headed

296 men should oppose themselves to the creed of the

297 whole world, and refuse their belief? And if the world has

298 put faith in a small number of men, of mean birth and the

299 lowest rank, and no education, it is because the divinity of the

300 thing itself appeared all the more manifestly in such contemptible

301 witnesses. The eloquence, indeed, which lent persuasion

302 to their message, consisted of wonderful works, not

303 words. For they who had not seen Christ risen in the flesh,

304 nor ascending into heaven with His risen body, believed those

305 who related how they had seen these things, and who testified

306 not only with words but wonderful signs. For men whom they

307 knew to be acquainted with only one, or at most two languages,

308 they marvelled to hear speaking in the tongues of all nations.

309 They saw a man, lame from his mother's womb, after forty

310 years stand up sound at their word in the name of Christ;

311 that handkerchiefs taken from their bodies had virtue to heal

312 the sick; that countless persons, sick of various diseases, were

313 laid in a row in the road where they were to pass, that their

314 shadow might fall on them as they walked, and that they

315 forthwith received health; that many other stupendous

316 miracles were wrought by them in the name of Christ; and,

317 finally, that they even raised the dead. If it be admitted

318 that these things occurred as they are related, then we have

319 a multitude of incredible things to add to those three incredibles.

320 That the one incredibility of the resurrection and

321 ascension of Jesus Christ may be believed, we accumulate the

322 testimonies of countless incredible miracles, but even so we

323 do not bend the frightful obstinacy of these sceptics. But if

324 they do not believe that these miracles were wrought by

325 Christ's apostles to gain credence to their preaching of His

326 resurrection and ascension, this one grand miracle suffices for

327 us, that the whole world has believed without any miracles.

328 6. *That Rome made its founder Romulus a god because it loved him; but the

329 Church loved Christ because it believed Him to be God.*

330 Let us here recite the passage in which Tully expresses his

331 astonishment that the apotheosis of Romulus should have been

332 credited. I shall insert his words as they stand: "It is most

333 worthy of remark in Romulus, that other men who are said to

334 have become gods lived in less educated ages, when there was

335 a greater propensity to the fabulous, and when the uninstructed

336 were easily persuaded to believe anything. But the age of

337 Romulus was barely six hundred years ago, and already literature

338 and science had dispelled the errors that attach to an

339 uncultured age." And a little after he says of the same

340 Romulus words to this effect: "From this we may perceive

341 that Homer had flourished long before Romulus, and that there

342 was now so much learning in individuals, and so generally

343 diffused an enlightenment, that scarcely any room was left for

344 fable. For antiquity admitted fables, and sometimes even

345 very clumsy ones; but this age [of Romulus] was sufficiently

346 enlightened to reject whatever had not the air of truth." Thus

347 one of the most learned men, and certainly the most eloquent,

348 M. Tullius Cicero, says that it is surprising that the divinity

349 of Romulus was believed in, because the times were already so

350 enlightened that they would not accept a fabulous fiction. But

351 who believed that Romulus was a god except Rome, which was

352 itself small and in its infancy? Then afterwards it was necessary

353 that succeeding generations should preserve the tradition

354 of their ancestors; that, drinking in this superstition with their

355 mother's milk, the state might grow and come to such power

356 that it might dictate this belief, as from a point of vantage,

357 to all the nations over whom its sway extended. And these

358 nations, though they might not believe that Romulus was a

359 god, at least said so, that they might not give offence to their

360 sovereign state by refusing to give its founder that title which

361 was given him by Rome, which had adopted this belief, not by

362 a love of error, but an error of love. But though Christ is the

363 founder of the heavenly and eternal city, yet it did not believe

364 Him to be God because it was founded by Him, but rather it

365 is founded by Him, in virtue of its belief. Rome, after it

366 had been built and dedicated, worshipped its founder in a

367 temple as a god; but this Jerusalem laid Christ, its God,

368 as its foundation, that the building and dedication might

369 proceed. The former city loved its founder, and therefore

370 believed him to be a god; the latter believed Christ to be God,

371 and therefore loved Him. There was an antecedent cause for

372 the love of the former city, and for its believing that even a

373 false dignity attached to the object of its love; so there was

374 an antecedent cause for the belief of the latter, and for its

375 loving the true dignity which a proper faith, not a rash surmise,

376 ascribed to its object. For, not to mention the multitude of

377 very striking miracles which proved that Christ is God, there

378 were also divine prophecies heralding Him, prophecies most

379 worthy of belief, which being already accomplished, we have

380 not, like the fathers, to wait for their verification. Of Romulus,

381 on the other hand, and of his building Rome and reigning in

382 it, we read or hear the narrative of what did take place, not

383 prediction which beforehand said that such things should be.

384 And so far as his reception among the gods is concerned, history

385 only records that this was believed, and does not state it

386 as a fact; for no miraculous signs testified to the truth of

387 this. For as to that wolf which is said to have nursed the

388 twin-brothers, and which is considered a great marvel, how

389 does this prove him to have been divine? For even supposing

390 that this nurse was a real wolf and not a mere courtezan,

391 yet she nursed both brothers, and Remus is not reckoned a

392 god. Besides, what was there to hinder any one from asserting

393 that Romulus or Hercules, or any such man, was a god?

394 Or who would rather choose to die than profess belief in his

395 divinity? And did a single nation worship Romulus among

396 its gods, unless it were forced through fear of the Roman

397 name? But who can number the multitudes who have chosen

398 death in the most cruel shapes rather than deny the divinity

399 of Christ? And thus the dread of some slight indignation,

400 which it was supposed, perhaps groundlessly, might exist in the

401 minds of the Romans, constrained some states who were subject

402 to Rome to worship Romulus as a god; whereas the dread,

403 not of a slight mental shock, but of severe and various punishments,

404 and of death itself, the most formidable of all, could not

405 prevent an immense multitude of martyrs throughout the world

406 from not merely worshipping but also confessing Christ as God.

407 The city of Christ, which, although as yet a stranger upon

408 earth, had countless hosts of citizens, did not make war upon

409 its godless persecutors for the sake of temporal security, but

410 preferred to win eternal salvation by abstaining from war.

411 They were bound, imprisoned, beaten, tortured, burned, torn

412 in pieces, massacred, and yet they multiplied. It was not

413 given to them to fight for their eternal salvation except by

414 despising their temporal salvation for their Saviour's sake.

415 I am aware that Cicero, in the third book of his *De Republica*,

416 if I mistake not, argues that a first-rate power will not

417 engage in war except either for honour or for safety. What

418 he has to say about the question of safety, and what he means

419 by safety, he explains in another place, saying, "Private persons

420 frequently evade, by a speedy death, destitution, exile,

421 bonds, the scourge, and the other pains which even the most

422 insensible feel. But to states, death, which seems to emancipate

423 individuals from all punishments, is itself a punishment;

424 for a state should be so constituted as to be eternal. And

425 thus death is not natural to a republic as to a man, to whom

426 death is not only necessary, but often even desirable. But

427 when a state is destroyed, obliterated, annihilated, it is as if

428 (to compare great things with small) this whole world perished

429 and collapsed." Cicero said this because he, with the Platonists,

430 believed that the world would not perish. It is therefore

431 agreed that, according to Cicero, a state should engage in

432 war for the safety which preserves the state permanently in

433 existence, though its citizens change; as the foliage of an olive

434 or laurel, or any tree of this kind, is perennial, the old leaves

435 being replaced by fresh ones. For death, as he says, is no

436 punishment to individuals, but rather delivers them from all

437 other punishments, but it is a punishment to the state. And

438 therefore it is reasonably asked whether the Saguntines did

439 right when they chose that their whole state should perish

440 rather than that they should break faith with the Roman

441 republic; for this deed of theirs is applauded by the citizens

442 of the earthly republic. But I do not see how they could

443 follow the advice of Cicero, who tells us that no war is to be

444 undertaken save for safety or for honour; neither does he say

445 which of these two is to be preferred, if a case should occur

446 in which the one could not be preserved without the loss of

447 the other. For manifestly, if the Saguntines chose safety, they

448 must break faith; if they kept faith, they must reject safety;

449 as also it fell out. But the safety of the city of God is such

450 that it can be retained, or rather acquired, by faith and with

451 faith; but if faith be abandoned, no one can attain it. It is

452 this thought of a most stedfast and patient spirit that has

453 made so many noble martyrs, while Romulus has not had, and

454 could not have, so much as one to die for his divinity.

455 7. *That the world's belief in Christ is the result of divine power, not of human

456 persuasion.*

457 But it is thoroughly ridiculous to make mention of the false

458 divinity of Romulus as any way comparable to that of Christ.

459 Nevertheless, if Romulus lived about six hundred years before

460 Cicero, in an age which already was so enlightened that it

461 rejected all impossibilities, how much more, in an age which

462 certainly was more enlightened, being six hundred years later,

463 the age of Cicero himself, and of the emperors Augustus and

464 Tiberius, would the human mind have refused to listen to or

465 believe in the resurrection of Christ's body and its ascension

466 into heaven, and have scouted it as an impossibility, had not

467 the divinity of the truth itself, or the truth of the divinity, and

468 corroborating miraculous signs, proved that it could happen

469 and had happened? Through virtue of these testimonies, and

470 notwithstanding the opposition and terror of so many cruel

471 persecutions, the resurrection and immortality of the flesh,

472 first in Christ, and subsequently in all in the new world, was

473 believed, was intrepidly proclaimed, and was sown over the

474 whole world, to be fertilized richly with the blood of the

475 martyrs. For the predictions of the prophets that had preceded

476 the events were read, they were corroborated by powerful

477 signs, and the truth was seen to be not contradictory to

478 reason, but only different from customary ideas, so that at

479 length the world embraced the faith it had furiously persecuted.

480 8. *Of miracles which were wrought that the world might believe in Christ,

481 and which have not ceased since the world believed.*

482 Why, they say, are those miracles, which you affirm were

483 wrought formerly, wrought no longer? I might, indeed, reply

484 that miracles were necessary before the world believed, in order

485 that it might believe. And whoever now-a-days demands to

486 see prodigies that he may believe, is himself a great prodigy,

487 because he does not believe, though the whole world does.

488 But they make these objections for the sole purpose of insinuating

489 that even those former miracles were never wrought.

490 How, then, is it that everywhere Christ is celebrated with

491 such firm belief in His resurrection and ascension? How is it

492 that in enlightened times, in which every impossibility is rejected,

493 the world has, without any miracles, believed things

494 marvellously incredible? Or will they say that these things

495 were credible, and therefore were credited? Why then do

496 they themselves not believe? Our argument, therefore, is a

497 summary one—either incredible things which were not witnessed

498 have caused the world to believe other incredible things

499 which both occurred and were witnessed, or this matter was

500 so credible that it needed no miracles in proof of it, and therefore

501 convicts these unbelievers of unpardonable scepticism.

502 This I might say for the sake of refuting these most frivolous

503 objectors. But we cannot deny that many miracles were

504 wrought to confirm that one grand and health-giving miracle

505 of Christ's ascension to heaven with the flesh in which He

506 rose. For these most trustworthy books of ours contain in

507 one narrative both the miracles that were wrought and the

508 creed which they were wrought to confirm. The miracles

509 were published that they might produce faith, and the faith

510 which they produced brought them into greater prominence.

511 For they are read in congregations that they may be believed,

512 and yet they would not be so read unless they were believed.

513 For even now miracles are wrought in the name of Christ,

514 whether by His sacraments or by the prayers or relics of His

515 saints; but they are not so brilliant and conspicuous as to

516 cause them to be published with such glory as accompanied

517 the former miracles. For the canon of the sacred writings,

518 which behoved to be closed,[972] causes those to be everywhere

519 recited, and to sink into the memory of all the congregations;

520 but these modern miracles are scarcely known even to the

521 whole population in the midst of which they are wrought, and

522 at the best are confined to one spot. For frequently they are

523 known only to a very few persons, while all the rest are ignorant

524 of them, especially if the state is a large one; and when

525 they are reported to other persons in other localities, there is

526 no sufficient authority to give them prompt and unwavering

527 credence, although they are reported to the faithful by the

528 faithful.

529 The miracle which was wrought at Milan when I was there,

530 and by which a blind man was restored to sight, could come

531 to the knowledge of many; for not only is the city a large one,

532 but also the emperor was there at the time, and the occurrence

533 was witnessed by an immense concourse of people that had

534 gathered to the bodies of the martyrs Protasius and Gervasius,

535 which had long lain concealed and unknown, but were now

536 made known to the bishop Ambrose in a dream, and discovered

537 by him. By virtue of these remains the darkness of that blind

538 man was scattered, and he saw the light of day.[973]

539 But who but a very small number are aware of the cure

540 which was wrought upon Innocentius, ex-advocate of the deputy

541 prefecture, a cure wrought at Carthage, in my presence, and

542 under my own eyes? For when I and my brother Alypius,[974] who

543 were not yet clergymen,[975] though already servants of God, came

544 from abroad, this man received us, and made us live with

545 him, for he and all his household were devotedly pious. He

546 was being treated by medical men for fistulæ, of which he

547 had a large number intricately seated in the rectum. He had

548 already undergone an operation, and the surgeons were using

549 every means at their command for his relief. In that operation

550 he had suffered long-continued and acute pain; yet, among

551 the many folds of the gut, one had escaped the operators so

552 entirely, that, though they ought to have laid it open with the

553 knife, they never touched it. And thus, though all those that

554 had been opened were cured, this one remained as it was, and

555 frustrated all their labour. The patient, having his suspicions

556 awakened by the delay thus occasioned, and fearing greatly a

557 second operation, which another medical man—one of his own

558 domestics—had told him he must undergo, though this man

559 had not even been allowed to witness the first operation, and

560 had been banished from the house, and with difficulty allowed

561 to come back to his enraged master's presence,—the patient, I

562 say, broke out to the surgeons, saying, "Are you going to cut

563 me again? Are you, after all, to fulfil the prediction of that

564 man whom you would not allow even to be present?" The

565 surgeons laughed at the unskilful doctor, and soothed their

566 patient's fears with fair words and promises. So several days

567 passed, and yet nothing they tried did him good. Still they

568 persisted in promising that they would cure that fistula by

569 drugs, without the knife. They called in also another old

570 practitioner of great repute in that department, Ammonius (for

571 he was still alive at that time); and he, after examining the

572 part, promised the same result as themselves from their care

573 and skill. On this great authority, the patient became confident,

574 and, as if already well, vented his good spirits in facetious

575 remarks at the expense of his domestic physician, who had predicted

576 a second operation. To make a long story short, after

577 a number of days had thus uselessly elapsed, the surgeons,

578 wearied and confused, had at last to confess that he could only

579 be cured by the knife. Agitated with excessive fear, he was

580 terrified, and grew pale with dread; and when he collected

581 himself and was able to speak, he ordered them to go away

582 and never to return. Worn out with weeping, and driven by

583 necessity, it occurred to him to call in an Alexandrian, who

584 was at that time esteemed a wonderfully skilful operator, that

585 he might perform the operation his rage would not suffer them

586 to do. But when he had come, and examined with a professional

587 eye the traces of their careful work, he acted the

588 part of a good man, and persuaded his patient to allow those

589 same hands the satisfaction of finishing his cure which had

590 begun it with a skill that excited his admiration, adding that

591 there was no doubt his only hope of a cure was by an operation,

592 but that it was thoroughly inconsistent with his nature

593 to win the credit of the cure by doing the little that remained

594 to be done, and rob of their reward men whose consummate

595 skill, care, and diligence he could not but admire when he saw

596 the traces of their work. They were therefore again received

597 to favour; and it was agreed that, in the presence of the

598 Alexandrian, they should operate on the fistula, which, by the

599 consent of all, could now only be cured by the knife. The

600 operation was deferred till the following day. But when they

601 had left, there arose in the house such a wailing, in sympathy

602 with the excessive despondency of the master, that it seemed

603 to us like the mourning at a funeral, and we could scarcely

604 repress it. Holy men were in the habit of visiting him daily;

605 Saturninus of blessed memory, at that time bishop of Uzali,

606 and the presbyter Gelosus, and the deacons of the church of

607 Carthage; and among these was the bishop Aurelius, who

608 alone of them all survives,—a man to be named by us with due

609 reverence,—and with him I have often spoken of this affair,

610 as we conversed together about the wonderful works of God,

611 and I have found that he distinctly remembers what I am

612 now relating. When these persons visited him that evening

613 according to their custom, he besought them, with pitiable

614 tears, that they would do him the honour of being present next

615 day at what he judged his funeral rather than his suffering.

616 For such was the terror his former pains had produced, that he

617 made no doubt he would die in the hands of the surgeons.

618 They comforted him, and exhorted him to put his trust in

619 God, and nerve his will like a man. Then we went to prayer;

620 but while we, in the usual way, were kneeling and bending

621 to the ground, he cast himself down, as if some one were

622 hurling him violently to the earth, and began to pray; but in

623 what a manner, with what earnestness and emotion, with what

624 a flood of tears, with what groans and sobs, that shook his

625 whole body, and almost prevented him speaking, who can

626 describe! Whether the others prayed, and had not their

627 attention wholly diverted by this conduct, I do not know. For

628 myself, I could not pray at all. This only I briefly said in my

629 heart: "O Lord, what prayers of Thy people dost Thou hear

630 if Thou hearest not these?" For it seemed to me that nothing

631 could be added to this prayer, unless he expired in praying.

632 We rose from our knees, and, receiving the blessing of the

633 bishop, departed, the patient beseeching his visitors to be present

634 next morning, they exhorting him to keep up his heart.

635 The dreaded day dawned. The servants of God were present,

636 as they had promised to be; the surgeons arrived; all

637 that the circumstances required was ready; the frightful

638 instruments are produced; all look on in wonder and suspense.

639 While those who have most influence with the patient are

640 cheering his fainting spirit, his limbs are arranged on the

641 couch so as to suit the hand of the operator; the knots of the

642 bandages are untied; the part is bared; the surgeon examines

643 it, and, with knife in hand, eagerly looks for the sinus that is

644 to be cut. He searches for it with his eyes; he feels for it

645 with his finger; he applies every kind of scrutiny: he finds a

646 perfectly firm cicatrix! No words of mine can describe the

647 joy, and praise, and thanksgiving to the merciful and almighty

648 God which was poured from the lips of all, with tears of gladness.

649 Let the scene be imagined rather than described!

650 In the same city of Carthage lived Innocentia, a very

651 devout woman of the highest rank in the state. She had

652 cancer in one of her breasts, a disease which, as physicians

653 say, is incurable. Ordinarily, therefore, they either amputate,

654 and so separate from the body the member on which the disease

655 has seized, or, that the patient's life may be prolonged a little,

656 though death is inevitable even if somewhat delayed, they

657 abandon all remedies, following, as they say, the advice of

658 Hippocrates. This the lady we speak of had been advised to

659 by a skilful physician, who was intimate with her family; and

660 she betook herself to God alone by prayer. On the approach

661 of Easter, she was instructed in a dream to wait for the first

662 woman that came out from the baptistery[976] after being baptized,

663 and to ask her to make the sign of Christ upon her sore. She

664 did so, and was immediately cured. The physician who had

665 advised her to apply no remedy if she wished to live a little

666 longer, when he had examined her after this, and found that

667 she who, on his former examination, was afflicted with that

668 disease was now perfectly cured, eagerly asked her what

669 remedy she had used, anxious, as we may well believe, to discover

670 the drug which should defeat the decision of Hippocrates.

671 But when she told him what had happened, he is said to have

672 replied, with religious politeness, though with a contemptuous

673 tone, and an expression which made her fear he would utter

674 some blasphemy against Christ, "I thought you would make

675 some great discovery to me." She, shuddering at his indifference,

676 quickly replied, "What great thing was it for Christ to

677 heal a cancer, who raised one who had been four days dead?"

678 When, therefore, I had heard this, I was extremely indignant

679 that so great a miracle, wrought in that well-known city, and

680 on a person who was certainly not obscure, should not be

681 divulged, and I considered that she should be spoken to, if

682 not reprimanded on this score. And when she replied to me

683 that she had not kept silence on the subject, I asked the

684 women with whom she was best acquainted whether they had

685 ever heard of this before. They told me they knew nothing

686 of it. "See," I said, "what your not keeping silence amounts

687 to, since not even those who are so familiar with you know of it."

688 And as I had only briefly heard the story, I made her tell

689 how the whole thing happened, from beginning to end, while

690 the other women listened in great astonishment, and glorified

691 God.

692 A gouty doctor of the same city, when he had given in his

693 name for baptism, and had been prohibited the day before

694 his baptism from being baptized that year, by black woolly-haired

695 boys who appeared to him in his dreams, and whom

696 he understood to be devils, and when, though they trod on

697 his feet, and inflicted the acutest pain he had ever yet experienced,

698 he refused to obey them, but overcame them, and

699 would not defer being washed in the laver of regeneration,

700 was relieved in the very act of baptism, not only of the extraordinary

701 pain he was tortured with, but also of the disease

702 itself, so that, though he lived a long time afterwards, he

703 never suffered from gout; and yet who knows of this miracle?

704 We, however, do know it, and so, too, do the small number of

705 brethren who were in the neighbourhood, and to whose ears

706 it might come.

707 An old comedian of Curubis[977] was cured at baptism not

708 only of paralysis, but also of hernia, and, being delivered from

709 both afflictions, came up out of the font of regeneration as

710 if he had had nothing wrong with his body. Who outside of

711 Curubis knows of this, or who but a very few who might

712 hear it elsewhere? But we, when we heard of it, made

713 the man come to Carthage, by order of the holy bishop

714 Aurelius, although we had already ascertained the fact on the

715 information of persons whose word we could not doubt.

716 Hesperius, of a tribunitian family, and a neighbour of our

717 own,[978] has a farm called Zubedi in the Fussalian district;[979]

718 and, finding that his family, his cattle, and his servants were

719 suffering from the malice of evil spirits, he asked our presbyters,

720 during my absence, that one of them would go with

721 him and banish the spirits by his prayers. One went, offered

722 there the sacrifice of the body of Christ, praying with all

723 his might that that vexation might cease. It did cease forthwith,

724 through God's mercy. Now he had received from a

725 friend of his own some holy earth brought from Jerusalem,

726 where Christ, having been buried, rose again the third day.

727 This earth he had hung up in his bedroom to preserve himself

728 from harm. But when his house was purged of that

729 demoniacal invasion, he began to consider what should be

730 done with the earth; for his reverence for it made him unwilling

731 to have it any longer in his bedroom. It so happened

732 that I and Maximinus bishop of Synita, and then my

733 colleague, were in the neighbourhood. Hesperius asked us

734 to visit him, and we did so. When he had related all the

735 circumstances, he begged that the earth might be buried

736 somewhere, and that the spot should be made a place of

737 prayer where Christians might assemble for the worship of

738 God. We made no objection: it was done as he desired.

739 There was in that neighbourhood a young countryman who

740 was paralytic, who, when he heard of this, begged his parents

741 to take him without delay to that holy place. When he had

742 been brought there, he prayed, and forthwith went away on

743 his own feet perfectly cured.

744 There is a country-seat called Victoriana, less than thirty

745 miles from Hippo-regius. At it there is a monument to the

746 Milanese martyrs, Protasius and Gervasius. Thither a young

747 man was carried, who, when he was watering his horse one

748 summer day at noon in a pool of a river, had been taken

749 possession of by a devil. As he lay at the monument, near

750 death, or even quite like a dead person, the lady of the manor,

751 with her maids and religious attendants, entered the place

752 for evening prayer and praise, as her custom was, and they

753 began to sing hymns. At this sound the young man, as if

754 electrified, was thoroughly aroused, and with frightful screaming

755 seized the altar, and held it as if he did not dare or were

756 not able to let it go, and as if he were fixed or tied to it;

757 and the devil in him, with loud lamentation, besought that

758 he might be spared, and confessed where and when and how

759 he took possession of the youth. At last, declaring that he

760 would go out of him, he named one by one the parts of his

761 body which he threatened to mutilate as he went out; and

762 with these words he departed from the man. But his eye,

763 falling out on his cheek, hung by a slender vein as by a root,

764 and the whole of the pupil which had been black became

765 white. When this was witnessed by those present (others

766 too had now gathered to his cries, and had all joined in

767 prayer for him), although they were delighted that he had

768 recovered his sanity of mind, yet, on the other hand, they

769 were grieved about his eye, and said he should seek medical

770 advice. But his sister's husband, who had brought him

771 there, said, "God, who has banished the devil, is able to

772 restore his eye at the prayers of His saints." Therewith he

773 replaced the eye that was fallen out and hanging, and bound

774 it in its place with his handkerchief as well as he could, and

775 advised him not to loose the bandage for seven days. When

776 he did so, he found it quite healthy. Others also were cured

777 there, but of them it were tedious to speak.

778 I know that a young woman of Hippo was immediately

779 dispossessed of a devil, on anointing herself with oil mixed

780 with the tears of the presbyter who had been praying for

781 her. I know also that a bishop once prayed for a demoniac

782 young man whom he never saw, and that he was cured on

783 the spot.

784 There was a fellow-townsman of ours at Hippo, Florentius,

785 an old man, religious and poor, who supported himself as a

786 tailor. Having lost his coat, and not having means to buy

787 another, he prayed to the Twenty Martyrs,[980] who have a very

788 celebrated memorial shrine in our town, begging in a distinct

789 voice that he might be clothed. Some scoffing young men,

790 who happened to be present, heard him, and followed him

791 with their sarcasm as he went away, as if he had asked the

792 martyrs for fifty pence to buy a coat. But he, walking on in

793 silence, saw on the shore a great fish, gasping as if just cast

794 up, and having secured it with the good-natured assistance of

795 the youths, he sold it for curing to a cook of the name of

796 Catosus, a good Christian man, telling him how he had come

797 by it, and receiving for it three hundred pence, which he laid

798 out in wool, that his wife might exercise her skill upon, and

799 make into a coat for him. But, on cutting up the fish, the

800 cook found a gold ring in its belly; and forthwith, moved

801 with compassion, and influenced, too, by religious fear, gave it

802 up to the man, saying, "See how the Twenty Martyrs have

803 clothed you."

804 When the bishop Projectus was bringing the relics of the

805 most glorious martyr Stephen to the waters of Tibilis, a great

806 concourse of people came to meet him at the shrine. There

807 a blind woman entreated that she might be led to the bishop

808 who was carrying the relics. He gave her the flowers he

809 was carrying. She took them, applied them to her eyes, and

810 forthwith saw. Those who were present were astounded,

811 while she, with every expression of joy, preceded them, pursuing

812 her way without further need of a guide.

813 Lucillus bishop of Sinita, in the neighbourhood of the

814 colonial town of Hippo, was carrying in procession some

815 relics of the same martyr, which had been deposited in the

816 castle of Sinita. A fistula under which he had long laboured,

817 and which his private physician was watching an opportunity

818 to cut, was suddenly cured by the mere carrying of that

819 sacred fardel,[981]—at least, afterwards there was no trace of it

820 in his body.

821 Eucharius, a Spanish priest, residing at Calama, was for a

822 long time a sufferer from stone. By the relics of the same

823 martyr, which the bishop Possidius brought him, he was

824 cured. Afterwards the same priest, sinking under another

825 disease, was lying dead, and already they were binding his

826 hands. By the succour of the same martyr he was raised to

827 life, the priest's cloak having been brought from the oratory

828 and laid upon the corpse.

829 There was there an old nobleman named Martial, who had

830 a great aversion to the Christian religion, but whose daughter

831 was a Christian, while her husband had been baptized that

832 same year. When he was ill, they besought him with tears

833 and prayers to become a Christian, but he positively refused,

834 and dismissed them from his presence in a storm of indignation.

835 It occurred to the son-in-law to go to the oratory of

836 St. Stephen, and there pray for him with all earnestness that

837 God might give him a right mind, so that he should not

838 delay believing in Christ. This he did with great groaning

839 and tears, and the burning fervour of sincere piety; then, as

840 he left the place, he took some of the flowers that were lying

841 there, and, as it was already night, laid them by his father's

842 head, who so slept. And lo! before dawn, he cries out for

843 some one to run for the bishop; but he happened at that

844 time to be with me at Hippo. So when he had heard that

845 he was from home, he asked the presbyters to come. They

846 came. To the joy and amazement of all, he declared that he

847 believed, and he was baptized. As long as he remained in

848 life, these words were ever on his lips: "Christ, receive my

849 spirit," though he was not aware that these were the last

850 words of the most blessed Stephen when he was stoned by

851 the Jews. They were his last words also, for not long after

852 he himself also gave up the ghost.

853 There, too, by the same martyr, two men, one a citizen, the

854 other a stranger, were cured of gout; but while the citizen

855 was absolutely cured, the stranger was only informed what he

856 should apply when the pain returned; and when he followed

857 this advice, the pain was at once relieved.

858 Audurus is the name of an estate, where there is a church

859 that contains a memorial shrine of the martyr Stephen. It

860 happened that, as a little boy was playing in the court, the

861 oxen drawing a waggon went out of the track and crushed

862 him with the wheel, so that immediately he seemed at his

863 last gasp. His mother snatched him up, and laid him at the

864 shrine, and not only did he revive, but also appeared uninjured.

865 A religious female, who lived at Caspalium, a neighbouring

866 estate, when she was so ill as to be despaired of, had her dress

867 brought to this shrine, but before it was brought back she was

868 gone. However, her parents wrapped her corpse in the dress,

869 and, her breath returning, she became quite well.

870 At Hippo a Syrian called Bassus was praying at the relics

871 of the same martyr for his daughter, who was dangerously ill.

872 He too had brought her dress with him to the shrine. But

873 as he prayed, behold, his servants ran from the house to tell

874 him she was dead. His friends, however, intercepted them,

875 and forbade them to tell him, lest he should bewail her in

876 public. And when he had returned to his house, which was

877 already ringing with the lamentations of his family, and had

878 thrown on his daughter's body the dress he was carrying,

879 she was restored to life.

880 There, too, the son of a man, Irenæus, one of our tax-gatherers,

881 took ill and died. And while his body was lying

882 lifeless, and the last rites were being prepared, amidst the

883 weeping and mourning of all, one of the friends who were

884 consoling the father suggested that the body should be

885 anointed with the oil of the same martyr. It was done, and

886 he revived.

887 Likewise Eleusinus, a man of tribunitian rank among us,

888 laid his infant son, who had died, on the shrine of the martyr,

889 which is in the suburb where he lived, and, after prayer,

890 which he poured out there with many tears, he took up his

891 child alive.

892 What am I to do? I am so pressed by the promise of

893 finishing this work, that I cannot record all the miracles I

894 know; and doubtless several of our adherents, when they

895 read what I have narrated, will regret that I have omitted

896 so many which they, as well as I, certainly know. Even now

897 I beg these persons to excuse me, and to consider how long it

898 would take me to relate all those miracles, which the necessity

899 of finishing the work I have undertaken forces me to omit.

900 For were I to be silent of all others, and to record exclusively

901 the miracles of healing which were wrought in the district of

902 Calama and of Hippo by means of this martyr—I mean the

903 most glorious Stephen—they would fill many volumes; and

904 yet all even of these could not be collected, but only those of

905 which narratives have been written for public recital. For

906 when I saw, in our own times, frequent signs of the presence

907 of divine powers similar to those which had been given of

908 old, I desired that narratives might be written, judging that

909 the multitude should not remain ignorant of these things. It

910 is not yet two years since these relics were first brought to

911 Hippo-regius, and though many of the miracles which have

912 been wrought by it have not, as I have the most certain

913 means of knowing, been recorded, those which have been

914 published amount to almost seventy at the hour at which I

915 write. But at Calama, where these relics have been for a

916 longer time, and where more of the miracles were narrated

917 for public information, there are incomparably more.

918 At Uzali, too, a colony near Utica, many signal miracles

919 were, to my knowledge, wrought by the same martyr, whose

920 relics had found a place there by direction of the bishop

921 Evodius, long before we had them at Hippo. But there the

922 custom of publishing narratives does not obtain, or, I should

923 say, did not obtain, for possibly it may now have been begun.

924 For, when I was there recently, a woman of rank, Petronia,

925 had been miraculously cured of a serious illness of long

926 standing, in which all medical appliances had failed, and, with

927 the consent of the above-named bishop of the place, I exhorted

928 her to publish an account of it that might be read to the

929 people. She most promptly obeyed, and inserted in her

930 narrative a circumstance which I cannot omit to mention,

931 though I am compelled to hasten on to the subjects which

932 this work requires me to treat. She said that she had been

933 persuaded by a Jew to wear next her skin, under all her

934 clothes, a hair girdle, and on this girdle a ring, which, instead

935 of a gem, had a stone which had been found in the kidneys of

936 an ox. Girt with this charm, she was making her way to

937 the threshold of the holy martyr. But, after leaving Carthage,

938 and when she had been lodging in her own demesne on the

939 river Bagrada, and was now rising to continue her journey,

940 she saw her ring lying before her feet. In great surprise

941 she examined the hair girdle, and when she found it bound, as

942 it had been, quite firmly with knots, she conjectured that the

943 ring had been worn through and dropped off; but when she

944 found that the ring was itself also perfectly whole, she presumed

945 that by this great miracle she had received somehow

946 a pledge of her cure, whereupon she untied the girdle, and

947 cast it into the river, and the ring along with it. This is not

948 credited by those who do not believe either that the Lord

949 Jesus Christ came forth from His mother's womb without

950 destroying her virginity, and entered among His disciples

951 when the doors were shut; but let them make strict inquiry

952 into this miracle, and if they find it true, let them believe

953 those others. The lady is of distinction, nobly born, married

954 to a nobleman. She resides at Carthage. The city is distinguished,

955 the person is distinguished, so that they who make

956 inquiries cannot fail to find satisfaction. Certainly the martyr

957 himself, by whose prayers she was healed, believed on the Son

958 of her who remained a virgin; on Him who came in among

959 the disciples when the doors were shut; in fine,—and to this

960 tends all that we have been retailing,—on Him who ascended

961 into heaven with the flesh in which He had risen; and it is

962 because he laid down his life for this faith that such miracles

963 were done by his means.

964 Even now, therefore, many miracles are wrought, the same

965 God who wrought those we read of still performing them, by

966 whom He will and as He will; but they are not as well

967 known, nor are they beaten into the memory, like gravel, by

968 frequent reading, so that they cannot fall out of mind. For

969 even where, as is now done among ourselves, care is taken

970 that the pamphlets of those who receive benefit be read

971 publicly, yet those who are present hear the narrative but

972 once, and many are absent; and so it comes to pass that even

973 those who are present forget in a few days what they heard,

974 and scarcely one of them can be found who will tell what he

975 heard to one who he knows was not present.

976 One miracle was wrought among ourselves, which, though

977 no greater than those I have mentioned, was yet so signal

978 and conspicuous, that I suppose there is no inhabitant of

979 Hippo who did not either see or hear of it, none who could

980 possibly forget it. There were seven brothers and three sisters

981 of a noble family of the Cappadocian Cæsarea, who were cursed

982 by their mother, a new-made widow, on account of some

983 wrong they had done her, and which she bitterly resented, and

984 who were visited with so severe a punishment from Heaven,

985 that all of them were seized with a hideous shaking in all

986 their limbs. Unable, while presenting this loathsome appearance,

987 to endure the eyes of their fellow-citizens, they wandered

988 over almost the whole Roman world, each following his own

989 direction. Two of them came to Hippo, a brother and a sister,

990 Paulus and Palladia, already known in many other places by

991 the fame of their wretched lot. Now it was about fifteen

992 days before Easter when they came, and they came daily to

993 church, and specially to the relics of the most glorious Stephen,

994 praying that God might now be appeased, and restore their

995 former health. There, and wherever they went, they attracted

996 the attention of every one. Some who had seen them elsewhere,

997 and knew the cause of their trembling, told others as

998 occasion offered. Easter arrived, and on the Lord's day, in

999 the morning, when there was now a large crowd present, and

1000 the young man was holding the bars of the holy place where

1001 the relics were, and praying, suddenly he fell down, and lay

1002 precisely as if asleep, but not trembling as he was wont to

1003 do even in sleep. All present were astonished. Some were

1004 alarmed, some were moved with pity; and while some were

1005 for lifting him up, others prevented them, and said they should

1006 rather wait and see what would result. And behold! he rose

1007 up, and trembled no more, for he was healed, and stood quite

1008 well, scanning those who were scanning him. Who then

1009 refrained himself from praising God? The whole church was

1010 filled with the voices of those who were shouting and congratulating

1011 him. Then they came running to me, where I

1012 was sitting ready to come into the church. One after another

1013 they throng in, the last comer telling me as news what the

1014 first had told me already; and while I rejoiced and inwardly

1015 gave God thanks, the young man himself also enters, with a

1016 number of others, falls at my knees, is raised up to receive

1017 my kiss. We go in to the congregation: the church was

1018 full, and ringing with the shouts of joy, "Thanks to God!

1019 Praised be God!" every one joining and shouting on all sides,

1020 "I have healed the people," and then with still louder voice

1021 shouting again. Silence being at last obtained, the customary

1022 lessons of the divine Scriptures were read. And when I came

1023 to my sermon, I made a few remarks suitable to the occasion

1024 and the happy and joyful feeling, not desiring them to listen

1025 to me, but rather to consider the eloquence of God in this

1026 divine work. The man dined with us, and gave us a careful

1027 account of his own, his mother's, and his family's calamity.

1028 Accordingly, on the following day, after delivering my sermon,

1029 I promised that next day I would read his narrative to the

1030 people.[982] And when I did so, the third day after Easter Sunday,

1031 I made the brother and sister both stand on the steps of

1032 the raised place from which I used to speak; and while they

1033 stood there their pamphlet was read.[983] The whole congregation,

1034 men and women alike, saw the one standing without any

1035 unnatural movement, the other trembling in all her limbs;

1036 so that those who had not before seen the man himself saw

1037 in his sister what the divine compassion had removed from

1038 him. In him they saw matter of congratulation, in her subject

1039 for prayer. Meanwhile, their pamphlet being finished,

1040 I instructed them to withdraw from the gaze of the people;

1041 and I had begun to discuss the whole matter somewhat more

1042 carefully, when lo! as I was proceeding, other voices are heard

1043 from the tomb of the martyr, shouting new congratulations.

1044 My audience turned round, and began to run to the tomb.

1045 The young woman, when she had come down from the steps

1046 where she had been standing, went to pray at the holy relics,

1047 and no sooner had she touched the bars than she, in the same

1048 way as her brother, collapsed, as if falling asleep, and rose

1049 up cured. While, then, we were asking what had happened,

1050 and what occasioned this noise of joy, they came into the

1051 basilica where we were, leading her from the martyr's tomb

1052 in perfect health. Then, indeed, such a shout of wonder rose

1053 from men and women together, that the exclamations and the

1054 tears seemed like never to come to an end. She was led to

1055 the place where she had a little before stood trembling. They

1056 now rejoiced that she was like her brother, as before they had

1057 mourned that she remained unlike him; and as they had not

1058 yet uttered their prayers in her behalf, they perceived that

1059 their intention of doing so had been speedily heard. They

1060 shouted God's praises without words, but with such a noise

1061 that our ears could scarcely bear it. What was there in the

1062 hearts of these exultant people but the faith of Christ, for

1063 which Stephen had shed his blood?

1064 9. *That all the miracles which are done by means of the martyrs in the name of

1065 Christ testify to that faith which the martyrs had in Christ.*

1066 To what do these miracles witness, but to this faith which

1067 preaches Christ risen in the flesh, and ascended with the same

1068 into heaven? For the martyrs themselves were martyrs, that

1069 is to say, witnesses of this faith, drawing upon themselves by

1070 their testimony the hatred of the world, and conquering the

1071 world not by resisting it, but by dying. For this faith they

1072 died, and can now ask these benefits from the Lord in whose

1073 name they were slain. For this faith their marvellous constancy

1074 was exercised, so that in these miracles great power

1075 was manifested as the result. For if the resurrection of the

1076 flesh to eternal life had not taken place in Christ, and were

1077 not to be accomplished in His people, as predicted by Christ,

1078 or by the prophets who foretold that Christ was to come,

1079 why do the martyrs who were slain for this faith which proclaims

1080 the resurrection possess such power? For whether

1081 God Himself wrought these miracles by that wonderful

1082 manner of working by which, though Himself eternal, He

1083 produces effects in time; or whether He wrought them by

1084 servants, and if so, whether He made use of the spirits of

1085 martyrs as He uses men who are still in the body, or effects

1086 all these marvels by means of angels, over whom He exerts an

1087 invisible, immutable, incorporeal sway, so that what is said to

1088 be done by the martyrs is done not by their operation, but

1089 only by their prayer and request; or whether, finally, some

1090 things are done in one way, others in another, and so that

1091 man cannot at all comprehend them,—nevertheless these

1092 miracles attest this faith which preaches the resurrection of

1093 the flesh to eternal life.

1094 >

1095 >

1096 >

1097 10. *That the martyrs who obtain many miracles in order that the true God may

1098 > be worshipped, are worthy of much greater honour than the demons, who

1099 > do some marvels that they themselves may be supposed to be God.*

1100 Here perhaps our adversaries will say that their gods also

1101 have done some wonderful things, if now they begin to compare

1102 their gods to our dead men. Or will they also say that

1103 they have gods taken from among dead men, such as Hercules,

1104 Romulus, and many others whom they fancy to have been

1105 received into the number of the gods? But our martyrs are

1106 not our gods; for we know that the martyrs and we have

1107 both but one God, and that the same. Nor yet are the

1108 miracles which they maintain to have been done by means of

1109 their temples at all comparable to those which are done by

1110 the tombs of our martyrs. If they seem similar, their gods

1111 have been defeated by our martyrs as Pharaoh's magi were by

1112 Moses. In reality, the demons wrought these marvels with

1113 the same impure pride with which they aspired to be the

1114 gods of the nations; but the martyrs do these wonders, or

1115 rather God does them while they pray and assist, in order

1116 that an impulse may be given to the faith by which we believe

1117 that they are not our gods, but have, together with ourselves,

1118 one God. In fine, they built temples to these gods of theirs,

1119 and set up altars, and ordained priests, and appointed sacrifices;

1120 but to our martyrs we build, not temples as if they

1121 were gods, but monuments as to dead men whose spirits live

1122 with God. Neither do we erect altars at these monuments

1123 that we may sacrifice to the martyrs, but to the one God of

1124 the martyrs and of ourselves; and in this sacrifice they are

1125 named in their own place and rank as men of God who conquered

1126 the world by confessing Him, but they are not invoked

1127 by the sacrificing priest. For it is to God, not to them, he

1128 sacrifices, though he sacrifices at their monument; for he is

1129 God's priest, not theirs. The sacrifice itself, too, is the body of

1130 Christ, which is not offered to them, because they themselves

1131 are this body. Which then can more readily be believed to

1132 work miracles? They who wish themselves to be reckoned

1133 gods by those on whom they work miracles, or those whose

1134 sole object in working any miracle is to induce faith in God,

1135 and in Christ also as God? They who wished to turn even

1136 their crimes into sacred rites, or those who are unwilling

1137 that even their own praises be consecrated, and seek that

1138 everything for which they are justly praised be ascribed to

1139 the glory of Him in whom they are praised? For in the Lord

1140 their souls are praised. Let us therefore believe those who

1141 both speak the truth and work wonders. For by speaking

1142 the truth they suffered, and so won the power of working

1143 wonders. And the leading truth they professed is that Christ

1144 rose from the dead, and first showed in His own flesh the immortality

1145 of the resurrection which He promised should be

1146 ours, either in the beginning of the world to come, or in the

1147 end of this world.

1148 11. *Against the Platonists, who argue from the physical weight of the elements

1149 that an earthly body cannot inhabit heaven.*

1150 But against this great gift of God, these reasoners, "whose

1151 thoughts the Lord knows that they are vain,"[984] bring arguments

1152 from the weights of the elements; for they have been

1153 taught by their master Plato that the two greatest elements of

1154 the world, and the furthest removed from one another, are

1155 coupled and united by the two intermediate, air and water.

1156 And consequently they say, since the earth is the first of the

1157 elements, beginning from the base of the series, the second

1158 the water above the earth, the third the air above the water,

1159 the fourth the heaven above the air, it follows that a body of

1160 earth cannot live in the heaven; for each element is poised

1161 by its own weight so as to preserve its own place and rank.

1162 Behold with what arguments human infirmity, possessed with

1163 vanity, contradicts the omnipotence of God! What, then, do

1164 so many earthly bodies do in the air, since the air is the

1165 third element from the earth? Unless perhaps He who has

1166 granted to the earthly bodies of birds that they be carried

1167 through the air by the lightness of feathers and wings, has

1168 not been able to confer upon the bodies of men made immortal

1169 the power to abide in the highest heaven. The earthly

1170 animals, too, which cannot fly, among which are men, ought

1171 on these terms to live under the earth, as fishes, which are

1172 the animals of the water, live under the water. Why, then,

1173 can an animal of earth not live in the second element, that is,

1174 in water, while it can in the third? Why, though it belongs

1175 to the earth, is it forthwith suffocated if it is forced to live in

1176 the second element next above earth, while it lives in the

1177 third, and cannot live out of it? Is there a mistake here in

1178 the order of the elements, or is not the mistake rather in their

1179 reasonings, and not in the nature of things? I will not repeat

1180 what I said in the thirteenth book,[985] that many earthly

1181 bodies, though heavy like lead, receive from the workman's

1182 hand a form which enables them to swim in water; and

1183 yet it is denied that the omnipotent Worker can confer on

1184 the human body a property which shall enable it to pass into

1185 heaven and dwell there.

1186 But against what I have formerly said they can find

1187 nothing to say, even though they introduce and make the

1188 most of this order of the elements in which they confide.

1189 For if the order be that the earth is first, the water second,

1190 the air third, the heaven fourth, then the soul is above all.

1191 For Aristotle said that the soul was a fifth body, while Plato

1192 denied that it was a body at all. If it were a fifth body,

1193 then certainly it would be above the rest; and if it is not a

1194 body at all, so much the more does it rise above all. What,

1195 then, does it do in an earthly body? What does this soul,

1196 which is finer than all else, do in such a mass of matter as

1197 this? What does the lightest of substances do in this ponderosity?

1198 this swiftest substance in such sluggishness? Will

1199 not the body be raised to heaven by virtue of so excellent a

1200 nature as this? and if now earthly bodies can retain the

1201 souls below, shall not the souls be one day able to raise the

1202 earthly bodies above?

1203 If we pass now to their miracles which they oppose to

1204 our martyrs as wrought by their gods, shall not even these

1205 be found to make for us, and help out our argument? For

1206 if any of the miracles of their gods are great, certainly

1207 that is a great one which Varro mentions of a vestal virgin,

1208 who, when she was endangered by a false accusation of unchastity,

1209 filled a sieve with water from the Tiber, and carried

1210 it to her judges without any part of it leaking. Who kept

1211 the weight of water in the sieve? Who prevented any drop

1212 from falling from it through so many open holes? They will

1213 answer, Some god or some demon. If a god, is he greater

1214 than the God who made the world? If a demon, is he

1215 mightier than an angel who serves the God by whom the

1216 world was made? If, then, a lesser god, angel, or demon could

1217 so sustain the weight of this liquid element that the water

1218 might seem to have changed its nature, shall not Almighty

1219 God, who Himself created all the elements, be able to eliminate

1220 from the earthly body its heaviness, so that the quickened

1221 body shall dwell in whatever element the quickening spirit

1222 pleases?

1223 Then, again, since they give the air a middle place between

1224 the fire above and the water beneath, how is it that we often

1225 find it between water and water, and between the water and

1226 the earth? For what do they make of those watery clouds,

1227 between which and the seas air is constantly found intervening?

1228 I should like to know by what weight and order of the

1229 elements it comes to pass that very violent and stormy torrents

1230 are suspended in the clouds above the earth before they rush

1231 along upon the earth under the air? In fine, why is it that

1232 throughout the whole globe the air is between the highest

1233 heaven and the earth, if its place is between the sky and the

1234 water, as the place of the water is between the sky and the

1235 earth?

1236 Finally, if the order of the elements is so disposed that,

1237 as Plato thinks, the two extremes, fire and earth, are united

1238 by the two means, air and water, and that the fire occupies

1239 the highest part of the sky, and the earth the lowest part, or

1240 as it were the foundation of the world, and that therefore

1241 earth cannot be in the heavens, how is fire in the earth?

1242 For, according to this reasoning, these two elements, earth and

1243 fire, ought to be so restricted to their own places, the highest

1244 and the lowest, that neither the lowest can rise to the place

1245 of the highest, nor the highest sink to that of the lowest.

1246 Thus, as they think that no particle of earth is or shall ever

1247 be in the sky, so we ought to see no particle of fire on the

1248 earth. But the fact is that it exists to such an extent, not

1249 only on but even under the earth, that the tops of mountains

1250 vomit it forth; besides that we see it to exist on earth

1251 for human uses, and even to be produced from the earth, since

1252 it is kindled from wood and stones, which are without doubt

1253 earthly bodies. But that [upper] fire, they say, is tranquil,

1254 pure, harmless, eternal; but this [earthly] fire is turbid,

1255 smoky, corruptible, and corrupting. But it does not corrupt

1256 the mountains and caverns of the earth in which it rages

1257 continually. But grant that the earthly fire is so unlike the

1258 other as to suit its earthly position, why then do they object

1259 to our believing that the nature of earthly bodies shall some

1260 day be made incorruptible and fit for the sky, even as now

1261 fire is corruptible and suited to the earth? They therefore

1262 adduce from their weights and order of the elements nothing

1263 from which they can prove that it is impossible for Almighty

1264 God to make our bodies such that they can dwell in the

1265 skies.

1266 12. *Against the calumnies with which unbelievers throw ridicule upon the Christian

1267 faith in the resurrection of the flesh.*

1268 But their way is to feign a scrupulous anxiety in investigating

1269 this question, and to cast ridicule on our faith in the

1270 resurrection of the body, by asking, Whether abortions shall

1271 rise? And as the Lord says, "Verily I say unto you, not

1272 a hair of your head shall perish,"[986] shall all bodies have an

1273 equal stature and strength, or shall there be differences in

1274 size? For if there is to be equality, where shall those abortions,

1275 supposing that they rise again, get that bulk which

1276 they had not here? Or if they shall not rise because they

1277 were not born but cast out, they raise the same question

1278 about children who have died in childhood, asking us whence

1279 they get the stature which we see they had not here; for

1280 we will not say that those who have been not only born, but

1281 born again, shall not rise again. Then, further, they ask of

1282 what size these equal bodies shall be. For if all shall be as

1283 tall and large as were the tallest and largest in this world,

1284 they ask us how it is that not only children but many full-grown

1285 persons shall receive what they here did not possess,

1286 if each one is to receive what he had here. And if the saying

1287 of the apostle, that we are all to come to the "measure

1288 of the age of the fulness of Christ,"[987] or that other saying,

1289 "Whom He predestinated to be conformed to the image of

1290 His Son,"[988] is to be understood to mean that the stature and

1291 size of Christ's body shall be the measure of the bodies of

1292 all those who shall be in His kingdom, then, say they, the size

1293 and height of many must be diminished; and if so much of

1294 the bodily frame itself be lost, what becomes of the saying,

1295 "Not a hair of your head shall perish?" Besides, it might

1296 be asked regarding the hair itself, whether all that the barber

1297 has cut off shall be restored? And if it is to be restored,

1298 who would not shrink from such deformity? For as the

1299 same restoration will be made of what has been pared off

1300 the nails, much will be replaced on the body which a regard

1301 for its appearance had cut off. And where, then, will be its

1302 beauty, which assuredly ought to be much greater in that

1303 immortal condition than it could be in this corruptible state?

1304 On the other hand, if such things are not restored to the

1305 body, they must perish; how, then, they say, shall not a hair

1306 of the head perish? In like manner they reason about fatness

1307 and leanness; for if all are to be equal, then certainly

1308 there shall not be some fat, others lean. Some, therefore,

1309 shall gain, others lose something. Consequently there will

1310 not be a simple restoration of what formerly existed, but, on

1311 the one hand, an addition of what had no existence, and, on

1312 the other, a loss of what did before exist.

1313 The difficulties, too, about the corruption and dissolution

1314 of dead bodies,—that one is turned into dust, while another

1315 evaporates into the air; that some are devoured by beasts,

1316 some by fire, while some perish by shipwreck or by drowning

1317 in one shape or other, so that their bodies decay into liquid,—these

1318 difficulties give them immoderate alarm, and they believe

1319 that all those dissolved elements cannot be gathered again

1320 and reconstructed into a body. They also make eager use of all

1321 the deformities and blemishes which either accident or birth

1322 has produced, and accordingly, with horror and derision, cite

1323 monstrous births, and ask if every deformity will be preserved

1324 in the resurrection. For if we say that no such thing shall

1325 be reproduced in the body of a man, they suppose that they

1326 confute us by citing the marks of the wounds which we assert

1327 were found in the risen body of the Lord Christ. But of all

1328 these, the most difficult question is, into whose body that

1329 flesh shall return which has been eaten and assimilated by

1330 another man constrained by hunger to use it so; for it has

1331 been converted into the flesh of the man who used it as his

1332 nutriment, and it filled up those losses of flesh which famine

1333 had produced. For the sake, then, of ridiculing the resurrection,

1334 they ask, Shall this return to the man whose flesh

1335 it first was, or to him whose flesh it afterwards became?

1336 And thus, too, they seek to give promise to the human soul

1337 of alternations of true misery and false happiness, in accordance

1338 with Plato's theory; or, in accordance with Porphyry's,

1339 that, after many transmigrations into different bodies, it ends

1340 its miseries, and never more returns to them, not, however,

1341 by obtaining an immortal body, but by escaping from every

1342 kind of body.

1343 13. *Whether abortions, if they are numbered among the dead, shall not also

1344 have a part in the resurrection.*

1345 To these objections, then, of our adversaries which I have

1346 thus detailed, I will now reply, trusting that God will mercifully

1347 assist my endeavours. That abortions, which, even supposing

1348 they were alive in the womb, did also die there, shall

1349 rise again, I make bold neither to affirm nor to deny, although

1350 I fail to see why, if they are not excluded from the number

1351 of the dead, they should not attain to the resurrection of the

1352 dead. For either all the dead shall not rise, and there will

1353 be to all eternity some souls without bodies, though they once

1354 had them,—only in their mother's womb, indeed; or, if all

1355 human souls shall receive again the bodies which they had

1356 wherever they lived, and which they left when they died,

1357 then I do not see how I can say that even those who died

1358 in their mother's womb shall have no resurrection. But

1359 whichever of these opinions any one may adopt concerning

1360 them, we must at least apply to them, if they rise again, all

1361 that we have to say of infants who have been born.

1362 14. *Whether infants shall rise in that body which they would have had had they

1363 grown up.*

1364 What, then, are we to say of infants, if not that they will

1365 not rise in that diminutive body in which they died, but

1366 shall receive by the marvellous and rapid operation of God

1367 that body which time by a slower process would have given

1368 them? For in the Lord's words, where He says, "Not a hair

1369 of your head shall perish,"[989] it is asserted that nothing which

1370 was possessed shall be wanting; but it is not said that nothing

1371 which was not possessed shall be given. To the dead infant

1372 there was wanting the perfect stature of its body; for even

1373 the perfect infant lacks the perfection of bodily size, being

1374 capable of further growth. This perfect stature is, in a sense,

1375 so possessed by all that they are conceived and born with it,—that

1376 is, they have it potentially, though not yet in actual

1377 bulk; just as all the members of the body are potentially in

1378 the seed, though, even after the child is born, some of them,

1379 the teeth for example, may be wanting. In this seminal

1380 principle of every substance, there seems to be, as it were,

1381 the beginning of everything which does not yet exist, or

1382 rather does not appear, but which in process of time will

1383 come into being, or rather into sight. In this, therefore, the

1384 child who is to be tall or short is already tall or short. And

1385 in the resurrection of the body, we need, for the same reason,

1386 fear no bodily loss; for though all should be of equal size,

1387 and reach gigantic proportions, lest the men who were largest

1388 here should lose anything of their bulk and it should perish,

1389 in contradiction to the words of Christ, who said that not a

1390 hair of their head should perish, yet why should there lack

1391 the means by which that wonderful Worker should make

1392 such additions, seeing that He is the Creator, who Himself

1393 created all things out of nothing?

1394 15. *Whether the bodies of all the dead shall rise the same size as the Lord's

1395 body.*

1396 It is certain that Christ rose in the same bodily stature in

1397 which He died, and that it is wrong to say that, when the

1398 general resurrection shall have arrived, His body shall, for the

1399 sake of equalling the tallest, assume proportions which it had

1400 not when He appeared to the disciples in the figure with

1401 which they were familiar. But if we say that even the bodies

1402 of taller men are to be reduced to the size of the Lord's body,

1403 there will be a great loss in many bodies, though He promised

1404 that not a hair of their head should perish. It remains,

1405 therefore, that we conclude that every man shall receive his

1406 own size which he had in youth, though he died an old man,

1407 or which he would have had, supposing he died before his

1408 prime. As for what the apostle said of the measure of the

1409 age of the fulness of Christ, we must either understand him

1410 to refer to something else, viz. to the fact that the measure

1411 of Christ will be completed when all the members among the

1412 Christian communities are added to the Head; or if we are

1413 to refer it to the resurrection of the body, the meaning is that

1414 all shall rise neither beyond nor under youth, but in that

1415 vigour and age to which we know that Christ had arrived.

1416 For even the world's wisest men have fixed the bloom of

1417 youth at about the age of thirty; and when this period has

1418 been passed, the man begins to decline towards the defective

1419 and duller period of old age. And therefore the apostle did

1420 not speak of the measure of the body, nor of the measure of

1421 the stature, but of "the measure of the age of the fulness of

1422 Christ."

1423 16. *What is meant by the conforming of the saints to the image of the Son of

1424 God.*

1425 Then, again, these words, "Predestinate to be conformed to

1426 the image of the Son of God,"[990] may be understood of the

1427 inner man. So in another place He says to us, "Be not conformed

1428 to this world, but be ye transformed in the renewing

1429 of your mind."[991] In so far, then, as we are transformed so as

1430 not to be conformed to the world, we are conformed to the

1431 Son of God. It may also be understood thus, that as He

1432 was conformed to us by assuming mortality, we shall be conformed

1433 to Him by immortality; and this indeed is connected

1434 with the resurrection of the body. But if we are also taught

1435 in these words what form our bodies shall rise in, as the measure

1436 we spoke of before, so also this conformity is to be understood

1437 not of size, but of age. Accordingly all shall rise in

1438 the stature they either had attained or would have attained

1439 had they lived to their prime, although it will be no great

1440 disadvantage even if the form of the body be infantine or

1441 aged, while no infirmity shall remain in the mind nor in the

1442 body itself. So that even if any one contends that every person

1443 will rise again in the same bodily form in which he died, we

1444 need not spend much labour in disputing with him.

1445 17. *Whether the bodies of women shall retain their own sex in the resurrection.*

1446 From the words, "Till we all come to a perfect man, to the

1447 measure of the age of the fulness of Christ,"[992] and from the

1448 words, "Conformed to the image of the Son of God,"[993] some

1449 conclude that women shall not rise women, but that all shall

1450 be men, because God made man only of earth, and woman of

1451 the man. For my part, they seem to be wiser who make no

1452 doubt that both sexes shall rise. For there shall be no lust,

1453 which is now the cause of confusion. For before they sinned,

1454 the man and the woman were naked, and were not ashamed.

1455 From those bodies, then, vice shall be withdrawn, while nature

1456 shall be preserved. And the sex of woman is not a vice,

1457 but nature. It shall then indeed be superior to carnal intercourse

1458 and child-bearing; nevertheless the female members

1459 shall remain adapted not to the old uses, but to a new beauty,

1460 which, so far from provoking lust, now extinct, shall excite

1461 praise to the wisdom and clemency of God, who both made

1462 what was not and delivered from corruption what He made.

1463 For at the beginning of the human race the woman was made

1464 of a rib taken from the side of the man while he slept; for

1465 it seemed fit that even then Christ and His Church should

1466 be foreshadowed in this event. For that sleep of the man

1467 was the death of Christ, whose side, as He hung lifeless upon

1468 the cross, was pierced with a spear, and there flowed from it

1469 blood and water, and these we know to be the sacraments by

1470 which the Church is "built up." For Scripture used this very

1471 word, not saying "He formed" or "framed," but "built her

1472 up into a woman;"[994] whence also the apostle speaks of the

1473 *edification* of the body of Christ,[995] which is the Church. The

1474 woman, therefore, is a creature of God even as the man; but

1475 by her creation from man unity is commended; and the

1476 manner of her creation prefigured, as has been said, Christ and

1477 the Church. He, then, who created both sexes will restore

1478 both. Jesus Himself also, when asked by the Sadducees, who

1479 denied the resurrection, which of the seven brothers should

1480 have to wife the woman whom all in succession had taken to

1481 raise up seed to their brother, as the law enjoined, says, "Ye

1482 do err, not knowing the Scriptures nor the power of God."[996]

1483 And though it was a fit opportunity for His saying, She

1484 about whom you make inquiries shall herself be a man, and

1485 not a woman, He said nothing of the kind; but "In the

1486 resurrection they neither marry nor are given in marriage,

1487 but are as the angels of God in heaven."[997] They shall be

1488 equal to the angels in immortality and happiness, not in flesh,

1489 nor in resurrection, which the angels did not need, because

1490 they could not die. The Lord then denied that there would

1491 be in the resurrection, not women, but marriages; and He

1492 uttered this denial in circumstances in which the question

1493 mooted would have been more easily and speedily solved by

1494 denying that the female sex would exist, if this had in truth

1495 been foreknown by Him. But, indeed, He even affirmed that

1496 the sex should exist by saying, "They shall not be given in

1497 marriage," which can only apply to females; "Neither shall

1498 they marry," which applies to males. There shall therefore

1499 be those who are in this world accustomed to marry and

1500 be given in marriage, only they shall there make no such

1501 marriages.

1502 18. *Of the perfect Man, that is, Christ; and of His body, that is, the Church,

1503 which is His fulness.*

1504 To understand what the apostle means when he says that

1505 we shall all come to a perfect man, we must consider the connection

1506 of the whole passage, which runs thus: "He that descended

1507 is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens,

1508 that He might fill all things. And He gave some, apostles;

1509 and some, prophets; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors

1510 and teachers; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of

1511 the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: till we

1512 all come to the unity of the faith and knowledge of the Son

1513 of God, to a perfect man, to the measure of the age of the

1514 fulness of Christ: that we henceforth be no more children,

1515 tossed and carried about with every wind of doctrine, by the

1516 sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait

1517 to deceive; but, speaking the truth in love, may grow up

1518 in Him in all things, which is the Head, even Christ: from

1519 whom the whole body fitly joined together and compacted by

1520 that which every joint supplieth, according to the effectual

1521 working in the measure of every part, maketh increase of the

1522 body, unto the edifying of itself in love."[998] Behold what the

1523 perfect man is—the head and the body, which is made up of

1524 all the members, which in their own time shall be perfected.

1525 But new additions are daily being made to this body while

1526 the Church is being built up, to which it is said, "Ye are the

1527 body of Christ and His members;"[999] and again, "For His body's

1528 sake," he says, "which is the Church;"[1000] and again, "We being

1529 many are one head, one body."[1001] It is of the edification of

1530 this body that it is here, too, said, "For the perfecting of the

1531 saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edification of the

1532 body of Christ;" and then that passage of which we are now

1533 speaking is added, "Till we all come to the unity of the faith

1534 and knowledge of the Son of God, to a perfect man, to the

1535 measure of the age of the fulness of Christ," and so on. And

1536 he shows of what body we are to understand this to be the

1537 measure, when he says, "That we may grow up into Him in

1538 all things, which is the Head, even Christ: from whom the

1539 whole body fitly joined together and compacted by that which

1540 every joint supplieth, according to the effectual working in the

1541 measure of every part." As, therefore, there is a measure of

1542 every part, so there is a measure of the fulness of the whole

1543 body which is made up of all its parts, and it is of this measure

1544 it is said, "To the measure of the age of the fulness of

1545 Christ." This fulness he spoke of also in the place where he

1546 says of Christ, "And gave Him to be the Head over all things

1547 to the Church,[1002] which is His body, the fulness of Him that

1548 filleth all in all."[1003] But even if this should be referred to the

1549 form in which each one shall rise, what should hinder us from

1550 applying to the woman what is expressly said of the man,

1551 understanding both sexes to be included under the general

1552 term "man?" For certainly in the saying, "Blessed is he

1553 who feareth the Lord,"[1004] women also who fear the Lord are

1554 included.

1555 >

1556 >

1557 >

1558 19. *That all bodily blemishes which mar human beauty in this life shall be removed

1559 > in the resurrection, the natural substance of the body remaining,

1560 > but the quality and quantity of it being altered so as to produce beauty.*

1561 What am I to say now about the hair and nails? Once it

1562 is understood that no part of the body shall so perish as

1563 to produce deformity in the body, it is at the same time

1564 understood that such things as would have produced a deformity

1565 by their excessive proportions shall be added to the

1566 total bulk of the body, not to parts in which the beauty of

1567 the proportion would thus be marred. Just as if, after making

1568 a vessel of clay, one wished to make it over again of the same

1569 clay, it would not be necessary that the same portion of the

1570 clay which had formed the handle should again form the new

1571 handle, or that what had formed the bottom should again do

1572 so, but only that the whole clay should go to make up the

1573 whole new vessel, and that no part of it should be left unused.

1574 Wherefore, if the hair that has been cropped and the nails

1575 that have been cut would cause a deformity were they to be

1576 restored to their places, they shall not be restored; and yet

1577 no one will lose these parts at the resurrection, for they shall

1578 be changed into the same flesh, their substance being so altered

1579 as to preserve the proportion of the various parts of the body.

1580 However, what our Lord said, "Not a hair of your head shall

1581 perish," might more suitably be interpreted of the number,

1582 and not of the length of the hairs, as He elsewhere says, "The

1583 hairs of your head are all numbered."[1005] Nor would I say this

1584 because I suppose that any part naturally belonging to the

1585 body can perish, but that whatever deformity was in it, and

1586 served to exhibit the penal condition in which we mortals are,

1587 should be restored in such a way that, while the substance is

1588 entirely preserved, the deformity shall perish. For if even a

1589 human workman, who has, for some reason, made a deformed

1590 statue, can recast it and make it very beautiful, and this without

1591 suffering any part of the substance, but only the deformity

1592 to be lost,—if he can, for example, remove some unbecoming

1593 or disproportionate part, not by cutting off and separating this

1594 part from the whole, but by so breaking down and mixing up

1595 the whole as to get rid of the blemish without diminishing

1596 the quantity of his material,—shall we not think as highly of

1597 the almighty Worker? Shall He not be able to remove and

1598 abolish all deformities of the human body, whether common

1599 ones or rare and monstrous, which, though in keeping with

1600 this miserable life, are yet not to be thought of in connection

1601 with that future blessedness; and shall He not be able

1602 so to remove them that, while the natural but unseemly

1603 blemishes are put an end to, the natural substance shall

1604 suffer no diminution?

1605 And consequently overgrown and emaciated persons need

1606 not fear that they shall be in heaven of such a figure as

1607 they would not be even in this world if they could help it.

1608 For all bodily beauty consists in the proportion of the parts,

1609 together with a certain agreeableness of colour. Where there

1610 is no proportion, the eye is offended, either because there is

1611 something awanting, or too small, or too large. And thus

1612 there shall be no deformity resulting from want of proportion

1613 in that state in which all that is wrong is corrected, and all

1614 that is defective supplied from resources the Creator wots of,

1615 and all that is excessive removed without destroying the integrity

1616 of the substance. And as for the pleasant colour, how

1617 conspicuous shall it be where "the just shall shine forth as

1618 the sun in the kingdom of their Father!"[1006] This brightness

1619 we must rather believe to have been concealed from the eyes

1620 of the disciples when Christ rose, than to have been awanting.

1621 For weak human eyesight could not bear it, and it was necessary

1622 that they should so look upon Him as to be able to

1623 recognise Him. For this purpose also He allowed them to

1624 touch the marks of His wounds, and also ate and drank,—not

1625 because He needed nourishment, but because He could take it

1626 if He wished. Now, when an object, though present, is invisible

1627 to persons who see other things which are present, as

1628 we say that that brightness was present but invisible by those

1629 who saw other things, this is called in Greek ἀορασία; and our

1630 Latin translators, for want of a better word, have rendered

1631 this *cæcitas* (blindness) in the book of Genesis. This blindness

1632 the men of Sodom suffered when they sought the just

1633 Lot's gate and could not find it. But if it had been blindness,

1634 that is to say, if they could see nothing, then they would not

1635 have asked for the gate by which they might enter the house,

1636 but for guides who might lead them away.

1637 But the love we bear to the blessed martyrs causes us, I

1638 know not how, to desire to see in the heavenly kingdom the

1639 marks of the wounds which they received for the name of

1640 Christ, and possibly we shall see them. For this will not be

1641 a deformity, but a mark of honour, and will add lustre to their

1642 appearance, and a spiritual, if not a bodily beauty. And yet

1643 we need not believe that they to whom it has been said, "Not a

1644 hair of your head shall perish," shall, in the resurrection, want

1645 such of their members as they have been deprived of in their

1646 martyrdom. But if it will be seemly in that new kingdom

1647 to have some marks of these wounds still visible in that immortal

1648 flesh, the places where they have been wounded or mutilated

1649 shall retain the scars without any of the members being

1650 lost. While, therefore, it is quite true that no blemishes

1651 which the body has sustained shall appear in the resurrection,

1652 yet we are not to reckon or name these marks of virtue

1653 blemishes.

1654 20. *That, in the resurrection, the substance of our bodies, however disintegrated,

1655 shall be entirely reunited.*

1656 Far be it from us to fear that the omnipotence of the Creator

1657 cannot, for the resuscitation and reanimation of our bodies,

1658 recall all the portions which have been consumed by beasts or

1659 fire, or have been dissolved into dust or ashes, or have decomposed

1660 into water, or evaporated into the air. Far from us be

1661 the thought, that anything which escapes our observation in any

1662 most hidden recess of nature either evades the knowledge or

1663 transcends the power of the Creator of all things. Cicero, the

1664 great authority of our adversaries, wishing to define God as

1665 accurately as possible, says, "God is a mind free and independent,

1666 without materiality, perceiving and moving all things,

1667 and itself endowed with eternal movement."[1007] This he found

1668 in the systems of the greatest philosophers. Let me ask, then,

1669 in their own language, how anything can either lie hid from

1670 Him who perceives all things, or irrevocably escape Him who

1671 moves all things?

1672 This leads me to reply to that question which seems the

1673 most difficult of all,—To whom, in the resurrection, will belong

1674 the flesh of a dead man which has become the flesh of a living

1675 man? For if some one, famishing for want and pressed with

1676 hunger, use human flesh as food,—an extremity not unknown,

1677 as both ancient history and the unhappy experience of our own

1678 days have taught us,—can it be contended, with any show of

1679 reason, that all the flesh eaten has been evacuated, and that

1680 none of it has been assimilated to the substance of the eater,

1681 though the very emaciation which existed before, and has now

1682 disappeared, sufficiently indicates what large deficiencies have

1683 been filled up with this food? But I have already made some

1684 remarks which will suffice for the solution of this difficulty

1685 also. For all the flesh which hunger has consumed finds its

1686 way into the air by evaporation, whence, as we have said, God

1687 Almighty can recall it. That flesh, therefore, shall be restored

1688 to the man in whom it first became human flesh. For it must

1689 be looked upon as borrowed by the other person, and, like a

1690 pecuniary loan, must be returned to the lender. His own

1691 flesh, however, which he lost by famine, shall be restored to

1692 him by Him who can recover even what has evaporated. And

1693 though it had been absolutely annihilated, so that no part of

1694 its substance remained in any secret spot of nature, the

1695 Almighty could restore it by such means as He saw fit.

1696 For this sentence, uttered by the Truth, "Not a hair of your

1697 head shall perish," forbids us to suppose that, though no hair

1698 of a man's head can perish, yet the large portions of his flesh

1699 eaten and consumed by the famishing can perish.

1700 From all that we have thus considered, and discussed with

1701 such poor ability as we can command, we gather this conclusion,

1702 that in the resurrection of the flesh the body shall be

1703 of that size which it either had attained or should have

1704 attained in the flower of its youth, and shall enjoy the

1705 beauty that arises from preserving symmetry and proportion

1706 in all its members. And it is reasonable to suppose that, for

1707 the preservation of this beauty, any part of the body's substance,

1708 which, if placed in one spot, would produce a deformity,

1709 shall be distributed through the whole of it, so that neither

1710 any part, nor the symmetry of the whole, may be lost, but

1711 only the general stature of the body somewhat increased by

1712 the distribution in all the parts of that which, in one place,

1713 would have been unsightly. Or if it is contended that each

1714 will rise with the same stature as that of the body he died in,

1715 we shall not obstinately dispute this, provided only there be

1716 no deformity, no infirmity, no languor, no corruption,—nothing

1717 of any kind which would ill become that kingdom in which the

1718 children of the resurrection and of the promise shall be equal to

1719 the angels of God, if not in body and age, at least in happiness.

1720 21. *Of the new spiritual body into which the flesh of the saints shall be

1721 transformed.*

1722 Whatever, therefore, has been taken from the body, either

1723 during life or after death, shall be restored to it, and, in conjunction

1724 with what has remained in the grave, shall rise

1725 again, transformed from the oldness of the animal body into

1726 the newness of the spiritual body, and clothed in incorruption

1727 and immortality. But even though the body has been all

1728 quite ground to powder by some severe accident, or by the

1729 ruthlessness of enemies, and though it has been so diligently

1730 scattered to the winds, or into the water, that there is no

1731 trace of it left, yet it shall not be beyond the omnipotence of

1732 the Creator,—no, not a hair of its head shall perish. The

1733 flesh shall then be spiritual, and subject to the spirit, but still

1734 flesh, not spirit, as the spirit itself, when subject to the flesh,

1735 was fleshly, but still spirit and not flesh. And of this we

1736 have experimental proof in the deformity of our penal condition.

1737 For those persons were carnal, not in a fleshly, but in a spiritual

1738 way, to whom the apostle said, "I could not speak to

1739 you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal."[1008] And a man is in

1740 this life spiritual in such a way, that he is yet carnal with

1741 respect to his body, and sees another law in his members

1742 warring against the law of his mind; but even in his body

1743 he will be spiritual when the same flesh shall have had that

1744 resurrection of which these words speak, "It is sown an

1745 animal body, it shall rise a spiritual body."[1009] But what this

1746 spiritual body shall be, and how great its grace, I fear it were

1747 but rash to pronounce, seeing that we have as yet no experience

1748 of it. Nevertheless, since it is fit that the joyfulness of

1749 our hope should utter itself, and so show forth God's praise,

1750 and since it was from the profoundest sentiment of ardent and

1751 holy love that the Psalmist cried, "O Lord, I have loved the

1752 beauty of Thy house,"[1010] we may, with God's help, speak of the

1753 gifts He lavishes on men, good and bad alike, in this most

1754 wretched life, and may do our best to conjecture the great

1755 glory of that state which we cannot worthily speak of, because

1756 we have not yet experienced it. For I say nothing of the

1757 time when God made man upright; I say nothing of the

1758 happy life of "the man and his wife" in the fruitful garden,

1759 since it was so short that none of their children experienced

1760 it: I speak only of this life which we know, and in which we

1761 now are, from the temptations of which we cannot escape so

1762 long as we are in it, no matter what progress we make, for it

1763 is all temptation, and I ask, Who can describe the tokens of

1764 God's goodness that are extended to the human race even in

1765 this life?

1766 >

1767 >

1768 >

1769 22. *Of the miseries and ills to which the human race is justly exposed through

1770 > the first sin, and from which none can be delivered save by Christ's grace.*

1771 That the whole human race has been condemned in its

1772 first origin, this life itself, if life it is to be called, bears

1773 witness by the host of cruel ills with which it is filled. Is

1774 not this proved by the profound and dreadful ignorance which

1775 produces all the errors that enfold the children of Adam, and

1776 from which no man can be delivered without toil, pain, and

1777 fear? Is it not proved by his love of so many vain and

1778 hurtful things, which produces gnawing cares, disquiet, griefs,

1779 fears, wild joys, quarrels, law-suits, wars, treasons, angers,

1780 hatreds, deceit, flattery, fraud, theft, robbery, perfidy, pride,

1781 ambition, envy, murders, parricides, cruelty, ferocity, wickedness,

1782 luxury, insolence, impudence, shamelessness, fornications,

1783 adulteries, incests, and the numberless uncleannesses and unnatural

1784 acts of both sexes, which it is shameful so much as to

1785 mention; sacrileges, heresies, blasphemies, perjuries, oppression

1786 of the innocent, calumnies, plots, falsehoods, false witnessings,

1787 unrighteous judgments, violent deeds, plunderings, and

1788 whatever similar wickedness has found its way into the lives

1789 of men, though it cannot find its way into the conception of

1790 pure minds? These are indeed the crimes of wicked men, yet

1791 they spring from that root of error and misplaced love which

1792 is born with every son of Adam. For who is there that has

1793 not observed with what profound ignorance, manifesting itself

1794 even in infancy, and with what superfluity of foolish desires,

1795 beginning to appear in boyhood, man comes into this life, so

1796 that, were he left to live as he pleased, and to do whatever he

1797 pleased, he would plunge into all, or certainly into many of

1798 those crimes and iniquities which I mentioned, and could not

1799 mention?

1800 But because God does not wholly desert those whom He

1801 condemns, nor shuts up in His anger His tender mercies, the

1802 human race is restrained by law and instruction, which keep

1803 guard against the ignorance that besets us, and oppose the

1804 assaults of vice, but are themselves full of labour and sorrow.

1805 For what mean those multifarious threats which are used to

1806 restrain the folly of children? What mean pedagogues,

1807 masters, the birch, the strap, the cane, the schooling which

1808 Scripture says must be given a child, "beating him on the

1809 sides lest he wax stubborn,"[1011] and it be hardly possible or not

1810 possible at all to subdue him? Why all these punishments,

1811 save to overcome ignorance and bridle evil desires—these

1812 evils with which we come into the world? For why is it that

1813 we remember with difficulty, and without difficulty forget?

1814 learn with difficulty, and without difficulty remain ignorant?

1815 are diligent with difficulty, and without difficulty are indolent?

1816 Does not this show what vitiated nature inclines and

1817 tends to by its own weight, and what succour it needs if it is

1818 to be delivered? Inactivity, sloth, laziness, negligence, are

1819 vices which shun labour, since labour, though useful, is itself

1820 a punishment.

1821 But, besides the punishments of childhood, without which

1822 there would be no learning of what the parents wish,—and

1823 the parents rarely wish anything useful to be taught,—who

1824 can describe, who can conceive the number and severity of

1825 the punishments which afflict the human race,—pains which

1826 are not only the accompaniment of the wickedness of godless

1827 men, but are a part of the human condition and the common

1828 misery,—what fear and what grief are caused by bereavement

1829 and mourning, by losses and condemnations, by fraud and

1830 falsehood, by false suspicions, and all the crimes and wicked

1831 deeds of other men? For at their hands we suffer robbery,

1832 captivity, chains, imprisonment, exile, torture, mutilation, loss

1833 of sight, the violation of chastity to satisfy the lust of the

1834 oppressor, and many other dreadful evils. What numberless

1835 casualties threaten our bodies from without,—extremes of

1836 heat and cold, storms, floods, inundations, lightning, thunder,

1837 hail, earthquakes, houses falling; or from the stumbling, or

1838 shying, or vice of horses; from countless poisons in fruits,

1839 water, air, animals; from the painful or even deadly bites of

1840 wild animals; from the madness which a mad dog communicates,

1841 so that even the animal which of all others is most

1842 gentle and friendly to its own master, becomes an object of

1843 intenser fear than a lion or dragon, and the man whom it has

1844 by chance infected with this pestilential contagion becomes so

1845 rabid, that his parents, wife, children, dread him more than

1846 any wild beast! What disasters are suffered by those who

1847 travel by land or sea! What man can go out of his own

1848 house without being exposed on all hands to unforeseen accidents?

1849 Returning home sound in limb, he slips on his own

1850 door-step, breaks his leg, and never recovers. What can seem

1851 safer than a man sitting in his chair? Eli the priest fell

1852 from his, and broke his neck. How many accidents do

1853 farmers, or rather all men, fear that the crops may suffer from

1854 the weather, or the soil, or the ravages of destructive animals?

1855 Commonly they feel safe when the crops are gathered and

1856 housed. Yet, to my certain knowledge, sudden floods have

1857 driven the labourers away, and swept the barns clean of the

1858 finest harvest. Is innocence a sufficient protection against the

1859 various assaults of demons? That no man might think so,

1860 even baptized infants, who are certainly unsurpassed in innocence,

1861 are sometimes so tormented, that God, who permits it,

1862 teaches us hereby to bewail the calamities of this life, and to

1863 desire the felicity of the life to come. As to bodily diseases,

1864 they are so numerous that they cannot all be contained even

1865 in medical books. And in very many, or almost all of them,

1866 the cures and remedies are themselves tortures, so that men

1867 are delivered from a pain that destroys by a cure that pains.

1868 Has not the madness of thirst driven men to drink human

1869 urine, and even their own? Has not hunger driven men to

1870 eat human flesh, and that the flesh not of bodies found dead,

1871 but of bodies slain for the purpose? Have not the fierce

1872 pangs of famine driven mothers to eat their own children,

1873 incredibly savage as it seems? In line, sleep itself, which is

1874 justly called repose, how little of repose there sometimes is

1875 in it when disturbed with dreams and visions; and with what

1876 terror is the wretched mind overwhelmed by the appearances of

1877 things which are so presented, and which, as it were, so stand

1878 out before the senses, that we cannot distinguish them from

1879 realities! How wretchedly do false appearances distract men

1880 in certain diseases! With what astonishing variety of appearances

1881 are even healthy men sometimes deceived by evil spirits,

1882 who produce these delusions for the sake of perplexing the

1883 senses of their victims, if they cannot succeed in seducing

1884 them to their side!

1885 From this hell upon earth there is no escape, save through

1886 the grace of the Saviour Christ, our God and Lord. The very

1887 name Jesus shows this, for it means Saviour; and He saves

1888 us especially from passing out of this life into a more wretched

1889 and eternal state, which is rather a death than a life. For in

1890 this life, though holy men and holy pursuits afford us great

1891 consolations, yet the blessings which men crave are not invariably

1892 bestowed upon them, lest religion should be cultivated

1893 for the sake of these temporal advantages, while it ought

1894 rather to be cultivated for the sake of that other life from

1895 which all evil is excluded. Therefore, also, does grace aid

1896 good men in the midst of present calamities, so that they are

1897 enabled to endure them with a constancy proportioned to

1898 their faith. The world's sages affirm that philosophy contributes

1899 something to this,—that philosophy which, according

1900 to Cicero, the gods have bestowed in its purity only on a few

1901 men. They have never given, he says, nor can ever give, a

1902 greater gift to men. So that even those against whom we

1903 are disputing have been compelled to acknowledge, in some

1904 fashion, that the grace of God is necessary for the acquisition,

1905 not, indeed, of any philosophy, but of the true philosophy.

1906 And if the true philosophy—this sole support against the

1907 miseries of this life—has been given by Heaven only to a few,

1908 it sufficiently appears from this that the human race has been

1909 condemned to pay this penalty of wretchedness. And as,

1910 according to their acknowledgment, no greater gift has been

1911 bestowed by God, so it must be believed that it could be

1912 given only by that God whom they themselves recognise as

1913 greater than all the gods they worship.

1914 23. *Of the miseries of this life which attach peculiarly to the toil of good men,

1915 irrespective of those which are common to the good and bad.*

1916 But, irrespective of the miseries which in this life are

1917 common to the good and bad, the righteous undergo labours

1918 peculiar to themselves, in so far as they make war upon their

1919 vices, and are involved in the temptations and perils of such

1920 a contest. For though sometimes more violent and at other

1921 times slacker, yet without intermission does the flesh lust

1922 against the spirit and the spirit against the flesh, so that we

1923 cannot do the things we would,[1012] and extirpate all lust, but

1924 can only refuse consent to it, as God gives us ability, and so

1925 keep it under, vigilantly keeping watch lest a semblance of

1926 truth deceive us, lest a subtle discourse blind us, lest error

1927 involve us in darkness, lest we should take good for evil or

1928 evil for good, lest fear should hinder us from doing what we

1929 ought, or desire precipitate us into doing what we ought not,

1930 lest the sun go down upon our wrath, lest hatred provoke us

1931 to render evil for evil, lest unseemly or immoderate grief

1932 consume us, lest an ungrateful disposition make us slow to

1933 recognise benefits received, lest calumnies fret our conscience,

1934 lest rash suspicion on our part deceive us regarding a friend,

1935 or false suspicion of us on the part of others give us too much

1936 uneasiness, lest sin reign in our mortal body to obey its

1937 desires, lest our members be used as the instruments of unrighteousness,

1938 lest the eye follow lust, lest thirst for revenge

1939 carry us away, lest sight or thought dwell too long on some

1940 evil thing which gives us pleasure, lest wicked or indecent

1941 language be willingly listened to, lest we do what is pleasant

1942 but unlawful, and lest in this warfare, filled so abundantly

1943 with toil and peril, we either hope to secure victory by our

1944 own strength, or attribute it when secured to our own strength,

1945 and not to His grace of whom the apostle says, "Thanks be

1946 unto God, who giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus

1947 Christ;"[1013] and in another place he says, "In all these things

1948 we are more than conquerors through Him that loved us."[1014]

1949 But yet we are to know this, that however valorously we

1950 resist our vices, and however successful we are in overcoming

1951 them, yet as long as we are in this body we have always

1952 reason to say to God, "Forgive us our debts."[1015] But in that

1953 kingdom where we shall dwell for ever, clothed in immortal

1954 bodies, we shall no longer have either conflicts or debts,—as

1955 indeed we should not have had at any time or in any condition,

1956 had our nature continued upright as it was created.

1957 Consequently even this our conflict, in which we are exposed

1958 to peril, and from which we hope to be delivered by a final

1959 victory, belongs to the ills of this life, which is proved by the

1960 witness of so many grave evils to be a life under condemnation.

1961 24. *Of the blessings with which the Creator has filled this life, obnoxious

1962 though it be to the curse.*

1963 But we must now contemplate the rich and countless blessings

1964 with which the goodness of God, who cares for all He

1965 has created, has filled this very misery of the human race,

1966 which reflects His retributive justice. That first blessing

1967 which He pronounced before the fall, when He said, "Increase,

1968 and multiply, and replenish the earth,"[1016] He did not

1969 inhibit after man had sinned, but the fecundity originally bestowed

1970 remained in the condemned stock; and the vice of sin,

1971 which has involved us in the necessity of dying, has yet not

1972 deprived us of that wonderful power of seed, or rather of that

1973 still more marvellous power by which seed is produced, and

1974 which seems to be as it were inwrought and inwoven in the

1975 human body. But in this river, as I may call it, or torrent

1976 of the human race, both elements are carried along together,—both

1977 the evil which is derived from him who begets, and the

1978 good which is bestowed by Him who creates us. In the

1979 original evil there are two things, sin and punishment; in the

1980 original good, there are two other things, propagation and

1981 conformation. But of the evils, of which the one, sin, arose

1982 from our audacity, and the other, punishment, from God's

1983 judgment, we have already said as much as suits our present

1984 purpose. I mean now to speak of the blessings which God

1985 has conferred or still confers upon our nature, vitiated and

1986 condemned as it is. For in condemning it He did not withdraw

1987 all that He had given it, else it had been annihilated;

1988 neither did He, in penally subjecting it to the devil, remove

1989 it beyond His own power; for not even the devil himself is

1990 outside of God's government, since the devil's nature subsists

1991 only by the supreme Creator, who gives being to all that in

1992 any form exists.

1993 Of these two blessings, then, which we have said flow from

1994 God's goodness, as from a fountain, towards our nature, vitiated

1995 by sin and condemned to punishment, the one, propagation,

1996 was conferred by God's benediction when He made those first

1997 works, from which He rested on the seventh day. But the

1998 other, conformation, is conferred in that work of His wherein

1999 "He worketh hitherto."[1017] For were He to withdraw His efficacious

2000 power from things, they should neither be able to go

2001 on and complete the periods assigned to their measured movements,

2002 nor should they even continue in possession of that

2003 nature they were created in. God, then, so created man that

2004 He gave him what we may call fertility, whereby he might

2005 propagate other men, giving them a congenital capacity to

2006 propagate their kind, but not imposing on them any necessity

2007 to do so. This capacity God withdraws at pleasure from individuals,

2008 making them barren; but from the whole race He

2009 has not withdrawn the blessing of propagation once conferred.

2010 But though not withdrawn on account of sin, this power of

2011 propagation is not what it would have been had there been

2012 no sin. For since "man placed in honour fell, he has become

2013 like the beasts,"[1018] and generates as they do, though the little

2014 spark of reason, which was the image of God in him, has not

2015 been quite quenched. But if conformation were not added

2016 to propagation, there would be no reproduction of one's kind.

2017 For even though there were no such thing as copulation, and

2018 God wished to fill the earth with human inhabitants, He

2019 might create all these as He created one without the help

2020 of human generation. And, indeed, even as it is, those who

2021 copulate can generate nothing save by the creative energy

2022 of God. As, therefore, in respect of that spiritual growth

2023 whereby a man is formed to piety and righteousness, the

2024 apostle says, "Neither is he that planteth anything, neither

2025 he that watereth, but God that giveth the increase,"[1019] so also

2026 it must be said that it is not he that generates that is anything,

2027 but God that giveth the essential form; that it is not

2028 the mother who carries and nurses the fruit of her womb that

2029 is anything, but God that giveth the increase. For He alone,

2030 by that energy wherewith "He worketh hitherto," causes the

2031 seed to develope, and to evolve from certain secret and invisible

2032 folds into the visible forms of beauty which we see.

2033 He alone, coupling and connecting in some wonderful fashion

2034 the spiritual and corporeal natures, the one to command, the

2035 other to obey, makes a living being. And this work of His

2036 is so great and wonderful, that not only man, who is a rational

2037 animal, and consequently more excellent than all other animals

2038 of the earth, but even the most diminutive insect, cannot be

2039 considered attentively without astonishment and without praising

2040 the Creator.

2041 It is He, then, who has given to the human soul a mind,

2042 in which reason and understanding lie as it were asleep during

2043 infancy, and as if they were not, destined, however, to be

2044 awakened and exercised as years increase, so as to become

2045 capable of knowledge and of receiving instruction, fit to understand

2046 what is true and to love what is good. It is by this

2047 capacity the soul drinks in wisdom, and becomes endowed

2048 with those virtues by which, in prudence, fortitude, temperance,

2049 and righteousness, it makes war upon error and the

2050 other inborn vices, and conquers them by fixing its desires

2051 upon no other object than the supreme and unchangeable

2052 Good. And even though this be not uniformly the result, yet

2053 who can competently utter or even conceive the grandeur of

2054 this work of the Almighty, and the unspeakable boon He has

2055 conferred upon our rational nature, by giving us even the

2056 capacity of such attainment? For over and above those arts

2057 which are called virtues, and which teach us how we may

2058 spend our life well, and attain to endless happiness,—arts

2059 which are given to the children of the promise and the kingdom

2060 by the sole grace of God which is in Christ,—has not

2061 the genius of man invented and applied countless astonishing

2062 arts, partly the result of necessity, partly the result of

2063 exuberant invention, so that this vigour of mind, which is so

2064 active in the discovery not merely of superfluous but even of

2065 dangerous and destructive things, betokens an inexhaustible

2066 wealth in the nature which can invent, learn, or employ such

2067 arts? What wonderful—one might say stupefying—advances

2068 has human industry made in the arts of weaving and building,

2069 of agriculture and navigation! With what endless variety

2070 are designs in pottery, painting, and sculpture produced, and

2071 with what skill executed! What wonderful spectacles are

2072 exhibited in the theatres, which those who have not seen

2073 them cannot credit! How skilful the contrivances for catching,

2074 killing, or taming wild beasts! And for the injury of

2075 men, also, how many kinds of poisons, weapons, engines of

2076 destruction, have been invented, while for the preservation or

2077 restoration of health the appliances and remedies are infinite!

2078 To provoke appetite and please the palate, what a variety of

2079 seasonings have been concocted! To express and gain entrance

2080 for thoughts, what a multitude and variety of signs there are,

2081 among which speaking and writing hold the first place! what

2082 ornaments has eloquence at command to delight the mind!

2083 what wealth of song is there to captivate the ear! how many

2084 musical instruments and strains of harmony have been devised!

2085 What skill has been attained in measures and

2086 numbers! with what sagacity have the movements and connections

2087 of the stars been discovered! Who could tell the

2088 thought that has been spent upon nature, even though, despairing

2089 of recounting it in detail, he endeavoured only to give

2090 a general view of it? In fine, even the defence of errors and

2091 misapprehensions, which has illustrated the genius of heretics

2092 and philosophers, cannot be sufficiently declared. For at

2093 present it is the nature of the human mind which adorns this

2094 mortal life which we are extolling, and not the faith and the

2095 way of truth which lead to immortality. And since this

2096 great nature has certainly been created by the true and

2097 supreme God, who administers all things He has made with

2098 absolute power and justice, it could never have fallen into

2099 these miseries, nor have gone out of them to miseries eternal,—saving

2100 only those who are redeemed,—had not an exceeding

2101 great sin been found in the first man from whom the rest

2102 have sprung.

2103 Moreover, even in the body, though it dies like that of the

2104 beasts, and is in many ways weaker than theirs, what goodness

2105 of God, what providence of the great Creator, is apparent!

2106 The organs of sense and the rest of the members, are not they

2107 so placed, the appearance, and form, and stature of the body

2108 as a whole, is it not so fashioned, as to indicate that it was

2109 made for the service of a reasonable soul? Man has not been

2110 created stooping towards the earth, like the irrational animals;

2111 but his bodily form, erect and looking heavenwards, admonishes

2112 him to mind the things that are above. Then the marvellous

2113 nimbleness which has been given to the tongue and

2114 the hands, fitting them to speak, and write, and execute so

2115 many duties, and practise so many arts, does it not prove the

2116 excellence of the soul for which such an assistant was provided?

2117 And even apart from its adaptation to the work

2118 required of it, there is such a symmetry in its various parts,

2119 and so beautiful a proportion maintained, that one is at a loss

2120 to decide whether, in creating the body, greater regard was

2121 paid to utility or to beauty. Assuredly no part of the body

2122 has been created for the sake of utility which does not also

2123 contribute something to its beauty. And this would be all

2124 the more apparent, if we knew more precisely how all its

2125 parts are connected and adapted to one another, and were not

2126 limited in our observations to what appears on the surface;

2127 for as to what is covered up and hidden from our view, the

2128 intricate web of veins and nerves, the vital parts of all that

2129 lies under the skin, no one can discover it. For although,

2130 with a cruel zeal for science, some medical men, who are

2131 called anatomists, have dissected the bodies of the dead, and

2132 sometimes even of sick persons who died under their knives,

2133 and have inhumanly pried into the secrets of the human body

2134 to learn the nature of the disease and its exact seat, and how

2135 it might be cured, yet those relations of which I speak, and

2136 which form the concord,[1020] or, as the Greeks call it, "harmony,"

2137 of the whole body outside and in, as of some instrument, no

2138 one has been able to discover, because no one has been audacious

2139 enough to seek for them. But if these could be known,

2140 then even the inward parts, which seem to have no beauty,

2141 would so delight us with their exquisite fitness, as to afford a

2142 profounder satisfaction to the mind—and the eyes are but its

2143 ministers—than the obvious beauty which gratifies the eye.

2144 There are some things, too, which have such a place in the

2145 body, that they obviously serve no useful purpose, but are

2146 solely for beauty, as *e.g.* the teats on a man's breast, or the

2147 beard on his face; for that this is for ornament, and not for

2148 protection, is proved by the bare faces of women, who ought

2149 rather, as the weaker sex, to enjoy such a defence. If, therefore,

2150 of all those members which are exposed to our view,

2151 there is certainly not one in which beauty is sacrificed to

2152 utility, while there are some which serve no purpose but only

2153 beauty, I think it can readily be concluded that in the creation

2154 of the human body comeliness was more regarded than

2155 necessity. In truth, necessity is a transitory thing; and the

2156 time is coming when we shall enjoy one another's beauty

2157 without any lust,—a condition which will specially redound

2158 to the praise of the Creator, who, as it is said in the psalm,

2159 has "put on praise and comeliness."[1021]

2160 How can I tell of the rest of creation, with all its beauty

2161 and utility, which the divine goodness has given to man to

2162 please his eye and serve his purposes, condemned though he

2163 is, and hurled into these labours and miseries? Shall I speak

2164 of the manifold and various loveliness of sky, and earth, and

2165 sea; of the plentiful supply and wonderful qualities of the

2166 light; of sun, moon, and stars; of the shade of trees; of the

2167 colours and perfume of flowers; of the multitude of birds,

2168 all differing in plumage and in song; of the variety of animals,

2169 of which the smallest in size are often the most wonderful,—the

2170 works of ants and bees astonishing us more than

2171 the huge bodies of whales? Shall I speak of the sea, which

2172 itself is so grand a spectacle, when it arrays itself as it were

2173 in vestures of various colours, now running through every

2174 shade of green, and again becoming purple or blue? Is it not

2175 delightful to look at it in storm, and experience the soothing

2176 complacency which it inspires, by suggesting that we ourselves

2177 are not tossed and shipwrecked?[1022] What shall I say of the

2178 numberless kinds of food to alleviate hunger, and the variety

2179 of seasonings to stimulate appetite which are scattered everywhere

2180 by nature, and for which we are not indebted to the art

2181 of cookery? How many natural appliances are there for preserving

2182 and restoring health! How grateful is the alternation

2183 of day and night! how pleasant the breezes that cool the air!

2184 how abundant the supply of clothing furnished us by trees

2185 and animals! Who can enumerate all the blessings we enjoy?

2186 If I were to attempt to detail and unfold only these few

2187 which I have indicated in the mass, such an enumeration

2188 would fill a volume. And all these are but the solace of the

2189 wretched and condemned, not the rewards of the blessed.

2190 What then shall these rewards be, if such be the blessings of a

2191 condemned state? What will He give to those whom He has

2192 predestined to life, who has given such things even to those

2193 whom He has predestined to death? What blessings will He

2194 in the blessed life shower upon those for whom, even in this

2195 state of misery, He has been willing that His only-begotten

2196 Son should endure such sufferings even to death? Thus the

2197 apostle reasons concerning those who are predestined to that

2198 kingdom: "He that spared not His own Son, but delivered

2199 Him up for us all, how shall He not with Him also give us

2200 all things?"[1023] When this promise is fulfilled, what shall we

2201 be? What blessings shall we receive in that kingdom, since

2202 already we have received as the pledge of them Christ's dying?

2203 In what condition shall the spirit of man be, when it has no

2204 longer any vice at all; when it neither yields to any, nor is

2205 in bondage to any, nor has to make war against any, but is

2206 perfected, and enjoys undisturbed peace with itself? Shall

2207 it not then know all things with certainty, and without any

2208 labour or error, when unhindered and joyfully it drinks the

2209 wisdom of God at the fountainhead? What shall the body

2210 be, when it is in every respect subject to the spirit, from

2211 which it shall draw a life so sufficient, as to stand in need of

2212 no other nutriment? For it shall no longer be animal, but

2213 spiritual, having indeed the substance of flesh, but without

2214 any fleshly corruption.

2215 >

2216 >

2217 >

2218 25. *Of the obstinacy of those individuals who impugn the resurrection of the body,

2219 > though, as was predicted, the whole world believes it.*

2220 The foremost of the philosophers agree with us about the

2221 spiritual felicity enjoyed by the blessed in the life to come;

2222 it is only the resurrection of the flesh they call in question,

2223 and with all their might deny. But the mass of men, learned

2224 and unlearned, the world's wise men and its fools, have believed,

2225 and have left in meagre isolation the unbelievers, and

2226 have turned to Christ, who in His own resurrection demonstrated

2227 the reality of that which seems to our adversaries

2228 absurd. For the world has believed this which God predicted,

2229 as it was also predicted that the world would believe,—a prediction

2230 not due to the sorceries of Peter,[1024] since it was uttered

2231 so long before. He who has predicted these things, as I have

2232 already said, and am not ashamed to repeat, is the God before

2233 whom all other divinities tremble, as Porphyry himself owns,

2234 and seeks to prove, by testimonies from the oracles of these

2235 gods, and goes so far as to call Him God the Father and King.

2236 Far be it from us to interpret these predictions as they do who

2237 have not believed, along with the whole world, in that which

2238 it was predicted the world would believe in. For why should

2239 we not rather understand them as the world does, whose

2240 belief was predicted, and leave that handful of unbelievers to

2241 their idle talk and obstinate and solitary infidelity? For if

2242 they maintain that they interpret them differently only to

2243 avoid charging Scripture with folly, and so doing an injury

2244 to that God to whom they bear so notable a testimony, is it

2245 not a much greater injury they do Him when they say that

2246 His predictions must be understood otherwise than the world

2247 believed them, though He Himself praised, promised, accomplished

2248 this belief on the world's part? And why cannot He

2249 cause the body to rise again, and live for ever? or is it not

2250 to be believed that He will do this, because it is an undesirable

2251 thing, and unworthy of God? Of His omnipotence, which

2252 effects so many great miracles, we have already said enough.

2253 If they wish to know what the Almighty cannot do, I shall

2254 tell them He cannot lie. Let us therefore believe what He

2255 can do, by refusing to believe what He cannot do. Refusing

2256 to believe that He can lie, let them believe that He will do

2257 what He has promised to do; and let them believe it as the

2258 world has believed it, whose faith He predicted, whose faith

2259 He praised, whose faith He promised, whose faith He now

2260 points to. But how do they prove that the resurrection is an

2261 undesirable thing? There shall then be no corruption, which

2262 is the only evil thing about the body. I have already said

2263 enough about the order of the elements, and the other fanciful

2264 objections men raise; and in the thirteenth book I have, in

2265 my own judgment, sufficiently illustrated the facility of movement

2266 which the incorruptible body shall enjoy, judging from

2267 the ease and vigour we experience even now, when the body

2268 is in good health. Those who have either not read the former

2269 books, or wish to refresh their memory, may read them for

2270 themselves.

2271 >

2272 >

2273 >

2274 26. *That the opinion of Porphyry, that the soul, in order to be blessed, must be

2275 > separated from every kind of body, is demolished by Plato, who says that

2276 > the supreme God promised the gods that they should never be ousted from

2277 > their bodies.*

2278 But, say they, Porphyry tells us that the soul, in order to

2279 be blessed, must escape connection with every kind of body.

2280 It does not avail, therefore, to say that the future body shall

2281 be incorruptible, if the soul cannot be blessed till delivered

2282 from every kind of body. But in the book above mentioned

2283 I have already sufficiently discussed this. This one thing only

2284 will I repeat,—let Plato, their master, correct his writings, and

2285 say that their gods, in order to be blessed, must quit their

2286 bodies, or, in other words, die; for he said that they were shut

2287 up in celestial bodies, and that, nevertheless, the God who

2288 made them promised them immortality,—that is to say, an

2289 eternal tenure of these same bodies, such as was not provided

2290 for them naturally, but only by the further intervention of

2291 His will, that thus they might be assured of felicity. In this

2292 he obviously overturns their assertion that the resurrection

2293 of the body cannot be believed because it is impossible; for,

2294 according to him, when the uncreated God promised immortality

2295 to the created gods, He expressly said that He would

2296 do what was impossible. For Plato tells us that He said,

2297 "As ye have had a beginning, so you cannot be immortal

2298 and incorruptible; yet ye shall not decay, nor shall any fate

2299 destroy you or prove stronger than my will, which more effectually

2300 binds you to immortality than the bond of your nature

2301 keeps you from it." If they who hear these words have, we

2302 do not say understanding, but ears, they cannot doubt that

2303 Plato believed that God promised to the gods He had made

2304 that He would effect an impossibility. For He who says,

2305 "Ye cannot be immortal, but by my will ye shall be immortal,"

2306 what else does He say than this, "I shall make you

2307 what ye cannot be?" The body, therefore, shall be raised

2308 incorruptible, immortal, spiritual, by Him who, according to

2309 Plato, has promised to do that which is impossible. Why

2310 then do they still exclaim that this which God has promised,

2311 which the world has believed on God's promise as was predicted,

2312 is an impossibility? For what we say is, that the God

2313 who, even according to Plato, does impossible things, will do

2314 this. It is not, then, necessary to the blessedness of the soul

2315 that it be detached from a body of any kind whatever, but

2316 that it receive an incorruptible body. And in what incorruptible

2317 body will they more suitably rejoice than in that in

2318 which they groaned when it was corruptible? For thus they

2319 shall not feel that dire craving which Virgil, in imitation of

2320 Plato, has ascribed to them when he says that they wish to

2321 return again to their bodies.[1025] They shall not, I say, feel this

2322 desire to return to their bodies, since they shall have those

2323 bodies to which a return was desired, and shall, indeed, be in

2324 such thorough possession of them, that they shall never lose

2325 them even for the briefest moment, nor ever lay them down

2326 in death.

2327 >

2328 >

2329 >

2330 27. *Of the apparently conflicting opinions of Plato and Porphyry, which would

2331 > have conducted them both to the truth if they could have yielded to one

2332 > another.*

2333 Statements were made by Plato and Porphyry singly, which

2334 if they could have seen their way to hold in common, they

2335 might possibly have become Christians. Plato said that souls

2336 could not exist eternally without bodies; for it was on this

2337 account, he said, that the souls even of wise men must some

2338 time or other return to their bodies. Porphyry, again, said

2339 that the purified soul, when it has returned to the Father, shall

2340 never return to the ills of this world. Consequently, if Plato

2341 had communicated to Porphyry that which he saw to be true,

2342 that souls, though perfectly purified, and belonging to the wise

2343 and righteous, must return to human bodies; and if Porphyry,

2344 again, had imparted to Plato the truth which he saw, that holy

2345 souls shall never return to the miseries of a corruptible body,

2346 so that they should not have each held only his own opinion,

2347 but should both have held both truths, I think they would

2348 have seen that it follows that the souls return to their bodies,

2349 and also that these bodies shall be such as to afford them a

2350 blessed and immortal life. For, according to Plato, even holy

2351 souls shall return to the body; according to Porphyry, holy

2352 souls shall not return to the ills of this world. Let Porphyry

2353 then say with Plato, they shall return to the body; let Plato

2354 say with Porphyry, they shall not return to their old misery:

2355 and they will agree that they return to bodies in which they

2356 shall suffer no more. And this is nothing else than what God

2357 has promised,—that He will give eternal felicity to souls joined

2358 to their own bodies. For this, I presume, both of them would

2359 readily concede, that if the souls of the saints are to be reunited

2360 to bodies, it shall be to their own bodies, in which they

2361 have endured the miseries of this life, and in which, to escape

2362 these miseries, they served God with piety and fidelity.

2363 >

2364 >

2365 >

2366 28. *What Plato or Labeo, or even Varro, might have contributed to the true

2367 > faith of the resurrection, if they had adopted one another's opinions into

2368 > one scheme.*

2369 Some Christians, who have a liking for Plato on account of

2370 his magnificent style and the truths which he now and then

2371 uttered, say that he even held an opinion similar to our own

2372 regarding the resurrection of the dead. Cicero, however, alluding

2373 to this in his *Republic*, asserts that Plato meant it rather

2374 as a playful fancy than as a reality; for he introduces a man[1026]

2375 who had come to life again, and gave a narrative of his experience

2376 in corroboration of the doctrines of Plato. Labeo, too,

2377 says that two men died on one day, and met at a cross-road,

2378 and that, being afterwards ordered to return to their bodies,

2379 they agreed to be friends for life, and were so till they died

2380 again. But the resurrection which these writers instance resembles

2381 that of those persons whom we have ourselves known

2382 to rise again, and who came back indeed to this life, but not

2383 so as never to die again. Marcus Varro, however, in his work

2384 *On the Origin of the Roman People*, records something more

2385 remarkable; I think his own words should be given. "Certain

2386 astrologers," he says, "have written that men are destined to

2387 a new birth, which the Greeks call *palingenesy*. This will take

2388 place after four hundred and forty years have elapsed; and then

2389 the same soul and the same body, which were formerly united

2390 in the person, shall again be reunited." This Varro, indeed, or

2391 those nameless astrologers,—for he does not give us the names

2392 of the men whose statement he cites,—have affirmed what is

2393 indeed not altogether true; for once the souls have returned to

2394 the bodies they wore, they shall never afterwards leave them.

2395 Yet what they say upsets and demolishes much of that idle

2396 talk of our adversaries about the impossibility of the resurrection.

2397 For those who have been or are of this opinion, have

2398 not thought it possible that bodies which have dissolved into

2399 air, or dust, or ashes, or water, or into the bodies of the beasts

2400 or even of the men that fed on them, should be restored again

2401 to that which they formerly were. And therefore, if Plato

2402 and Porphyry, or rather, if their disciples now living, agree

2403 with us that holy souls shall return to the body, as Plato says,

2404 and that, nevertheless, they shall not return to misery, as Porphyry

2405 maintains,—if they accept the consequence of these two

2406 propositions which is taught by the Christian faith, that they

2407 shall receive bodies in which they may live eternally without

2408 suffering any misery,—let them also adopt from Varro the

2409 opinion that they shall return to the same bodies as they were

2410 formerly in, and thus the whole question of the eternal resurrection

2411 of the body shall be resolved out of their own mouths.

2412 29. *Of the beatific vision.*

2413 And now let us consider, with such ability as God may

2414 vouchsafe, how the saints shall be employed when they are

2415 clothed in immortal and spiritual bodies, and when the flesh

2416 shall live no longer in a fleshly but a spiritual fashion. And

2417 indeed, to tell the truth, I am at a loss to understand the

2418 nature of that employment, or, shall I rather say, repose and

2419 ease, for it has never come within the range of my bodily

2420 senses. And if I should speak of my mind or understanding,

2421 what is our understanding in comparison of its excellence?

2422 For then shall be that "peace of God which," as the apostle

2423 says, "passeth all understanding,"[1027]—that is to say, all human,

2424 and perhaps all angelic understanding, but certainly not the

2425 divine. That it passeth ours there is no doubt; but if it

2426 passeth that of the angels,—and he who says "*all* understanding"

2427 seems to make no exception in their favour,—then we

2428 must understand him to mean that neither we nor the angels

2429 can understand, as God understands, the peace which God Himself

2430 enjoys. Doubtless this passeth all understanding but His

2431 own. But as we shall one day be made to participate, according

2432 to our slender capacity, in His peace, both in ourselves,

2433 and with our neighbour, and with God our chief good, in this

2434 respect the angels understand the peace of God in their own

2435 measure, and men too, though now far behind them, whatever

2436 spiritual advance they have made. For we must remember

2437 how great a man he was who said, "We know in part, and

2438 we prophesy in part, until that which is perfect is come;"[1028]

2439 and "Now we see through a glass, darkly; but then face to

2440 face."[1029] Such also is now the vision of the holy angels, who

2441 are also called our angels, because we, being rescued out of

2442 the power of darkness, and receiving the earnest of the Spirit,

2443 are translated into the kingdom of Christ, and already begin

2444 to belong to those angels with whom we shall enjoy that holy

2445 and most delightful city of God of which we have now written

2446 so much. Thus, then, the angels of God are our angels, as

2447 Christ is God's and also ours. They are God's, because they

2448 have not abandoned Him; they are ours, because we are their

2449 fellow-citizens. The Lord Jesus also said, "See that ye despise

2450 not one of these little ones: for I say unto you, That in

2451 heaven their angels do always see the face of my Father which

2452 is in heaven."[1030] As, then, they see, so shall we also see; but

2453 not yet do we thus see. Wherefore the apostle uses the words

2454 cited a little ago, "Now we see through a glass, darkly; but

2455 then face to face." This vision is reserved as the reward of

2456 our faith; and of it the Apostle John also says, "When He

2457 shall appear, we shall be like Him, for we shall see Him as He

2458 is."[1031] By "the face" of God we are to understand His manifestation,

2459 and not a part of the body similar to that which in

2460 our bodies we call by that name.

2461 And so, when I am asked how the saints shall be employed

2462 in that spiritual body, I do not say what I see, but I say what

2463 I believe, according to that which I read in the psalm, "I believed,

2464 therefore have I spoken."[1032] I say, then, they shall in

2465 the body see God; but whether they shall see Him by means

2466 of the body, as now we see the sun, moon, stars, sea, earth,

2467 and all that is in it, that is a difficult question. For it is

2468 hard to say that the saints shall then have such bodies that

2469 they shall not be able to shut and open their eyes as they

2470 please; while it is harder still to say that every one who shuts

2471 his eyes shall lose the vision of God. For if the prophet

2472 Elisha, though at a distance, saw his servant Gehazi, who

2473 thought that his wickedness would escape his master's observation

2474 and accepted gifts from Naaman the Syrian, whom the

2475 prophet had cleansed from his foul leprosy, how much more

2476 shall the saints in the spiritual body see all things, not only

2477 though their eyes be shut, but though they themselves be at

2478 a great distance? For then shall be "that which is perfect,"

2479 of which the apostle says, "We know in part, and we prophesy

2480 in part; but when that which is perfect is come, then

2481 that which is in part shall be done away." Then, that he

2482 may illustrate as well as possible, by a simile, how superior

2483 the future life is to the life now lived, not only by ordinary

2484 men, but even by the foremost of the saints, he says,

2485 "When I was a child, I understood as a child, I spake as a

2486 child, I thought as a child; but when I became a man, I put

2487 away childish things. Now we see through a glass, darkly;

2488 but then face to face: now I know in part; but then shall

2489 I know even as also I am known."[1033] If, then, even in this

2490 life, in which the prophetic power of remarkable men is no

2491 more worthy to be compared to the vision of the future life

2492 than childhood is to manhood, Elisha, though distant from his

2493 servant, saw him accepting gifts, shall we say that when that

2494 which is perfect is come, and the corruptible body no longer

2495 oppresses the soul, but is incorruptible and offers no impediment

2496 to it, the saints shall need bodily eyes to see, though

2497 Elisha had no need of them to see his servant? For, following

2498 the Septuagint version, these are the prophet's words: "Did not

2499 my heart go with thee, when the man came out of his chariot

2500 to meet thee, and thou tookedst his gifts?"[1034] Or, as the presbyter

2501 Jerome rendered it from the Hebrew, "Was not my heart

2502 present when the man turned from his chariot to meet thee?"

2503 The prophet said that he saw this with his heart, miraculously

2504 aided by God, as no one can doubt. But how much more

2505 abundantly shall the saints enjoy this gift when God shall be

2506 all in all? Nevertheless the bodily eyes also shall have their

2507 office and their place, and shall be used by the spirit through

2508 the spiritual body. For the prophet did not forego the use of

2509 his eyes for seeing what was before them, though he did not

2510 need them to see his absent servant, and though he could have

2511 seen these present objects in spirit, and with his eyes shut, as

2512 he saw things far distant in a place where he himself was not.

2513 Far be it, then, from us to say that in the life to come the

2514 saints shall not see God when their eyes are shut, since they

2515 shall always see Him with the spirit.

2516 But the question arises, whether, when their eyes are open,

2517 they shall see Him with the bodily eye? If the eyes of the

2518 spiritual body have no more power than the eyes which we

2519 now possess, manifestly God cannot be seen with them. They

2520 must be of a very different power if they can look upon that

2521 incorporeal nature which is not contained in any place, but is

2522 all in every place. For though we say that God is in heaven

2523 and on earth, as He Himself says by the prophet, "I fill

2524 heaven and earth,"[1035] we do not mean that there is one part of

2525 God in heaven and another part on earth; but He is all in

2526 heaven and all on earth, not at alternate intervals of time,

2527 but both at once, as no bodily nature can be. The eye, then,

2528 shall have a vastly superior power,—the power not of keen

2529 sight, such as is ascribed to serpents or eagles, for however

2530 keenly these animals see, they can discern nothing but bodily

2531 substances,—but the power of seeing things incorporeal. Possibly

2532 it was this great power of vision which was temporarily

2533 communicated to the eyes of the holy Job while yet in this

2534 mortal body, when he says to God, "I have heard of Thee by

2535 the hearing of the ear; but now mine eye seeth Thee: wherefore

2536 I abhor myself, and melt away, and count myself dust

2537 and ashes;"[1036] although there is no reason why we should not

2538 understand this of the eye of the heart, of which the apostle

2539 says, "Having the eyes of your heart illuminated."[1037] But that

2540 God shall be seen with these eyes no Christian doubts who

2541 believingly accepts what our God and Master says, "Blessed

2542 are the pure in heart: for they shall see God."[1038] But whether

2543 in the future life God shall also be seen with the bodily eye,

2544 this is now our question.

2545 The expression of Scripture, "And all flesh shall see the

2546 salvation of God,"[1039] may without difficulty be understood as

2547 if it were said, "And every man shall see the Christ of God."

2548 And He certainly was seen in the body, and shall be seen in

2549 the body when He judges quick and dead. And that Christ

2550 is the salvation of God, many other passages of Scripture witness,

2551 but especially the words of the venerable Simeon, who,

2552 when he had received into his hands the infant Christ, said,

2553 "Now lettest Thou Thy servant depart in peace, according to

2554 Thy word: for mine eyes have seen Thy salvation."[1040] As for

2555 the words of the above-mentioned Job, as they are found in

2556 the Hebrew manuscripts, "And in my flesh I shall see God,"[1041]

2557 no doubt they were a prophecy of the resurrection of the

2558 flesh; yet he does not say "*by* the flesh." And indeed, if he

2559 had said this, it would still be possible that Christ was meant

2560 by "God;" for Christ shall be seen by the flesh in the flesh.

2561 But even understanding it of God, it is only equivalent to

2562 saying, I shall be in the flesh when I see God. Then the

2563 apostle's expression, "face to face,"[1042] does not oblige us to

2564 believe that we shall see God by the bodily face in which are

2565 the eyes of the body, for we shall see Him without intermission

2566 in spirit. And if the apostle had not referred to the

2567 face of the inner man, he would not have said, "But we, with

2568 unveiled face beholding as in a glass the glory of the Lord,

2569 are transformed into the same image, from glory to glory, as

2570 by the Spirit of the Lord."[1043] In the same sense we understand

2571 what the Psalmist sings, "Draw near unto Him, and be

2572 enlightened; and your faces shall not be ashamed."[1044] For it is

2573 by faith we draw near to God, and faith is an act of the spirit,

2574 not of the body. But as we do not know what degree of perfection

2575 the spiritual body shall attain,—for here we speak of a

2576 matter of which we have no experience, and upon which the

2577 authority of Scripture does not definitely pronounce,—it is

2578 necessary that the words of the Book of Wisdom be illustrated

2579 in us: "The thoughts of mortal men are timid, and our forecastings

2580 uncertain."[1045]

2581 For if that reasoning of the philosophers, by which they

2582 attempt to make out that intelligible or mental objects are so

2583 seen by the mind, and sensible or bodily objects so seen by the

2584 body, that the former cannot be discerned by the mind through

2585 the body, nor the latter by the mind itself without the body,—if

2586 this reasoning were trustworthy, then it would certainly

2587 follow that God could not be seen by the eye even of a

2588 spiritual body. But this reasoning is exploded both by true

2589 reason and by prophetic authority. For who is so little acquainted

2590 with the truth as to say that God has no cognisance

2591 of sensible objects? Has He therefore a body, the eyes

2592 of which give Him this knowledge? Moreover, what we

2593 have just been relating of the prophet Elisha, does this not

2594 sufficiently show that bodily things can be discerned by the

2595 spirit without the help of the body? For when that servant

2596 received the gifts, certainly this was a bodily or material

2597 transaction, yet the prophet saw it not by the body, but by

2598 the spirit. As, therefore, it is agreed that bodies are seen by

2599 the spirit, what if the power of the spiritual body shall be so

2600 great that spirit also is seen by the body? For God is a

2601 spirit. Besides, each man recognises his own life—that life

2602 by which he now lives in the body, and which vivifies these

2603 earthly members and causes them to grow—by an interior

2604 sense, and not by his bodily eye; but the life of other men,

2605 though it is invisible, he sees with the bodily eye. For how do

2606 we distinguish between living and dead bodies, except by seeing

2607 at once both the body and the life which we cannot see save

2608 by the eye? But a life without a body we cannot see thus.

2609 Wherefore it may very well be, and it is thoroughly credible,

2610 that we shall in the future world see the material forms

2611 of the new heavens and the new earth in such a way that we

2612 shall most distinctly recognise God everywhere present and

2613 governing all things, material as well as spiritual, and shall

2614 see Him, not as now we understand the invisible things of

2615 God, by the things which are made,[1046] and see Him darkly, as

2616 in a mirror, and in part, and rather by faith than by bodily

2617 vision of material appearances, but by means of the bodies we

2618 shall wear and which we shall see wherever we turn our eyes.

2619 As we do not believe, but see that the living men around us

2620 who are exercising vital functions are alive, though we cannot

2621 see their life without their bodies, but see it most distinctly by

2622 means of their bodies, so, wherever we shall look with those

2623 spiritual eyes of our future bodies, we shall then, too, by

2624 means of bodily substances behold God, though a spirit, ruling

2625 all things. Either, therefore, the eyes shall possess some

2626 quality similar to that of the mind, by which they may be

2627 able to discern spiritual things, and among these God,—a

2628 supposition for which it is difficult or even impossible to find

2629 any support in Scripture,—or, which is more easy to comprehend,

2630 God will be so known by us, and shall be so much before

2631 us, that we shall see Him by the spirit in ourselves, in one

2632 another, in Himself, in the new heavens and the new earth, in

2633 every created thing which shall then exist; and also by the

2634 body we shall see Him in every body which the keen vision

2635 of the eye of the spiritual body shall reach. Our thoughts

2636 also shall be visible to all, for then shall be fulfilled the words

2637 of the apostle, "Judge nothing before the time, until the Lord

2638 come, who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness,

2639 and will make manifest the thoughts of the heart, and

2640 then shall every one have praise of God."[1047]

2641 30. *Of the eternal felicity of the city of God, and of the perpetual Sabbath.*

2642 How great shall be that felicity, which shall be tainted with

2643 no evil, which shall lack no good, and which shall afford

2644 leisure for the praises of God, who shall be all in all! For I

2645 know not what other employment there can be where no lassitude

2646 shall slacken activity, nor any want stimulate to labour.

2647 I am admonished also by the sacred song, in which I read or

2648 hear the words, "Blessed are they that dwell in Thy house,

2649 O Lord; they will be still praising Thee."[1048] All the members

2650 and organs of the incorruptible body, which now we see to be

2651 suited to various necessary uses, shall contribute to the praises

2652 of God; for in that life necessity shall have no place, but full,

2653 certain, secure, everlasting felicity. For all those parts[1049] of the

2654 bodily harmony, which are distributed through the whole body,

2655 within and without, and of which I have just been saying

2656 that they at present elude our observation, shall then be discerned;

2657 and, along with the other great and marvellous discoveries

2658 which shall then kindle rational minds in praise of

2659 the great Artificer, there shall be the enjoyment of a beauty

2660 which appeals to the reason. What power of movement such

2661 bodies shall possess, I have not the audacity rashly to define,

2662 as I have not the ability to conceive. Nevertheless I will say

2663 that in any case, both in motion and at rest, they shall be,

2664 as in their appearance, seemly; for into that state nothing

2665 which is unseemly shall be admitted. One thing is certain,

2666 the body shall forthwith be wherever the spirit wills, and the

2667 spirit shall will nothing which is unbecoming either to the

2668 spirit or to the body. True honour shall be there, for it shall

2669 be denied to none who is worthy, nor yielded to any unworthy;

2670 neither shall any unworthy person so much as sue for it, for

2671 none but the worthy shall be there. True peace shall be

2672 there, where no one shall suffer opposition either from himself

2673 or any other. God Himself, who is the Author of virtue,

2674 shall there be its reward; for, as there is nothing greater or

2675 better, He has promised Himself. What else was meant by

2676 His word through the prophet, "I will be your God, and ye

2677 shall be my people,"[1050] than, I shall be their satisfaction, I shall

2678 be all that men honourably desire,—life, and health, and nourishment,

2679 and plenty, and glory, and honour, and peace, and all

2680 good things? This, too, is the right interpretation of the saying

2681 of the apostle, "That God may be all in all."[1051] He shall be

2682 the end of our desires who shall be seen without end, loved

2683 without cloy, praised without weariness. This outgoing of

2684 affection, this employment, shall certainly be, like eternal life

2685 itself, common to all.

2686 But who can conceive, not to say describe, what degrees of

2687 honour and glory shall be awarded to the various degrees of

2688 merit? Yet it cannot be doubted that there shall be degrees.

2689 And in that blessed city there shall be this great blessing, that

2690 no inferior shall envy any superior, as now the archangels are

2691 not envied by the angels, because no one will wish to be what

2692 he has not received, though bound in strictest concord with

2693 him who has received; as in the body the finger does not seek

2694 to be the eye, though both members are harmoniously included

2695 in the complete structure of the body. And thus, along with

2696 his gift, greater or less, each shall receive this further gift of

2697 contentment to desire no more than he has.

2698 Neither are we to suppose that because sin shall have no

2699 power to delight them, free will must be withdrawn. It will,

2700 on the contrary, be all the more truly free, because set free

2701 from delight in sinning to take unfailing delight in not sinning.

2702 For the first freedom of will which man received when he was

2703 created upright consisted in an ability not to sin, but also in

2704 an ability to sin; whereas this last freedom of will shall be

2705 superior, inasmuch as it shall not be able to sin. This, indeed,

2706 shall not be a natural ability, but the gift of God. For it is

2707 one thing to be God, another thing to be a partaker of God.

2708 God by nature cannot sin, but the partaker of God receives

2709 this inability from God. And in this divine gift there was to

2710 be observed this gradation, that man should first receive a free

2711 will by which he was able not to sin, and at last a free will by

2712 which he was not able to sin,—the former being adapted to the

2713 acquiring of merit, the latter to the enjoying of the reward.[1052]

2714 But the nature thus constituted, having sinned when it had

2715 the ability to do so, it is by a more abundant grace that it is

2716 delivered so as to reach that freedom in which it cannot sin.

2717 For as the first immortality which Adam lost by sinning consisted

2718 in his being able not to die, while the last shall consist

2719 in his not being able to die; so the first free will consisted in

2720 his being able not to sin, the last in his not being able to sin.

2721 And thus piety and justice shall be as indefeasible as happiness.

2722 For certainly by sinning we lost both piety and happiness;

2723 but when we lost happiness, we did not lose the love of

2724 it. Are we to say that God Himself is not free because He

2725 cannot sin? In that city, then, there shall be free will, one

2726 in all the citizens, and indivisible in each, delivered from all

2727 ill, Filled with all good, enjoying indefeasibly the delights of

2728 eternal joys, oblivious of sins, oblivious of sufferings, and yet

2729 not so oblivious of its deliverance as to be ungrateful to its

2730 Deliverer.

2731 The soul, then, shall have an intellectual remembrance of its

2732 past ills; but, so far as regards sensible experience, they shall

2733 be quite forgotten. For a skilful physician knows, indeed, professionally

2734 almost all diseases; but experimentally he is ignorant

2735 of a great number which he himself has never suffered

2736 from. As, therefore, there are two ways of knowing evil

2737 things,—one by mental insight, the other by sensible experience,

2738 for it is one thing to understand all vices by the wisdom of a

2739 cultivated mind, another to understand them by the foolishness

2740 of an abandoned life,—so also there are two ways of forgetting

2741 evils. For a well-instructed and learned man forgets them one

2742 way, and he who has experimentally suffered from them forgets

2743 them another,—the former by neglecting what he has learned,

2744 the latter by escaping what he has suffered. And in this

2745 latter way the saints shall forget their past ills, for they shall

2746 have so thoroughly escaped them all, that they shall be quite

2747 blotted out of their experience. But their intellectual knowledge,

2748 which shall be great, shall keep them acquainted not

2749 only with their own past woes, but with the eternal sufferings

2750 of the lost. For if they were not to know that they had been

2751 miserable, how could they, as the Psalmist says, for ever sing

2752 the mercies of God? Certainly that city shall have no greater

2753 joy than the celebration of the grace of Christ, who redeemed

2754 us by His blood. There shall be accomplished the words of

2755 the psalm, "Be still, and know that I am God."[1053] There shall

2756 be the great Sabbath which has no evening, which God celebrated

2757 among His first works, as it is written, "And God

2758 rested on the seventh day from all His works which He had

2759 made. And God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it;

2760 because that in it He had rested from all His work which God

2761 began to make."[1054] For we shall ourselves be the seventh day,

2762 when we shall be filled and replenished with God's blessing

2763 and sanctification. There shall we be still, and know that He

2764 is God; that He is that which we ourselves aspired to be

2765 when we fell away from Him, and listened to the voice of the

2766 seducer, "Ye shall be as gods,"[1055] and so abandoned God, who

2767 would have made us as gods, not by deserting Him, but by

2768 participating in Him. For without Him what have we accomplished,

2769 save to perish in His anger? But when we are

2770 restored by Him, and perfected with greater grace, we shall

2771 have eternal leisure to see that He is God, for we shall be full

2772 of Him when He shall be all in all. For even our good works,

2773 when they are understood to be rather His than ours, are

2774 imputed to us that we may enjoy this Sabbath rest. For

2775 if we attribute them to ourselves, they shall be servile; for

2776 it is said of the Sabbath, "Ye shall do no servile work in

2777 it."[1056] Wherefore also it is said by Ezekiel the prophet, "And

2778 I gave them my Sabbaths to be a sign between me and them,

2779 that they might know that I am the Lord who sanctify them."[1057]

2780 This knowledge shall be perfected when we shall be perfectly

2781 at rest, and shall perfectly know that He is God.

2782 This Sabbath shall appear still more clearly if we count the

2783 ages as days, in accordance with the periods of time defined

2784 in Scripture, for that period will be found to be the seventh.

2785 The first age, as the first day, extends from Adam to the

2786 deluge; the second from the deluge to Abraham, equalling the

2787 first, not in length of time, but in the number of generations,

2788 there being ten in each. From Abraham to the advent of

2789 Christ there are, as the evangelist Matthew calculates, three

2790 periods, in each of which are fourteen generations,—one period

2791 from Abraham to David, a second from David to the captivity,

2792 a third from the captivity to the birth of Christ in the flesh.

2793 There are thus five ages in all. The sixth is now passing, and

2794 cannot be measured by any number of generations, as it has

2795 been said, "It is not for you to know the times, which the

2796 Father hath put in His own power."[1058] After this period God

2797 shall rest as on the seventh day, when He shall give us (who

2798 shall be the seventh day) rest in Himself. But there is not now

2799 space to treat of these ages; suffice it to say that the seventh

2800 shall be our Sabbath, which shall be brought to a close, not

2801 by an evening, but by the Lord's day, as an eighth and eternal

2802 day, consecrated by the resurrection of Christ, and prefiguring

2803 the eternal repose not only of the spirit, but also of the body.

2804 There we shall rest and see, see and love, love and praise.

2805 This is what shall be in the end without end. For what other

2806 end do we propose to ourselves than to attain to the kingdom

2807 of which there is no end?

2808 I think I have now, by God's help, discharged my obligation

2809 in writing this large work. Let those who think I have said

2810 too little, or those who think I have said too much, forgive

2811 me; and let those who think I have said just enough join me

2812 in giving thanks to God. Amen.